<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:cc="http://web.resource.org/cc/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" version="2.0">

  <channel>
    <atom:link href="https://rss.libsyn.com/shows/269645/destinations/2055794.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <title>The Bill Walton Show</title>
    <pubDate>Sat, 13 Dec 2025 12:06:43 +0000</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 13 Dec 2025 12:06:43 +0000</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Libsyn RSSgen 1.0</generator>
    <link>https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com</link>
    <language>en</language>
    <copyright>(c) 2017-2018, Rappahannock Ventures, LLC</copyright>
    <docs>https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com</docs>
    <itunes:summary>Bill Walton sits down with experts and interesting people to discuss how to achieve economic prosperity and human flourishing. Every week, commercial free.</itunes:summary>
    <image>
      <url>https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/6/4/7/a647e8906e75982027a2322813b393ee/0001-8612455418135741660.jpg</url>
      <title>The Bill Walton Show</title>
      <link><![CDATA[https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com]]></link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>Bill Walton</itunes:author>
		

    <itunes:image href="http://cgtv.us/wp-content/uploads/Bill-Walton-logo-1440px-square-for-iTunes.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    
    <description>Bill Walton sits down with experts and interesting people to discuss how to achieve economic prosperity and human flourishing. Every week, commercial free</description>
    
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    

    <itunes:keywords>Culture,Economics,Education,Entertainment,Entrepreneurship,Heath,Investing,Policy,Politics</itunes:keywords>

    

    
    <podcast:locked owner="producer@cgtv.us">no</podcast:locked>
    
    
    
    
    
    <itunes:subtitle>Money, culture, politics, human flourishing... Interesting people, interesting things</itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="News &amp; Politics"/><itunes:category text="Government &amp; Organizations"><itunes:category text="National"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Business"><itunes:category text="Management &amp; Marketing"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Society &amp; Culture"/><itunes:owner><itunes:email>producder@cgtv.us</itunes:email><itunes:name>Bill Walton</itunes:name></itunes:owner><item>
      <title>Episode 291 : The Ministry of Green Truth: Mark Mills Exposes America's $6 Trillion Energy Fantasy</title>
      <itunes:title>The Ministry of Green Truth: Mark Mills Exposes America's $6 Trillion Energy Fantasy</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2024 11:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a6a24551-bee9-421b-bbc7-fbb6c629a4f0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-291-the-ministry-of-green-truth-mark-mills-exposes-americas-6-trillion-energy-fantasy]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p><strong>"In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act."</strong></p> <p><strong>- George Orwell</strong></p> </div> <p>On The Bill Walton Show, Mark Mills strips away the Newspeak surrounding the innocuously named "Inflation Reduction Act" (IRA) to reveal it as perhaps the most audacious experiment in government-directed industrial planning in U.S. history.</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><a href="https://www.city-journal.org/person/mark-p-mills" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>Mark P. Mills</em></a> <em>is the executive director of the National Center for Energy Analytics, and author of</em> <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/Cloud-Revolution-Convergence-Technologies-Economic/dp/1641772301" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">The Cloud Revolution</a><em>.</em></p> </div> <p>Like Orwell's Ministry of Truth, which turned lies into official doctrine, the architects of this legislation have manufactured their own reality. They call it the "Inflation Reduction Act" while knowing it will create profound inflation. They promise "affordable clean energy" while mandating the replacement of working systems with ones that are demonstrably more expensive. They speak of "climate justice" while building a system that will impoverish the middle class.</p> <p>The numbers tell their own stark story: Between $3-6 trillion in total spending – approaching the inflation-adjusted cost of World War II. But unlike that war, which mobilized American industry to defeat fascism, this massive expenditure aims to dismantle our existing energy infrastructure in favor of an unproven alternative.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> </div> <p>Mills, speaking with the precision of his physics background and decades of energy expertise, reveals the dystopian preview already unfolding in Europe. In Germany, the green energy transition has led to a 300% increase in energy costs, shuttered factories, and a 70% collapse in foreign investment.</p> <p>The corruption inherent in the Inflation Reduction Act would be comical if it weren't so tragic. Mills points to organizations receiving billion-dollar grants mere weeks after their formation. One entity, showing a previous annual income of exactly $100, received $940 million in taxpayer funds. Kafka himself couldn't have designed a more sinister bureaucracy.</p> <p>But perhaps most chilling is the corrupting political engineering at work. Like the chocolate ration increases in "1984," which actually masked decreases, the IRA's architects have carefully distributed funds across red states to create dependency and prevent future reform. It's a masterclass in political manipulation.</p> <p>And there's more:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Electric vehicle manufacturers losing up to $100,000 per car even with $30,000+ subsidies</p> </li> <li> <p>Wind and solar projects requiring massive new transmission infrastructure that ratepayers, not taxpayers, will fund</p> </li> <li> <p>Bureaucrats, with no experience in managing large grant programs, suddenly overseeing billions in climate funds</p> </li> <li> <p>A guarantee of higher electric bills sold as "savings" to the American public</p> <p> </p> </li> </ul> <p><strong>Key moments from this essential conversation:</strong></p> <p>00:57 <strong>Origins of Deception</strong> - How partisan reconciliation birthed history's most expensive energy legislation</p> <p>02:11 <strong>The True Ledger</strong> - Analysis revealing $1-4 trillion in direct costs plus $2-3 trillion hidden in future utility bills</p> <p>04:27 <strong>Electric Dreams Meet Reality</strong> - The mathematical impossibility of current EV economics</p> <p>05:34 <strong>European Prophecy</strong> - Germany's de-industrialization preview of America's possible future</p> <p>13:05 <strong>Following the Money</strong> - The labyrinth of newly-formed organizations receiving billions</p> <p>17:39 <strong>Political Engineering</strong> - How strategic fund distribution creates dependency across red states</p> <p>25:50 <strong>Inflation by Design</strong> - The inevitable consequence of printing trillions while mandating expensive energy</p> <p>29:57 <strong>The Forbidden Discussion</strong> - Scientific context about CO2 that challenges the narrative</p> <p>34:19 <strong>Gates' Admission</strong> - Why even complete implementation won't change 2050 outcomes</p> <p>38:40 <strong>Hope for Reform</strong> - The urgent need for transparency and oversight</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>As Mills notes, comparing this to World War II spending isn't hyperbole – it's mathematics. But unlike that war, which united Americans in common cause, this massive expenditure threatens to divide us while weakening our industrial base and energy security.</strong></p> </div> <p> </p> <p><strong>Don't let this crucial conversation be memory-holed. Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</strong></p> <hr /> <p><strong><em>Remember: Freedom is the freedom to say two plus two makes four. If that is granted, all else follows.</em></strong></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act."</p> <p>- George Orwell</p> <p>On The Bill Walton Show, Mark Mills strips away the Newspeak surrounding the innocuously named "Inflation Reduction Act" (IRA) to reveal it as perhaps the most audacious experiment in government-directed industrial planning in U.S. history.</p> <p><a href="https://www.city-journal.org/person/mark-p-mills" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>Mark P. Mills</em></a> <em>is the executive director of the National Center for Energy Analytics, and author of</em> <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/Cloud-Revolution-Convergence-Technologies-Economic/dp/1641772301" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">The Cloud Revolution</a><em>.</em></p> <p>Like Orwell's Ministry of Truth, which turned lies into official doctrine, the architects of this legislation have manufactured their own reality. They call it the "Inflation Reduction Act" while knowing it will create profound inflation. They promise "affordable clean energy" while mandating the replacement of working systems with ones that are demonstrably more expensive. They speak of "climate justice" while building a system that will impoverish the middle class.</p> <p>The numbers tell their own stark story: Between $3-6 trillion in total spending – approaching the inflation-adjusted cost of World War II. But unlike that war, which mobilized American industry to defeat fascism, this massive expenditure aims to dismantle our existing energy infrastructure in favor of an unproven alternative.</p> <p>Mills, speaking with the precision of his physics background and decades of energy expertise, reveals the dystopian preview already unfolding in Europe. In Germany, the green energy transition has led to a 300% increase in energy costs, shuttered factories, and a 70% collapse in foreign investment.</p> <p>The corruption inherent in the Inflation Reduction Act would be comical if it weren't so tragic. Mills points to organizations receiving billion-dollar grants mere weeks after their formation. One entity, showing a previous annual income of exactly $100, received $940 million in taxpayer funds. Kafka himself couldn't have designed a more sinister bureaucracy.</p> <p>But perhaps most chilling is the corrupting political engineering at work. Like the chocolate ration increases in "1984," which actually masked decreases, the IRA's architects have carefully distributed funds across red states to create dependency and prevent future reform. It's a masterclass in political manipulation.</p> <p>And there's more:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Electric vehicle manufacturers losing up to $100,000 per car even with $30,000+ subsidies</p> </li> <li> <p>Wind and solar projects requiring massive new transmission infrastructure that ratepayers, not taxpayers, will fund</p> </li> <li> <p>Bureaucrats, with no experience in managing large grant programs, suddenly overseeing billions in climate funds</p> </li> <li> <p>A guarantee of higher electric bills sold as "savings" to the American public</p> <p> </p> </li> </ul> <p>Key moments from this essential conversation:</p> <p>00:57 Origins of Deception - How partisan reconciliation birthed history's most expensive energy legislation</p> <p>02:11 The True Ledger - Analysis revealing $1-4 trillion in direct costs plus $2-3 trillion hidden in future utility bills</p> <p>04:27 Electric Dreams Meet Reality - The mathematical impossibility of current EV economics</p> <p>05:34 European Prophecy - Germany's de-industrialization preview of America's possible future</p> <p>13:05 Following the Money - The labyrinth of newly-formed organizations receiving billions</p> <p>17:39 Political Engineering - How strategic fund distribution creates dependency across red states</p> <p>25:50 Inflation by Design - The inevitable consequence of printing trillions while mandating expensive energy</p> <p>29:57 The Forbidden Discussion - Scientific context about CO2 that challenges the narrative</p> <p>34:19 Gates' Admission - Why even complete implementation won't change 2050 outcomes</p> <p>38:40 Hope for Reform - The urgent need for transparency and oversight</p> <p>As Mills notes, comparing this to World War II spending isn't hyperbole – it's mathematics. But unlike that war, which united Americans in common cause, this massive expenditure threatens to divide us while weakening our industrial base and energy security.</p> <p> </p> <p>Don't let this crucial conversation be memory-holed. Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</p> <p><em>Remember: Freedom is the freedom to say two plus two makes four. If that is granted, all else follows.</em></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="20191835" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Mark_Mills.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>291</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act." - George Orwell On The Bill Walton Show, Mark Mills strips away the Newspeak surrounding the innocuously named "Inflation Reduction Act" (IRA) to reveal it as perhaps the most audacious experiment in government-directed industrial planning in U.S. history. Mark P. Mills is the executive director of the National Center for Energy Analytics, and author of The Cloud Revolution. Like Orwell's Ministry of Truth, which turned lies into official doctrine, the architects of this legislation have manufactured their own reality. They call it the "Inflation Reduction Act" while knowing it will create profound inflation. They promise "affordable clean energy" while mandating the replacement of working systems with ones that are demonstrably more expensive. They speak of "climate justice" while building a system that will impoverish the middle class. The numbers tell their own stark story: Between $3-6 trillion in total spending – approaching the inflation-adjusted cost of World War II. But unlike that war, which mobilized American industry to defeat fascism, this massive expenditure aims to dismantle our existing energy infrastructure in favor of an unproven alternative.   Mills, speaking with the precision of his physics background and decades of energy expertise, reveals the dystopian preview already unfolding in Europe. In Germany, the green energy transition has led to a 300% increase in energy costs, shuttered factories, and a 70% collapse in foreign investment. The corruption inherent in the Inflation Reduction Act would be comical if it weren't so tragic. Mills points to organizations receiving billion-dollar grants mere weeks after their formation. One entity, showing a previous annual income of exactly $100, received $940 million in taxpayer funds. Kafka himself couldn't have designed a more sinister bureaucracy. But perhaps most chilling is the corrupting political engineering at work. Like the chocolate ration increases in "1984," which actually masked decreases, the IRA's architects have carefully distributed funds across red states to create dependency and prevent future reform. It's a masterclass in political manipulation. And there's more: Electric vehicle manufacturers losing up to $100,000 per car even with $30,000+ subsidies Wind and solar projects requiring massive new transmission infrastructure that ratepayers, not taxpayers, will fund Bureaucrats, with no experience in managing large grant programs, suddenly overseeing billions in climate funds A guarantee of higher electric bills sold as "savings" to the American public   Key moments from this essential conversation: 00:57 Origins of Deception - How partisan reconciliation birthed history's most expensive energy legislation 02:11 The True Ledger - Analysis revealing $1-4 trillion in direct costs plus $2-3 trillion hidden in future utility bills 04:27 Electric Dreams Meet Reality - The mathematical impossibility of current EV economics 05:34 European Prophecy - Germany's de-industrialization preview of America's possible future 13:05 Following the Money - The labyrinth of newly-formed organizations receiving billions 17:39 Political Engineering - How strategic fund distribution creates dependency across red states 25:50 Inflation by Design - The inevitable consequence of printing trillions while mandating expensive energy 29:57 The Forbidden Discussion - Scientific context about CO2 that challenges the narrative 34:19 Gates' Admission - Why even complete implementation won't change 2050 outcomes 38:40 Hope for Reform - The urgent need for transparency and oversight As Mills notes, comparing this to World War II spending isn't hyperbole – it's mathematics. But unlike that war, which united Americans in common cause, this massive expenditure threatens to divide us while weakening our industrial base and energy security.   Don't let this crucial conversation be memory-holed. Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future. Remember: Freedom is the freedom to say two plus two makes four. If that is granted, all else follows.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act." - George Orwell On The Bill Walton Show, Mark Mills strips away the Newspeak surrounding the innocuously named "Inflation Reduction Act" (IRA) to reveal it as perhaps the most audacious experiment in government-directed industrial planning in U.S. history. Mark P. Mills is the executive director of the National Center for Energy Analytics, and author of The Cloud Revolution. Like Orwell's Ministry of Truth, which turned lies into official doctrine, the architects of this legislation have manufactured their own reality. They call it the "Inflation Reduction Act" while knowing it will create profound inflation. They promise "affordable clean energy" while mandating the replacement of working systems with ones that are demonstrably more expensive. They speak of "climate justice" while building a system that will impoverish the middle class. The numbers tell their own stark story: Between $3-6 trillion in total spending – approaching the inflation-adjusted cost of World War II. But unlike that war, which mobilized American industry to defeat fascism, this massive expenditure aims to dismantle our existing energy infrastructure in favor of an unproven alternative.   Mills, speaking with the precision of his physics background and decades of energy expertise, reveals the dystopian preview already unfolding in Europe. In Germany, the green energy transition has led to a 300% increase in energy costs, shuttered factories, and a 70% collapse in foreign investment. The corruption inherent in the Inflation Reduction Act would be comical if it weren't so tragic. Mills points to organizations receiving billion-dollar grants mere weeks after their formation. One entity, showing a previous annual income of exactly $100, received $940 million in taxpayer funds. Kafka himself couldn't have designed a more sinister bureaucracy. But perhaps most chilling is the corrupting political engineering at work. Like the chocolate ration increases in "1984," which actually masked decreases, the IRA's architects have carefully distributed funds across red states to create dependency and prevent future reform. It's a masterclass in political manipulation. And there's more: Electric vehicle manufacturers losing up to $100,000 per car even with $30,000+ subsidies Wind and solar projects requiring massive new transmission infrastructure that ratepayers, not taxpayers, will fund Bureaucrats, with no experience in managing large grant programs, suddenly overseeing billions in climate funds A guarantee of higher electric bills sold as "savings" to the American public   Key moments from this essential conversation: 00:57 Origins of Deception - How partisan reconciliation birthed history's most expensive energy legislation 02:11 The True Ledger - Analysis revealing $1-4 trillion in direct costs plus $2-3 trillion hidden in future utility bills 04:27 Electric Dreams Meet Reality - The mathematical impossibility of current EV economics 05:34 European Prophecy - Germany's de-industrialization preview of America's possible future 13:05 Following the Money - The labyrinth of newly-formed organizations receiving billions 17:39 Political Engineering - How strategic fund distribution creates dependency across red states 25:50 Inflation by Design - The inevitable consequence of printing trillions while mandating expensive energy 29:57 The Forbidden Discussion - Scientific context about CO2 that challenges the narrative 34:19 Gates' Admission - Why even complete implementation won't change 2050 outcomes 38:40 Hope for Reform - The urgent need for transparency and oversight As Mills notes, comparing this to World War II spending isn't hyperbole – it's mathematics. But unlike that war, which united Americans in common cause, this massive expenditure threatens to divide us while weakening our industrial base and energy security.   Don't let this crucial conversation be memory-holed. Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future. Remember: Freedom is the freedom to say two plus two makes four. If that is granted, all else follows.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 290: Fifth Generation Warfare: Where Hypersonic Missiles Meet the Healthcare State</title>
      <itunes:title>Fifth Generation Warfare: Where Hypersonic Missiles Meet the Healthcare State</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 12:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[add0a452-705d-4999-964e-a944daa08fa9]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-290-fifth-generation-warfare-where-hypersonic-missiles-meet-the-healthcare-state]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">What if modern warfare has evolved beyond anything history's great strategists could have imagined? While Metternich orchestrated the balance of power through diplomatic summits and Machiavelli counseled princes on maintaining state authority, today's battles for sovereignty unfold in unlikely places: doctors' offices, veterinary clinics, and local zoning boards across America.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic 1456w" alt="" width="322" height="185.15" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/e9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":690,"width":1200,"resizeWidth":322,"bytes":299708,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic 1456w" alt="" width="327" height="154" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/a6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":154,"width":327,"resizeWidth":null,"bytes":12598,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>In this deep dive episode of The Bill Walton Show, Brandon Weichert and Brian O'Shea reveal how traditional military threats and internal subversion have merged into an entirely new form of conflict. Beginning with Russia's game-changing Oreshnik missile, they trace how modern warfare has evolved into something that would leave even a Kissinger struggling to define a workable world order.</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>Brandon J. Weichert is a national security analyst at The National Interest and the author of four bestselling books, most recently "A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine."</strong></p> </div> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>Brian O'Shea is an Investigative Journalist at Daily Clout, Inc (Daily Clout.io) and Host of INVESTIGATE EVERYTHING on DailyClout.io.</strong> <a href= "https://rumble.com/c/InvestigateEverythingOnDailyClout" target= "_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>https://rumble.com/c/InvestigateEverythingOnDailyClout</strong></a><strong>. He has spent almost 30 years in the fields of military intelligence, U.S. Government Intelligence, Competitive Intelligence (private sector), private investigations, executive protection.</strong></p> </div> <p>The discussion exposes an uncomfortable truth: the traditional mechanisms of state power have been subverted by what O'Shea calls "fifth generation warfare." International organizations now use public health initiatives like "One Health" to extend their reach into American communities, while defense contractors and permanent bureaucracies have effectively created their own principality, operating independently of democratic control. "Ukraine has become a replacement for the ATM machine that Afghanistan had been," O'Shea explains, revealing how perpetual conflict serves the military industrial complex' bureaucratic interests.</p> <p>Even more disturbing is how local regulations - from veterinary reporting requirements to land use restrictions - have become sophisticated tools of control that bypass traditional democratic oversight. As Weichert notes, "The bureaucracy has a method for dealing with bosses they don't like. They're going to clam up and drag their feet and basically wait him out." Machiavelli would recognize this as power - an emerging "healthcare" industrial complex - operating most effectively when disguised.</p> <p>As America approaches a critical transition of Presidential power, these interconnected threats pose unprecedented challenges. Putin's strategic patience in Ukraine, China's global ambitions, and the race by Federal agencies to cement their authority against the threat of Trump's DOGE , all point to a new kind of conflict - one where the traditional balance of power has been replaced by a complex web of institutional warfare.</p> <p>What emerges is a stark picture of modern national security challenges that would baffle yesterday's strategists: how do you maintain sovereignty when the threats come not just from foreign missiles but from your own institutions? How do you balance power in a world where bureaucracies have become their own principalities?</p> <p>Brian O'Shea, Brandon Weichert and Bill grapple with these questions, and more, in this episode of The Bill Walton Show.</p> <p>Key issues:</p> <p>[00:05:06] WARFARE'S EVOLUTION - Russia's hypersonic weapons represent not just military superiority but the collapse of traditional deterrence theory that underpinned Cold War stability</p> <p>[00:09:09] INSTITUTIONAL DECAY - Deterioration of US nuclear arsenal reveals how bureaucratic self-interest has replaced strategic necessity as the driving force in defense planning</p> <p>[00:15:01] NEW POWER DYNAMICS - Putin's calculated restraint in Ukraine demonstrates how traditional military conflict now serves as just one element in a broader strategy of systemic disruption</p> <p>[00:29:14] BUREAUCRATIC PRINCIPALITY - Ukraine conflict exposed as mechanism for maintaining bureaucratic power and funding, creating what Machiavelli might recognize as a state within a state</p> <p>[00:43:51] SOVEREIGNTY'S NEW THREATS - "One Health" framework shows how international organizations have learned to bypass traditional state authority through seemingly benign initiatives</p> <p>[00:47:54] FIFTH GENERATION WARFARE - Modern conflict operates through multiple domains simultaneously: military, bureaucratic, regulatory, and economic - defying traditional strategic responses</p> <p>[00:50:24] ADMINISTRATIVE STATE POWER - Health agencies' complex influence networks reveal how bureaucracies have created their own form of sovereignty outside democratic control</p> <p>[00:53:23] REFORM'S CHALLENGES - Trump's DOGE initiative faces sophisticated resistance from what has effectively become an independent power center within the American state</p> <p>[00:57:50] CHINESE ADAPTATION - Xi's shift toward Marxism reflects recognition that modern power requires control over both traditional state apparatus and broader societal institutions</p> <p>[01:00:03] DEMOCRATIC DEFENSE - Discussion reveals how preserving sovereignty now requires fighting on multiple fronts: military, bureaucratic, and institutional</p> <p>Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">What if modern warfare has evolved beyond anything history's great strategists could have imagined? While Metternich orchestrated the balance of power through diplomatic summits and Machiavelli counseled princes on maintaining state authority, today's battles for sovereignty unfold in unlikely places: doctors' offices, veterinary clinics, and local zoning boards across America.</p> <a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe9c1e467-0b23-4d6b-8edd-ed79842a8873_1200x690.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa6001fbe-fb6f-4396-8bb9-db72983f4420_327x154.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>In this deep dive episode of The Bill Walton Show, Brandon Weichert and Brian O'Shea reveal how traditional military threats and internal subversion have merged into an entirely new form of conflict. Beginning with Russia's game-changing Oreshnik missile, they trace how modern warfare has evolved into something that would leave even a Kissinger struggling to define a workable world order.</p> <p>Brandon J. Weichert is a national security analyst at The National Interest and the author of four bestselling books, most recently "A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine."</p> <p>Brian O'Shea is an Investigative Journalist at Daily Clout, Inc (Daily Clout.io) and Host of INVESTIGATE EVERYTHING on DailyClout.io. <a href= "https://rumble.com/c/InvestigateEverythingOnDailyClout" target= "_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">https://rumble.com/c/InvestigateEverythingOnDailyClout</a>. He has spent almost 30 years in the fields of military intelligence, U.S. Government Intelligence, Competitive Intelligence (private sector), private investigations, executive protection.</p> <p>The discussion exposes an uncomfortable truth: the traditional mechanisms of state power have been subverted by what O'Shea calls "fifth generation warfare." International organizations now use public health initiatives like "One Health" to extend their reach into American communities, while defense contractors and permanent bureaucracies have effectively created their own principality, operating independently of democratic control. "Ukraine has become a replacement for the ATM machine that Afghanistan had been," O'Shea explains, revealing how perpetual conflict serves the military industrial complex' bureaucratic interests.</p> <p>Even more disturbing is how local regulations - from veterinary reporting requirements to land use restrictions - have become sophisticated tools of control that bypass traditional democratic oversight. As Weichert notes, "The bureaucracy has a method for dealing with bosses they don't like. They're going to clam up and drag their feet and basically wait him out." Machiavelli would recognize this as power - an emerging "healthcare" industrial complex - operating most effectively when disguised.</p> <p>As America approaches a critical transition of Presidential power, these interconnected threats pose unprecedented challenges. Putin's strategic patience in Ukraine, China's global ambitions, and the race by Federal agencies to cement their authority against the threat of Trump's DOGE , all point to a new kind of conflict - one where the traditional balance of power has been replaced by a complex web of institutional warfare.</p> <p>What emerges is a stark picture of modern national security challenges that would baffle yesterday's strategists: how do you maintain sovereignty when the threats come not just from foreign missiles but from your own institutions? How do you balance power in a world where bureaucracies have become their own principalities?</p> <p>Brian O'Shea, Brandon Weichert and Bill grapple with these questions, and more, in this episode of The Bill Walton Show.</p> <p>Key issues:</p> <p>[00:05:06] WARFARE'S EVOLUTION - Russia's hypersonic weapons represent not just military superiority but the collapse of traditional deterrence theory that underpinned Cold War stability</p> <p>[00:09:09] INSTITUTIONAL DECAY - Deterioration of US nuclear arsenal reveals how bureaucratic self-interest has replaced strategic necessity as the driving force in defense planning</p> <p>[00:15:01] NEW POWER DYNAMICS - Putin's calculated restraint in Ukraine demonstrates how traditional military conflict now serves as just one element in a broader strategy of systemic disruption</p> <p>[00:29:14] BUREAUCRATIC PRINCIPALITY - Ukraine conflict exposed as mechanism for maintaining bureaucratic power and funding, creating what Machiavelli might recognize as a state within a state</p> <p>[00:43:51] SOVEREIGNTY'S NEW THREATS - "One Health" framework shows how international organizations have learned to bypass traditional state authority through seemingly benign initiatives</p> <p>[00:47:54] FIFTH GENERATION WARFARE - Modern conflict operates through multiple domains simultaneously: military, bureaucratic, regulatory, and economic - defying traditional strategic responses</p> <p>[00:50:24] ADMINISTRATIVE STATE POWER - Health agencies' complex influence networks reveal how bureaucracies have created their own form of sovereignty outside democratic control</p> <p>[00:53:23] REFORM'S CHALLENGES - Trump's DOGE initiative faces sophisticated resistance from what has effectively become an independent power center within the American state</p> <p>[00:57:50] CHINESE ADAPTATION - Xi's shift toward Marxism reflects recognition that modern power requires control over both traditional state apparatus and broader societal institutions</p> <p>[01:00:03] DEMOCRATIC DEFENSE - Discussion reveals how preserving sovereignty now requires fighting on multiple fronts: military, bureaucratic, and institutional</p> <p>Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="116693339" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_-_Brandon_W__Brian_O.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>290</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>What if modern warfare has evolved beyond anything history's great strategists could have imagined? While Metternich orchestrated the balance of power through diplomatic summits and Machiavelli counseled princes on maintaining state authority, today's battles for sovereignty unfold in unlikely places: doctors' offices, veterinary clinics, and local zoning boards across America.     In this deep dive episode of The Bill Walton Show, Brandon Weichert and Brian O'Shea reveal how traditional military threats and internal subversion have merged into an entirely new form of conflict. Beginning with Russia's game-changing Oreshnik missile, they trace how modern warfare has evolved into something that would leave even a Kissinger struggling to define a workable world order. Brandon J. Weichert is a national security analyst at The National Interest and the author of four bestselling books, most recently "A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine." Brian O'Shea is an Investigative Journalist at Daily Clout, Inc (Daily Clout.io) and Host of INVESTIGATE EVERYTHING on DailyClout.io. https://rumble.com/c/InvestigateEverythingOnDailyClout. He has spent almost 30 years in the fields of military intelligence, U.S. Government Intelligence, Competitive Intelligence (private sector), private investigations, executive protection. The discussion exposes an uncomfortable truth: the traditional mechanisms of state power have been subverted by what O'Shea calls "fifth generation warfare." International organizations now use public health initiatives like "One Health" to extend their reach into American communities, while defense contractors and permanent bureaucracies have effectively created their own principality, operating independently of democratic control. "Ukraine has become a replacement for the ATM machine that Afghanistan had been," O'Shea explains, revealing how perpetual conflict serves the military industrial complex' bureaucratic interests. Even more disturbing is how local regulations - from veterinary reporting requirements to land use restrictions - have become sophisticated tools of control that bypass traditional democratic oversight. As Weichert notes, "The bureaucracy has a method for dealing with bosses they don't like. They're going to clam up and drag their feet and basically wait him out." Machiavelli would recognize this as power - an emerging "healthcare" industrial complex - operating most effectively when disguised. As America approaches a critical transition of Presidential power, these interconnected threats pose unprecedented challenges. Putin's strategic patience in Ukraine, China's global ambitions, and the race by Federal agencies to cement their authority against the threat of Trump's DOGE , all point to a new kind of conflict - one where the traditional balance of power has been replaced by a complex web of institutional warfare. What emerges is a stark picture of modern national security challenges that would baffle yesterday's strategists: how do you maintain sovereignty when the threats come not just from foreign missiles but from your own institutions? How do you balance power in a world where bureaucracies have become their own principalities? Brian O'Shea, Brandon Weichert and Bill grapple with these questions, and more, in this episode of The Bill Walton Show. Key issues: [00:05:06] WARFARE'S EVOLUTION - Russia's hypersonic weapons represent not just military superiority but the collapse of traditional deterrence theory that underpinned Cold War stability [00:09:09] INSTITUTIONAL DECAY - Deterioration of US nuclear arsenal reveals how bureaucratic self-interest has replaced strategic necessity as the driving force in defense planning [00:15:01] NEW POWER DYNAMICS - Putin's calculated restraint in Ukraine demonstrates how traditional military conflict now serves as just one element in a broader strategy of systemic disruption [00:29:14] BUREAUCRATIC PRINCIPALITY - Ukraine conflict exposed as mechanism for maintaining bureaucratic power and funding, creating what Machiavelli might recognize as a state within a state [00:43:51] SOVEREIGNTY'S NEW THREATS - "One Health" framework shows how international organizations have learned to bypass traditional state authority through seemingly benign initiatives [00:47:54] FIFTH GENERATION WARFARE - Modern conflict operates through multiple domains simultaneously: military, bureaucratic, regulatory, and economic - defying traditional strategic responses [00:50:24] ADMINISTRATIVE STATE POWER - Health agencies' complex influence networks reveal how bureaucracies have created their own form of sovereignty outside democratic control [00:53:23] REFORM'S CHALLENGES - Trump's DOGE initiative faces sophisticated resistance from what has effectively become an independent power center within the American state [00:57:50] CHINESE ADAPTATION - Xi's shift toward Marxism reflects recognition that modern power requires control over both traditional state apparatus and broader societal institutions [01:00:03] DEMOCRATIC DEFENSE - Discussion reveals how preserving sovereignty now requires fighting on multiple fronts: military, bureaucratic, and institutional Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>What if modern warfare has evolved beyond anything history's great strategists could have imagined? While Metternich orchestrated the balance of power through diplomatic summits and Machiavelli counseled princes on maintaining state authority, today's battles for sovereignty unfold in unlikely places: doctors' offices, veterinary clinics, and local zoning boards across America.     In this deep dive episode of The Bill Walton Show, Brandon Weichert and Brian O'Shea reveal how traditional military threats and internal subversion have merged into an entirely new form of conflict. Beginning with Russia's game-changing Oreshnik missile, they trace how modern warfare has evolved into something that would leave even a Kissinger struggling to define a workable world order. Brandon J. Weichert is a national security analyst at The National Interest and the author of four bestselling books, most recently "A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine." Brian O'Shea is an Investigative Journalist at Daily Clout, Inc (Daily Clout.io) and Host of INVESTIGATE EVERYTHING on DailyClout.io. https://rumble.com/c/InvestigateEverythingOnDailyClout. He has spent almost 30 years in the fields of military intelligence, U.S. Government Intelligence, Competitive Intelligence (private sector), private investigations, executive protection. The discussion exposes an uncomfortable truth: the traditional mechanisms of state power have been subverted by what O'Shea calls "fifth generation warfare." International organizations now use public health initiatives like "One Health" to extend their reach into American communities, while defense contractors and permanent bureaucracies have effectively created their own principality, operating independently of democratic control. "Ukraine has become a replacement for the ATM machine that Afghanistan had been," O'Shea explains, revealing how perpetual conflict serves the military industrial complex' bureaucratic interests. Even more disturbing is how local regulations - from veterinary reporting requirements to land use restrictions - have become sophisticated tools of control that bypass traditional democratic oversight. As Weichert notes, "The bureaucracy has a method for dealing with bosses they don't like. They're going to clam up and drag their feet and basically wait him out." Machiavelli would recognize this as power - an emerging "healthcare" industrial complex - operating most effectively when disguised. As America approaches a critical transition of Presidential power, these interconnected threats pose unprecedented challenges. Putin's strategic patience in Ukraine, China's global ambitions, and the race by Federal agencies to cement their authority against the threat of Trump's DOGE , all point to a new kind of conflict - one where the traditional balance of power has been replaced by a complex web of institutional warfare. What emerges is a stark picture of modern national security challenges that would baffle yesterday's strategists: how do you maintain sovereignty when the threats come not just from foreign missiles but from your own institutions? How do you balance power in a world where bureaucracies have become their own principalities? Brian O'Shea, Brandon Weichert and Bill grapple with these questions, and more, in this episode of The Bill Walton Show. Key issues: [00:05:06] WARFARE'S EVOLUTION - Russia's hypersonic weapons represent not just military superiority but the collapse of traditional deterrence theory that underpinned Cold War stability [00:09:09] INSTITUTIONAL DECAY - Deterioration of US nuclear arsenal reveals how bureaucratic self-interest has replaced strategic necessity as the driving force in defense planning [00:15:01] NEW POWER DYNAMICS - Putin's calculated restraint in Ukraine demonstrates how traditional military conflict now serves as just one element in a broader strategy of systemic disruption [00:29:14] BUREAUCRATIC PRINCIPALITY - Ukraine conflict exposed as mechanism for maintaining bureaucratic power and funding, creating what Machiavelli might recognize as a state within a state [00:43:51] SOVEREIGNTY'S NEW THREATS - "One Health" framework shows how international organizations have learned to bypass traditional state authority through seemingly benign initiatives [00:47:54] FIFTH GENERATION WARFARE - Modern conflict operates through multiple domains simultaneously: military, bureaucratic, regulatory, and economic - defying traditional strategic responses [00:50:24] ADMINISTRATIVE STATE POWER - Health agencies' complex influence networks reveal how bureaucracies have created their own form of sovereignty outside democratic control [00:53:23] REFORM'S CHALLENGES - Trump's DOGE initiative faces sophisticated resistance from what has effectively become an independent power center within the American state [00:57:50] CHINESE ADAPTATION - Xi's shift toward Marxism reflects recognition that modern power requires control over both traditional state apparatus and broader societal institutions [01:00:03] DEMOCRATIC DEFENSE - Discussion reveals how preserving sovereignty now requires fighting on multiple fronts: military, bureaucratic, and institutional Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 285: A Game Changing Russian Missile?</title>
      <itunes:title>A Game Changing Russian Missile?</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Dec 2024 13:54:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e1260cf4-ab48-48e9-8056-2ff972b5ef7b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-285-a-game-changing-russian-missile]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this unsettling episode of The Bill Walton Show, national security expert Stephen Bryen returns to cut through the fog about Russia's game-changing hypersonic missile and what it means for U.S. security. As Joe Biden requests another $24 billion for Ukraine, Bryen reveals how Russia has achieved strategic superiority in missile technology - a capability we cannot match or defend against.</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade.</strong></p> </div> <p>Speaking with precision born from decades of defense expertise, Bryen explains how this new missile travels at Mach 20, pulverizes underground bunkers without explosives, and can strike anywhere in Europe. More concerning: the United States has no equivalent weapon and no defensive system to stop it.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Drawing on a recent German think tank report, Bryen also exposes NATO's military unpreparedness, challenging comfortable assumptions about Western military superiority. His analysis is clinical, factual, and deeply disturbing for anyone concerned about U.S. and European security.</p> <p><strong>Key Revelations:</strong></p> <p>[00:53] Game Changer - Russian missile hits targets at 15,224 mph with unstoppable force</p> <p>[06:20] Bunker Killer - Missile turns underground facilities to dust without explosives</p> <p>[10:02] Defensive Gap - U.S. Patriot systems useless against hypersonic threats</p> <p>[08:25] Strategic Shift - All European capitals now within Russian strike range</p> <p>[09:21] Capability Gap - U.S. attempted similar weapon; Lockheed program failed</p> <p>[15:23] Intelligence Failure - U.S. knew about weapon but ignored implications</p> <p>[19:51] Ukraine Reality - Ukrainian forces losing 1,000 soldiers per day</p> <p>[24:48] Depleted Arsenal - U.S. weapons sent to Ukraine leaving Pacific allies exposed</p> <p>[21:54] Negotiation Leverage - Putin seeks sanctions relief, not just military victory</p> <p>[28:50] Warning Signal - Bryen urges immediate halt to escalation before transition</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this unsettling episode of The Bill Walton Show, national security expert Stephen Bryen returns to cut through the fog about Russia's game-changing hypersonic missile and what it means for U.S. security. As Joe Biden requests another $24 billion for Ukraine, Bryen reveals how Russia has achieved strategic superiority in missile technology - a capability we cannot match or defend against.</p> <p>Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade.</p> <p>Speaking with precision born from decades of defense expertise, Bryen explains how this new missile travels at Mach 20, pulverizes underground bunkers without explosives, and can strike anywhere in Europe. More concerning: the United States has no equivalent weapon and no defensive system to stop it.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Drawing on a recent German think tank report, Bryen also exposes NATO's military unpreparedness, challenging comfortable assumptions about Western military superiority. His analysis is clinical, factual, and deeply disturbing for anyone concerned about U.S. and European security.</p> <p>Key Revelations:</p> <p>[00:53] Game Changer - Russian missile hits targets at 15,224 mph with unstoppable force</p> <p>[06:20] Bunker Killer - Missile turns underground facilities to dust without explosives</p> <p>[10:02] Defensive Gap - U.S. Patriot systems useless against hypersonic threats</p> <p>[08:25] Strategic Shift - All European capitals now within Russian strike range</p> <p>[09:21] Capability Gap - U.S. attempted similar weapon; Lockheed program failed</p> <p>[15:23] Intelligence Failure - U.S. knew about weapon but ignored implications</p> <p>[19:51] Ukraine Reality - Ukrainian forces losing 1,000 soldiers per day</p> <p>[24:48] Depleted Arsenal - U.S. weapons sent to Ukraine leaving Pacific allies exposed</p> <p>[21:54] Negotiation Leverage - Putin seeks sanctions relief, not just military victory</p> <p>[28:50] Warning Signal - Bryen urges immediate halt to escalation before transition</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="64502318" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_-_Stephen_Bryen_Riverside_Nov.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>285</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this unsettling episode of The Bill Walton Show, national security expert Stephen Bryen returns to cut through the fog about Russia's game-changing hypersonic missile and what it means for U.S. security. As Joe Biden requests another $24 billion for Ukraine, Bryen reveals how Russia has achieved strategic superiority in missile technology - a capability we cannot match or defend against. Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade. Speaking with precision born from decades of defense expertise, Bryen explains how this new missile travels at Mach 20, pulverizes underground bunkers without explosives, and can strike anywhere in Europe. More concerning: the United States has no equivalent weapon and no defensive system to stop it. Drawing on a recent German think tank report, Bryen also exposes NATO's military unpreparedness, challenging comfortable assumptions about Western military superiority. His analysis is clinical, factual, and deeply disturbing for anyone concerned about U.S. and European security. Key Revelations: [00:53] Game Changer - Russian missile hits targets at 15,224 mph with unstoppable force [06:20] Bunker Killer - Missile turns underground facilities to dust without explosives [10:02] Defensive Gap - U.S. Patriot systems useless against hypersonic threats [08:25] Strategic Shift - All European capitals now within Russian strike range [09:21] Capability Gap - U.S. attempted similar weapon; Lockheed program failed [15:23] Intelligence Failure - U.S. knew about weapon but ignored implications [19:51] Ukraine Reality - Ukrainian forces losing 1,000 soldiers per day [24:48] Depleted Arsenal - U.S. weapons sent to Ukraine leaving Pacific allies exposed [21:54] Negotiation Leverage - Putin seeks sanctions relief, not just military victory [28:50] Warning Signal - Bryen urges immediate halt to escalation before transition  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Bill Walton</itunes:author><itunes:summary>In this unsettling episode of The Bill Walton Show, national security expert Stephen Bryen returns to cut through the fog about Russia's game-changing hypersonic missile and what it means for U.S. security. As Joe Biden requests another $24 billion for Ukraine, Bryen reveals how Russia has achieved strategic superiority in missile technology - a capability we cannot match or defend against. Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade. Speaking with precision born from decades of defense expertise, Bryen explains how this new missile travels at Mach 20, pulverizes underground bunkers without explosives, and can strike anywhere in Europe. More concerning: the United States has no equivalent weapon and no defensive system to stop it. Drawing on a recent German think tank report, Bryen also exposes NATO's military unpreparedness, challenging comfortable assumptions about Western military superiority. His analysis is clinical, factual, and deeply disturbing for anyone concerned about U.S. and European security. Key Revelations: [00:53] Game Changer - Russian missile hits targets at 15,224 mph with unstoppable force [06:20] Bunker Killer - Missile turns underground facilities to dust without explosives [10:02] Defensive Gap - U.S. Patriot systems useless against hypersonic threats [08:25] Strategic Shift - All European capitals now within Russian strike range [09:21] Capability Gap - U.S. attempted similar weapon; Lockheed program failed [15:23] Intelligence Failure - U.S. knew about weapon but ignored implications [19:51] Ukraine Reality - Ukrainian forces losing 1,000 soldiers per day [24:48] Depleted Arsenal - U.S. weapons sent to Ukraine leaving Pacific allies exposed [21:54] Negotiation Leverage - Putin seeks sanctions relief, not just military victory [28:50] Warning Signal - Bryen urges immediate halt to escalation before transition  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 284: The CIA and FBI are Beyond Repair</title>
      <itunes:title>The CIA and FBI are Beyond Repair</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 15:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4ec7bd85-db1c-44bd-9435-ecb5c31a642c]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-284-the-cia-and-fbi-are-beyond-repair]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When former CIA station chiefs admit that only 50 out of 1,500 clandestine service officers are truly effective, you know something's deeply wrong with our intelligence agencies. In this explosive conversation, Mike Waller, senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and author of "Big Intel: How the CIA and FBI Went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains," reveals how our premier intelligence agencies have lost their way - and what must be done to fix them. The timing couldn't be more critical. With Donald Trump proposing a new Department of Government Efficiency led by Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, Waller's blueprint for reform deserves serious attention. His conclusions are stark: The FBI, whose very existence rests on shaky legal ground (Congress never actually created it), needs to be dismantled and its legitimate functions redistributed. The CIA, plagued by cultural Marxism and woke policies, should be dissolved and rebuilt from scratch. But this isn't just about problems - it's about solutions. Waller provides a detailed roadmap for reform, identifying which functions to preserve, which to eliminate, and how to rebuild these agencies to serve their original purposes. Whether you work in national security, care about government reform, or simply want to understand why our intelligence agencies keep missing major world events - from the fall of the Soviet Union to the origins of COVID-19 - this conversation is essential listening.</p> <p>Timestamps:</p> <p>00:00 Start</p> <p>2:25 Waller's stark assessment</p> <p>3:25 The FBI's questionable origins</p> <p>6:45 Cultural transformation since Obama era</p> <p>13:45 Shocking revelation from former CIA station chiefs</p> <p>19:24 FBI's broken chain of command</p> <p>24:35 Promotion requirements</p> <p>31:15 Intelligence failures</p> <p>41:05 Ideological capture</p> <p>45:53 Inefficient intelligence gathering</p> <p>47:56 Reform strategy</p> <p>Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</p> <p>Follow us:</p> <p>Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thebillwaltonshow Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebillwaltonshow/ TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@thebillwaltonshow Twitter: https://twitter.com/WmBillWalton</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When former CIA station chiefs admit that only 50 out of 1,500 clandestine service officers are truly effective, you know something's deeply wrong with our intelligence agencies. In this explosive conversation, Mike Waller, senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and author of "Big Intel: How the CIA and FBI Went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains," reveals how our premier intelligence agencies have lost their way - and what must be done to fix them. The timing couldn't be more critical. With Donald Trump proposing a new Department of Government Efficiency led by Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, Waller's blueprint for reform deserves serious attention. His conclusions are stark: The FBI, whose very existence rests on shaky legal ground (Congress never actually created it), needs to be dismantled and its legitimate functions redistributed. The CIA, plagued by cultural Marxism and woke policies, should be dissolved and rebuilt from scratch. But this isn't just about problems - it's about solutions. Waller provides a detailed roadmap for reform, identifying which functions to preserve, which to eliminate, and how to rebuild these agencies to serve their original purposes. Whether you work in national security, care about government reform, or simply want to understand why our intelligence agencies keep missing major world events - from the fall of the Soviet Union to the origins of COVID-19 - this conversation is essential listening.</p> <p>Timestamps:</p> <p>00:00 Start</p> <p>2:25 Waller's stark assessment</p> <p>3:25 The FBI's questionable origins</p> <p>6:45 Cultural transformation since Obama era</p> <p>13:45 Shocking revelation from former CIA station chiefs</p> <p>19:24 FBI's broken chain of command</p> <p>24:35 Promotion requirements</p> <p>31:15 Intelligence failures</p> <p>41:05 Ideological capture</p> <p>45:53 Inefficient intelligence gathering</p> <p>47:56 Reform strategy</p> <p>Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future.</p> <p>Follow us:</p> <p>Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thebillwaltonshow Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebillwaltonshow/ TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@thebillwaltonshow Twitter: https://twitter.com/WmBillWalton</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="72632284" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/riverside_mike_waller_raw-synced-video-cfr_the_bill_walton_sho_0075.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>284</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>When former CIA station chiefs admit that only 50 out of 1,500 clandestine service officers are truly effective, you know something's deeply wrong with our intelligence agencies. In this explosive conversation, Mike Waller, senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and author of "Big Intel: How the CIA and FBI Went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains," reveals how our premier intelligence agencies have lost their way - and what must be done to fix them. The timing couldn't be more critical. With Donald Trump proposing a new Department of Government Efficiency led by Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, Waller's blueprint for reform deserves serious attention. His conclusions are stark: The FBI, whose very existence rests on shaky legal ground (Congress never actually created it), needs to be dismantled and its legitimate functions redistributed. The CIA, plagued by cultural Marxism and woke policies, should be dissolved and rebuilt from scratch. But this isn't just about problems - it's about solutions. Waller provides a detailed roadmap for reform, identifying which functions to preserve, which to eliminate, and how to rebuild these agencies to serve their original purposes. Whether you work in national security, care about government reform, or simply want to understand why our intelligence agencies keep missing major world events - from the fall of the Soviet Union to the origins of COVID-19 - this conversation is essential listening. Timestamps: 00:00 Start 2:25 Waller's stark assessment 3:25 The FBI's questionable origins 6:45 Cultural transformation since Obama era 13:45 Shocking revelation from former CIA station chiefs 19:24 FBI's broken chain of command 24:35 Promotion requirements 31:15 Intelligence failures 41:05 Ideological capture 45:53 Inefficient intelligence gathering 47:56 Reform strategy Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future. Follow us: Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thebillwaltonshow Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebillwaltonshow/ TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@thebillwaltonshow Twitter: https://twitter.com/WmBillWalton</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>When former CIA station chiefs admit that only 50 out of 1,500 clandestine service officers are truly effective, you know something's deeply wrong with our intelligence agencies. In this explosive conversation, Mike Waller, senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and author of "Big Intel: How the CIA and FBI Went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains," reveals how our premier intelligence agencies have lost their way - and what must be done to fix them. The timing couldn't be more critical. With Donald Trump proposing a new Department of Government Efficiency led by Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, Waller's blueprint for reform deserves serious attention. His conclusions are stark: The FBI, whose very existence rests on shaky legal ground (Congress never actually created it), needs to be dismantled and its legitimate functions redistributed. The CIA, plagued by cultural Marxism and woke policies, should be dissolved and rebuilt from scratch. But this isn't just about problems - it's about solutions. Waller provides a detailed roadmap for reform, identifying which functions to preserve, which to eliminate, and how to rebuild these agencies to serve their original purposes. Whether you work in national security, care about government reform, or simply want to understand why our intelligence agencies keep missing major world events - from the fall of the Soviet Union to the origins of COVID-19 - this conversation is essential listening. Timestamps: 00:00 Start 2:25 Waller's stark assessment 3:25 The FBI's questionable origins 6:45 Cultural transformation since Obama era 13:45 Shocking revelation from former CIA station chiefs 19:24 FBI's broken chain of command 24:35 Promotion requirements 31:15 Intelligence failures 41:05 Ideological capture 45:53 Inefficient intelligence gathering 47:56 Reform strategy Subscribe to the Bill Walton Show on Substack, YouTube, Rumble, and major podcast platforms to stay informed about the critical issues shaping our nation's future. Follow us: Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thebillwaltonshow Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thebillwaltonshow/ TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@thebillwaltonshow Twitter: https://twitter.com/WmBillWalton</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 283: A Global War on Freedom: How the US Corporate Transparency Act and the EU Digital Services Act Threaten Liberty</title>
      <itunes:title>A Global War on Freedom: How the US Corporate Transparency Act and the EU Digital Services Act Threaten Liberty</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2024 12:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[01c514a0-489d-4fc3-b179-3fb33f29673f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-283-a-global-war-on-freedom-how-the-us-corporate-transparency-act-and-the-eu-digital-services-act-threaten-liberty]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In a riveting conversation with Peter Mcilvenna of the UK's Hearts of Oak, we describe what may be the most aggressive US domestic surveillance program since the Patriot Act – and its disturbing connection to a global censorship agenda. The story that emerges isn't just about US regulation; it's about the systematic and coordinated dismantling of economic and expressive freedoms on both sides of the Atlantic.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 3 []"><strong>The New American Surveillance State</strong></p> <blockquote> <p>Remember Reagan's famous warning that the nine most terrifying words were <strong>"I'm from the government and I'm here to help"</strong>? Today's version might be: <strong>"I'm from the federal government, give up your personal data, and as long as you don't step out of line, we will keep you safe."</strong></p> </blockquote> <p><strong>The Corporate Transparency Act (CTA)</strong> represents an unprecedented federal power grab:</p> <ul> <li> <p><strong>Massive Scope:</strong> 33 million small businesses, employing 61.7 million Americans, must submit to federal surveillance</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Selective Targeting:</strong> Only businesses under $5 million revenue and fewer than 20 employees are affected</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Draconian Penalties:</strong> $591 daily fines and up to 2 years in prison for non-compliance</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Strategic Exemptions:</strong> Giants like BlackRock, Amazon, and Big Tech escape scrutiny</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Global Data Sharing:</strong> Your information gets shared with 170 countries through the shadowy <a href= "https://egmontgroup.org/#:~:text=The%20Egmont%20Group%20provides%20FIUs,does%20not%20conduct%20financial%20investigations." target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Egmont Group</a>.</p> </li> </ul> <p><strong>The Historical Echo</strong></p> <p>We've seen this movie before. <strong>Remember the IRS targeting scandal, where conservative groups with words like "tea party" and "patriot" faced extra scrutiny?</strong> The CTA creates a similar vulnerability for small businesses. As <strong>Mcilvenna</strong>points out, it paves the way for an anti-second amendment bureaucrat to search the database for businesses with "gun," "firearm," or "freedom" in their names?</p> <p><strong>A Digital Iron Curtain</strong></p> <p>While the CTA surveils American businesses, the <a href= "https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/digital-services-act-package" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>EU</strong> <strong>Digital Services Act (DSA)</strong></a> creates a parallel threat to free speech, with the power to levy fines of up to 6% of a company's global revenue – including revenue from unrelated businesses. This means Elon Musk's SpaceX could be penalized for X's content moderation policies, a clear attempt at financial coercion.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2 is-viewable-imag" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp 1456w" alt="" width="384" height="384" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/a145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1024,"width":1024,"resizeWidth":384,"bytes":554704,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/webp","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>"It is ridiculous and chilling," Mcilvenna notes "Musk's other companies have nothing to do with the platform policies of X. It is simply an unhinged coercive measure designed to break Musk."</strong></p> </div> <p>Mcilvenna describes how UK political operatives, through organizations like the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), are actively working to <strong>"Kill Musk's Twitter"</strong> while strengthening ties with various political campaigns. This isn't just UK domestic policy – it's part of a coordinated international effort to control both commerce and communication.</p> <p><strong>Why This Matters Now</strong></p> <p>The January 1, 2025 deadline for CTA compliance is approaching, while the DSA's censorship machinery is already in motion. This combination creates an unprecedented threat and the window for action is narrowing, but resistance is building:</p> <p>- Multiple states have challenged the CTA's constitutionality</p> <p>- Business associations are filing lawsuits</p> <p>- Popular movements across Europe are pushing back against censorship</p> <p>- Independent platforms are fighting for survival</p> <p>As Peter Mcilvenna warns, <strong>"This needs to be a front and center issue to protect over 33 million small businesses from an egregious overreach by the Federal government."</strong></p> <p><strong>Timelines:</strong></p> <ul> <li> <p>00:03 - Introduction: Peter Mcilvenna's connection to Lord Thatcher's administration and Brexit</p> </li> <li> <p>01:28 - Corporate Transparency Act introduction: Trump's veto and subsequent revival</p> </li> <li> <p>05:19 - Federal overreach: Small businesses must register by January 1st deadline</p> </li> <li> <p>08:56 - FinCEN's expanded role beyond traditional financial crimes enforcement</p> </li> <li> <p>10:55 - BlackRock & large corporations exempt from CTA requirements </p> </li> <li> <p>14:31 - Egmont Group: International sharing of business data across 170 countries</p> </li> <li> <p>18:06 - Digital Services Act targeting speech censorship in UK</p> </li> <li> <p>21:38 - Labour Party operatives working with US political campaigns</p> </li> <li> <p>23:17 - CCDH attacks on free speech platforms</p> </li> <li> <p>26:07 - EU threatening 6% global revenue fines against Musk's companies</p> </li> <li> <p>29:20 - Rise of populist resistance movements across Europe</p> </li> <li> <p>37:30 - Push for CTA to become central campaign issue for 2024</p> </li> </ul>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a riveting conversation with Peter Mcilvenna of the UK's Hearts of Oak, we describe what may be the most aggressive US domestic surveillance program since the Patriot Act – and its disturbing connection to a global censorship agenda. The story that emerges isn't just about US regulation; it's about the systematic and coordinated dismantling of economic and expressive freedoms on both sides of the Atlantic.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 3 []">The New American Surveillance State</p> <p>Remember Reagan's famous warning that the nine most terrifying words were "I'm from the government and I'm here to help"? Today's version might be: "I'm from the federal government, give up your personal data, and as long as you don't step out of line, we will keep you safe."</p> <p>The Corporate Transparency Act (CTA) represents an unprecedented federal power grab:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Massive Scope: 33 million small businesses, employing 61.7 million Americans, must submit to federal surveillance</p> </li> <li> <p>Selective Targeting: Only businesses under $5 million revenue and fewer than 20 employees are affected</p> </li> <li> <p>Draconian Penalties: $591 daily fines and up to 2 years in prison for non-compliance</p> </li> <li> <p>Strategic Exemptions: Giants like BlackRock, Amazon, and Big Tech escape scrutiny</p> </li> <li> <p>Global Data Sharing: Your information gets shared with 170 countries through the shadowy <a href= "https://egmontgroup.org/#:~:text=The%20Egmont%20Group%20provides%20FIUs,does%20not%20conduct%20financial%20investigations." target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Egmont Group</a>.</p> </li> </ul> <p>The Historical Echo</p> <p>We've seen this movie before. Remember the IRS targeting scandal, where conservative groups with words like "tea party" and "patriot" faced extra scrutiny? The CTA creates a similar vulnerability for small businesses. As Mcilvennapoints out, it paves the way for an anti-second amendment bureaucrat to search the database for businesses with "gun," "firearm," or "freedom" in their names?</p> <p>A Digital Iron Curtain</p> <p>While the CTA surveils American businesses, the <a href= "https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/digital-services-act-package" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">EU Digital Services Act (DSA)</a> creates a parallel threat to free speech, with the power to levy fines of up to 6% of a company's global revenue – including revenue from unrelated businesses. This means Elon Musk's SpaceX could be penalized for X's content moderation policies, a clear attempt at financial coercion.</p> <a class="image-link image2 is-viewable-imag" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa145cd74-c998-4950-8bae-f63e2bb92bed_1024x1024.webp" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>"It is ridiculous and chilling," Mcilvenna notes "Musk's other companies have nothing to do with the platform policies of X. It is simply an unhinged coercive measure designed to break Musk."</p> <p>Mcilvenna describes how UK political operatives, through organizations like the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), are actively working to "Kill Musk's Twitter" while strengthening ties with various political campaigns. This isn't just UK domestic policy – it's part of a coordinated international effort to control both commerce and communication.</p> <p>Why This Matters Now</p> <p>The January 1, 2025 deadline for CTA compliance is approaching, while the DSA's censorship machinery is already in motion. This combination creates an unprecedented threat and the window for action is narrowing, but resistance is building:</p> <p>- Multiple states have challenged the CTA's constitutionality</p> <p>- Business associations are filing lawsuits</p> <p>- Popular movements across Europe are pushing back against censorship</p> <p>- Independent platforms are fighting for survival</p> <p>As Peter Mcilvenna warns, "This needs to be a front and center issue to protect over 33 million small businesses from an egregious overreach by the Federal government."</p> <p>Timelines:</p> <ul> <li> <p>00:03 - Introduction: Peter Mcilvenna's connection to Lord Thatcher's administration and Brexit</p> </li> <li> <p>01:28 - Corporate Transparency Act introduction: Trump's veto and subsequent revival</p> </li> <li> <p>05:19 - Federal overreach: Small businesses must register by January 1st deadline</p> </li> <li> <p>08:56 - FinCEN's expanded role beyond traditional financial crimes enforcement</p> </li> <li> <p>10:55 - BlackRock & large corporations exempt from CTA requirements </p> </li> <li> <p>14:31 - Egmont Group: International sharing of business data across 170 countries</p> </li> <li> <p>18:06 - Digital Services Act targeting speech censorship in UK</p> </li> <li> <p>21:38 - Labour Party operatives working with US political campaigns</p> </li> <li> <p>23:17 - CCDH attacks on free speech platforms</p> </li> <li> <p>26:07 - EU threatening 6% global revenue fines against Musk's companies</p> </li> <li> <p>29:20 - Rise of populist resistance movements across Europe</p> </li> <li> <p>37:30 - Push for CTA to become central campaign issue for 2024</p> </li> </ul>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="65396440" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Peter_McilVenna_Audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In a riveting conversation with Peter Mcilvenna of the UK's Hearts of Oak, we describe what may be the most aggressive US domestic surveillance program since the Patriot Act – and its disturbing connection to a global censorship agenda. The story that emerges isn't just about US regulation; it's about the systematic and coordinated dismantling of economic and expressive freedoms on both sides of the Atlantic. The New American Surveillance State Remember Reagan's famous warning that the nine most terrifying words were "I'm from the government and I'm here to help"? Today's version might be: "I'm from the federal government, give up your personal data, and as long as you don't step out of line, we will keep you safe." The Corporate Transparency Act (CTA) represents an unprecedented federal power grab: Massive Scope: 33 million small businesses, employing 61.7 million Americans, must submit to federal surveillance Selective Targeting: Only businesses under $5 million revenue and fewer than 20 employees are affected Draconian Penalties: $591 daily fines and up to 2 years in prison for non-compliance Strategic Exemptions: Giants like BlackRock, Amazon, and Big Tech escape scrutiny Global Data Sharing: Your information gets shared with 170 countries through the shadowy Egmont Group. The Historical Echo We've seen this movie before. Remember the IRS targeting scandal, where conservative groups with words like "tea party" and "patriot" faced extra scrutiny? The CTA creates a similar vulnerability for small businesses. As Mcilvennapoints out, it paves the way for an anti-second amendment bureaucrat to search the database for businesses with "gun," "firearm," or "freedom" in their names? A Digital Iron Curtain While the CTA surveils American businesses, the EU Digital Services Act (DSA) creates a parallel threat to free speech, with the power to levy fines of up to 6% of a company's global revenue – including revenue from unrelated businesses. This means Elon Musk's SpaceX could be penalized for X's content moderation policies, a clear attempt at financial coercion.   "It is ridiculous and chilling," Mcilvenna notes "Musk's other companies have nothing to do with the platform policies of X. It is simply an unhinged coercive measure designed to break Musk." Mcilvenna describes how UK political operatives, through organizations like the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), are actively working to "Kill Musk's Twitter" while strengthening ties with various political campaigns. This isn't just UK domestic policy – it's part of a coordinated international effort to control both commerce and communication. Why This Matters Now The January 1, 2025 deadline for CTA compliance is approaching, while the DSA's censorship machinery is already in motion. This combination creates an unprecedented threat and the window for action is narrowing, but resistance is building: - Multiple states have challenged the CTA's constitutionality - Business associations are filing lawsuits - Popular movements across Europe are pushing back against censorship - Independent platforms are fighting for survival As Peter Mcilvenna warns, "This needs to be a front and center issue to protect over 33 million small businesses from an egregious overreach by the Federal government." Timelines: 00:03 - Introduction: Peter Mcilvenna's connection to Lord Thatcher's administration and Brexit 01:28 - Corporate Transparency Act introduction: Trump's veto and subsequent revival 05:19 - Federal overreach: Small businesses must register by January 1st deadline 08:56 - FinCEN's expanded role beyond traditional financial crimes enforcement 10:55 - BlackRock &amp; large corporations exempt from CTA requirements  14:31 - Egmont Group: International sharing of business data across 170 countries 18:06 - Digital Services Act targeting speech censorship in UK 21:38 - Labour Party operatives working with US political campaigns 23:17 - CCDH attacks on free speech platforms 26:07 - EU threatening 6% global revenue fines against Musk's companies 29:20 - Rise of populist resistance movements across Europe 37:30 - Push for CTA to become central campaign issue for 2024</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In a riveting conversation with Peter Mcilvenna of the UK's Hearts of Oak, we describe what may be the most aggressive US domestic surveillance program since the Patriot Act – and its disturbing connection to a global censorship agenda. The story that emerges isn't just about US regulation; it's about the systematic and coordinated dismantling of economic and expressive freedoms on both sides of the Atlantic. The New American Surveillance State Remember Reagan's famous warning that the nine most terrifying words were "I'm from the government and I'm here to help"? Today's version might be: "I'm from the federal government, give up your personal data, and as long as you don't step out of line, we will keep you safe." The Corporate Transparency Act (CTA) represents an unprecedented federal power grab: Massive Scope: 33 million small businesses, employing 61.7 million Americans, must submit to federal surveillance Selective Targeting: Only businesses under $5 million revenue and fewer than 20 employees are affected Draconian Penalties: $591 daily fines and up to 2 years in prison for non-compliance Strategic Exemptions: Giants like BlackRock, Amazon, and Big Tech escape scrutiny Global Data Sharing: Your information gets shared with 170 countries through the shadowy Egmont Group. The Historical Echo We've seen this movie before. Remember the IRS targeting scandal, where conservative groups with words like "tea party" and "patriot" faced extra scrutiny? The CTA creates a similar vulnerability for small businesses. As Mcilvennapoints out, it paves the way for an anti-second amendment bureaucrat to search the database for businesses with "gun," "firearm," or "freedom" in their names? A Digital Iron Curtain While the CTA surveils American businesses, the EU Digital Services Act (DSA) creates a parallel threat to free speech, with the power to levy fines of up to 6% of a company's global revenue – including revenue from unrelated businesses. This means Elon Musk's SpaceX could be penalized for X's content moderation policies, a clear attempt at financial coercion.   "It is ridiculous and chilling," Mcilvenna notes "Musk's other companies have nothing to do with the platform policies of X. It is simply an unhinged coercive measure designed to break Musk." Mcilvenna describes how UK political operatives, through organizations like the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), are actively working to "Kill Musk's Twitter" while strengthening ties with various political campaigns. This isn't just UK domestic policy – it's part of a coordinated international effort to control both commerce and communication. Why This Matters Now The January 1, 2025 deadline for CTA compliance is approaching, while the DSA's censorship machinery is already in motion. This combination creates an unprecedented threat and the window for action is narrowing, but resistance is building: - Multiple states have challenged the CTA's constitutionality - Business associations are filing lawsuits - Popular movements across Europe are pushing back against censorship - Independent platforms are fighting for survival As Peter Mcilvenna warns, "This needs to be a front and center issue to protect over 33 million small businesses from an egregious overreach by the Federal government." Timelines: 00:03 - Introduction: Peter Mcilvenna's connection to Lord Thatcher's administration and Brexit 01:28 - Corporate Transparency Act introduction: Trump's veto and subsequent revival 05:19 - Federal overreach: Small businesses must register by January 1st deadline 08:56 - FinCEN's expanded role beyond traditional financial crimes enforcement 10:55 - BlackRock &amp; large corporations exempt from CTA requirements  14:31 - Egmont Group: International sharing of business data across 170 countries 18:06 - Digital Services Act targeting speech censorship in UK 21:38 - Labour Party operatives working with US political campaigns 23:17 - CCDH attacks on free speech platforms 26:07 - EU threatening 6% global revenue fines against Musk's companies 29:20 - Rise of populist resistance movements across Europe 37:30 - Push for CTA to become central campaign issue for 2024</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 281: Are We Passing the Israel Test</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 281: Are We Passing the Israel Test</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 18:58:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e5c35958-1edd-477d-9896-9c6dea7ed71f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-281-are-we-passing-the-israel-test]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this compelling and wide ranging episode of The Bill Walton Show, host Bill Walton engages with the great economic, technology and futurist thinker George Gilder to talk about his provocative book, <strong><em>The Israel Test.</em></strong></p> <p>In <strong><em>The Israel Test</em></strong> George provides much needed context for today's war in the Middle East. His theory about the root causes of the conflict dramatically reframes the issues and makes it clear why we need to support Israel in this defining moment in History.</p> <p>Despite comprising only 4% of the Middle East's land area, Israel has cultivated a preeminent high-tech economy, functioning as a liberal democracy with free elections, a critical press, and robust human rights protections—including for its 2 million Arab citizens, who enjoy the same civil liberties as Jewish citizens.</p> <p><strong><em>The Israel Test</em></strong> posits that one's reaction to others' success—whether through admiration and emulation or envy and hostility—reflects broader attitudes toward capitalism and free enterprise. Historical and contemporary instances of antisemitism, can be attributed in part to envy over Jewish excellence in so many fields and Israel's extraordinary achievements and its pivotal role in global innovation.</p> <p>George explains "the heart of the <strong>Israel Test</strong> is how you react to people who excel you in intellect, creativity, wealth, accomplishment. Do you admire them, and emulate them, and learn from them or do you envy, and hate them, and try to tear them down? And this is really the test of capitalism or test of free enterprise, is whether you regard your competitors as expanding opportunities for you and exploring the frontiers of creation for you in the image of your creator, or whether you regard them as somehow a menace to your future."</p> <p>Smart people are society's most valuable resource, yet the modern egalitarian movements relentlessly undermines recognition of individual talent and achievement.</p> <p>George reminds that "we are all dependent on a small minority of geniuses really, who opened the horizons of the future for the rest of the world. And in recent history, a disproportionate number of them have been Jewish."</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure> <div class="image2-inset"> <p><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ffe9d4d31-ef30-4e4b-a340-1206281e7a61.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ffe9d4d31-ef30-4e4b-a340-1206281e7a61.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ffe9d4d31-ef30-4e4b-a340-1206281e7a61.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ffe9d4d31-ef30-4e4b-a340-1206281e7a61.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /></picture></p> </div> </figure> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this compelling and wide ranging episode of The Bill Walton Show, host Bill Walton engages with the great economic, technology and futurist thinker George Gilder to talk about his provocative book, <em>The Israel Test.</em></p> <p>In <em>The Israel Test</em> George provides much needed context for today's war in the Middle East. His theory about the root causes of the conflict dramatically reframes the issues and makes it clear why we need to support Israel in this defining moment in History.</p> <p>Despite comprising only 4% of the Middle East's land area, Israel has cultivated a preeminent high-tech economy, functioning as a liberal democracy with free elections, a critical press, and robust human rights protections—including for its 2 million Arab citizens, who enjoy the same civil liberties as Jewish citizens.</p> <p><em>The Israel Test</em> posits that one's reaction to others' success—whether through admiration and emulation or envy and hostility—reflects broader attitudes toward capitalism and free enterprise. Historical and contemporary instances of antisemitism, can be attributed in part to envy over Jewish excellence in so many fields and Israel's extraordinary achievements and its pivotal role in global innovation.</p> <p>George explains "the heart of the Israel Test is how you react to people who excel you in intellect, creativity, wealth, accomplishment. Do you admire them, and emulate them, and learn from them or do you envy, and hate them, and try to tear them down? And this is really the test of capitalism or test of free enterprise, is whether you regard your competitors as expanding opportunities for you and exploring the frontiers of creation for you in the image of your creator, or whether you regard them as somehow a menace to your future."</p> <p>Smart people are society's most valuable resource, yet the modern egalitarian movements relentlessly undermines recognition of individual talent and achievement.</p> <p>George reminds that "we are all dependent on a small minority of geniuses really, who opened the horizons of the future for the rest of the world. And in recent history, a disproportionate number of them have been Jewish."</p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="150974400" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS207_2024_09_25_Gilder.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>281</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this compelling and wide ranging episode of The Bill Walton Show, host Bill Walton engages with the great economic, technology and futurist thinker George Gilder to talk about his provocative book, The Israel Test. In The Israel Test George provides much needed context for today's war in the Middle East. His theory about the root causes of the conflict dramatically reframes the issues and makes it clear why we need to support Israel in this defining moment in History. Despite comprising only 4% of the Middle East's land area, Israel has cultivated a preeminent high-tech economy, functioning as a liberal democracy with free elections, a critical press, and robust human rights protections—including for its 2 million Arab citizens, who enjoy the same civil liberties as Jewish citizens. The Israel Test posits that one's reaction to others' success—whether through admiration and emulation or envy and hostility—reflects broader attitudes toward capitalism and free enterprise. Historical and contemporary instances of antisemitism, can be attributed in part to envy over Jewish excellence in so many fields and Israel's extraordinary achievements and its pivotal role in global innovation. George explains "the heart of the Israel Test is how you react to people who excel you in intellect, creativity, wealth, accomplishment. Do you admire them, and emulate them, and learn from them or do you envy, and hate them, and try to tear them down? And this is really the test of capitalism or test of free enterprise, is whether you regard your competitors as expanding opportunities for you and exploring the frontiers of creation for you in the image of your creator, or whether you regard them as somehow a menace to your future." Smart people are society's most valuable resource, yet the modern egalitarian movements relentlessly undermines recognition of individual talent and achievement. George reminds that "we are all dependent on a small minority of geniuses really, who opened the horizons of the future for the rest of the world. And in recent history, a disproportionate number of them have been Jewish."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this compelling and wide ranging episode of The Bill Walton Show, host Bill Walton engages with the great economic, technology and futurist thinker George Gilder to talk about his provocative book, The Israel Test. In The Israel Test George provides much needed context for today's war in the Middle East. His theory about the root causes of the conflict dramatically reframes the issues and makes it clear why we need to support Israel in this defining moment in History. Despite comprising only 4% of the Middle East's land area, Israel has cultivated a preeminent high-tech economy, functioning as a liberal democracy with free elections, a critical press, and robust human rights protections—including for its 2 million Arab citizens, who enjoy the same civil liberties as Jewish citizens. The Israel Test posits that one's reaction to others' success—whether through admiration and emulation or envy and hostility—reflects broader attitudes toward capitalism and free enterprise. Historical and contemporary instances of antisemitism, can be attributed in part to envy over Jewish excellence in so many fields and Israel's extraordinary achievements and its pivotal role in global innovation. George explains "the heart of the Israel Test is how you react to people who excel you in intellect, creativity, wealth, accomplishment. Do you admire them, and emulate them, and learn from them or do you envy, and hate them, and try to tear them down? And this is really the test of capitalism or test of free enterprise, is whether you regard your competitors as expanding opportunities for you and exploring the frontiers of creation for you in the image of your creator, or whether you regard them as somehow a menace to your future." Smart people are society's most valuable resource, yet the modern egalitarian movements relentlessly undermines recognition of individual talent and achievement. George reminds that "we are all dependent on a small minority of geniuses really, who opened the horizons of the future for the rest of the world. And in recent history, a disproportionate number of them have been Jewish."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 280: How to Conduct an Honest Election</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 280: How to Conduct an Honest Election</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 15:02:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dacd2953-b1f5-4819-aef9-662bcd929233]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/how-to-conduct-an-honest-election]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">It won't be news to anyone that this upcoming election is fraught with many potential problems. </p> <p>Based on a new study by Just Facts, 10% to 27% of "non-citizen" adults in the U.S. are estimated to be illegally registered to vote. Aggressive attempts to debunk the study have completely failed.</p> <p>With roughly 20 million adult non-citizens living in the United States, about two to five million of who used to be called illegal aliens are now illegally registered to vote. This means that there are enough votes to overturn the votes of the American citizens in the upcoming congressional and presidential elections.</p> <p>Here's another big issue to consider: 2020 was the first time an election was conducted by mass vote-by-mail. It was a train wreck. According to federal data, election officials do not know what happened to nearly 15 million mail ballots in 2020. Biden's victory margin was smaller than the number of missing and undeliverable ballots. Vote-by-mail is the worst way to run an election, yet we're plowing ahead with this once again. </p> <p>To dig into these, and many other voting issues, Bill Walton is again joined by </p> <p>          <strong>Cleta Mitchell, Senior Legal Fellow at the Conservatives Partnership Institute and one of the leading election integrity experts in America</strong>, and</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic 1456w" alt="" width="259" height="194" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":194,"width":259,"resizeWidth":null,"bytes":11435,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>          <strong>James D. Agresti, the president and cofounder of Just Facts, a research institute dedicated to publishing extensively researched and documented facts about public policies.</strong></p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic 1456w" alt="" width="204" height="192" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":192,"width":204,"resizeWidth":null,"bytes":5668,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Here's some of we talked about to ensure free and fair legitimate elections: </p> <ul> <li> <p><strong>03:30-05:14 Demand proof of citizenship for every voter registration—no proof, no vote.</strong>Without citizenship verification, the integrity of the entire election is at risk.</p> <p> </p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2 is-viewable-imag" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic 1456w" alt="" width="510" height="340" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":false,"imageSize":"normal","height":630,"width":945,"resizeWidth":510,"bytes":58409,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p> </p> </li> <li> <p><strong>07:30-08:15 Purge voter rolls of ineligible non-citizens—it's not suppression, it's fairness.</strong><br /> Dirty voter rolls lead to dirty elections. Clean them up or lose democracy.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>05:14-06:44 Ban driver's licenses for non-citizens if used for voter registration—enough loopholes!</strong><br /> Driver's licenses should never be a backdoor for illegal voting.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>06:30-07:00 Expose left-wing groups enabling illegal voting—they're undermining your vote.</strong><br /> Billions of your tax dollars fund left-wing groups assisting non-citizens to vote.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>12:21-12:56 Enforce strict penalties for non-citizens caught voting—deportation and prison.</strong><br /> Voting is a sacred right; illegal participation should have real consequences.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>17:10-17:39 End the Democrats' reliance on non-citizen votes—stop the "great replacement."</strong><br /> Changing the electorate to maintain power? That's the real threat to democracy.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong><em>33:21-33:30</em> Make Election Day a national holiday—end the endless election season madness.</strong><br /> Voting must be a one day event, not a season. Stop the manipulation of election outcomes through extended voting</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2 is-viewable-imag" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic 1456w" alt="" width="202" height="241.5810810810811" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":354,"width":296,"resizeWidth":202,"bytes":35724,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null,"isProcessing":false}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>35:30-37:13 Challenge media and big tech bias—Google is rigging elections through search results.</strong><br /> Big Tech is controlling what you see, steering elections. Push back or be silenced.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>28:30-28:49 Block all mail-in voting unless citizenship and identity are verified—no excuses.</strong><br /> Voting by mail without checks is an invitation to fraud. Time to stop it.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>18:00-18:51 Stop treating non-citizens as political pawns—vote manipulation is the real voter suppression.</strong><br /> Non-citizens dilute the votes of legitimate citizens. That's the ultimate suppression.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>18:00-18:51 Every illegal vote nullifies a legitimate citizen vote—don't let them cancel you out.</strong><br /> Your vote should not be diluted by an illegal vote cast by someone who is not a citizen</p> </li> <li> <p><strong><em>12:00-12:21</em> Push for criminal prosecutions for anyone facilitating illegal voting—no more leniency.</strong><br /> It's time to hold people accountable for undermining elections—starting with those enabling the fraud.</p> </li> </ul> <p>These are the bullet points. For a fuller understanding, listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">It won't be news to anyone that this upcoming election is fraught with many potential problems. </p> <p>Based on a new study by Just Facts, 10% to 27% of "non-citizen" adults in the U.S. are estimated to be illegally registered to vote. Aggressive attempts to debunk the study have completely failed.</p> <p>With roughly 20 million adult non-citizens living in the United States, about two to five million of who used to be called illegal aliens are now illegally registered to vote. This means that there are enough votes to overturn the votes of the American citizens in the upcoming congressional and presidential elections.</p> <p>Here's another big issue to consider: 2020 was the first time an election was conducted by mass vote-by-mail. It was a train wreck. According to federal data, election officials do not know what happened to nearly 15 million mail ballots in 2020. Biden's victory margin was smaller than the number of missing and undeliverable ballots. Vote-by-mail is the worst way to run an election, yet we're plowing ahead with this once again. </p> <p>To dig into these, and many other voting issues, Bill Walton is again joined by </p> <p> Cleta Mitchell, Senior Legal Fellow at the Conservatives Partnership Institute and one of the leading election integrity experts in America, and</p> <a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F432e001d-4ea7-4bd1-af08-77f14776b964_259x194.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p> James D. Agresti, the president and cofounder of Just Facts, a research institute dedicated to publishing extensively researched and documented facts about public policies.</p> <a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F4a89489c-ae9a-4b51-ada5-81a016a96592_204x192.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Here's some of we talked about to ensure free and fair legitimate elections: </p> <ul> <li> <p>03:30-05:14 Demand proof of citizenship for every voter registration—no proof, no vote.Without citizenship verification, the integrity of the entire election is at risk.</p> <p> </p> <a class="image-link image2 is-viewable-imag" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F89e98f8d-736c-4057-8573-a0a925c8d115_945x630.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p> </p> </li> <li> <p>07:30-08:15 Purge voter rolls of ineligible non-citizens—it's not suppression, it's fairness. Dirty voter rolls lead to dirty elections. Clean them up or lose democracy.</p> </li> <li> <p>05:14-06:44 Ban driver's licenses for non-citizens if used for voter registration—enough loopholes! Driver's licenses should never be a backdoor for illegal voting.</p> </li> <li> <p>06:30-07:00 Expose left-wing groups enabling illegal voting—they're undermining your vote. Billions of your tax dollars fund left-wing groups assisting non-citizens to vote.</p> </li> <li> <p>12:21-12:56 Enforce strict penalties for non-citizens caught voting—deportation and prison. Voting is a sacred right; illegal participation should have real consequences.</p> </li> <li> <p>17:10-17:39 End the Democrats' reliance on non-citizen votes—stop the "great replacement." Changing the electorate to maintain power? That's the real threat to democracy.</p> </li> <li> <p><em>33:21-33:30</em> Make Election Day a national holiday—end the endless election season madness. Voting must be a one day event, not a season. Stop the manipulation of election outcomes through extended voting</p> <a class="image-link image2 is-viewable-imag" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F49cec2e6-a522-4e52-8acb-22178be97904_296x354.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>.</p> </li> <li> <p>35:30-37:13 Challenge media and big tech bias—Google is rigging elections through search results. Big Tech is controlling what you see, steering elections. Push back or be silenced.</p> </li> <li> <p>28:30-28:49 Block all mail-in voting unless citizenship and identity are verified—no excuses. Voting by mail without checks is an invitation to fraud. Time to stop it.</p> </li> <li> <p>18:00-18:51 Stop treating non-citizens as political pawns—vote manipulation is the real voter suppression. Non-citizens dilute the votes of legitimate citizens. That's the ultimate suppression.</p> </li> <li> <p>18:00-18:51 Every illegal vote nullifies a legitimate citizen vote—don't let them cancel you out. Your vote should not be diluted by an illegal vote cast by someone who is not a citizen</p> </li> <li> <p><em>12:00-12:21</em> Push for criminal prosecutions for anyone facilitating illegal voting—no more leniency. It's time to hold people accountable for undermining elections—starting with those enabling the fraud.</p> </li> </ul> <p>These are the bullet points. For a fuller understanding, listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="90827644" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/agresti_mitchell.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It won't be news to anyone that this upcoming election is fraught with many potential problems.  Based on a new study by Just Facts, 10% to 27% of "non-citizen" adults in the U.S. are estimated to be illegally registered to vote. Aggressive attempts to debunk the study have completely failed. With roughly 20 million adult non-citizens living in the United States, about two to five million of who used to be called illegal aliens are now illegally registered to vote. This means that there are enough votes to overturn the votes of the American citizens in the upcoming congressional and presidential elections. Here's another big issue to consider: 2020 was the first time an election was conducted by mass vote-by-mail. It was a train wreck. According to federal data, election officials do not know what happened to nearly 15 million mail ballots in 2020. Biden's victory margin was smaller than the number of missing and undeliverable ballots. Vote-by-mail is the worst way to run an election, yet we're plowing ahead with this once again.  To dig into these, and many other voting issues, Bill Walton is again joined by            Cleta Mitchell, Senior Legal Fellow at the Conservatives Partnership Institute and one of the leading election integrity experts in America, and             James D. Agresti, the president and cofounder of Just Facts, a research institute dedicated to publishing extensively researched and documented facts about public policies.   Here's some of we talked about to ensure free and fair legitimate elections:  03:30-05:14 Demand proof of citizenship for every voter registration—no proof, no vote.Without citizenship verification, the integrity of the entire election is at risk.       07:30-08:15 Purge voter rolls of ineligible non-citizens—it's not suppression, it's fairness. Dirty voter rolls lead to dirty elections. Clean them up or lose democracy. 05:14-06:44 Ban driver's licenses for non-citizens if used for voter registration—enough loopholes! Driver's licenses should never be a backdoor for illegal voting. 06:30-07:00 Expose left-wing groups enabling illegal voting—they're undermining your vote. Billions of your tax dollars fund left-wing groups assisting non-citizens to vote. 12:21-12:56 Enforce strict penalties for non-citizens caught voting—deportation and prison. Voting is a sacred right; illegal participation should have real consequences. 17:10-17:39 End the Democrats' reliance on non-citizen votes—stop the "great replacement." Changing the electorate to maintain power? That's the real threat to democracy. 33:21-33:30 Make Election Day a national holiday—end the endless election season madness. Voting must be a one day event, not a season. Stop the manipulation of election outcomes through extended voting   . 35:30-37:13 Challenge media and big tech bias—Google is rigging elections through search results. Big Tech is controlling what you see, steering elections. Push back or be silenced. 28:30-28:49 Block all mail-in voting unless citizenship and identity are verified—no excuses. Voting by mail without checks is an invitation to fraud. Time to stop it. 18:00-18:51 Stop treating non-citizens as political pawns—vote manipulation is the real voter suppression. Non-citizens dilute the votes of legitimate citizens. That's the ultimate suppression. 18:00-18:51 Every illegal vote nullifies a legitimate citizen vote—don't let them cancel you out. Your vote should not be diluted by an illegal vote cast by someone who is not a citizen 12:00-12:21 Push for criminal prosecutions for anyone facilitating illegal voting—no more leniency. It's time to hold people accountable for undermining elections—starting with those enabling the fraud. These are the bullet points. For a fuller understanding, listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Bill Walton</itunes:author><itunes:summary>It won't be news to anyone that this upcoming election is fraught with many potential problems.  Based on a new study by Just Facts, 10% to 27% of "non-citizen" adults in the U.S. are estimated to be illegally registered to vote. Aggressive attempts to debunk the study have completely failed. With roughly 20 million adult non-citizens living in the United States, about two to five million of who used to be called illegal aliens are now illegally registered to vote. This means that there are enough votes to overturn the votes of the American citizens in the upcoming congressional and presidential elections. Here's another big issue to consider: 2020 was the first time an election was conducted by mass vote-by-mail. It was a train wreck. According to federal data, election officials do not know what happened to nearly 15 million mail ballots in 2020. Biden's victory margin was smaller than the number of missing and undeliverable ballots. Vote-by-mail is the worst way to run an election, yet we're plowing ahead with this once again.  To dig into these, and many other voting issues, Bill Walton is again joined by            Cleta Mitchell, Senior Legal Fellow at the Conservatives Partnership Institute and one of the leading election integrity experts in America, and             James D. Agresti, the president and cofounder of Just Facts, a research institute dedicated to publishing extensively researched and documented facts about public policies.   Here's some of we talked about to ensure free and fair legitimate elections:  03:30-05:14 Demand proof of citizenship for every voter registration—no proof, no vote.Without citizenship verification, the integrity of the entire election is at risk.       07:30-08:15 Purge voter rolls of ineligible non-citizens—it's not suppression, it's fairness. Dirty voter rolls lead to dirty elections. Clean them up or lose democracy. 05:14-06:44 Ban driver's licenses for non-citizens if used for voter registration—enough loopholes! Driver's licenses should never be a backdoor for illegal voting. 06:30-07:00 Expose left-wing groups enabling illegal voting—they're undermining your vote. Billions of your tax dollars fund left-wing groups assisting non-citizens to vote. 12:21-12:56 Enforce strict penalties for non-citizens caught voting—deportation and prison. Voting is a sacred right; illegal participation should have real consequences. 17:10-17:39 End the Democrats' reliance on non-citizen votes—stop the "great replacement." Changing the electorate to maintain power? That's the real threat to democracy. 33:21-33:30 Make Election Day a national holiday—end the endless election season madness. Voting must be a one day event, not a season. Stop the manipulation of election outcomes through extended voting   . 35:30-37:13 Challenge media and big tech bias—Google is rigging elections through search results. Big Tech is controlling what you see, steering elections. Push back or be silenced. 28:30-28:49 Block all mail-in voting unless citizenship and identity are verified—no excuses. Voting by mail without checks is an invitation to fraud. Time to stop it. 18:00-18:51 Stop treating non-citizens as political pawns—vote manipulation is the real voter suppression. Non-citizens dilute the votes of legitimate citizens. That's the ultimate suppression. 18:00-18:51 Every illegal vote nullifies a legitimate citizen vote—don't let them cancel you out. Your vote should not be diluted by an illegal vote cast by someone who is not a citizen 12:00-12:21 Push for criminal prosecutions for anyone facilitating illegal voting—no more leniency. It's time to hold people accountable for undermining elections—starting with those enabling the fraud. These are the bullet points. For a fuller understanding, listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 279: The Case for Trump</title>
      <itunes:title>The Case for Trump</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 15:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17b3f3d2-36db-4dbe-beaf-90047b02f9c4]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-279-the-case-for-trump]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this easy to listen to, charming, and informative episode of "The Bill Walton Show," host Bill Walton engages with Mercedes Schlapp and Matt Schlapp in a dynamic discussion about the pressing issues facing America today. Together, and with humor, they dig into the upcoming elections, economic priorities, and the shifting political landscape. Of course, as Trump supporters, the trio delves into critiques of Biden/Harris' leadership, the importance of economic growth, and why minority communities are increasingly supporting conservative policies. They also highlight the work that CPAC has been doing with the worldwide movements for freedom and liberty. With optimism, they address concerns about election integrity and the power of respectful discourse. This conversation offers valuable insights into topics shaping the nation's future—it's a discussion you won't want to miss. </p> <p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong> </p> <ul> <li> <p>(00:25) The episode kicks off with Bill Walton likening the show to "Seinfeld," but instead of "nothing," it's a "show about everything," signaling a deep dive into pressing global issues.</p> </li> <li> <p>(02:10) Mercedes Schlapp addresses the palpable political exhaustion among Americans but rallies for renewed focus and energy with critical elections just weeks away.</p> </li> <li> <p>(02:45) A sharp critique is leveled at Kamala Harris, questioning her competence in articulating economic plans and her ability to connect with everyday Americans.</p> </li> <li> <p>(03:17) Doubt is cast on polls showing Harris with nearly 50% support, suggesting inaccuracies and highlighting concerns over early voting and election integrity.</p> </li> <li> <p>(04:23) Matt Schlapp observes a notable shift of racial minorities, especially those who fled communism, moving toward Trump due to his stances on immigration and economic freedom.</p> </li> <li> <p>(05:31) Bill Walton argues that the Biden-Harris administration has neglected economic growth in favor of social agendas like climate change and diversity, impacting Americans' prosperity.</p> </li> <li> <p>(07:14) The panel criticizes Harris's economic speech in Pittsburgh for lacking substance, emphasizing that "inspirational" rhetoric doesn't address real economic issues.</p> </li> <li> <p>(13:44) A stark contrast is drawn between Republicans adhering to election laws and Democrats allegedly exploiting legal loopholes to gain advantages.</p> </li> <li> <p>(15:58) Mercedes Schlapp raises alarms about potential foreign interference from China and Iran, suggesting they favor Harris to weaken the United States.</p> </li> <li> <p>(16:39) Concerns are voiced about the safety of political figures, noting that Donald Trump has faced serious threats, and calling out the media for insufficient coverage.</p> </li> <li> <p>(19:11) Criticism is directed at Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo for saying they need to "extinguish Trump for good," warning that such rhetoric is dangerous and divisive.</p> </li> <li> <p>(21:08) Bill Walton connects the U.S. election to a global freedom movement, mentioning Argentina's Javier Milei and highlighting CPAC's international efforts to promote democracy.</p> </li> <li> <p>(27:33) The discussion highlights growing support for Trump among Hispanic and Black voters, attributing it to dissatisfaction with economic conditions under current policies.</p> </li> <li> <p>(42:22) Matt Schlapp reflects on Trump's resilience through past challenges, suggesting it indicates a significant role he is yet to play in shaping America's future.</p> </li> <li> <p>(46:41) The conversation concludes with optimism about Trump's unique leadership, expressing confidence that he aligns with crucial issues that will positively impact the nation's direction.</p> </li> <li> </li> </ul>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this easy to listen to, charming, and informative episode of "The Bill Walton Show," host Bill Walton engages with Mercedes Schlapp and Matt Schlapp in a dynamic discussion about the pressing issues facing America today. Together, and with humor, they dig into the upcoming elections, economic priorities, and the shifting political landscape. Of course, as Trump supporters, the trio delves into critiques of Biden/Harris' leadership, the importance of economic growth, and why minority communities are increasingly supporting conservative policies. They also highlight the work that CPAC has been doing with the worldwide movements for freedom and liberty. With optimism, they address concerns about election integrity and the power of respectful discourse. This conversation offers valuable insights into topics shaping the nation's future—it's a discussion you won't want to miss. </p> <p>Key Takeaways: </p> <ul> <li> <p>(00:25) The episode kicks off with Bill Walton likening the show to "Seinfeld," but instead of "nothing," it's a "show about everything," signaling a deep dive into pressing global issues.</p> </li> <li> <p>(02:10) Mercedes Schlapp addresses the palpable political exhaustion among Americans but rallies for renewed focus and energy with critical elections just weeks away.</p> </li> <li> <p>(02:45) A sharp critique is leveled at Kamala Harris, questioning her competence in articulating economic plans and her ability to connect with everyday Americans.</p> </li> <li> <p>(03:17) Doubt is cast on polls showing Harris with nearly 50% support, suggesting inaccuracies and highlighting concerns over early voting and election integrity.</p> </li> <li> <p>(04:23) Matt Schlapp observes a notable shift of racial minorities, especially those who fled communism, moving toward Trump due to his stances on immigration and economic freedom.</p> </li> <li> <p>(05:31) Bill Walton argues that the Biden-Harris administration has neglected economic growth in favor of social agendas like climate change and diversity, impacting Americans' prosperity.</p> </li> <li> <p>(07:14) The panel criticizes Harris's economic speech in Pittsburgh for lacking substance, emphasizing that "inspirational" rhetoric doesn't address real economic issues.</p> </li> <li> <p>(13:44) A stark contrast is drawn between Republicans adhering to election laws and Democrats allegedly exploiting legal loopholes to gain advantages.</p> </li> <li> <p>(15:58) Mercedes Schlapp raises alarms about potential foreign interference from China and Iran, suggesting they favor Harris to weaken the United States.</p> </li> <li> <p>(16:39) Concerns are voiced about the safety of political figures, noting that Donald Trump has faced serious threats, and calling out the media for insufficient coverage.</p> </li> <li> <p>(19:11) Criticism is directed at Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo for saying they need to "extinguish Trump for good," warning that such rhetoric is dangerous and divisive.</p> </li> <li> <p>(21:08) Bill Walton connects the U.S. election to a global freedom movement, mentioning Argentina's Javier Milei and highlighting CPAC's international efforts to promote democracy.</p> </li> <li> <p>(27:33) The discussion highlights growing support for Trump among Hispanic and Black voters, attributing it to dissatisfaction with economic conditions under current policies.</p> </li> <li> <p>(42:22) Matt Schlapp reflects on Trump's resilience through past challenges, suggesting it indicates a significant role he is yet to play in shaping America's future.</p> </li> <li> <p>(46:41) The conversation concludes with optimism about Trump's unique leadership, expressing confidence that he aligns with crucial issues that will positively impact the nation's direction.</p> </li> <li> </li> </ul>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="118014720" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS208_2024_09_26_Schlapps.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>279</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this easy to listen to, charming, and informative episode of "The Bill Walton Show," host Bill Walton engages with Mercedes Schlapp and Matt Schlapp in a dynamic discussion about the pressing issues facing America today. Together, and with humor, they dig into the upcoming elections, economic priorities, and the shifting political landscape. Of course, as Trump supporters, the trio delves into critiques of Biden/Harris' leadership, the importance of economic growth, and why minority communities are increasingly supporting conservative policies. They also highlight the work that CPAC has been doing with the worldwide movements for freedom and liberty. With optimism, they address concerns about election integrity and the power of respectful discourse. This conversation offers valuable insights into topics shaping the nation's future—it's a discussion you won't want to miss.  Key Takeaways:  (00:25) The episode kicks off with Bill Walton likening the show to "Seinfeld," but instead of "nothing," it's a "show about everything," signaling a deep dive into pressing global issues. (02:10) Mercedes Schlapp addresses the palpable political exhaustion among Americans but rallies for renewed focus and energy with critical elections just weeks away. (02:45) A sharp critique is leveled at Kamala Harris, questioning her competence in articulating economic plans and her ability to connect with everyday Americans. (03:17) Doubt is cast on polls showing Harris with nearly 50% support, suggesting inaccuracies and highlighting concerns over early voting and election integrity. (04:23) Matt Schlapp observes a notable shift of racial minorities, especially those who fled communism, moving toward Trump due to his stances on immigration and economic freedom. (05:31) Bill Walton argues that the Biden-Harris administration has neglected economic growth in favor of social agendas like climate change and diversity, impacting Americans' prosperity. (07:14) The panel criticizes Harris's economic speech in Pittsburgh for lacking substance, emphasizing that "inspirational" rhetoric doesn't address real economic issues. (13:44) A stark contrast is drawn between Republicans adhering to election laws and Democrats allegedly exploiting legal loopholes to gain advantages. (15:58) Mercedes Schlapp raises alarms about potential foreign interference from China and Iran, suggesting they favor Harris to weaken the United States. (16:39) Concerns are voiced about the safety of political figures, noting that Donald Trump has faced serious threats, and calling out the media for insufficient coverage. (19:11) Criticism is directed at Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo for saying they need to "extinguish Trump for good," warning that such rhetoric is dangerous and divisive. (21:08) Bill Walton connects the U.S. election to a global freedom movement, mentioning Argentina's Javier Milei and highlighting CPAC's international efforts to promote democracy. (27:33) The discussion highlights growing support for Trump among Hispanic and Black voters, attributing it to dissatisfaction with economic conditions under current policies. (42:22) Matt Schlapp reflects on Trump's resilience through past challenges, suggesting it indicates a significant role he is yet to play in shaping America's future. (46:41) The conversation concludes with optimism about Trump's unique leadership, expressing confidence that he aligns with crucial issues that will positively impact the nation's direction.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this easy to listen to, charming, and informative episode of "The Bill Walton Show," host Bill Walton engages with Mercedes Schlapp and Matt Schlapp in a dynamic discussion about the pressing issues facing America today. Together, and with humor, they dig into the upcoming elections, economic priorities, and the shifting political landscape. Of course, as Trump supporters, the trio delves into critiques of Biden/Harris' leadership, the importance of economic growth, and why minority communities are increasingly supporting conservative policies. They also highlight the work that CPAC has been doing with the worldwide movements for freedom and liberty. With optimism, they address concerns about election integrity and the power of respectful discourse. This conversation offers valuable insights into topics shaping the nation's future—it's a discussion you won't want to miss.  Key Takeaways:  (00:25) The episode kicks off with Bill Walton likening the show to "Seinfeld," but instead of "nothing," it's a "show about everything," signaling a deep dive into pressing global issues. (02:10) Mercedes Schlapp addresses the palpable political exhaustion among Americans but rallies for renewed focus and energy with critical elections just weeks away. (02:45) A sharp critique is leveled at Kamala Harris, questioning her competence in articulating economic plans and her ability to connect with everyday Americans. (03:17) Doubt is cast on polls showing Harris with nearly 50% support, suggesting inaccuracies and highlighting concerns over early voting and election integrity. (04:23) Matt Schlapp observes a notable shift of racial minorities, especially those who fled communism, moving toward Trump due to his stances on immigration and economic freedom. (05:31) Bill Walton argues that the Biden-Harris administration has neglected economic growth in favor of social agendas like climate change and diversity, impacting Americans' prosperity. (07:14) The panel criticizes Harris's economic speech in Pittsburgh for lacking substance, emphasizing that "inspirational" rhetoric doesn't address real economic issues. (13:44) A stark contrast is drawn between Republicans adhering to election laws and Democrats allegedly exploiting legal loopholes to gain advantages. (15:58) Mercedes Schlapp raises alarms about potential foreign interference from China and Iran, suggesting they favor Harris to weaken the United States. (16:39) Concerns are voiced about the safety of political figures, noting that Donald Trump has faced serious threats, and calling out the media for insufficient coverage. (19:11) Criticism is directed at Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo for saying they need to "extinguish Trump for good," warning that such rhetoric is dangerous and divisive. (21:08) Bill Walton connects the U.S. election to a global freedom movement, mentioning Argentina's Javier Milei and highlighting CPAC's international efforts to promote democracy. (27:33) The discussion highlights growing support for Trump among Hispanic and Black voters, attributing it to dissatisfaction with economic conditions under current policies. (42:22) Matt Schlapp reflects on Trump's resilience through past challenges, suggesting it indicates a significant role he is yet to play in shaping America's future. (46:41) The conversation concludes with optimism about Trump's unique leadership, expressing confidence that he aligns with crucial issues that will positively impact the nation's direction.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 278: Stop trying to "Reform" Schools, Start Fresh with New Ways to Teach Our Kids</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 278: Stop trying to "Reform" Schools, Start Fresh with New Ways to Teach Our Kids</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 12:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[286f6bcd-3a09-4b90-8e04-5daa62544e59]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-278-stop-trying-to-reform-schools-start-fresh-with-new-ways-to-teach-our-kids]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Public K12 education in the United States has become the largest government-controlled monopoly in the world, (other than the CCP controlled monopolies in China), spending nearing $1 trillion per year.  And for all the money spent, it's been a failure. In international tests, American eighth graders score 9th in reading, 16th in science, and 34th in math. </p> <p>With few other options granted other than attending their residentially assigned district public school most Americans cannot conceive that there are other alternatives to educate their children. School reform efforts are ferociously resisted by the education monopoly. </p> <p>It's not just teachers unions and school boards. It's the curriculum developers, the textbook publishers, consultants, the teachers colleges. The list goes on and on. Schools and school administration are also the largest source of patronage for big city, mayors, and governors in every state. They are not going to give up control of this. </p> <p>But the dynamics may be changing. </p> <p>What happened during COVID, and the prolonged school closures, was a great parent awakening.  Parents had a front row seat into their child's classroom and they were able to see what was being taught as well as what wasn't being taught. They didn't like what they saw, and now millions are beginning to explore and create other ways to educate their kids.</p> <p>The person to talk with about this movement is <strong>Dr. Keri D. Ingraham</strong> <strong>Director of the Discovery Institute's American Center for Transforming Education.</strong>  She is also a Senior Fellow at Independent Women's Forum.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 3 []"><strong>Here is what we agree on.</strong> </p> <p><strong>We need to create new types of schools from the ground up. There are new, more effective ways to teach our kids. Let the old institutions atrophy and die out.</strong></p> <p><strong>Some Key Takeaways:</strong></p> <ul> <li> <p>The fastest, most effective way to reform K12 public education is to allow families to exit the system. 03:24</p> </li> <li> <p>Public school education's roots are in the progressive era in the 19<sup>th</sup> Century. 6:29</p> </li> <li> <p>On the world stage US students are not competitive. 09:07</p> </li> <li> <p>Critical race theory is embedded in the curriculum 10:09</p> </li> <li> <p>Progressive bias dominates textbook publishing, college schools of education, and teacher certifications 12:05</p> </li> <li> <p>The bar is low to enter teacher college programs. It's typically the easiest field to go into within the university. 15:50</p> </li> <li> <p>Teacher college curriculums ignore subject matter expertise. 16:23</p> </li> <li> <p>Don Graham, former publisher of the Washington Post and a history major at Harvard, couldn't teach in DC public schools because he didn't have a teaching certificate. 18:12 </p> </li> <li> <p>Is there any examples of a government monopoly or any big bureaucracy that has successfully reformed itself? 20:46</p> </li> <li> <p>Big cities' schools are among their mayor's largest form of patronage. 12;10</p> </li> <li> <p>When schools say "We're underfunded. We need more money." It means the want to hire more non-teaching administrative staff. 24:19</p> </li> <li> <p>Great books classical education has exploded. 28:26</p> </li> <li> <p>Do we really need to have kids go to school and sit there for eight hours a day? 29:46</p> </li> <li> <p>What do you do about the inner city kids that don't have parents that are that involved? 35:29</p> </li> <li> <p>How do we change the teacher certification rules? 38:42</p> </li> <li> <p>From the beginning of the progressive era over a hundred years ago, schools were designed to get kids off the streets and under the control of what they then called the "education trust" 40:44</p> </li> <li> <p>In 1919, the "education trust" advocated taking children from the family into the hands of the custody of "community experts." 41:37</p> </li> <li> <p>California's Gavin Newsom recently signed a law saying that schools are not required to tell a parent of their child's gender ideology unless that child gives permission. 42:51</p> </li> <li> <p>In 1934, the president of the National Education Association, wrote, "we expect to accomplish by education what dictators in Europe are seeking to do by compulsion and force." 46:02</p> </li> <li> <p>We're not going to be able to reform the existing public government owned K12 schools. What we can do is to create effective alternatives that are better, cheaper, more humane, and teach good values. And if we create these alternatives, this ends the K12 monopoly. 48:22</p> </li> </ul>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Public K12 education in the United States has become the largest government-controlled monopoly in the world, (other than the CCP controlled monopolies in China), spending nearing $1 trillion per year. And for all the money spent, it's been a failure. In international tests, American eighth graders score 9th in reading, 16th in science, and 34th in math. </p> <p>With few other options granted other than attending their residentially assigned district public school most Americans cannot conceive that there are other alternatives to educate their children. School reform efforts are ferociously resisted by the education monopoly. </p> <p>It's not just teachers unions and school boards. It's the curriculum developers, the textbook publishers, consultants, the teachers colleges. The list goes on and on. Schools and school administration are also the largest source of patronage for big city, mayors, and governors in every state. They are not going to give up control of this. </p> <p>But the dynamics may be changing. </p> <p>What happened during COVID, and the prolonged school closures, was a great parent awakening. Parents had a front row seat into their child's classroom and they were able to see what was being taught as well as what wasn't being taught. They didn't like what they saw, and now millions are beginning to explore and create other ways to educate their kids.</p> <p>The person to talk with about this movement is Dr. Keri D. Ingraham Director of the Discovery Institute's American Center for Transforming Education. She is also a Senior Fellow at Independent Women's Forum.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 3 []">Here is what we agree on. </p> <p>We need to create new types of schools from the ground up. There are new, more effective ways to teach our kids. Let the old institutions atrophy and die out.</p> <p>Some Key Takeaways:</p> <ul> <li> <p>The fastest, most effective way to reform K12 public education is to allow families to exit the system. 03:24</p> </li> <li> <p>Public school education's roots are in the progressive era in the 19th Century. 6:29</p> </li> <li> <p>On the world stage US students are not competitive. 09:07</p> </li> <li> <p>Critical race theory is embedded in the curriculum 10:09</p> </li> <li> <p>Progressive bias dominates textbook publishing, college schools of education, and teacher certifications 12:05</p> </li> <li> <p>The bar is low to enter teacher college programs. It's typically the easiest field to go into within the university. 15:50</p> </li> <li> <p>Teacher college curriculums ignore subject matter expertise. 16:23</p> </li> <li> <p>Don Graham, former publisher of the Washington Post and a history major at Harvard, couldn't teach in DC public schools because he didn't have a teaching certificate. 18:12 </p> </li> <li> <p>Is there any examples of a government monopoly or any big bureaucracy that has successfully reformed itself? 20:46</p> </li> <li> <p>Big cities' schools are among their mayor's largest form of patronage. 12;10</p> </li> <li> <p>When schools say "We're underfunded. We need more money." It means the want to hire more non-teaching administrative staff. 24:19</p> </li> <li> <p>Great books classical education has exploded. 28:26</p> </li> <li> <p>Do we really need to have kids go to school and sit there for eight hours a day? 29:46</p> </li> <li> <p>What do you do about the inner city kids that don't have parents that are that involved? 35:29</p> </li> <li> <p>How do we change the teacher certification rules? 38:42</p> </li> <li> <p>From the beginning of the progressive era over a hundred years ago, schools were designed to get kids off the streets and under the control of what they then called the "education trust" 40:44</p> </li> <li> <p>In 1919, the "education trust" advocated taking children from the family into the hands of the custody of "community experts." 41:37</p> </li> <li> <p>California's Gavin Newsom recently signed a law saying that schools are not required to tell a parent of their child's gender ideology unless that child gives permission. 42:51</p> </li> <li> <p>In 1934, the president of the National Education Association, wrote, "we expect to accomplish by education what dictators in Europe are seeking to do by compulsion and force." 46:02</p> </li> <li> <p>We're not going to be able to reform the existing public government owned K12 schools. What we can do is to create effective alternatives that are better, cheaper, more humane, and teach good values. And if we create these alternatives, this ends the K12 monopoly. 48:22</p> </li> </ul>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="124801920" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS206_2024_09_05_Ingraham.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>278</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Public K12 education in the United States has become the largest government-controlled monopoly in the world, (other than the CCP controlled monopolies in China), spending nearing $1 trillion per year.  And for all the money spent, it's been a failure. In international tests, American eighth graders score 9th in reading, 16th in science, and 34th in math.  With few other options granted other than attending their residentially assigned district public school most Americans cannot conceive that there are other alternatives to educate their children. School reform efforts are ferociously resisted by the education monopoly.  It's not just teachers unions and school boards. It's the curriculum developers, the textbook publishers, consultants, the teachers colleges. The list goes on and on. Schools and school administration are also the largest source of patronage for big city, mayors, and governors in every state. They are not going to give up control of this.  But the dynamics may be changing.  What happened during COVID, and the prolonged school closures, was a great parent awakening.  Parents had a front row seat into their child's classroom and they were able to see what was being taught as well as what wasn't being taught. They didn't like what they saw, and now millions are beginning to explore and create other ways to educate their kids. The person to talk with about this movement is Dr. Keri D. Ingraham Director of the Discovery Institute's American Center for Transforming Education.  She is also a Senior Fellow at Independent Women's Forum. Here is what we agree on.  We need to create new types of schools from the ground up. There are new, more effective ways to teach our kids. Let the old institutions atrophy and die out. Some Key Takeaways: The fastest, most effective way to reform K12 public education is to allow families to exit the system. 03:24 Public school education's roots are in the progressive era in the 19th Century. 6:29 On the world stage US students are not competitive. 09:07 Critical race theory is embedded in the curriculum 10:09 Progressive bias dominates textbook publishing, college schools of education, and teacher certifications 12:05 The bar is low to enter teacher college programs. It's typically the easiest field to go into within the university. 15:50 Teacher college curriculums ignore subject matter expertise. 16:23 Don Graham, former publisher of the Washington Post and a history major at Harvard, couldn't teach in DC public schools because he didn't have a teaching certificate. 18:12  Is there any examples of a government monopoly or any big bureaucracy that has successfully reformed itself? 20:46 Big cities' schools are among their mayor's largest form of patronage. 12;10 When schools say "We're underfunded. We need more money." It means the want to hire more non-teaching administrative staff. 24:19 Great books classical education has exploded. 28:26 Do we really need to have kids go to school and sit there for eight hours a day? 29:46 What do you do about the inner city kids that don't have parents that are that involved? 35:29 How do we change the teacher certification rules? 38:42 From the beginning of the progressive era over a hundred years ago, schools were designed to get kids off the streets and under the control of what they then called the "education trust" 40:44 In 1919, the "education trust" advocated taking children from the family into the hands of the custody of "community experts." 41:37 California's Gavin Newsom recently signed a law saying that schools are not required to tell a parent of their child's gender ideology unless that child gives permission. 42:51 In 1934, the president of the National Education Association, wrote, "we expect to accomplish by education what dictators in Europe are seeking to do by compulsion and force." 46:02 We're not going to be able to reform the existing public government owned K12 schools. What we can do is to create effective alternatives that are better, cheaper, more humane, and teach good values. And if we create these alternatives, this ends the K12 monopoly. 48:22</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Public K12 education in the United States has become the largest government-controlled monopoly in the world, (other than the CCP controlled monopolies in China), spending nearing $1 trillion per year.  And for all the money spent, it's been a failure. In international tests, American eighth graders score 9th in reading, 16th in science, and 34th in math.  With few other options granted other than attending their residentially assigned district public school most Americans cannot conceive that there are other alternatives to educate their children. School reform efforts are ferociously resisted by the education monopoly.  It's not just teachers unions and school boards. It's the curriculum developers, the textbook publishers, consultants, the teachers colleges. The list goes on and on. Schools and school administration are also the largest source of patronage for big city, mayors, and governors in every state. They are not going to give up control of this.  But the dynamics may be changing.  What happened during COVID, and the prolonged school closures, was a great parent awakening.  Parents had a front row seat into their child's classroom and they were able to see what was being taught as well as what wasn't being taught. They didn't like what they saw, and now millions are beginning to explore and create other ways to educate their kids. The person to talk with about this movement is Dr. Keri D. Ingraham Director of the Discovery Institute's American Center for Transforming Education.  She is also a Senior Fellow at Independent Women's Forum. Here is what we agree on.  We need to create new types of schools from the ground up. There are new, more effective ways to teach our kids. Let the old institutions atrophy and die out. Some Key Takeaways: The fastest, most effective way to reform K12 public education is to allow families to exit the system. 03:24 Public school education's roots are in the progressive era in the 19th Century. 6:29 On the world stage US students are not competitive. 09:07 Critical race theory is embedded in the curriculum 10:09 Progressive bias dominates textbook publishing, college schools of education, and teacher certifications 12:05 The bar is low to enter teacher college programs. It's typically the easiest field to go into within the university. 15:50 Teacher college curriculums ignore subject matter expertise. 16:23 Don Graham, former publisher of the Washington Post and a history major at Harvard, couldn't teach in DC public schools because he didn't have a teaching certificate. 18:12  Is there any examples of a government monopoly or any big bureaucracy that has successfully reformed itself? 20:46 Big cities' schools are among their mayor's largest form of patronage. 12;10 When schools say "We're underfunded. We need more money." It means the want to hire more non-teaching administrative staff. 24:19 Great books classical education has exploded. 28:26 Do we really need to have kids go to school and sit there for eight hours a day? 29:46 What do you do about the inner city kids that don't have parents that are that involved? 35:29 How do we change the teacher certification rules? 38:42 From the beginning of the progressive era over a hundred years ago, schools were designed to get kids off the streets and under the control of what they then called the "education trust" 40:44 In 1919, the "education trust" advocated taking children from the family into the hands of the custody of "community experts." 41:37 California's Gavin Newsom recently signed a law saying that schools are not required to tell a parent of their child's gender ideology unless that child gives permission. 42:51 In 1934, the president of the National Education Association, wrote, "we expect to accomplish by education what dictators in Europe are seeking to do by compulsion and force." 46:02 We're not going to be able to reform the existing public government owned K12 schools. What we can do is to create effective alternatives that are better, cheaper, more humane, and teach good values. And if we create these alternatives, this ends the K12 monopoly. 48:22</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 277:  "NATO Taunts Russia" with Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert</title>
      <itunes:title>"NATO Taunts Russia" with Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 16:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5afd944b-eff0-4c85-98bf-559fb4b52fd6]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-277-nato-taunts-russia-with-stephen-bryen-and-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p>"He who tries to defend everything defends nothing."</p> <p>    ~  Frederick the Great of Prussia</p> </div> <p>This episode examines the three explosive national security crises the United States and world are embroiled in today, any one of which could escalate into igniting a World War III.</p> <p>Ukraine/Russia, Israel/Hamas and Taiwan/China. </p> <p>Disturbingly, there's a lot of sabre rattling with far too many politicians in both Europe and the United States engaged in reckless rhetoric. </p> <p>To provide cogent analysis and a healthy dose of sobering realism at a time when we face dire risks, Bill is joined by national Security experts and returning guests Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert.</p> <p><strong>Dr. Stephen Bryen</strong>, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade.</p> <p><strong>Brandon J. Weichert</strong>, author of The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy is publisher of the Weichert Report and author of the soon to be published <strong><em>A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine.</em></strong></p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic 1456w" alt="" width="228" height="344.06438631790746" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1500,"width":994,"resizeWidth":228,"bytes":193740,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p><strong>Some excerpts: </strong></p> <p> "The neoconservative, neoliberal cabal running Washington believe fully that they have to fight everywhere all the time to preserve America's unipolar standing and our hegemony in the world. But this quest for hegemony has led to the absolute destruction of America's post-Cold War primacy," warns Weichert. "And if we are not careful, in the next six months, we will not only lose that primacy., but we may become like the declining Ottoman Empire or Austro-Hungarian Empire on our way out. We've overcommitted and overextended, and we're paying the price."</p> <p>"NATO is flirting with war and extinction," worries Bryen. "France is now "officially" sending troops to Ukraine and NATO countries are demanding strikes deep inside Russia.  Meanwhile the US has secretly made a "policy shift" that somewhat falls short of what Zelensky wanted, but opens the door to deep strikes by the US on Russian territory."</p> <p>"It's very hard to see how NATO could defend Poland or the Czech Republic or Estonia. These are not easy countries to defend, and NATO doesn't have today the core countries of NATO, the French, the Germans, the British, it doesn't have the wherewithal to do it. It doesn't have the army or armed forces. It doesn't have the air defenses. It doesn't have the air forces, it doesn't have the tanks. It doesn't have anything sizable enough, and the ability to actually logistically move it to the battlefield."</p> <p>"So the notion of NATO fighting a war, which is what French President Macron and all these clowns are essentially taunting the Russians with, is a very dangerous thing because it means that Europe could be enveloped in a war can't win."</p> <p>"Russians have developed a pretty sizable air defense capability," explains Bryen. "They have very good artillery capability. They have increasingly shown their capability with drones and drone warfare, none of which we're prepared for, and our best tank, the Abrams, which our only tank, we've put all our eggs in this one tank. The Abrams is a disaster."</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp 1456w" alt="" width="246" height="246" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1024,"width":1024,"resizeWidth":246,"bytes":298238,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/webp","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>"The think tank community and the Biden Administration have a plan to contain Russia by rolling it back to its medieval borders, so that it's never again a threat to Europe and the West," marvels Wiechert. "This is utterly fantastical thinking, this is childish thinking. Russia is not going to let it happen without a fight."</p> <p>"Well, their plan not going to happen," agrees Bryen. "The underlying error, and I think it was a huge error, was that we should confront a nuclear power, a significant nuclear power with the dismemberment. We were going to break up the Soviet Union, now Russia. We're going to dismember it, and we're going to sponsor the opposition in Russia, and somehow create this great transformation. But we're messing around with a nuclear power."</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic 1456w" alt="" width="482" height="321.3333333333333" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/f91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":360,"width":540,"resizeWidth":482,"bytes":36849,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>"We've essentially forced the Russians into the arms of the Chinese through our policies, which was complete stupidity," says Bryen.</p> <p>The neocons are very explicit the US must be the unchallenged superpower. In every place in the world, in every region, we must dominate. </p> <p>This is the thinking that got us into the Middle East. This is the exact thinking that led us down the wrong path in Iraq and then the Arab spring.</p> <p>"They believed the notion that there was going to be only one superpower and it was going to be the United States,"reminds Bryen. "And since we were to be the only superpower we had to take on these responsibilities. Well, we weren't the only one superpower, and today, we're just one of three, and increasingly the weaker of the three."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"He who tries to defend everything defends nothing."</p> <p> ~ Frederick the Great of Prussia</p> <p>This episode examines the three explosive national security crises the United States and world are embroiled in today, any one of which could escalate into igniting a World War III.</p> <p>Ukraine/Russia, Israel/Hamas and Taiwan/China. </p> <p>Disturbingly, there's a lot of sabre rattling with far too many politicians in both Europe and the United States engaged in reckless rhetoric. </p> <p>To provide cogent analysis and a healthy dose of sobering realism at a time when we face dire risks, Bill is joined by national Security experts and returning guests Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert.</p> <p>Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade.</p> <p>Brandon J. Weichert, author of The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy is publisher of the Weichert Report and author of the soon to be published <em>A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine.</em></p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F01e6d4e4-95df-4b89-8434-0fe93b435873.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Some excerpts: </p> <p> "The neoconservative, neoliberal cabal running Washington believe fully that they have to fight everywhere all the time to preserve America's unipolar standing and our hegemony in the world. But this quest for hegemony has led to the absolute destruction of America's post-Cold War primacy," warns Weichert. "And if we are not careful, in the next six months, we will not only lose that primacy., but we may become like the declining Ottoman Empire or Austro-Hungarian Empire on our way out. We've overcommitted and overextended, and we're paying the price."</p> <p>"NATO is flirting with war and extinction," worries Bryen. "France is now "officially" sending troops to Ukraine and NATO countries are demanding strikes deep inside Russia. Meanwhile the US has secretly made a "policy shift" that somewhat falls short of what Zelensky wanted, but opens the door to deep strikes by the US on Russian territory."</p> <p>"It's very hard to see how NATO could defend Poland or the Czech Republic or Estonia. These are not easy countries to defend, and NATO doesn't have today the core countries of NATO, the French, the Germans, the British, it doesn't have the wherewithal to do it. It doesn't have the army or armed forces. It doesn't have the air defenses. It doesn't have the air forces, it doesn't have the tanks. It doesn't have anything sizable enough, and the ability to actually logistically move it to the battlefield."</p> <p>"So the notion of NATO fighting a war, which is what French President Macron and all these clowns are essentially taunting the Russians with, is a very dangerous thing because it means that Europe could be enveloped in a war can't win."</p> <p>"Russians have developed a pretty sizable air defense capability," explains Bryen. "They have very good artillery capability. They have increasingly shown their capability with drones and drone warfare, none of which we're prepared for, and our best tank, the Abrams, which our only tank, we've put all our eggs in this one tank. The Abrams is a disaster."</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F12e74e70-263d-4fa3-acd3-00886ccb979d_1024x1024.webp" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>"The think tank community and the Biden Administration have a plan to contain Russia by rolling it back to its medieval borders, so that it's never again a threat to Europe and the West," marvels Wiechert. "This is utterly fantastical thinking, this is childish thinking. Russia is not going to let it happen without a fight."</p> <p>"Well, their plan not going to happen," agrees Bryen. "The underlying error, and I think it was a huge error, was that we should confront a nuclear power, a significant nuclear power with the dismemberment. We were going to break up the Soviet Union, now Russia. We're going to dismember it, and we're going to sponsor the opposition in Russia, and somehow create this great transformation. But we're messing around with a nuclear power."</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff91db544-c002-4dc6-b833-cb06fb81f21d.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>"We've essentially forced the Russians into the arms of the Chinese through our policies, which was complete stupidity," says Bryen.</p> <p>The neocons are very explicit the US must be the unchallenged superpower. In every place in the world, in every region, we must dominate. </p> <p>This is the thinking that got us into the Middle East. This is the exact thinking that led us down the wrong path in Iraq and then the Arab spring.</p> <p>"They believed the notion that there was going to be only one superpower and it was going to be the United States,"reminds Bryen. "And since we were to be the only superpower we had to take on these responsibilities. Well, we weren't the only one superpower, and today, we're just one of three, and increasingly the weaker of the three."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="88580751" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_5_30_24_Bryen_Weichert_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>277</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"He who tries to defend everything defends nothing."     ~  Frederick the Great of Prussia This episode examines the three explosive national security crises the United States and world are embroiled in today, any one of which could escalate into igniting a World War III. Ukraine/Russia, Israel/Hamas and Taiwan/China.  Disturbingly, there's a lot of sabre rattling with far too many politicians in both Europe and the United States engaged in reckless rhetoric.  To provide cogent analysis and a healthy dose of sobering realism at a time when we face dire risks, Bill is joined by national Security experts and returning guests Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert. Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade. Brandon J. Weichert, author of The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy is publisher of the Weichert Report and author of the soon to be published A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine.   Some excerpts:   "The neoconservative, neoliberal cabal running Washington believe fully that they have to fight everywhere all the time to preserve America's unipolar standing and our hegemony in the world. But this quest for hegemony has led to the absolute destruction of America's post-Cold War primacy," warns Weichert. "And if we are not careful, in the next six months, we will not only lose that primacy., but we may become like the declining Ottoman Empire or Austro-Hungarian Empire on our way out. We've overcommitted and overextended, and we're paying the price." "NATO is flirting with war and extinction," worries Bryen. "France is now "officially" sending troops to Ukraine and NATO countries are demanding strikes deep inside Russia.  Meanwhile the US has secretly made a "policy shift" that somewhat falls short of what Zelensky wanted, but opens the door to deep strikes by the US on Russian territory." "It's very hard to see how NATO could defend Poland or the Czech Republic or Estonia. These are not easy countries to defend, and NATO doesn't have today the core countries of NATO, the French, the Germans, the British, it doesn't have the wherewithal to do it. It doesn't have the army or armed forces. It doesn't have the air defenses. It doesn't have the air forces, it doesn't have the tanks. It doesn't have anything sizable enough, and the ability to actually logistically move it to the battlefield." "So the notion of NATO fighting a war, which is what French President Macron and all these clowns are essentially taunting the Russians with, is a very dangerous thing because it means that Europe could be enveloped in a war can't win." "Russians have developed a pretty sizable air defense capability," explains Bryen. "They have very good artillery capability. They have increasingly shown their capability with drones and drone warfare, none of which we're prepared for, and our best tank, the Abrams, which our only tank, we've put all our eggs in this one tank. The Abrams is a disaster."   "The think tank community and the Biden Administration have a plan to contain Russia by rolling it back to its medieval borders, so that it's never again a threat to Europe and the West," marvels Wiechert. "This is utterly fantastical thinking, this is childish thinking. Russia is not going to let it happen without a fight." "Well, their plan not going to happen," agrees Bryen. "The underlying error, and I think it was a huge error, was that we should confront a nuclear power, a significant nuclear power with the dismemberment. We were going to break up the Soviet Union, now Russia. We're going to dismember it, and we're going to sponsor the opposition in Russia, and somehow create this great transformation. But we're messing around with a nuclear power."   "We've essentially forced the Russians into the arms of the Chinese through our policies, which was complete stupidity," says Bryen. The neocons are very explicit the US must be the unchallenged superpower. In every place in the world, in every region, we must dominate.  This is the thinking that got us into the Middle East. This is the exact thinking that led us down the wrong path in Iraq and then the Arab spring. "They believed the notion that there was going to be only one superpower and it was going to be the United States,"reminds Bryen. "And since we were to be the only superpower we had to take on these responsibilities. Well, we weren't the only one superpower, and today, we're just one of three, and increasingly the weaker of the three."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"He who tries to defend everything defends nothing."     ~  Frederick the Great of Prussia This episode examines the three explosive national security crises the United States and world are embroiled in today, any one of which could escalate into igniting a World War III. Ukraine/Russia, Israel/Hamas and Taiwan/China.  Disturbingly, there's a lot of sabre rattling with far too many politicians in both Europe and the United States engaged in reckless rhetoric.  To provide cogent analysis and a healthy dose of sobering realism at a time when we face dire risks, Bill is joined by national Security experts and returning guests Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert. Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy, has over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became one of the world's leading experts on the arms trade. Brandon J. Weichert, author of The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy is publisher of the Weichert Report and author of the soon to be published A Disaster of Our Own Making: How the West Lost Ukraine.   Some excerpts:   "The neoconservative, neoliberal cabal running Washington believe fully that they have to fight everywhere all the time to preserve America's unipolar standing and our hegemony in the world. But this quest for hegemony has led to the absolute destruction of America's post-Cold War primacy," warns Weichert. "And if we are not careful, in the next six months, we will not only lose that primacy., but we may become like the declining Ottoman Empire or Austro-Hungarian Empire on our way out. We've overcommitted and overextended, and we're paying the price." "NATO is flirting with war and extinction," worries Bryen. "France is now "officially" sending troops to Ukraine and NATO countries are demanding strikes deep inside Russia.  Meanwhile the US has secretly made a "policy shift" that somewhat falls short of what Zelensky wanted, but opens the door to deep strikes by the US on Russian territory." "It's very hard to see how NATO could defend Poland or the Czech Republic or Estonia. These are not easy countries to defend, and NATO doesn't have today the core countries of NATO, the French, the Germans, the British, it doesn't have the wherewithal to do it. It doesn't have the army or armed forces. It doesn't have the air defenses. It doesn't have the air forces, it doesn't have the tanks. It doesn't have anything sizable enough, and the ability to actually logistically move it to the battlefield." "So the notion of NATO fighting a war, which is what French President Macron and all these clowns are essentially taunting the Russians with, is a very dangerous thing because it means that Europe could be enveloped in a war can't win." "Russians have developed a pretty sizable air defense capability," explains Bryen. "They have very good artillery capability. They have increasingly shown their capability with drones and drone warfare, none of which we're prepared for, and our best tank, the Abrams, which our only tank, we've put all our eggs in this one tank. The Abrams is a disaster."   "The think tank community and the Biden Administration have a plan to contain Russia by rolling it back to its medieval borders, so that it's never again a threat to Europe and the West," marvels Wiechert. "This is utterly fantastical thinking, this is childish thinking. Russia is not going to let it happen without a fight." "Well, their plan not going to happen," agrees Bryen. "The underlying error, and I think it was a huge error, was that we should confront a nuclear power, a significant nuclear power with the dismemberment. We were going to break up the Soviet Union, now Russia. We're going to dismember it, and we're going to sponsor the opposition in Russia, and somehow create this great transformation. But we're messing around with a nuclear power."   "We've essentially forced the Russians into the arms of the Chinese through our policies, which was complete stupidity," says Bryen. The neocons are very explicit the US must be the unchallenged superpower. In every place in the world, in every region, we must dominate.  This is the thinking that got us into the Middle East. This is the exact thinking that led us down the wrong path in Iraq and then the Arab spring. "They believed the notion that there was going to be only one superpower and it was going to be the United States,"reminds Bryen. "And since we were to be the only superpower we had to take on these responsibilities. Well, we weren't the only one superpower, and today, we're just one of three, and increasingly the weaker of the three."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 276: Is Technology a Force for Good or Evil?</title>
      <itunes:title>Is Technology a Force for Good or Evil?</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2024 12:31:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[45cef690-e726-4629-af3f-20e783ad45d6]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-276-is-technology-a-force-for-good-or-evil]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">For the last 200 years, innovation and technology have produced dramatic increases in living standards and our quality of life. </p> <p>Yet today there is a widespread and growing belief that technology has become the root of all evils with all sorts of claims being made that it destroys privacy, spreads misinformation, undermines trust, and democracy, eliminates jobs, discriminates by race, and gender, increases inequality, rips off the consumer, harms children, and even threatens the human race.</p> <p><strong>This is quite a bill of indictment! But is any of this true?</strong> </p> <p>Bill's guests on this show, Rob Atkinson and David Moschella, believe this is mostly agenda driven bunk and have written a persuasive book to prove it.</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>"Technology Fears and Scapegoats: 40 Myths About Privacy, Jobs, AI, and Today's Innovation Economy"</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Robert D. Atkinson</strong> is the founder and president of ITIF, the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, and author of many books including  "Innovation Economics: The Race for Global Advantage" </p> <p><strong>David Moschella</strong> is a nonresident senior fellow at ITIF and previously was head of worldwide research for IDC, the largest market analysis firm in the information technology industry.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"America's always flourished more than anybody else in the world," declares Atkinson, "because we have had this underlying faith in innovation, in the future, in taking risks, in going forward into the unknown. And now, that's really at risk. People are saying things like, 'Wait a minute, we shouldn't deploy facial recognition because it's racially biased' or that 'technology innovation has not improved the average worker's living standards.'"</p> <p>"Well, both those statements are wrong. They are 100% myth."</p> <p>"As someone who grew up in the Boston area in the 60s and 70s," says Moschella, "Massachusetts was considered a dead economy with no future. And then, this thing called the minicomputer was designed out of MIT, and created companies like Digital Equipment, and Prime, and Wang and all the others. And all of a sudden you had the so-called Massachusetts Miracle. People are forgetting these realities."</p> <blockquote> <p>Some of the most damaging myths stem from a deep-seated rejection of the Western capitalist system. But to gain traction for this agenda, anti-capitalists must first convince voters that the current system is failing, and a top target is technology driven innovation. </p> </blockquote> <p>"Also, what's happened is that some of the legitimate criticism of globalization has morphed into criticism of automation," says Moschella.</p> <p>"People didn't like globalization, but then said, 'Well, automation is really more the cause than globalization, and of course technology drives automation, so we can blame technology automation for the problems globalization has created.''"</p> <blockquote> <p>"I've actually heard members of Congress say, 'The pace of change is so rapid and we have to slow it down,' worries Rob.</p> <p>"Now think about that. When has America ever said that? That the average person can't handle change. That it's too fast. We've got to slow things down."</p> </blockquote> <p>In this episode we also take on the myth that the pace of technological change is accelerating.</p> <p>Compare current era to the early 20th century, which saw the introduction of transformative technologies like electricity, radio, automobiles, and airplanes. The perception of rapid change today is often skewed by the digital revolution's visibility, but in reality, the physical and infrastructural advancements of the past were probably more transformative.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">America has shifted its focus from delivering technological wonders to preventing "harmful" change. Once widely seen as a savior of humanity, technology is increasingly used as a scapegoat for just about every societal ill.</p> <p>But if we see innovation as a necessary force for good, with government's role as a constructive enabler, there will be thoughtful innovation policies and more innovation </p> <p>But if the dominant narrative is that technology is an out-of-control force for harm, there will be destructive policies and a stultifying future.</p> <p>Agree or disagree, this conversation wanders into some interesting waters and challenges a lot of today's conventional wisdom about technology.</p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">For the last 200 years, innovation and technology have produced dramatic increases in living standards and our quality of life. </p> <p>Yet today there is a widespread and growing belief that technology has become the root of all evils with all sorts of claims being made that it destroys privacy, spreads misinformation, undermines trust, and democracy, eliminates jobs, discriminates by race, and gender, increases inequality, rips off the consumer, harms children, and even threatens the human race.</p> <p>This is quite a bill of indictment! But is any of this true? </p> <p>Bill's guests on this show, Rob Atkinson and David Moschella, believe this is mostly agenda driven bunk and have written a persuasive book to prove it.</p> <p>"Technology Fears and Scapegoats: 40 Myths About Privacy, Jobs, AI, and Today's Innovation Economy"</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Robert D. Atkinson is the founder and president of ITIF, the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, and author of many books including "Innovation Economics: The Race for Global Advantage" </p> <p>David Moschella is a nonresident senior fellow at ITIF and previously was head of worldwide research for IDC, the largest market analysis firm in the information technology industry.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"America's always flourished more than anybody else in the world," declares Atkinson, "because we have had this underlying faith in innovation, in the future, in taking risks, in going forward into the unknown. And now, that's really at risk. People are saying things like, 'Wait a minute, we shouldn't deploy facial recognition because it's racially biased' or that 'technology innovation has not improved the average worker's living standards.'"</p> <p>"Well, both those statements are wrong. They are 100% myth."</p> <p>"As someone who grew up in the Boston area in the 60s and 70s," says Moschella, "Massachusetts was considered a dead economy with no future. And then, this thing called the minicomputer was designed out of MIT, and created companies like Digital Equipment, and Prime, and Wang and all the others. And all of a sudden you had the so-called Massachusetts Miracle. People are forgetting these realities."</p> <p>Some of the most damaging myths stem from a deep-seated rejection of the Western capitalist system. But to gain traction for this agenda, anti-capitalists must first convince voters that the current system is failing, and a top target is technology driven innovation. </p> <p>"Also, what's happened is that some of the legitimate criticism of globalization has morphed into criticism of automation," says Moschella.</p> <p>"People didn't like globalization, but then said, 'Well, automation is really more the cause than globalization, and of course technology drives automation, so we can blame technology automation for the problems globalization has created.''"</p> <p>"I've actually heard members of Congress say, 'The pace of change is so rapid and we have to slow it down,' worries Rob.</p> <p>"Now think about that. When has America ever said that? That the average person can't handle change. That it's too fast. We've got to slow things down."</p> <p>In this episode we also take on the myth that the pace of technological change is accelerating.</p> <p>Compare current era to the early 20th century, which saw the introduction of transformative technologies like electricity, radio, automobiles, and airplanes. The perception of rapid change today is often skewed by the digital revolution's visibility, but in reality, the physical and infrastructural advancements of the past were probably more transformative.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">America has shifted its focus from delivering technological wonders to preventing "harmful" change. Once widely seen as a savior of humanity, technology is increasingly used as a scapegoat for just about every societal ill.</p> <p>But if we see innovation as a necessary force for good, with government's role as a constructive enabler, there will be thoughtful innovation policies and more innovation </p> <p>But if the dominant narrative is that technology is an out-of-control force for harm, there will be destructive policies and a stultifying future.</p> <p>Agree or disagree, this conversation wanders into some interesting waters and challenges a lot of today's conventional wisdom about technology.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="79000408" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/AI_Version_Audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>54:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>276</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For the last 200 years, innovation and technology have produced dramatic increases in living standards and our quality of life.  Yet today there is a widespread and growing belief that technology has become the root of all evils with all sorts of claims being made that it destroys privacy, spreads misinformation, undermines trust, and democracy, eliminates jobs, discriminates by race, and gender, increases inequality, rips off the consumer, harms children, and even threatens the human race. This is quite a bill of indictment! But is any of this true?  Bill's guests on this show, Rob Atkinson and David Moschella, believe this is mostly agenda driven bunk and have written a persuasive book to prove it. "Technology Fears and Scapegoats: 40 Myths About Privacy, Jobs, AI, and Today's Innovation Economy" Robert D. Atkinson is the founder and president of ITIF, the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, and author of many books including  "Innovation Economics: The Race for Global Advantage"  David Moschella is a nonresident senior fellow at ITIF and previously was head of worldwide research for IDC, the largest market analysis firm in the information technology industry. "America's always flourished more than anybody else in the world," declares Atkinson, "because we have had this underlying faith in innovation, in the future, in taking risks, in going forward into the unknown. And now, that's really at risk. People are saying things like, 'Wait a minute, we shouldn't deploy facial recognition because it's racially biased' or that 'technology innovation has not improved the average worker's living standards.'" "Well, both those statements are wrong. They are 100% myth." "As someone who grew up in the Boston area in the 60s and 70s," says Moschella, "Massachusetts was considered a dead economy with no future. And then, this thing called the minicomputer was designed out of MIT, and created companies like Digital Equipment, and Prime, and Wang and all the others. And all of a sudden you had the so-called Massachusetts Miracle. People are forgetting these realities." Some of the most damaging myths stem from a deep-seated rejection of the Western capitalist system. But to gain traction for this agenda, anti-capitalists must first convince voters that the current system is failing, and a top target is technology driven innovation.  "Also, what's happened is that some of the legitimate criticism of globalization has morphed into criticism of automation," says Moschella. "People didn't like globalization, but then said, 'Well, automation is really more the cause than globalization, and of course technology drives automation, so we can blame technology automation for the problems globalization has created.''" "I've actually heard members of Congress say, 'The pace of change is so rapid and we have to slow it down,' worries Rob. "Now think about that. When has America ever said that? That the average person can't handle change. That it's too fast. We've got to slow things down." In this episode we also take on the myth that the pace of technological change is accelerating. Compare current era to the early 20th century, which saw the introduction of transformative technologies like electricity, radio, automobiles, and airplanes. The perception of rapid change today is often skewed by the digital revolution's visibility, but in reality, the physical and infrastructural advancements of the past were probably more transformative. America has shifted its focus from delivering technological wonders to preventing "harmful" change. Once widely seen as a savior of humanity, technology is increasingly used as a scapegoat for just about every societal ill. But if we see innovation as a necessary force for good, with government's role as a constructive enabler, there will be thoughtful innovation policies and more innovation  But if the dominant narrative is that technology is an out-of-control force for harm, there will be destructive policies and a stultifying future. Agree or disagree, this conversation wanders into some interesting waters and challenges a lot of today's conventional wisdom about technology.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For the last 200 years, innovation and technology have produced dramatic increases in living standards and our quality of life.  Yet today there is a widespread and growing belief that technology has become the root of all evils with all sorts of claims being made that it destroys privacy, spreads misinformation, undermines trust, and democracy, eliminates jobs, discriminates by race, and gender, increases inequality, rips off the consumer, harms children, and even threatens the human race. This is quite a bill of indictment! But is any of this true?  Bill's guests on this show, Rob Atkinson and David Moschella, believe this is mostly agenda driven bunk and have written a persuasive book to prove it. "Technology Fears and Scapegoats: 40 Myths About Privacy, Jobs, AI, and Today's Innovation Economy" Robert D. Atkinson is the founder and president of ITIF, the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, and author of many books including  "Innovation Economics: The Race for Global Advantage"  David Moschella is a nonresident senior fellow at ITIF and previously was head of worldwide research for IDC, the largest market analysis firm in the information technology industry. "America's always flourished more than anybody else in the world," declares Atkinson, "because we have had this underlying faith in innovation, in the future, in taking risks, in going forward into the unknown. And now, that's really at risk. People are saying things like, 'Wait a minute, we shouldn't deploy facial recognition because it's racially biased' or that 'technology innovation has not improved the average worker's living standards.'" "Well, both those statements are wrong. They are 100% myth." "As someone who grew up in the Boston area in the 60s and 70s," says Moschella, "Massachusetts was considered a dead economy with no future. And then, this thing called the minicomputer was designed out of MIT, and created companies like Digital Equipment, and Prime, and Wang and all the others. And all of a sudden you had the so-called Massachusetts Miracle. People are forgetting these realities." Some of the most damaging myths stem from a deep-seated rejection of the Western capitalist system. But to gain traction for this agenda, anti-capitalists must first convince voters that the current system is failing, and a top target is technology driven innovation.  "Also, what's happened is that some of the legitimate criticism of globalization has morphed into criticism of automation," says Moschella. "People didn't like globalization, but then said, 'Well, automation is really more the cause than globalization, and of course technology drives automation, so we can blame technology automation for the problems globalization has created.''" "I've actually heard members of Congress say, 'The pace of change is so rapid and we have to slow it down,' worries Rob. "Now think about that. When has America ever said that? That the average person can't handle change. That it's too fast. We've got to slow things down." In this episode we also take on the myth that the pace of technological change is accelerating. Compare current era to the early 20th century, which saw the introduction of transformative technologies like electricity, radio, automobiles, and airplanes. The perception of rapid change today is often skewed by the digital revolution's visibility, but in reality, the physical and infrastructural advancements of the past were probably more transformative. America has shifted its focus from delivering technological wonders to preventing "harmful" change. Once widely seen as a savior of humanity, technology is increasingly used as a scapegoat for just about every societal ill. But if we see innovation as a necessary force for good, with government's role as a constructive enabler, there will be thoughtful innovation policies and more innovation  But if the dominant narrative is that technology is an out-of-control force for harm, there will be destructive policies and a stultifying future. Agree or disagree, this conversation wanders into some interesting waters and challenges a lot of today's conventional wisdom about technology.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 275: We won the Cold War and lost the peace : A Tour de Force with Erik Prince and Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 275: We won the Cold War and lost the peace : A Tour de Force with Erik Prince and Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 May 2024 00:39:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dcc840ea-129a-46ba-bc34-bdeb14784462]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-275-we-won-the-cold-war-and-lost-the-peace-a-tour-de-force-with-erik-prince-and-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Former Navy U.S. Seal and founder of the private military company Blackwater Erik Prince says that "We are fighting wars the wrong way." Stephen Bryen is known as the "Yoda" of the Arms Trade. Time Magazine comments, "He knows every sinkhole in the regulatory swamp. Ignore him at your peril." He is also a former Deputy Undersecretary of Defense and founder of the Defense Technology Security Administration. This week, we are discussing Erik's new paper "Too Big to Win: How the Military and Industrial Complex and the Neocons Keep America Losing." One of the central questions posed by Prince – How has America transitioned from a post-Cold War era of dominance to its current state of disarray?</p> <p>Follow us:</p> <p>Website: <a href= "https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com">https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com</a> </p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Former Navy U.S. Seal and founder of the private military company Blackwater Erik Prince says that "We are fighting wars the wrong way." Stephen Bryen is known as the "Yoda" of the Arms Trade. Time Magazine comments, "He knows every sinkhole in the regulatory swamp. Ignore him at your peril." He is also a former Deputy Undersecretary of Defense and founder of the Defense Technology Security Administration. This week, we are discussing Erik's new paper "Too Big to Win: How the Military and Industrial Complex and the Neocons Keep America Losing." One of the central questions posed by Prince – How has America transitioned from a post-Cold War era of dominance to its current state of disarray?</p> <p>Follow us:</p> <p>Website: <a href= "https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com">https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com</a> </p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="160565760" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS205_2024_05_15_Prince_Bryen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>275</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Former Navy U.S. Seal and founder of the private military company Blackwater Erik Prince says that "We are fighting wars the wrong way." Stephen Bryen is known as the "Yoda" of the Arms Trade. Time Magazine comments, "He knows every sinkhole in the regulatory swamp. Ignore him at your peril." He is also a former Deputy Undersecretary of Defense and founder of the Defense Technology Security Administration. This week, we are discussing Erik's new paper "Too Big to Win: How the Military and Industrial Complex and the Neocons Keep America Losing." One of the central questions posed by Prince – How has America transitioned from a post-Cold War era of dominance to its current state of disarray? Follow us: Website: https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com   </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Former Navy U.S. Seal and founder of the private military company Blackwater Erik Prince says that "We are fighting wars the wrong way." Stephen Bryen is known as the "Yoda" of the Arms Trade. Time Magazine comments, "He knows every sinkhole in the regulatory swamp. Ignore him at your peril." He is also a former Deputy Undersecretary of Defense and founder of the Defense Technology Security Administration. This week, we are discussing Erik's new paper "Too Big to Win: How the Military and Industrial Complex and the Neocons Keep America Losing." One of the central questions posed by Prince – How has America transitioned from a post-Cold War era of dominance to its current state of disarray? Follow us: Website: https://www.thebillwaltonshow.com   </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 274: Behind the Curtain: Unveiling the Arabella Network's Vast Influence on U.S. Politics</title>
      <itunes:title>Behind the Curtain: Unveiling the Arabella Network's Vast Influence on U.S. Politics</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2024 19:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1124feb4-5ce1-4274-b523-2992a2f2989b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/behind-the-curtain-unveiling-the-arabella-networks-vast-influence-on-us-politics]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Bill wades into the murky waters of the Left's "dark money" manipulation of American politics with Scott Walter and Kristen Eastlick with the Capital Research Center. </p> <p>We often use the phrase follow the money. Scott and Kristen are among the best at doing just that. </p> <p>Centerpiece of the discussion is Scott's new book <strong><em>Arabella: The Dark Money Network of Leftist Billionaires Secretly Transforming America.</em></strong>  </p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic 1456w" alt="" width="270" height="407.8549848942598" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1500,"width":993,"resizeWidth":270,"bytes":90787,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>In it, he reveals the vast influence that the Arabella Network - by deploying billions of dollars - plays in American politics under the guise of progressive philanthropy. </p> <p>To name just a few issues, Arabella has played a major role in battles over Supreme Court nominations, abortion, men in women's sports, school discipline, Medicare for All, environmental policies, fake local news outlets, and the "Zuck Bucks" used to manipulate elections. Many believe that most of the attacks on American institutions by the Left are financed and organized in part by Arabella.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic 1456w" alt="" width="299" height="168" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":168,"width":299,"resizeWidth":null,"bytes":21510,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>This episode's conversation gets into revealing detail about how this network operates as a "dark money" brain trust with a for-profit manager (of course) at its epicenter, commanding several billion dollar nonprofit action groups.</p> <p>These funds in turn create hundreds of "pop-up" entities that appear suddenly, giving the appearance of huge popular groundswells, when in fact they're the creations of Arabella and other similarly deeply disguised operations on the Left. </p> <p>Rather than being innocent grassroots outfits, they are the creation of their secretive dark money operations.</p> <p>The sheer quantity of money that has flowed through Arabella's channels is staggering.  In the 2020 election cycle, Arabella's nonprofits took in $2.4 billion, more than the fundraising of the Democratic and Republican National Committees combined.  In the 2022 election cycle, Arabella's fundraising rose to $3 billion.</p> <p>Arabella is a big part of the reason for the Left's stunning advantage in money and sophisticated political machinery that shapes our lives and elections.</p> <p>Scott and Kristen describe the "three rivers of money" flowing into politics.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic 1456w" alt="" width="224" height="298.61538461538464" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/e767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1941,"width":1456,"resizeWidth":224,"bytes":1029433,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic 1456w" alt="" width="230" height="306.614010989011" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1941,"width":1456,"resizeWidth":230,"bytes":1030815,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>"With the first river of hard dollars, traditional political giving, the Left has an advantage, but it's slight," explains Scott. "In the second river, the independent expenditures, dark money and super PACs, the left has a little advantage, but it's also slight. But in the third river," and here Scott grows animated, "where the Left's charitable public policy groups operate, it's not even close. It's over a 10 to one in the Left's favor and totals to over a $35 billion advantage. This is really the death star for the lefties."</p> <p>It's shocking to learn how Arabella has covertly developed the darkest of "dark money" networks. It's also shocking to learn who has been by far the largest single individual contributor to the abortion industry to the tune of $6+ billion.  (Revealed at the 18:36 minute mark) </p> <p>In fact, the further you go in this episode, the more disturbing the political swamp and the people behind it reveal themselves to be. </p> <p>If you really want to follow the money, start here.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Bill wades into the murky waters of the Left's "dark money" manipulation of American politics with Scott Walter and Kristen Eastlick with the Capital Research Center. </p> <p>We often use the phrase follow the money. Scott and Kristen are among the best at doing just that. </p> <p>Centerpiece of the discussion is Scott's new book <em>Arabella: The Dark Money Network of Leftist Billionaires Secretly Transforming America.</em> </p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F8a5b9bff-5f5b-4fc9-90be-370667b6ebae.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>In it, he reveals the vast influence that the Arabella Network - by deploying billions of dollars - plays in American politics under the guise of progressive philanthropy. </p> <p>To name just a few issues, Arabella has played a major role in battles over Supreme Court nominations, abortion, men in women's sports, school discipline, Medicare for All, environmental policies, fake local news outlets, and the "Zuck Bucks" used to manipulate elections. Many believe that most of the attacks on American institutions by the Left are financed and organized in part by Arabella.</p> <a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F9d913f7c-5877-4400-acfb-8a0e8fa08ef2.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>This episode's conversation gets into revealing detail about how this network operates as a "dark money" brain trust with a for-profit manager (of course) at its epicenter, commanding several billion dollar nonprofit action groups.</p> <p>These funds in turn create hundreds of "pop-up" entities that appear suddenly, giving the appearance of huge popular groundswells, when in fact they're the creations of Arabella and other similarly deeply disguised operations on the Left. </p> <p>Rather than being innocent grassroots outfits, they are the creation of their secretive dark money operations.</p> <p>The sheer quantity of money that has flowed through Arabella's channels is staggering. In the 2020 election cycle, Arabella's nonprofits took in $2.4 billion, more than the fundraising of the Democratic and Republican National Committees combined. In the 2022 election cycle, Arabella's fundraising rose to $3 billion.</p> <p>Arabella is a big part of the reason for the Left's stunning advantage in money and sophisticated political machinery that shapes our lives and elections.</p> <p>Scott and Kristen describe the "three rivers of money" flowing into politics.</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fe767534e-fe6b-4a5d-9b46-213d7812cd40.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F6cc606bf-fb03-47cd-b9db-2da4177eba8c.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>"With the first river of hard dollars, traditional political giving, the Left has an advantage, but it's slight," explains Scott. "In the second river, the independent expenditures, dark money and super PACs, the left has a little advantage, but it's also slight. But in the third river," and here Scott grows animated, "where the Left's charitable public policy groups operate, it's not even close. It's over a 10 to one in the Left's favor and totals to over a $35 billion advantage. This is really the death star for the lefties."</p> <p>It's shocking to learn how Arabella has covertly developed the darkest of "dark money" networks. It's also shocking to learn who has been by far the largest single individual contributor to the abortion industry to the tune of $6+ billion. (Revealed at the 18:36 minute mark) </p> <p>In fact, the further you go in this episode, the more disturbing the political swamp and the people behind it reveal themselves to be. </p> <p>If you really want to follow the money, start here.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="99081984" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS204_2024_05_01_Walker_Eastlick.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>274</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Bill wades into the murky waters of the Left's "dark money" manipulation of American politics with Scott Walter and Kristen Eastlick with the Capital Research Center.  We often use the phrase follow the money. Scott and Kristen are among the best at doing just that.  Centerpiece of the discussion is Scott's new book Arabella: The Dark Money Network of Leftist Billionaires Secretly Transforming America.     In it, he reveals the vast influence that the Arabella Network - by deploying billions of dollars - plays in American politics under the guise of progressive philanthropy.  To name just a few issues, Arabella has played a major role in battles over Supreme Court nominations, abortion, men in women's sports, school discipline, Medicare for All, environmental policies, fake local news outlets, and the "Zuck Bucks" used to manipulate elections. Many believe that most of the attacks on American institutions by the Left are financed and organized in part by Arabella.   This episode's conversation gets into revealing detail about how this network operates as a "dark money" brain trust with a for-profit manager (of course) at its epicenter, commanding several billion dollar nonprofit action groups. These funds in turn create hundreds of "pop-up" entities that appear suddenly, giving the appearance of huge popular groundswells, when in fact they're the creations of Arabella and other similarly deeply disguised operations on the Left.  Rather than being innocent grassroots outfits, they are the creation of their secretive dark money operations. The sheer quantity of money that has flowed through Arabella's channels is staggering.  In the 2020 election cycle, Arabella's nonprofits took in $2.4 billion, more than the fundraising of the Democratic and Republican National Committees combined.  In the 2022 election cycle, Arabella's fundraising rose to $3 billion. Arabella is a big part of the reason for the Left's stunning advantage in money and sophisticated political machinery that shapes our lives and elections. Scott and Kristen describe the "three rivers of money" flowing into politics.     "With the first river of hard dollars, traditional political giving, the Left has an advantage, but it's slight," explains Scott. "In the second river, the independent expenditures, dark money and super PACs, the left has a little advantage, but it's also slight. But in the third river," and here Scott grows animated, "where the Left's charitable public policy groups operate, it's not even close. It's over a 10 to one in the Left's favor and totals to over a $35 billion advantage. This is really the death star for the lefties." It's shocking to learn how Arabella has covertly developed the darkest of "dark money" networks. It's also shocking to learn who has been by far the largest single individual contributor to the abortion industry to the tune of $6+ billion.  (Revealed at the 18:36 minute mark)  In fact, the further you go in this episode, the more disturbing the political swamp and the people behind it reveal themselves to be.  If you really want to follow the money, start here.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Bill wades into the murky waters of the Left's "dark money" manipulation of American politics with Scott Walter and Kristen Eastlick with the Capital Research Center.  We often use the phrase follow the money. Scott and Kristen are among the best at doing just that.  Centerpiece of the discussion is Scott's new book Arabella: The Dark Money Network of Leftist Billionaires Secretly Transforming America.     In it, he reveals the vast influence that the Arabella Network - by deploying billions of dollars - plays in American politics under the guise of progressive philanthropy.  To name just a few issues, Arabella has played a major role in battles over Supreme Court nominations, abortion, men in women's sports, school discipline, Medicare for All, environmental policies, fake local news outlets, and the "Zuck Bucks" used to manipulate elections. Many believe that most of the attacks on American institutions by the Left are financed and organized in part by Arabella.   This episode's conversation gets into revealing detail about how this network operates as a "dark money" brain trust with a for-profit manager (of course) at its epicenter, commanding several billion dollar nonprofit action groups. These funds in turn create hundreds of "pop-up" entities that appear suddenly, giving the appearance of huge popular groundswells, when in fact they're the creations of Arabella and other similarly deeply disguised operations on the Left.  Rather than being innocent grassroots outfits, they are the creation of their secretive dark money operations. The sheer quantity of money that has flowed through Arabella's channels is staggering.  In the 2020 election cycle, Arabella's nonprofits took in $2.4 billion, more than the fundraising of the Democratic and Republican National Committees combined.  In the 2022 election cycle, Arabella's fundraising rose to $3 billion. Arabella is a big part of the reason for the Left's stunning advantage in money and sophisticated political machinery that shapes our lives and elections. Scott and Kristen describe the "three rivers of money" flowing into politics.     "With the first river of hard dollars, traditional political giving, the Left has an advantage, but it's slight," explains Scott. "In the second river, the independent expenditures, dark money and super PACs, the left has a little advantage, but it's also slight. But in the third river," and here Scott grows animated, "where the Left's charitable public policy groups operate, it's not even close. It's over a 10 to one in the Left's favor and totals to over a $35 billion advantage. This is really the death star for the lefties." It's shocking to learn how Arabella has covertly developed the darkest of "dark money" networks. It's also shocking to learn who has been by far the largest single individual contributor to the abortion industry to the tune of $6+ billion.  (Revealed at the 18:36 minute mark)  In fact, the further you go in this episode, the more disturbing the political swamp and the people behind it reveal themselves to be.  If you really want to follow the money, start here.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 273: Investing in a Polarized America: Federalism and Entrepreneurship with Jim Pinkerton</title>
      <itunes:title>Investing in a Polarized America: Federalism and Entrepreneurship with Jim Pinkerton</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2024 17:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8cb51aea-91b8-417c-b840-6e5b9727fb64]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-273-investing-in-a-polarized-america-federalism-and-entrepreneurship-with-jim-pinkerton]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">In this lively episode of the Bill Walton Show, Bill talks with Jim Pinkerton in a thought-provoking discussion about investing in the turbulent waters of today's toxic political climate. With a focus on the stark Red-Blue divide in America, Jim offers a contrarian view that it's fertile ground for what he terms "directional investing."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Drawing from his upcoming book, <em>"The Secret of Directional Investing: Making Money Amidst the Red-Blue Divide,"</em> Pinkerton—a veteran of the Reagan and George H.W. Bush administrations and a long-time Fox News contributor—unpacks the intriguing idea that political polarization, while daunting, can be a goldmine for the astute investor and entrepreneur.</p> <p class="p1">The conversation digs into a deeper exploration of Federalism and the concept of states as laboratories, not just of democracy, but also micro-economic innovation hubs. Pinkerton paints a picture of a "United States of Arbitrage," where individuals and businesses pick states for their cultural climates and regulatory frameworks, much like how businesses today scout for tax havens.</p> <p class="p1">Bill and Jim weave through topics with ease, touching on the explosive potential of AI and its voracious energy demands, the dynamics of state-driven economic incentives, and the possible futures shaped by these forces. They muse on how states compete to attract burgeoning industries by aligning social policies with corporate needs, imagining a nation where your address might reflect your ideology as much as your lifestyle.</p> <p class="p1">"If a red state were really on its game, thinking for itself," says Jim, "it would announce to the world that any student who got an 800 on his or her math SAT would get a free ride."</p> <p class="p1">The episode doesn't just dissect current trends; it offers a visionary look at how today's divisions could be tomorrow's opportunities, making it a must-listen for anyone intrigued by the intersection of politics, economics, and the future of innovation in America.</p> <p class="p1">Also, you'll learn which state seems to think its idea of economic development is transgender surgery, hoping to become to transgenderism what the Cleveland Clinic or Johns Hopkins are to cancer. <span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="MsoNormal"> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">In this lively episode of the Bill Walton Show, Bill talks with Jim Pinkerton in a thought-provoking discussion about investing in the turbulent waters of today's toxic political climate. With a focus on the stark Red-Blue divide in America, Jim offers a contrarian view that it's fertile ground for what he terms "directional investing." </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Drawing from his upcoming book, <em>"The Secret of Directional Investing: Making Money Amidst the Red-Blue Divide,"</em> Pinkerton—a veteran of the Reagan and George H.W. Bush administrations and a long-time Fox News contributor—unpacks the intriguing idea that political polarization, while daunting, can be a goldmine for the astute investor and entrepreneur.</p> <p class="p1">The conversation digs into a deeper exploration of Federalism and the concept of states as laboratories, not just of democracy, but also micro-economic innovation hubs. Pinkerton paints a picture of a "United States of Arbitrage," where individuals and businesses pick states for their cultural climates and regulatory frameworks, much like how businesses today scout for tax havens.</p> <p class="p1">Bill and Jim weave through topics with ease, touching on the explosive potential of AI and its voracious energy demands, the dynamics of state-driven economic incentives, and the possible futures shaped by these forces. They muse on how states compete to attract burgeoning industries by aligning social policies with corporate needs, imagining a nation where your address might reflect your ideology as much as your lifestyle.</p> <p class="p1">"If a red state were really on its game, thinking for itself," says Jim, "it would announce to the world that any student who got an 800 on his or her math SAT would get a free ride."</p> <p class="p1">The episode doesn't just dissect current trends; it offers a visionary look at how today's divisions could be tomorrow's opportunities, making it a must-listen for anyone intrigued by the intersection of politics, economics, and the future of innovation in America.</p> <p class="p1">Also, you'll learn which state seems to think its idea of economic development is transgender surgery, hoping to become to transgenderism what the Cleveland Clinic or Johns Hopkins are to cancer. </p> <p class="MsoNormal"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="111486720" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS203_2024_04_17_Pinkerton.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>273</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this lively episode of the Bill Walton Show, Bill talks with Jim Pinkerton in a thought-provoking discussion about investing in the turbulent waters of today's toxic political climate. With a focus on the stark Red-Blue divide in America, Jim offers a contrarian view that it's fertile ground for what he terms "directional investing."    Drawing from his upcoming book, "The Secret of Directional Investing: Making Money Amidst the Red-Blue Divide," Pinkerton—a veteran of the Reagan and George H.W. Bush administrations and a long-time Fox News contributor—unpacks the intriguing idea that political polarization, while daunting, can be a goldmine for the astute investor and entrepreneur. The conversation digs into a deeper exploration of Federalism and the concept of states as laboratories, not just of democracy, but also micro-economic innovation hubs. Pinkerton paints a picture of a "United States of Arbitrage," where individuals and businesses pick states for their cultural climates and regulatory frameworks, much like how businesses today scout for tax havens. Bill and Jim weave through topics with ease, touching on the explosive potential of AI and its voracious energy demands, the dynamics of state-driven economic incentives, and the possible futures shaped by these forces. They muse on how states compete to attract burgeoning industries by aligning social policies with corporate needs, imagining a nation where your address might reflect your ideology as much as your lifestyle. "If a red state were really on its game, thinking for itself," says Jim, "it would announce to the world that any student who got an 800 on his or her math SAT would get a free ride." The episode doesn't just dissect current trends; it offers a visionary look at how today's divisions could be tomorrow's opportunities, making it a must-listen for anyone intrigued by the intersection of politics, economics, and the future of innovation in America. Also, you'll learn which state seems to think its idea of economic development is transgender surgery, hoping to become to transgenderism what the Cleveland Clinic or Johns Hopkins are to cancer.    </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this lively episode of the Bill Walton Show, Bill talks with Jim Pinkerton in a thought-provoking discussion about investing in the turbulent waters of today's toxic political climate. With a focus on the stark Red-Blue divide in America, Jim offers a contrarian view that it's fertile ground for what he terms "directional investing."    Drawing from his upcoming book, "The Secret of Directional Investing: Making Money Amidst the Red-Blue Divide," Pinkerton—a veteran of the Reagan and George H.W. Bush administrations and a long-time Fox News contributor—unpacks the intriguing idea that political polarization, while daunting, can be a goldmine for the astute investor and entrepreneur. The conversation digs into a deeper exploration of Federalism and the concept of states as laboratories, not just of democracy, but also micro-economic innovation hubs. Pinkerton paints a picture of a "United States of Arbitrage," where individuals and businesses pick states for their cultural climates and regulatory frameworks, much like how businesses today scout for tax havens. Bill and Jim weave through topics with ease, touching on the explosive potential of AI and its voracious energy demands, the dynamics of state-driven economic incentives, and the possible futures shaped by these forces. They muse on how states compete to attract burgeoning industries by aligning social policies with corporate needs, imagining a nation where your address might reflect your ideology as much as your lifestyle. "If a red state were really on its game, thinking for itself," says Jim, "it would announce to the world that any student who got an 800 on his or her math SAT would get a free ride." The episode doesn't just dissect current trends; it offers a visionary look at how today's divisions could be tomorrow's opportunities, making it a must-listen for anyone intrigued by the intersection of politics, economics, and the future of innovation in America. Also, you'll learn which state seems to think its idea of economic development is transgender surgery, hoping to become to transgenderism what the Cleveland Clinic or Johns Hopkins are to cancer.    </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 272:The Art of the Flail: Expert Takes on US National Security Blunders with Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert</title>
      <itunes:title>The Art of the Flail: Expert Takes on US National Security Blunders with Stephen Bryen and Brandon Weichert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 16:03:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c771c860-96b9-4389-bb91-e1b7f2de6f51]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-272the-art-of-the-flail-expert-takes-on-us-national-security-blunders-with-stephen-bryen-and-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This episode of The Bill Walton Show is a riveting discussion with two astute geopolitical analysts, Dr. Steven Bryen and Brandon Weichert. </p> <p>Together they dissect the exploding tensions in the Middle East, specifically the dramatic escalation by Iran's air attack on Israel. </p> <p>And the big questions: How are global players like the US, Russia, and even China moving their chess pieces in this high-stakes game? </p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic 1456w" alt="" width="342" height="342" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1024,"width":1024,"resizeWidth":342,"bytes":345011,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a> <figcaption class="image-caption"></figcaption> </figure> </div> <p>The episode is a whirlwind tour through the strategies, fears, and potential flashpoints that will likely redraw the map of global power. </p> <p>Dr. Bryen, with over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became a leading expert on the arms trade, shares his insights into Iran's unprecedented missile and drone attack on Israel. Despite its scale, it was largely thwarted by robust air defenses from Israel, the US, and even regional players like Jordan and Saudi Arabia. Still, Iran considers it a success.</p> <div id="youtube2-BkjOffe6bG4" class="youtube-wrap" data-attrs= "{"videoId":"BkjOffe6bG4","startTime":null,"endTime":null}" data-component-name="Youtube2ToDOM"> <div class="youtube-inner"><iframe src= "https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/BkjOffe6bG4?rel=0&autoplay=0&showinfo=0&enablejsapi=0" width="728" height="409" frameborder="0" allow= "autoplay; fullscreen" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" loading= "lazy"></iframe></div> </div> <p>He highlights the remarkable and historic aspect of Arab nations rallying in defense of Israel.</p> <p>Brandon Weichert, author of <em>The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy</em> and known for his pulse-racing analyses, shifts the lens to the broader geopolitical chessboard, articulating how the Shia-Sunni divide and the shadows of the Abraham Accords are playing out in real-time. </p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic 1456w" alt="" width="247" height="370.3148425787106" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/a28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1000,"width":667,"resizeWidth":247,"bytes":83486,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Weichert critiques the current US administration's handling of deterrence, and its tacit support of Iran which will destabilize the already volatile region. </p> <p>Dr. Bryen also skeptically views the Biden administration's Middle East strategy while applauding CENTCOM's pivotal coordination role. </p> <p>Weichert and Bryen also debate potential military strategies that could weaken Iran's capabilities, while worrying about the critical weaknesses in the US and global defense arsenals.</p> <p>This discussion shines a light on the complex and now dire landscape of international relations that the Biden Administration has wrought. </p> <p>Buckle up, listeners, because geopolitics just doesn't get more electrifying than this!</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This episode of The Bill Walton Show is a riveting discussion with two astute geopolitical analysts, Dr. Steven Bryen and Brandon Weichert. </p> <p>Together they dissect the exploding tensions in the Middle East, specifically the dramatic escalation by Iran's air attack on Israel. </p> <p>And the big questions: How are global players like the US, Russia, and even China moving their chess pieces in this high-stakes game? </p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F80b900c8-c5d4-492c-a30e-81c871640626.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>The episode is a whirlwind tour through the strategies, fears, and potential flashpoints that will likely redraw the map of global power. </p> <p>Dr. Bryen, with over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became a leading expert on the arms trade, shares his insights into Iran's unprecedented missile and drone attack on Israel. Despite its scale, it was largely thwarted by robust air defenses from Israel, the US, and even regional players like Jordan and Saudi Arabia. Still, Iran considers it a success.</p> <p>He highlights the remarkable and historic aspect of Arab nations rallying in defense of Israel.</p> <p>Brandon Weichert, author of <em>The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy</em> and known for his pulse-racing analyses, shifts the lens to the broader geopolitical chessboard, articulating how the Shia-Sunni divide and the shadows of the Abraham Accords are playing out in real-time. </p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fa28e8b16-608e-4451-98cc-a767ff4860a6.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Weichert critiques the current US administration's handling of deterrence, and its tacit support of Iran which will destabilize the already volatile region. </p> <p>Dr. Bryen also skeptically views the Biden administration's Middle East strategy while applauding CENTCOM's pivotal coordination role. </p> <p>Weichert and Bryen also debate potential military strategies that could weaken Iran's capabilities, while worrying about the critical weaknesses in the US and global defense arsenals.</p> <p>This discussion shines a light on the complex and now dire landscape of international relations that the Biden Administration has wrought. </p> <p>Buckle up, listeners, because geopolitics just doesn't get more electrifying than this!</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="85096791" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws_stephen_brandon_full_episode_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This episode of The Bill Walton Show is a riveting discussion with two astute geopolitical analysts, Dr. Steven Bryen and Brandon Weichert.  Together they dissect the exploding tensions in the Middle East, specifically the dramatic escalation by Iran's air attack on Israel.  And the big questions: How are global players like the US, Russia, and even China moving their chess pieces in this high-stakes game?    The episode is a whirlwind tour through the strategies, fears, and potential flashpoints that will likely redraw the map of global power.  Dr. Bryen, with over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became a leading expert on the arms trade, shares his insights into Iran's unprecedented missile and drone attack on Israel. Despite its scale, it was largely thwarted by robust air defenses from Israel, the US, and even regional players like Jordan and Saudi Arabia. Still, Iran considers it a success. He highlights the remarkable and historic aspect of Arab nations rallying in defense of Israel. Brandon Weichert, author of The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy and known for his pulse-racing analyses, shifts the lens to the broader geopolitical chessboard, articulating how the Shia-Sunni divide and the shadows of the Abraham Accords are playing out in real-time.    Weichert critiques the current US administration's handling of deterrence, and its tacit support of Iran which will destabilize the already volatile region.  Dr. Bryen also skeptically views the Biden administration's Middle East strategy while applauding CENTCOM's pivotal coordination role.  Weichert and Bryen also debate potential military strategies that could weaken Iran's capabilities, while worrying about the critical weaknesses in the US and global defense arsenals. This discussion shines a light on the complex and now dire landscape of international relations that the Biden Administration has wrought.  Buckle up, listeners, because geopolitics just doesn't get more electrifying than this!</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This episode of The Bill Walton Show is a riveting discussion with two astute geopolitical analysts, Dr. Steven Bryen and Brandon Weichert.  Together they dissect the exploding tensions in the Middle East, specifically the dramatic escalation by Iran's air attack on Israel.  And the big questions: How are global players like the US, Russia, and even China moving their chess pieces in this high-stakes game?    The episode is a whirlwind tour through the strategies, fears, and potential flashpoints that will likely redraw the map of global power.  Dr. Bryen, with over 50 years national security experience including many stints in the Pentagon where he became a leading expert on the arms trade, shares his insights into Iran's unprecedented missile and drone attack on Israel. Despite its scale, it was largely thwarted by robust air defenses from Israel, the US, and even regional players like Jordan and Saudi Arabia. Still, Iran considers it a success. He highlights the remarkable and historic aspect of Arab nations rallying in defense of Israel. Brandon Weichert, author of The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy and known for his pulse-racing analyses, shifts the lens to the broader geopolitical chessboard, articulating how the Shia-Sunni divide and the shadows of the Abraham Accords are playing out in real-time.    Weichert critiques the current US administration's handling of deterrence, and its tacit support of Iran which will destabilize the already volatile region.  Dr. Bryen also skeptically views the Biden administration's Middle East strategy while applauding CENTCOM's pivotal coordination role.  Weichert and Bryen also debate potential military strategies that could weaken Iran's capabilities, while worrying about the critical weaknesses in the US and global defense arsenals. This discussion shines a light on the complex and now dire landscape of international relations that the Biden Administration has wrought.  Buckle up, listeners, because geopolitics just doesn't get more electrifying than this!</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 271: Modern Dilemmas: Regulatory Capture, Global Governance, and the Surveillance State with Dr. Robert W. Malone</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 271: Modern Dilemmas: Regulatory Capture, Global Governance, and the Surveillance State with Dr. Robert W. Malone</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2024 17:49:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bca3b967-8ebb-4f9e-aea7-5792f8e45fac]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-271-modern-dilemmas-regulatory-capture-global-governance-and-the-surveillance-state-with-dr-robert-w-malone]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode Bill Walton is joined by <strong>Dr. Robert Malone</strong> in a wide ranging and engaging discussion about modern societal and financial control mechanisms. Their great concern is the relentless and growing overreach of both governments and corporations into personal freedoms through the guise of security, safety and public health. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Robert W. Malone</strong> is an internationally recognized scientist/physician and the original inventor of mRNA vaccination as a technology. He holds numerous fundamental domestic and foreign patents in the fields of gene delivery, delivery formulations, and vaccines: including for fundamental DNA and RNA/mRNA vaccine technologies. He has developed some 100 scientific publications with over 14,000 citations of his work. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">He now focuses on daily podcasts, interviews, op-eds, advocacy with legislators and building a twitter feed of over a million people.</p> <p>His life changed from that of a scientist to an advocate because of his personal experiences and concerns regarding the safety and bioethics of how the COVID-19 genetic vaccines were developed and forced upon the world. He discovered the many short-cuts, database issues, obfuscation and frankly, lies told in the development of the Spike protein-based genetic vaccines for SARS-CoV-2. </p> <p>Some of the topics covered: </p> <p><strong>The regulatory capture</strong> of the federal government has warped and shaped the work of Congress and Federal agencies to such an extent that they no longer represent what is in the best interests of the nation, the world, and humanity.  </p> <p><strong>WHO's Pandemic Treaty</strong> is intended to override most of our national sovereignty in health policy decisions, effectively allowing a global body to dictate local health measures.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs)</strong> which have the potential to be a sinister tool for government financial surveillance and social control. </p> <p><strong>Financial Privacy Concerns</strong> The payment processor Stripe, which recently demanded Malone's financial details, reflecting broader concerns about privacy and autonomy in financial transactions.</p> <p><strong>Labeling Dissent</strong> as extreme, such as "far-right" or "Nazi," to delegitimize and silence criticism, comparing it to historical tactics used during the McCarthy era.</p> <p><strong>Surveillance and Control</strong> under the guise of safety and security, suggesting a slippery slope toward more intrusive governmental and corporate practices.</p> <p>Robert Malone is a courageous and deep thinker, a man who should be listened to. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode Bill Walton is joined by Dr. Robert Malone in a wide ranging and engaging discussion about modern societal and financial control mechanisms. Their great concern is the relentless and growing overreach of both governments and corporations into personal freedoms through the guise of security, safety and public health. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Robert W. Malone is an internationally recognized scientist/physician and the original inventor of mRNA vaccination as a technology. He holds numerous fundamental domestic and foreign patents in the fields of gene delivery, delivery formulations, and vaccines: including for fundamental DNA and RNA/mRNA vaccine technologies. He has developed some 100 scientific publications with over 14,000 citations of his work. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">He now focuses on daily podcasts, interviews, op-eds, advocacy with legislators and building a twitter feed of over a million people.</p> <p>His life changed from that of a scientist to an advocate because of his personal experiences and concerns regarding the safety and bioethics of how the COVID-19 genetic vaccines were developed and forced upon the world. He discovered the many short-cuts, database issues, obfuscation and frankly, lies told in the development of the Spike protein-based genetic vaccines for SARS-CoV-2. </p> <p>Some of the topics covered: </p> <p>The regulatory capture of the federal government has warped and shaped the work of Congress and Federal agencies to such an extent that they no longer represent what is in the best interests of the nation, the world, and humanity. </p> <p>WHO's Pandemic Treaty is intended to override most of our national sovereignty in health policy decisions, effectively allowing a global body to dictate local health measures.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) which have the potential to be a sinister tool for government financial surveillance and social control. </p> <p>Financial Privacy Concerns The payment processor Stripe, which recently demanded Malone's financial details, reflecting broader concerns about privacy and autonomy in financial transactions.</p> <p>Labeling Dissent as extreme, such as "far-right" or "Nazi," to delegitimize and silence criticism, comparing it to historical tactics used during the McCarthy era.</p> <p>Surveillance and Control under the guise of safety and security, suggesting a slippery slope toward more intrusive governmental and corporate practices.</p> <p>Robert Malone is a courageous and deep thinker, a man who should be listened to. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="158361600" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS202_2024_04_04_Malone.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>271</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode Bill Walton is joined by Dr. Robert Malone in a wide ranging and engaging discussion about modern societal and financial control mechanisms. Their great concern is the relentless and growing overreach of both governments and corporations into personal freedoms through the guise of security, safety and public health.  Robert W. Malone is an internationally recognized scientist/physician and the original inventor of mRNA vaccination as a technology. He holds numerous fundamental domestic and foreign patents in the fields of gene delivery, delivery formulations, and vaccines: including for fundamental DNA and RNA/mRNA vaccine technologies. He has developed some 100 scientific publications with over 14,000 citations of his work.  He now focuses on daily podcasts, interviews, op-eds, advocacy with legislators and building a twitter feed of over a million people. His life changed from that of a scientist to an advocate because of his personal experiences and concerns regarding the safety and bioethics of how the COVID-19 genetic vaccines were developed and forced upon the world. He discovered the many short-cuts, database issues, obfuscation and frankly, lies told in the development of the Spike protein-based genetic vaccines for SARS-CoV-2.  Some of the topics covered:  The regulatory capture of the federal government has warped and shaped the work of Congress and Federal agencies to such an extent that they no longer represent what is in the best interests of the nation, the world, and humanity.   WHO's Pandemic Treaty is intended to override most of our national sovereignty in health policy decisions, effectively allowing a global body to dictate local health measures. Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) which have the potential to be a sinister tool for government financial surveillance and social control.  Financial Privacy Concerns The payment processor Stripe, which recently demanded Malone's financial details, reflecting broader concerns about privacy and autonomy in financial transactions. Labeling Dissent as extreme, such as "far-right" or "Nazi," to delegitimize and silence criticism, comparing it to historical tactics used during the McCarthy era. Surveillance and Control under the guise of safety and security, suggesting a slippery slope toward more intrusive governmental and corporate practices. Robert Malone is a courageous and deep thinker, a man who should be listened to. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode Bill Walton is joined by Dr. Robert Malone in a wide ranging and engaging discussion about modern societal and financial control mechanisms. Their great concern is the relentless and growing overreach of both governments and corporations into personal freedoms through the guise of security, safety and public health.  Robert W. Malone is an internationally recognized scientist/physician and the original inventor of mRNA vaccination as a technology. He holds numerous fundamental domestic and foreign patents in the fields of gene delivery, delivery formulations, and vaccines: including for fundamental DNA and RNA/mRNA vaccine technologies. He has developed some 100 scientific publications with over 14,000 citations of his work.  He now focuses on daily podcasts, interviews, op-eds, advocacy with legislators and building a twitter feed of over a million people. His life changed from that of a scientist to an advocate because of his personal experiences and concerns regarding the safety and bioethics of how the COVID-19 genetic vaccines were developed and forced upon the world. He discovered the many short-cuts, database issues, obfuscation and frankly, lies told in the development of the Spike protein-based genetic vaccines for SARS-CoV-2.  Some of the topics covered:  The regulatory capture of the federal government has warped and shaped the work of Congress and Federal agencies to such an extent that they no longer represent what is in the best interests of the nation, the world, and humanity.   WHO's Pandemic Treaty is intended to override most of our national sovereignty in health policy decisions, effectively allowing a global body to dictate local health measures. Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) which have the potential to be a sinister tool for government financial surveillance and social control.  Financial Privacy Concerns The payment processor Stripe, which recently demanded Malone's financial details, reflecting broader concerns about privacy and autonomy in financial transactions. Labeling Dissent as extreme, such as "far-right" or "Nazi," to delegitimize and silence criticism, comparing it to historical tactics used during the McCarthy era. Surveillance and Control under the guise of safety and security, suggesting a slippery slope toward more intrusive governmental and corporate practices. Robert Malone is a courageous and deep thinker, a man who should be listened to. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 270: Voices in the Supreme Court: Protecting Our Free Speech with Aaron Kheriaty and Jenin Younes</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 270: Voices in the Supreme Court: Protecting Our Free Speech with Aaron Kheriaty and Jenin Younes</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sat, 13 Apr 2024 10:10:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1d847a9b-05d2-4e24-9380-724296f1b1db]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-270-voices-in-the-supreme-court-protecting-our-free-speech-with-aaron-kheriaty-and-jenin-younes]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">On March 18, the Supreme Court heard oral arguments in the case <strong><em>Murthy v. Missouri</em></strong> challenging whether the government can induce social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook to censor constitutionally protected free speech.  </p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>A sinister web of federal agencies, the White House, social media platforms, NGOs and others are orchestrating a vast system of censorship to suppress viewpoints that contradict "preferred government narratives"about COVID-19 policies, climate change, election integrity and other issues that should be open to free & fair debate.</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Supreme Court is being asked to decide on a lower court injunction that ruled that the Biden White House, the FBI, the Department of Justice, the Surgeon General, the CDC, the Department of Health and Human Services and many other federal agencies are not permitted to communicate with or coerce social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech."</p> <p>Joining Bill in this episode are two people who were inside the Supreme Courtroom on March 18, plaintiff Aaron Kheriaty MD and his lawyer Jenin Younes.'</p> <p>Aaron, a physician specializing in psychiatry, was fired from the University of California after challenging its Covid vaccine mandate in Federal Court.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Jenin's with the New Civil Liberties Alliance and served as senior special counsel on the Weaponization Subcommittee.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"> </p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">On March 18, the Supreme Court heard oral arguments in the case <em>Murthy v. Missouri</em> challenging whether the government can induce social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook to censor constitutionally protected free speech. </p> <p>A sinister web of federal agencies, the White House, social media platforms, NGOs and others are orchestrating a vast system of censorship to suppress viewpoints that contradict "preferred government narratives"about COVID-19 policies, climate change, election integrity and other issues that should be open to free & fair debate.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Supreme Court is being asked to decide on a lower court injunction that ruled that the Biden White House, the FBI, the Department of Justice, the Surgeon General, the CDC, the Department of Health and Human Services and many other federal agencies are not permitted to communicate with or coerce social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech."</p> <p>Joining Bill in this episode are two people who were inside the Supreme Courtroom on March 18, plaintiff Aaron Kheriaty MD and his lawyer Jenin Younes.'</p> <p>Aaron, a physician specializing in psychiatry, was fired from the University of California after challenging its Covid vaccine mandate in Federal Court.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Jenin's with the New Civil Liberties Alliance and served as senior special counsel on the Weaponization Subcommittee.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="139052160" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS201_2024_03_28_Younes_Kheriaty.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>270</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On March 18, the Supreme Court heard oral arguments in the case Murthy v. Missouri challenging whether the government can induce social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook to censor constitutionally protected free speech.   A sinister web of federal agencies, the White House, social media platforms, NGOs and others are orchestrating a vast system of censorship to suppress viewpoints that contradict "preferred government narratives"about COVID-19 policies, climate change, election integrity and other issues that should be open to free &amp; fair debate. The Supreme Court is being asked to decide on a lower court injunction that ruled that the Biden White House, the FBI, the Department of Justice, the Surgeon General, the CDC, the Department of Health and Human Services and many other federal agencies are not permitted to communicate with or coerce social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech." Joining Bill in this episode are two people who were inside the Supreme Courtroom on March 18, plaintiff Aaron Kheriaty MD and his lawyer Jenin Younes.' Aaron, a physician specializing in psychiatry, was fired from the University of California after challenging its Covid vaccine mandate in Federal Court. Jenin's with the New Civil Liberties Alliance and served as senior special counsel on the Weaponization Subcommittee.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On March 18, the Supreme Court heard oral arguments in the case Murthy v. Missouri challenging whether the government can induce social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook to censor constitutionally protected free speech.   A sinister web of federal agencies, the White House, social media platforms, NGOs and others are orchestrating a vast system of censorship to suppress viewpoints that contradict "preferred government narratives"about COVID-19 policies, climate change, election integrity and other issues that should be open to free &amp; fair debate. The Supreme Court is being asked to decide on a lower court injunction that ruled that the Biden White House, the FBI, the Department of Justice, the Surgeon General, the CDC, the Department of Health and Human Services and many other federal agencies are not permitted to communicate with or coerce social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech." Joining Bill in this episode are two people who were inside the Supreme Courtroom on March 18, plaintiff Aaron Kheriaty MD and his lawyer Jenin Younes.' Aaron, a physician specializing in psychiatry, was fired from the University of California after challenging its Covid vaccine mandate in Federal Court. Jenin's with the New Civil Liberties Alliance and served as senior special counsel on the Weaponization Subcommittee.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 269: How the United States' Arrogance, Ignorance and Greed Fueled China's Rise with Jim Fanell and Brad Thayer</title>
      <itunes:title>How the United States' Arrogance, Ignorance and Greed Fueled China's Rise with Jim Fanell and Brad Thayer</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 19:32:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7437e355-0758-4a43-8a93-974033a7d159]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-269-how-the-united-states-arrogance-ignorance-and-greed-fueled-chinas-rise-with-jim-fanell-and-brad-thayer]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">After achieving victory in the Cold War against the Soviet Union, US political leadership, starting with the Clinton Administration, has made a continuing string of strategic blunders that have brought the United States to the point where - after building China up for decades - we face an enemy determined to become the new global hegemon and that now possesses equal economic, military and diplomatic resources.</p> <p>To learn how this came about, in this episode Bill talks with  James E. Fanell and Bradley A. Thayer, Ph.D, authors of </p> <p><strong><em>Embracing Communist China: America's Greatest Strategic Failure.</em></strong></p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic 1456w" alt="" width="440" height="251.42857142857142" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":832,"width":1456,"resizeWidth":440,"bytes":378320,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p><strong>Jim Fanell</strong>, a retired U.S. Navy captain and the former Director of Intelligence and Information Operations for the U.S. Pacific Fleet, is now a Government Fellow at the Geneva Centre for Security Policy. </p> <p><strong>Brad Thayer</strong> is an expert in Chinese grand strategies and the history of Chinese and Western strategic thought; and a former visiting fellow at Magdalen College, University of Oxford.</p> <p>"How did China go from an underdeveloped country in 1990 with about 0.6 of 1% of world gross domestic product to over 20% of world GDP today?" asks Brad.</p> <p>"The answer in large part is that the United States aided and abetted the rise of the Chinese Communist Party and kept it in power. That has never happened before in international politics where one state, the dominant state, has funded the rise of an enemy."</p> <p>U.S. foreign policy toward the People's Republic of China (PRC) has been dominated by the so-called "Engagement School" since the end of the Cold War. They believed that U.S. political and economic engagement with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) would transform the PRC into a "responsible stakeholder" in the Western economic system and, ideally a democracy. Of course, none of that happened.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic 1456w" alt="" width="396" height="226.28571428571428" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/f3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":832,"width":1456,"resizeWidth":396,"bytes":779848,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Instead, the Engagement School saved the CCP and ensured that the PRC became wealthier and more powerful year-after-year and used that power to re-make the international order to suit the CCP's interests and to threaten U.S. national security, allies, and partners. </p> <p>"Engaging" with China has led to the offshoring of manufacturing jobs, the loss of intellectual property, and making the U.S. energy future dependent on China, just to name a few of our strategic blunders.</p> <p>"We thought we could make China and CCP become more like us, that they would see the value of the being part of a US dominated system created in the post-World War II era. We assumed they would just naturally drift into becoming a liberal democracy. So we didn't fundamentally understand communism. We didn't understand the Chinese Communist Party's commitment to that ideology," explains Jim.</p> <p>The Trump administration began the difficult task of ending Engagement. However, under Biden, it has now returned in a supercharged form.</p> <p>The Biden "reset" began in earnest in May when CIA Director Nicholas Burns made a secret trip to Beijing to meet with his Chinese counterparts. Then began a cavalcade of visits to the PRC from senior Biden officials: Secretary of State Anthony Blinken, National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, Climate Czar John Kerry, and Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo who was most explicit regarding why nothing could jeopardize the approximately $750 billion per year trade relationship with the PRC.</p> <p>"But the apotheosis of the engagement paradigm was the summit meeting in November between Xi and Biden. The meeting with Biden was just Xi's doormat to get to what really mattered: the meeting with the 400 business leaders," explain Jim and Brad.</p> <p>"Never in our history have Americans so openly and brazenly celebrated a communist and murderous dictator. It was an appalling and shameful moment in American history."</p> <p>"The U.S. has little to show in return for all these meetings, except for the loss of face and its own national power—again, year-after-year. It is stunning that so few Americans have asked what good has America received from the Engagement School. The elite have gotten wealthier, so they and the CCP are the winners. But it's the Chinese and American people that bear the costs."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">After achieving victory in the Cold War against the Soviet Union, US political leadership, starting with the Clinton Administration, has made a continuing string of strategic blunders that have brought the United States to the point where - after building China up for decades - we face an enemy determined to become the new global hegemon and that now possesses equal economic, military and diplomatic resources.</p> <p>To learn how this came about, in this episode Bill talks with James E. Fanell and Bradley A. Thayer, Ph.D, authors of </p> <p><em>Embracing Communist China: America's Greatest Strategic Failure.</em></p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F126a10a5-c7d2-4f32-8f7b-3ce0ef3d34ef.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Jim Fanell, a retired U.S. Navy captain and the former Director of Intelligence and Information Operations for the U.S. Pacific Fleet, is now a Government Fellow at the Geneva Centre for Security Policy. </p> <p>Brad Thayer is an expert in Chinese grand strategies and the history of Chinese and Western strategic thought; and a former visiting fellow at Magdalen College, University of Oxford.</p> <p>"How did China go from an underdeveloped country in 1990 with about 0.6 of 1% of world gross domestic product to over 20% of world GDP today?" asks Brad.</p> <p>"The answer in large part is that the United States aided and abetted the rise of the Chinese Communist Party and kept it in power. That has never happened before in international politics where one state, the dominant state, has funded the rise of an enemy."</p> <p>U.S. foreign policy toward the People's Republic of China (PRC) has been dominated by the so-called "Engagement School" since the end of the Cold War. They believed that U.S. political and economic engagement with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) would transform the PRC into a "responsible stakeholder" in the Western economic system and, ideally a democracy. Of course, none of that happened.</p> <a class="image-link image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff3193989-0ccd-40bd-a324-759386c1a5c2.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Instead, the Engagement School saved the CCP and ensured that the PRC became wealthier and more powerful year-after-year and used that power to re-make the international order to suit the CCP's interests and to threaten U.S. national security, allies, and partners. </p> <p>"Engaging" with China has led to the offshoring of manufacturing jobs, the loss of intellectual property, and making the U.S. energy future dependent on China, just to name a few of our strategic blunders.</p> <p>"We thought we could make China and CCP become more like us, that they would see the value of the being part of a US dominated system created in the post-World War II era. We assumed they would just naturally drift into becoming a liberal democracy. So we didn't fundamentally understand communism. We didn't understand the Chinese Communist Party's commitment to that ideology," explains Jim.</p> <p>The Trump administration began the difficult task of ending Engagement. However, under Biden, it has now returned in a supercharged form.</p> <p>The Biden "reset" began in earnest in May when CIA Director Nicholas Burns made a secret trip to Beijing to meet with his Chinese counterparts. Then began a cavalcade of visits to the PRC from senior Biden officials: Secretary of State Anthony Blinken, National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, Climate Czar John Kerry, and Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo who was most explicit regarding why nothing could jeopardize the approximately $750 billion per year trade relationship with the PRC.</p> <p>"But the apotheosis of the engagement paradigm was the summit meeting in November between Xi and Biden. The meeting with Biden was just Xi's doormat to get to what really mattered: the meeting with the 400 business leaders," explain Jim and Brad.</p> <p>"Never in our history have Americans so openly and brazenly celebrated a communist and murderous dictator. It was an appalling and shameful moment in American history."</p> <p>"The U.S. has little to show in return for all these meetings, except for the loss of face and its own national power—again, year-after-year. It is stunning that so few Americans have asked what good has America received from the Engagement School. The elite have gotten wealthier, so they and the CCP are the winners. But it's the Chinese and American people that bear the costs."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="136026240" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS200_2024_03_21_Thayer_Fanell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>56:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>269</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>After achieving victory in the Cold War against the Soviet Union, US political leadership, starting with the Clinton Administration, has made a continuing string of strategic blunders that have brought the United States to the point where - after building China up for decades - we face an enemy determined to become the new global hegemon and that now possesses equal economic, military and diplomatic resources. To learn how this came about, in this episode Bill talks with  James E. Fanell and Bradley A. Thayer, Ph.D, authors of  Embracing Communist China: America's Greatest Strategic Failure.   Jim Fanell, a retired U.S. Navy captain and the former Director of Intelligence and Information Operations for the U.S. Pacific Fleet, is now a Government Fellow at the Geneva Centre for Security Policy.  Brad Thayer is an expert in Chinese grand strategies and the history of Chinese and Western strategic thought; and a former visiting fellow at Magdalen College, University of Oxford. "How did China go from an underdeveloped country in 1990 with about 0.6 of 1% of world gross domestic product to over 20% of world GDP today?" asks Brad. "The answer in large part is that the United States aided and abetted the rise of the Chinese Communist Party and kept it in power. That has never happened before in international politics where one state, the dominant state, has funded the rise of an enemy." U.S. foreign policy toward the People's Republic of China (PRC) has been dominated by the so-called "Engagement School" since the end of the Cold War. They believed that U.S. political and economic engagement with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) would transform the PRC into a "responsible stakeholder" in the Western economic system and, ideally a democracy. Of course, none of that happened.   Instead, the Engagement School saved the CCP and ensured that the PRC became wealthier and more powerful year-after-year and used that power to re-make the international order to suit the CCP's interests and to threaten U.S. national security, allies, and partners.  "Engaging" with China has led to the offshoring of manufacturing jobs, the loss of intellectual property, and making the U.S. energy future dependent on China, just to name a few of our strategic blunders. "We thought we could make China and CCP become more like us, that they would see the value of the being part of a US dominated system created in the post-World War II era. We assumed they would just naturally drift into becoming a liberal democracy. So we didn't fundamentally understand communism. We didn't understand the Chinese Communist Party's commitment to that ideology," explains Jim. The Trump administration began the difficult task of ending Engagement. However, under Biden, it has now returned in a supercharged form. The Biden "reset" began in earnest in May when CIA Director Nicholas Burns made a secret trip to Beijing to meet with his Chinese counterparts. Then began a cavalcade of visits to the PRC from senior Biden officials: Secretary of State Anthony Blinken, National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, Climate Czar John Kerry, and Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo who was most explicit regarding why nothing could jeopardize the approximately $750 billion per year trade relationship with the PRC. "But the apotheosis of the engagement paradigm was the summit meeting in November between Xi and Biden. The meeting with Biden was just Xi's doormat to get to what really mattered: the meeting with the 400 business leaders," explain Jim and Brad. "Never in our history have Americans so openly and brazenly celebrated a communist and murderous dictator. It was an appalling and shameful moment in American history." "The U.S. has little to show in return for all these meetings, except for the loss of face and its own national power—again, year-after-year. It is stunning that so few Americans have asked what good has America received from the Engagement School. The elite have gotten wealthier, so they and the CCP are the winners. But it's the Chinese and American people that bear the costs."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>After achieving victory in the Cold War against the Soviet Union, US political leadership, starting with the Clinton Administration, has made a continuing string of strategic blunders that have brought the United States to the point where - after building China up for decades - we face an enemy determined to become the new global hegemon and that now possesses equal economic, military and diplomatic resources. To learn how this came about, in this episode Bill talks with  James E. Fanell and Bradley A. Thayer, Ph.D, authors of  Embracing Communist China: America's Greatest Strategic Failure.   Jim Fanell, a retired U.S. Navy captain and the former Director of Intelligence and Information Operations for the U.S. Pacific Fleet, is now a Government Fellow at the Geneva Centre for Security Policy.  Brad Thayer is an expert in Chinese grand strategies and the history of Chinese and Western strategic thought; and a former visiting fellow at Magdalen College, University of Oxford. "How did China go from an underdeveloped country in 1990 with about 0.6 of 1% of world gross domestic product to over 20% of world GDP today?" asks Brad. "The answer in large part is that the United States aided and abetted the rise of the Chinese Communist Party and kept it in power. That has never happened before in international politics where one state, the dominant state, has funded the rise of an enemy." U.S. foreign policy toward the People's Republic of China (PRC) has been dominated by the so-called "Engagement School" since the end of the Cold War. They believed that U.S. political and economic engagement with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) would transform the PRC into a "responsible stakeholder" in the Western economic system and, ideally a democracy. Of course, none of that happened.   Instead, the Engagement School saved the CCP and ensured that the PRC became wealthier and more powerful year-after-year and used that power to re-make the international order to suit the CCP's interests and to threaten U.S. national security, allies, and partners.  "Engaging" with China has led to the offshoring of manufacturing jobs, the loss of intellectual property, and making the U.S. energy future dependent on China, just to name a few of our strategic blunders. "We thought we could make China and CCP become more like us, that they would see the value of the being part of a US dominated system created in the post-World War II era. We assumed they would just naturally drift into becoming a liberal democracy. So we didn't fundamentally understand communism. We didn't understand the Chinese Communist Party's commitment to that ideology," explains Jim. The Trump administration began the difficult task of ending Engagement. However, under Biden, it has now returned in a supercharged form. The Biden "reset" began in earnest in May when CIA Director Nicholas Burns made a secret trip to Beijing to meet with his Chinese counterparts. Then began a cavalcade of visits to the PRC from senior Biden officials: Secretary of State Anthony Blinken, National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, Climate Czar John Kerry, and Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo who was most explicit regarding why nothing could jeopardize the approximately $750 billion per year trade relationship with the PRC. "But the apotheosis of the engagement paradigm was the summit meeting in November between Xi and Biden. The meeting with Biden was just Xi's doormat to get to what really mattered: the meeting with the 400 business leaders," explain Jim and Brad. "Never in our history have Americans so openly and brazenly celebrated a communist and murderous dictator. It was an appalling and shameful moment in American history." "The U.S. has little to show in return for all these meetings, except for the loss of face and its own national power—again, year-after-year. It is stunning that so few Americans have asked what good has America received from the Engagement School. The elite have gotten wealthier, so they and the CCP are the winners. But it's the Chinese and American people that bear the costs."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 268: Conspiracy: Why FDR's White House Ignored a Chance to Change History with Chris Farrell and Shea Bradley-Farrell</title>
      <itunes:title>Conspiracy: Why FDR's White House Ignored a Chance to Change History with Chris Farrell and Shea Bradley-Farrell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 10:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9f790959-1495-46d8-82a6-2f62b4f8446b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-268-conspiracy-why-fdrs-white-house-ignored-a-chance-to-change-history-with-chris-farrell-and-shea-bradley-farrell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"What if in 1943 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and his White House advisors had acted on an offer from high-ranking German officials that they were prepared to kidnap Adolf Hitler and all of his top cronies.  They would then turn Hitler over to the United States and sign an armistice ending the war with Germany.</p> <p>The German high officials wanted then to join with the United States to stop the Communist Soviet Union from advancing in Europe. They had a well-thought out plan as to which units they knew were loyal, what units they knew would actually move on the Wolf's Lair, Hitler's Prussian, and the East Prussian headquarters.</p> <p>FDR learned of this proposal from a man the Germans believed would be their most credible emissary:  </p> <p>George H. Earle III, a Main Line Philadelphia millionaire, war hero awarded the Navy Cross, Pennsylvania governor, Ambassador to Austria and Bulgaria, friend and supporter of Franklin Roosevelt, generous donor to humanitarian causes, colorful playboy, and spy. </p> <p>Yet FDR did not act on the stunning offer, and the rest as they say, is History. The Soviets conquered part of Germany and all of Eastern Europe and closed it behind an iron curtain that would endure for over four decades.</p> <p>Here to tell this story is Chris Farrell, who for the last 25 years has been the Director of Investigations & Research at Judicial Watch and author of "Exiled Emissary: George H. Earle III"    and </p> <p>Dr Shea Bradley Farrell, author of "Last Warning to the West", the founder of Counterpoint Institute and who has written extensively about the agonies of Eastern Europe under Communism. </p> <p>"This is not one of these books that examines an alternative history," explains Chris. "Everything in the book is documented, for example, from the National archives, the Pennsylvania State Archives in Harrisburg, or the Pennsylvania Historical Society in Pennsylvania. Or from personal records from the Earle family."</p> <p>Why this story matters today is not just that FDR did not act but why he didn't. As records have become public, we have learned that were many staunch supporters of the Soviet Union and its Marxist social experiment in both the FDR and Truman White Houses. Alger Hiss was FDR's key aide at Yalta. </p> <p>"What Earle was saying was, "Look, the real threat is the Soviet Union. We may have been allied during the war for whatever reason you want to explain, but they're a civilizational threat."" </p> <p>But many in the 1940s White House did not want to act against the Soviet Union. They supported it. </p> <p>The Soviets then. China today. The United States has a long troubled history of "elite capture." </p> <p>Chris and Shea tell a compelling story. You can learn much about history from this episode. But it's how it reflects on today that's really chilling. What does John Kerry say when he's meeting with the Chinese?</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"What if in 1943 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and his White House advisors had acted on an offer from high-ranking German officials that they were prepared to kidnap Adolf Hitler and all of his top cronies. They would then turn Hitler over to the United States and sign an armistice ending the war with Germany.</p> <p>The German high officials wanted then to join with the United States to stop the Communist Soviet Union from advancing in Europe. They had a well-thought out plan as to which units they knew were loyal, what units they knew would actually move on the Wolf's Lair, Hitler's Prussian, and the East Prussian headquarters.</p> <p>FDR learned of this proposal from a man the Germans believed would be their most credible emissary: </p> <p>George H. Earle III, a Main Line Philadelphia millionaire, war hero awarded the Navy Cross, Pennsylvania governor, Ambassador to Austria and Bulgaria, friend and supporter of Franklin Roosevelt, generous donor to humanitarian causes, colorful playboy, and spy. </p> <p>Yet FDR did not act on the stunning offer, and the rest as they say, is History. The Soviets conquered part of Germany and all of Eastern Europe and closed it behind an iron curtain that would endure for over four decades.</p> <p>Here to tell this story is Chris Farrell, who for the last 25 years has been the Director of Investigations & Research at Judicial Watch and author of "Exiled Emissary: George H. Earle III" and </p> <p>Dr Shea Bradley Farrell, author of "Last Warning to the West", the founder of Counterpoint Institute and who has written extensively about the agonies of Eastern Europe under Communism. </p> <p>"This is not one of these books that examines an alternative history," explains Chris. "Everything in the book is documented, for example, from the National archives, the Pennsylvania State Archives in Harrisburg, or the Pennsylvania Historical Society in Pennsylvania. Or from personal records from the Earle family."</p> <p>Why this story matters today is not just that FDR did not act but why he didn't. As records have become public, we have learned that were many staunch supporters of the Soviet Union and its Marxist social experiment in both the FDR and Truman White Houses. Alger Hiss was FDR's key aide at Yalta. </p> <p>"What Earle was saying was, "Look, the real threat is the Soviet Union. We may have been allied during the war for whatever reason you want to explain, but they're a civilizational threat."" </p> <p>But many in the 1940s White House did not want to act against the Soviet Union. They supported it. </p> <p>The Soviets then. China today. The United States has a long troubled history of "elite capture." </p> <p>Chris and Shea tell a compelling story. You can learn much about history from this episode. But it's how it reflects on today that's really chilling. What does John Kerry say when he's meeting with the Chinese?</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="116436480" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS199_2024_03_14_Chris_and_Shae_Ferrell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"What if in 1943 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and his White House advisors had acted on an offer from high-ranking German officials that they were prepared to kidnap Adolf Hitler and all of his top cronies.  They would then turn Hitler over to the United States and sign an armistice ending the war with Germany. The German high officials wanted then to join with the United States to stop the Communist Soviet Union from advancing in Europe. They had a well-thought out plan as to which units they knew were loyal, what units they knew would actually move on the Wolf's Lair, Hitler's Prussian, and the East Prussian headquarters. FDR learned of this proposal from a man the Germans believed would be their most credible emissary:   George H. Earle III, a Main Line Philadelphia millionaire, war hero awarded the Navy Cross, Pennsylvania governor, Ambassador to Austria and Bulgaria, friend and supporter of Franklin Roosevelt, generous donor to humanitarian causes, colorful playboy, and spy.  Yet FDR did not act on the stunning offer, and the rest as they say, is History. The Soviets conquered part of Germany and all of Eastern Europe and closed it behind an iron curtain that would endure for over four decades. Here to tell this story is Chris Farrell, who for the last 25 years has been the Director of Investigations &amp; Research at Judicial Watch and author of "Exiled Emissary: George H. Earle III"    and  Dr Shea Bradley Farrell, author of "Last Warning to the West", the founder of Counterpoint Institute and who has written extensively about the agonies of Eastern Europe under Communism.  "This is not one of these books that examines an alternative history," explains Chris. "Everything in the book is documented, for example, from the National archives, the Pennsylvania State Archives in Harrisburg, or the Pennsylvania Historical Society in Pennsylvania. Or from personal records from the Earle family." Why this story matters today is not just that FDR did not act but why he didn't. As records have become public, we have learned that were many staunch supporters of the Soviet Union and its Marxist social experiment in both the FDR and Truman White Houses. Alger Hiss was FDR's key aide at Yalta.  "What Earle was saying was, "Look, the real threat is the Soviet Union. We may have been allied during the war for whatever reason you want to explain, but they're a civilizational threat.""  But many in the 1940s White House did not want to act against the Soviet Union. They supported it.  The Soviets then. China today. The United States has a long troubled history of "elite capture."  Chris and Shea tell a compelling story. You can learn much about history from this episode. But it's how it reflects on today that's really chilling. What does John Kerry say when he's meeting with the Chinese?</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"What if in 1943 President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and his White House advisors had acted on an offer from high-ranking German officials that they were prepared to kidnap Adolf Hitler and all of his top cronies.  They would then turn Hitler over to the United States and sign an armistice ending the war with Germany. The German high officials wanted then to join with the United States to stop the Communist Soviet Union from advancing in Europe. They had a well-thought out plan as to which units they knew were loyal, what units they knew would actually move on the Wolf's Lair, Hitler's Prussian, and the East Prussian headquarters. FDR learned of this proposal from a man the Germans believed would be their most credible emissary:   George H. Earle III, a Main Line Philadelphia millionaire, war hero awarded the Navy Cross, Pennsylvania governor, Ambassador to Austria and Bulgaria, friend and supporter of Franklin Roosevelt, generous donor to humanitarian causes, colorful playboy, and spy.  Yet FDR did not act on the stunning offer, and the rest as they say, is History. The Soviets conquered part of Germany and all of Eastern Europe and closed it behind an iron curtain that would endure for over four decades. Here to tell this story is Chris Farrell, who for the last 25 years has been the Director of Investigations &amp; Research at Judicial Watch and author of "Exiled Emissary: George H. Earle III"    and  Dr Shea Bradley Farrell, author of "Last Warning to the West", the founder of Counterpoint Institute and who has written extensively about the agonies of Eastern Europe under Communism.  "This is not one of these books that examines an alternative history," explains Chris. "Everything in the book is documented, for example, from the National archives, the Pennsylvania State Archives in Harrisburg, or the Pennsylvania Historical Society in Pennsylvania. Or from personal records from the Earle family." Why this story matters today is not just that FDR did not act but why he didn't. As records have become public, we have learned that were many staunch supporters of the Soviet Union and its Marxist social experiment in both the FDR and Truman White Houses. Alger Hiss was FDR's key aide at Yalta.  "What Earle was saying was, "Look, the real threat is the Soviet Union. We may have been allied during the war for whatever reason you want to explain, but they're a civilizational threat.""  But many in the 1940s White House did not want to act against the Soviet Union. They supported it.  The Soviets then. China today. The United States has a long troubled history of "elite capture."  Chris and Shea tell a compelling story. You can learn much about history from this episode. But it's how it reflects on today that's really chilling. What does John Kerry say when he's meeting with the Chinese?</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 267:  CO2: The Miracle Molecules with Dr Will Happer and Greg Wrightstone</title>
      <itunes:title>CO2: The Miracle Molecules with Dr Will Happer and Greg Wrightstone</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2024 11:27:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ca268e42-e749-4ed0-bb93-6740a47d82a0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-267-co2-the-miracle-molecules-with-dr-will-happer-and-greg-wrightstone]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Carbon dioxide, or CO2, is portrayed as the worst villain in climate alarmism's pantheon of satanic gases.</p> <p>The claim is that increasing levels of greenhouse gases are purportedly driving atmospheric warming to dangerous and unprecedented levels which is said to be leading to ever increasing natural disasters, severe weather events and human health concerns.</p> <p>But what if these claims are wrong, catastrophically wrong.</p> <p>What if, rather than being at unprecedented high levels, CO2 is at one of its lowest concentrations in the long history of the Earth and that the modest warming anticipated from increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases will be benign. More carbon dioxide will bring huge benefits to agriculture, forestry and life in general.</p> <p>Returning guests Dr Will Happer Professor Emeritus of Physics at Princeton University and geologist Greg Wrightstone, both with the CO2 Coalition, make a convincing case in this episode for just that. Atmospheric CO2 is the primary carbon source for life on Earth.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic 1456w" alt="" width="248" height="357.26290516206484" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1200,"width":833,"resizeWidth":248,"bytes":137053,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Carbon dioxide concentrations - <strong>in part due to human emissions</strong> - are slowly growing from near-famine, pre-industrial values toward levels that are optimum for plant growth and which have prevailed over most of the geological history of higher life forms.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic 1456w" alt="" width="480" height="334.35897435897436" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":652,"width":936,"resizeWidth":480,"bytes":43297,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Carbon dioxide, at a current concentration of about 420 ppm, represents just 0.04% of the atmosphere, or about 420 molecules out of every million. Current levels are an incredibly small percentage of the atmosphere, albeit a critical one, as advanced plant life could not survive without at least 150 ppm. Recent declines in concentration have pushed the world dangerously close to that 150 ppm "line of death."</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F268967d1-183a-4501-92f1-f906180b6964.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><br /> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Nearly all great leaps in human history occurred during warm periods. Before climate science became politicized, historians called warm periods "climate optima" because Earth's ecosystems and humanity benefited from the blessed warmth.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff0ac325b-346c-45e5-bf5a-c0f2ad8b89bc.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><br /> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Contrary to the demonization of the gas, CO2 is essential to life on Earth. CO2 is not a poison. Without CO2, there would be no photosynthesis, no plant food and insufficient oxygen to breathe. Just some of the benefits of CO2:</p> <p>• Increasing crop growth</p> <p>• Increasing soil moisture</p> <p>• Shrinking deserts</p> <p>• Expanding forests</p> <p>• Lengthening growing seasons</p> <p>• Declining cold-related mortality</p> <p>What we should be worried about is that throughout most of Earth's history, carbon dioxide existed in beneficially high levels that were multiples of our current concentration. Geological sequestration of CO2 into fossil fuels has depleted our atmosphere to levels below the optimum for plant growth.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic 1456w" alt="" width="516" height="310.9230769230769" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/dbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":564,"width":936,"resizeWidth":516,"bytes":44930,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>The great irony is that through the burning of fossil fuels, the carbon stored in the remains of ancient plants and organisms is now being liberated and helping to return the planet's atmosphere to more beneficial levels of CO2.</p> <p>We can correctly refer to fossil fuels as "natural solar-powered energy" or, if you like, giant solar energy storage batteries!</p> <p>Without fossil fuels there would be no reliable, low-cost energy worldwide and less CO2 for photosynthesis to make food. Eliminating fossil fuels to attempt to reduce CO2 emissions would be disastrous for the world's people, especially for the two billion impoverished poor.</p> <p><strong>An underreported consequence of the "green" energy transformation is the loss of habitats and species.</strong></p> <p>The "green" solution to a non-existent climate crisis is to encourage a great acceleration in habitat loss by abandoning efficient fossil fuels for inefficient wind and solar energy that requires vast swaths of forest, grasslands and farmlands for solar and wind installations and further habitat loss through:</p> <ul> <li> <p>open-pit mining of minerals needed for batteries, photovoltaic cells and electric transmission,</p> </li> <li> <p>conversion of diverse jungle habitat to plantations for biofuel,</p> </li> <li> <p>large-scale electricity transmission lines and</p> </li> <li> <p>destruction of mature forests to make wood pellets as biofuel.</p> </li> </ul> <p>So-called green energy is causing the destruction of massive numbers of birds, bats and insects slaughtered by wind turbines. Offshore wind projects are killing whales, dolphins and other cetaceans.</p> <p><strong>We have been seized by a great madness.</strong></p> <p>Under the false claims of coming calamity, bureaucrats and politicians seek to shut down coal-fired power plants, kill the internal combustion engine, ban natural gas for home use and advance the misguided objective of a "net zero" economy.</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p>"Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, and one by one."</p> <p> - Charles MacKay</p> </div> <div class="pullquote"> <p>"What historians will definitely wonder about in future centuries is how deeply flawed logic, obscured by shrewd and unrelenting propaganda, actually enabled a coalition of powerful special interests to convince nearly everyone in the world that carbon dioxide from human industry was a dangerous, planet-destroying toxin. It will be remembered as the greatest mass delusion in the history of the world—that carbon dioxide, the life of plants, was considered for a time to be a deadly poison."</p> <p> - Dr. Richard Lindzen</p> </div> <div class="pullquote"> <p>"I don't see a whole lot of difference between the consensus on climate change and the consensus on witches. At the witch trials in Salem the judges were educated at Harvard. This was supposedly 100 per cent science. The one or two people who said there were no witches were immediately hung. Not much has changed."</p> <p> - Will Happer</p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Carbon dioxide, or CO2, is portrayed as the worst villain in climate alarmism's pantheon of satanic gases.</p> <p>The claim is that increasing levels of greenhouse gases are purportedly driving atmospheric warming to dangerous and unprecedented levels which is said to be leading to ever increasing natural disasters, severe weather events and human health concerns.</p> <p>But what if these claims are wrong, catastrophically wrong.</p> <p>What if, rather than being at unprecedented high levels, CO2 is at one of its lowest concentrations in the long history of the Earth and that the modest warming anticipated from increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases will be benign. More carbon dioxide will bring huge benefits to agriculture, forestry and life in general.</p> <p>Returning guests Dr Will Happer Professor Emeritus of Physics at Princeton University and geologist Greg Wrightstone, both with the CO2 Coalition, make a convincing case in this episode for just that. Atmospheric CO2 is the primary carbon source for life on Earth.</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F11bdab93-de38-4dcd-8311-f32875f16408.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Carbon dioxide concentrations - in part due to human emissions - are slowly growing from near-famine, pre-industrial values toward levels that are optimum for plant growth and which have prevailed over most of the geological history of higher life forms.</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F13ffa4f4-fb67-4dbb-bf49-078aa045e08a.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Carbon dioxide, at a current concentration of about 420 ppm, represents just 0.04% of the atmosphere, or about 420 molecules out of every million. Current levels are an incredibly small percentage of the atmosphere, albeit a critical one, as advanced plant life could not survive without at least 150 ppm. Recent declines in concentration have pushed the world dangerously close to that 150 ppm "line of death."</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F268967d1-183a-4501-92f1-f906180b6964.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Nearly all great leaps in human history occurred during warm periods. Before climate science became politicized, historians called warm periods "climate optima" because Earth's ecosystems and humanity benefited from the blessed warmth.</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Ff0ac325b-346c-45e5-bf5a-c0f2ad8b89bc.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Contrary to the demonization of the gas, CO2 is essential to life on Earth. CO2 is not a poison. Without CO2, there would be no photosynthesis, no plant food and insufficient oxygen to breathe. Just some of the benefits of CO2:</p> <p>• Increasing crop growth</p> <p>• Increasing soil moisture</p> <p>• Shrinking deserts</p> <p>• Expanding forests</p> <p>• Lengthening growing seasons</p> <p>• Declining cold-related mortality</p> <p>What we should be worried about is that throughout most of Earth's history, carbon dioxide existed in beneficially high levels that were multiples of our current concentration. Geological sequestration of CO2 into fossil fuels has depleted our atmosphere to levels below the optimum for plant growth.</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fdbf0ace2-546c-49dc-8129-381a8ea44213.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>The great irony is that through the burning of fossil fuels, the carbon stored in the remains of ancient plants and organisms is now being liberated and helping to return the planet's atmosphere to more beneficial levels of CO2.</p> <p>We can correctly refer to fossil fuels as "natural solar-powered energy" or, if you like, giant solar energy storage batteries!</p> <p>Without fossil fuels there would be no reliable, low-cost energy worldwide and less CO2 for photosynthesis to make food. Eliminating fossil fuels to attempt to reduce CO2 emissions would be disastrous for the world's people, especially for the two billion impoverished poor.</p> <p>An underreported consequence of the "green" energy transformation is the loss of habitats and species.</p> <p>The "green" solution to a non-existent climate crisis is to encourage a great acceleration in habitat loss by abandoning efficient fossil fuels for inefficient wind and solar energy that requires vast swaths of forest, grasslands and farmlands for solar and wind installations and further habitat loss through:</p> <ul> <li> <p>open-pit mining of minerals needed for batteries, photovoltaic cells and electric transmission,</p> </li> <li> <p>conversion of diverse jungle habitat to plantations for biofuel,</p> </li> <li> <p>large-scale electricity transmission lines and</p> </li> <li> <p>destruction of mature forests to make wood pellets as biofuel.</p> </li> </ul> <p>So-called green energy is causing the destruction of massive numbers of birds, bats and insects slaughtered by wind turbines. Offshore wind projects are killing whales, dolphins and other cetaceans.</p> <p>We have been seized by a great madness.</p> <p>Under the false claims of coming calamity, bureaucrats and politicians seek to shut down coal-fired power plants, kill the internal combustion engine, ban natural gas for home use and advance the misguided objective of a "net zero" economy.</p> <p>"Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, and one by one."</p> <p> - Charles MacKay</p> <p>"What historians will definitely wonder about in future centuries is how deeply flawed logic, obscured by shrewd and unrelenting propaganda, actually enabled a coalition of powerful special interests to convince nearly everyone in the world that carbon dioxide from human industry was a dangerous, planet-destroying toxin. It will be remembered as the greatest mass delusion in the history of the world—that carbon dioxide, the life of plants, was considered for a time to be a deadly poison."</p> <p> - Dr. Richard Lindzen</p> <p>"I don't see a whole lot of difference between the consensus on climate change and the consensus on witches. At the witch trials in Salem the judges were educated at Harvard. This was supposedly 100 per cent science. The one or two people who said there were no witches were immediately hung. Not much has changed."</p> <p> - Will Happer</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="109992000" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS197_2024_02_29_Happer_Wrightstone.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>267</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Carbon dioxide, or CO2, is portrayed as the worst villain in climate alarmism's pantheon of satanic gases. The claim is that increasing levels of greenhouse gases are purportedly driving atmospheric warming to dangerous and unprecedented levels which is said to be leading to ever increasing natural disasters, severe weather events and human health concerns. But what if these claims are wrong, catastrophically wrong. What if, rather than being at unprecedented high levels, CO2 is at one of its lowest concentrations in the long history of the Earth and that the modest warming anticipated from increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases will be benign. More carbon dioxide will bring huge benefits to agriculture, forestry and life in general. Returning guests Dr Will Happer Professor Emeritus of Physics at Princeton University and geologist Greg Wrightstone, both with the CO2 Coalition, make a convincing case in this episode for just that. Atmospheric CO2 is the primary carbon source for life on Earth.   Carbon dioxide concentrations - in part due to human emissions - are slowly growing from near-famine, pre-industrial values toward levels that are optimum for plant growth and which have prevailed over most of the geological history of higher life forms.   Carbon dioxide, at a current concentration of about 420 ppm, represents just 0.04% of the atmosphere, or about 420 molecules out of every million. Current levels are an incredibly small percentage of the atmosphere, albeit a critical one, as advanced plant life could not survive without at least 150 ppm. Recent declines in concentration have pushed the world dangerously close to that 150 ppm "line of death."   Nearly all great leaps in human history occurred during warm periods. Before climate science became politicized, historians called warm periods "climate optima" because Earth's ecosystems and humanity benefited from the blessed warmth.   Contrary to the demonization of the gas, CO2 is essential to life on Earth. CO2 is not a poison. Without CO2, there would be no photosynthesis, no plant food and insufficient oxygen to breathe. Just some of the benefits of CO2: • Increasing crop growth • Increasing soil moisture • Shrinking deserts • Expanding forests • Lengthening growing seasons • Declining cold-related mortality What we should be worried about is that throughout most of Earth's history, carbon dioxide existed in beneficially high levels that were multiples of our current concentration. Geological sequestration of CO2 into fossil fuels has depleted our atmosphere to levels below the optimum for plant growth.   The great irony is that through the burning of fossil fuels, the carbon stored in the remains of ancient plants and organisms is now being liberated and helping to return the planet's atmosphere to more beneficial levels of CO2. We can correctly refer to fossil fuels as "natural solar-powered energy" or, if you like, giant solar energy storage batteries! Without fossil fuels there would be no reliable, low-cost energy worldwide and less CO2 for photosynthesis to make food. Eliminating fossil fuels to attempt to reduce CO2 emissions would be disastrous for the world's people, especially for the two billion impoverished poor. An underreported consequence of the "green" energy transformation is the loss of habitats and species. The "green" solution to a non-existent climate crisis is to encourage a great acceleration in habitat loss by abandoning efficient fossil fuels for inefficient wind and solar energy that requires vast swaths of forest, grasslands and farmlands for solar and wind installations and further habitat loss through: open-pit mining of minerals needed for batteries, photovoltaic cells and electric transmission, conversion of diverse jungle habitat to plantations for biofuel, large-scale electricity transmission lines and destruction of mature forests to make wood pellets as biofuel. So-called green energy is causing the destruction of massive numbers of birds, bats and insects slaughtered by wind turbines. Offshore wind projects are killing whales, dolphins and other cetaceans. We have been seized by a great madness. Under the false claims of coming calamity, bureaucrats and politicians seek to shut down coal-fired power plants, kill the internal combustion engine, ban natural gas for home use and advance the misguided objective of a "net zero" economy. "Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, and one by one."  - Charles MacKay "What historians will definitely wonder about in future centuries is how deeply flawed logic, obscured by shrewd and unrelenting propaganda, actually enabled a coalition of powerful special interests to convince nearly everyone in the world that carbon dioxide from human industry was a dangerous, planet-destroying toxin. It will be remembered as the greatest mass delusion in the history of the world—that carbon dioxide, the life of plants, was considered for a time to be a deadly poison."  - Dr. Richard Lindzen "I don't see a whole lot of difference between the consensus on climate change and the consensus on witches. At the witch trials in Salem the judges were educated at Harvard. This was supposedly 100 per cent science. The one or two people who said there were no witches were immediately hung. Not much has changed."  - Will Happer</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Carbon dioxide, or CO2, is portrayed as the worst villain in climate alarmism's pantheon of satanic gases. The claim is that increasing levels of greenhouse gases are purportedly driving atmospheric warming to dangerous and unprecedented levels which is said to be leading to ever increasing natural disasters, severe weather events and human health concerns. But what if these claims are wrong, catastrophically wrong. What if, rather than being at unprecedented high levels, CO2 is at one of its lowest concentrations in the long history of the Earth and that the modest warming anticipated from increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases will be benign. More carbon dioxide will bring huge benefits to agriculture, forestry and life in general. Returning guests Dr Will Happer Professor Emeritus of Physics at Princeton University and geologist Greg Wrightstone, both with the CO2 Coalition, make a convincing case in this episode for just that. Atmospheric CO2 is the primary carbon source for life on Earth.   Carbon dioxide concentrations - in part due to human emissions - are slowly growing from near-famine, pre-industrial values toward levels that are optimum for plant growth and which have prevailed over most of the geological history of higher life forms.   Carbon dioxide, at a current concentration of about 420 ppm, represents just 0.04% of the atmosphere, or about 420 molecules out of every million. Current levels are an incredibly small percentage of the atmosphere, albeit a critical one, as advanced plant life could not survive without at least 150 ppm. Recent declines in concentration have pushed the world dangerously close to that 150 ppm "line of death."   Nearly all great leaps in human history occurred during warm periods. Before climate science became politicized, historians called warm periods "climate optima" because Earth's ecosystems and humanity benefited from the blessed warmth.   Contrary to the demonization of the gas, CO2 is essential to life on Earth. CO2 is not a poison. Without CO2, there would be no photosynthesis, no plant food and insufficient oxygen to breathe. Just some of the benefits of CO2: • Increasing crop growth • Increasing soil moisture • Shrinking deserts • Expanding forests • Lengthening growing seasons • Declining cold-related mortality What we should be worried about is that throughout most of Earth's history, carbon dioxide existed in beneficially high levels that were multiples of our current concentration. Geological sequestration of CO2 into fossil fuels has depleted our atmosphere to levels below the optimum for plant growth.   The great irony is that through the burning of fossil fuels, the carbon stored in the remains of ancient plants and organisms is now being liberated and helping to return the planet's atmosphere to more beneficial levels of CO2. We can correctly refer to fossil fuels as "natural solar-powered energy" or, if you like, giant solar energy storage batteries! Without fossil fuels there would be no reliable, low-cost energy worldwide and less CO2 for photosynthesis to make food. Eliminating fossil fuels to attempt to reduce CO2 emissions would be disastrous for the world's people, especially for the two billion impoverished poor. An underreported consequence of the "green" energy transformation is the loss of habitats and species. The "green" solution to a non-existent climate crisis is to encourage a great acceleration in habitat loss by abandoning efficient fossil fuels for inefficient wind and solar energy that requires vast swaths of forest, grasslands and farmlands for solar and wind installations and further habitat loss through: open-pit mining of minerals needed for batteries, photovoltaic cells and electric transmission, conversion of diverse jungle habitat to plantations for biofuel, large-scale electricity transmission lines and destruction of mature forests to make wood pellets as biofuel. So-called green energy is causing the destruction of massive numbers of birds, bats and insects slaughtered by wind turbines. Offshore wind projects are killing whales, dolphins and other cetaceans. We have been seized by a great madness. Under the false claims of coming calamity, bureaucrats and politicians seek to shut down coal-fired power plants, kill the internal combustion engine, ban natural gas for home use and advance the misguided objective of a "net zero" economy. "Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their senses slowly, and one by one."  - Charles MacKay "What historians will definitely wonder about in future centuries is how deeply flawed logic, obscured by shrewd and unrelenting propaganda, actually enabled a coalition of powerful special interests to convince nearly everyone in the world that carbon dioxide from human industry was a dangerous, planet-destroying toxin. It will be remembered as the greatest mass delusion in the history of the world—that carbon dioxide, the life of plants, was considered for a time to be a deadly poison."  - Dr. Richard Lindzen "I don't see a whole lot of difference between the consensus on climate change and the consensus on witches. At the witch trials in Salem the judges were educated at Harvard. This was supposedly 100 per cent science. The one or two people who said there were no witches were immediately hung. Not much has changed."  - Will Happer</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 266: It's Time to Leave the WHO with Reggie Littlejohn and Meryl Nass</title>
      <itunes:title>It's Time to Leave the WHO with Reggie Littlejohn and Meryl Nass</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 11:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1cb566ed-764b-4630-bcd9-e3390b689057]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-266-its-time-to-leave-the-who-with-reggie-littlejohn-and-meryl-nass]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">At a meeting of the World Health Assembly at the end of May, less than three months from now, the World Health Organization (WHO) will be voting to amend its International Health Regulations agreement and to create a brand new Pandemic Agreement.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Until now the World Health Organization has been largely an advisory organization. If voted in, these changes would make its edicts compulsory.</p> <p class="p1">The proposed amendments replace the word "may" with "shall" over 100 times and the word "non-binding" has been deleted to make the recommendations of the WHO binding.</p> <p class="p1">The agreements authorize the Director-General to declare unilaterally a potential or actual "public health emergency of international concern" and the imposition and enforcement of sanctions on nations that don't comply with WHO dictates.</p> <p class="p1">Some of the directives that the Director-General could issue to the 196 sovereign state members could include: quarantines, masks, mandatory testing, vaccination requirements, lockdowns, and border closures coupled with vaccine passports.</p> <p class="p1">This has the full support of the World Economic Forum, the European Union, the World Bank, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the Chinese Communist Party and the Biden Administration.</p> <p class="p1">Their aim is to substitute "global governance" for the sovereignty of the U.S. and the 195 other state parties to the agreement, ultimately eroding most all of our personal medical freedoms.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">To explain the planned WHO power grab, and what we can do to prevent it, are two of the founders of the Sovereignty Coalition:<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Dr. Meryl Nass, the founder of Door to Freedom, a physician and researcher who proved the world's largest anthrax epidemic was due to biological warfare. A leader in the fight for healthcare freedom, her license was suspended for prescribing COVID medications and "misinformation."</p> <p class="p1">Reggie Littlejohn is the founder and President of Women's Rights Without Frontiers.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> A graduate of Yale Law School and an experienced litigation attorney, she is an acclaimed international expert on China's human rights offenses.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The proposed Pandemic Treaty establishes global surveillance requirements and commits governments to censor dissenting views "with the aim of countering and combating false, misleading misinformation or disinformation."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Struck from the IHR is the crucial guarantee of human rights as a foundation of public health:<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"The implementation of these Regulations shall be with full respect for the dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of persons…" has been replaced with "shall be based on the principles of equity, inclusivity, and coherence..."</p> <p class="p1">Worse, the agreements embraces a "One Health" approach which includes not only human health, but also the health of animals, agricultural plants and the environment.  The WHO essentially is claiming control over every aspect of existence on earth. The Director General could declare "climate change" as a "public health emergency of international concern."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"The best thing is simply to get out of the WHO. Just say this is going in the wrong direction and we're out. The WHO doesn't do anything for the United States," advises Meryl. "How have we benefited from this organization?"</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">This a huge issue that isn't being covered in the so-called mainstream media. If you thought the nightmare of the last heavy handed response to the pandemic was over, think again.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Listen in and learn from two passionate and knowledgeable defenders of our healthcare freedoms.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">At a meeting of the World Health Assembly at the end of May, less than three months from now, the World Health Organization (WHO) will be voting to amend its International Health Regulations agreement and to create a brand new Pandemic Agreement. </p> <p class="p1">Until now the World Health Organization has been largely an advisory organization. If voted in, these changes would make its edicts compulsory.</p> <p class="p1">The proposed amendments replace the word "may" with "shall" over 100 times and the word "non-binding" has been deleted to make the recommendations of the WHO binding.</p> <p class="p1">The agreements authorize the Director-General to declare unilaterally a potential or actual "public health emergency of international concern" and the imposition and enforcement of sanctions on nations that don't comply with WHO dictates.</p> <p class="p1">Some of the directives that the Director-General could issue to the 196 sovereign state members could include: quarantines, masks, mandatory testing, vaccination requirements, lockdowns, and border closures coupled with vaccine passports.</p> <p class="p1">This has the full support of the World Economic Forum, the European Union, the World Bank, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the Chinese Communist Party and the Biden Administration.</p> <p class="p1">Their aim is to substitute "global governance" for the sovereignty of the U.S. and the 195 other state parties to the agreement, ultimately eroding most all of our personal medical freedoms.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">To explain the planned WHO power grab, and what we can do to prevent it, are two of the founders of the Sovereignty Coalition: </p> <p class="p1">Dr. Meryl Nass, the founder of Door to Freedom, a physician and researcher who proved the world's largest anthrax epidemic was due to biological warfare. A leader in the fight for healthcare freedom, her license was suspended for prescribing COVID medications and "misinformation."</p> <p class="p1">Reggie Littlejohn is the founder and President of Women's Rights Without Frontiers. A graduate of Yale Law School and an experienced litigation attorney, she is an acclaimed international expert on China's human rights offenses. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The proposed Pandemic Treaty establishes global surveillance requirements and commits governments to censor dissenting views "with the aim of countering and combating false, misleading misinformation or disinformation." </p> <p class="p1">Struck from the IHR is the crucial guarantee of human rights as a foundation of public health: </p> <p class="p1">"The implementation of these Regulations shall be with full respect for the dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of persons…" has been replaced with "shall be based on the principles of equity, inclusivity, and coherence..."</p> <p class="p1">Worse, the agreements embraces a "One Health" approach which includes not only human health, but also the health of animals, agricultural plants and the environment. The WHO essentially is claiming control over every aspect of existence on earth. The Director General could declare "climate change" as a "public health emergency of international concern." </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"The best thing is simply to get out of the WHO. Just say this is going in the wrong direction and we're out. The WHO doesn't do anything for the United States," advises Meryl. "How have we benefited from this organization?"</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">This a huge issue that isn't being covered in the so-called mainstream media. If you thought the nightmare of the last heavy handed response to the pandemic was over, think again. </p> <p class="p1">Listen in and learn from two passionate and knowledgeable defenders of our healthcare freedoms. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="122398080" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS198_2024_03_06_Littlejohn_Nass.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>266</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>At a meeting of the World Health Assembly at the end of May, less than three months from now, the World Health Organization (WHO) will be voting to amend its International Health Regulations agreement and to create a brand new Pandemic Agreement.  Until now the World Health Organization has been largely an advisory organization. If voted in, these changes would make its edicts compulsory. The proposed amendments replace the word "may" with "shall" over 100 times and the word "non-binding" has been deleted to make the recommendations of the WHO binding. The agreements authorize the Director-General to declare unilaterally a potential or actual "public health emergency of international concern" and the imposition and enforcement of sanctions on nations that don't comply with WHO dictates. Some of the directives that the Director-General could issue to the 196 sovereign state members could include: quarantines, masks, mandatory testing, vaccination requirements, lockdowns, and border closures coupled with vaccine passports. This has the full support of the World Economic Forum, the European Union, the World Bank, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the Chinese Communist Party and the Biden Administration. Their aim is to substitute "global governance" for the sovereignty of the U.S. and the 195 other state parties to the agreement, ultimately eroding most all of our personal medical freedoms.   To explain the planned WHO power grab, and what we can do to prevent it, are two of the founders of the Sovereignty Coalition:  Dr. Meryl Nass, the founder of Door to Freedom, a physician and researcher who proved the world's largest anthrax epidemic was due to biological warfare. A leader in the fight for healthcare freedom, her license was suspended for prescribing COVID medications and "misinformation." Reggie Littlejohn is the founder and President of Women's Rights Without Frontiers.  A graduate of Yale Law School and an experienced litigation attorney, she is an acclaimed international expert on China's human rights offenses.    The proposed Pandemic Treaty establishes global surveillance requirements and commits governments to censor dissenting views "with the aim of countering and combating false, misleading misinformation or disinformation."  Struck from the IHR is the crucial guarantee of human rights as a foundation of public health:  "The implementation of these Regulations shall be with full respect for the dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of persons…" has been replaced with "shall be based on the principles of equity, inclusivity, and coherence..." Worse, the agreements embraces a "One Health" approach which includes not only human health, but also the health of animals, agricultural plants and the environment.  The WHO essentially is claiming control over every aspect of existence on earth. The Director General could declare "climate change" as a "public health emergency of international concern."    "The best thing is simply to get out of the WHO. Just say this is going in the wrong direction and we're out. The WHO doesn't do anything for the United States," advises Meryl. "How have we benefited from this organization?"   This a huge issue that isn't being covered in the so-called mainstream media. If you thought the nightmare of the last heavy handed response to the pandemic was over, think again.  Listen in and learn from two passionate and knowledgeable defenders of our healthcare freedoms. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>At a meeting of the World Health Assembly at the end of May, less than three months from now, the World Health Organization (WHO) will be voting to amend its International Health Regulations agreement and to create a brand new Pandemic Agreement.  Until now the World Health Organization has been largely an advisory organization. If voted in, these changes would make its edicts compulsory. The proposed amendments replace the word "may" with "shall" over 100 times and the word "non-binding" has been deleted to make the recommendations of the WHO binding. The agreements authorize the Director-General to declare unilaterally a potential or actual "public health emergency of international concern" and the imposition and enforcement of sanctions on nations that don't comply with WHO dictates. Some of the directives that the Director-General could issue to the 196 sovereign state members could include: quarantines, masks, mandatory testing, vaccination requirements, lockdowns, and border closures coupled with vaccine passports. This has the full support of the World Economic Forum, the European Union, the World Bank, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the Chinese Communist Party and the Biden Administration. Their aim is to substitute "global governance" for the sovereignty of the U.S. and the 195 other state parties to the agreement, ultimately eroding most all of our personal medical freedoms.   To explain the planned WHO power grab, and what we can do to prevent it, are two of the founders of the Sovereignty Coalition:  Dr. Meryl Nass, the founder of Door to Freedom, a physician and researcher who proved the world's largest anthrax epidemic was due to biological warfare. A leader in the fight for healthcare freedom, her license was suspended for prescribing COVID medications and "misinformation." Reggie Littlejohn is the founder and President of Women's Rights Without Frontiers.  A graduate of Yale Law School and an experienced litigation attorney, she is an acclaimed international expert on China's human rights offenses.    The proposed Pandemic Treaty establishes global surveillance requirements and commits governments to censor dissenting views "with the aim of countering and combating false, misleading misinformation or disinformation."  Struck from the IHR is the crucial guarantee of human rights as a foundation of public health:  "The implementation of these Regulations shall be with full respect for the dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of persons…" has been replaced with "shall be based on the principles of equity, inclusivity, and coherence..." Worse, the agreements embraces a "One Health" approach which includes not only human health, but also the health of animals, agricultural plants and the environment.  The WHO essentially is claiming control over every aspect of existence on earth. The Director General could declare "climate change" as a "public health emergency of international concern."    "The best thing is simply to get out of the WHO. Just say this is going in the wrong direction and we're out. The WHO doesn't do anything for the United States," advises Meryl. "How have we benefited from this organization?"   This a huge issue that isn't being covered in the so-called mainstream media. If you thought the nightmare of the last heavy handed response to the pandemic was over, think again.  Listen in and learn from two passionate and knowledgeable defenders of our healthcare freedoms. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 265: Ukraine: Has the US Lost Yet Another Proxy War? with Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>Ukraine: Has the US Lost Yet Another Proxy War? with Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Mar 2024 12:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[76c187c7-1f96-4310-bdf9-a2b6f8763903]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-265-ukraine-has-the-us-lost-yet-another-proxy-war-with-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">While Americans have become preoccupied with other things - the election, the border, the economy - events in Ukraine are spinning out of control. People have been talking hopefully about a ceasefire and a truce. Instead, with a couple of more blunders we could be heading for a World War III. </p> <p>To learn where this might be headed next, I'm back talking in this episode with my go to guru on all things national security Stephen Bryen - Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy</p> <p>Some takeaways from our conversation: </p> <ul> <li> <p>The head of NATO Jen Soltenberg's reckless statements and actions are escalating the situation in Ukraine and increasing the risk of a full-scale war. </p> </li> <li> <p>The Biden Administration's objective of regime change in Moscow has failed. Russia seems certain to prevail. At this point, they have few incentives to stop the fighting. </p> </li> <li> <p>Ukraine has suffered massive casualties, perhaps up to 800,000  killed, and is on its third army. Ukraine President Zelensky is on the way out, we just don't know how or when. </p> </li> <li> <p>Sanctions against Russia haven't worked. China has replaced the European Union as Russia's top energy buyer and goods supplier, giving Russia both the cash and the manufactures it needs to sustain itself.</p> </li> <li> <p>Total trade between China and Russia has reached $240 billion in 2023, more than double what it was in 2018. Russia now has become China's biggest supplier of crude oil, second for coal and third for natural gas.</p> </li> <li> <p>Stephen predicted that Victoria Nuland would be out as acting Deputy Secretary of State. She resigned this week. </p> </li> </ul> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic 1456w" alt="" width="498" height="276.55533199195173" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":552,"width":994,"resizeWidth":498,"bytes":60054,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <ul> <li> <p>The Biden administration aims to drag the war out as long as possible. Biden doesn't want Ukraine to collapse while he's running for president.</p> </li> <li> <p>Sending more money to Ukraine for ammunition and armaments doesn't address its real issues: its lack of manpower and low morale.</p> </li> </ul> <p>Finding a peaceful solution and stabilizing the situation in Ukraine should be our highest priority. Up to now, it hasn't been.</p> <p>As always, Stephen provides a deep and informed take on events. Definitely worth a listen. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">While Americans have become preoccupied with other things - the election, the border, the economy - events in Ukraine are spinning out of control. People have been talking hopefully about a ceasefire and a truce. Instead, with a couple of more blunders we could be heading for a World War III. </p> <p>To learn where this might be headed next, I'm back talking in this episode with my go to guru on all things national security Stephen Bryen - Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy</p> <p>Some takeaways from our conversation: </p> <ul> <li> <p>The head of NATO Jen Soltenberg's reckless statements and actions are escalating the situation in Ukraine and increasing the risk of a full-scale war. </p> </li> <li> <p>The Biden Administration's objective of regime change in Moscow has failed. Russia seems certain to prevail. At this point, they have few incentives to stop the fighting. </p> </li> <li> <p>Ukraine has suffered massive casualties, perhaps up to 800,000 killed, and is on its third army. Ukraine President Zelensky is on the way out, we just don't know how or when. </p> </li> <li> <p>Sanctions against Russia haven't worked. China has replaced the European Union as Russia's top energy buyer and goods supplier, giving Russia both the cash and the manufactures it needs to sustain itself.</p> </li> <li> <p>Total trade between China and Russia has reached $240 billion in 2023, more than double what it was in 2018. Russia now has become China's biggest supplier of crude oil, second for coal and third for natural gas.</p> </li> <li> <p>Stephen predicted that Victoria Nuland would be out as acting Deputy Secretary of State. She resigned this week. </p> </li> </ul> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F3e92e143-4cad-4085-a112-d2a4b1c99a32.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <ul> <li> <p>The Biden administration aims to drag the war out as long as possible. Biden doesn't want Ukraine to collapse while he's running for president.</p> </li> <li> <p>Sending more money to Ukraine for ammunition and armaments doesn't address its real issues: its lack of manpower and low morale.</p> </li> </ul> <p>Finding a peaceful solution and stabilizing the situation in Ukraine should be our highest priority. Up to now, it hasn't been.</p> <p>As always, Stephen provides a deep and informed take on events. Definitely worth a listen. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="53998551" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Stephen_Bryen_2_24_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>While Americans have become preoccupied with other things - the election, the border, the economy - events in Ukraine are spinning out of control. People have been talking hopefully about a ceasefire and a truce. Instead, with a couple of more blunders we could be heading for a World War III.  To learn where this might be headed next, I'm back talking in this episode with my go to guru on all things national security Stephen Bryen - Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy Some takeaways from our conversation:  The head of NATO Jen Soltenberg's reckless statements and actions are escalating the situation in Ukraine and increasing the risk of a full-scale war.  The Biden Administration's objective of regime change in Moscow has failed. Russia seems certain to prevail. At this point, they have few incentives to stop the fighting.  Ukraine has suffered massive casualties, perhaps up to 800,000  killed, and is on its third army. Ukraine President Zelensky is on the way out, we just don't know how or when.  Sanctions against Russia haven't worked. China has replaced the European Union as Russia's top energy buyer and goods supplier, giving Russia both the cash and the manufactures it needs to sustain itself. Total trade between China and Russia has reached $240 billion in 2023, more than double what it was in 2018. Russia now has become China's biggest supplier of crude oil, second for coal and third for natural gas. Stephen predicted that Victoria Nuland would be out as acting Deputy Secretary of State. She resigned this week.    The Biden administration aims to drag the war out as long as possible. Biden doesn't want Ukraine to collapse while he's running for president. Sending more money to Ukraine for ammunition and armaments doesn't address its real issues: its lack of manpower and low morale. Finding a peaceful solution and stabilizing the situation in Ukraine should be our highest priority. Up to now, it hasn't been. As always, Stephen provides a deep and informed take on events. Definitely worth a listen. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>While Americans have become preoccupied with other things - the election, the border, the economy - events in Ukraine are spinning out of control. People have been talking hopefully about a ceasefire and a truce. Instead, with a couple of more blunders we could be heading for a World War III.  To learn where this might be headed next, I'm back talking in this episode with my go to guru on all things national security Stephen Bryen - Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy Some takeaways from our conversation:  The head of NATO Jen Soltenberg's reckless statements and actions are escalating the situation in Ukraine and increasing the risk of a full-scale war.  The Biden Administration's objective of regime change in Moscow has failed. Russia seems certain to prevail. At this point, they have few incentives to stop the fighting.  Ukraine has suffered massive casualties, perhaps up to 800,000  killed, and is on its third army. Ukraine President Zelensky is on the way out, we just don't know how or when.  Sanctions against Russia haven't worked. China has replaced the European Union as Russia's top energy buyer and goods supplier, giving Russia both the cash and the manufactures it needs to sustain itself. Total trade between China and Russia has reached $240 billion in 2023, more than double what it was in 2018. Russia now has become China's biggest supplier of crude oil, second for coal and third for natural gas. Stephen predicted that Victoria Nuland would be out as acting Deputy Secretary of State. She resigned this week.    The Biden administration aims to drag the war out as long as possible. Biden doesn't want Ukraine to collapse while he's running for president. Sending more money to Ukraine for ammunition and armaments doesn't address its real issues: its lack of manpower and low morale. Finding a peaceful solution and stabilizing the situation in Ukraine should be our highest priority. Up to now, it hasn't been. As always, Stephen provides a deep and informed take on events. Definitely worth a listen. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 263: Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness with Carrie Sheffield</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 263: Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness with Carrie Sheffield</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 11:12:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f184b4d8-d3c7-491a-90a6-d49a079fa9d4]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-263-motorhome-prophecies-a-journey-of-healing-and-forgiveness-with-carrie-sheffield]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode Bill follows up from his last conversation with Carrie Sheffield to talk about her extraordinary memoir, which is being published this week:</p> <p><strong><em>Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness.</em></strong><em> </em></p> <p>As you'll learn, the book is much more than her riveting and heartwrenching personal story. It is a beacon, reminding us that even the direst circumstances need not dictate the outcome of our lives.</p> <p>Carrie Sheffield grew up fifth of eight children with a violent, mentally ill, street-musician father who believed he was a modern-day Mormon prophet destined to become U.S. president. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">His obsessions led Carrie, her mother and seven siblings to live as vagabonds, remaining on the move across the country, subsisting in sheds, tents, and motorhomes, enduring a dysfunctional drifter existence, camping out in their motorhome in Walmart parking lots. </p> <p>She eventually seized control of her life, transcended her troubled past, and overcame her toxic inner voice (and a near death experience)—thanks to the power of forgiveness, cultivated through her conversion to Christianity. </p> <p>She left the Mormon church when she 22, then went through a period she calls secular agnostic hell, became a Christian at age 35, transforming her life.</p> <p>She evolved from a scared and abused girl to a Harvard-educated professional with a passion for empowering others to reject the cycles of poverty, depression, and self-hatred.</p> <p>"I see my life in some ways as a microcosm of what's happening with the West," she shares.</p> <p>"The West is committing suicide, rejecting all of our foundational Western principles, because the West has not been perfect. No society has."</p> <p>"Destructive and alienating ideas like CRT and DEI have us throwing the baby out with the bath water. This is what I did when I became a secular agnostic because I was so angry at a flawed Judeo-Christian interpretation that had been forced on me by a toxic family environment."</p> <p>Carrie Sheffield is a compelling young woman. Listen in to learn about her journey and its lessons for us.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode Bill follows up from his last conversation with Carrie Sheffield to talk about her extraordinary memoir, which is being published this week:</p> <p><em>Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness.</em><em> </em></p> <p>As you'll learn, the book is much more than her riveting and heartwrenching personal story. It is a beacon, reminding us that even the direst circumstances need not dictate the outcome of our lives.</p> <p>Carrie Sheffield grew up fifth of eight children with a violent, mentally ill, street-musician father who believed he was a modern-day Mormon prophet destined to become U.S. president. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">His obsessions led Carrie, her mother and seven siblings to live as vagabonds, remaining on the move across the country, subsisting in sheds, tents, and motorhomes, enduring a dysfunctional drifter existence, camping out in their motorhome in Walmart parking lots. </p> <p>She eventually seized control of her life, transcended her troubled past, and overcame her toxic inner voice (and a near death experience)—thanks to the power of forgiveness, cultivated through her conversion to Christianity. </p> <p>She left the Mormon church when she 22, then went through a period she calls secular agnostic hell, became a Christian at age 35, transforming her life.</p> <p>She evolved from a scared and abused girl to a Harvard-educated professional with a passion for empowering others to reject the cycles of poverty, depression, and self-hatred.</p> <p>"I see my life in some ways as a microcosm of what's happening with the West," she shares.</p> <p>"The West is committing suicide, rejecting all of our foundational Western principles, because the West has not been perfect. No society has."</p> <p>"Destructive and alienating ideas like CRT and DEI have us throwing the baby out with the bath water. This is what I did when I became a secular agnostic because I was so angry at a flawed Judeo-Christian interpretation that had been forced on me by a toxic family environment."</p> <p>Carrie Sheffield is a compelling young woman. Listen in to learn about her journey and its lessons for us.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="132114240" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS196_2024_02_14_Sheffield.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>263</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode Bill follows up from his last conversation with Carrie Sheffield to talk about her extraordinary memoir, which is being published this week: Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness.  As you'll learn, the book is much more than her riveting and heartwrenching personal story. It is a beacon, reminding us that even the direst circumstances need not dictate the outcome of our lives. Carrie Sheffield grew up fifth of eight children with a violent, mentally ill, street-musician father who believed he was a modern-day Mormon prophet destined to become U.S. president.  His obsessions led Carrie, her mother and seven siblings to live as vagabonds, remaining on the move across the country, subsisting in sheds, tents, and motorhomes, enduring a dysfunctional drifter existence, camping out in their motorhome in Walmart parking lots.  She eventually seized control of her life, transcended her troubled past, and overcame her toxic inner voice (and a near death experience)—thanks to the power of forgiveness, cultivated through her conversion to Christianity.  She left the Mormon church when she 22, then went through a period she calls secular agnostic hell, became a Christian at age 35, transforming her life. She evolved from a scared and abused girl to a Harvard-educated professional with a passion for empowering others to reject the cycles of poverty, depression, and self-hatred. "I see my life in some ways as a microcosm of what's happening with the West," she shares. "The West is committing suicide, rejecting all of our foundational Western principles, because the West has not been perfect. No society has." "Destructive and alienating ideas like CRT and DEI have us throwing the baby out with the bath water. This is what I did when I became a secular agnostic because I was so angry at a flawed Judeo-Christian interpretation that had been forced on me by a toxic family environment." Carrie Sheffield is a compelling young woman. Listen in to learn about her journey and its lessons for us.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode Bill follows up from his last conversation with Carrie Sheffield to talk about her extraordinary memoir, which is being published this week: Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness.  As you'll learn, the book is much more than her riveting and heartwrenching personal story. It is a beacon, reminding us that even the direst circumstances need not dictate the outcome of our lives. Carrie Sheffield grew up fifth of eight children with a violent, mentally ill, street-musician father who believed he was a modern-day Mormon prophet destined to become U.S. president.  His obsessions led Carrie, her mother and seven siblings to live as vagabonds, remaining on the move across the country, subsisting in sheds, tents, and motorhomes, enduring a dysfunctional drifter existence, camping out in their motorhome in Walmart parking lots.  She eventually seized control of her life, transcended her troubled past, and overcame her toxic inner voice (and a near death experience)—thanks to the power of forgiveness, cultivated through her conversion to Christianity.  She left the Mormon church when she 22, then went through a period she calls secular agnostic hell, became a Christian at age 35, transforming her life. She evolved from a scared and abused girl to a Harvard-educated professional with a passion for empowering others to reject the cycles of poverty, depression, and self-hatred. "I see my life in some ways as a microcosm of what's happening with the West," she shares. "The West is committing suicide, rejecting all of our foundational Western principles, because the West has not been perfect. No society has." "Destructive and alienating ideas like CRT and DEI have us throwing the baby out with the bath water. This is what I did when I became a secular agnostic because I was so angry at a flawed Judeo-Christian interpretation that had been forced on me by a toxic family environment." Carrie Sheffield is a compelling young woman. Listen in to learn about her journey and its lessons for us.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 262: Are you on a CIA or FBI list? with J. Michael Waller</title>
      <itunes:title>Are you on a CIA or FBI list? with J. Michael Waller</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 14:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0c47f320-ff53-4493-839e-99aca2b50b4d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-262-are-you-on-a-cia-or-fbi-list-with-j-michael-waller]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Once upon a time, the FBI and the CIA fought America's criminals at home and enemies abroad. Now, at our great loss, they've become captured by the ideology and agenda of cultural Marxism. Moreover, as Tucker Carlson's recent interview with Mike Benz revealed, the national security state has evolved into a main driver of censorship and election interference in the United States.</p> <p>The CIA and the FBI, along with the rest of the intelligence community, have become essential players in a growing surveillance state, attacking its perceived political enemies and spying on ordinary American citizens, even parents who push back against the radical teachings of cultural Marxism in America's public schools. </p> <p>These are serious charges, but they've been thoroughly documented in a revealing new book by J. Michael Waller Big Intel - How The CIA and the FBI went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains. He knows the terrain well. As the Senior Analyst at the Center for Security Policy he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. </p> <p>Brilliant, fully documented yet easy to read. Explains how Cultural Marxism has permeated the CIA and FBI, damaging our country's strongest defenders. Big Intel names names and pulls no punches. It also shows the moral rot within the intelligence community from top to bottom.</p> <p>"What if you combined the dark, anti-human politics of the academic left with the unfettered power and impenetrable secrecy of the national security state? You'd have pretty much what we have now…Mike Waller explains how we got there." -Tucker Carlson </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Once upon a time, the FBI and the CIA fought America's criminals at home and enemies abroad. Now, at our great loss, they've become captured by the ideology and agenda of cultural Marxism. Moreover, as Tucker Carlson's recent interview with Mike Benz revealed, the national security state has evolved into a main driver of censorship and election interference in the United States.</p> <p>The CIA and the FBI, along with the rest of the intelligence community, have become essential players in a growing surveillance state, attacking its perceived political enemies and spying on ordinary American citizens, even parents who push back against the radical teachings of cultural Marxism in America's public schools. </p> <p>These are serious charges, but they've been thoroughly documented in a revealing new book by J. Michael Waller Big Intel - How The CIA and the FBI went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains. He knows the terrain well. As the Senior Analyst at the Center for Security Policy he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. </p> <p>Brilliant, fully documented yet easy to read. Explains how Cultural Marxism has permeated the CIA and FBI, damaging our country's strongest defenders. Big Intel names names and pulls no punches. It also shows the moral rot within the intelligence community from top to bottom.</p> <p>"What if you combined the dark, anti-human politics of the academic left with the unfettered power and impenetrable secrecy of the national security state? You'd have pretty much what we have now…Mike Waller explains how we got there." -Tucker Carlson </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="142738560" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS195_2024_02_08_Waller.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>262</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Once upon a time, the FBI and the CIA fought America's criminals at home and enemies abroad. Now, at our great loss, they've become captured by the ideology and agenda of cultural Marxism. Moreover, as Tucker Carlson's recent interview with Mike Benz revealed, the national security state has evolved into a main driver of censorship and election interference in the United States. The CIA and the FBI, along with the rest of the intelligence community, have become essential players in a growing surveillance state, attacking its perceived political enemies and spying on ordinary American citizens, even parents who push back against the radical teachings of cultural Marxism in America's public schools.  These are serious charges, but they've been thoroughly documented in a revealing new book by J. Michael Waller Big Intel - How The CIA and the FBI went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains. He knows the terrain well. As the Senior Analyst at the Center for Security Policy he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion.  Brilliant, fully documented yet easy to read. Explains how Cultural Marxism has permeated the CIA and FBI, damaging our country's strongest defenders. Big Intel names names and pulls no punches. It also shows the moral rot within the intelligence community from top to bottom. "What if you combined the dark, anti-human politics of the academic left with the unfettered power and impenetrable secrecy of the national security state? You'd have pretty much what we have now…Mike Waller explains how we got there." -Tucker Carlson </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Once upon a time, the FBI and the CIA fought America's criminals at home and enemies abroad. Now, at our great loss, they've become captured by the ideology and agenda of cultural Marxism. Moreover, as Tucker Carlson's recent interview with Mike Benz revealed, the national security state has evolved into a main driver of censorship and election interference in the United States. The CIA and the FBI, along with the rest of the intelligence community, have become essential players in a growing surveillance state, attacking its perceived political enemies and spying on ordinary American citizens, even parents who push back against the radical teachings of cultural Marxism in America's public schools.  These are serious charges, but they've been thoroughly documented in a revealing new book by J. Michael Waller Big Intel - How The CIA and the FBI went from Cold War Heroes to Deep State Villains. He knows the terrain well. As the Senior Analyst at the Center for Security Policy he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion.  Brilliant, fully documented yet easy to read. Explains how Cultural Marxism has permeated the CIA and FBI, damaging our country's strongest defenders. Big Intel names names and pulls no punches. It also shows the moral rot within the intelligence community from top to bottom. "What if you combined the dark, anti-human politics of the academic left with the unfettered power and impenetrable secrecy of the national security state? You'd have pretty much what we have now…Mike Waller explains how we got there." -Tucker Carlson </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 261: Last Warning to the West with Dr. Shea Bradley-Farrell</title>
      <itunes:title>Last Warning to the West with Dr. Shea Bradley-Farrell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 12:24:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7e52364d-1ea0-4358-ae56-6a57d53cbd91]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-261-last-warning-to-the-west-with-dr-shea-bradley-farrell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Hungary is a small country with less than 10 million people, landlocked in the middle of Europe. Seemingly irrelevant, it is hated by the woke globalists and it's the focus of angry smear campaigns against it and its president, Viktor Orbán. Yet at the same time, it's praised as a global leader for freedom and as a model of conservative values.</p> <p>So there must be a lot going on with Hungary that we should understand. I see it as a microcosm for the political and economic conflict in the greater world.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">So to dig into this, I'm back with Shea Bradley-Farrell, PhD, who is president of <a href= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education</a> and is an expert in foreign policy, national security, and international development, and has also spent a great deal of time thinking about, studying, and traveling to Hungary.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Why is Hungary such a target of the left yet so appreciated by the right?</strong></p> <p>Listen in and Find Out:</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Hungary is a small country with less than 10 million people, landlocked in the middle of Europe. Seemingly irrelevant, it is hated by the woke globalists and it's the focus of angry smear campaigns against it and its president, Viktor Orbán. Yet at the same time, it's praised as a global leader for freedom and as a model of conservative values.</p> <p>So there must be a lot going on with Hungary that we should understand. I see it as a microcosm for the political and economic conflict in the greater world.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">So to dig into this, I'm back with Shea Bradley-Farrell, PhD, who is president of <a href= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education</a> and is an expert in foreign policy, national security, and international development, and has also spent a great deal of time thinking about, studying, and traveling to Hungary.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Why is Hungary such a target of the left yet so appreciated by the right?</p> <p>Listen in and Find Out:</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="110096640" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS194_2024_02_07_Farrell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>261</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Hungary is a small country with less than 10 million people, landlocked in the middle of Europe. Seemingly irrelevant, it is hated by the woke globalists and it's the focus of angry smear campaigns against it and its president, Viktor Orbán. Yet at the same time, it's praised as a global leader for freedom and as a model of conservative values. So there must be a lot going on with Hungary that we should understand. I see it as a microcosm for the political and economic conflict in the greater world. So to dig into this, I'm back with Shea Bradley-Farrell, PhD, who is president of Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education and is an expert in foreign policy, national security, and international development, and has also spent a great deal of time thinking about, studying, and traveling to Hungary. Why is Hungary such a target of the left yet so appreciated by the right? Listen in and Find Out:</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Hungary is a small country with less than 10 million people, landlocked in the middle of Europe. Seemingly irrelevant, it is hated by the woke globalists and it's the focus of angry smear campaigns against it and its president, Viktor Orbán. Yet at the same time, it's praised as a global leader for freedom and as a model of conservative values. So there must be a lot going on with Hungary that we should understand. I see it as a microcosm for the political and economic conflict in the greater world. So to dig into this, I'm back with Shea Bradley-Farrell, PhD, who is president of Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education and is an expert in foreign policy, national security, and international development, and has also spent a great deal of time thinking about, studying, and traveling to Hungary. Why is Hungary such a target of the left yet so appreciated by the right? Listen in and Find Out:</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 260: How do we know what we think we know is true? with Jim Agresti</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 260: How do we know what we think we know is true? with Jim Agresti</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jan 2024 15:18:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7b229cf8-1e2e-445a-9769-e12e699d2797]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/how-do-we-know-what-we-think-we-know-is-true-with-jim-agresti]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p>In this age of fake news, disinformation, shadow banning and government agencies like CISA aiming to manipulate what it calls our "cognitive infrastructure" it is hard to answer this question. </p> </div> <p>To explore how we can go about finding what's true and what is not,  Jim Agresti, the founder of <a href= "https://www.justfacts.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">Just Facts</a>, returns to help clarify our thinking. </p> <p><strong>Just Facts</strong> is an institute dedicated to publishing facts about public policies and teaching research skills using exacting Standards of Credibility to determine what constitutes a fact and what does not. The vision of Just Facts is to equip people with facts "to make truly informed decisions. This means facts that accurately and fully convey reality—not pseudo-facts, half-truths, or talking points."</p> <p>"Do you have the information you need to make quality decisions in your life and in the voting booth? You can rarely get the full picture of what something is about from an 800-word news article or commentary. You have to dig much deeper," explains Jim.</p> <p>In this episode we talk about Just Facts exacting <strong>Standards of Credibility</strong> that is uses to produce research that is accurate and truly informative. Here's a summary:</p> <ul> <li> <p><strong>Comprehensiveness</strong>: It's a simple thing to distort reality by selecting only facts that align with partisan views while ignoring others. Half the truth can amount to a total lie.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Primary Sources</strong> means identifying credible primary sources instead of secondary ones that often reflect an "interpretation" of the facts instead of the actual facts. </p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Rigorous Documentation</strong> means documenting facts far more thoroughly than academic standards require, footnoting every fact with creditable sources, and citing quotations or data exactly. Harvard's Claudine Gay should have consulted with Jim. </p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Raw Data</strong> presents data in its rawest comprehensible form to safeguard against data corrupted by errors, rhetorical mischaracterizations, or statistical manipulation. </p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Verification</strong> uses different sources, methodologies, and calculations to double-check verifiable facts. If they'd done this, NASA wouldn't have lost a Mars Climate Orbiter because they mixed up metric and English units when coding the mission software.</p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Clarity</strong> means using language that is precise and unambiguous in order to minimize the potential for misinterpretation. </p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Balance</strong>: In this age of raging partisanship, almost no one does comprehensive accuracy or tries to balance views. Instead, sound bites are laced with rhetoric and misinformation, and opposing views given short shrift. </p> </li> </ul> <p>Of course, not everyone is interested in a disinterested discussion rooted in a dispassionate comparison of facts. </p> <p>Vladimir Lenin - and most all on the Left who have followed him - said that "moral and factual considerations are irrelevant when it comes to how to sway the public most effectively. Our morality is entirely subordinated to our interest of advancing communism."</p> <blockquote> <p><strong>So the question we have to ask is: even if we know what's factual and true does it matter in today's world of raw power politics? </strong></p> </blockquote> <p>Listen in to decide for yourself. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this age of fake news, disinformation, shadow banning and government agencies like CISA aiming to manipulate what it calls our "cognitive infrastructure" it is hard to answer this question. </p> <p>To explore how we can go about finding what's true and what is not, Jim Agresti, the founder of <a href= "https://www.justfacts.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">Just Facts</a>, returns to help clarify our thinking. </p> <p>Just Facts is an institute dedicated to publishing facts about public policies and teaching research skills using exacting Standards of Credibility to determine what constitutes a fact and what does not. The vision of Just Facts is to equip people with facts "to make truly informed decisions. This means facts that accurately and fully convey reality—not pseudo-facts, half-truths, or talking points."</p> <p>"Do you have the information you need to make quality decisions in your life and in the voting booth? You can rarely get the full picture of what something is about from an 800-word news article or commentary. You have to dig much deeper," explains Jim.</p> <p>In this episode we talk about Just Facts exacting Standards of Credibility that is uses to produce research that is accurate and truly informative. Here's a summary:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Comprehensiveness: It's a simple thing to distort reality by selecting only facts that align with partisan views while ignoring others. Half the truth can amount to a total lie.</p> </li> <li> <p>Primary Sources means identifying credible primary sources instead of secondary ones that often reflect an "interpretation" of the facts instead of the actual facts. </p> </li> <li> <p>Rigorous Documentation means documenting facts far more thoroughly than academic standards require, footnoting every fact with creditable sources, and citing quotations or data exactly. Harvard's Claudine Gay should have consulted with Jim. </p> </li> <li> <p>Raw Data presents data in its rawest comprehensible form to safeguard against data corrupted by errors, rhetorical mischaracterizations, or statistical manipulation. </p> </li> <li> <p>Verification uses different sources, methodologies, and calculations to double-check verifiable facts. If they'd done this, NASA wouldn't have lost a Mars Climate Orbiter because they mixed up metric and English units when coding the mission software.</p> </li> <li> <p>Clarity means using language that is precise and unambiguous in order to minimize the potential for misinterpretation. </p> </li> <li> <p>Balance: In this age of raging partisanship, almost no one does comprehensive accuracy or tries to balance views. Instead, sound bites are laced with rhetoric and misinformation, and opposing views given short shrift. </p> </li> </ul> <p>Of course, not everyone is interested in a disinterested discussion rooted in a dispassionate comparison of facts. </p> <p>Vladimir Lenin - and most all on the Left who have followed him - said that "moral and factual considerations are irrelevant when it comes to how to sway the public most effectively. Our morality is entirely subordinated to our interest of advancing communism."</p> <p>So the question we have to ask is: even if we know what's factual and true does it matter in today's world of raw power politics? </p> <p>Listen in to decide for yourself. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="84564807" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_-_Jim_Agresti_Final.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>260</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this age of fake news, disinformation, shadow banning and government agencies like CISA aiming to manipulate what it calls our "cognitive infrastructure" it is hard to answer this question.  To explore how we can go about finding what's true and what is not,  Jim Agresti, the founder of Just Facts, returns to help clarify our thinking.  Just Facts is an institute dedicated to publishing facts about public policies and teaching research skills using exacting Standards of Credibility to determine what constitutes a fact and what does not. The vision of Just Facts is to equip people with facts "to make truly informed decisions. This means facts that accurately and fully convey reality—not pseudo-facts, half-truths, or talking points." "Do you have the information you need to make quality decisions in your life and in the voting booth? You can rarely get the full picture of what something is about from an 800-word news article or commentary. You have to dig much deeper," explains Jim. In this episode we talk about Just Facts exacting Standards of Credibility that is uses to produce research that is accurate and truly informative. Here's a summary: Comprehensiveness: It's a simple thing to distort reality by selecting only facts that align with partisan views while ignoring others. Half the truth can amount to a total lie. Primary Sources means identifying credible primary sources instead of secondary ones that often reflect an "interpretation" of the facts instead of the actual facts.  Rigorous Documentation means documenting facts far more thoroughly than academic standards require, footnoting every fact with creditable sources, and citing quotations or data exactly. Harvard's Claudine Gay should have consulted with Jim.  Raw Data presents data in its rawest comprehensible form to safeguard against data corrupted by errors, rhetorical mischaracterizations, or statistical manipulation.  Verification uses different sources, methodologies, and calculations to double-check verifiable facts. If they'd done this, NASA wouldn't have lost a Mars Climate Orbiter because they mixed up metric and English units when coding the mission software. Clarity means using language that is precise and unambiguous in order to minimize the potential for misinterpretation.  Balance: In this age of raging partisanship, almost no one does comprehensive accuracy or tries to balance views. Instead, sound bites are laced with rhetoric and misinformation, and opposing views given short shrift.  Of course, not everyone is interested in a disinterested discussion rooted in a dispassionate comparison of facts.  Vladimir Lenin - and most all on the Left who have followed him - said that "moral and factual considerations are irrelevant when it comes to how to sway the public most effectively. Our morality is entirely subordinated to our interest of advancing communism." So the question we have to ask is: even if we know what's factual and true does it matter in today's world of raw power politics?  Listen in to decide for yourself. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this age of fake news, disinformation, shadow banning and government agencies like CISA aiming to manipulate what it calls our "cognitive infrastructure" it is hard to answer this question.  To explore how we can go about finding what's true and what is not,  Jim Agresti, the founder of Just Facts, returns to help clarify our thinking.  Just Facts is an institute dedicated to publishing facts about public policies and teaching research skills using exacting Standards of Credibility to determine what constitutes a fact and what does not. The vision of Just Facts is to equip people with facts "to make truly informed decisions. This means facts that accurately and fully convey reality—not pseudo-facts, half-truths, or talking points." "Do you have the information you need to make quality decisions in your life and in the voting booth? You can rarely get the full picture of what something is about from an 800-word news article or commentary. You have to dig much deeper," explains Jim. In this episode we talk about Just Facts exacting Standards of Credibility that is uses to produce research that is accurate and truly informative. Here's a summary: Comprehensiveness: It's a simple thing to distort reality by selecting only facts that align with partisan views while ignoring others. Half the truth can amount to a total lie. Primary Sources means identifying credible primary sources instead of secondary ones that often reflect an "interpretation" of the facts instead of the actual facts.  Rigorous Documentation means documenting facts far more thoroughly than academic standards require, footnoting every fact with creditable sources, and citing quotations or data exactly. Harvard's Claudine Gay should have consulted with Jim.  Raw Data presents data in its rawest comprehensible form to safeguard against data corrupted by errors, rhetorical mischaracterizations, or statistical manipulation.  Verification uses different sources, methodologies, and calculations to double-check verifiable facts. If they'd done this, NASA wouldn't have lost a Mars Climate Orbiter because they mixed up metric and English units when coding the mission software. Clarity means using language that is precise and unambiguous in order to minimize the potential for misinterpretation.  Balance: In this age of raging partisanship, almost no one does comprehensive accuracy or tries to balance views. Instead, sound bites are laced with rhetoric and misinformation, and opposing views given short shrift.  Of course, not everyone is interested in a disinterested discussion rooted in a dispassionate comparison of facts.  Vladimir Lenin - and most all on the Left who have followed him - said that "moral and factual considerations are irrelevant when it comes to how to sway the public most effectively. Our morality is entirely subordinated to our interest of advancing communism." So the question we have to ask is: even if we know what's factual and true does it matter in today's world of raw power politics?  Listen in to decide for yourself. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 259: The Virtues and Beauties of Freedom with Jeffrey Tucker</title>
      <itunes:title>The Virtues and Beauties of Freedom with Jeffrey Tucker</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 13:06:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[efe6970c-5bd9-4ef8-98d3-f312f6f6a014]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-259-the-virtues-and-beauties-of-freedom-with-jeffrey-tucker]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]"><strong>When Javier Milei was elected president of Argentina in November, Argentinians empowered the first self-proclaimed "anarcho capitalist" as a head of state in modern history.</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">It's a wild, even dangerous sounding term and almost no one knows what it means. So in this episode, Jeffrey Tucker and I dig into what Javier Milei and the philosophy of anarcho capitalism are all about.</p> <p>Jeffrey, a brilliant and prolific author and founder of the <a href="https://brownstone.org/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">Brownstone Institute</a> was a protege of Murray Rothbard, the economist who developed the ideas and coined the term.</p> <p>Javier Milei campaigned by bluntly declaring the failures of socialism, communism, fascism, central planning, and political despotism over society. His push for free-market reforms was backed up by his 20 years as a university professor of economics, with two master's degrees in economics and author of more than 50 academic papers and myriad books on the matter.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">He celebrates the virtues and beauties of freedom itself, how business needs to be free of regulations, the critical interrelationship between private property and freedom and the enforcement of property rights at all levels of society.</p> <p>He believes that society doesn't require an entrenched entity of legalized compulsion and coercion called the <strong><em>State</em></strong> in order to provide these things. An astonishing and bold claim.</p> <p>Yet he won convincingly with almost 56% of the vote and his victory has sent shock waves through the political establishment, not only in Argentina, but throughout Latin America.</p> <p>Milei now faces the daunting task of taming out of control inflation (Argentina's year-on-year inflation rate hit a staggering 142 percent during election week), a bloated self dealing administrative state, a corrupted court system and an entrenched elite opposition that's determined to preserve its power and prerogatives. </p> <blockquote> <p>"How does one man take all this on?"asks Jeffrey. "We don't really know the answer to this question. No leader of a Western democratic developed nation has ever attempted a full-scale routing of a corrupted establishment on this level."</p> </blockquote> <p>Milei's wasting no time. Forty-eight hours after taking office on December 10th he unveiled measures to cut public spending by 3% of GDP. He devalued the peso, pledged to slash subsidies, and eliminated nine of 18 government ministries. One week later he decreed that state-owned companies would be privatized, price controls would be eliminated, and labour laws reformed.</p> <p><strong>Of course we're now seeing headlines like this one in The Economist: <em>The fightback against Javier Milei's radical reforms has begun.</em> Argentina's powerful trade unions are preparing to strike on January 24<sup>th</sup></strong></p> <p>Our hope is that Mr. Milei is just the beginning of a movement that could spread throughout the world. People are fed up and are ready for a radical new agenda to stop the relentless march of the forces of tyranny in Western nations.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">When Javier Milei was elected president of Argentina in November, Argentinians empowered the first self-proclaimed "anarcho capitalist" as a head of state in modern history.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">It's a wild, even dangerous sounding term and almost no one knows what it means. So in this episode, Jeffrey Tucker and I dig into what Javier Milei and the philosophy of anarcho capitalism are all about.</p> <p>Jeffrey, a brilliant and prolific author and founder of the <a href="https://brownstone.org/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">Brownstone Institute</a> was a protege of Murray Rothbard, the economist who developed the ideas and coined the term.</p> <p>Javier Milei campaigned by bluntly declaring the failures of socialism, communism, fascism, central planning, and political despotism over society. His push for free-market reforms was backed up by his 20 years as a university professor of economics, with two master's degrees in economics and author of more than 50 academic papers and myriad books on the matter.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">He celebrates the virtues and beauties of freedom itself, how business needs to be free of regulations, the critical interrelationship between private property and freedom and the enforcement of property rights at all levels of society.</p> <p>He believes that society doesn't require an entrenched entity of legalized compulsion and coercion called the <em>State</em> in order to provide these things. An astonishing and bold claim.</p> <p>Yet he won convincingly with almost 56% of the vote and his victory has sent shock waves through the political establishment, not only in Argentina, but throughout Latin America.</p> <p>Milei now faces the daunting task of taming out of control inflation (Argentina's year-on-year inflation rate hit a staggering 142 percent during election week), a bloated self dealing administrative state, a corrupted court system and an entrenched elite opposition that's determined to preserve its power and prerogatives. </p> <p>"How does one man take all this on?"asks Jeffrey. "We don't really know the answer to this question. No leader of a Western democratic developed nation has ever attempted a full-scale routing of a corrupted establishment on this level."</p> <p>Milei's wasting no time. Forty-eight hours after taking office on December 10th he unveiled measures to cut public spending by 3% of GDP. He devalued the peso, pledged to slash subsidies, and eliminated nine of 18 government ministries. One week later he decreed that state-owned companies would be privatized, price controls would be eliminated, and labour laws reformed.</p> <p>Of course we're now seeing headlines like this one in The Economist: <em>The fightback against Javier Milei's radical reforms has begun.</em> Argentina's powerful trade unions are preparing to strike on January 24th</p> <p>Our hope is that Mr. Milei is just the beginning of a movement that could spread throughout the world. People are fed up and are ready for a radical new agenda to stop the relentless march of the forces of tyranny in Western nations.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="43352114" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Jeffrey_Tucker_w__Intro.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>When Javier Milei was elected president of Argentina in November, Argentinians empowered the first self-proclaimed "anarcho capitalist" as a head of state in modern history. It's a wild, even dangerous sounding term and almost no one knows what it means. So in this episode, Jeffrey Tucker and I dig into what Javier Milei and the philosophy of anarcho capitalism are all about. Jeffrey, a brilliant and prolific author and founder of the Brownstone Institute was a protege of Murray Rothbard, the economist who developed the ideas and coined the term. Javier Milei campaigned by bluntly declaring the failures of socialism, communism, fascism, central planning, and political despotism over society. His push for free-market reforms was backed up by his 20 years as a university professor of economics, with two master's degrees in economics and author of more than 50 academic papers and myriad books on the matter. He celebrates the virtues and beauties of freedom itself, how business needs to be free of regulations, the critical interrelationship between private property and freedom and the enforcement of property rights at all levels of society. He believes that society doesn't require an entrenched entity of legalized compulsion and coercion called the State in order to provide these things. An astonishing and bold claim. Yet he won convincingly with almost 56% of the vote and his victory has sent shock waves through the political establishment, not only in Argentina, but throughout Latin America. Milei now faces the daunting task of taming out of control inflation (Argentina's year-on-year inflation rate hit a staggering 142 percent during election week), a bloated self dealing administrative state, a corrupted court system and an entrenched elite opposition that's determined to preserve its power and prerogatives.  "How does one man take all this on?"asks Jeffrey. "We don't really know the answer to this question. No leader of a Western democratic developed nation has ever attempted a full-scale routing of a corrupted establishment on this level." Milei's wasting no time. Forty-eight hours after taking office on December 10th he unveiled measures to cut public spending by 3% of GDP. He devalued the peso, pledged to slash subsidies, and eliminated nine of 18 government ministries. One week later he decreed that state-owned companies would be privatized, price controls would be eliminated, and labour laws reformed. Of course we're now seeing headlines like this one in The Economist: The fightback against Javier Milei's radical reforms has begun. Argentina's powerful trade unions are preparing to strike on January 24th Our hope is that Mr. Milei is just the beginning of a movement that could spread throughout the world. People are fed up and are ready for a radical new agenda to stop the relentless march of the forces of tyranny in Western nations.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>When Javier Milei was elected president of Argentina in November, Argentinians empowered the first self-proclaimed "anarcho capitalist" as a head of state in modern history. It's a wild, even dangerous sounding term and almost no one knows what it means. So in this episode, Jeffrey Tucker and I dig into what Javier Milei and the philosophy of anarcho capitalism are all about. Jeffrey, a brilliant and prolific author and founder of the Brownstone Institute was a protege of Murray Rothbard, the economist who developed the ideas and coined the term. Javier Milei campaigned by bluntly declaring the failures of socialism, communism, fascism, central planning, and political despotism over society. His push for free-market reforms was backed up by his 20 years as a university professor of economics, with two master's degrees in economics and author of more than 50 academic papers and myriad books on the matter. He celebrates the virtues and beauties of freedom itself, how business needs to be free of regulations, the critical interrelationship between private property and freedom and the enforcement of property rights at all levels of society. He believes that society doesn't require an entrenched entity of legalized compulsion and coercion called the State in order to provide these things. An astonishing and bold claim. Yet he won convincingly with almost 56% of the vote and his victory has sent shock waves through the political establishment, not only in Argentina, but throughout Latin America. Milei now faces the daunting task of taming out of control inflation (Argentina's year-on-year inflation rate hit a staggering 142 percent during election week), a bloated self dealing administrative state, a corrupted court system and an entrenched elite opposition that's determined to preserve its power and prerogatives.  "How does one man take all this on?"asks Jeffrey. "We don't really know the answer to this question. No leader of a Western democratic developed nation has ever attempted a full-scale routing of a corrupted establishment on this level." Milei's wasting no time. Forty-eight hours after taking office on December 10th he unveiled measures to cut public spending by 3% of GDP. He devalued the peso, pledged to slash subsidies, and eliminated nine of 18 government ministries. One week later he decreed that state-owned companies would be privatized, price controls would be eliminated, and labour laws reformed. Of course we're now seeing headlines like this one in The Economist: The fightback against Javier Milei's radical reforms has begun. Argentina's powerful trade unions are preparing to strike on January 24th Our hope is that Mr. Milei is just the beginning of a movement that could spread throughout the world. People are fed up and are ready for a radical new agenda to stop the relentless march of the forces of tyranny in Western nations.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 258: Natural Asset Companies: A Scheme to Profit From the "Degrowth" Agenda with Margaret Byfield</title>
      <itunes:title>Natural Asset Companies: A Scheme to Profit From the "Degrowth" Agenda with Margaret Byfield</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jan 2024 11:24:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[461aa0c9-e559-411e-bf7a-c1786f6011b2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-258-natural-asset-companies-a-scheme-to-profit-from-the-degrowth-agenda-with-margaret-byfield]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">On September 27, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange and the Intrinsic Exchange Group submitted a proposal to the Securities and Exchange Commission to create a new type of company called a <strong>"Natural Asset Company"</strong>, or "NAC" whose primary purpose would be to manage and grow so-called <strong>"ecosystem services"</strong> on land throughout the United States.</p> <p>NACs would be empowered to manage every type of property:  federal, state, and private land, including conservation easements to maximize their so-called <strong>"ecological value."</strong></p> <p>Critically, what they are not allowed to do is anything considered <strong>"unsustainable"</strong> including: mining, agriculture that uses traditional fertilizers and machinery, managing timberlands, grazing, hunting, and most every type of recreational activity.</p> <p>Instead of maximizing traditional economic value, NACs would put this land off limits from any productive purpose involving oil, gas, coal, yellowcake production, lithium mining and processing, steelmaking and anything else essential to national defense that produces CO2, which is their definition of sustainability. </p> <p>In other words, everything that makes land valuable to ordinary human beings and to America's national security.</p> <p>The goal is to create not only a new kind of company, but also a new asset class that could attract billion of investment dollars, including from global sovereign wealth funds from, say China, Russia, or other nations. <strong><em>(What better way for a foreign adversary to cripple the United States than through locking up America's natural resources without a fight?)</em></strong></p> <p>The greed factor is also front and center in this proposal. By some estimates, trading markets in "natural assets" could reach $100 to $150 trillion with market makers like Black Rock, Goldman Sachs, and big green energy utilities like NextEra, in the thick of the action. </p> <p><strong>If these numbers seem fantastic, consider this new math.</strong></p> <p>Today the value of our existing real economic land assets is estimated to be about $1.5 quadrillion dollars globally. Proponents of these new Natural Assets claim the value of "ecosystem services" to be $5 quadrillion dollars. </p> <p>The problem with this estimate is that you can't get there using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles which measures basic cash flows to describe value and net present value. Instead, it is based on a new accounting system called SEEA EA, invented out of whole cloth by the United Nations, which claim to be able put a monetary value on the ability of NACs to block others from putting land to productive uses. </p> <p><strong>There are massive problems with this accounting system.</strong> </p> <p><strong>There are massive problems with this whole Scheme.</strong> </p> <p>The SEC and the New York Stock Exchange must know this. To avoid scrutiny and opposition, they have put it on an unprecedented fast track for approval. To read the filings, it looks intentionally confusing, and intentionally made to make it difficult to weigh in on. The Intrinsic Exchange Group is partly owned by the New York Stock Exchange and is backed by the Rockefeller Foundation.</p> <p>But one thing is clear: it's their desire to permanently embed the mechanism and monetary values for the disuse of federal lands, easement properties and ultimately private properties in our federal securities laws.  </p> <p>Joining me to unpack this proposal and its underlying agenda, is Margaret Byfield, the Executive Director of <a href= "https://americanstewards.us/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>American Stewards of Liberty</strong></a>, a non-profit organization working to protect private property rights and the liberties they secure.</p> <p>It's going to be very important to take direct action, make comments, reach out to your lawmakers and try to stop NACs from becoming a reality.  </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">On September 27, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange and the Intrinsic Exchange Group submitted a proposal to the Securities and Exchange Commission to create a new type of company called a "Natural Asset Company", or "NAC" whose primary purpose would be to manage and grow so-called "ecosystem services" on land throughout the United States.</p> <p>NACs would be empowered to manage every type of property: federal, state, and private land, including conservation easements to maximize their so-called "ecological value."</p> <p>Critically, what they are not allowed to do is anything considered "unsustainable" including: mining, agriculture that uses traditional fertilizers and machinery, managing timberlands, grazing, hunting, and most every type of recreational activity.</p> <p>Instead of maximizing traditional economic value, NACs would put this land off limits from any productive purpose involving oil, gas, coal, yellowcake production, lithium mining and processing, steelmaking and anything else essential to national defense that produces CO2, which is their definition of sustainability. </p> <p>In other words, everything that makes land valuable to ordinary human beings and to America's national security.</p> <p>The goal is to create not only a new kind of company, but also a new asset class that could attract billion of investment dollars, including from global sovereign wealth funds from, say China, Russia, or other nations. <em>(What better way for a foreign adversary to cripple the United States than through locking up America's natural resources without a fight?)</em></p> <p>The greed factor is also front and center in this proposal. By some estimates, trading markets in "natural assets" could reach $100 to $150 trillion with market makers like Black Rock, Goldman Sachs, and big green energy utilities like NextEra, in the thick of the action. </p> <p>If these numbers seem fantastic, consider this new math.</p> <p>Today the value of our existing real economic land assets is estimated to be about $1.5 quadrillion dollars globally. Proponents of these new Natural Assets claim the value of "ecosystem services" to be $5 quadrillion dollars. </p> <p>The problem with this estimate is that you can't get there using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles which measures basic cash flows to describe value and net present value. Instead, it is based on a new accounting system called SEEA EA, invented out of whole cloth by the United Nations, which claim to be able put a monetary value on the ability of NACs to block others from putting land to productive uses. </p> <p>There are massive problems with this accounting system. </p> <p>There are massive problems with this whole Scheme. </p> <p>The SEC and the New York Stock Exchange must know this. To avoid scrutiny and opposition, they have put it on an unprecedented fast track for approval. To read the filings, it looks intentionally confusing, and intentionally made to make it difficult to weigh in on. The Intrinsic Exchange Group is partly owned by the New York Stock Exchange and is backed by the Rockefeller Foundation.</p> <p>But one thing is clear: it's their desire to permanently embed the mechanism and monetary values for the disuse of federal lands, easement properties and ultimately private properties in our federal securities laws. </p> <p>Joining me to unpack this proposal and its underlying agenda, is Margaret Byfield, the Executive Director of <a href= "https://americanstewards.us/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">American Stewards of Liberty</a>, a non-profit organization working to protect private property rights and the liberties they secure.</p> <p>It's going to be very important to take direct action, make comments, reach out to your lawmakers and try to stop NACs from becoming a reality. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="80843203" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_-_Margaret_Byfield_Audio.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>258</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On September 27, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange and the Intrinsic Exchange Group submitted a proposal to the Securities and Exchange Commission to create a new type of company called a "Natural Asset Company", or "NAC" whose primary purpose would be to manage and grow so-called "ecosystem services" on land throughout the United States. NACs would be empowered to manage every type of property:  federal, state, and private land, including conservation easements to maximize their so-called "ecological value." Critically, what they are not allowed to do is anything considered "unsustainable" including: mining, agriculture that uses traditional fertilizers and machinery, managing timberlands, grazing, hunting, and most every type of recreational activity. Instead of maximizing traditional economic value, NACs would put this land off limits from any productive purpose involving oil, gas, coal, yellowcake production, lithium mining and processing, steelmaking and anything else essential to national defense that produces CO2, which is their definition of sustainability.  In other words, everything that makes land valuable to ordinary human beings and to America's national security. The goal is to create not only a new kind of company, but also a new asset class that could attract billion of investment dollars, including from global sovereign wealth funds from, say China, Russia, or other nations. (What better way for a foreign adversary to cripple the United States than through locking up America's natural resources without a fight?) The greed factor is also front and center in this proposal. By some estimates, trading markets in "natural assets" could reach $100 to $150 trillion with market makers like Black Rock, Goldman Sachs, and big green energy utilities like NextEra, in the thick of the action.  If these numbers seem fantastic, consider this new math. Today the value of our existing real economic land assets is estimated to be about $1.5 quadrillion dollars globally. Proponents of these new Natural Assets claim the value of "ecosystem services" to be $5 quadrillion dollars.  The problem with this estimate is that you can't get there using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles which measures basic cash flows to describe value and net present value. Instead, it is based on a new accounting system called SEEA EA, invented out of whole cloth by the United Nations, which claim to be able put a monetary value on the ability of NACs to block others from putting land to productive uses.  There are massive problems with this accounting system.  There are massive problems with this whole Scheme.  The SEC and the New York Stock Exchange must know this. To avoid scrutiny and opposition, they have put it on an unprecedented fast track for approval. To read the filings, it looks intentionally confusing, and intentionally made to make it difficult to weigh in on. The Intrinsic Exchange Group is partly owned by the New York Stock Exchange and is backed by the Rockefeller Foundation. But one thing is clear: it's their desire to permanently embed the mechanism and monetary values for the disuse of federal lands, easement properties and ultimately private properties in our federal securities laws.   Joining me to unpack this proposal and its underlying agenda, is Margaret Byfield, the Executive Director of American Stewards of Liberty, a non-profit organization working to protect private property rights and the liberties they secure. It's going to be very important to take direct action, make comments, reach out to your lawmakers and try to stop NACs from becoming a reality.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On September 27, 2023, the New York Stock Exchange and the Intrinsic Exchange Group submitted a proposal to the Securities and Exchange Commission to create a new type of company called a "Natural Asset Company", or "NAC" whose primary purpose would be to manage and grow so-called "ecosystem services" on land throughout the United States. NACs would be empowered to manage every type of property:  federal, state, and private land, including conservation easements to maximize their so-called "ecological value." Critically, what they are not allowed to do is anything considered "unsustainable" including: mining, agriculture that uses traditional fertilizers and machinery, managing timberlands, grazing, hunting, and most every type of recreational activity. Instead of maximizing traditional economic value, NACs would put this land off limits from any productive purpose involving oil, gas, coal, yellowcake production, lithium mining and processing, steelmaking and anything else essential to national defense that produces CO2, which is their definition of sustainability.  In other words, everything that makes land valuable to ordinary human beings and to America's national security. The goal is to create not only a new kind of company, but also a new asset class that could attract billion of investment dollars, including from global sovereign wealth funds from, say China, Russia, or other nations. (What better way for a foreign adversary to cripple the United States than through locking up America's natural resources without a fight?) The greed factor is also front and center in this proposal. By some estimates, trading markets in "natural assets" could reach $100 to $150 trillion with market makers like Black Rock, Goldman Sachs, and big green energy utilities like NextEra, in the thick of the action.  If these numbers seem fantastic, consider this new math. Today the value of our existing real economic land assets is estimated to be about $1.5 quadrillion dollars globally. Proponents of these new Natural Assets claim the value of "ecosystem services" to be $5 quadrillion dollars.  The problem with this estimate is that you can't get there using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles which measures basic cash flows to describe value and net present value. Instead, it is based on a new accounting system called SEEA EA, invented out of whole cloth by the United Nations, which claim to be able put a monetary value on the ability of NACs to block others from putting land to productive uses.  There are massive problems with this accounting system.  There are massive problems with this whole Scheme.  The SEC and the New York Stock Exchange must know this. To avoid scrutiny and opposition, they have put it on an unprecedented fast track for approval. To read the filings, it looks intentionally confusing, and intentionally made to make it difficult to weigh in on. The Intrinsic Exchange Group is partly owned by the New York Stock Exchange and is backed by the Rockefeller Foundation. But one thing is clear: it's their desire to permanently embed the mechanism and monetary values for the disuse of federal lands, easement properties and ultimately private properties in our federal securities laws.   Joining me to unpack this proposal and its underlying agenda, is Margaret Byfield, the Executive Director of American Stewards of Liberty, a non-profit organization working to protect private property rights and the liberties they secure. It's going to be very important to take direct action, make comments, reach out to your lawmakers and try to stop NACs from becoming a reality.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 257: Biden's Foreign Policy Team Staggers into 2024 with Brandon Wiechert</title>
      <itunes:title>Biden's Foreign Policy Team Staggers into 2024 with Brandon Wiechert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2024 21:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e7891d20-d2cc-4997-b239-1877fc98104b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-257-bidens-foreign-policy-team-staggers-into-2024-with-brandon-wiechert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<blockquote data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p><strong><em>Is 2024 going to be the year that determines whether the United States remains as the global superpower or whether it truly becomes a declining power surrounded by rising powers, especially China?</em></strong></p> </blockquote> <p>Lots of strong views in this episode as Brandon Weichert again joins The Bill Walton Show to discuss geopolitics and national security. It's filled with some dire warnings, as well as gallows humor. At one point during the conversation we wondered whether we'd need to put a warning label on the episode:</p> <p>"Beware gloomy scenarios. This is dire, children."</p> <p>Just some of conversation: </p> <ul> <li> <p>The Houthi in Yemen have been lobbing every sort of drone and missile at shipping in the Red Sea. They're also attacking US bases. And of course, we know they're backed by Iran, and we haven't responded, leading us towards a potential 21<sup>st</sup>Century Suez Canal crisis.</p> </li> <li> <p>Biden, like his former boss, Obama, very badly wants to have an appeasement or accommodation to make a deal with Iran. There are deep and dark reasons for this that Brandon reveals in detail. </p> </li> <li> <p>If we don't respond, it's likely the Israelis will, leading to a full scale conflagration in the region, drawing in dozens of participants, each with multiple and conflicting interests.</p> </li> <li> <p>From the beginning, the odds of Ukraine defeating Russia were vanishingly small, and it now looks like if they haven't already lost the war, they certainly are not going to win. Congress is likely to pull the plug on more money, further sealing their fate. How does that play out?</p> </li> <li> <p>Brandon's new book titled "A Disaster of Our Own Making" is about US diplomatic blunders. The Ukraine/Russia conflict was never a morality tale. It's about interests. When will Zelensky depart the stage? Is he a tragic figure?</p> </li> <li> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]"> <strong>Brandon's Amazon author page is</strong> <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/stores/Brandon-J.-Weichert/author/B08JQKR3QN?ref=ap_rdr&isDramIntegrated=true&shoppingPortalEnabled=true" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>here</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p> </li> <li> <p>Why chaos is a ladder for China's interests.</p> </li> <li> <p>Homeland Secretary Mayorkas tells us border crossing "immigrants are fleeing climate change"</p> </li> <li> <p>The United States Space Force is now headed by a man who dresses as a woman.</p> </li> <li> <p>Our genius strategists ( Joe Biden, Jake Sullivan, Victoria Nuland and Tony Blinken) are thinking about seizing Russian dollar assets to the tune of almost $300 billion, jeopardizing the dollar's reserve currency status.</p> </li> </ul> <p>There's much more in this lively conversation, yet we do manage to end on a positive note. </p> <blockquote> <p><strong>"The problems we face are massive--and growing--and while a new president will not solve all our ills, many of these foreign policy crises will be resolved if we get the right POTUS in November."</strong></p> </blockquote> <p>Would love to get your thoughts about this episode. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Is 2024 going to be the year that determines whether the United States remains as the global superpower or whether it truly becomes a declining power surrounded by rising powers, especially China?</em></p> <p>Lots of strong views in this episode as Brandon Weichert again joins The Bill Walton Show to discuss geopolitics and national security. It's filled with some dire warnings, as well as gallows humor. At one point during the conversation we wondered whether we'd need to put a warning label on the episode:</p> <p>"Beware gloomy scenarios. This is dire, children."</p> <p>Just some of conversation: </p> <ul> <li> <p>The Houthi in Yemen have been lobbing every sort of drone and missile at shipping in the Red Sea. They're also attacking US bases. And of course, we know they're backed by Iran, and we haven't responded, leading us towards a potential 21stCentury Suez Canal crisis.</p> </li> <li> <p>Biden, like his former boss, Obama, very badly wants to have an appeasement or accommodation to make a deal with Iran. There are deep and dark reasons for this that Brandon reveals in detail. </p> </li> <li> <p>If we don't respond, it's likely the Israelis will, leading to a full scale conflagration in the region, drawing in dozens of participants, each with multiple and conflicting interests.</p> </li> <li> <p>From the beginning, the odds of Ukraine defeating Russia were vanishingly small, and it now looks like if they haven't already lost the war, they certainly are not going to win. Congress is likely to pull the plug on more money, further sealing their fate. How does that play out?</p> </li> <li> <p>Brandon's new book titled "A Disaster of Our Own Making" is about US diplomatic blunders. The Ukraine/Russia conflict was never a morality tale. It's about interests. When will Zelensky depart the stage? Is he a tragic figure?</p> </li> <li> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]"> Brandon's Amazon author page is <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/stores/Brandon-J.-Weichert/author/B08JQKR3QN?ref=ap_rdr&isDramIntegrated=true&shoppingPortalEnabled=true" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">here</a>.</p> </li> <li> <p>Why chaos is a ladder for China's interests.</p> </li> <li> <p>Homeland Secretary Mayorkas tells us border crossing "immigrants are fleeing climate change"</p> </li> <li> <p>The United States Space Force is now headed by a man who dresses as a woman.</p> </li> <li> <p>Our genius strategists ( Joe Biden, Jake Sullivan, Victoria Nuland and Tony Blinken) are thinking about seizing Russian dollar assets to the tune of almost $300 billion, jeopardizing the dollar's reserve currency status.</p> </li> </ul> <p>There's much more in this lively conversation, yet we do manage to end on a positive note. </p> <p>"The problems we face are massive--and growing--and while a new president will not solve all our ills, many of these foreign policy crises will be resolved if we get the right POTUS in November."</p> <p>Would love to get your thoughts about this episode. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="86077901" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_-_Brandon_W_Edit_v2.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>257</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Is 2024 going to be the year that determines whether the United States remains as the global superpower or whether it truly becomes a declining power surrounded by rising powers, especially China? Lots of strong views in this episode as Brandon Weichert again joins The Bill Walton Show to discuss geopolitics and national security. It's filled with some dire warnings, as well as gallows humor. At one point during the conversation we wondered whether we'd need to put a warning label on the episode: "Beware gloomy scenarios. This is dire, children." Just some of conversation:  The Houthi in Yemen have been lobbing every sort of drone and missile at shipping in the Red Sea. They're also attacking US bases. And of course, we know they're backed by Iran, and we haven't responded, leading us towards a potential 21stCentury Suez Canal crisis. Biden, like his former boss, Obama, very badly wants to have an appeasement or accommodation to make a deal with Iran. There are deep and dark reasons for this that Brandon reveals in detail.  If we don't respond, it's likely the Israelis will, leading to a full scale conflagration in the region, drawing in dozens of participants, each with multiple and conflicting interests. From the beginning, the odds of Ukraine defeating Russia were vanishingly small, and it now looks like if they haven't already lost the war, they certainly are not going to win. Congress is likely to pull the plug on more money, further sealing their fate. How does that play out? Brandon's new book titled "A Disaster of Our Own Making" is about US diplomatic blunders. The Ukraine/Russia conflict was never a morality tale. It's about interests. When will Zelensky depart the stage? Is he a tragic figure? Brandon's Amazon author page is here. Why chaos is a ladder for China's interests. Homeland Secretary Mayorkas tells us border crossing "immigrants are fleeing climate change" The United States Space Force is now headed by a man who dresses as a woman. Our genius strategists ( Joe Biden, Jake Sullivan, Victoria Nuland and Tony Blinken) are thinking about seizing Russian dollar assets to the tune of almost $300 billion, jeopardizing the dollar's reserve currency status. There's much more in this lively conversation, yet we do manage to end on a positive note.  "The problems we face are massive--and growing--and while a new president will not solve all our ills, many of these foreign policy crises will be resolved if we get the right POTUS in November." Would love to get your thoughts about this episode. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Is 2024 going to be the year that determines whether the United States remains as the global superpower or whether it truly becomes a declining power surrounded by rising powers, especially China? Lots of strong views in this episode as Brandon Weichert again joins The Bill Walton Show to discuss geopolitics and national security. It's filled with some dire warnings, as well as gallows humor. At one point during the conversation we wondered whether we'd need to put a warning label on the episode: "Beware gloomy scenarios. This is dire, children." Just some of conversation:  The Houthi in Yemen have been lobbing every sort of drone and missile at shipping in the Red Sea. They're also attacking US bases. And of course, we know they're backed by Iran, and we haven't responded, leading us towards a potential 21stCentury Suez Canal crisis. Biden, like his former boss, Obama, very badly wants to have an appeasement or accommodation to make a deal with Iran. There are deep and dark reasons for this that Brandon reveals in detail.  If we don't respond, it's likely the Israelis will, leading to a full scale conflagration in the region, drawing in dozens of participants, each with multiple and conflicting interests. From the beginning, the odds of Ukraine defeating Russia were vanishingly small, and it now looks like if they haven't already lost the war, they certainly are not going to win. Congress is likely to pull the plug on more money, further sealing their fate. How does that play out? Brandon's new book titled "A Disaster of Our Own Making" is about US diplomatic blunders. The Ukraine/Russia conflict was never a morality tale. It's about interests. When will Zelensky depart the stage? Is he a tragic figure? Brandon's Amazon author page is here. Why chaos is a ladder for China's interests. Homeland Secretary Mayorkas tells us border crossing "immigrants are fleeing climate change" The United States Space Force is now headed by a man who dresses as a woman. Our genius strategists ( Joe Biden, Jake Sullivan, Victoria Nuland and Tony Blinken) are thinking about seizing Russian dollar assets to the tune of almost $300 billion, jeopardizing the dollar's reserve currency status. There's much more in this lively conversation, yet we do manage to end on a positive note.  "The problems we face are massive--and growing--and while a new president will not solve all our ills, many of these foreign policy crises will be resolved if we get the right POTUS in November." Would love to get your thoughts about this episode. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 256: The Sins of Arrogance and Stupidity are now Visited Upon the Children with Jennifer Sey</title>
      <itunes:title>The Sins of Arrogance and Stupidity are now Visited Upon the Children with Jennifer Sey</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Dec 2023 23:33:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b5539e39-9f87-4996-b7ba-4cf1fafe0a10]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-256-the-sins-of-arrogance-and-stupidity-are-now-visited-upon-the-children-with-jennifer-sey]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">World-class gymnast, author, filmmaker, and next-in-line to become CEO of Levi Strauss, Jennifer Sey talks pandemic-era school lockdowns and the backlash she received for speaking out against the school shutdowns with Bill Walton.</p> <p>Jennifer was a seven-time member of the U.S. Women's National Gymnastics Team and the 1986 U.S. Women's All-Around National Champion. Her transition from the world of sports to the corporate arena saw her rise to a pivotal leadership role at Levi Strauss, contributing significantly to its resurgence. Along the way, she produced a documentary "Athlete A"  and wrote a book "Chalked up"  exposing the abuse of children and young women gymnasts that spurred radical change in the sport.</p> <p>Sey was ostracized in deep blue San Francisco for publicly opposing the closures of schools during the COVID-19 pandemic. She felt compelled to speak out for the children whose development and education were detrimentally affected by the isolation of virtual school.</p> <p>Levi Strauss top management and the board told her to shut up or leave. </p> <p>So she left.</p> <p>"I think what people failed to predict, which I saw from the beginning, societally, we sent children the message that their education was not a priority, that they were not a priority, and in fact, if they missed things like having friends and an everyday life and key milestones, like graduations and football games, they were selfish, horrible people. Imagine what that does to a child's psyche. So, now, the depression, the anxiety persists, not surprisingly, and we're seeing record high levels of absenteeism," Sey said.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">She is now determined to make these effects clear to the American public with a documentary film titled <em>Generation COVID</em>. The documentary will highlight the stories of ten different families and the struggles of their children in the post-pandemic education environment.</p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>The damage to be wreaked upon children by school closures was abundantly clear to many of us at the time.</strong> </p> </div> <p>"But the mainstream outlets like the New York Times vilified any dissenters," reminds Jennifer. "Even renowned doctors, people like Dr. Jay Bhattacharya from Stanford, Martin Kulldorff from Harvard, Sunetra Gupta from Oxford. These are not fringe scientists or fringe epidemiologists, but they were shunned and delegitimized by the mainstream press."</p> <p><strong>Yet seemingly forgetting the principal role it played in keeping the lockdowns in place, we now read this from the New York Times:</strong></p> <blockquote> <p><strong><em>"The evidence is now in, and it is startling," it exclaims. "The school closures that took 50 million children out of classrooms at the start of the pandemic may prove to be the most damaging disruption in the history of American education."</em></strong></p> </blockquote> <p>There's a lot to be answered for here, starting with the amnesiac NYT.</p> <p>This episode is more than just a conversation; it is a call to arms.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">World-class gymnast, author, filmmaker, and next-in-line to become CEO of Levi Strauss, Jennifer Sey talks pandemic-era school lockdowns and the backlash she received for speaking out against the school shutdowns with Bill Walton.</p> <p>Jennifer was a seven-time member of the U.S. Women's National Gymnastics Team and the 1986 U.S. Women's All-Around National Champion. Her transition from the world of sports to the corporate arena saw her rise to a pivotal leadership role at Levi Strauss, contributing significantly to its resurgence. Along the way, she produced a documentary "Athlete A" and wrote a book "Chalked up" exposing the abuse of children and young women gymnasts that spurred radical change in the sport.</p> <p>Sey was ostracized in deep blue San Francisco for publicly opposing the closures of schools during the COVID-19 pandemic. She felt compelled to speak out for the children whose development and education were detrimentally affected by the isolation of virtual school.</p> <p>Levi Strauss top management and the board told her to shut up or leave. </p> <p>So she left.</p> <p>"I think what people failed to predict, which I saw from the beginning, societally, we sent children the message that their education was not a priority, that they were not a priority, and in fact, if they missed things like having friends and an everyday life and key milestones, like graduations and football games, they were selfish, horrible people. Imagine what that does to a child's psyche. So, now, the depression, the anxiety persists, not surprisingly, and we're seeing record high levels of absenteeism," Sey said.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">She is now determined to make these effects clear to the American public with a documentary film titled <em>Generation COVID</em>. The documentary will highlight the stories of ten different families and the struggles of their children in the post-pandemic education environment.</p> <p>The damage to be wreaked upon children by school closures was abundantly clear to many of us at the time. </p> <p>"But the mainstream outlets like the New York Times vilified any dissenters," reminds Jennifer. "Even renowned doctors, people like Dr. Jay Bhattacharya from Stanford, Martin Kulldorff from Harvard, Sunetra Gupta from Oxford. These are not fringe scientists or fringe epidemiologists, but they were shunned and delegitimized by the mainstream press."</p> <p>Yet seemingly forgetting the principal role it played in keeping the lockdowns in place, we now read this from the New York Times:</p> <p><em>"The evidence is now in, and it is startling," it exclaims. "The school closures that took 50 million children out of classrooms at the start of the pandemic may prove to be the most damaging disruption in the history of American education."</em></p> <p>There's a lot to be answered for here, starting with the amnesiac NYT.</p> <p>This episode is more than just a conversation; it is a call to arms.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="52651287" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Jennifer_Sey_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>256</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>World-class gymnast, author, filmmaker, and next-in-line to become CEO of Levi Strauss, Jennifer Sey talks pandemic-era school lockdowns and the backlash she received for speaking out against the school shutdowns with Bill Walton. Jennifer was a seven-time member of the U.S. Women's National Gymnastics Team and the 1986 U.S. Women's All-Around National Champion. Her transition from the world of sports to the corporate arena saw her rise to a pivotal leadership role at Levi Strauss, contributing significantly to its resurgence. Along the way, she produced a documentary "Athlete A"  and wrote a book "Chalked up"  exposing the abuse of children and young women gymnasts that spurred radical change in the sport. Sey was ostracized in deep blue San Francisco for publicly opposing the closures of schools during the COVID-19 pandemic. She felt compelled to speak out for the children whose development and education were detrimentally affected by the isolation of virtual school. Levi Strauss top management and the board told her to shut up or leave.  So she left. "I think what people failed to predict, which I saw from the beginning, societally, we sent children the message that their education was not a priority, that they were not a priority, and in fact, if they missed things like having friends and an everyday life and key milestones, like graduations and football games, they were selfish, horrible people. Imagine what that does to a child's psyche. So, now, the depression, the anxiety persists, not surprisingly, and we're seeing record high levels of absenteeism," Sey said. She is now determined to make these effects clear to the American public with a documentary film titled Generation COVID. The documentary will highlight the stories of ten different families and the struggles of their children in the post-pandemic education environment. The damage to be wreaked upon children by school closures was abundantly clear to many of us at the time.  "But the mainstream outlets like the New York Times vilified any dissenters," reminds Jennifer. "Even renowned doctors, people like Dr. Jay Bhattacharya from Stanford, Martin Kulldorff from Harvard, Sunetra Gupta from Oxford. These are not fringe scientists or fringe epidemiologists, but they were shunned and delegitimized by the mainstream press." Yet seemingly forgetting the principal role it played in keeping the lockdowns in place, we now read this from the New York Times: "The evidence is now in, and it is startling," it exclaims. "The school closures that took 50 million children out of classrooms at the start of the pandemic may prove to be the most damaging disruption in the history of American education." There's a lot to be answered for here, starting with the amnesiac NYT. This episode is more than just a conversation; it is a call to arms.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>World-class gymnast, author, filmmaker, and next-in-line to become CEO of Levi Strauss, Jennifer Sey talks pandemic-era school lockdowns and the backlash she received for speaking out against the school shutdowns with Bill Walton. Jennifer was a seven-time member of the U.S. Women's National Gymnastics Team and the 1986 U.S. Women's All-Around National Champion. Her transition from the world of sports to the corporate arena saw her rise to a pivotal leadership role at Levi Strauss, contributing significantly to its resurgence. Along the way, she produced a documentary "Athlete A"  and wrote a book "Chalked up"  exposing the abuse of children and young women gymnasts that spurred radical change in the sport. Sey was ostracized in deep blue San Francisco for publicly opposing the closures of schools during the COVID-19 pandemic. She felt compelled to speak out for the children whose development and education were detrimentally affected by the isolation of virtual school. Levi Strauss top management and the board told her to shut up or leave.  So she left. "I think what people failed to predict, which I saw from the beginning, societally, we sent children the message that their education was not a priority, that they were not a priority, and in fact, if they missed things like having friends and an everyday life and key milestones, like graduations and football games, they were selfish, horrible people. Imagine what that does to a child's psyche. So, now, the depression, the anxiety persists, not surprisingly, and we're seeing record high levels of absenteeism," Sey said. She is now determined to make these effects clear to the American public with a documentary film titled Generation COVID. The documentary will highlight the stories of ten different families and the struggles of their children in the post-pandemic education environment. The damage to be wreaked upon children by school closures was abundantly clear to many of us at the time.  "But the mainstream outlets like the New York Times vilified any dissenters," reminds Jennifer. "Even renowned doctors, people like Dr. Jay Bhattacharya from Stanford, Martin Kulldorff from Harvard, Sunetra Gupta from Oxford. These are not fringe scientists or fringe epidemiologists, but they were shunned and delegitimized by the mainstream press." Yet seemingly forgetting the principal role it played in keeping the lockdowns in place, we now read this from the New York Times: "The evidence is now in, and it is startling," it exclaims. "The school closures that took 50 million children out of classrooms at the start of the pandemic may prove to be the most damaging disruption in the history of American education." There's a lot to be answered for here, starting with the amnesiac NYT. This episode is more than just a conversation; it is a call to arms.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 255: Surprising Facts About CO2 with Dr William Happer and Gregory Wrightstone</title>
      <itunes:title>Surprising Facts About CO2 with Dr William Happer and Gregory Wrightstone</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 12:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0027e316-9d4e-49a7-9516-50526e817d67]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-255-surprising-facts-about-co2-with-dr-william-happer-and-gregory-wrightstone]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">We're inundated with reports from media, governments, think tanks, and "experts" saying that our climate is changing for the worse, and that it is our fault because of man-made CO2 emissions.  <strong>But despite apocalyptic predictions about climate, our earth, the planet is improving.</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Why? And why aren't we hearing about it?</p> <p>It is possible that Co2 is not a pollutant?</p> <p>Rather, that it's a miracle, and not a curse?</p> <p>In this episode of <a href="http://www.thebillwaltonshow.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>The Bill Walton Show</em></a> Dr. William Happer, Co-Founder and Chair of the CO2 Coalition and Gregory Wrightstone, its Executive Director explain why they believe this to be true. </p> <p>The CO2 Coalition, an independent, non-profit organization, aims to provide scientific facts and data to counter the prevailing narrative on climate change and promote a more balanced understanding of the role of CO2 in the environment. Available scientific facts have persuaded Coalition members that additional CO2 will be a net benefit. </p> <ul> <li> <p>First and foremost, CO2 is plant food. Green plants grow faster with more CO2. CO2 increase is enhancing corn production… a lot.</p> </li> <li> <p>The 140-million-year trend is that the CO2 level is dangerously decreasing.</p> </li> <li> <p>Observations show no significant change in extreme weather, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, or droughts.</p> </li> <li> <p>Rising sea levels and melting glaciers confirm modern warming predated increases of CO2.</p> </li> <li> <p>We are living in one of the coldest periods ever. For most of Earth's history, it was about 10°C (18°F) warmer than today.</p> </li> <li> <p>Temperatures changed dramatically during the past 10,000 years. It wasn't us. An "ideal" temperature is not that of 150 years ago.</p> </li> <li> <p>IPCC models have overstated warming up to three times too much.</p> </li> <li> <p>For human advancement, warmer is better than colder.</p> </li> </ul> <p>"The true horror will be when the next cold period comes. Because we look back over the last 5,000 years of human history, the warm periods have been hugely beneficial to humanity and the cold periods have been horrific." Greg Wrightstone.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Dr. Happer is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Physics at Princeton University, has published over 200 peer-reviewed scientific papers and served as Deputy Assistant to the President and Senior Director of Emerging Technologies on the National Security Council.</p> <p>Mr. Wrightstone, a geologist, is the bestselling author of <em>Inconvenient Facts</em> and has published more than 200 papers, publications and commentaries concerning climate change and energy.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Listen in to learn some of the surprising truths about CO2 that you won't hear from the self-interested parties pushing "solutions" to a declared climate change crisis. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">We're inundated with reports from media, governments, think tanks, and "experts" saying that our climate is changing for the worse, and that it is our fault because of man-made CO2 emissions. But despite apocalyptic predictions about climate, our earth, the planet is improving.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Why? And why aren't we hearing about it?</p> <p>It is possible that Co2 is not a pollutant?</p> <p>Rather, that it's a miracle, and not a curse?</p> <p>In this episode of <a href="http://www.thebillwaltonshow.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>The Bill Walton Show</em></a> Dr. William Happer, Co-Founder and Chair of the CO2 Coalition and Gregory Wrightstone, its Executive Director explain why they believe this to be true. </p> <p>The CO2 Coalition, an independent, non-profit organization, aims to provide scientific facts and data to counter the prevailing narrative on climate change and promote a more balanced understanding of the role of CO2 in the environment. Available scientific facts have persuaded Coalition members that additional CO2 will be a net benefit. </p> <ul> <li> <p>First and foremost, CO2 is plant food. Green plants grow faster with more CO2. CO2 increase is enhancing corn production… a lot.</p> </li> <li> <p>The 140-million-year trend is that the CO2 level is dangerously decreasing.</p> </li> <li> <p>Observations show no significant change in extreme weather, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, or droughts.</p> </li> <li> <p>Rising sea levels and melting glaciers confirm modern warming predated increases of CO2.</p> </li> <li> <p>We are living in one of the coldest periods ever. For most of Earth's history, it was about 10°C (18°F) warmer than today.</p> </li> <li> <p>Temperatures changed dramatically during the past 10,000 years. It wasn't us. An "ideal" temperature is not that of 150 years ago.</p> </li> <li> <p>IPCC models have overstated warming up to three times too much.</p> </li> <li> <p>For human advancement, warmer is better than colder.</p> </li> </ul> <p>"The true horror will be when the next cold period comes. Because we look back over the last 5,000 years of human history, the warm periods have been hugely beneficial to humanity and the cold periods have been horrific." Greg Wrightstone.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Dr. Happer is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Physics at Princeton University, has published over 200 peer-reviewed scientific papers and served as Deputy Assistant to the President and Senior Director of Emerging Technologies on the National Security Council.</p> <p>Mr. Wrightstone, a geologist, is the bestselling author of <em>Inconvenient Facts</em> and has published more than 200 papers, publications and commentaries concerning climate change and energy.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Listen in to learn some of the surprising truths about CO2 that you won't hear from the self-interested parties pushing "solutions" to a declared climate change crisis. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="136936320" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS193_2023_10_25_Happer_Wrightstone.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>255</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>We're inundated with reports from media, governments, think tanks, and "experts" saying that our climate is changing for the worse, and that it is our fault because of man-made CO2 emissions.  But despite apocalyptic predictions about climate, our earth, the planet is improving. Why? And why aren't we hearing about it? It is possible that Co2 is not a pollutant? Rather, that it's a miracle, and not a curse? In this episode of The Bill Walton Show Dr. William Happer, Co-Founder and Chair of the CO2 Coalition and Gregory Wrightstone, its Executive Director explain why they believe this to be true.  The CO2 Coalition, an independent, non-profit organization, aims to provide scientific facts and data to counter the prevailing narrative on climate change and promote a more balanced understanding of the role of CO2 in the environment. Available scientific facts have persuaded Coalition members that additional CO2 will be a net benefit.  First and foremost, CO2 is plant food. Green plants grow faster with more CO2. CO2 increase is enhancing corn production… a lot. The 140-million-year trend is that the CO2 level is dangerously decreasing. Observations show no significant change in extreme weather, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, or droughts. Rising sea levels and melting glaciers confirm modern warming predated increases of CO2. We are living in one of the coldest periods ever. For most of Earth's history, it was about 10°C (18°F) warmer than today. Temperatures changed dramatically during the past 10,000 years. It wasn't us. An "ideal" temperature is not that of 150 years ago. IPCC models have overstated warming up to three times too much. For human advancement, warmer is better than colder. "The true horror will be when the next cold period comes. Because we look back over the last 5,000 years of human history, the warm periods have been hugely beneficial to humanity and the cold periods have been horrific." Greg Wrightstone. Dr. Happer is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Physics at Princeton University, has published over 200 peer-reviewed scientific papers and served as Deputy Assistant to the President and Senior Director of Emerging Technologies on the National Security Council. Mr. Wrightstone, a geologist, is the bestselling author of Inconvenient Facts and has published more than 200 papers, publications and commentaries concerning climate change and energy. Listen in to learn some of the surprising truths about CO2 that you won't hear from the self-interested parties pushing "solutions" to a declared climate change crisis. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>We're inundated with reports from media, governments, think tanks, and "experts" saying that our climate is changing for the worse, and that it is our fault because of man-made CO2 emissions.  But despite apocalyptic predictions about climate, our earth, the planet is improving. Why? And why aren't we hearing about it? It is possible that Co2 is not a pollutant? Rather, that it's a miracle, and not a curse? In this episode of The Bill Walton Show Dr. William Happer, Co-Founder and Chair of the CO2 Coalition and Gregory Wrightstone, its Executive Director explain why they believe this to be true.  The CO2 Coalition, an independent, non-profit organization, aims to provide scientific facts and data to counter the prevailing narrative on climate change and promote a more balanced understanding of the role of CO2 in the environment. Available scientific facts have persuaded Coalition members that additional CO2 will be a net benefit.  First and foremost, CO2 is plant food. Green plants grow faster with more CO2. CO2 increase is enhancing corn production… a lot. The 140-million-year trend is that the CO2 level is dangerously decreasing. Observations show no significant change in extreme weather, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, or droughts. Rising sea levels and melting glaciers confirm modern warming predated increases of CO2. We are living in one of the coldest periods ever. For most of Earth's history, it was about 10°C (18°F) warmer than today. Temperatures changed dramatically during the past 10,000 years. It wasn't us. An "ideal" temperature is not that of 150 years ago. IPCC models have overstated warming up to three times too much. For human advancement, warmer is better than colder. "The true horror will be when the next cold period comes. Because we look back over the last 5,000 years of human history, the warm periods have been hugely beneficial to humanity and the cold periods have been horrific." Greg Wrightstone. Dr. Happer is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Physics at Princeton University, has published over 200 peer-reviewed scientific papers and served as Deputy Assistant to the President and Senior Director of Emerging Technologies on the National Security Council. Mr. Wrightstone, a geologist, is the bestselling author of Inconvenient Facts and has published more than 200 papers, publications and commentaries concerning climate change and energy. Listen in to learn some of the surprising truths about CO2 that you won't hear from the self-interested parties pushing "solutions" to a declared climate change crisis. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 254: A Global Reality Check with Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 254: A Global Reality Check with Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Nov 2023 16:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4a692d5b-0a26-4822-a798-bf0d5ac82e22]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-254-a-global-reality-check-with-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this candid and insightful episode of the "Bill Walton Show," Stephen Bryen, a seasoned expert with over half a century of experience in national security and arms trade, shares his incisive views on the current state of global geopolitics.</p> <p>Stephen Bryen's been called the Yoda of the arms trade. He was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies. </p> <p>As both the wars for Ukraine and Gaza Strip have the potential to widen, even while Taiwan looms, Bryen warns about the United States' diminishing influence in global affairs that have led to a weakened strategic position, particularly in relation to China, Iran and even Russia.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Some excerpts:</strong> </p> <ul> <li> <p>"We're not controlling events. Events are controlling us. And we're doing some things which are reckless."</p> </li> <li> <p>"Yes, we're a nuclear power. We have a strong air force, a less strong army and an even less strong Navy, except for submarines, but we're being challenged by <strong>Russia</strong>. We're being challenged by China. We're being challenged by countries like Iran, and we're letting them get away with it.</p> </li> <li> <p>"We're emptying our arsenal to support Ukraine, leaving NATO exposed, very exposed, if the Russians really chose to be troublesome in Europe" </p> </li> <li> <p>"One of the amazing truths about the US and its NATO allies supplying millions of tons of ammunition and hardware to <strong>Ukraine</strong> is that the allies paid almost no attention to contingencies and freely raided stockpiles that were put there for US and NATO national security defense needs." </p> </li> <li> <p> We're still sending billions of dollars to <strong>Iran</strong>, serving interests that are not our own. "Our national interest is not to allow Iran to conquer nearby countries. And to destabilize the Middle East because it's not in our interest, it's not in Europe's interest, it's not in the world's interest."</p> </li> <li> <p>"Iran's equation is different than ours. They think in terms of how they can destroy Israel, how they can take over that whole crescent of territory … Iraq, Lebanon, Syria."</p> </li> <li> <p>"In Asia, we're weak. There's no doubt about that. The Chinese have been building up and building up, and we have failed to set up any kind of defensive scheme or alliance that works to put pressure back on <strong>China</strong>. Taiwan has been simply left out of the equation. The only real hope against the China threat is that internally, it can't compete. China's biggest roadblock to global domination might just be itself."</p> </li> <li> <p>"It's got troubles, economic problems, political problems, internal clashes of interests. So maybe it'll implode, but if it doesn't, we're in for a hard time." </p> </li> </ul> <p><strong>Tough words from a savvy and clear-eyed observer of global conflicts.</strong> </p> <p>These are not what you're hearing from the national security state complex. All the more reason to listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this candid and insightful episode of the "Bill Walton Show," Stephen Bryen, a seasoned expert with over half a century of experience in national security and arms trade, shares his incisive views on the current state of global geopolitics.</p> <p>Stephen Bryen's been called the Yoda of the arms trade. He was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies. </p> <p>As both the wars for Ukraine and Gaza Strip have the potential to widen, even while Taiwan looms, Bryen warns about the United States' diminishing influence in global affairs that have led to a weakened strategic position, particularly in relation to China, Iran and even Russia.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Some excerpts: </p> <ul> <li> <p>"We're not controlling events. Events are controlling us. And we're doing some things which are reckless."</p> </li> <li> <p>"Yes, we're a nuclear power. We have a strong air force, a less strong army and an even less strong Navy, except for submarines, but we're being challenged by Russia. We're being challenged by China. We're being challenged by countries like Iran, and we're letting them get away with it.</p> </li> <li> <p>"We're emptying our arsenal to support Ukraine, leaving NATO exposed, very exposed, if the Russians really chose to be troublesome in Europe" </p> </li> <li> <p>"One of the amazing truths about the US and its NATO allies supplying millions of tons of ammunition and hardware to Ukraine is that the allies paid almost no attention to contingencies and freely raided stockpiles that were put there for US and NATO national security defense needs." </p> </li> <li> <p> We're still sending billions of dollars to Iran, serving interests that are not our own. "Our national interest is not to allow Iran to conquer nearby countries. And to destabilize the Middle East because it's not in our interest, it's not in Europe's interest, it's not in the world's interest."</p> </li> <li> <p>"Iran's equation is different than ours. They think in terms of how they can destroy Israel, how they can take over that whole crescent of territory … Iraq, Lebanon, Syria."</p> </li> <li> <p>"In Asia, we're weak. There's no doubt about that. The Chinese have been building up and building up, and we have failed to set up any kind of defensive scheme or alliance that works to put pressure back on China. Taiwan has been simply left out of the equation. The only real hope against the China threat is that internally, it can't compete. China's biggest roadblock to global domination might just be itself."</p> </li> <li> <p>"It's got troubles, economic problems, political problems, internal clashes of interests. So maybe it'll implode, but if it doesn't, we're in for a hard time." </p> </li> </ul> <p>Tough words from a savvy and clear-eyed observer of global conflicts. </p> <p>These are not what you're hearing from the national security state complex. All the more reason to listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="58031285" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_-_Stephen_Bryan_Final_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>40:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>254</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this candid and insightful episode of the "Bill Walton Show," Stephen Bryen, a seasoned expert with over half a century of experience in national security and arms trade, shares his incisive views on the current state of global geopolitics. Stephen Bryen's been called the Yoda of the arms trade. He was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies.  As both the wars for Ukraine and Gaza Strip have the potential to widen, even while Taiwan looms, Bryen warns about the United States' diminishing influence in global affairs that have led to a weakened strategic position, particularly in relation to China, Iran and even Russia. Some excerpts:  "We're not controlling events. Events are controlling us. And we're doing some things which are reckless." "Yes, we're a nuclear power. We have a strong air force, a less strong army and an even less strong Navy, except for submarines, but we're being challenged by Russia. We're being challenged by China. We're being challenged by countries like Iran, and we're letting them get away with it. "We're emptying our arsenal to support Ukraine, leaving NATO exposed, very exposed, if the Russians really chose to be troublesome in Europe"  "One of the amazing truths about the US and its NATO allies supplying millions of tons of ammunition and hardware to Ukraine is that the allies paid almost no attention to contingencies and freely raided stockpiles that were put there for US and NATO national security defense needs."   We're still sending billions of dollars to Iran, serving interests that are not our own. "Our national interest is not to allow Iran to conquer nearby countries. And to destabilize the Middle East because it's not in our interest, it's not in Europe's interest, it's not in the world's interest." "Iran's equation is different than ours. They think in terms of how they can destroy Israel, how they can take over that whole crescent of territory … Iraq, Lebanon, Syria." "In Asia, we're weak. There's no doubt about that. The Chinese have been building up and building up, and we have failed to set up any kind of defensive scheme or alliance that works to put pressure back on China. Taiwan has been simply left out of the equation. The only real hope against the China threat is that internally, it can't compete. China's biggest roadblock to global domination might just be itself." "It's got troubles, economic problems, political problems, internal clashes of interests. So maybe it'll implode, but if it doesn't, we're in for a hard time."  Tough words from a savvy and clear-eyed observer of global conflicts.  These are not what you're hearing from the national security state complex. All the more reason to listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this candid and insightful episode of the "Bill Walton Show," Stephen Bryen, a seasoned expert with over half a century of experience in national security and arms trade, shares his incisive views on the current state of global geopolitics. Stephen Bryen's been called the Yoda of the arms trade. He was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies.  As both the wars for Ukraine and Gaza Strip have the potential to widen, even while Taiwan looms, Bryen warns about the United States' diminishing influence in global affairs that have led to a weakened strategic position, particularly in relation to China, Iran and even Russia. Some excerpts:  "We're not controlling events. Events are controlling us. And we're doing some things which are reckless." "Yes, we're a nuclear power. We have a strong air force, a less strong army and an even less strong Navy, except for submarines, but we're being challenged by Russia. We're being challenged by China. We're being challenged by countries like Iran, and we're letting them get away with it. "We're emptying our arsenal to support Ukraine, leaving NATO exposed, very exposed, if the Russians really chose to be troublesome in Europe"  "One of the amazing truths about the US and its NATO allies supplying millions of tons of ammunition and hardware to Ukraine is that the allies paid almost no attention to contingencies and freely raided stockpiles that were put there for US and NATO national security defense needs."   We're still sending billions of dollars to Iran, serving interests that are not our own. "Our national interest is not to allow Iran to conquer nearby countries. And to destabilize the Middle East because it's not in our interest, it's not in Europe's interest, it's not in the world's interest." "Iran's equation is different than ours. They think in terms of how they can destroy Israel, how they can take over that whole crescent of territory … Iraq, Lebanon, Syria." "In Asia, we're weak. There's no doubt about that. The Chinese have been building up and building up, and we have failed to set up any kind of defensive scheme or alliance that works to put pressure back on China. Taiwan has been simply left out of the equation. The only real hope against the China threat is that internally, it can't compete. China's biggest roadblock to global domination might just be itself." "It's got troubles, economic problems, political problems, internal clashes of interests. So maybe it'll implode, but if it doesn't, we're in for a hard time."  Tough words from a savvy and clear-eyed observer of global conflicts.  These are not what you're hearing from the national security state complex. All the more reason to listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 253: Growth, Innovation and Human Flourishing on an Infinitely Bountiful Planet w/Marian Tupy</title>
      <itunes:title>Growth, Innovation and Human Flourishing on an Infinitely Bountiful Planet w/Marian Tupy</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 16:17:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[73109f2c-f057-43cc-9de4-df2ecd19eb83]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-253-growth-innovation-and-human-flourishing-on-an-infinitely-bountiful-planet-wmarian-tupy]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p><strong>You can't fix what is wrong in the world if you don't know what's actually happening.</strong></p> </div> <p>Polls show that most smart people tend to believe that the state of the world is getting worse. In the United States, almost 3/4 of Americans believe the world is getting worse and only 6% think it's getting better.</p> <p>But according to Marian Tupy, our guest on this episode, <strong>"this dark view of the prospects for humanity, and the natural world is, in large part, badly mistaken."</strong></p> <p>As a senior fellow at the Cato Institute's Center for Global Liberty and Prosperity, coauthor of the Simon Abundance Index and editor of the website <a href="http://humanprogress.org/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">HumanProgress.org</a>, he has produced compelling research on this topic.</p> <p>Abundant evidence from individual scholars, academic institutions, and international organizations shows dramatic improvements in human well-being throughout much of the world. In recent decades, these improvements have been especially striking in developing countries where there's been a significant decline in extreme poverty and improvements in child mortality rates. </p> <p>For thousands of years, the average income around the world was about $2 per person per day. Today, globally, it's $35. So the average inhabitant of the world adjusted for inflation is 18 times better off than he or she was 200 years ago. </p> <p>"These days, young people especially are freaked out about the environment. They think everything is bad," observes Marian. "That is not true. The United States and the European Union have added 35% more new forests in recent decades. China, 15% more forests."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Unfortunately, there is often a wide gap between the reality of human experience, which is characterized by incremental improvements, and public perception, which tends to be quite negative about the current state of the world and skeptical about humanity's future prospects.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"Journalism is about things that happen, not things that don't happen," explains Marian. "When a bunch of crazy fanatics fly an airplane into a building in New York, it ends up on all the front pages. But what is never covered is human progress, the things that are happening in the background every year, like how by quarter of a percent or half a percent, absolute poverty is declining and growth is increasing."</p> <p>Tupy emphasizes the importance of economic and political freedom in driving these positive changes, and that we do need to worry that these freedoms are under attack throughout the world. </p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>To innovate, people must be allowed to think, speak, publish, associate, and disagree. They must be allowed to save, invest, trade, and profit. In a word, they must be free.</strong></p> </div> <p>Tupy brings abundant historical and real world evidence to support this assertion. We ignore these basics at our peril. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You can't fix what is wrong in the world if you don't know what's actually happening.</p> <p>Polls show that most smart people tend to believe that the state of the world is getting worse. In the United States, almost 3/4 of Americans believe the world is getting worse and only 6% think it's getting better.</p> <p>But according to Marian Tupy, our guest on this episode, "this dark view of the prospects for humanity, and the natural world is, in large part, badly mistaken."</p> <p>As a senior fellow at the Cato Institute's Center for Global Liberty and Prosperity, coauthor of the Simon Abundance Index and editor of the website <a href="http://humanprogress.org/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">HumanProgress.org</a>, he has produced compelling research on this topic.</p> <p>Abundant evidence from individual scholars, academic institutions, and international organizations shows dramatic improvements in human well-being throughout much of the world. In recent decades, these improvements have been especially striking in developing countries where there's been a significant decline in extreme poverty and improvements in child mortality rates. </p> <p>For thousands of years, the average income around the world was about $2 per person per day. Today, globally, it's $35. So the average inhabitant of the world adjusted for inflation is 18 times better off than he or she was 200 years ago. </p> <p>"These days, young people especially are freaked out about the environment. They think everything is bad," observes Marian. "That is not true. The United States and the European Union have added 35% more new forests in recent decades. China, 15% more forests."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Unfortunately, there is often a wide gap between the reality of human experience, which is characterized by incremental improvements, and public perception, which tends to be quite negative about the current state of the world and skeptical about humanity's future prospects.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"Journalism is about things that happen, not things that don't happen," explains Marian. "When a bunch of crazy fanatics fly an airplane into a building in New York, it ends up on all the front pages. But what is never covered is human progress, the things that are happening in the background every year, like how by quarter of a percent or half a percent, absolute poverty is declining and growth is increasing."</p> <p>Tupy emphasizes the importance of economic and political freedom in driving these positive changes, and that we do need to worry that these freedoms are under attack throughout the world. </p> <p>To innovate, people must be allowed to think, speak, publish, associate, and disagree. They must be allowed to save, invest, trade, and profit. In a word, they must be free.</p> <p>Tupy brings abundant historical and real world evidence to support this assertion. We ignore these basics at our peril. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="63277028" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_13_23_Miran_Tupy_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>43:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>253</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>You can't fix what is wrong in the world if you don't know what's actually happening. Polls show that most smart people tend to believe that the state of the world is getting worse. In the United States, almost 3/4 of Americans believe the world is getting worse and only 6% think it's getting better. But according to Marian Tupy, our guest on this episode, "this dark view of the prospects for humanity, and the natural world is, in large part, badly mistaken." As a senior fellow at the Cato Institute's Center for Global Liberty and Prosperity, coauthor of the Simon Abundance Index and editor of the website HumanProgress.org, he has produced compelling research on this topic. Abundant evidence from individual scholars, academic institutions, and international organizations shows dramatic improvements in human well-being throughout much of the world. In recent decades, these improvements have been especially striking in developing countries where there's been a significant decline in extreme poverty and improvements in child mortality rates.  For thousands of years, the average income around the world was about $2 per person per day. Today, globally, it's $35. So the average inhabitant of the world adjusted for inflation is 18 times better off than he or she was 200 years ago.  "These days, young people especially are freaked out about the environment. They think everything is bad," observes Marian. "That is not true. The United States and the European Union have added 35% more new forests in recent decades. China, 15% more forests." Unfortunately, there is often a wide gap between the reality of human experience, which is characterized by incremental improvements, and public perception, which tends to be quite negative about the current state of the world and skeptical about humanity's future prospects. "Journalism is about things that happen, not things that don't happen," explains Marian. "When a bunch of crazy fanatics fly an airplane into a building in New York, it ends up on all the front pages. But what is never covered is human progress, the things that are happening in the background every year, like how by quarter of a percent or half a percent, absolute poverty is declining and growth is increasing." Tupy emphasizes the importance of economic and political freedom in driving these positive changes, and that we do need to worry that these freedoms are under attack throughout the world.  To innovate, people must be allowed to think, speak, publish, associate, and disagree. They must be allowed to save, invest, trade, and profit. In a word, they must be free. Tupy brings abundant historical and real world evidence to support this assertion. We ignore these basics at our peril. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>You can't fix what is wrong in the world if you don't know what's actually happening. Polls show that most smart people tend to believe that the state of the world is getting worse. In the United States, almost 3/4 of Americans believe the world is getting worse and only 6% think it's getting better. But according to Marian Tupy, our guest on this episode, "this dark view of the prospects for humanity, and the natural world is, in large part, badly mistaken." As a senior fellow at the Cato Institute's Center for Global Liberty and Prosperity, coauthor of the Simon Abundance Index and editor of the website HumanProgress.org, he has produced compelling research on this topic. Abundant evidence from individual scholars, academic institutions, and international organizations shows dramatic improvements in human well-being throughout much of the world. In recent decades, these improvements have been especially striking in developing countries where there's been a significant decline in extreme poverty and improvements in child mortality rates.  For thousands of years, the average income around the world was about $2 per person per day. Today, globally, it's $35. So the average inhabitant of the world adjusted for inflation is 18 times better off than he or she was 200 years ago.  "These days, young people especially are freaked out about the environment. They think everything is bad," observes Marian. "That is not true. The United States and the European Union have added 35% more new forests in recent decades. China, 15% more forests." Unfortunately, there is often a wide gap between the reality of human experience, which is characterized by incremental improvements, and public perception, which tends to be quite negative about the current state of the world and skeptical about humanity's future prospects. "Journalism is about things that happen, not things that don't happen," explains Marian. "When a bunch of crazy fanatics fly an airplane into a building in New York, it ends up on all the front pages. But what is never covered is human progress, the things that are happening in the background every year, like how by quarter of a percent or half a percent, absolute poverty is declining and growth is increasing." Tupy emphasizes the importance of economic and political freedom in driving these positive changes, and that we do need to worry that these freedoms are under attack throughout the world.  To innovate, people must be allowed to think, speak, publish, associate, and disagree. They must be allowed to save, invest, trade, and profit. In a word, they must be free. Tupy brings abundant historical and real world evidence to support this assertion. We ignore these basics at our peril. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 252: Confronting Brute Force Economics with Rob Atkinson</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 252: Confronting Brute Force Economics with Rob Atkinson</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 19:09:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[71d91e62-2261-44ea-a76b-d106f1cb89c7]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-252-confronting-brute-force-economics-with-rob-atkinson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Chinese Communist Party sees technology innovation as the main battlefield of its industrial policy - and its ultimate weapon for achieving global dominance.</p> <p>The United States and the Biden Administration needs to confront the reality of what has been called China's "brute force economics" and abandon the possibility that competing on a level playing field with China's is possible.</p> <p>We have to face up to the fact that we are not simply in an economic competition with China. We're in a war.</p> <p>Joining the Bill Walton Show to explore this troubling reality is our returning guest: Robert D. Atkinson. Rob is the founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, one of the world's top think tanks for science and technology policy. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">China's tactics are not merely an assortment of cutthroat moves made by individual actors. Rather, they are features of Beijing's long-term strategy and are backed up by the full force of the country's party-state system, creating a challenge that Washington cannot afford to ignore.</p> <p>Beijing is intent on employing predatory and mercantilist practices to acquire leadership positions in virtually every emerging and advanced industry that matters. </p> <p>It's doing this through market access restrictions, massive industrial subsidies that fuel overcapacity, technology transfer requirements for market access, preferential financing and procurement contracts for domestic firms, intellectual property theft, cyber- and human-enabled espionage, coercion and bullying, forced labor and other poor labor conditions, and other market-distorting policies.</p> <p>They've already established dominance in industries including steel, solar panels, drones, shipbuilding, pharmaceutical ingredients, high-speed rail, and telecommunications equipment; and are making rapid progress in artificial intelligence (AI), aerospace, semiconductors, biotechnology, networking technologies, and electric vehicles and batteries, cloud computing, flat panel displays, advanced materials, autonomous systems, and LiDAR technology. </p> <p>Fortunately, as Rob explains, there are some straightforward and implementable actions the United States can take to push back against China's agenda.</p> <p>If you've been wondering about what the economic battle with China is all about, this conversation is a great place to understand its essentials.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Chinese Communist Party sees technology innovation as the main battlefield of its industrial policy - and its ultimate weapon for achieving global dominance.</p> <p>The United States and the Biden Administration needs to confront the reality of what has been called China's "brute force economics" and abandon the possibility that competing on a level playing field with China's is possible.</p> <p>We have to face up to the fact that we are not simply in an economic competition with China. We're in a war.</p> <p>Joining the Bill Walton Show to explore this troubling reality is our returning guest: Robert D. Atkinson. Rob is the founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, one of the world's top think tanks for science and technology policy. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">China's tactics are not merely an assortment of cutthroat moves made by individual actors. Rather, they are features of Beijing's long-term strategy and are backed up by the full force of the country's party-state system, creating a challenge that Washington cannot afford to ignore.</p> <p>Beijing is intent on employing predatory and mercantilist practices to acquire leadership positions in virtually every emerging and advanced industry that matters. </p> <p>It's doing this through market access restrictions, massive industrial subsidies that fuel overcapacity, technology transfer requirements for market access, preferential financing and procurement contracts for domestic firms, intellectual property theft, cyber- and human-enabled espionage, coercion and bullying, forced labor and other poor labor conditions, and other market-distorting policies.</p> <p>They've already established dominance in industries including steel, solar panels, drones, shipbuilding, pharmaceutical ingredients, high-speed rail, and telecommunications equipment; and are making rapid progress in artificial intelligence (AI), aerospace, semiconductors, biotechnology, networking technologies, and electric vehicles and batteries, cloud computing, flat panel displays, advanced materials, autonomous systems, and LiDAR technology. </p> <p>Fortunately, as Rob explains, there are some straightforward and implementable actions the United States can take to push back against China's agenda.</p> <p>If you've been wondering about what the economic battle with China is all about, this conversation is a great place to understand its essentials.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="79344279" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Atkinson_11_6_23_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Chinese Communist Party sees technology innovation as the main battlefield of its industrial policy - and its ultimate weapon for achieving global dominance. The United States and the Biden Administration needs to confront the reality of what has been called China's "brute force economics" and abandon the possibility that competing on a level playing field with China's is possible. We have to face up to the fact that we are not simply in an economic competition with China. We're in a war. Joining the Bill Walton Show to explore this troubling reality is our returning guest: Robert D. Atkinson. Rob is the founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, one of the world's top think tanks for science and technology policy.  China's tactics are not merely an assortment of cutthroat moves made by individual actors. Rather, they are features of Beijing's long-term strategy and are backed up by the full force of the country's party-state system, creating a challenge that Washington cannot afford to ignore. Beijing is intent on employing predatory and mercantilist practices to acquire leadership positions in virtually every emerging and advanced industry that matters.  It's doing this through market access restrictions, massive industrial subsidies that fuel overcapacity, technology transfer requirements for market access, preferential financing and procurement contracts for domestic firms, intellectual property theft, cyber- and human-enabled espionage, coercion and bullying, forced labor and other poor labor conditions, and other market-distorting policies. They've already established dominance in industries including steel, solar panels, drones, shipbuilding, pharmaceutical ingredients, high-speed rail, and telecommunications equipment; and are making rapid progress in artificial intelligence (AI), aerospace, semiconductors, biotechnology, networking technologies, and electric vehicles and batteries, cloud computing, flat panel displays, advanced materials, autonomous systems, and LiDAR technology.  Fortunately, as Rob explains, there are some straightforward and implementable actions the United States can take to push back against China's agenda. If you've been wondering about what the economic battle with China is all about, this conversation is a great place to understand its essentials.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Chinese Communist Party sees technology innovation as the main battlefield of its industrial policy - and its ultimate weapon for achieving global dominance. The United States and the Biden Administration needs to confront the reality of what has been called China's "brute force economics" and abandon the possibility that competing on a level playing field with China's is possible. We have to face up to the fact that we are not simply in an economic competition with China. We're in a war. Joining the Bill Walton Show to explore this troubling reality is our returning guest: Robert D. Atkinson. Rob is the founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, one of the world's top think tanks for science and technology policy.  China's tactics are not merely an assortment of cutthroat moves made by individual actors. Rather, they are features of Beijing's long-term strategy and are backed up by the full force of the country's party-state system, creating a challenge that Washington cannot afford to ignore. Beijing is intent on employing predatory and mercantilist practices to acquire leadership positions in virtually every emerging and advanced industry that matters.  It's doing this through market access restrictions, massive industrial subsidies that fuel overcapacity, technology transfer requirements for market access, preferential financing and procurement contracts for domestic firms, intellectual property theft, cyber- and human-enabled espionage, coercion and bullying, forced labor and other poor labor conditions, and other market-distorting policies. They've already established dominance in industries including steel, solar panels, drones, shipbuilding, pharmaceutical ingredients, high-speed rail, and telecommunications equipment; and are making rapid progress in artificial intelligence (AI), aerospace, semiconductors, biotechnology, networking technologies, and electric vehicles and batteries, cloud computing, flat panel displays, advanced materials, autonomous systems, and LiDAR technology.  Fortunately, as Rob explains, there are some straightforward and implementable actions the United States can take to push back against China's agenda. If you've been wondering about what the economic battle with China is all about, this conversation is a great place to understand its essentials.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 251: A Conversation with the Extraordinary Winsome Earle-Sears</title>
      <itunes:title>A Conversation with the Extraordinary Winsome Earle-Sears</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 19:47:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a91a34ea-d916-4852-9df6-57149704d26d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/a-conversation-with-the-extraordinary-winsome-earle-sears]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Winsome Earle-Sears sent shock waves across Virginia and the country at large when she pulled off her stunning upset victory in November 2021 and became the first lieutenant governor of Virginia who is a woman, the first naturalized female citizen, the first female veteran elected to statewide office and who also happens to be black.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Not relying on identity politics, she earned intense national coverage because of her unwavering support for Second Amendment rights and her strong commitment to education opportunity for all students.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">A devout Christian, Winsome believes in the promise of the American Dream. Her father was approved to immigrate to the U.S.A. and left Jamaica, arriving in America on August 11, 1963, with only $1.75 in his pocket. Winsome joined him when she was just six years old, and ever since has been on a mission of service with dozens of community groups ranging from leading a men's prison ministry and serving as director of a women's homeless shelter for the Salvation Army to serving as a hard-charging vice president of the Virginia State Board of Education.</p> <p class="p1">Her unyielding belief in the fundamental righteousness of America stands in stark opposition to the increasingly pervasive ideologies that are dividing the country.</p> <p class="p1">Instead, Winsome encourages Americans to never stop fighting for their country and shows us how to chart a new path forward.</p> <p class="p1">She concludes her recent memoir, <em>How Sweet It Is</em>, with this quote from<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> John L. Mason who once said,<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"You're born an original. Don't die a copy."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Definitely an original, Winsome has never ceased enthusiastically bucking conventions, defying expectations, and charging straight toward challenges.</p> <p class="p1">Join in this episode for a revealing and inspiring conversation with Winsome Earle-Sears. You will be hearing from her in the years to come.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Winsome Earle-Sears sent shock waves across Virginia and the country at large when she pulled off her stunning upset victory in November 2021 and became the first lieutenant governor of Virginia who is a woman, the first naturalized female citizen, the first female veteran elected to statewide office and who also happens to be black. </p> <p class="p1">Not relying on identity politics, she earned intense national coverage because of her unwavering support for Second Amendment rights and her strong commitment to education opportunity for all students. </p> <p class="p1">A devout Christian, Winsome believes in the promise of the American Dream. Her father was approved to immigrate to the U.S.A. and left Jamaica, arriving in America on August 11, 1963, with only $1.75 in his pocket. Winsome joined him when she was just six years old, and ever since has been on a mission of service with dozens of community groups ranging from leading a men's prison ministry and serving as director of a women's homeless shelter for the Salvation Army to serving as a hard-charging vice president of the Virginia State Board of Education.</p> <p class="p1">Her unyielding belief in the fundamental righteousness of America stands in stark opposition to the increasingly pervasive ideologies that are dividing the country.</p> <p class="p1">Instead, Winsome encourages Americans to never stop fighting for their country and shows us how to chart a new path forward.</p> <p class="p1">She concludes her recent memoir, <em>How Sweet It Is</em>, with this quote from John L. Mason who once said, </p> <p class="p1">"You're born an original. Don't die a copy." </p> <p class="p1">Definitely an original, Winsome has never ceased enthusiastically bucking conventions, defying expectations, and charging straight toward challenges.</p> <p class="p1">Join in this episode for a revealing and inspiring conversation with Winsome Earle-Sears. You will be hearing from her in the years to come. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="108540956" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_31_23_Winsome_Sears_Final.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>58:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>251</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Winsome Earle-Sears sent shock waves across Virginia and the country at large when she pulled off her stunning upset victory in November 2021 and became the first lieutenant governor of Virginia who is a woman, the first naturalized female citizen, the first female veteran elected to statewide office and who also happens to be black.  Not relying on identity politics, she earned intense national coverage because of her unwavering support for Second Amendment rights and her strong commitment to education opportunity for all students.  A devout Christian, Winsome believes in the promise of the American Dream. Her father was approved to immigrate to the U.S.A. and left Jamaica, arriving in America on August 11, 1963, with only $1.75 in his pocket. Winsome joined him when she was just six years old, and ever since has been on a mission of service with dozens of community groups ranging from leading a men's prison ministry and serving as director of a women's homeless shelter for the Salvation Army to serving as a hard-charging vice president of the Virginia State Board of Education. Her unyielding belief in the fundamental righteousness of America stands in stark opposition to the increasingly pervasive ideologies that are dividing the country. Instead, Winsome encourages Americans to never stop fighting for their country and shows us how to chart a new path forward. She concludes her recent memoir, How Sweet It Is, with this quote from  John L. Mason who once said,  "You're born an original. Don't die a copy."  Definitely an original, Winsome has never ceased enthusiastically bucking conventions, defying expectations, and charging straight toward challenges. Join in this episode for a revealing and inspiring conversation with Winsome Earle-Sears. You will be hearing from her in the years to come. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Winsome Earle-Sears sent shock waves across Virginia and the country at large when she pulled off her stunning upset victory in November 2021 and became the first lieutenant governor of Virginia who is a woman, the first naturalized female citizen, the first female veteran elected to statewide office and who also happens to be black.  Not relying on identity politics, she earned intense national coverage because of her unwavering support for Second Amendment rights and her strong commitment to education opportunity for all students.  A devout Christian, Winsome believes in the promise of the American Dream. Her father was approved to immigrate to the U.S.A. and left Jamaica, arriving in America on August 11, 1963, with only $1.75 in his pocket. Winsome joined him when she was just six years old, and ever since has been on a mission of service with dozens of community groups ranging from leading a men's prison ministry and serving as director of a women's homeless shelter for the Salvation Army to serving as a hard-charging vice president of the Virginia State Board of Education. Her unyielding belief in the fundamental righteousness of America stands in stark opposition to the increasingly pervasive ideologies that are dividing the country. Instead, Winsome encourages Americans to never stop fighting for their country and shows us how to chart a new path forward. She concludes her recent memoir, How Sweet It Is, with this quote from  John L. Mason who once said,  "You're born an original. Don't die a copy."  Definitely an original, Winsome has never ceased enthusiastically bucking conventions, defying expectations, and charging straight toward challenges. Join in this episode for a revealing and inspiring conversation with Winsome Earle-Sears. You will be hearing from her in the years to come. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 250: The Terrifying Truth About China's Grip on America | A New Cold War Unveiled - Frank Gaffney and Bradley Thayer</title>
      <itunes:title>The Terrifying Truth About China's Grip on America | A New Cold War Unveiled - Frank Gaffney and Bradley Thayer</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2023 15:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b386dab9-6140-4a92-8321-1b374f456cf5]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-250-the-terrifying-truth-about-chinas-grip-on-america-a-new-cold-war-unveiled-frank-gaffney-and-bradley-thayer]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">China is the single most formidable strategic threat the United States has ever faced. It alone has the potential to replace the United States as the world's hegemon.</p> <p>China is not a typical foreign adversary on another shore, gathering behind its army, aggressive, thinking about land warfare, even nuclear warfare. This is an enemy that's permeated the United States, it's infiltrated into our culture and China's strategy of "elite capture" is working. A lot of the leadership class in America seems to be in the pocket of the Chinese.</p> <p>Deng Xiaoping, probably the greatest strategist of the 20th century, determined that China was not going to be vulnerable the way the Soviets were and that he was going to enter the world's economic and governance ecosystems with prodigious assistance from the West. He was going to make partners with Wall Street, the Chamber of Commerce and of the Democrat, and in time the Republican, parties and the fear today is that he has succeeded. </p> <p>Joining The Bill Walton Show in this episode to discuss the China Threat are: </p> <p>Frank J. Gaffney, Jr. is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy. He's coauthor of <em>The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party</em>, vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of <em>Securing America with Frank Gaffney</em> on the Real America's Voice Network, and</p> <p>Bradley A. Thayer is Director of China Policy at the Center for Security Policy and the coauthor of <em>Understanding the China Threa</em>t and <em>How China Sees the World:  Han-Centrism and the Balance of Power in International Politics</em>.</p> <p>Together Frank and Brad have a profound and clear eyed assessment of China's history, its strengths and weaknesses, and its intentions on the world stage today. </p> <p>Whether the United States can maintain its position as the preeminent force for free and open societies in the face of the China Threat is the defining element of international politics in the 21st-century.</p> <p>After listening to this episode, you will understand China in an entirely new way. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">China is the single most formidable strategic threat the United States has ever faced. It alone has the potential to replace the United States as the world's hegemon.</p> <p>China is not a typical foreign adversary on another shore, gathering behind its army, aggressive, thinking about land warfare, even nuclear warfare. This is an enemy that's permeated the United States, it's infiltrated into our culture and China's strategy of "elite capture" is working. A lot of the leadership class in America seems to be in the pocket of the Chinese.</p> <p>Deng Xiaoping, probably the greatest strategist of the 20th century, determined that China was not going to be vulnerable the way the Soviets were and that he was going to enter the world's economic and governance ecosystems with prodigious assistance from the West. He was going to make partners with Wall Street, the Chamber of Commerce and of the Democrat, and in time the Republican, parties and the fear today is that he has succeeded. </p> <p>Joining The Bill Walton Show in this episode to discuss the China Threat are: </p> <p>Frank J. Gaffney, Jr. is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy. He's coauthor of <em>The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party</em>, vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of <em>Securing America with Frank Gaffney</em> on the Real America's Voice Network, and</p> <p>Bradley A. Thayer is Director of China Policy at the Center for Security Policy and the coauthor of <em>Understanding the China Threa</em>t and <em>How China Sees the World: Han-Centrism and the Balance of Power in International Politics</em>.</p> <p>Together Frank and Brad have a profound and clear eyed assessment of China's history, its strengths and weaknesses, and its intentions on the world stage today. </p> <p>Whether the United States can maintain its position as the preeminent force for free and open societies in the face of the China Threat is the defining element of international politics in the 21st-century.</p> <p>After listening to this episode, you will understand China in an entirely new way. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="117491035" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_250_Gaffney._Thayer.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/0/2/e/e/02eed862127e93c416c3140a3186d450/Chinas_Silent_Invasion_1080x1080.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>China is the single most formidable strategic threat the United States has ever faced. It alone has the potential to replace the United States as the world's hegemon. China is not a typical foreign adversary on another shore, gathering behind its army, aggressive, thinking about land warfare, even nuclear warfare. This is an enemy that's permeated the United States, it's infiltrated into our culture and China's strategy of "elite capture" is working. A lot of the leadership class in America seems to be in the pocket of the Chinese. Deng Xiaoping, probably the greatest strategist of the 20th century, determined that China was not going to be vulnerable the way the Soviets were and that he was going to enter the world's economic and governance ecosystems with prodigious assistance from the West. He was going to make partners with Wall Street, the Chamber of Commerce and of the Democrat, and in time the Republican, parties and the fear today is that he has succeeded.  Joining The Bill Walton Show in this episode to discuss the China Threat are:  Frank J. Gaffney, Jr. is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy. He's coauthor of The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party, vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney on the Real America's Voice Network, and Bradley A. Thayer is Director of China Policy at the Center for Security Policy and the coauthor of Understanding the China Threat and How China Sees the World:  Han-Centrism and the Balance of Power in International Politics. Together Frank and Brad have a profound and clear eyed assessment of China's history, its strengths and weaknesses, and its intentions on the world stage today.  Whether the United States can maintain its position as the preeminent force for free and open societies in the face of the China Threat is the defining element of international politics in the 21st-century. After listening to this episode, you will understand China in an entirely new way. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>China is the single most formidable strategic threat the United States has ever faced. It alone has the potential to replace the United States as the world's hegemon. China is not a typical foreign adversary on another shore, gathering behind its army, aggressive, thinking about land warfare, even nuclear warfare. This is an enemy that's permeated the United States, it's infiltrated into our culture and China's strategy of "elite capture" is working. A lot of the leadership class in America seems to be in the pocket of the Chinese. Deng Xiaoping, probably the greatest strategist of the 20th century, determined that China was not going to be vulnerable the way the Soviets were and that he was going to enter the world's economic and governance ecosystems with prodigious assistance from the West. He was going to make partners with Wall Street, the Chamber of Commerce and of the Democrat, and in time the Republican, parties and the fear today is that he has succeeded.  Joining The Bill Walton Show in this episode to discuss the China Threat are:  Frank J. Gaffney, Jr. is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy. He's coauthor of The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party, vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney on the Real America's Voice Network, and Bradley A. Thayer is Director of China Policy at the Center for Security Policy and the coauthor of Understanding the China Threat and How China Sees the World:  Han-Centrism and the Balance of Power in International Politics. Together Frank and Brad have a profound and clear eyed assessment of China's history, its strengths and weaknesses, and its intentions on the world stage today.  Whether the United States can maintain its position as the preeminent force for free and open societies in the face of the China Threat is the defining element of international politics in the 21st-century. After listening to this episode, you will understand China in an entirely new way. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 249: You Can't Win the Culture War Without Making Movies -Michael and Thomas Pack</title>
      <itunes:title>You Can't Win the Culture War Without Making Movies -Michael and Thomas Pack</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9e9667b3-9f57-4ed6-91ea-5040279e83d7]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-249-you-cant-win-the-culture-war-without-making-movies-michael-and-thomas-pack]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In the United States just four networks: Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBOMax spend almost $75 billion every year on film, TV and streaming content. And most of this spending goes toward woke, progressive-themed entertainment.</p> <p>The progressive Left has come to dominate our institutions and our culture and they've been remarkably successful in using the art of narrative storytelling to promote their agenda.</p> <p>Conservatives complain that they are losing the culture wars  And they are. But that won't change until they actually begin producing cultural content that embodies their values and commit real money to the business of storytelling. </p> <p>You can't win unless you are in the Game.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In the United States just four networks: Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBOMax spend almost $75 billion every year on film, TV and streaming content. And most of this spending goes toward woke, progressive-themed entertainment.</p> <p>The progressive Left has come to dominate our institutions and our culture and they've been remarkably successful in using the art of narrative storytelling to promote their agenda.</p> <p>Conservatives complain that they are losing the culture wars And they are. But that won't change until they actually begin producing cultural content that embodies their values and commit real money to the business of storytelling. </p> <p>You can't win unless you are in the Game.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="64835991" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_12_13_Michael_and_Thomas_Pack_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>249</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/3/5/a/235af3ce34325a95e5bbc093207a2619/BB_Insta_Art_-_Pack_Brothers.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In the United States just four networks: Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBOMax spend almost $75 billion every year on film, TV and streaming content. And most of this spending goes toward woke, progressive-themed entertainment. The progressive Left has come to dominate our institutions and our culture and they've been remarkably successful in using the art of narrative storytelling to promote their agenda. Conservatives complain that they are losing the culture wars  And they are. But that won't change until they actually begin producing cultural content that embodies their values and commit real money to the business of storytelling.  You can't win unless you are in the Game.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In the United States just four networks: Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBOMax spend almost $75 billion every year on film, TV and streaming content. And most of this spending goes toward woke, progressive-themed entertainment. The progressive Left has come to dominate our institutions and our culture and they've been remarkably successful in using the art of narrative storytelling to promote their agenda. Conservatives complain that they are losing the culture wars  And they are. But that won't change until they actually begin producing cultural content that embodies their values and commit real money to the business of storytelling.  You can't win unless you are in the Game.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 248: "The Golden Gate: Power, Sex, Class and Justice in 1940s California" with Amy Chua</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Golden Gate: Power, Sex, Class and Justice in 1940s California" with Amy Chua</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 10:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b6b0e082-fca9-4dc5-9aa0-78bc261a5c63]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-248-the-golden-gate-power-sex-class-and-justice-in-1940s-california-with-amy-chua]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode of the Bill Walton Show, my conversation is with Amy Chua,  a provocative and original thinker about culture, world politics, and political tribes. Our main topic is her latest book, <em>The Golden Gate,</em> is a novel set in the San Francisco Bay Area in the 1930s and 1940s.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic 1456w" alt="" width="216" height="321.84" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/d7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1341,"width":900,"resizeWidth":216,"bytes":381686,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/heic","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>Best known for her <em>Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother</em>, a memoir about her parenting journey using strict Confucianist child rearing techniques, she is a highly accomplished professor at Yale Law School, and has been named one of Time magazine's 100 most influential people, The Atlantic's "Brave Thinkers" and Foreign Policy's "Global Thinkers."</p> <p><em>The Golden Gate</em> is compelling historical thriller that paints a portrait of a California from another era beset by the crosswinds of a world at war and an American society about to undergo massive changes in how race and class define the essence of power, sex, and justice. It's also filled with fascinating details, like groundbreaking forensic advances, the story of the construction of the Golden Gate Bridge and the presence of China's Madame Chiang Kai-shek in Berkeley in the 1940's</p> <p>Amy brings to this book - and our conversation - her depth of understanding about class structures, culture and ethnic divisions seen in her non-fiction writings. </p> <p>Her first book, <em>World on Fire: How Exporting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability</em>, explored the ethnic conflict caused in many societies by "market dominant minorities."</p> <p>In her <em>Day of Empire: How Hyperpowers Rise to Global Dominance - and Why They Fall</em> examined seven major empires and the theory that their success depended on their tolerance of minorities.</p> <p><em>Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations</em>, examined how group loyalty often outweighs any other ideological considerations and argues that the failure to recognize the place of group loyalty has played a major role in the failure of US foreign policy.</p> <p><em>The Triple Package: How Three Unlikely Traits Explain the Rise and Fall of Cultural Groups in America</em> was called by the Financial Times' Lucy Kellaway, "the best universal theory of success I've seen."</p> <p>This is a wide ranging and fun conversation. Highly enjoyable. Listen in. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode of the Bill Walton Show, my conversation is with Amy Chua, a provocative and original thinker about culture, world politics, and political tribes. Our main topic is her latest book, <em>The Golden Gate,</em> is a novel set in the San Francisco Bay Area in the 1930s and 1940s.</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2Fd7f502ab-f753-4187-baa5-001f41d8bf20.heic" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Best known for her <em>Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother</em>, a memoir about her parenting journey using strict Confucianist child rearing techniques, she is a highly accomplished professor at Yale Law School, and has been named one of Time magazine's 100 most influential people, The Atlantic's "Brave Thinkers" and Foreign Policy's "Global Thinkers."</p> <p><em>The Golden Gate</em> is compelling historical thriller that paints a portrait of a California from another era beset by the crosswinds of a world at war and an American society about to undergo massive changes in how race and class define the essence of power, sex, and justice. It's also filled with fascinating details, like groundbreaking forensic advances, the story of the construction of the Golden Gate Bridge and the presence of China's Madame Chiang Kai-shek in Berkeley in the 1940's</p> <p>Amy brings to this book - and our conversation - her depth of understanding about class structures, culture and ethnic divisions seen in her non-fiction writings. </p> <p>Her first book, <em>World on Fire: How Exporting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability</em>, explored the ethnic conflict caused in many societies by "market dominant minorities."</p> <p>In her <em>Day of Empire: How Hyperpowers Rise to Global Dominance - and Why They Fall</em> examined seven major empires and the theory that their success depended on their tolerance of minorities.</p> <p><em>Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations</em>, examined how group loyalty often outweighs any other ideological considerations and argues that the failure to recognize the place of group loyalty has played a major role in the failure of US foreign policy.</p> <p><em>The Triple Package: How Three Unlikely Traits Explain the Rise and Fall of Cultural Groups in America</em> was called by the Financial Times' Lucy Kellaway, "the best universal theory of success I've seen."</p> <p>This is a wide ranging and fun conversation. Highly enjoyable. Listen in. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="117702720" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS188_2023_10_04_Chua.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/c/a/7/eca7c3b4c864c34a5f2e77a3093c12a1/BB_Insta_Art_-_Amy_Chua.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the Bill Walton Show, my conversation is with Amy Chua,  a provocative and original thinker about culture, world politics, and political tribes. Our main topic is her latest book, The Golden Gate, is a novel set in the San Francisco Bay Area in the 1930s and 1940s.   Best known for her Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, a memoir about her parenting journey using strict Confucianist child rearing techniques, she is a highly accomplished professor at Yale Law School, and has been named one of Time magazine's 100 most influential people, The Atlantic's "Brave Thinkers" and Foreign Policy's "Global Thinkers." The Golden Gate is compelling historical thriller that paints a portrait of a California from another era beset by the crosswinds of a world at war and an American society about to undergo massive changes in how race and class define the essence of power, sex, and justice. It's also filled with fascinating details, like groundbreaking forensic advances, the story of the construction of the Golden Gate Bridge and the presence of China's Madame Chiang Kai-shek in Berkeley in the 1940's Amy brings to this book - and our conversation - her depth of understanding about class structures, culture and ethnic divisions seen in her non-fiction writings.  Her first book, World on Fire: How Exporting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability, explored the ethnic conflict caused in many societies by "market dominant minorities." In her Day of Empire: How Hyperpowers Rise to Global Dominance - and Why They Fall examined seven major empires and the theory that their success depended on their tolerance of minorities. Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations, examined how group loyalty often outweighs any other ideological considerations and argues that the failure to recognize the place of group loyalty has played a major role in the failure of US foreign policy. The Triple Package: How Three Unlikely Traits Explain the Rise and Fall of Cultural Groups in America was called by the Financial Times' Lucy Kellaway, "the best universal theory of success I've seen." This is a wide ranging and fun conversation. Highly enjoyable. Listen in. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode of the Bill Walton Show, my conversation is with Amy Chua,  a provocative and original thinker about culture, world politics, and political tribes. Our main topic is her latest book, The Golden Gate, is a novel set in the San Francisco Bay Area in the 1930s and 1940s.   Best known for her Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, a memoir about her parenting journey using strict Confucianist child rearing techniques, she is a highly accomplished professor at Yale Law School, and has been named one of Time magazine's 100 most influential people, The Atlantic's "Brave Thinkers" and Foreign Policy's "Global Thinkers." The Golden Gate is compelling historical thriller that paints a portrait of a California from another era beset by the crosswinds of a world at war and an American society about to undergo massive changes in how race and class define the essence of power, sex, and justice. It's also filled with fascinating details, like groundbreaking forensic advances, the story of the construction of the Golden Gate Bridge and the presence of China's Madame Chiang Kai-shek in Berkeley in the 1940's Amy brings to this book - and our conversation - her depth of understanding about class structures, culture and ethnic divisions seen in her non-fiction writings.  Her first book, World on Fire: How Exporting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability, explored the ethnic conflict caused in many societies by "market dominant minorities." In her Day of Empire: How Hyperpowers Rise to Global Dominance - and Why They Fall examined seven major empires and the theory that their success depended on their tolerance of minorities. Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations, examined how group loyalty often outweighs any other ideological considerations and argues that the failure to recognize the place of group loyalty has played a major role in the failure of US foreign policy. The Triple Package: How Three Unlikely Traits Explain the Rise and Fall of Cultural Groups in America was called by the Financial Times' Lucy Kellaway, "the best universal theory of success I've seen." This is a wide ranging and fun conversation. Highly enjoyable. Listen in. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 247: "You Can Prevent a Stroke" with Dr Joshua Yamamoto</title>
      <itunes:title>"You Can Prevent a Stroke" with Dr Joshua Yamamoto</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Oct 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3fcfbd64-21ae-44fe-927f-36e394adb25d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-247-you-can-prevent-a-stroke-with-dr-joshua-yamamoto]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Our guest on this episode of <strong><em>Backstage with Bill Walton</em></strong> is Bill's cardiologist Dr. Joshua Yamamoto who has some startling and optimistic things to say about our heart health. </p> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>"There is almost no such thing as heart disease: it's just natural aging and you can manage it," declares Josh. "We now look at aging not just as a bag of diseases, but as a process."</strong></p> </div> <p>While health issues are not normally among our Show topics, unlike our polarized politics, our personal health is something we can actually do something about. </p> <p>The biology of aging is no longer mysterious. If we start paying attention when we are young, heart and blood vessel health is knowable, measurable, and manageable. </p> <blockquote> <p>In <strong><em>You Can Prevent a Stroke</em></strong>, Dr. Joshua Yamamoto and Dr. Kristin Thomas help us understand what we can do, and what we can ask of our doctors, to manage the effects of aging on our circulation so that we do not have a stroke.</p> </blockquote> <p> </p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg 1456w" alt="" width="202" height="317.61006289308176" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":1500,"width":954,"resizeWidth":202,"bytes":82251,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/jpeg","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <div class="pullquote"> <p>Josh Yamamoto is one of America's leading cardiologists with a degree in physics from Princeton University and who trained at Dartmouth Medical School, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, National Naval Medical Center and Georgetown University. He was the cardiology consultant to the US Congress and Director of Cardiac Imaging and served in Kuwait as the theater cardiologist for the ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.</p> </div> <p> "Old school" medicine said that if something isn't broken, don't fix it. A great emphasis was placed on symptoms. What are your complaints? If you don't have a complaint, then all must be well. Not necessarily. </p> <p>To keep your brain (and yourself as a whole) healthy, you need to know the answers to the questions: </p> <p>1. What is the actual health of my heart and circulation? </p> <p>2. What can I do, or what can I do differently, to keep my circulation working as safely and efficiently as possible? </p> <p>Fundamentally, these are the only questions you need to ask. The questions are simple, but the answers are different for every one of us.</p> <p>"The leading cause of death is supposedly heart disease. And I always roll my eye at that notion because heart disease isn't simply one thing. It's like if you take your car to the mechanic, and he says, "Oh, I know what's wrong. You have engine trouble." Really? How did that help? So, you have to understand what are all the processes affecting the heart."</p> <p>"A famous bioethicist once said that there is no meaningful life after the age of 75, so why should anyone go to the doctor after that point?" </p> <p>"In my practice, I can spend an entire day and see no patient younger than 90. And they are active and healthy, and enjoying life. I have 96-year-olds still wearing suits to the office. I have a 106-year-old complaining that no one will dance with her. I have an 89-year-old who wanted a stress test to make sure he could keep up with his new girlfriend (who in fact is older than he). I prescribe plenty of Viagra."</p> <p>This is just a sampling of Josh's original thinking, deep insights and humor. Listen in and learn how to anticipate, navigate and manage the aging process.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Our guest on this episode of <em>Backstage with Bill Walton</em> is Bill's cardiologist Dr. Joshua Yamamoto who has some startling and optimistic things to say about our heart health. </p> <p>"There is almost no such thing as heart disease: it's just natural aging and you can manage it," declares Josh. "We now look at aging not just as a bag of diseases, but as a process."</p> <p>While health issues are not normally among our Show topics, unlike our polarized politics, our personal health is something we can actually do something about. </p> <p>The biology of aging is no longer mysterious. If we start paying attention when we are young, heart and blood vessel health is knowable, measurable, and manageable. </p> <p>In <em>You Can Prevent a Stroke</em>, Dr. Joshua Yamamoto and Dr. Kristin Thomas help us understand what we can do, and what we can ask of our doctors, to manage the effects of aging on our circulation so that we do not have a stroke.</p> <p> </p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F405edd5b-7b9e-467c-8172-1e89e1cd1d6a_954x1500.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>Josh Yamamoto is one of America's leading cardiologists with a degree in physics from Princeton University and who trained at Dartmouth Medical School, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, National Naval Medical Center and Georgetown University. He was the cardiology consultant to the US Congress and Director of Cardiac Imaging and served in Kuwait as the theater cardiologist for the ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.</p> <p> "Old school" medicine said that if something isn't broken, don't fix it. A great emphasis was placed on symptoms. What are your complaints? If you don't have a complaint, then all must be well. Not necessarily. </p> <p>To keep your brain (and yourself as a whole) healthy, you need to know the answers to the questions: </p> <p>1. What is the actual health of my heart and circulation? </p> <p>2. What can I do, or what can I do differently, to keep my circulation working as safely and efficiently as possible? </p> <p>Fundamentally, these are the only questions you need to ask. The questions are simple, but the answers are different for every one of us.</p> <p>"The leading cause of death is supposedly heart disease. And I always roll my eye at that notion because heart disease isn't simply one thing. It's like if you take your car to the mechanic, and he says, "Oh, I know what's wrong. You have engine trouble." Really? How did that help? So, you have to understand what are all the processes affecting the heart."</p> <p>"A famous bioethicist once said that there is no meaningful life after the age of 75, so why should anyone go to the doctor after that point?" </p> <p>"In my practice, I can spend an entire day and see no patient younger than 90. And they are active and healthy, and enjoying life. I have 96-year-olds still wearing suits to the office. I have a 106-year-old complaining that no one will dance with her. I have an 89-year-old who wanted a stress test to make sure he could keep up with his new girlfriend (who in fact is older than he). I prescribe plenty of Viagra."</p> <p>This is just a sampling of Josh's original thinking, deep insights and humor. Listen in and learn how to anticipate, navigate and manage the aging process.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="142815360" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS187_2024_09_28_Yamamoto.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>247</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/e/a/8/5ea82fe2ff6fdf9416c3140a3186d450/BB_Insta_Art_-_Dr._Joshua_Yamamoto.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Our guest on this episode of Backstage with Bill Walton is Bill's cardiologist Dr. Joshua Yamamoto who has some startling and optimistic things to say about our heart health.  "There is almost no such thing as heart disease: it's just natural aging and you can manage it," declares Josh. "We now look at aging not just as a bag of diseases, but as a process." While health issues are not normally among our Show topics, unlike our polarized politics, our personal health is something we can actually do something about.  The biology of aging is no longer mysterious. If we start paying attention when we are young, heart and blood vessel health is knowable, measurable, and manageable.  In You Can Prevent a Stroke, Dr. Joshua Yamamoto and Dr. Kristin Thomas help us understand what we can do, and what we can ask of our doctors, to manage the effects of aging on our circulation so that we do not have a stroke.     Josh Yamamoto is one of America's leading cardiologists with a degree in physics from Princeton University and who trained at Dartmouth Medical School, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, National Naval Medical Center and Georgetown University. He was the cardiology consultant to the US Congress and Director of Cardiac Imaging and served in Kuwait as the theater cardiologist for the ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.  "Old school" medicine said that if something isn't broken, don't fix it. A great emphasis was placed on symptoms. What are your complaints? If you don't have a complaint, then all must be well. Not necessarily.  To keep your brain (and yourself as a whole) healthy, you need to know the answers to the questions:  1. What is the actual health of my heart and circulation?  2. What can I do, or what can I do differently, to keep my circulation working as safely and efficiently as possible?  Fundamentally, these are the only questions you need to ask. The questions are simple, but the answers are different for every one of us. "The leading cause of death is supposedly heart disease. And I always roll my eye at that notion because heart disease isn't simply one thing. It's like if you take your car to the mechanic, and he says, "Oh, I know what's wrong. You have engine trouble." Really? How did that help? So, you have to understand what are all the processes affecting the heart." "A famous bioethicist once said that there is no meaningful life after the age of 75, so why should anyone go to the doctor after that point?"  "In my practice, I can spend an entire day and see no patient younger than 90. And they are active and healthy, and enjoying life. I have 96-year-olds still wearing suits to the office. I have a 106-year-old complaining that no one will dance with her. I have an 89-year-old who wanted a stress test to make sure he could keep up with his new girlfriend (who in fact is older than he). I prescribe plenty of Viagra." This is just a sampling of Josh's original thinking, deep insights and humor. Listen in and learn how to anticipate, navigate and manage the aging process.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Our guest on this episode of Backstage with Bill Walton is Bill's cardiologist Dr. Joshua Yamamoto who has some startling and optimistic things to say about our heart health.  "There is almost no such thing as heart disease: it's just natural aging and you can manage it," declares Josh. "We now look at aging not just as a bag of diseases, but as a process." While health issues are not normally among our Show topics, unlike our polarized politics, our personal health is something we can actually do something about.  The biology of aging is no longer mysterious. If we start paying attention when we are young, heart and blood vessel health is knowable, measurable, and manageable.  In You Can Prevent a Stroke, Dr. Joshua Yamamoto and Dr. Kristin Thomas help us understand what we can do, and what we can ask of our doctors, to manage the effects of aging on our circulation so that we do not have a stroke.     Josh Yamamoto is one of America's leading cardiologists with a degree in physics from Princeton University and who trained at Dartmouth Medical School, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, National Naval Medical Center and Georgetown University. He was the cardiology consultant to the US Congress and Director of Cardiac Imaging and served in Kuwait as the theater cardiologist for the ongoing wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.  "Old school" medicine said that if something isn't broken, don't fix it. A great emphasis was placed on symptoms. What are your complaints? If you don't have a complaint, then all must be well. Not necessarily.  To keep your brain (and yourself as a whole) healthy, you need to know the answers to the questions:  1. What is the actual health of my heart and circulation?  2. What can I do, or what can I do differently, to keep my circulation working as safely and efficiently as possible?  Fundamentally, these are the only questions you need to ask. The questions are simple, but the answers are different for every one of us. "The leading cause of death is supposedly heart disease. And I always roll my eye at that notion because heart disease isn't simply one thing. It's like if you take your car to the mechanic, and he says, "Oh, I know what's wrong. You have engine trouble." Really? How did that help? So, you have to understand what are all the processes affecting the heart." "A famous bioethicist once said that there is no meaningful life after the age of 75, so why should anyone go to the doctor after that point?"  "In my practice, I can spend an entire day and see no patient younger than 90. And they are active and healthy, and enjoying life. I have 96-year-olds still wearing suits to the office. I have a 106-year-old complaining that no one will dance with her. I have an 89-year-old who wanted a stress test to make sure he could keep up with his new girlfriend (who in fact is older than he). I prescribe plenty of Viagra." This is just a sampling of Josh's original thinking, deep insights and humor. Listen in and learn how to anticipate, navigate and manage the aging process.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 246: "What Really Happens at Burning Man: An Insider's Story" with Kenny Reff</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 246: "What Really Happens at Burning Man: An Insider's Story" with Kenny Reff</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Sep 2023 10:50:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0e0c859b-263c-49b5-8189-6fd69a4a30f5]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-246-what-really-happens-at-burning-man-an-insiders-story-with-kenny-reff]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">nce a year, roughly 70,000 "Burners" gather two hours north of Reno in Nevada's Black Rock Desert to create Black Rock City, a temporary city "dedicated to community, art, self-expression, and self-reliance." Burners declare that Burning Man isn't a "festival." Rather, "it's a city wherein almost everything that happens is created entirely by its citizens, who are active participants in the experience."</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg 1456w" alt="" width="542" height="203" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":545,"width":1456,"resizeWidth":null,"bytes":924651,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/jpeg","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p>This year Burning Man was much in the news because of the sensationalized coverage about the rain that fell on it. But was it as bad as the press made it sound?</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode of Backstage with Bill Walton, we get a first hand account from someone who was there: our producer/director Kenny Reff.  An experienced journalist - Kenny was one of CNN's first White House producers - he's been a Burner since 2012. For this show he's jumped to the other side of the camera with entertaining stories and a captivating description what goes on there. </p> <div class="pullquote"> <p>"To read the recent press accounts about Burning Man and the rain there this year," Kenny explains, "you'd think it was an unmitigated disaster. For those who were there it wasn't. Far from it. And so this was fascinating for me because it's rare to be at an event and know really what happened and then see the reporting on it." </p> </div> <p>It seems like there's a personality type that goes to Burning Man that wants to be adventurous, wants to be self-reliant and is looking for experiences. As its founder Larry Harvey put it <strong>"All real communities grow out of a shared confrontation with survival."</strong></p> <p>Many of the people there - mostly young, the median age is 37- thought there was something special about sharing a weather event and living to tell the tale. And a lot else, shares Kenny:</p> <p><em>"People change there. One of the reasons people go back and keep on going back is that it's a totally different environment. For one week, you're in this community that has a different set of rules, a different set of ethos. People are fun. They get into deep conversations. They're fun loving. And it's so different from what burners call the default world."</em></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Of course, it's also an extravagant week-long party for those with the stamina to take it all in. Kenny's one of them. This episode is best watched rather than listened to since Kenny incorporated many pictures and video from Burning Man. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">www.thebillwaltonshow.com</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">nce a year, roughly 70,000 "Burners" gather two hours north of Reno in Nevada's Black Rock Desert to create Black Rock City, a temporary city "dedicated to community, art, self-expression, and self-reliance." Burners declare that Burning Man isn't a "festival." Rather, "it's a city wherein almost everything that happens is created entirely by its citizens, who are active participants in the experience."</p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F44a1b79e-8f12-46e5-b36c-eb877b3953dc_1920x719.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p>This year Burning Man was much in the news because of the sensationalized coverage about the rain that fell on it. But was it as bad as the press made it sound?</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode of Backstage with Bill Walton, we get a first hand account from someone who was there: our producer/director Kenny Reff. An experienced journalist - Kenny was one of CNN's first White House producers - he's been a Burner since 2012. For this show he's jumped to the other side of the camera with entertaining stories and a captivating description what goes on there. </p> <p>"To read the recent press accounts about Burning Man and the rain there this year," Kenny explains, "you'd think it was an unmitigated disaster. For those who were there it wasn't. Far from it. And so this was fascinating for me because it's rare to be at an event and know really what happened and then see the reporting on it." </p> <p>It seems like there's a personality type that goes to Burning Man that wants to be adventurous, wants to be self-reliant and is looking for experiences. As its founder Larry Harvey put it "All real communities grow out of a shared confrontation with survival."</p> <p>Many of the people there - mostly young, the median age is 37- thought there was something special about sharing a weather event and living to tell the tale. And a lot else, shares Kenny:</p> <p><em>"People change there. One of the reasons people go back and keep on going back is that it's a totally different environment. For one week, you're in this community that has a different set of rules, a different set of ethos. People are fun. They get into deep conversations. They're fun loving. And it's so different from what burners call the default world."</em></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Of course, it's also an extravagant week-long party for those with the stamina to take it all in. Kenny's one of them. This episode is best watched rather than listened to since Kenny incorporated many pictures and video from Burning Man. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">www.thebillwaltonshow.com</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="148905600" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS186_2023_09_21_Reff.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>246</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/a/e/d/7aedabb2ebe25600e55e3c100dce7605/BB_Insta_Art_-_Kenny_Reff.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>nce a year, roughly 70,000 "Burners" gather two hours north of Reno in Nevada's Black Rock Desert to create Black Rock City, a temporary city "dedicated to community, art, self-expression, and self-reliance." Burners declare that Burning Man isn't a "festival." Rather, "it's a city wherein almost everything that happens is created entirely by its citizens, who are active participants in the experience."   This year Burning Man was much in the news because of the sensationalized coverage about the rain that fell on it. But was it as bad as the press made it sound? In this episode of Backstage with Bill Walton, we get a first hand account from someone who was there: our producer/director Kenny Reff.  An experienced journalist - Kenny was one of CNN's first White House producers - he's been a Burner since 2012. For this show he's jumped to the other side of the camera with entertaining stories and a captivating description what goes on there.  "To read the recent press accounts about Burning Man and the rain there this year," Kenny explains, "you'd think it was an unmitigated disaster. For those who were there it wasn't. Far from it. And so this was fascinating for me because it's rare to be at an event and know really what happened and then see the reporting on it."  It seems like there's a personality type that goes to Burning Man that wants to be adventurous, wants to be self-reliant and is looking for experiences. As its founder Larry Harvey put it "All real communities grow out of a shared confrontation with survival." Many of the people there - mostly young, the median age is 37- thought there was something special about sharing a weather event and living to tell the tale. And a lot else, shares Kenny: "People change there. One of the reasons people go back and keep on going back is that it's a totally different environment. For one week, you're in this community that has a different set of rules, a different set of ethos. People are fun. They get into deep conversations. They're fun loving. And it's so different from what burners call the default world." Of course, it's also an extravagant week-long party for those with the stamina to take it all in. Kenny's one of them. This episode is best watched rather than listened to since Kenny incorporated many pictures and video from Burning Man.  www.thebillwaltonshow.com</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>nce a year, roughly 70,000 "Burners" gather two hours north of Reno in Nevada's Black Rock Desert to create Black Rock City, a temporary city "dedicated to community, art, self-expression, and self-reliance." Burners declare that Burning Man isn't a "festival." Rather, "it's a city wherein almost everything that happens is created entirely by its citizens, who are active participants in the experience."   This year Burning Man was much in the news because of the sensationalized coverage about the rain that fell on it. But was it as bad as the press made it sound? In this episode of Backstage with Bill Walton, we get a first hand account from someone who was there: our producer/director Kenny Reff.  An experienced journalist - Kenny was one of CNN's first White House producers - he's been a Burner since 2012. For this show he's jumped to the other side of the camera with entertaining stories and a captivating description what goes on there.  "To read the recent press accounts about Burning Man and the rain there this year," Kenny explains, "you'd think it was an unmitigated disaster. For those who were there it wasn't. Far from it. And so this was fascinating for me because it's rare to be at an event and know really what happened and then see the reporting on it."  It seems like there's a personality type that goes to Burning Man that wants to be adventurous, wants to be self-reliant and is looking for experiences. As its founder Larry Harvey put it "All real communities grow out of a shared confrontation with survival." Many of the people there - mostly young, the median age is 37- thought there was something special about sharing a weather event and living to tell the tale. And a lot else, shares Kenny: "People change there. One of the reasons people go back and keep on going back is that it's a totally different environment. For one week, you're in this community that has a different set of rules, a different set of ethos. People are fun. They get into deep conversations. They're fun loving. And it's so different from what burners call the default world." Of course, it's also an extravagant week-long party for those with the stamina to take it all in. Kenny's one of them. This episode is best watched rather than listened to since Kenny incorporated many pictures and video from Burning Man.  www.thebillwaltonshow.com</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 245: "Climate Catastrophe, or Simply the Weather?" with Jay Richards</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 245: "Climate Catastrophe, or Simply the Weather?" with Jay Richards</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[53e4e314-b962-4136-830c-8aa44aafe394]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-245-climate-catastrophe-or-simply-the-weather-with-jay-richards]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode I'm joined by Jay W. Richards, Ph.D. to talk about "climate change." </p> <p>We are both skeptical about the claims that man is causing abnormal changes in the climate, mainly by adding CO₂ to the atmosphere, and that we need a political solution - fast! - to somehow arrest the spread of this toxic combination of molecules. We're even more skeptical that the solution is for governments or the UN coerce us do it, and along the way essentially shut down the modern economy.</p> <p>There are a lot of breathless claims being made. Bryan Moynihan, the CEO of Bank of America and a regular fixture at the World Economic Forum, directed his bank to produce a <a href= "https://news.yahoo.com/fighting-climate-change-a-150-trillion-battle-bank-of-america-report-163422676.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Global Research Report</a> which claims the consequences of climate change will be dire and extreme. "This is the last decade to act," they write. "Absolute water scarcity is likely for 1.8 billion people, 100 million face poverty, and 800 million are at risk from rising sea levels by 2025. Climate migration could reach 143 million from emerging markets, driven by extreme weather."</p> <p>The amount of investment required they estimate to fully decarbonize the world? "$150 trillion over the next 30 years."</p> <p>Before we get out our checkbook, here are some of the questions Jay and I believe demand an answer:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Is the Earth warming in any <em>meaningful</em> way?</p> </li> <li> <p>If the Earth is warming, are we causing it? </p> </li> <li> <p>If Earth is warming, and we're causing it, is that bad?</p> </li> <li> <p>If the Earth is warming, and we're causing it, and that's bad, would any of the solutions being proposed make a difference?</p> </li> </ul> <div class="pullquote"> <p>Jay Richards is the Director, Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation, Executive Editor of The Stream, and a Senior Fellow at the Discovery Institute.  He is author or editor of many New York Times bestsellers and the soon to be released<em> Fight the Good Fight: How an Alliance of Faith and Reason Can Win the Culture W</em>ar<em> (with James Robison)</em></p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> <figure><a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> <div class="image2-inset"><picture><source srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_webp,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 1456w" type="image/webp" sizes="100vw" /><img class="sizing-normal" src= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp" sizes="100vw" srcset= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_424,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 424w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_848,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 848w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1272,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 1272w, https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/w_1456,c_limit,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp 1456w" alt="" width="266" height="401.67785234899327" data-attrs= "{"src":"https://substack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com/public/images/1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp","srcNoWatermark":null,"fullscreen":null,"imageSize":null,"height":900,"width":596,"resizeWidth":266,"bytes":111774,"alt":null,"title":null,"type":"image/webp","href":null,"belowTheFold":false,"topImage":false,"internalRedirect":null}" /></picture> <div> </div> </div> </a></figure> </div> <p> </p> </div> <blockquote> <p>"Are climate change concerns based on real scientific evidence and study and careful consideration," asks Jay "or is this an ideology?  Every ideology in the modern world seems to claim that it's based on science, because "science" has become the keeper of the public domain. In the Middle Ages, it would've been the church and the clerics. Now it's Science, so everyone from Karl Marx to the President wants to appeal to science for their ideology. And so it is with climate." </p> </blockquote> <p>The IPCC (the United Nations' Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) produces dozens of different computer climate models predicting a climate apocalypse. The problem is that they are in significant disagreement with each other. And not only have they not made accurate predictions, they can't explain the <em>history</em> of the earth's climate for the last hundred years. And they don't encompass some basic essentials.</p> <p>For example, missing from virtually all of these computer programs are the effect of clouds. Al Gore's movie assumed a cloud free earth when in fact the earth is shrouded in clouds up to two thirds over its surface area. The variation in the cloud cover is a 200 times more powerful factor than the small effect of CO₂, according to Nobel Laureate John Clauser. </p> <p>The IPCC has not convincingly answered the questions we have asked (and neither has the climate science consensus).</p> <p>We do know this: a mass hysteria has been whipped up by people and organizations purporting to bring about so-called climate change solutions who are also big beneficiaries. Trillions of dollars have already been spent to no effect, yet they are demanding even more.</p> <p><strong>Who benefits?  </strong>The climate change industrial complex, John Podesta, China, Goldman Sachs, Al Gore & John Kerry, the degrowth zealots, Blackrock and Klaus Schwaab.</p> <p><strong>Who loses? </strong>most of the rest of us, developing countries, thousands of species & habitats, taxpayers, the average consumer and real science.</p> <p>The climate change agenda threatens our modern way of life. Listen in to arm yourself with the arguments we need to be making to resist it.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode I'm joined by Jay W. Richards, Ph.D. to talk about "climate change." </p> <p>We are both skeptical about the claims that man is causing abnormal changes in the climate, mainly by adding CO₂ to the atmosphere, and that we need a political solution - fast! - to somehow arrest the spread of this toxic combination of molecules. We're even more skeptical that the solution is for governments or the UN coerce us do it, and along the way essentially shut down the modern economy.</p> <p>There are a lot of breathless claims being made. Bryan Moynihan, the CEO of Bank of America and a regular fixture at the World Economic Forum, directed his bank to produce a <a href= "https://news.yahoo.com/fighting-climate-change-a-150-trillion-battle-bank-of-america-report-163422676.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Global Research Report</a> which claims the consequences of climate change will be dire and extreme. "This is the last decade to act," they write. "Absolute water scarcity is likely for 1.8 billion people, 100 million face poverty, and 800 million are at risk from rising sea levels by 2025. Climate migration could reach 143 million from emerging markets, driven by extreme weather."</p> <p>The amount of investment required they estimate to fully decarbonize the world? "$150 trillion over the next 30 years."</p> <p>Before we get out our checkbook, here are some of the questions Jay and I believe demand an answer:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Is the Earth warming in any <em>meaningful</em> way?</p> </li> <li> <p>If the Earth is warming, are we causing it? </p> </li> <li> <p>If Earth is warming, and we're causing it, is that bad?</p> </li> <li> <p>If the Earth is warming, and we're causing it, and that's bad, would any of the solutions being proposed make a difference?</p> </li> </ul> <p>Jay Richards is the Director, Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation, Executive Editor of The Stream, and a Senior Fellow at the Discovery Institute. He is author or editor of many New York Times bestsellers and the soon to be released<em> Fight the Good Fight: How an Alliance of Faith and Reason Can Win the Culture W</em>ar<em> (with James Robison)</em></p> <a class="image-link is-viewable-img image2" href= "https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F1f61dc99-f7b6-4f01-84f6-e9c3d7a22a1b_596x900.webp" target="_blank" rel="noopener" data-component-name="Image2ToDOM"> </a> <p> </p> <p>"Are climate change concerns based on real scientific evidence and study and careful consideration," asks Jay "or is this an ideology? Every ideology in the modern world seems to claim that it's based on science, because "science" has become the keeper of the public domain. In the Middle Ages, it would've been the church and the clerics. Now it's Science, so everyone from Karl Marx to the President wants to appeal to science for their ideology. And so it is with climate." </p> <p>The IPCC (the United Nations' Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) produces dozens of different computer climate models predicting a climate apocalypse. The problem is that they are in significant disagreement with each other. And not only have they not made accurate predictions, they can't explain the <em>history</em> of the earth's climate for the last hundred years. And they don't encompass some basic essentials.</p> <p>For example, missing from virtually all of these computer programs are the effect of clouds. Al Gore's movie assumed a cloud free earth when in fact the earth is shrouded in clouds up to two thirds over its surface area. The variation in the cloud cover is a 200 times more powerful factor than the small effect of CO₂, according to Nobel Laureate John Clauser. </p> <p>The IPCC has not convincingly answered the questions we have asked (and neither has the climate science consensus).</p> <p>We do know this: a mass hysteria has been whipped up by people and organizations purporting to bring about so-called climate change solutions who are also big beneficiaries. Trillions of dollars have already been spent to no effect, yet they are demanding even more.</p> <p>Who benefits? The climate change industrial complex, John Podesta, China, Goldman Sachs, Al Gore & John Kerry, the degrowth zealots, Blackrock and Klaus Schwaab.</p> <p>Who loses? most of the rest of us, developing countries, thousands of species & habitats, taxpayers, the average consumer and real science.</p> <p>The climate change agenda threatens our modern way of life. Listen in to arm yourself with the arguments we need to be making to resist it.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="46035350" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Jay_Richards_on_Climate_Change_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>245</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/6/e/0/c6e08cd050e906e8d959afa2a1bf1c87/BWS_Insta_Art_-_245.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode I'm joined by Jay W. Richards, Ph.D. to talk about "climate change."  We are both skeptical about the claims that man is causing abnormal changes in the climate, mainly by adding CO₂ to the atmosphere, and that we need a political solution - fast! - to somehow arrest the spread of this toxic combination of molecules. We're even more skeptical that the solution is for governments or the UN coerce us do it, and along the way essentially shut down the modern economy. There are a lot of breathless claims being made. Bryan Moynihan, the CEO of Bank of America and a regular fixture at the World Economic Forum, directed his bank to produce a Global Research Report which claims the consequences of climate change will be dire and extreme. "This is the last decade to act," they write. "Absolute water scarcity is likely for 1.8 billion people, 100 million face poverty, and 800 million are at risk from rising sea levels by 2025. Climate migration could reach 143 million from emerging markets, driven by extreme weather." The amount of investment required they estimate to fully decarbonize the world? "$150 trillion over the next 30 years." Before we get out our checkbook, here are some of the questions Jay and I believe demand an answer: Is the Earth warming in any meaningful way? If the Earth is warming, are we causing it?  If Earth is warming, and we're causing it, is that bad? If the Earth is warming, and we're causing it, and that's bad, would any of the solutions being proposed make a difference? Jay Richards is the Director, Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation, Executive Editor of The Stream, and a Senior Fellow at the Discovery Institute.  He is author or editor of many New York Times bestsellers and the soon to be released Fight the Good Fight: How an Alliance of Faith and Reason Can Win the Culture War (with James Robison)     "Are climate change concerns based on real scientific evidence and study and careful consideration," asks Jay "or is this an ideology?  Every ideology in the modern world seems to claim that it's based on science, because "science" has become the keeper of the public domain. In the Middle Ages, it would've been the church and the clerics. Now it's Science, so everyone from Karl Marx to the President wants to appeal to science for their ideology. And so it is with climate."  The IPCC (the United Nations' Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) produces dozens of different computer climate models predicting a climate apocalypse. The problem is that they are in significant disagreement with each other. And not only have they not made accurate predictions, they can't explain the history of the earth's climate for the last hundred years. And they don't encompass some basic essentials. For example, missing from virtually all of these computer programs are the effect of clouds. Al Gore's movie assumed a cloud free earth when in fact the earth is shrouded in clouds up to two thirds over its surface area. The variation in the cloud cover is a 200 times more powerful factor than the small effect of CO₂, according to Nobel Laureate John Clauser.  The IPCC has not convincingly answered the questions we have asked (and neither has the climate science consensus). We do know this: a mass hysteria has been whipped up by people and organizations purporting to bring about so-called climate change solutions who are also big beneficiaries. Trillions of dollars have already been spent to no effect, yet they are demanding even more. Who benefits?  The climate change industrial complex, John Podesta, China, Goldman Sachs, Al Gore &amp; John Kerry, the degrowth zealots, Blackrock and Klaus Schwaab. Who loses? most of the rest of us, developing countries, thousands of species &amp; habitats, taxpayers, the average consumer and real science. The climate change agenda threatens our modern way of life. Listen in to arm yourself with the arguments we need to be making to resist it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode I'm joined by Jay W. Richards, Ph.D. to talk about "climate change."  We are both skeptical about the claims that man is causing abnormal changes in the climate, mainly by adding CO₂ to the atmosphere, and that we need a political solution - fast! - to somehow arrest the spread of this toxic combination of molecules. We're even more skeptical that the solution is for governments or the UN coerce us do it, and along the way essentially shut down the modern economy. There are a lot of breathless claims being made. Bryan Moynihan, the CEO of Bank of America and a regular fixture at the World Economic Forum, directed his bank to produce a Global Research Report which claims the consequences of climate change will be dire and extreme. "This is the last decade to act," they write. "Absolute water scarcity is likely for 1.8 billion people, 100 million face poverty, and 800 million are at risk from rising sea levels by 2025. Climate migration could reach 143 million from emerging markets, driven by extreme weather." The amount of investment required they estimate to fully decarbonize the world? "$150 trillion over the next 30 years." Before we get out our checkbook, here are some of the questions Jay and I believe demand an answer: Is the Earth warming in any meaningful way? If the Earth is warming, are we causing it?  If Earth is warming, and we're causing it, is that bad? If the Earth is warming, and we're causing it, and that's bad, would any of the solutions being proposed make a difference? Jay Richards is the Director, Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation, Executive Editor of The Stream, and a Senior Fellow at the Discovery Institute.  He is author or editor of many New York Times bestsellers and the soon to be released Fight the Good Fight: How an Alliance of Faith and Reason Can Win the Culture War (with James Robison)     "Are climate change concerns based on real scientific evidence and study and careful consideration," asks Jay "or is this an ideology?  Every ideology in the modern world seems to claim that it's based on science, because "science" has become the keeper of the public domain. In the Middle Ages, it would've been the church and the clerics. Now it's Science, so everyone from Karl Marx to the President wants to appeal to science for their ideology. And so it is with climate."  The IPCC (the United Nations' Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) produces dozens of different computer climate models predicting a climate apocalypse. The problem is that they are in significant disagreement with each other. And not only have they not made accurate predictions, they can't explain the history of the earth's climate for the last hundred years. And they don't encompass some basic essentials. For example, missing from virtually all of these computer programs are the effect of clouds. Al Gore's movie assumed a cloud free earth when in fact the earth is shrouded in clouds up to two thirds over its surface area. The variation in the cloud cover is a 200 times more powerful factor than the small effect of CO₂, according to Nobel Laureate John Clauser.  The IPCC has not convincingly answered the questions we have asked (and neither has the climate science consensus). We do know this: a mass hysteria has been whipped up by people and organizations purporting to bring about so-called climate change solutions who are also big beneficiaries. Trillions of dollars have already been spent to no effect, yet they are demanding even more. Who benefits?  The climate change industrial complex, John Podesta, China, Goldman Sachs, Al Gore &amp; John Kerry, the degrowth zealots, Blackrock and Klaus Schwaab. Who loses? most of the rest of us, developing countries, thousands of species &amp; habitats, taxpayers, the average consumer and real science. The climate change agenda threatens our modern way of life. Listen in to arm yourself with the arguments we need to be making to resist it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 244: How Financial Regulators Have Become a (Progressive) Law Unto Themselves" with Todd Zywicki</title>
      <itunes:title>How Financial Regulators Have Become a (Progressive) Law Unto Themselves" with Todd Zywicki</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 11:53:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2f781422-e793-4b5b-991b-6ebe3209cbc2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-244-how-financial-regulators-have-become-a-progressive-law-unto-themselves-with-todd-zywicki]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode I'm talking with <strong>Todd Zywicki</strong>, the George Mason University Foundation Professor of Law in the Antonin Scalia Law School and former Executive Director of the GMU Law and Economics Center. </p> <p>He is also one of the most engaging and clear thinkers about the vast and complicated world of consumer financial services. He was Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Taskforce on Federal Consumer Financial Law and served as Editor of the Supreme Court Economic Review. </p> <p>Todd's recent article <strong>"Restoring the Rule of Law in Finance"</strong> served as our launching point for a fascinating - and disturbing - conversation about how financial regulation has become a key weapon in the progressives arsenal to fundamentally change America.</p> <p>The rule of law is in steep decline in the United States. And perhaps no more so than where I've spent most of my career: in finance and banking. </p> <p>Financial regulation is unusually convoluted and secretive. It affects us directly every day, but most of us are not even aware of how it operates and its agenda, even though the financial system is an essential infrastructure of our society and economy. It enables people to have a bank account, buy a home, start a business, or simply make a purchase at the grocery store. </p> <p>This sounds like it could be a commonplace, or even boring topic, but let me assure you, after listening to Todd explain what's really happening, it is not. </p> <p>For more:</p> <p><a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/posts">https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/posts</a></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In this episode I'm talking with Todd Zywicki, the George Mason University Foundation Professor of Law in the Antonin Scalia Law School and former Executive Director of the GMU Law and Economics Center. </p> <p>He is also one of the most engaging and clear thinkers about the vast and complicated world of consumer financial services. He was Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Taskforce on Federal Consumer Financial Law and served as Editor of the Supreme Court Economic Review. </p> <p>Todd's recent article "Restoring the Rule of Law in Finance" served as our launching point for a fascinating - and disturbing - conversation about how financial regulation has become a key weapon in the progressives arsenal to fundamentally change America.</p> <p>The rule of law is in steep decline in the United States. And perhaps no more so than where I've spent most of my career: in finance and banking. </p> <p>Financial regulation is unusually convoluted and secretive. It affects us directly every day, but most of us are not even aware of how it operates and its agenda, even though the financial system is an essential infrastructure of our society and economy. It enables people to have a bank account, buy a home, start a business, or simply make a purchase at the grocery store. </p> <p>This sounds like it could be a commonplace, or even boring topic, but let me assure you, after listening to Todd explain what's really happening, it is not. </p> <p>For more:</p> <p><a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/posts">https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/posts</a></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="146171520" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS185_2023_08_16_Zywicki.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>244</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/d/8/5/5d85e5d7390163aa88c4a68c3ddbc4f2/BWS_Insta_Art_-_244.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode I'm talking with Todd Zywicki, the George Mason University Foundation Professor of Law in the Antonin Scalia Law School and former Executive Director of the GMU Law and Economics Center.  He is also one of the most engaging and clear thinkers about the vast and complicated world of consumer financial services. He was Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Taskforce on Federal Consumer Financial Law and served as Editor of the Supreme Court Economic Review.  Todd's recent article "Restoring the Rule of Law in Finance" served as our launching point for a fascinating - and disturbing - conversation about how financial regulation has become a key weapon in the progressives arsenal to fundamentally change America. The rule of law is in steep decline in the United States. And perhaps no more so than where I've spent most of my career: in finance and banking.  Financial regulation is unusually convoluted and secretive. It affects us directly every day, but most of us are not even aware of how it operates and its agenda, even though the financial system is an essential infrastructure of our society and economy. It enables people to have a bank account, buy a home, start a business, or simply make a purchase at the grocery store.  This sounds like it could be a commonplace, or even boring topic, but let me assure you, after listening to Todd explain what's really happening, it is not.  For more: https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/posts</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode I'm talking with Todd Zywicki, the George Mason University Foundation Professor of Law in the Antonin Scalia Law School and former Executive Director of the GMU Law and Economics Center.  He is also one of the most engaging and clear thinkers about the vast and complicated world of consumer financial services. He was Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Taskforce on Federal Consumer Financial Law and served as Editor of the Supreme Court Economic Review.  Todd's recent article "Restoring the Rule of Law in Finance" served as our launching point for a fascinating - and disturbing - conversation about how financial regulation has become a key weapon in the progressives arsenal to fundamentally change America. The rule of law is in steep decline in the United States. And perhaps no more so than where I've spent most of my career: in finance and banking.  Financial regulation is unusually convoluted and secretive. It affects us directly every day, but most of us are not even aware of how it operates and its agenda, even though the financial system is an essential infrastructure of our society and economy. It enables people to have a bank account, buy a home, start a business, or simply make a purchase at the grocery store.  This sounds like it could be a commonplace, or even boring topic, but let me assure you, after listening to Todd explain what's really happening, it is not.  For more: https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/posts</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 243: "Capitalism's Promise: Essentially Infinite Resources and Human Flourishing" with George Gilder and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>"Capitalism's Promise: Essentially Infinite Resources and Human Flourishing" with George Gilder and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Aug 2023 12:48:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[049e5cf5-b398-409c-92a3-b3c117047b43]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-243-capitalisms-promise-essentially-infinite-resources-and-human-flourishing-with-george-gilder-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">I'm talking in this episode with the upbeat and visionary George Gilder, one of America's leading economic and technological thinkers, and the author of the groundbreaking books, <em>Wealth and Poverty, Knowledge and Power</em>, <em>The Scandal of Money</em> and now: </p> <p><strong><em>Life after Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money</em></strong> </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Co-hosting with me is the equally upbeat and contrarian thinker John Tamny, founder of Parkview Institute, editor of RealClearMarkets and author of the recently published <strong><em>The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution</em>"</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 3 []"><strong><em>Life after Capitalism</em></strong> launches a new economic theory. A key theme of the book is that wealth is knowledge and that the difference between our age and the Stone Age is entirely the accumulation of knowledge. </p> <p>The prevailing "capitalist" theory, conceived by Adam Smith and coined by its enemy Karl Marx, is deeply inconsistent with actual capitalist practice. Karl Marx - and now the cultural Marxists - are dead wrong. Economics is not a zero sum game class struggle for power. Instead, what governs economics and flourishing is human creativity. Innovation and growth are capitalism's infinite promise. </p> <p>The clash between creativity and power is the central issue of our time. We need to keep front and center the idea that freedom and innovation are humanity's best path of escape from stagnation and tyranny.</p> <p>Here are just a few of the things we talk about in this episode: </p> <ul> <li> <p>Most of the way people talk about economics is wrong. Almost all the  economic statistics you see in the newspapers are just plain unfounded. They're just projections, arbitrary subjective views, and self-interested inventions. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Information theory puts it in the proper light. Economics is not an incentive system. It's an information system. Information theory explains the actual foundation of our modern era.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Humans operate on the learning curve which means that with every doubling of total units sold, costs drop between 20 and 30%. In other words, the natural progress of costs is to drop. The Federal Reserve's idea that the natural condition of life is 2% inflation every year is completely spurious.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Economists and statisticians disguise the fact that that GNP is wildly overstated for government services and wildly understated for private sector business contributions.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Free enterprise is driven by the creativity of the human mind and the possibilities of human creativity are essentially infinite. The "surprise" is that the new great inventions always come as a surprise to us.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>One way to understand the economic theory of information is to see how it's been pitted against the politics of fear. Today's world is dominated by the politics of fear. The late Senator Fred Thompson, was asked, "Why didn't you run for president in 2000?" And he said, "I just didn't want to go around the country telling people how bad they had it." </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>The prevailing notion that there are magical people in a government office that can protect us from bad things is just wrong.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>The truth is that material resources are essentially infinite. They are not scarce. Humans keep inventing new materials from what was previously thought useless.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>The solution to a Texas sized flotsam of plastic refuse floating in the Pacific Ocean is not to shut down the plastics industry. It's to use it as the raw material for a transformational new material, graphene. </p> </li> </ul> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This episode offers up a strong dose of positive reality. Not optimism. Reality. Look around at the super abundance that's been created in the world in the last 250 years. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty and are living longer healthier lives. </p> <p>All these good things that are happening will keep happening if we simply keep what are essentially Marxist zero sum "solutions" from getting in the way and instead let freedom and human creativity work its magic.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">I'm talking in this episode with the upbeat and visionary George Gilder, one of America's leading economic and technological thinkers, and the author of the groundbreaking books, <em>Wealth and Poverty, Knowledge and Power</em>, <em>The Scandal of Money</em> and now: </p> <p><em>Life after Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money</em> </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Co-hosting with me is the equally upbeat and contrarian thinker John Tamny, founder of Parkview Institute, editor of RealClearMarkets and author of the recently published <em>The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution</em>"</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 3 []"><em>Life after Capitalism</em> launches a new economic theory. A key theme of the book is that wealth is knowledge and that the difference between our age and the Stone Age is entirely the accumulation of knowledge. </p> <p>The prevailing "capitalist" theory, conceived by Adam Smith and coined by its enemy Karl Marx, is deeply inconsistent with actual capitalist practice. Karl Marx - and now the cultural Marxists - are dead wrong. Economics is not a zero sum game class struggle for power. Instead, what governs economics and flourishing is human creativity. Innovation and growth are capitalism's infinite promise. </p> <p>The clash between creativity and power is the central issue of our time. We need to keep front and center the idea that freedom and innovation are humanity's best path of escape from stagnation and tyranny.</p> <p>Here are just a few of the things we talk about in this episode: </p> <ul> <li> <p>Most of the way people talk about economics is wrong. Almost all the economic statistics you see in the newspapers are just plain unfounded. They're just projections, arbitrary subjective views, and self-interested inventions. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Information theory puts it in the proper light. Economics is not an incentive system. It's an information system. Information theory explains the actual foundation of our modern era.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Humans operate on the learning curve which means that with every doubling of total units sold, costs drop between 20 and 30%. In other words, the natural progress of costs is to drop. The Federal Reserve's idea that the natural condition of life is 2% inflation every year is completely spurious.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Economists and statisticians disguise the fact that that GNP is wildly overstated for government services and wildly understated for private sector business contributions.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Free enterprise is driven by the creativity of the human mind and the possibilities of human creativity are essentially infinite. The "surprise" is that the new great inventions always come as a surprise to us.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>One way to understand the economic theory of information is to see how it's been pitted against the politics of fear. Today's world is dominated by the politics of fear. The late Senator Fred Thompson, was asked, "Why didn't you run for president in 2000?" And he said, "I just didn't want to go around the country telling people how bad they had it." </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>The prevailing notion that there are magical people in a government office that can protect us from bad things is just wrong.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>The truth is that material resources are essentially infinite. They are not scarce. Humans keep inventing new materials from what was previously thought useless.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>The solution to a Texas sized flotsam of plastic refuse floating in the Pacific Ocean is not to shut down the plastics industry. It's to use it as the raw material for a transformational new material, graphene. </p> </li> </ul> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This episode offers up a strong dose of positive reality. Not optimism. Reality. Look around at the super abundance that's been created in the world in the last 250 years. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty and are living longer healthier lives. </p> <p>All these good things that are happening will keep happening if we simply keep what are essentially Marxist zero sum "solutions" from getting in the way and instead let freedom and human creativity work its magic.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="144842880" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS182_2023_07_20_Tamny_Gilder.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:00:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>243</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/d/b/a/bdba806d44e3b1ba16c3140a3186d450/BWS_Insta_Art_-_243-2.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>I'm talking in this episode with the upbeat and visionary George Gilder, one of America's leading economic and technological thinkers, and the author of the groundbreaking books, Wealth and Poverty, Knowledge and Power, The Scandal of Money and now:  Life after Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money  Co-hosting with me is the equally upbeat and contrarian thinker John Tamny, founder of Parkview Institute, editor of RealClearMarkets and author of the recently published The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution" Life after Capitalism launches a new economic theory. A key theme of the book is that wealth is knowledge and that the difference between our age and the Stone Age is entirely the accumulation of knowledge.  The prevailing "capitalist" theory, conceived by Adam Smith and coined by its enemy Karl Marx, is deeply inconsistent with actual capitalist practice. Karl Marx - and now the cultural Marxists - are dead wrong. Economics is not a zero sum game class struggle for power. Instead, what governs economics and flourishing is human creativity. Innovation and growth are capitalism's infinite promise.  The clash between creativity and power is the central issue of our time. We need to keep front and center the idea that freedom and innovation are humanity's best path of escape from stagnation and tyranny. Here are just a few of the things we talk about in this episode:  Most of the way people talk about economics is wrong. Almost all the  economic statistics you see in the newspapers are just plain unfounded. They're just projections, arbitrary subjective views, and self-interested inventions.  Information theory puts it in the proper light. Economics is not an incentive system. It's an information system. Information theory explains the actual foundation of our modern era. Humans operate on the learning curve which means that with every doubling of total units sold, costs drop between 20 and 30%. In other words, the natural progress of costs is to drop. The Federal Reserve's idea that the natural condition of life is 2% inflation every year is completely spurious. Economists and statisticians disguise the fact that that GNP is wildly overstated for government services and wildly understated for private sector business contributions. Free enterprise is driven by the creativity of the human mind and the possibilities of human creativity are essentially infinite. The "surprise" is that the new great inventions always come as a surprise to us. One way to understand the economic theory of information is to see how it's been pitted against the politics of fear. Today's world is dominated by the politics of fear. The late Senator Fred Thompson, was asked, "Why didn't you run for president in 2000?" And he said, "I just didn't want to go around the country telling people how bad they had it."  The prevailing notion that there are magical people in a government office that can protect us from bad things is just wrong. The truth is that material resources are essentially infinite. They are not scarce. Humans keep inventing new materials from what was previously thought useless. The solution to a Texas sized flotsam of plastic refuse floating in the Pacific Ocean is not to shut down the plastics industry. It's to use it as the raw material for a transformational new material, graphene.  This episode offers up a strong dose of positive reality. Not optimism. Reality. Look around at the super abundance that's been created in the world in the last 250 years. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty and are living longer healthier lives.  All these good things that are happening will keep happening if we simply keep what are essentially Marxist zero sum "solutions" from getting in the way and instead let freedom and human creativity work its magic.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>I'm talking in this episode with the upbeat and visionary George Gilder, one of America's leading economic and technological thinkers, and the author of the groundbreaking books, Wealth and Poverty, Knowledge and Power, The Scandal of Money and now:  Life after Capitalism: The Meaning of Wealth, the Future of the Economy, and the Time Theory of Money  Co-hosting with me is the equally upbeat and contrarian thinker John Tamny, founder of Parkview Institute, editor of RealClearMarkets and author of the recently published The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution" Life after Capitalism launches a new economic theory. A key theme of the book is that wealth is knowledge and that the difference between our age and the Stone Age is entirely the accumulation of knowledge.  The prevailing "capitalist" theory, conceived by Adam Smith and coined by its enemy Karl Marx, is deeply inconsistent with actual capitalist practice. Karl Marx - and now the cultural Marxists - are dead wrong. Economics is not a zero sum game class struggle for power. Instead, what governs economics and flourishing is human creativity. Innovation and growth are capitalism's infinite promise.  The clash between creativity and power is the central issue of our time. We need to keep front and center the idea that freedom and innovation are humanity's best path of escape from stagnation and tyranny. Here are just a few of the things we talk about in this episode:  Most of the way people talk about economics is wrong. Almost all the  economic statistics you see in the newspapers are just plain unfounded. They're just projections, arbitrary subjective views, and self-interested inventions.  Information theory puts it in the proper light. Economics is not an incentive system. It's an information system. Information theory explains the actual foundation of our modern era. Humans operate on the learning curve which means that with every doubling of total units sold, costs drop between 20 and 30%. In other words, the natural progress of costs is to drop. The Federal Reserve's idea that the natural condition of life is 2% inflation every year is completely spurious. Economists and statisticians disguise the fact that that GNP is wildly overstated for government services and wildly understated for private sector business contributions. Free enterprise is driven by the creativity of the human mind and the possibilities of human creativity are essentially infinite. The "surprise" is that the new great inventions always come as a surprise to us. One way to understand the economic theory of information is to see how it's been pitted against the politics of fear. Today's world is dominated by the politics of fear. The late Senator Fred Thompson, was asked, "Why didn't you run for president in 2000?" And he said, "I just didn't want to go around the country telling people how bad they had it."  The prevailing notion that there are magical people in a government office that can protect us from bad things is just wrong. The truth is that material resources are essentially infinite. They are not scarce. Humans keep inventing new materials from what was previously thought useless. The solution to a Texas sized flotsam of plastic refuse floating in the Pacific Ocean is not to shut down the plastics industry. It's to use it as the raw material for a transformational new material, graphene.  This episode offers up a strong dose of positive reality. Not optimism. Reality. Look around at the super abundance that's been created in the world in the last 250 years. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty and are living longer healthier lives.  All these good things that are happening will keep happening if we simply keep what are essentially Marxist zero sum "solutions" from getting in the way and instead let freedom and human creativity work its magic.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 242: "The Surgeon General Now Wants To Cure Your Loneliness: What Could Possibly Go Wrong?" with Stella Morabito and Mark Tapscott</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Surgeon General Now Wants To Cure Your Loneliness: What Could Possibly Go Wrong?" with Stella Morabito and Mark Tapscott</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 14:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[02d10fad-c373-42dd-8aba-619b70614037]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-242-the-surgeon-general-now-wants-to-cure-your-loneliness-what-could-possibly-go-wrong-with-stella-morabito-and-mark-tapscott]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In one of our most talked about episodes, Stella Morabito came on the show in May to talk about her book <strong><em>The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer.</em></strong></p> <p>We talked about a new kind tyranny creeping into American lives. Government, social media and a new kind of "ruling class" are increasingly working to control speech and behavior and isolating us from one another. This effort is intensifying and spreading throughout society's institutions. </p> <blockquote> <p>"Isolation, and how rulers use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is," explained Stella.</p> </blockquote> <p>And now, as if right on cue, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy has released an advisory titled "Our Epidemic of Loneliness and Isolation." It warns that social isolation is a major public health problem and that the federal government should both fund and direct local organizations to "strengthen social infrastructure in local communities." The Orwellian advisory in effect warns that participation is mandatory if their plan is to work.</p> <p>In Murthy's report you'll find no admission of the government's key role in promoting anti-family, anti-faith, and anti-speech policies that drive people into social isolation, nor for its responsibility in brutally enforcing our isolation during its Covid era.</p> <p>Also jumping into the federal government loneliness business is Democrat Senator Chris Murphy who has introduced a bill - the National Strategy for Social Connection Act - that would "create a federal office to combat the growing epidemic of American loneliness, develop anti-loneliness strategies, and foster best practices to promote social connection." It would be housed in the Executive Office of the President reporting to Joe Biden. </p> <p>So the federal government, which just three years ago commanded Americans to "lock yourself up, don't go to work, school, or church, cover your face, social distance, close your business, stay far away from other people, even your family" is now telling us it can solve the isolation and loneliness problem it created.</p> <p>We're living in insane times. </p> <p>To talk all this through I'm joined on this episode by two wise thinkers and counselors: Stella Morabito, again, and Mark Tapscott.</p> <p>Stella Morabito, a senior contributor at The Federalist, writes extensively on the effects of propaganda, group think, censorship, and the cult mindset. Previously she was an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency specializing in Soviet politics, and communist media and propaganda.</p> <p>Mark Tapscott is an award-winning veteran investigative journalist who covers Congress for The Epoch Times, and is the founding editor of HillFaith. Mark was admitted to the National Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame class of 2006, and he was named the Conservative Journalist of the Year in 2008 by CPAC.</p> <p>There are many ways to combat isolation and cope with the problems of loneliness. As you might guess, we don't think federal government agencies should be part of the solution. (Unless they simply get out of the way.)</p> <p>Listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In one of our most talked about episodes, Stella Morabito came on the show in May to talk about her book <em>The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer.</em></p> <p>We talked about a new kind tyranny creeping into American lives. Government, social media and a new kind of "ruling class" are increasingly working to control speech and behavior and isolating us from one another. This effort is intensifying and spreading throughout society's institutions. </p> <p>"Isolation, and how rulers use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is," explained Stella.</p> <p>And now, as if right on cue, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy has released an advisory titled "Our Epidemic of Loneliness and Isolation." It warns that social isolation is a major public health problem and that the federal government should both fund and direct local organizations to "strengthen social infrastructure in local communities." The Orwellian advisory in effect warns that participation is mandatory if their plan is to work.</p> <p>In Murthy's report you'll find no admission of the government's key role in promoting anti-family, anti-faith, and anti-speech policies that drive people into social isolation, nor for its responsibility in brutally enforcing our isolation during its Covid era.</p> <p>Also jumping into the federal government loneliness business is Democrat Senator Chris Murphy who has introduced a bill - the National Strategy for Social Connection Act - that would "create a federal office to combat the growing epidemic of American loneliness, develop anti-loneliness strategies, and foster best practices to promote social connection." It would be housed in the Executive Office of the President reporting to Joe Biden. </p> <p>So the federal government, which just three years ago commanded Americans to "lock yourself up, don't go to work, school, or church, cover your face, social distance, close your business, stay far away from other people, even your family" is now telling us it can solve the isolation and loneliness problem it created.</p> <p>We're living in insane times. </p> <p>To talk all this through I'm joined on this episode by two wise thinkers and counselors: Stella Morabito, again, and Mark Tapscott.</p> <p>Stella Morabito, a senior contributor at The Federalist, writes extensively on the effects of propaganda, group think, censorship, and the cult mindset. Previously she was an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency specializing in Soviet politics, and communist media and propaganda.</p> <p>Mark Tapscott is an award-winning veteran investigative journalist who covers Congress for The Epoch Times, and is the founding editor of HillFaith. Mark was admitted to the National Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame class of 2006, and he was named the Conservative Journalist of the Year in 2008 by CPAC.</p> <p>There are many ways to combat isolation and cope with the problems of loneliness. As you might guess, we don't think federal government agencies should be part of the solution. (Unless they simply get out of the way.)</p> <p>Listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="148395840" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS183_2023_07_26_Morabito_Tapscott.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>242</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/9/c/d/e9cdaf0514afc6fd5f2e77a3093c12a1/BWS_Insta_Art_-_242.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In one of our most talked about episodes, Stella Morabito came on the show in May to talk about her book The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer. We talked about a new kind tyranny creeping into American lives. Government, social media and a new kind of "ruling class" are increasingly working to control speech and behavior and isolating us from one another. This effort is intensifying and spreading throughout society's institutions.  "Isolation, and how rulers use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is," explained Stella. And now, as if right on cue, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy has released an advisory titled "Our Epidemic of Loneliness and Isolation." It warns that social isolation is a major public health problem and that the federal government should both fund and direct local organizations to "strengthen social infrastructure in local communities." The Orwellian advisory in effect warns that participation is mandatory if their plan is to work. In Murthy's report you'll find no admission of the government's key role in promoting anti-family, anti-faith, and anti-speech policies that drive people into social isolation, nor for its responsibility in brutally enforcing our isolation during its Covid era. Also jumping into the federal government loneliness business is Democrat Senator Chris Murphy who has introduced a bill - the National Strategy for Social Connection Act - that would "create a federal office to combat the growing epidemic of American loneliness, develop anti-loneliness strategies, and foster best practices to promote social connection." It would be housed in the Executive Office of the President reporting to Joe Biden.  So the federal government, which just three years ago commanded Americans to "lock yourself up, don't go to work, school, or church, cover your face, social distance, close your business, stay far away from other people, even your family" is now telling us it can solve the isolation and loneliness problem it created. We're living in insane times.  To talk all this through I'm joined on this episode by two wise thinkers and counselors: Stella Morabito, again, and Mark Tapscott. Stella Morabito, a senior contributor at The Federalist, writes extensively on the effects of propaganda, group think, censorship, and the cult mindset. Previously she was an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency specializing in Soviet politics, and communist media and propaganda. Mark Tapscott is an award-winning veteran investigative journalist who covers Congress for The Epoch Times, and is the founding editor of HillFaith. Mark was admitted to the National Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame class of 2006, and he was named the Conservative Journalist of the Year in 2008 by CPAC. There are many ways to combat isolation and cope with the problems of loneliness. As you might guess, we don't think federal government agencies should be part of the solution. (Unless they simply get out of the way.) Listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In one of our most talked about episodes, Stella Morabito came on the show in May to talk about her book The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer. We talked about a new kind tyranny creeping into American lives. Government, social media and a new kind of "ruling class" are increasingly working to control speech and behavior and isolating us from one another. This effort is intensifying and spreading throughout society's institutions.  "Isolation, and how rulers use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is," explained Stella. And now, as if right on cue, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy has released an advisory titled "Our Epidemic of Loneliness and Isolation." It warns that social isolation is a major public health problem and that the federal government should both fund and direct local organizations to "strengthen social infrastructure in local communities." The Orwellian advisory in effect warns that participation is mandatory if their plan is to work. In Murthy's report you'll find no admission of the government's key role in promoting anti-family, anti-faith, and anti-speech policies that drive people into social isolation, nor for its responsibility in brutally enforcing our isolation during its Covid era. Also jumping into the federal government loneliness business is Democrat Senator Chris Murphy who has introduced a bill - the National Strategy for Social Connection Act - that would "create a federal office to combat the growing epidemic of American loneliness, develop anti-loneliness strategies, and foster best practices to promote social connection." It would be housed in the Executive Office of the President reporting to Joe Biden.  So the federal government, which just three years ago commanded Americans to "lock yourself up, don't go to work, school, or church, cover your face, social distance, close your business, stay far away from other people, even your family" is now telling us it can solve the isolation and loneliness problem it created. We're living in insane times.  To talk all this through I'm joined on this episode by two wise thinkers and counselors: Stella Morabito, again, and Mark Tapscott. Stella Morabito, a senior contributor at The Federalist, writes extensively on the effects of propaganda, group think, censorship, and the cult mindset. Previously she was an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency specializing in Soviet politics, and communist media and propaganda. Mark Tapscott is an award-winning veteran investigative journalist who covers Congress for The Epoch Times, and is the founding editor of HillFaith. Mark was admitted to the National Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame class of 2006, and he was named the Conservative Journalist of the Year in 2008 by CPAC. There are many ways to combat isolation and cope with the problems of loneliness. As you might guess, we don't think federal government agencies should be part of the solution. (Unless they simply get out of the way.) Listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 241: A Victory for Free Speech with Jenin Younes</title>
      <itunes:title>A Victory for Free Speech with Jenin Younes</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 10:49:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[46bf5bed-7b1b-4abe-b161-7a3080318fc2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-241-a-victory-for-free-speech-with-jenin-younes]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">"America needs to come to terms with the reality and scale of the assault on free speech. Our government has established a vast system of censorship. By keeping it largely secret, it has been able to exert unconstitutional control over medical, scientific and political speech, suppressing debate over questions of great public importance. This is a shocking constitutional violation. All of us, not only the courts, need to recognize what is at stake." </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">But the calvary may finally be arriving. With the recent ruling in the "State of Missouri vs Joseph R Biden et al" a major first shot has been fired at the "surveillance state".</p> <p>Judge Terry A. Doughty of the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana has issued a preliminary injunction ruling that the Biden administration and other federal agencies suppressed free speech in an "Orwellian" manner during the pandemic.</p> <p>In a significant victory for free speech, Doughty ruled that the Biden administration, including:</p> <ul> <li> <p>the White House</p> </li> <li> <p>the FBI</p> </li> <li> <p>the Department of Justice</p> </li> <li> <p>the Surgeon General</p> </li> <li> <p>the CDC</p> </li> <li> <p>the Department of Health and Human Services </p> </li> </ul> <p>and other federal agencies could not communicate with or coerce the social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech.</p> <h4><strong><em>And last week, the news got better.</em></strong></h4> <p>In oral arguments during the federal government's appeal of Judge Doughty's ruling, the appellate judges resisted the Biden administration's arguments trying to defend its social media censorship regime.</p> <p>Nearly all of the points raised by DOJ lawyer Daniel Tenny, were met with skepticism by the three judges hearing the case. </p> <p>Judge Jennifer Walker Elrod said the administration claiming it merely had a "very close working relationship" with social media companies was like the mob making demands without having to "spell out things."</p> <p>On the front lines in the case as one of the lead plaintiff attorneys, Jenin Younes with the New Civil Liberties Alliance joins me in this episode to talk about what's at stake. </p> <p>She explains:</p> <p><strong>"Essentially government employees in an astonishing number of agencies, including the White House, the CDC, the FBI, a Homeland Security agency called the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, were using all means of tactics, pressure, threats, and coercion in order to get the social media companies to censor people who expressed views that were different from the Biden administration's."</strong></p> <p>The explosion of social-media platforms has resulted in unique free speech issues.</p> <p>Where the government - not directly but through platforms like Facebook and Twitter - has attempted to suppress alleged "disinformation" and blatantly ignored our First Amendment right to free speech.</p> <p>This was especially true during the COVID-19 pandemic.  </p> <p>Listen in for an astonishing story of how government abused its power to censor speech.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Fortunately we now have judges ruling for our right to free speech.</strong></p> <p>All in this episode of The Bill Walton Show. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">"America needs to come to terms with the reality and scale of the assault on free speech. Our government has established a vast system of censorship. By keeping it largely secret, it has been able to exert unconstitutional control over medical, scientific and political speech, suppressing debate over questions of great public importance. This is a shocking constitutional violation. All of us, not only the courts, need to recognize what is at stake." </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">But the calvary may finally be arriving. With the recent ruling in the "State of Missouri vs Joseph R Biden et al" a major first shot has been fired at the "surveillance state".</p> <p>Judge Terry A. Doughty of the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana has issued a preliminary injunction ruling that the Biden administration and other federal agencies suppressed free speech in an "Orwellian" manner during the pandemic.</p> <p>In a significant victory for free speech, Doughty ruled that the Biden administration, including:</p> <ul> <li> <p>the White House</p> </li> <li> <p>the FBI</p> </li> <li> <p>the Department of Justice</p> </li> <li> <p>the Surgeon General</p> </li> <li> <p>the CDC</p> </li> <li> <p>the Department of Health and Human Services </p> </li> </ul> <p>and other federal agencies could not communicate with or coerce the social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech.</p> <em>And last week, the news got better.</em> <p>In oral arguments during the federal government's appeal of Judge Doughty's ruling, the appellate judges resisted the Biden administration's arguments trying to defend its social media censorship regime.</p> <p>Nearly all of the points raised by DOJ lawyer Daniel Tenny, were met with skepticism by the three judges hearing the case. </p> <p>Judge Jennifer Walker Elrod said the administration claiming it merely had a "very close working relationship" with social media companies was like the mob making demands without having to "spell out things."</p> <p>On the front lines in the case as one of the lead plaintiff attorneys, Jenin Younes with the New Civil Liberties Alliance joins me in this episode to talk about what's at stake. </p> <p>She explains:</p> <p>"Essentially government employees in an astonishing number of agencies, including the White House, the CDC, the FBI, a Homeland Security agency called the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, were using all means of tactics, pressure, threats, and coercion in order to get the social media companies to censor people who expressed views that were different from the Biden administration's."</p> <p>The explosion of social-media platforms has resulted in unique free speech issues.</p> <p>Where the government - not directly but through platforms like Facebook and Twitter - has attempted to suppress alleged "disinformation" and blatantly ignored our First Amendment right to free speech.</p> <p>This was especially true during the COVID-19 pandemic. </p> <p>Listen in for an astonishing story of how government abused its power to censor speech.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Fortunately we now have judges ruling for our right to free speech.</p> <p>All in this episode of The Bill Walton Show. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="107306880" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS184_2023_08_09_Younes.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/8/8/b/c88b1b9f2101c9ead959afa2a1bf1c87/BWS_Insta_Art_-_241.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"America needs to come to terms with the reality and scale of the assault on free speech. Our government has established a vast system of censorship. By keeping it largely secret, it has been able to exert unconstitutional control over medical, scientific and political speech, suppressing debate over questions of great public importance. This is a shocking constitutional violation. All of us, not only the courts, need to recognize what is at stake."  But the calvary may finally be arriving. With the recent ruling in the "State of Missouri vs Joseph R Biden et al" a major first shot has been fired at the "surveillance state". Judge Terry A. Doughty of the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana has issued a preliminary injunction ruling that the Biden administration and other federal agencies suppressed free speech in an "Orwellian" manner during the pandemic. In a significant victory for free speech, Doughty ruled that the Biden administration, including: the White House the FBI the Department of Justice the Surgeon General the CDC the Department of Health and Human Services  and other federal agencies could not communicate with or coerce the social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech. And last week, the news got better. In oral arguments during the federal government's appeal of Judge Doughty's ruling, the appellate judges resisted the Biden administration's arguments trying to defend its social media censorship regime. Nearly all of the points raised by DOJ lawyer Daniel Tenny, were met with skepticism by the three judges hearing the case.  Judge Jennifer Walker Elrod said the administration claiming it merely had a "very close working relationship" with social media companies was like the mob making demands without having to "spell out things." On the front lines in the case as one of the lead plaintiff attorneys, Jenin Younes with the New Civil Liberties Alliance joins me in this episode to talk about what's at stake.  She explains: "Essentially government employees in an astonishing number of agencies, including the White House, the CDC, the FBI, a Homeland Security agency called the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, were using all means of tactics, pressure, threats, and coercion in order to get the social media companies to censor people who expressed views that were different from the Biden administration's." The explosion of social-media platforms has resulted in unique free speech issues. Where the government - not directly but through platforms like Facebook and Twitter - has attempted to suppress alleged "disinformation" and blatantly ignored our First Amendment right to free speech. This was especially true during the COVID-19 pandemic.   Listen in for an astonishing story of how government abused its power to censor speech. Fortunately we now have judges ruling for our right to free speech. All in this episode of The Bill Walton Show. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"America needs to come to terms with the reality and scale of the assault on free speech. Our government has established a vast system of censorship. By keeping it largely secret, it has been able to exert unconstitutional control over medical, scientific and political speech, suppressing debate over questions of great public importance. This is a shocking constitutional violation. All of us, not only the courts, need to recognize what is at stake."  But the calvary may finally be arriving. With the recent ruling in the "State of Missouri vs Joseph R Biden et al" a major first shot has been fired at the "surveillance state". Judge Terry A. Doughty of the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana has issued a preliminary injunction ruling that the Biden administration and other federal agencies suppressed free speech in an "Orwellian" manner during the pandemic. In a significant victory for free speech, Doughty ruled that the Biden administration, including: the White House the FBI the Department of Justice the Surgeon General the CDC the Department of Health and Human Services  and other federal agencies could not communicate with or coerce the social media companies for "the purpose of urging, encouraging, pressuring, or inducing in any manner the removal, deletion, suppression, or reduction of content containing protected free speech. And last week, the news got better. In oral arguments during the federal government's appeal of Judge Doughty's ruling, the appellate judges resisted the Biden administration's arguments trying to defend its social media censorship regime. Nearly all of the points raised by DOJ lawyer Daniel Tenny, were met with skepticism by the three judges hearing the case.  Judge Jennifer Walker Elrod said the administration claiming it merely had a "very close working relationship" with social media companies was like the mob making demands without having to "spell out things." On the front lines in the case as one of the lead plaintiff attorneys, Jenin Younes with the New Civil Liberties Alliance joins me in this episode to talk about what's at stake.  She explains: "Essentially government employees in an astonishing number of agencies, including the White House, the CDC, the FBI, a Homeland Security agency called the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, were using all means of tactics, pressure, threats, and coercion in order to get the social media companies to censor people who expressed views that were different from the Biden administration's." The explosion of social-media platforms has resulted in unique free speech issues. Where the government - not directly but through platforms like Facebook and Twitter - has attempted to suppress alleged "disinformation" and blatantly ignored our First Amendment right to free speech. This was especially true during the COVID-19 pandemic.   Listen in for an astonishing story of how government abused its power to censor speech. Fortunately we now have judges ruling for our right to free speech. All in this episode of The Bill Walton Show. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 240: An Early Look at a Certain Bestseller: "Motorhome Prophecies" with Carrie Sheffield</title>
      <itunes:title>An Early Look at a Certain Bestseller: "Motorhome Prophecies" with Carrie Sheffield</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 11:40:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d53ef5c0-4815-4586-83af-231acb8ecf92]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-240-an-early-look-at-a-certain-bestseller-motorhome-prophesies-with-carrie-sheffield]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This is a different kind of episode of The Bill Walton Show. My guest is the charming and insightful polymath Carrie Sheffield who is a columnist and broadcaster now with the <a href="https://www.iwv.org/people/carrie-sheffield/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Independent Women's Voice</a>. </p> <p>We were slated to talk about economic and women's issues, which we do for the first 25 minutes and cover a lot interesting ground: </p> <ul> <li> <p><strong>Jay Powell and the Federal Reserve Board</strong></p> </li> <li> <p><strong>The Biden Administration's massive spending and its obsessive focus on diversity equity & inclusion and its climate change agenda.</strong></p> </li> <li> <p><strong>The Women's Bill of Rights and IWV's work with a more traditionally leftist feminist group called the Women's Liberation Front.</strong></p> </li> <li> <p><strong>Trans Exclusionary Radical Feminists (TERFs) and the roots of "trans theory" in cultural Marxism. </strong></p> </li> <li> <p><strong>The lockstep leftist narrative that journalists are expected to fall into and her determination not to toe the party line.</strong> </p> </li> </ul> <p>But at this point in our conversation, we wandered into her extraordinary personal story, the subject of her soon to be published memoir:</p> <p><strong><em>Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness</em>.</strong> </p> <p>Read More: <a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/post/135824716">https://billwalton.substack.com</a></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This is a different kind of episode of The Bill Walton Show. My guest is the charming and insightful polymath Carrie Sheffield who is a columnist and broadcaster now with the <a href="https://www.iwv.org/people/carrie-sheffield/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Independent Women's Voice</a>. </p> <p>We were slated to talk about economic and women's issues, which we do for the first 25 minutes and cover a lot interesting ground: </p> <ul> <li> <p>Jay Powell and the Federal Reserve Board</p> </li> <li> <p>The Biden Administration's massive spending and its obsessive focus on diversity equity & inclusion and its climate change agenda.</p> </li> <li> <p>The Women's Bill of Rights and IWV's work with a more traditionally leftist feminist group called the Women's Liberation Front.</p> </li> <li> <p>Trans Exclusionary Radical Feminists (TERFs) and the roots of "trans theory" in cultural Marxism. </p> </li> <li> <p>The lockstep leftist narrative that journalists are expected to fall into and her determination not to toe the party line. </p> </li> </ul> <p>But at this point in our conversation, we wandered into her extraordinary personal story, the subject of her soon to be published memoir:</p> <p><em>Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness</em>. </p> <p>Read More: <a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/publish/post/135824716">https://billwalton.substack.com</a></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="142507200" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS181_2023_07_13_Sheffield.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/2/6/2/a262eab1d2896646bafc7308ab683e82/Backstage_240_-_Insta_Art_-_Carrie_Sheffield.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This is a different kind of episode of The Bill Walton Show. My guest is the charming and insightful polymath Carrie Sheffield who is a columnist and broadcaster now with the Independent Women's Voice.  We were slated to talk about economic and women's issues, which we do for the first 25 minutes and cover a lot interesting ground:  Jay Powell and the Federal Reserve Board The Biden Administration's massive spending and its obsessive focus on diversity equity &amp; inclusion and its climate change agenda. The Women's Bill of Rights and IWV's work with a more traditionally leftist feminist group called the Women's Liberation Front. Trans Exclusionary Radical Feminists (TERFs) and the roots of "trans theory" in cultural Marxism.  The lockstep leftist narrative that journalists are expected to fall into and her determination not to toe the party line.  But at this point in our conversation, we wandered into her extraordinary personal story, the subject of her soon to be published memoir: Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness.  Read More: https://billwalton.substack.com</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This is a different kind of episode of The Bill Walton Show. My guest is the charming and insightful polymath Carrie Sheffield who is a columnist and broadcaster now with the Independent Women's Voice.  We were slated to talk about economic and women's issues, which we do for the first 25 minutes and cover a lot interesting ground:  Jay Powell and the Federal Reserve Board The Biden Administration's massive spending and its obsessive focus on diversity equity &amp; inclusion and its climate change agenda. The Women's Bill of Rights and IWV's work with a more traditionally leftist feminist group called the Women's Liberation Front. Trans Exclusionary Radical Feminists (TERFs) and the roots of "trans theory" in cultural Marxism.  The lockstep leftist narrative that journalists are expected to fall into and her determination not to toe the party line.  But at this point in our conversation, we wandered into her extraordinary personal story, the subject of her soon to be published memoir: Motorhome Prophecies: A Journey of Healing and Forgiveness.  Read More: https://billwalton.substack.com</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 239: "The Sporting Life" with Haven Pell</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Sporting Life" with Haven Pell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Aug 2023 04:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c3b912e0-612c-4eb0-9804-02d429d04f08]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-239-the-sporting-life-with-haven-pell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sometimes, no it's almost all the time, I wish I could spend more time playing the many sports I love to play. </p> <p>But I don't. </p> <p>Instead, like most of us, I get caught up in organizations, politics, work, and all the other stuff that life seems to tee up. </p> <p>So it was a joy to catch up on this episode with my friend Haven Pell, a man who has successfully managed to do these things while also being a lifelong sports participant, and who has tried more than 100 different ones. Perhaps the most unusual is court tennis, the predecessor to modern tennis, which is still played by about 6,000 people in roughly 50 venues in England, France, Australia and the US.</p> <p>Haven's just published a wonderful and quirky book Around the World in Fifty Courts about the game of "real" tennis, also known as court tennis. It's not yet on Amazon but you can find it on his publisher's web site. </p> <p>Read more: https://www.billwalton.substack.com</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sometimes, no it's almost all the time, I wish I could spend more time playing the many sports I love to play. </p> <p>But I don't. </p> <p>Instead, like most of us, I get caught up in organizations, politics, work, and all the other stuff that life seems to tee up. </p> <p>So it was a joy to catch up on this episode with my friend Haven Pell, a man who has successfully managed to do these things while also being a lifelong sports participant, and who has tried more than 100 different ones. Perhaps the most unusual is court tennis, the predecessor to modern tennis, which is still played by about 6,000 people in roughly 50 venues in England, France, Australia and the US.</p> <p>Haven's just published a wonderful and quirky book Around the World in Fifty Courts about the game of "real" tennis, also known as court tennis. It's not yet on Amazon but you can find it on his publisher's web site. </p> <p>Read more: https://www.billwalton.substack.com</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="151104960" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS178_2023_06_22_Pell_2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>239</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/3/9/e/c39ea981d08df35888c4a68c3ddbc4f2/Backstage_239_-_Insta_Art_-_Haven_Pell.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Sometimes, no it's almost all the time, I wish I could spend more time playing the many sports I love to play.  But I don't.  Instead, like most of us, I get caught up in organizations, politics, work, and all the other stuff that life seems to tee up.  So it was a joy to catch up on this episode with my friend Haven Pell, a man who has successfully managed to do these things while also being a lifelong sports participant, and who has tried more than 100 different ones. Perhaps the most unusual is court tennis, the predecessor to modern tennis, which is still played by about 6,000 people in roughly 50 venues in England, France, Australia and the US. Haven's just published a wonderful and quirky book Around the World in Fifty Courts about the game of "real" tennis, also known as court tennis. It's not yet on Amazon but you can find it on his publisher's web site.  Read more: https://www.billwalton.substack.com</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Sometimes, no it's almost all the time, I wish I could spend more time playing the many sports I love to play.  But I don't.  Instead, like most of us, I get caught up in organizations, politics, work, and all the other stuff that life seems to tee up.  So it was a joy to catch up on this episode with my friend Haven Pell, a man who has successfully managed to do these things while also being a lifelong sports participant, and who has tried more than 100 different ones. Perhaps the most unusual is court tennis, the predecessor to modern tennis, which is still played by about 6,000 people in roughly 50 venues in England, France, Australia and the US. Haven's just published a wonderful and quirky book Around the World in Fifty Courts about the game of "real" tennis, also known as court tennis. It's not yet on Amazon but you can find it on his publisher's web site.  Read more: https://www.billwalton.substack.com</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 238: "When 'Free Trade' Does More Harm Than Good" with Robert Lighthizer</title>
      <itunes:title>"When 'Free Trade' Does More Harm Than Good" with Robert Lighthizer</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 10:45:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a5b8b38c-e4b9-44ff-b803-9f1175a2b3a4]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-238-when-free-trade-does-more-harm-than-good-with-robert-lighthizer]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">For regular listeners, you know I like to take on complicated subjects, and try to make clear what's at stake for all of us.  </p> <p>In this episode the Bill Walton Show we take a another deep dive into one of the most complicated and contentious areas of economic policy: </p> <h4>International trade. </h4> <p>International trade negotiations are incredibly complex multilevel games—there are negotiations not just with America's trading partners, but with Congress, domestic constituencies, and rival factions within the executive branch. </p> <p>There are sharp - almost theological - differences in how trade policy ought to work. I was taught that protectionism was terrible and that free trade was the highest good, but then found few examples of countries that actually practice it. It's now clear that we cannot simply trust the principles of "free trade" to solve our problems -- that every trade policy represents a balancing of interests.</p> <h4>The stakes have never been higher.</h4> <p>Today we find ourselves in a position where our most important trading partner - China - has essentially revealed itself to be our mortal enemy.</p> <h4>Trade is no longer a boring topic.</h4> <p>To break all this down I'm delighted to be joined in this episode by <strong>Robert Lighthizer, our US Trade Representative in the Trump Administration.</strong> </p> <p>For more than 40 years, Bob Lighthizer has litigated, negotiated, and editorialized against the policies of one-sided "free trade" first in the Reagan Administration as Deputy Trade Rep and as a private lawyer. </p> <p>As President Trump's U.S. Trade Representative, he fought against globalists, importers, lobbyists, foreign governments and big businesses whose interests diverged from those of the American workers and American security. </p> <p>Now Bob's published a illuminating book <strong><em>"No Trade is Free"</em></strong> that for anyone interested in understanding the realities of international economic policymaking, this is the book. </p> <p>Part memoir, part history, and part policy analysis, Bob lays out in detail what he sees as the objectives of a practical approach to trade policy.</p> <p>Bob's views on this subject have been remarkably consistent since the late 1990s when he editorialized against granting China admission to the WTO. At that time, he was a lonely voice in the wilderness. </p> <h4>Now his views are mainstream.</h4> <p>We cover a lot a ground in this episode, from the role trade disputes played in the American Revolution, the American System of tariffs used to build up American industry to the pivotal entry of China into the World Trade Organization.</p> <h4>Since then China has become trade issue Number One. </h4> <p>After China's entry <strong><em>"it created an ecosystem and learned about the subsidies and started doing all the other things that made it go from being an enormous problem to being a cataclysmic one,"</em></strong> explains Bob. <strong><em>"There is no private sector in China."</em></strong></p> <blockquote> <p>"Outsiders make money in China only as long as the Communist Party of China allows you to make it. And when you're not benefiting them, you're out. And we have all these clever American businessmen who think, "Oh, I'm making money in China." They don't realize they're simply being allowed." </p> </blockquote> <blockquote> <p>"China's purpose is for you to transfer know how, transfer technology, and help their ecosystem to get more business. And then you'll see after a period of time, you won't be useful anymore. And then, at that point, you'll find yourself with a Chinese competitor who's not only taken over your entire market in China but is now threatening your market in the United States."</p> </blockquote> <p>"So the number one thing has to be decoupling with China without question. And there's a number of specific steps, many of which I have outlined in the chapter on the China prescription. We have to right this ship. There's a lot that needs to be done."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">For regular listeners, you know I like to take on complicated subjects, and try to make clear what's at stake for all of us. </p> <p>In this episode the Bill Walton Show we take a another deep dive into one of the most complicated and contentious areas of economic policy: </p> International trade. <p>International trade negotiations are incredibly complex multilevel games—there are negotiations not just with America's trading partners, but with Congress, domestic constituencies, and rival factions within the executive branch. </p> <p>There are sharp - almost theological - differences in how trade policy ought to work. I was taught that protectionism was terrible and that free trade was the highest good, but then found few examples of countries that actually practice it. It's now clear that we cannot simply trust the principles of "free trade" to solve our problems -- that every trade policy represents a balancing of interests.</p> The stakes have never been higher. <p>Today we find ourselves in a position where our most important trading partner - China - has essentially revealed itself to be our mortal enemy.</p> Trade is no longer a boring topic. <p>To break all this down I'm delighted to be joined in this episode by Robert Lighthizer, our US Trade Representative in the Trump Administration. </p> <p>For more than 40 years, Bob Lighthizer has litigated, negotiated, and editorialized against the policies of one-sided "free trade" first in the Reagan Administration as Deputy Trade Rep and as a private lawyer. </p> <p>As President Trump's U.S. Trade Representative, he fought against globalists, importers, lobbyists, foreign governments and big businesses whose interests diverged from those of the American workers and American security. </p> <p>Now Bob's published a illuminating book <em>"No Trade is Free"</em> that for anyone interested in understanding the realities of international economic policymaking, this is the book. </p> <p>Part memoir, part history, and part policy analysis, Bob lays out in detail what he sees as the objectives of a practical approach to trade policy.</p> <p>Bob's views on this subject have been remarkably consistent since the late 1990s when he editorialized against granting China admission to the WTO. At that time, he was a lonely voice in the wilderness. </p> Now his views are mainstream. <p>We cover a lot a ground in this episode, from the role trade disputes played in the American Revolution, the American System of tariffs used to build up American industry to the pivotal entry of China into the World Trade Organization.</p> Since then China has become trade issue Number One. <p>After China's entry <em>"it created an ecosystem and learned about the subsidies and started doing all the other things that made it go from being an enormous problem to being a cataclysmic one,"</em> explains Bob. <em>"There is no private sector in China."</em></p> <p>"Outsiders make money in China only as long as the Communist Party of China allows you to make it. And when you're not benefiting them, you're out. And we have all these clever American businessmen who think, "Oh, I'm making money in China." They don't realize they're simply being allowed." </p> <p>"China's purpose is for you to transfer know how, transfer technology, and help their ecosystem to get more business. And then you'll see after a period of time, you won't be useful anymore. And then, at that point, you'll find yourself with a Chinese competitor who's not only taken over your entire market in China but is now threatening your market in the United States."</p> <p>"So the number one thing has to be decoupling with China without question. And there's a number of specific steps, many of which I have outlined in the chapter on the China prescription. We have to right this ship. There's a lot that needs to be done."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="95343255" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_6_29_23_Lighthizer_2_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/c/8/b/7c8b139f531e972ae55e3c100dce7605/BWS_Insta_Art_-_238.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For regular listeners, you know I like to take on complicated subjects, and try to make clear what's at stake for all of us.   In this episode the Bill Walton Show we take a another deep dive into one of the most complicated and contentious areas of economic policy:  International trade.  International trade negotiations are incredibly complex multilevel games—there are negotiations not just with America's trading partners, but with Congress, domestic constituencies, and rival factions within the executive branch.  There are sharp - almost theological - differences in how trade policy ought to work. I was taught that protectionism was terrible and that free trade was the highest good, but then found few examples of countries that actually practice it. It's now clear that we cannot simply trust the principles of "free trade" to solve our problems -- that every trade policy represents a balancing of interests. The stakes have never been higher. Today we find ourselves in a position where our most important trading partner - China - has essentially revealed itself to be our mortal enemy. Trade is no longer a boring topic. To break all this down I'm delighted to be joined in this episode by Robert Lighthizer, our US Trade Representative in the Trump Administration.  For more than 40 years, Bob Lighthizer has litigated, negotiated, and editorialized against the policies of one-sided "free trade" first in the Reagan Administration as Deputy Trade Rep and as a private lawyer.  As President Trump's U.S. Trade Representative, he fought against globalists, importers, lobbyists, foreign governments and big businesses whose interests diverged from those of the American workers and American security.  Now Bob's published a illuminating book "No Trade is Free" that for anyone interested in understanding the realities of international economic policymaking, this is the book.  Part memoir, part history, and part policy analysis, Bob lays out in detail what he sees as the objectives of a practical approach to trade policy. Bob's views on this subject have been remarkably consistent since the late 1990s when he editorialized against granting China admission to the WTO. At that time, he was a lonely voice in the wilderness.  Now his views are mainstream. We cover a lot a ground in this episode, from the role trade disputes played in the American Revolution, the American System of tariffs used to build up American industry to the pivotal entry of China into the World Trade Organization. Since then China has become trade issue Number One.  After China's entry "it created an ecosystem and learned about the subsidies and started doing all the other things that made it go from being an enormous problem to being a cataclysmic one," explains Bob. "There is no private sector in China." "Outsiders make money in China only as long as the Communist Party of China allows you to make it. And when you're not benefiting them, you're out. And we have all these clever American businessmen who think, "Oh, I'm making money in China." They don't realize they're simply being allowed."  "China's purpose is for you to transfer know how, transfer technology, and help their ecosystem to get more business. And then you'll see after a period of time, you won't be useful anymore. And then, at that point, you'll find yourself with a Chinese competitor who's not only taken over your entire market in China but is now threatening your market in the United States." "So the number one thing has to be decoupling with China without question. And there's a number of specific steps, many of which I have outlined in the chapter on the China prescription. We have to right this ship. There's a lot that needs to be done."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For regular listeners, you know I like to take on complicated subjects, and try to make clear what's at stake for all of us.   In this episode the Bill Walton Show we take a another deep dive into one of the most complicated and contentious areas of economic policy:  International trade.  International trade negotiations are incredibly complex multilevel games—there are negotiations not just with America's trading partners, but with Congress, domestic constituencies, and rival factions within the executive branch.  There are sharp - almost theological - differences in how trade policy ought to work. I was taught that protectionism was terrible and that free trade was the highest good, but then found few examples of countries that actually practice it. It's now clear that we cannot simply trust the principles of "free trade" to solve our problems -- that every trade policy represents a balancing of interests. The stakes have never been higher. Today we find ourselves in a position where our most important trading partner - China - has essentially revealed itself to be our mortal enemy. Trade is no longer a boring topic. To break all this down I'm delighted to be joined in this episode by Robert Lighthizer, our US Trade Representative in the Trump Administration.  For more than 40 years, Bob Lighthizer has litigated, negotiated, and editorialized against the policies of one-sided "free trade" first in the Reagan Administration as Deputy Trade Rep and as a private lawyer.  As President Trump's U.S. Trade Representative, he fought against globalists, importers, lobbyists, foreign governments and big businesses whose interests diverged from those of the American workers and American security.  Now Bob's published a illuminating book "No Trade is Free" that for anyone interested in understanding the realities of international economic policymaking, this is the book.  Part memoir, part history, and part policy analysis, Bob lays out in detail what he sees as the objectives of a practical approach to trade policy. Bob's views on this subject have been remarkably consistent since the late 1990s when he editorialized against granting China admission to the WTO. At that time, he was a lonely voice in the wilderness.  Now his views are mainstream. We cover a lot a ground in this episode, from the role trade disputes played in the American Revolution, the American System of tariffs used to build up American industry to the pivotal entry of China into the World Trade Organization. Since then China has become trade issue Number One.  After China's entry "it created an ecosystem and learned about the subsidies and started doing all the other things that made it go from being an enormous problem to being a cataclysmic one," explains Bob. "There is no private sector in China." "Outsiders make money in China only as long as the Communist Party of China allows you to make it. And when you're not benefiting them, you're out. And we have all these clever American businessmen who think, "Oh, I'm making money in China." They don't realize they're simply being allowed."  "China's purpose is for you to transfer know how, transfer technology, and help their ecosystem to get more business. And then you'll see after a period of time, you won't be useful anymore. And then, at that point, you'll find yourself with a Chinese competitor who's not only taken over your entire market in China but is now threatening your market in the United States." "So the number one thing has to be decoupling with China without question. And there's a number of specific steps, many of which I have outlined in the chapter on the China prescription. We have to right this ship. There's a lot that needs to be done."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 237: Financial Regulation: Boring, or Terrifying? with Chris Iacovella and Norbert Michel</title>
      <itunes:title>Financial Regulation: Boring, or Terrifying? with Chris Iacovella and Norbert Michel</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 10:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9bc260a7-d54f-4d89-aa2f-410c187dd018]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-237-financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying-with-chris-iacovella-and-norbert-michel]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">A slew of financial crises that stretch all the way back to the banking Panic of 1907 have been exploited to justify erecting a financial regulatory system that has vastly centralized and expanded federal power over our money.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">The irony is that these crises were largely caused, or at least exacerbated, by poorly designed government regulations.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">What we have now is an unholy alliance of regulators, mega banks and entrenched special interests who are the chief beneficiaries our system of opaque and complex financial regulation. Adding to this mix is the progressive Left who are now using our financial system to push its DEI and climate change agendas.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Joining me on this episode to explore some of what should be our main concerns and to point the way to solutions are Chris Iacovella, the president of the American Securities Association and Norbert Michel, the director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives. Both are deep subject matter experts who know their way around most every nook and cranny of the deep regulatory state.</p> <p class="p2">Read More:  </p> <p class="p2"><a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/p/financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying?sd=pf"> https://billwalton.substack.com/p/financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying?sd=pf</a></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">A slew of financial crises that stretch all the way back to the banking Panic of 1907 have been exploited to justify erecting a financial regulatory system that has vastly centralized and expanded federal power over our money. </p> <p class="p1">The irony is that these crises were largely caused, or at least exacerbated, by poorly designed government regulations. </p> <p class="p1">What we have now is an unholy alliance of regulators, mega banks and entrenched special interests who are the chief beneficiaries our system of opaque and complex financial regulation. Adding to this mix is the progressive Left who are now using our financial system to push its DEI and climate change agendas. </p> <p class="p1">Joining me on this episode to explore some of what should be our main concerns and to point the way to solutions are Chris Iacovella, the president of the American Securities Association and Norbert Michel, the director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives. Both are deep subject matter experts who know their way around most every nook and cranny of the deep regulatory state.</p> <p class="p2">Read More: </p> <p class="p2"><a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/p/financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying?sd=pf"> https://billwalton.substack.com/p/financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying?sd=pf</a></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="142456320" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS179_2023_06_28_Iacovella_Michel.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>237</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/5/5/2/7552f6d0e8802a8ee5bbc093207a2619/BWS_Insta_Art_-_237.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>A slew of financial crises that stretch all the way back to the banking Panic of 1907 have been exploited to justify erecting a financial regulatory system that has vastly centralized and expanded federal power over our money.  The irony is that these crises were largely caused, or at least exacerbated, by poorly designed government regulations.  What we have now is an unholy alliance of regulators, mega banks and entrenched special interests who are the chief beneficiaries our system of opaque and complex financial regulation. Adding to this mix is the progressive Left who are now using our financial system to push its DEI and climate change agendas.  Joining me on this episode to explore some of what should be our main concerns and to point the way to solutions are Chris Iacovella, the president of the American Securities Association and Norbert Michel, the director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives. Both are deep subject matter experts who know their way around most every nook and cranny of the deep regulatory state. Read More:   https://billwalton.substack.com/p/financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying?sd=pf</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>A slew of financial crises that stretch all the way back to the banking Panic of 1907 have been exploited to justify erecting a financial regulatory system that has vastly centralized and expanded federal power over our money.  The irony is that these crises were largely caused, or at least exacerbated, by poorly designed government regulations.  What we have now is an unholy alliance of regulators, mega banks and entrenched special interests who are the chief beneficiaries our system of opaque and complex financial regulation. Adding to this mix is the progressive Left who are now using our financial system to push its DEI and climate change agendas.  Joining me on this episode to explore some of what should be our main concerns and to point the way to solutions are Chris Iacovella, the president of the American Securities Association and Norbert Michel, the director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives. Both are deep subject matter experts who know their way around most every nook and cranny of the deep regulatory state. Read More:   https://billwalton.substack.com/p/financial-regulation-boring-or-terrifying?sd=pf</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 236: It's High Time to Retire Senator Tim Kaine: Talking with Senate Candidate Scott Parkinson</title>
      <itunes:title>It's High Time to Retire Senator Tim Kaine: Talking with Senate Candidate Scott Parkinson</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2023 14:31:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e4a92a42-e0fd-4c10-8417-119033de6469]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-236-its-high-time-to-retire-senator-tim-kaine-talking-with-senate-candidate-scott-parkinson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This show only occasionally gets into election politics but we now have a candidate for U.S. Senate from Virginia who is superbly equipped to run a substantive campaign articulating the real issues facing Americans.</p> <p>In this episode I'm introducing Scott Parkinson, who's running for the Senate in the Commonwealth of Virginia, to replace Virginia Senator Tim Kaine. </p> <p><strong>In a crowded primary field, Scott stands out as a candidate with the expertise to understand the mechanics of how to get things done in the Senate.</strong> </p> <p>He has worked in the United States Senate for three Senators — John Ensign, Ron Johnson and Marco Rubio. Scott was the Executive Director of the Republican Study Committee (RSC), the largest caucus in the House of Representatives – under Chairmen Bill Flores and Mark Walker. He also was Chief of Staff to Representative Ron DeSantis and served as the Deputy Executive Director to Governor-Elect Ron DeSantis' transition team in Tallahassee, Florida.</p> <p>Read More Here:  https://billwalton.substack.com/p/its-high-time-to-retire-senator-tim?sd=pf</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This show only occasionally gets into election politics but we now have a candidate for U.S. Senate from Virginia who is superbly equipped to run a substantive campaign articulating the real issues facing Americans.</p> <p>In this episode I'm introducing Scott Parkinson, who's running for the Senate in the Commonwealth of Virginia, to replace Virginia Senator Tim Kaine. </p> <p>In a crowded primary field, Scott stands out as a candidate with the expertise to understand the mechanics of how to get things done in the Senate. </p> <p>He has worked in the United States Senate for three Senators — John Ensign, Ron Johnson and Marco Rubio. Scott was the Executive Director of the Republican Study Committee (RSC), the largest caucus in the House of Representatives – under Chairmen Bill Flores and Mark Walker. He also was Chief of Staff to Representative Ron DeSantis and served as the Deputy Executive Director to Governor-Elect Ron DeSantis' transition team in Tallahassee, Florida.</p> <p>Read More Here: https://billwalton.substack.com/p/its-high-time-to-retire-senator-tim?sd=pf</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="84544320" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS177_2023_06_14_Parkinson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/f/4/d/9f4db2a34a7e1fa127a2322813b393ee/BWS_Insta_Art_-_236.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This show only occasionally gets into election politics but we now have a candidate for U.S. Senate from Virginia who is superbly equipped to run a substantive campaign articulating the real issues facing Americans. In this episode I'm introducing Scott Parkinson, who's running for the Senate in the Commonwealth of Virginia, to replace Virginia Senator Tim Kaine.  In a crowded primary field, Scott stands out as a candidate with the expertise to understand the mechanics of how to get things done in the Senate.  He has worked in the United States Senate for three Senators — John Ensign, Ron Johnson and Marco Rubio. Scott was the Executive Director of the Republican Study Committee (RSC), the largest caucus in the House of Representatives – under Chairmen Bill Flores and Mark Walker. He also was Chief of Staff to Representative Ron DeSantis and served as the Deputy Executive Director to Governor-Elect Ron DeSantis' transition team in Tallahassee, Florida. Read More Here:  https://billwalton.substack.com/p/its-high-time-to-retire-senator-tim?sd=pf</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This show only occasionally gets into election politics but we now have a candidate for U.S. Senate from Virginia who is superbly equipped to run a substantive campaign articulating the real issues facing Americans. In this episode I'm introducing Scott Parkinson, who's running for the Senate in the Commonwealth of Virginia, to replace Virginia Senator Tim Kaine.  In a crowded primary field, Scott stands out as a candidate with the expertise to understand the mechanics of how to get things done in the Senate.  He has worked in the United States Senate for three Senators — John Ensign, Ron Johnson and Marco Rubio. Scott was the Executive Director of the Republican Study Committee (RSC), the largest caucus in the House of Representatives – under Chairmen Bill Flores and Mark Walker. He also was Chief of Staff to Representative Ron DeSantis and served as the Deputy Executive Director to Governor-Elect Ron DeSantis' transition team in Tallahassee, Florida. Read More Here:  https://billwalton.substack.com/p/its-high-time-to-retire-senator-tim?sd=pf</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 235: "Defining a Man and a Woman: What's At Stake" with Dr Jay Richards</title>
      <itunes:title>"Defining a Man and a Woman: What's At Stake" with Dr Jay Richards</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 11:12:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3c2dd284-85e0-43f4-a404-f4820594ca15]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-235-defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats-at-stake-with-dr-jay-richards]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Until recently, no precise legal definition of sex—and especially the terms "male" and "female"—was needed because no one contested it. </p> <p>Up to now. </p> <p>Gender activists are rapidly moving to redefine sex in federal laws and regulations, such as Title IX, to include "gender identity." If this succeeds, it will subvert all preexisting legal references to sex, contrary to their plain intent.</p> <p>The movement to redefine sex to include "gender identity" is part of a larger agenda to dissolve sex as a stable legal category and create chaos. </p> <p>This is a massive and infuriating issue and we need to understand the deeper agenda that lies underneath it.</p> <p>For some answers I'm joined in this episode with Dr Jay Richards, Director of the DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation about his recent essay on "Why States Must Define Sex Precisely".</p> <p>Read more: <a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/p/defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats"> https://billwalton.substack.com/p/defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats</a></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Until recently, no precise legal definition of sex—and especially the terms "male" and "female"—was needed because no one contested it. </p> <p>Up to now. </p> <p>Gender activists are rapidly moving to redefine sex in federal laws and regulations, such as Title IX, to include "gender identity." If this succeeds, it will subvert all preexisting legal references to sex, contrary to their plain intent.</p> <p>The movement to redefine sex to include "gender identity" is part of a larger agenda to dissolve sex as a stable legal category and create chaos. </p> <p>This is a massive and infuriating issue and we need to understand the deeper agenda that lies underneath it.</p> <p>For some answers I'm joined in this episode with Dr Jay Richards, Director of the DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation about his recent essay on "Why States Must Define Sex Precisely".</p> <p>Read more: <a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/p/defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats"> https://billwalton.substack.com/p/defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats</a></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="43459141" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Jay_Richards_MVW_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>235</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/c/6/7/4c67b64625a7683816c3140a3186d450/BWS_Insta_Art_-_235.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Until recently, no precise legal definition of sex—and especially the terms "male" and "female"—was needed because no one contested it.  Up to now.  Gender activists are rapidly moving to redefine sex in federal laws and regulations, such as Title IX, to include "gender identity." If this succeeds, it will subvert all preexisting legal references to sex, contrary to their plain intent. The movement to redefine sex to include "gender identity" is part of a larger agenda to dissolve sex as a stable legal category and create chaos.  This is a massive and infuriating issue and we need to understand the deeper agenda that lies underneath it. For some answers I'm joined in this episode with Dr Jay Richards, Director of the DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation about his recent essay on "Why States Must Define Sex Precisely". Read more: https://billwalton.substack.com/p/defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Until recently, no precise legal definition of sex—and especially the terms "male" and "female"—was needed because no one contested it.  Up to now.  Gender activists are rapidly moving to redefine sex in federal laws and regulations, such as Title IX, to include "gender identity." If this succeeds, it will subvert all preexisting legal references to sex, contrary to their plain intent. The movement to redefine sex to include "gender identity" is part of a larger agenda to dissolve sex as a stable legal category and create chaos.  This is a massive and infuriating issue and we need to understand the deeper agenda that lies underneath it. For some answers I'm joined in this episode with Dr Jay Richards, Director of the DeVos Center for Life, Religion, and Family at the Heritage Foundation about his recent essay on "Why States Must Define Sex Precisely". Read more: https://billwalton.substack.com/p/defining-a-man-and-a-woman-whats</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 234: "The Chess Pieces are Moving: Russia, Putin, the Wagner Group, Ukraine, China, Xi, and Blinken" with Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Chess Pieces are Moving: Russia, Putin, the Wagner Group, Ukraine, China, Xi, and Blinken" with Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jul 2023 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4f421cc2-817c-4d5d-ab46-189ad2ad2f2c]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-234-the-chess-pieces-are-moving-russia-putin-the-wagner-group-ukraine-china-xi-and-blinken-with-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Two months ago I wrote <em>"the war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray." </em></p> <p><strong>Since then, the situation's grown worse - for both sides.</strong> </p> <p>So I've asked my frequent guest Stephen Bryen back for another conversation for his take on what's likely to happen next. Stephen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute, and has over 50 years' experience in the arms trade and national security including several stints in the Pentagon.</p> <p>As usual, there's a lot packed into our brief conversation, ranging from Zelensky's and Putin's future, and the Wagner Group uprising, to China's involvement and Xi's designs on Taiwan. And of course Tony Blinken's recent humiliation at the hands of the Chinese.</p> <p>Read More: <a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/">https://billwalton.substack.com/</a></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Two months ago I wrote <em>"the war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray." </em></p> <p>Since then, the situation's grown worse - for both sides. </p> <p>So I've asked my frequent guest Stephen Bryen back for another conversation for his take on what's likely to happen next. Stephen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute, and has over 50 years' experience in the arms trade and national security including several stints in the Pentagon.</p> <p>As usual, there's a lot packed into our brief conversation, ranging from Zelensky's and Putin's future, and the Wagner Group uprising, to China's involvement and Xi's designs on Taiwan. And of course Tony Blinken's recent humiliation at the hands of the Chinese.</p> <p>Read More: <a href= "https://billwalton.substack.com/">https://billwalton.substack.com/</a></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="70226490" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Stephen_Bryen_7_3_23.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>234</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/1/3/d/c/13dc435186268fb627a2322813b393ee/BWS_Insta_Art_-_Stephen_Bryen_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Two months ago I wrote "the war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray."  Since then, the situation's grown worse - for both sides.  So I've asked my frequent guest Stephen Bryen back for another conversation for his take on what's likely to happen next. Stephen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute, and has over 50 years' experience in the arms trade and national security including several stints in the Pentagon. As usual, there's a lot packed into our brief conversation, ranging from Zelensky's and Putin's future, and the Wagner Group uprising, to China's involvement and Xi's designs on Taiwan. And of course Tony Blinken's recent humiliation at the hands of the Chinese. Read More: https://billwalton.substack.com/</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Two months ago I wrote "the war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray."  Since then, the situation's grown worse - for both sides.  So I've asked my frequent guest Stephen Bryen back for another conversation for his take on what's likely to happen next. Stephen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute, and has over 50 years' experience in the arms trade and national security including several stints in the Pentagon. As usual, there's a lot packed into our brief conversation, ranging from Zelensky's and Putin's future, and the Wagner Group uprising, to China's involvement and Xi's designs on Taiwan. And of course Tony Blinken's recent humiliation at the hands of the Chinese. Read More: https://billwalton.substack.com/</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 233: Biohacked: China's Race to Control Life with Brandon Weichert</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 233: Biohacked: China's Race to Control Life with Brandon Weichert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d754554d-63ec-403a-9801-990cff67fa15]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-233-biohacked-chinas-race-to-control-life-with-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"Would you want your DNA and other healthcare data going to an authoritarian regime with a record of exploiting that data for repression and surveillance? Let's be specific, would you want it going to China?"</p> <p>That's just one of the questions my returning guest national security expert Brandon Weichert and I cover in this far-reaching conversation about China's BioTech ambitions and their alarming implications. </p> <p>Brandon Weichert, author of Biohacked: China's Race to Control Life is a leading expert in geopolitics and emerging technologies and who been described as a "panic-and-anxiety inducing scholar." He lives by Dr. Herman Kahn's mantra that "I'm against fashionable thinking" and you won't hear  much of that in this disturbing, yet at the same time entertaining conversation.</p> <p>In the realm of cutting-edge biotechnology, the relentless drive of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) to exploit emerging BioTech technologies casts a dark shadow over the global stage.</p> <p>"China's President Xi Jinping has identified biotechnology as one of the key fourth industrial revolution industries that China must dominate in order to achieve his China Vision 2049," warns Brandon. </p> <p>Amidst this pursuit, China has been utilizing CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool originally developed in America. "China's using CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool that we in America developed and we shared with China, which allows scientists to go in, and at the genetic level, splice human genes and either take out unwanted or undesirable aspects of that individual's genome or input," reveals Weichert. </p> <p>Read more at https://billwalton.substack.com</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"Would you want your DNA and other healthcare data going to an authoritarian regime with a record of exploiting that data for repression and surveillance? Let's be specific, would you want it going to China?"</p> <p>That's just one of the questions my returning guest national security expert Brandon Weichert and I cover in this far-reaching conversation about China's BioTech ambitions and their alarming implications. </p> <p>Brandon Weichert, author of Biohacked: China's Race to Control Life is a leading expert in geopolitics and emerging technologies and who been described as a "panic-and-anxiety inducing scholar." He lives by Dr. Herman Kahn's mantra that "I'm against fashionable thinking" and you won't hear much of that in this disturbing, yet at the same time entertaining conversation.</p> <p>In the realm of cutting-edge biotechnology, the relentless drive of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) to exploit emerging BioTech technologies casts a dark shadow over the global stage.</p> <p>"China's President Xi Jinping has identified biotechnology as one of the key fourth industrial revolution industries that China must dominate in order to achieve his China Vision 2049," warns Brandon. </p> <p>Amidst this pursuit, China has been utilizing CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool originally developed in America. "China's using CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool that we in America developed and we shared with China, which allows scientists to go in, and at the genetic level, splice human genes and either take out unwanted or undesirable aspects of that individual's genome or input," reveals Weichert. </p> <p>Read more at https://billwalton.substack.com</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="151297920" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS176_2023_06_08_Weichert.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>233</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Would you want your DNA and other healthcare data going to an authoritarian regime with a record of exploiting that data for repression and surveillance? Let's be specific, would you want it going to China?" That's just one of the questions my returning guest national security expert Brandon Weichert and I cover in this far-reaching conversation about China's BioTech ambitions and their alarming implications.  Brandon Weichert, author of Biohacked: China's Race to Control Life is a leading expert in geopolitics and emerging technologies and who been described as a "panic-and-anxiety inducing scholar." He lives by Dr. Herman Kahn's mantra that "I'm against fashionable thinking" and you won't hear  much of that in this disturbing, yet at the same time entertaining conversation. In the realm of cutting-edge biotechnology, the relentless drive of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) to exploit emerging BioTech technologies casts a dark shadow over the global stage. "China's President Xi Jinping has identified biotechnology as one of the key fourth industrial revolution industries that China must dominate in order to achieve his China Vision 2049," warns Brandon.  Amidst this pursuit, China has been utilizing CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool originally developed in America. "China's using CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool that we in America developed and we shared with China, which allows scientists to go in, and at the genetic level, splice human genes and either take out unwanted or undesirable aspects of that individual's genome or input," reveals Weichert.  Read more at https://billwalton.substack.com</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Would you want your DNA and other healthcare data going to an authoritarian regime with a record of exploiting that data for repression and surveillance? Let's be specific, would you want it going to China?" That's just one of the questions my returning guest national security expert Brandon Weichert and I cover in this far-reaching conversation about China's BioTech ambitions and their alarming implications.  Brandon Weichert, author of Biohacked: China's Race to Control Life is a leading expert in geopolitics and emerging technologies and who been described as a "panic-and-anxiety inducing scholar." He lives by Dr. Herman Kahn's mantra that "I'm against fashionable thinking" and you won't hear  much of that in this disturbing, yet at the same time entertaining conversation. In the realm of cutting-edge biotechnology, the relentless drive of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) to exploit emerging BioTech technologies casts a dark shadow over the global stage. "China's President Xi Jinping has identified biotechnology as one of the key fourth industrial revolution industries that China must dominate in order to achieve his China Vision 2049," warns Brandon.  Amidst this pursuit, China has been utilizing CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool originally developed in America. "China's using CRISPR-Cas9, the gene editing tool that we in America developed and we shared with China, which allows scientists to go in, and at the genetic level, splice human genes and either take out unwanted or undesirable aspects of that individual's genome or input," reveals Weichert.  Read more at https://billwalton.substack.com</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 232: "Our Dystopian Green Energy Future" with Mark Mills</title>
      <itunes:title>"Our Dystopian Green Energy Future" with Mark Mills</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 25 Jun 2023 16:08:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a46d867c-98ba-499a-8aa4-6b7fa3400343]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-232-our-dystopian-green-energy-future-with-mark-mills]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This episode is about the catastrophic dead ends we face if we plow blindly ahead with the promised <strong><em>"green energy"</em></strong>future. </p> <p>Powerful forces obsessed with CO2 and climate change are determined to replace hydrocarbon fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet to be invented technologies. </p> <p>It's a obsession fueled by a toxic mix of religious fervor, old fashioned greed and a <strong><em>"degrowth"</em></strong> agenda aimed at dismantling the modern global economy. </p> <p>But setting these agendas aside, has anyone anywhere adequately explained the physics and the economics of the so-called green utopia? My guest on this episode, Mark Mills, <strong><em>has</em></strong> thought it through and has a stark message for us, an <strong>inconvenient truth.</strong> </p> <h4><em>"There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms."</em></h4> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>Mark Mills</strong> probably knows more about this than anyone. He's a senior fellow at the <a href="https://manhattan.institute/person/mark-p-mills" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Manhattan Institute</a>, focusing on science, technology, and energy issues. He's also faculty fellow at the McCormick School of Engineering at Northwestern, where his focus is on future manufacturing technologies and a strategic partner in an energy software venture fund.</p> <p>This episode defies a brief description. Mark provides tour de force explanations that are well worth an hour of your time to understand. With them you will be equipped to properly understand and debate energy realities. If we are to push back against the dystopian future that a fully-realized climate change agenda guarantees, we need to be armed with informed arguments.</p> <p><strong>Just a few of the highlights: </strong></p> <ul> <li> <p>"All energy systems used to deliver useful power to society require building machines, every energy system. So, what you really want to know is how much material does it take to build the machines to make windmills and solar panels. For wind turbines, the amount of concrete glass, polymers, plastics, and steel you need per unit of energy goes up tenfold per unit of energy produced compared to a gas turbine"</p> </li> <li> <p>"You'll have to increase the total supply of metals and minerals, copper, nickel, lithium, aluminum, molybdenum, neodymium, etc. Not by a little but by a lot, tenfold. We will need hundreds of new mines, not a few, hundreds of new mines." </p> </li> <li> <p>"By one estimate, nearly 400 new giant mines … but at what price …environmentalists are broadly sweeping under the rug the consequences, the environmental, economic and human consequences"</p> </li> <li> <p>"Climate Change advocates have fundamentally thrown under the bus all of the environmental issues they used to care about. Everything. Land use, use of toxic chemicals, visual pollution, habitat destruction, species protection  …because the quantity of materials you need to produce the same unit of energy by moving to wind and solar increases by at least 1,000%." </p> </li> <li> <p> "If you multiply the number of mines we need for solar, for wind and also for batteries … it's hundreds and hundreds of mines … hundreds of thousands of square miles. We're going to be killing habitat and species all over the planet."</p> </li> <li> <p>"The quantity of plastic in one small wind farm is greater than all the plastic used to make all the world's plastic straws."</p> </li> <li> <p>"We import roughly 80 to 90% of the manufactured solar modules we use to make solar panels in America … from China."</p> </li> <li> <p>"Wind turbines being built today are about the size of a Washington Monument, two to three megawatts each. So a field of 50 covering 100 square miles could power a small town of say 20,000 to 50,000 people … A single gas turbine whose gas pipe is bare and you can't see, the size of a tractor trailer, can provide the same amount of electricity."</p> </li> </ul> <p>Congress has appropriated trillions of dollars to what should now be properly called the Climate Change Industrial Complex which is growing richer by the day. <strong><em>"When you say, "Oh, we need to replace all hydrocarbons with wind, solar, and batteries," you're not making a small subsidy distortion. You're now saying, "I have to subsidize by definition, all American energy production."" </em></strong></p> <ul> <li> <p>"The Inflation Reduction Act (aka the Green New Deal) included provisions intended to override local communities and state's objections to transmission lines. The climate agenda would not only change our energy systems, but also seek to make it yet another federal power."</p> </li> <li> <p>"A Dutch government sponsored study concluded that Netherlands green ambitions <em>alone</em>would consume a major share of all the world's minerals."</p> </li> <li> <p>"The CO2 emitted to build the electric cars batteries and mine the materials will offset most, if not all, of the CO2 then not emitted by not burning gasoline in the first place. So you get nothing in CO2 terms or very, very little, for the price of exporting of jobs, geopolitical dependencies, and environmental impacts somewhere on the planet for no benefit."</p> </li> <li> <p>"What they're essentially saying is that there is no possibility, and I agree with them, on cutting the planet's carbon dioxide emissions, absent, huge degrowth, which is a euphemism for massive global recession … they're overtly engineering a society in which you will be happy without economic growth."</p> </li> </ul> <p><strong>Meanwhile, people are getting rich from the green agenda, and if you consider the vast worldwide habitat and species destruction that will be caused by substituting wind and solar for hydrocarbon energy … and all the other social and economic costs … the climate change agenda should be called villainous, not virtuous</strong>.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This episode is about the catastrophic dead ends we face if we plow blindly ahead with the promised <em>"green energy"</em>future. </p> <p>Powerful forces obsessed with CO2 and climate change are determined to replace hydrocarbon fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet to be invented technologies. </p> <p>It's a obsession fueled by a toxic mix of religious fervor, old fashioned greed and a <em>"degrowth"</em> agenda aimed at dismantling the modern global economy. </p> <p>But setting these agendas aside, has anyone anywhere adequately explained the physics and the economics of the so-called green utopia? My guest on this episode, Mark Mills, <em>has</em> thought it through and has a stark message for us, an inconvenient truth. </p> <em>"There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms."</em> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Mark Mills probably knows more about this than anyone. He's a senior fellow at the <a href="https://manhattan.institute/person/mark-p-mills" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Manhattan Institute</a>, focusing on science, technology, and energy issues. He's also faculty fellow at the McCormick School of Engineering at Northwestern, where his focus is on future manufacturing technologies and a strategic partner in an energy software venture fund.</p> <p>This episode defies a brief description. Mark provides tour de force explanations that are well worth an hour of your time to understand. With them you will be equipped to properly understand and debate energy realities. If we are to push back against the dystopian future that a fully-realized climate change agenda guarantees, we need to be armed with informed arguments.</p> <p>Just a few of the highlights: </p> <ul> <li> <p>"All energy systems used to deliver useful power to society require building machines, every energy system. So, what you really want to know is how much material does it take to build the machines to make windmills and solar panels. For wind turbines, the amount of concrete glass, polymers, plastics, and steel you need per unit of energy goes up tenfold per unit of energy produced compared to a gas turbine"</p> </li> <li> <p>"You'll have to increase the total supply of metals and minerals, copper, nickel, lithium, aluminum, molybdenum, neodymium, etc. Not by a little but by a lot, tenfold. We will need hundreds of new mines, not a few, hundreds of new mines." </p> </li> <li> <p>"By one estimate, nearly 400 new giant mines … but at what price …environmentalists are broadly sweeping under the rug the consequences, the environmental, economic and human consequences"</p> </li> <li> <p>"Climate Change advocates have fundamentally thrown under the bus all of the environmental issues they used to care about. Everything. Land use, use of toxic chemicals, visual pollution, habitat destruction, species protection …because the quantity of materials you need to produce the same unit of energy by moving to wind and solar increases by at least 1,000%." </p> </li> <li> <p> "If you multiply the number of mines we need for solar, for wind and also for batteries … it's hundreds and hundreds of mines … hundreds of thousands of square miles. We're going to be killing habitat and species all over the planet."</p> </li> <li> <p>"The quantity of plastic in one small wind farm is greater than all the plastic used to make all the world's plastic straws."</p> </li> <li> <p>"We import roughly 80 to 90% of the manufactured solar modules we use to make solar panels in America … from China."</p> </li> <li> <p>"Wind turbines being built today are about the size of a Washington Monument, two to three megawatts each. So a field of 50 covering 100 square miles could power a small town of say 20,000 to 50,000 people … A single gas turbine whose gas pipe is bare and you can't see, the size of a tractor trailer, can provide the same amount of electricity."</p> </li> </ul> <p>Congress has appropriated trillions of dollars to what should now be properly called the Climate Change Industrial Complex which is growing richer by the day. <em>"When you say, "Oh, we need to replace all hydrocarbons with wind, solar, and batteries," you're not making a small subsidy distortion. You're now saying, "I have to subsidize by definition, all American energy production."" </em></p> <ul> <li> <p>"The Inflation Reduction Act (aka the Green New Deal) included provisions intended to override local communities and state's objections to transmission lines. The climate agenda would not only change our energy systems, but also seek to make it yet another federal power."</p> </li> <li> <p>"A Dutch government sponsored study concluded that Netherlands green ambitions <em>alone</em>would consume a major share of all the world's minerals."</p> </li> <li> <p>"The CO2 emitted to build the electric cars batteries and mine the materials will offset most, if not all, of the CO2 then not emitted by not burning gasoline in the first place. So you get nothing in CO2 terms or very, very little, for the price of exporting of jobs, geopolitical dependencies, and environmental impacts somewhere on the planet for no benefit."</p> </li> <li> <p>"What they're essentially saying is that there is no possibility, and I agree with them, on cutting the planet's carbon dioxide emissions, absent, huge degrowth, which is a euphemism for massive global recession … they're overtly engineering a society in which you will be happy without economic growth."</p> </li> </ul> <p>Meanwhile, people are getting rich from the green agenda, and if you consider the vast worldwide habitat and species destruction that will be caused by substituting wind and solar for hydrocarbon energy … and all the other social and economic costs … the climate change agenda should be called villainous, not virtuous.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="134233920" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS174_2023_06_01_Mills.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>232</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/0/c/8/80c8de45c477586d88c4a68c3ddbc4f2/BWS_Insta_Art_-_232.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This episode is about the catastrophic dead ends we face if we plow blindly ahead with the promised "green energy"future.  Powerful forces obsessed with CO2 and climate change are determined to replace hydrocarbon fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet to be invented technologies.  It's a obsession fueled by a toxic mix of religious fervor, old fashioned greed and a "degrowth" agenda aimed at dismantling the modern global economy.  But setting these agendas aside, has anyone anywhere adequately explained the physics and the economics of the so-called green utopia? My guest on this episode, Mark Mills, has thought it through and has a stark message for us, an inconvenient truth.  "There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms." Mark Mills probably knows more about this than anyone. He's a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute, focusing on science, technology, and energy issues. He's also faculty fellow at the McCormick School of Engineering at Northwestern, where his focus is on future manufacturing technologies and a strategic partner in an energy software venture fund. This episode defies a brief description. Mark provides tour de force explanations that are well worth an hour of your time to understand. With them you will be equipped to properly understand and debate energy realities. If we are to push back against the dystopian future that a fully-realized climate change agenda guarantees, we need to be armed with informed arguments. Just a few of the highlights:  "All energy systems used to deliver useful power to society require building machines, every energy system. So, what you really want to know is how much material does it take to build the machines to make windmills and solar panels. For wind turbines, the amount of concrete glass, polymers, plastics, and steel you need per unit of energy goes up tenfold per unit of energy produced compared to a gas turbine" "You'll have to increase the total supply of metals and minerals, copper, nickel, lithium, aluminum, molybdenum, neodymium, etc. Not by a little but by a lot, tenfold. We will need hundreds of new mines, not a few, hundreds of new mines."  "By one estimate, nearly 400 new giant mines … but at what price …environmentalists are broadly sweeping under the rug the consequences, the environmental, economic and human consequences" "Climate Change advocates have fundamentally thrown under the bus all of the environmental issues they used to care about. Everything. Land use, use of toxic chemicals, visual pollution, habitat destruction, species protection  …because the quantity of materials you need to produce the same unit of energy by moving to wind and solar increases by at least 1,000%."   "If you multiply the number of mines we need for solar, for wind and also for batteries … it's hundreds and hundreds of mines … hundreds of thousands of square miles. We're going to be killing habitat and species all over the planet." "The quantity of plastic in one small wind farm is greater than all the plastic used to make all the world's plastic straws." "We import roughly 80 to 90% of the manufactured solar modules we use to make solar panels in America … from China." "Wind turbines being built today are about the size of a Washington Monument, two to three megawatts each. So a field of 50 covering 100 square miles could power a small town of say 20,000 to 50,000 people … A single gas turbine whose gas pipe is bare and you can't see, the size of a tractor trailer, can provide the same amount of electricity." Congress has appropriated trillions of dollars to what should now be properly called the Climate Change Industrial Complex which is growing richer by the day. "When you say, "Oh, we need to replace all hydrocarbons with wind, solar, and batteries," you're not making a small subsidy distortion. You're now saying, "I have to subsidize by definition, all American energy production.""  "The Inflation Reduction Act (aka the Green New Deal) included provisions intended to override local communities and state's objections to transmission lines. The climate agenda would not only change our energy systems, but also seek to make it yet another federal power." "A Dutch government sponsored study concluded that Netherlands green ambitions alonewould consume a major share of all the world's minerals." "The CO2 emitted to build the electric cars batteries and mine the materials will offset most, if not all, of the CO2 then not emitted by not burning gasoline in the first place. So you get nothing in CO2 terms or very, very little, for the price of exporting of jobs, geopolitical dependencies, and environmental impacts somewhere on the planet for no benefit." "What they're essentially saying is that there is no possibility, and I agree with them, on cutting the planet's carbon dioxide emissions, absent, huge degrowth, which is a euphemism for massive global recession … they're overtly engineering a society in which you will be happy without economic growth." Meanwhile, people are getting rich from the green agenda, and if you consider the vast worldwide habitat and species destruction that will be caused by substituting wind and solar for hydrocarbon energy … and all the other social and economic costs … the climate change agenda should be called villainous, not virtuous.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This episode is about the catastrophic dead ends we face if we plow blindly ahead with the promised "green energy"future.  Powerful forces obsessed with CO2 and climate change are determined to replace hydrocarbon fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet to be invented technologies.  It's a obsession fueled by a toxic mix of religious fervor, old fashioned greed and a "degrowth" agenda aimed at dismantling the modern global economy.  But setting these agendas aside, has anyone anywhere adequately explained the physics and the economics of the so-called green utopia? My guest on this episode, Mark Mills, has thought it through and has a stark message for us, an inconvenient truth.  "There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms." Mark Mills probably knows more about this than anyone. He's a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute, focusing on science, technology, and energy issues. He's also faculty fellow at the McCormick School of Engineering at Northwestern, where his focus is on future manufacturing technologies and a strategic partner in an energy software venture fund. This episode defies a brief description. Mark provides tour de force explanations that are well worth an hour of your time to understand. With them you will be equipped to properly understand and debate energy realities. If we are to push back against the dystopian future that a fully-realized climate change agenda guarantees, we need to be armed with informed arguments. Just a few of the highlights:  "All energy systems used to deliver useful power to society require building machines, every energy system. So, what you really want to know is how much material does it take to build the machines to make windmills and solar panels. For wind turbines, the amount of concrete glass, polymers, plastics, and steel you need per unit of energy goes up tenfold per unit of energy produced compared to a gas turbine" "You'll have to increase the total supply of metals and minerals, copper, nickel, lithium, aluminum, molybdenum, neodymium, etc. Not by a little but by a lot, tenfold. We will need hundreds of new mines, not a few, hundreds of new mines."  "By one estimate, nearly 400 new giant mines … but at what price …environmentalists are broadly sweeping under the rug the consequences, the environmental, economic and human consequences" "Climate Change advocates have fundamentally thrown under the bus all of the environmental issues they used to care about. Everything. Land use, use of toxic chemicals, visual pollution, habitat destruction, species protection  …because the quantity of materials you need to produce the same unit of energy by moving to wind and solar increases by at least 1,000%."   "If you multiply the number of mines we need for solar, for wind and also for batteries … it's hundreds and hundreds of mines … hundreds of thousands of square miles. We're going to be killing habitat and species all over the planet." "The quantity of plastic in one small wind farm is greater than all the plastic used to make all the world's plastic straws." "We import roughly 80 to 90% of the manufactured solar modules we use to make solar panels in America … from China." "Wind turbines being built today are about the size of a Washington Monument, two to three megawatts each. So a field of 50 covering 100 square miles could power a small town of say 20,000 to 50,000 people … A single gas turbine whose gas pipe is bare and you can't see, the size of a tractor trailer, can provide the same amount of electricity." Congress has appropriated trillions of dollars to what should now be properly called the Climate Change Industrial Complex which is growing richer by the day. "When you say, "Oh, we need to replace all hydrocarbons with wind, solar, and batteries," you're not making a small subsidy distortion. You're now saying, "I have to subsidize by definition, all American energy production.""  "The Inflation Reduction Act (aka the Green New Deal) included provisions intended to override local communities and state's objections to transmission lines. The climate agenda would not only change our energy systems, but also seek to make it yet another federal power." "A Dutch government sponsored study concluded that Netherlands green ambitions alonewould consume a major share of all the world's minerals." "The CO2 emitted to build the electric cars batteries and mine the materials will offset most, if not all, of the CO2 then not emitted by not burning gasoline in the first place. So you get nothing in CO2 terms or very, very little, for the price of exporting of jobs, geopolitical dependencies, and environmental impacts somewhere on the planet for no benefit." "What they're essentially saying is that there is no possibility, and I agree with them, on cutting the planet's carbon dioxide emissions, absent, huge degrowth, which is a euphemism for massive global recession … they're overtly engineering a society in which you will be happy without economic growth." Meanwhile, people are getting rich from the green agenda, and if you consider the vast worldwide habitat and species destruction that will be caused by substituting wind and solar for hydrocarbon energy … and all the other social and economic costs … the climate change agenda should be called villainous, not virtuous.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 231: "Reclaiming the Culture through Film" with Michael Pack</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 231: "Reclaiming the Culture through Film" with Michael Pack</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 10:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[492dde1f-e50d-4a37-94ff-1ea9b73ba4a2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/michael-pack-episode]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>Global streaming services are projected to reach over 1.5 billion subscribers in 2025 with worldwide spending on TV, film and documentary production reaching over $220 billion a year. Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBO Max alone account for more than $75 billion of that spend with almost all of it on woke progressive themed entertainment. Looking only at documentaries and small independent features, the Left spends tens of billions of dollars each year.</em></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Left's successful decades <strong>"long march through the institutions"</strong> has captured Hollywood and it now owns the cultural narrative. Conservatives have paid a big price for downplaying the importance of culture, seeing its airy fictions as less serious than economics or politics.</p> <p>The numbers show it. The right spends, maybe, only tens of millions of dollars on films and television, a spending gap of over hundreds of billions of dollars.</p> <h4><strong><em>Artists are "the unacknowledged legislators of the world" and if conservatives hope to regain the cultural ground, we need to get into the game.</em></strong><em> </em></h4> <p>Joining me to explain how is Michael Pack, documentary filmmaker and the former CEO of the US Agency for Global Media. Michael's produced over 15 award-winning films for public television, and most recently <strong><em>Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Word</em>s.</strong></p> <p>Conservatives who have basically surrendered the culture wars often claim, "We can't fight back because the left is naturally more artistic and given to storytelling."</p> <p>Michael and I do not believe that's true and that the culture wars are winnable, but only if we take them seriously.</p> <p>This episode provides a start, exploring the craft of making - and the business of financing - filmed storytelling and documentaries. We cover film schools, production facilities, cinematography, sound, editing, the foundations financing progressive filmmakers and much more.</p> <p>We also talk about the pure fun of filmmaking and storytelling. It's a lot more fun than politics.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Based on my experience, the actors are all pretty good-looking, the creatives are fun to work with and it's a joy to be on a movie set. Getting into movies is not like taking your castor oil.</p> <h4><strong><em>We start with story and the truth that the most effective way to win hearts and minds is through the telling of stories.</em></strong></h4> <p>From the first cave paintings, to the Bible, to Shakespeare, to today, stories are how people learn to understand the world, and each story is a model for how the world works.</p> <p>"People crave epic stories, meaningful life pursuits, and courageous figures who appear to stand for something," relates Michael. "Good stories are stories of heroic individuals, usually not without flaws, dealing with complex things and making choices."</p> <p>"Contrary to conventional wisdom, I am much more optimistic about the culture, especially the story-telling media, than about politics and government."</p> <p>Politics is actually a harder game to win. The administrative state has really dug in and civil servants have iron-clad protections.</p> <h4><strong><em>On the other hand, the culture is still relatively a free market. We can make films. We can set up streaming companies. We can set up distribution companies. </em></strong></h4> <p>"We have simply seeded that turf to the Left," says Michael. "We have simply let them have it. It's not a culture war when only one side has an army in the field and the other side just writes essays about how they don't like that army. "</p> <p>We have to be making culture, not just complaining about it, and it is not that hard to do and we can do it.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>Global streaming services are projected to reach over 1.5 billion subscribers in 2025 with worldwide spending on TV, film and documentary production reaching over $220 billion a year. Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBO Max alone account for more than $75 billion of that spend with almost all of it on woke progressive themed entertainment. Looking only at documentaries and small independent features, the Left spends tens of billions of dollars each year.</em></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Left's successful decades "long march through the institutions" has captured Hollywood and it now owns the cultural narrative. Conservatives have paid a big price for downplaying the importance of culture, seeing its airy fictions as less serious than economics or politics.</p> <p>The numbers show it. The right spends, maybe, only tens of millions of dollars on films and television, a spending gap of over hundreds of billions of dollars.</p> <em>Artists are "the unacknowledged legislators of the world" and if conservatives hope to regain the cultural ground, we need to get into the game.</em><em> </em> <p>Joining me to explain how is Michael Pack, documentary filmmaker and the former CEO of the US Agency for Global Media. Michael's produced over 15 award-winning films for public television, and most recently <em>Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Word</em>s.</p> <p>Conservatives who have basically surrendered the culture wars often claim, "We can't fight back because the left is naturally more artistic and given to storytelling."</p> <p>Michael and I do not believe that's true and that the culture wars are winnable, but only if we take them seriously.</p> <p>This episode provides a start, exploring the craft of making - and the business of financing - filmed storytelling and documentaries. We cover film schools, production facilities, cinematography, sound, editing, the foundations financing progressive filmmakers and much more.</p> <p>We also talk about the pure fun of filmmaking and storytelling. It's a lot more fun than politics.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Based on my experience, the actors are all pretty good-looking, the creatives are fun to work with and it's a joy to be on a movie set. Getting into movies is not like taking your castor oil.</p> <em>We start with story and the truth that the most effective way to win hearts and minds is through the telling of stories.</em> <p>From the first cave paintings, to the Bible, to Shakespeare, to today, stories are how people learn to understand the world, and each story is a model for how the world works.</p> <p>"People crave epic stories, meaningful life pursuits, and courageous figures who appear to stand for something," relates Michael. "Good stories are stories of heroic individuals, usually not without flaws, dealing with complex things and making choices."</p> <p>"Contrary to conventional wisdom, I am much more optimistic about the culture, especially the story-telling media, than about politics and government."</p> <p>Politics is actually a harder game to win. The administrative state has really dug in and civil servants have iron-clad protections.</p> <em>On the other hand, the culture is still relatively a free market. We can make films. We can set up streaming companies. We can set up distribution companies. </em> <p>"We have simply seeded that turf to the Left," says Michael. "We have simply let them have it. It's not a culture war when only one side has an army in the field and the other side just writes essays about how they don't like that army. "</p> <p>We have to be making culture, not just complaining about it, and it is not that hard to do and we can do it.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="124128000" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS170_2023_05_11_Pack.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>231</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/2/2/8/9228f8056f7a3a8ae55e3c100dce7605/BB_Insta_Art_-_Michael_Pack.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Global streaming services are projected to reach over 1.5 billion subscribers in 2025 with worldwide spending on TV, film and documentary production reaching over $220 billion a year. Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBO Max alone account for more than $75 billion of that spend with almost all of it on woke progressive themed entertainment. Looking only at documentaries and small independent features, the Left spends tens of billions of dollars each year. The Left's successful decades "long march through the institutions" has captured Hollywood and it now owns the cultural narrative. Conservatives have paid a big price for downplaying the importance of culture, seeing its airy fictions as less serious than economics or politics. The numbers show it. The right spends, maybe, only tens of millions of dollars on films and television, a spending gap of over hundreds of billions of dollars. Artists are "the unacknowledged legislators of the world" and if conservatives hope to regain the cultural ground, we need to get into the game.  Joining me to explain how is Michael Pack, documentary filmmaker and the former CEO of the US Agency for Global Media. Michael's produced over 15 award-winning films for public television, and most recently Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words. Conservatives who have basically surrendered the culture wars often claim, "We can't fight back because the left is naturally more artistic and given to storytelling." Michael and I do not believe that's true and that the culture wars are winnable, but only if we take them seriously. This episode provides a start, exploring the craft of making - and the business of financing - filmed storytelling and documentaries. We cover film schools, production facilities, cinematography, sound, editing, the foundations financing progressive filmmakers and much more. We also talk about the pure fun of filmmaking and storytelling. It's a lot more fun than politics. Based on my experience, the actors are all pretty good-looking, the creatives are fun to work with and it's a joy to be on a movie set. Getting into movies is not like taking your castor oil. We start with story and the truth that the most effective way to win hearts and minds is through the telling of stories. From the first cave paintings, to the Bible, to Shakespeare, to today, stories are how people learn to understand the world, and each story is a model for how the world works. "People crave epic stories, meaningful life pursuits, and courageous figures who appear to stand for something," relates Michael. "Good stories are stories of heroic individuals, usually not without flaws, dealing with complex things and making choices." "Contrary to conventional wisdom, I am much more optimistic about the culture, especially the story-telling media, than about politics and government." Politics is actually a harder game to win. The administrative state has really dug in and civil servants have iron-clad protections. On the other hand, the culture is still relatively a free market. We can make films. We can set up streaming companies. We can set up distribution companies.  "We have simply seeded that turf to the Left," says Michael. "We have simply let them have it. It's not a culture war when only one side has an army in the field and the other side just writes essays about how they don't like that army. " We have to be making culture, not just complaining about it, and it is not that hard to do and we can do it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Global streaming services are projected to reach over 1.5 billion subscribers in 2025 with worldwide spending on TV, film and documentary production reaching over $220 billion a year. Netflix, Disney, Amazon Prime, and HBO Max alone account for more than $75 billion of that spend with almost all of it on woke progressive themed entertainment. Looking only at documentaries and small independent features, the Left spends tens of billions of dollars each year. The Left's successful decades "long march through the institutions" has captured Hollywood and it now owns the cultural narrative. Conservatives have paid a big price for downplaying the importance of culture, seeing its airy fictions as less serious than economics or politics. The numbers show it. The right spends, maybe, only tens of millions of dollars on films and television, a spending gap of over hundreds of billions of dollars. Artists are "the unacknowledged legislators of the world" and if conservatives hope to regain the cultural ground, we need to get into the game.  Joining me to explain how is Michael Pack, documentary filmmaker and the former CEO of the US Agency for Global Media. Michael's produced over 15 award-winning films for public television, and most recently Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words. Conservatives who have basically surrendered the culture wars often claim, "We can't fight back because the left is naturally more artistic and given to storytelling." Michael and I do not believe that's true and that the culture wars are winnable, but only if we take them seriously. This episode provides a start, exploring the craft of making - and the business of financing - filmed storytelling and documentaries. We cover film schools, production facilities, cinematography, sound, editing, the foundations financing progressive filmmakers and much more. We also talk about the pure fun of filmmaking and storytelling. It's a lot more fun than politics. Based on my experience, the actors are all pretty good-looking, the creatives are fun to work with and it's a joy to be on a movie set. Getting into movies is not like taking your castor oil. We start with story and the truth that the most effective way to win hearts and minds is through the telling of stories. From the first cave paintings, to the Bible, to Shakespeare, to today, stories are how people learn to understand the world, and each story is a model for how the world works. "People crave epic stories, meaningful life pursuits, and courageous figures who appear to stand for something," relates Michael. "Good stories are stories of heroic individuals, usually not without flaws, dealing with complex things and making choices." "Contrary to conventional wisdom, I am much more optimistic about the culture, especially the story-telling media, than about politics and government." Politics is actually a harder game to win. The administrative state has really dug in and civil servants have iron-clad protections. On the other hand, the culture is still relatively a free market. We can make films. We can set up streaming companies. We can set up distribution companies.  "We have simply seeded that turf to the Left," says Michael. "We have simply let them have it. It's not a culture war when only one side has an army in the field and the other side just writes essays about how they don't like that army. " We have to be making culture, not just complaining about it, and it is not that hard to do and we can do it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 230: "An Action Plan to Thwart the Chinese Communist Party's Aim to Achieve Global Dominion" with Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>"An Action Plan to Thwart the Chinese Communist Party's Aim to Achieve Global Dominion" with Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 16:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f7a4bcaa-1202-4c40-9e54-ee630d6c7251]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-230-an-action-plan-to-thwart-the-chinese-communist-partys-aim-to-achieve-global-dominion-with-frank-gaffney]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Over three decades ago the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party began in earnest to develop and execute a strategy to bring about what its now President Xi Jinping calls <strong>"global governance, directed and enforced from Beijing."</strong></p> <p>Determined to avoid the fate of the Soviet Union's defeat in the Cold War by the United States, then President Deng is said to have declared to the Party that <strong>"a new Cold War has now begun between the United States and China, and China will win."</strong></p> <p> Thus began a comprehensive plan of <strong>"unrestricted warfare"</strong> that came to be known colloquially as the Hide and Bide strategy … <strong>"Hide your capacities, bide your time."</strong> </p> <p>It was designed to assure that China become so integrated with the United States' open economy and society (e.g. through <strong>"elite capture"</strong>) that the US would be strategically vulnerable.</p> <p>In this, the CCP has wildly succeeded, and now the United States finds itself back on its heels against an openly aggressive China and its intention to replace the United States as the preeminent power not only in Asia but around the globe. </p> <h4><em>The US needs its own plan of action.</em></h4> <p>My guest on this episode, Frank J. Gaffney has done just that in his recent book, an across the board plan that addresses the many fronts to be fought on against China's <strong>"unrestricted  warfare".</strong></p> <h4><strong><em>"The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party & Friends for Crimes against America, China, and the World."</em></strong></h4> <p>The book represents the fruits of a comprehensive effort to develop and champion a vigorous response to the China challenge. It draws upon a comprehensive program of some seventy webinars conducted by the <strong>Committee on the Present Danger: China</strong> addressing: </p> <p>1) the CCP's decades-long self-described <strong>"Unrestricted Warfare"</strong> against America; and 2) the role America's elites have played in helping the Chinese Communists win.</p> <p><strong>"It identifies nine "criminal charges" that can be brought and prosecuted, at least in the court of public opinion, against the Chinese Communist Party and its American enablers."</strong> </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>"</em><strong><em>The Indictment</em></strong> also enumerates twenty specific actions that are intended to inspire and equip congressional investigators, patriotic executive branch officials, journalists, and the public at large to review these charges and recommended actions bring to justice and take down the Chinese Communist Party for its horrific criminal conduct—past, present, and that which is in the works—against its own people and countless others, including ours."</p> <p>Frank J. Gaffney is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy, a non-partisan organization that champions <strong>"peace through strength."</strong> He is the vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, a daily television program on the Real America's Voice Network.</p> <p>Listen in for some of highlights from Frank's book and to learn what's at stake in what must now be our own "unrestricted war" with China. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Over three decades ago the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party began in earnest to develop and execute a strategy to bring about what its now President Xi Jinping calls "global governance, directed and enforced from Beijing."</p> <p>Determined to avoid the fate of the Soviet Union's defeat in the Cold War by the United States, then President Deng is said to have declared to the Party that "a new Cold War has now begun between the United States and China, and China will win."</p> <p> Thus began a comprehensive plan of "unrestricted warfare" that came to be known colloquially as the Hide and Bide strategy … "Hide your capacities, bide your time." </p> <p>It was designed to assure that China become so integrated with the United States' open economy and society (e.g. through "elite capture") that the US would be strategically vulnerable.</p> <p>In this, the CCP has wildly succeeded, and now the United States finds itself back on its heels against an openly aggressive China and its intention to replace the United States as the preeminent power not only in Asia but around the globe. </p> <em>The US needs its own plan of action.</em> <p>My guest on this episode, Frank J. Gaffney has done just that in his recent book, an across the board plan that addresses the many fronts to be fought on against China's "unrestricted warfare".</p> <em>"The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party & Friends for Crimes against America, China, and the World."</em> <p>The book represents the fruits of a comprehensive effort to develop and champion a vigorous response to the China challenge. It draws upon a comprehensive program of some seventy webinars conducted by the Committee on the Present Danger: China addressing: </p> <p>1) the CCP's decades-long self-described "Unrestricted Warfare" against America; and 2) the role America's elites have played in helping the Chinese Communists win.</p> <p>"It identifies nine "criminal charges" that can be brought and prosecuted, at least in the court of public opinion, against the Chinese Communist Party and its American enablers." </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>"</em><em>The Indictment</em> also enumerates twenty specific actions that are intended to inspire and equip congressional investigators, patriotic executive branch officials, journalists, and the public at large to review these charges and recommended actions bring to justice and take down the Chinese Communist Party for its horrific criminal conduct—past, present, and that which is in the works—against its own people and countless others, including ours."</p> <p>Frank J. Gaffney is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy, a non-partisan organization that champions "peace through strength." He is the vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, a daily television program on the Real America's Voice Network.</p> <p>Listen in for some of highlights from Frank's book and to learn what's at stake in what must now be our own "unrestricted war" with China. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="68424000" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS172_2023_05_25_Gaffney.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/3/a/f/e/3afe591e259c5419d959afa2a1bf1c87/BWS_230_-_Insta_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Over three decades ago the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party began in earnest to develop and execute a strategy to bring about what its now President Xi Jinping calls "global governance, directed and enforced from Beijing." Determined to avoid the fate of the Soviet Union's defeat in the Cold War by the United States, then President Deng is said to have declared to the Party that "a new Cold War has now begun between the United States and China, and China will win."  Thus began a comprehensive plan of "unrestricted warfare" that came to be known colloquially as the Hide and Bide strategy … "Hide your capacities, bide your time."  It was designed to assure that China become so integrated with the United States' open economy and society (e.g. through "elite capture") that the US would be strategically vulnerable. In this, the CCP has wildly succeeded, and now the United States finds itself back on its heels against an openly aggressive China and its intention to replace the United States as the preeminent power not only in Asia but around the globe.  The US needs its own plan of action. My guest on this episode, Frank J. Gaffney has done just that in his recent book, an across the board plan that addresses the many fronts to be fought on against China's "unrestricted  warfare". "The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party &amp; Friends for Crimes against America, China, and the World." The book represents the fruits of a comprehensive effort to develop and champion a vigorous response to the China challenge. It draws upon a comprehensive program of some seventy webinars conducted by the Committee on the Present Danger: China addressing:  1) the CCP's decades-long self-described "Unrestricted Warfare" against America; and 2) the role America's elites have played in helping the Chinese Communists win. "It identifies nine "criminal charges" that can be brought and prosecuted, at least in the court of public opinion, against the Chinese Communist Party and its American enablers."  "The Indictment also enumerates twenty specific actions that are intended to inspire and equip congressional investigators, patriotic executive branch officials, journalists, and the public at large to review these charges and recommended actions bring to justice and take down the Chinese Communist Party for its horrific criminal conduct—past, present, and that which is in the works—against its own people and countless others, including ours." Frank J. Gaffney is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy, a non-partisan organization that champions "peace through strength." He is the vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, a daily television program on the Real America's Voice Network. Listen in for some of highlights from Frank's book and to learn what's at stake in what must now be our own "unrestricted war" with China. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Over three decades ago the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party began in earnest to develop and execute a strategy to bring about what its now President Xi Jinping calls "global governance, directed and enforced from Beijing." Determined to avoid the fate of the Soviet Union's defeat in the Cold War by the United States, then President Deng is said to have declared to the Party that "a new Cold War has now begun between the United States and China, and China will win."  Thus began a comprehensive plan of "unrestricted warfare" that came to be known colloquially as the Hide and Bide strategy … "Hide your capacities, bide your time."  It was designed to assure that China become so integrated with the United States' open economy and society (e.g. through "elite capture") that the US would be strategically vulnerable. In this, the CCP has wildly succeeded, and now the United States finds itself back on its heels against an openly aggressive China and its intention to replace the United States as the preeminent power not only in Asia but around the globe.  The US needs its own plan of action. My guest on this episode, Frank J. Gaffney has done just that in his recent book, an across the board plan that addresses the many fronts to be fought on against China's "unrestricted  warfare". "The Indictment: Prosecuting the Chinese Communist Party &amp; Friends for Crimes against America, China, and the World." The book represents the fruits of a comprehensive effort to develop and champion a vigorous response to the China challenge. It draws upon a comprehensive program of some seventy webinars conducted by the Committee on the Present Danger: China addressing:  1) the CCP's decades-long self-described "Unrestricted Warfare" against America; and 2) the role America's elites have played in helping the Chinese Communists win. "It identifies nine "criminal charges" that can be brought and prosecuted, at least in the court of public opinion, against the Chinese Communist Party and its American enablers."  "The Indictment also enumerates twenty specific actions that are intended to inspire and equip congressional investigators, patriotic executive branch officials, journalists, and the public at large to review these charges and recommended actions bring to justice and take down the Chinese Communist Party for its horrific criminal conduct—past, present, and that which is in the works—against its own people and countless others, including ours." Frank J. Gaffney is the founder and executive chairman of the Center for Security Policy, a non-partisan organization that champions "peace through strength." He is the vice chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger: China and the host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, a daily television program on the Real America's Voice Network. Listen in for some of highlights from Frank's book and to learn what's at stake in what must now be our own "unrestricted war" with China. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 229: "You May Not Be Interested in CISA, But CISA is Certainly Interested in You" with Ben Weingarten and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>"You May Not Be Interested in CISA, But CISA is Certainly Interested in You" with Ben Weingarten and Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2023 15:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[84b561fc-5bce-46b7-9441-13f24c71ab9d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-229-you-may-not-be-interested-in-cisa-but-cisa-is-certainly-interested-in-you-with-ben-weingarten-and-frank-gaffney]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"Overwhelming evidence suggests that federal agencies – led by among others, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), buoyed by senior executive branch officials and lawmakers, colluding with Big Tech, and a coterie of often government-coordinated and government-funded "counter-disinformation" organizations, have imposed nothing less than a mass public-private censorship regime on the American people." Explains Ben Weingarten, one of America's leading investigative journalists, at a recent Homeland Security Oversight hearing. </p> <p>As you'll learn in this episode, the evidence <strong><em>is</em></strong> overwhelming. </p> <p>Ben Weingarten is editor-at-large for RealClearInvestigations, contributor to the Federalist, Newsweek, New York Post, Epoch Times and author of the alarming book <em>American Ingrate: Ilhan Omar and the Progressive-Islamist Takeover of the Democratic Party.</em></p> <p>Joining me as co-host is Frank Gaffney, host of "Securing America with Frank Gaffney" on Real America's Voice and the founder of the Center for Security Policy.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"CISA is a microcosm of a federal government censorship regime, and by proxy through social media platforms, that runs from merely shadow banning or flagging tweets and Facebook messages, all the way up to de-platforming and debunking people and even more alarming, actually throwing dissenters in jail for their views," explains Ben.</p> <p>"It's rooted in an ideology which says that speech that the authorities don't like constitutes a "threat" to our democracy that is then used as a justification to engage in a slew of acts that I think most Americans would say violate their most essential civil liberties."</p> <p><strong>Some of what we talk about in this episode: </strong></p> <ul> <li> <p>The mission creep within our national security agencies which are increasingly turning from targeting foreign jihadists and instead to "domestic wrong thinkers" as America's preeminent threat.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>How Obama's DHS Secretary Jeh Johnson expanded its mandate to protect America's infrastructure to include "<strong><em>election infrastructure"</em></strong> as critical infrastructure which then became part of CISA's charge when it was established in 2018. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Current CISA director Jen Easterly has now declared that the American mind is a <strong>"cognitive infrastructure"</strong>which means they're now targeting not only what we say but what we think. "CISA's tasks are to defend our most critical infrastructures and our most critical infrastructure is cognitive infrastructure … the American mind," she asserts. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>CISA's convening and coordinating meetings between national security and law enforcement agencies, and technology companies including Facebook, Meta, Google, Twitter, Reddit, Microsoft, Verizon, Pinterest, LinkedIn, Wikimedia Foundation, etc  </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>CISA's "Switchboarding" reports of purported misinformation and disinformation from state and local authorities and then forwarding reports of offending content to social media platforms for censorship. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>How the rosters of the censorship "trust and safety integrity" teams at Meta, Twitter and others are filled with former CIA officials, FBI officials, DOD officials, etc</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>DHS targeted list of "inaccurate information" includes "the origins of the COVID-19 pandemic, the efficacy of COVID-19 vaccines, racial justice, U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan, and the nature of U.S. support to Ukraine."</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>CISA's previous Director Christopher Krebs claimed the 2020 election was the most above board cleanest election, most secure election in American history.  But at the same time worked to censor "wrong think" about mail-in balloting and changes to election rules and policies, sometimes while they were still being debated. </p> </li> </ul> <p>The CISA agenda is aimed at not only what people say, but what they will refrain from saying in public, or in private.</p> <p>"How much speech will never be out there for people to grapple with and consider because no one wants to go through the ordeal of potentially being broken by expressing wrong things," worries Ben.  "The entire basis of our system rests on free inquiry, free speech, free thought, freedom to listen. Otherwise, you have tyranny."</p> <p>This is a heart-of-the-matter issue for America and there's a lot packed into this episode about our alarming "security state." Definitely worth your time to listen and learn.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"Overwhelming evidence suggests that federal agencies – led by among others, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), buoyed by senior executive branch officials and lawmakers, colluding with Big Tech, and a coterie of often government-coordinated and government-funded "counter-disinformation" organizations, have imposed nothing less than a mass public-private censorship regime on the American people." Explains Ben Weingarten, one of America's leading investigative journalists, at a recent Homeland Security Oversight hearing. </p> <p>As you'll learn in this episode, the evidence <em>is</em> overwhelming. </p> <p>Ben Weingarten is editor-at-large for RealClearInvestigations, contributor to the Federalist, Newsweek, New York Post, Epoch Times and author of the alarming book <em>American Ingrate: Ilhan Omar and the Progressive-Islamist Takeover of the Democratic Party.</em></p> <p>Joining me as co-host is Frank Gaffney, host of "Securing America with Frank Gaffney" on Real America's Voice and the founder of the Center for Security Policy.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"CISA is a microcosm of a federal government censorship regime, and by proxy through social media platforms, that runs from merely shadow banning or flagging tweets and Facebook messages, all the way up to de-platforming and debunking people and even more alarming, actually throwing dissenters in jail for their views," explains Ben.</p> <p>"It's rooted in an ideology which says that speech that the authorities don't like constitutes a "threat" to our democracy that is then used as a justification to engage in a slew of acts that I think most Americans would say violate their most essential civil liberties."</p> <p>Some of what we talk about in this episode: </p> <ul> <li> <p>The mission creep within our national security agencies which are increasingly turning from targeting foreign jihadists and instead to "domestic wrong thinkers" as America's preeminent threat.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>How Obama's DHS Secretary Jeh Johnson expanded its mandate to protect America's infrastructure to include "<em>election infrastructure"</em> as critical infrastructure which then became part of CISA's charge when it was established in 2018. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Current CISA director Jen Easterly has now declared that the American mind is a "cognitive infrastructure"which means they're now targeting not only what we say but what we think. "CISA's tasks are to defend our most critical infrastructures and our most critical infrastructure is cognitive infrastructure … the American mind," she asserts. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>CISA's convening and coordinating meetings between national security and law enforcement agencies, and technology companies including Facebook, Meta, Google, Twitter, Reddit, Microsoft, Verizon, Pinterest, LinkedIn, Wikimedia Foundation, etc </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>CISA's "Switchboarding" reports of purported misinformation and disinformation from state and local authorities and then forwarding reports of offending content to social media platforms for censorship. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>How the rosters of the censorship "trust and safety integrity" teams at Meta, Twitter and others are filled with former CIA officials, FBI officials, DOD officials, etc</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>DHS targeted list of "inaccurate information" includes "the origins of the COVID-19 pandemic, the efficacy of COVID-19 vaccines, racial justice, U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan, and the nature of U.S. support to Ukraine."</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>CISA's previous Director Christopher Krebs claimed the 2020 election was the most above board cleanest election, most secure election in American history. But at the same time worked to censor "wrong think" about mail-in balloting and changes to election rules and policies, sometimes while they were still being debated. </p> </li> </ul> <p>The CISA agenda is aimed at not only what people say, but what they will refrain from saying in public, or in private.</p> <p>"How much speech will never be out there for people to grapple with and consider because no one wants to go through the ordeal of potentially being broken by expressing wrong things," worries Ben. "The entire basis of our system rests on free inquiry, free speech, free thought, freedom to listen. Otherwise, you have tyranny."</p> <p>This is a heart-of-the-matter issue for America and there's a lot packed into this episode about our alarming "security state." Definitely worth your time to listen and learn.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="100461120" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS173_2023_05_25_Gaffney_Weingarten.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/3/0/c/d/30cd0a5bcca9c863a04421dee9605cbd/BWS_-_229_-_01_-_Insta.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Overwhelming evidence suggests that federal agencies – led by among others, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), buoyed by senior executive branch officials and lawmakers, colluding with Big Tech, and a coterie of often government-coordinated and government-funded "counter-disinformation" organizations, have imposed nothing less than a mass public-private censorship regime on the American people." Explains Ben Weingarten, one of America's leading investigative journalists, at a recent Homeland Security Oversight hearing.  As you'll learn in this episode, the evidence is overwhelming.  Ben Weingarten is editor-at-large for RealClearInvestigations, contributor to the Federalist, Newsweek, New York Post, Epoch Times and author of the alarming book American Ingrate: Ilhan Omar and the Progressive-Islamist Takeover of the Democratic Party. Joining me as co-host is Frank Gaffney, host of "Securing America with Frank Gaffney" on Real America's Voice and the founder of the Center for Security Policy. "CISA is a microcosm of a federal government censorship regime, and by proxy through social media platforms, that runs from merely shadow banning or flagging tweets and Facebook messages, all the way up to de-platforming and debunking people and even more alarming, actually throwing dissenters in jail for their views," explains Ben. "It's rooted in an ideology which says that speech that the authorities don't like constitutes a "threat" to our democracy that is then used as a justification to engage in a slew of acts that I think most Americans would say violate their most essential civil liberties." Some of what we talk about in this episode:  The mission creep within our national security agencies which are increasingly turning from targeting foreign jihadists and instead to "domestic wrong thinkers" as America's preeminent threat. How Obama's DHS Secretary Jeh Johnson expanded its mandate to protect America's infrastructure to include "election infrastructure" as critical infrastructure which then became part of CISA's charge when it was established in 2018.  Current CISA director Jen Easterly has now declared that the American mind is a "cognitive infrastructure"which means they're now targeting not only what we say but what we think. "CISA's tasks are to defend our most critical infrastructures and our most critical infrastructure is cognitive infrastructure … the American mind," she asserts.  CISA's convening and coordinating meetings between national security and law enforcement agencies, and technology companies including Facebook, Meta, Google, Twitter, Reddit, Microsoft, Verizon, Pinterest, LinkedIn, Wikimedia Foundation, etc   CISA's "Switchboarding" reports of purported misinformation and disinformation from state and local authorities and then forwarding reports of offending content to social media platforms for censorship.  How the rosters of the censorship "trust and safety integrity" teams at Meta, Twitter and others are filled with former CIA officials, FBI officials, DOD officials, etc DHS targeted list of "inaccurate information" includes "the origins of the COVID-19 pandemic, the efficacy of COVID-19 vaccines, racial justice, U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan, and the nature of U.S. support to Ukraine." CISA's previous Director Christopher Krebs claimed the 2020 election was the most above board cleanest election, most secure election in American history.  But at the same time worked to censor "wrong think" about mail-in balloting and changes to election rules and policies, sometimes while they were still being debated.  The CISA agenda is aimed at not only what people say, but what they will refrain from saying in public, or in private. "How much speech will never be out there for people to grapple with and consider because no one wants to go through the ordeal of potentially being broken by expressing wrong things," worries Ben.  "The entire basis of our system rests on free inquiry, free speech, free thought, freedom to listen. Otherwise, you have tyranny." This is a heart-of-the-matter issue for America and there's a lot packed into this episode about our alarming "security state." Definitely worth your time to listen and learn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Overwhelming evidence suggests that federal agencies – led by among others, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), buoyed by senior executive branch officials and lawmakers, colluding with Big Tech, and a coterie of often government-coordinated and government-funded "counter-disinformation" organizations, have imposed nothing less than a mass public-private censorship regime on the American people." Explains Ben Weingarten, one of America's leading investigative journalists, at a recent Homeland Security Oversight hearing.  As you'll learn in this episode, the evidence is overwhelming.  Ben Weingarten is editor-at-large for RealClearInvestigations, contributor to the Federalist, Newsweek, New York Post, Epoch Times and author of the alarming book American Ingrate: Ilhan Omar and the Progressive-Islamist Takeover of the Democratic Party. Joining me as co-host is Frank Gaffney, host of "Securing America with Frank Gaffney" on Real America's Voice and the founder of the Center for Security Policy. "CISA is a microcosm of a federal government censorship regime, and by proxy through social media platforms, that runs from merely shadow banning or flagging tweets and Facebook messages, all the way up to de-platforming and debunking people and even more alarming, actually throwing dissenters in jail for their views," explains Ben. "It's rooted in an ideology which says that speech that the authorities don't like constitutes a "threat" to our democracy that is then used as a justification to engage in a slew of acts that I think most Americans would say violate their most essential civil liberties." Some of what we talk about in this episode:  The mission creep within our national security agencies which are increasingly turning from targeting foreign jihadists and instead to "domestic wrong thinkers" as America's preeminent threat. How Obama's DHS Secretary Jeh Johnson expanded its mandate to protect America's infrastructure to include "election infrastructure" as critical infrastructure which then became part of CISA's charge when it was established in 2018.  Current CISA director Jen Easterly has now declared that the American mind is a "cognitive infrastructure"which means they're now targeting not only what we say but what we think. "CISA's tasks are to defend our most critical infrastructures and our most critical infrastructure is cognitive infrastructure … the American mind," she asserts.  CISA's convening and coordinating meetings between national security and law enforcement agencies, and technology companies including Facebook, Meta, Google, Twitter, Reddit, Microsoft, Verizon, Pinterest, LinkedIn, Wikimedia Foundation, etc   CISA's "Switchboarding" reports of purported misinformation and disinformation from state and local authorities and then forwarding reports of offending content to social media platforms for censorship.  How the rosters of the censorship "trust and safety integrity" teams at Meta, Twitter and others are filled with former CIA officials, FBI officials, DOD officials, etc DHS targeted list of "inaccurate information" includes "the origins of the COVID-19 pandemic, the efficacy of COVID-19 vaccines, racial justice, U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan, and the nature of U.S. support to Ukraine." CISA's previous Director Christopher Krebs claimed the 2020 election was the most above board cleanest election, most secure election in American history.  But at the same time worked to censor "wrong think" about mail-in balloting and changes to election rules and policies, sometimes while they were still being debated.  The CISA agenda is aimed at not only what people say, but what they will refrain from saying in public, or in private. "How much speech will never be out there for people to grapple with and consider because no one wants to go through the ordeal of potentially being broken by expressing wrong things," worries Ben.  "The entire basis of our system rests on free inquiry, free speech, free thought, freedom to listen. Otherwise, you have tyranny." This is a heart-of-the-matter issue for America and there's a lot packed into this episode about our alarming "security state." Definitely worth your time to listen and learn.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 228: "Google's Utopian Vision and the 2024 Election" with Dr Robert Epstein and Jenny Beth Martin</title>
      <itunes:title>Google's Utopian Vision and the 2024 Election with Dr Robert Epstein and Jenny Beth Martin</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 14:24:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a8aa31d3-7248-4ec1-ae4e-7bfa5abc62d2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-228-googles-utopian-vision-and-the-2024-election-with-dr-robert-epstein-and-jenny-beth-martin]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Voter and ballot fraud may just be a small part of the problem that conservatives face in the upcoming 2024 elections compared to the power of Alphabet, the parent company of Google and YouTube. </p> <p> Using its "total data collection" systems it can sway the opinions of millions of people and influence how they vote.</p> <p>We've known about this issue since at least 2016 and it has not gone away. If anything, with the emergence of AI, the threat has grown even more ominous. Executives at Google have stated that "investments in machine learning and AI" are a big opportunity to address the "misinformation" shared by "low-information voters."</p> <p>Shining a bright light on Alphabet's power is the comprehensive research done by my returning guest, research psychologist Dr. Robert Epstein, a California Democrat with a Harvard Ph.D, who has spent the last decade monitoring Google's manipulation of newsfeeds, search results and YouTube suggestions. </p> <p>Joining me to co-host is Jenny Beth Martin, founder of the Tea Party Patriots, who also has an extensive information technology background.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong><em>"96% of Alphabet's employee's political donations go to Democrats and its homogeneous culture leans extremely left and the two founders are utopians," explains Dr. Epstein. "In their mind, they know what's best for the world. These are extremely arrogant people who think they have the power of gods." </em></strong></p> <p>An eight‑minute video leaked from Google called "The Selfish Ledger," starkly reveals Google's aspirations to re‑engineer humanity according to its utopian "company values." </p> <p>Another leaked video after the 2016 election shows Google's co-founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin and its CEO Sundar Pichai dismayed by Trump's win and essentially saying "never again." In it, they  talk about Trump supporters as "extremists" and say the election outcome "conflicts with many of Google's core values." </p> <p>Epstein estimates that Google shifted about 6 million votes to Joe Biden in the 2020 election by manipulating voters with things like biased algorithms, "get out the vote" messages and videos. (Over 70% of the videos that people watch every day on YouTube come from liberal sources suggested by its "up next" algorithm.)</p> <p><strong>Does anyone doubt that Google will be all-in on making sure the "correct" candidates win 2024 elections?</strong></p> <p>One source of its power is that Google knows with precision practically every voter's political preferences. They know who's going to vote, who's not going to vote, and how they're going to vote. </p> <p>"If you've been using the internet for 20 years, Google has the equivalent of more than three million pages of information about you," according to Dr. Epstein. "They're doing surveillance at a massive level that J. Edgar Hoover couldn't even possibly have imagined. It's 24 hours a day, and it's over many, many, many different kinds of platforms that most people haven't even heard of."</p> <p>Google has also partnered in the <strong>"Global Disinformation Index"</strong> and the release of the Twitter Files have shown how extensively the Executive Branch communicated and coordinated with technology companies for taking in moderation "requests" from the White House, the FBI, DHS, HHS, DOD, the Global Engagement Center at State, and even the CIA.</p> <blockquote> <p><strong>If Google is manipulating search results or YouTube suggestions it's impossible to trace because they are "ephemeral." They disappear once you click off the links provided, and can never be recovered.</strong></p> </blockquote> <p> However, there is hope, a potential counter-measure that Dr Epstein has developed to capture that ephemeral data by effectively "looking over the shoulders" of real users. He now has almost 8,000 registered voters in 50 states, who have given him permission to monitor and record their every Google interaction. Of course, challenging a $1 trillion tech colossus requires resources and it will take up to $50 million to fully build out his system. It's a big lift and we talk about what it will take to get it done. It's a critical project.</p> <p>"With companies like Google, we're talking about control that's completely invisible to people," Epstein says. "We're talking about control by mainly one and to a lesser extent a couple of other private companies … the more I've learned about it over the years, the more concerned I've become."</p> <p>We unpack a lot in this episode, including which email and browser you should be using to protect your privacy. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Voter and ballot fraud may just be a small part of the problem that conservatives face in the upcoming 2024 elections compared to the power of Alphabet, the parent company of Google and YouTube. </p> <p> Using its "total data collection" systems it can sway the opinions of millions of people and influence how they vote.</p> <p>We've known about this issue since at least 2016 and it has not gone away. If anything, with the emergence of AI, the threat has grown even more ominous. Executives at Google have stated that "investments in machine learning and AI" are a big opportunity to address the "misinformation" shared by "low-information voters."</p> <p>Shining a bright light on Alphabet's power is the comprehensive research done by my returning guest, research psychologist Dr. Robert Epstein, a California Democrat with a Harvard Ph.D, who has spent the last decade monitoring Google's manipulation of newsfeeds, search results and YouTube suggestions. </p> <p>Joining me to co-host is Jenny Beth Martin, founder of the Tea Party Patriots, who also has an extensive information technology background.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>"96% of Alphabet's employee's political donations go to Democrats and its homogeneous culture leans extremely left and the two founders are utopians," explains Dr. Epstein. "In their mind, they know what's best for the world. These are extremely arrogant people who think they have the power of gods." </em></p> <p>An eight‑minute video leaked from Google called "The Selfish Ledger," starkly reveals Google's aspirations to re‑engineer humanity according to its utopian "company values." </p> <p>Another leaked video after the 2016 election shows Google's co-founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin and its CEO Sundar Pichai dismayed by Trump's win and essentially saying "never again." In it, they talk about Trump supporters as "extremists" and say the election outcome "conflicts with many of Google's core values." </p> <p>Epstein estimates that Google shifted about 6 million votes to Joe Biden in the 2020 election by manipulating voters with things like biased algorithms, "get out the vote" messages and videos. (Over 70% of the videos that people watch every day on YouTube come from liberal sources suggested by its "up next" algorithm.)</p> <p>Does anyone doubt that Google will be all-in on making sure the "correct" candidates win 2024 elections?</p> <p>One source of its power is that Google knows with precision practically every voter's political preferences. They know who's going to vote, who's not going to vote, and how they're going to vote. </p> <p>"If you've been using the internet for 20 years, Google has the equivalent of more than three million pages of information about you," according to Dr. Epstein. "They're doing surveillance at a massive level that J. Edgar Hoover couldn't even possibly have imagined. It's 24 hours a day, and it's over many, many, many different kinds of platforms that most people haven't even heard of."</p> <p>Google has also partnered in the "Global Disinformation Index" and the release of the Twitter Files have shown how extensively the Executive Branch communicated and coordinated with technology companies for taking in moderation "requests" from the White House, the FBI, DHS, HHS, DOD, the Global Engagement Center at State, and even the CIA.</p> <p>If Google is manipulating search results or YouTube suggestions it's impossible to trace because they are "ephemeral." They disappear once you click off the links provided, and can never be recovered.</p> <p> However, there is hope, a potential counter-measure that Dr Epstein has developed to capture that ephemeral data by effectively "looking over the shoulders" of real users. He now has almost 8,000 registered voters in 50 states, who have given him permission to monitor and record their every Google interaction. Of course, challenging a $1 trillion tech colossus requires resources and it will take up to $50 million to fully build out his system. It's a big lift and we talk about what it will take to get it done. It's a critical project.</p> <p>"With companies like Google, we're talking about control that's completely invisible to people," Epstein says. "We're talking about control by mainly one and to a lesser extent a couple of other private companies … the more I've learned about it over the years, the more concerned I've become."</p> <p>We unpack a lot in this episode, including which email and browser you should be using to protect your privacy. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="152900160" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS171_2023_05_18_Martin_Epstein.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:03:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/d/7/5/b/d75bd9bd6626983de55e3c100dce7605/BWS_-_Dr_Robert_Epstein_and_Jenny_Beth_Martin_-_Insta_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Voter and ballot fraud may just be a small part of the problem that conservatives face in the upcoming 2024 elections compared to the power of Alphabet, the parent company of Google and YouTube.   Using its "total data collection" systems it can sway the opinions of millions of people and influence how they vote. We've known about this issue since at least 2016 and it has not gone away. If anything, with the emergence of AI, the threat has grown even more ominous. Executives at Google have stated that "investments in machine learning and AI" are a big opportunity to address the "misinformation" shared by "low-information voters." Shining a bright light on Alphabet's power is the comprehensive research done by my returning guest, research psychologist Dr. Robert Epstein, a California Democrat with a Harvard Ph.D, who has spent the last decade monitoring Google's manipulation of newsfeeds, search results and YouTube suggestions.  Joining me to co-host is Jenny Beth Martin, founder of the Tea Party Patriots, who also has an extensive information technology background. "96% of Alphabet's employee's political donations go to Democrats and its homogeneous culture leans extremely left and the two founders are utopians," explains Dr. Epstein. "In their mind, they know what's best for the world. These are extremely arrogant people who think they have the power of gods."  An eight‑minute video leaked from Google called "The Selfish Ledger," starkly reveals Google's aspirations to re‑engineer humanity according to its utopian "company values."  Another leaked video after the 2016 election shows Google's co-founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin and its CEO Sundar Pichai dismayed by Trump's win and essentially saying "never again." In it, they  talk about Trump supporters as "extremists" and say the election outcome "conflicts with many of Google's core values."  Epstein estimates that Google shifted about 6 million votes to Joe Biden in the 2020 election by manipulating voters with things like biased algorithms, "get out the vote" messages and videos. (Over 70% of the videos that people watch every day on YouTube come from liberal sources suggested by its "up next" algorithm.) Does anyone doubt that Google will be all-in on making sure the "correct" candidates win 2024 elections? One source of its power is that Google knows with precision practically every voter's political preferences. They know who's going to vote, who's not going to vote, and how they're going to vote.  "If you've been using the internet for 20 years, Google has the equivalent of more than three million pages of information about you," according to Dr. Epstein. "They're doing surveillance at a massive level that J. Edgar Hoover couldn't even possibly have imagined. It's 24 hours a day, and it's over many, many, many different kinds of platforms that most people haven't even heard of." Google has also partnered in the "Global Disinformation Index" and the release of the Twitter Files have shown how extensively the Executive Branch communicated and coordinated with technology companies for taking in moderation "requests" from the White House, the FBI, DHS, HHS, DOD, the Global Engagement Center at State, and even the CIA. If Google is manipulating search results or YouTube suggestions it's impossible to trace because they are "ephemeral." They disappear once you click off the links provided, and can never be recovered.  However, there is hope, a potential counter-measure that Dr Epstein has developed to capture that ephemeral data by effectively "looking over the shoulders" of real users. He now has almost 8,000 registered voters in 50 states, who have given him permission to monitor and record their every Google interaction. Of course, challenging a $1 trillion tech colossus requires resources and it will take up to $50 million to fully build out his system. It's a big lift and we talk about what it will take to get it done. It's a critical project. "With companies like Google, we're talking about control that's completely invisible to people," Epstein says. "We're talking about control by mainly one and to a lesser extent a couple of other private companies … the more I've learned about it over the years, the more concerned I've become." We unpack a lot in this episode, including which email and browser you should be using to protect your privacy. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Voter and ballot fraud may just be a small part of the problem that conservatives face in the upcoming 2024 elections compared to the power of Alphabet, the parent company of Google and YouTube.   Using its "total data collection" systems it can sway the opinions of millions of people and influence how they vote. We've known about this issue since at least 2016 and it has not gone away. If anything, with the emergence of AI, the threat has grown even more ominous. Executives at Google have stated that "investments in machine learning and AI" are a big opportunity to address the "misinformation" shared by "low-information voters." Shining a bright light on Alphabet's power is the comprehensive research done by my returning guest, research psychologist Dr. Robert Epstein, a California Democrat with a Harvard Ph.D, who has spent the last decade monitoring Google's manipulation of newsfeeds, search results and YouTube suggestions.  Joining me to co-host is Jenny Beth Martin, founder of the Tea Party Patriots, who also has an extensive information technology background. "96% of Alphabet's employee's political donations go to Democrats and its homogeneous culture leans extremely left and the two founders are utopians," explains Dr. Epstein. "In their mind, they know what's best for the world. These are extremely arrogant people who think they have the power of gods."  An eight‑minute video leaked from Google called "The Selfish Ledger," starkly reveals Google's aspirations to re‑engineer humanity according to its utopian "company values."  Another leaked video after the 2016 election shows Google's co-founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin and its CEO Sundar Pichai dismayed by Trump's win and essentially saying "never again." In it, they  talk about Trump supporters as "extremists" and say the election outcome "conflicts with many of Google's core values."  Epstein estimates that Google shifted about 6 million votes to Joe Biden in the 2020 election by manipulating voters with things like biased algorithms, "get out the vote" messages and videos. (Over 70% of the videos that people watch every day on YouTube come from liberal sources suggested by its "up next" algorithm.) Does anyone doubt that Google will be all-in on making sure the "correct" candidates win 2024 elections? One source of its power is that Google knows with precision practically every voter's political preferences. They know who's going to vote, who's not going to vote, and how they're going to vote.  "If you've been using the internet for 20 years, Google has the equivalent of more than three million pages of information about you," according to Dr. Epstein. "They're doing surveillance at a massive level that J. Edgar Hoover couldn't even possibly have imagined. It's 24 hours a day, and it's over many, many, many different kinds of platforms that most people haven't even heard of." Google has also partnered in the "Global Disinformation Index" and the release of the Twitter Files have shown how extensively the Executive Branch communicated and coordinated with technology companies for taking in moderation "requests" from the White House, the FBI, DHS, HHS, DOD, the Global Engagement Center at State, and even the CIA. If Google is manipulating search results or YouTube suggestions it's impossible to trace because they are "ephemeral." They disappear once you click off the links provided, and can never be recovered.  However, there is hope, a potential counter-measure that Dr Epstein has developed to capture that ephemeral data by effectively "looking over the shoulders" of real users. He now has almost 8,000 registered voters in 50 states, who have given him permission to monitor and record their every Google interaction. Of course, challenging a $1 trillion tech colossus requires resources and it will take up to $50 million to fully build out his system. It's a big lift and we talk about what it will take to get it done. It's a critical project. "With companies like Google, we're talking about control that's completely invisible to people," Epstein says. "We're talking about control by mainly one and to a lesser extent a couple of other private companies … the more I've learned about it over the years, the more concerned I've become." We unpack a lot in this episode, including which email and browser you should be using to protect your privacy. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 227:  "It's Time for the US to Use Its Power to Bring the War in Ukraine to an End" with Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>"It's Time for the US to Use Its Power to Bring the War in Ukraine to an End" with Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 11:35:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[20ee3107-77af-474a-8d3b-09e3fd1ba061]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-227-its-time-for-the-us-to-use-its-power-to-bring-the-war-in-ukraine-to-an-end-with-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Some estimate that there have been almost 400,000 total Russian and Ukraine casualties so far, although both sides claim their losses are much lower. </p> <p>Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray. </p> <blockquote> <p><strong>But no one knows what is really going on. A key problem understanding the war in Ukraine is the reliability of sources of information and the fact that both sides specialize in disinformation and fake news. </strong></p> </blockquote> <p>To sort through what might be true, and where events are leading us, I'm joined again by an astute observer of the world scene, Dr. Steven Bryen, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute. With over 50 years national security experience, including many stints at the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade, he's been following closely the details and the ins and outs of the war in Ukraine.</p> <p>What was initially sold by the Biden Administration as humanitarian aid to Ukraine has had from the very start a deeper agenda: The White House wanted this war to bring about regime change in Russia.</p> <p><strong>"For God's sake, this man cannot remain in power," declares  Joe Biden. And this: "Our objective is to exhaust and degrade Russian forces so they cannot fight anywhere else in the world," warned Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin last year.</strong></p> <p>So has their proxy war been a smart move? So far, hardly. It ranks right up there with their catastrophic exit from Afghanistan and the mess they've made in the Middle East. It's also driven Russia into the arms of our real geopolitical enemy China. </p> <blockquote> <p>"If you want to break up Russia, it's a fool's errand, it won't work," says Stephen. "Russia's not going to break up. It's a big powerful country and a nuclear power. So why tempt the furies with that kind of nonsense? It doesn't make any sense. It's not in the United States' national interest. It's not in the Europeans interest, although you'd never know it from listening to them. Having a war in Europe in this day and age would be a horrible tragedy. It would destroy the West. So why would anyone risk that?"</p> </blockquote> <div class="pullquote"> <p><strong>Henry Kissinger says that conditions are right for negotiations on Ukraine by the end of the year.</strong></p> </div> <blockquote> <p>"But negotiations won't start unless Washington wants them to start," says Stephen. "Or unless Zelensky and his crowd are gone and someone else takes over in Ukraine. But if things stay the way they are, there's not going to be any negotiations. Biden doesn't want them. He wants a victory, a total victory over Russia in Ukraine." </p> </blockquote> <p>But if things stay the way they are there will be no victory. This will grind on and on, there'll be many more dead, more destruction, and let's not forget the risk of bringing nuclear weapons into play. </p> <p>It's time for the US to use its power to bring the war in Ukraine to an end now. It's in our interest. It's in the world's interest.</p> <p>This episode is a treasure trove of Stephen Bryen's nuanced and penetrating insights. I keep bringing Stephen back on for his wisdom and he never disappoints. Well worth your time to listen.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Some estimate that there have been almost 400,000 total Russian and Ukraine casualties so far, although both sides claim their losses are much lower. </p> <p>Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray. </p> <p>But no one knows what is really going on. A key problem understanding the war in Ukraine is the reliability of sources of information and the fact that both sides specialize in disinformation and fake news. </p> <p>To sort through what might be true, and where events are leading us, I'm joined again by an astute observer of the world scene, Dr. Steven Bryen, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute. With over 50 years national security experience, including many stints at the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade, he's been following closely the details and the ins and outs of the war in Ukraine.</p> <p>What was initially sold by the Biden Administration as humanitarian aid to Ukraine has had from the very start a deeper agenda: The White House wanted this war to bring about regime change in Russia.</p> <p>"For God's sake, this man cannot remain in power," declares Joe Biden. And this: "Our objective is to exhaust and degrade Russian forces so they cannot fight anywhere else in the world," warned Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin last year.</p> <p>So has their proxy war been a smart move? So far, hardly. It ranks right up there with their catastrophic exit from Afghanistan and the mess they've made in the Middle East. It's also driven Russia into the arms of our real geopolitical enemy China. </p> <p>"If you want to break up Russia, it's a fool's errand, it won't work," says Stephen. "Russia's not going to break up. It's a big powerful country and a nuclear power. So why tempt the furies with that kind of nonsense? It doesn't make any sense. It's not in the United States' national interest. It's not in the Europeans interest, although you'd never know it from listening to them. Having a war in Europe in this day and age would be a horrible tragedy. It would destroy the West. So why would anyone risk that?"</p> <p>Henry Kissinger says that conditions are right for negotiations on Ukraine by the end of the year.</p> <p>"But negotiations won't start unless Washington wants them to start," says Stephen. "Or unless Zelensky and his crowd are gone and someone else takes over in Ukraine. But if things stay the way they are, there's not going to be any negotiations. Biden doesn't want them. He wants a victory, a total victory over Russia in Ukraine." </p> <p>But if things stay the way they are there will be no victory. This will grind on and on, there'll be many more dead, more destruction, and let's not forget the risk of bringing nuclear weapons into play. </p> <p>It's time for the US to use its power to bring the war in Ukraine to an end now. It's in our interest. It's in the world's interest.</p> <p>This episode is a treasure trove of Stephen Bryen's nuanced and penetrating insights. I keep bringing Stephen back on for his wisdom and he never disappoints. Well worth your time to listen.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="25845859" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Stephen_Bryen_Audio_5_11_23.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/6/4/e/9/64e9f9ce2a20663116c3140a3186d450/BWS_-_Stephen_Bryen_-_Insta_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Some estimate that there have been almost 400,000 total Russian and Ukraine casualties so far, although both sides claim their losses are much lower.  Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray.  But no one knows what is really going on. A key problem understanding the war in Ukraine is the reliability of sources of information and the fact that both sides specialize in disinformation and fake news.  To sort through what might be true, and where events are leading us, I'm joined again by an astute observer of the world scene, Dr. Steven Bryen, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute. With over 50 years national security experience, including many stints at the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade, he's been following closely the details and the ins and outs of the war in Ukraine. What was initially sold by the Biden Administration as humanitarian aid to Ukraine has had from the very start a deeper agenda: The White House wanted this war to bring about regime change in Russia. "For God's sake, this man cannot remain in power," declares  Joe Biden. And this: "Our objective is to exhaust and degrade Russian forces so they cannot fight anywhere else in the world," warned Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin last year. So has their proxy war been a smart move? So far, hardly. It ranks right up there with their catastrophic exit from Afghanistan and the mess they've made in the Middle East. It's also driven Russia into the arms of our real geopolitical enemy China.  "If you want to break up Russia, it's a fool's errand, it won't work," says Stephen. "Russia's not going to break up. It's a big powerful country and a nuclear power. So why tempt the furies with that kind of nonsense? It doesn't make any sense. It's not in the United States' national interest. It's not in the Europeans interest, although you'd never know it from listening to them. Having a war in Europe in this day and age would be a horrible tragedy. It would destroy the West. So why would anyone risk that?" Henry Kissinger says that conditions are right for negotiations on Ukraine by the end of the year. "But negotiations won't start unless Washington wants them to start," says Stephen. "Or unless Zelensky and his crowd are gone and someone else takes over in Ukraine. But if things stay the way they are, there's not going to be any negotiations. Biden doesn't want them. He wants a victory, a total victory over Russia in Ukraine."  But if things stay the way they are there will be no victory. This will grind on and on, there'll be many more dead, more destruction, and let's not forget the risk of bringing nuclear weapons into play.  It's time for the US to use its power to bring the war in Ukraine to an end now. It's in our interest. It's in the world's interest. This episode is a treasure trove of Stephen Bryen's nuanced and penetrating insights. I keep bringing Stephen back on for his wisdom and he never disappoints. Well worth your time to listen.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The war in Ukraine drags on at a terrible cost for all involved with no seeming end in sight. Some estimate that there have been almost 400,000 total Russian and Ukraine casualties so far, although both sides claim their losses are much lower.  Ukraine is on the ropes and running out of manpower with its most of its elite forces destroyed. Missiles for its air defenses are depleted. Both sides are dragooning teenagers and old men for their armies. Russia's military command is in disarray.  But no one knows what is really going on. A key problem understanding the war in Ukraine is the reliability of sources of information and the fact that both sides specialize in disinformation and fake news.  To sort through what might be true, and where events are leading us, I'm joined again by an astute observer of the world scene, Dr. Steven Bryen, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute. With over 50 years national security experience, including many stints at the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade, he's been following closely the details and the ins and outs of the war in Ukraine. What was initially sold by the Biden Administration as humanitarian aid to Ukraine has had from the very start a deeper agenda: The White House wanted this war to bring about regime change in Russia. "For God's sake, this man cannot remain in power," declares  Joe Biden. And this: "Our objective is to exhaust and degrade Russian forces so they cannot fight anywhere else in the world," warned Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin last year. So has their proxy war been a smart move? So far, hardly. It ranks right up there with their catastrophic exit from Afghanistan and the mess they've made in the Middle East. It's also driven Russia into the arms of our real geopolitical enemy China.  "If you want to break up Russia, it's a fool's errand, it won't work," says Stephen. "Russia's not going to break up. It's a big powerful country and a nuclear power. So why tempt the furies with that kind of nonsense? It doesn't make any sense. It's not in the United States' national interest. It's not in the Europeans interest, although you'd never know it from listening to them. Having a war in Europe in this day and age would be a horrible tragedy. It would destroy the West. So why would anyone risk that?" Henry Kissinger says that conditions are right for negotiations on Ukraine by the end of the year. "But negotiations won't start unless Washington wants them to start," says Stephen. "Or unless Zelensky and his crowd are gone and someone else takes over in Ukraine. But if things stay the way they are, there's not going to be any negotiations. Biden doesn't want them. He wants a victory, a total victory over Russia in Ukraine."  But if things stay the way they are there will be no victory. This will grind on and on, there'll be many more dead, more destruction, and let's not forget the risk of bringing nuclear weapons into play.  It's time for the US to use its power to bring the war in Ukraine to an end now. It's in our interest. It's in the world's interest. This episode is a treasure trove of Stephen Bryen's nuanced and penetrating insights. I keep bringing Stephen back on for his wisdom and he never disappoints. Well worth your time to listen.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 226: "The Weaponization of Loneliness" with Stella Morabito</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Weaponization of Loneliness" with Stella Morabito</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 May 2023 10:51:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c43d6199-a30d-43b6-8df1-5602cf7fb928]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-226-the-weaponization-of-loneliness-with-stella-morabito]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other.… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about."  — Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism</p> <p>"Americans have long sensed a new kind tyranny creeping into our lives. This disquiet has hovered in the background for a long time, though most of us couldn't put our finger on it.  Trends to control speech and behavior are isolating us from one another, and they have begun to intensify rapidly and spread throughout society's institutions."  — Stella Morabito</p> <p>In this episode Stella Morabito returns to talk about her recently published book The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer.</p> <p>Stella, a prolific author at The Federalist, writes incisively about the social fallout of propaganda, mob psychology, and the cult mindset, drawing in part from her years as an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency where she focused on methods of Soviet propaganda and disinformation, and its state-controlled media. </p> <p>Some excerpts from our conversation:  </p> <p>The underlying dynamic of totalitarianism is the same: a machinery of loneliness that threatens to turn people into social pariahs in order to extort compliance. History is filled with vivid examples - Cromwell's England, Robespierre's France, Lenin and Stalin's Russia, Hitler's Germany, Mao's China - of the damage done by totalitarian regimes that impose the machinery fueled by the conformity impulse and terror of isolation. </p> <p>"Isolation and how tyrants use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is. It can be a gaslighting partner, it could be a cult leader, it could be a world-class dictator. I finally concluded that there is a machinery at work—a machinery of loneliness. Tyrants operate that machinery—wittingly or not—in order to disarm those they wish to control."</p> <p>When signals surfaced in America —such as anti-speech codes written into federal law in the 1990s allegedly to curb hate—we tended to shrug them off. It was too frightening to believe those speech codes could really lead to direct attacks on freedom of speech protected by the First Amendment.</p> <p>Yet a new kind of authoritarianism has multiplied over the course of decades, usually with the claim that they were needed to ensure justice against racism or sexism. Multiculturalism took root, then morphed into identity politics and intersectionality. </p> <p>When the canon of Western civilization came under direct attack in the 1980s, few expected it to be followed by direct attacks on free speech on college campuses. But it was, and with a vengeance. </p> <p>"The weaponization of isolation and loneliness drives just about everything in human affairs. The threat of social isolation tends to determine what we say or don't say. Then it begins to regulate what we think and how we behave."</p> <p>"Oppression is inevitable in one-party states that sustain themselves through constant propaganda and censorship and the subversion of any independent institution. They're driven to control the speech, thoughts, and, therefore, the associations of their presumed subjects, usually through some form of demonization."</p> <p>So we need a line of action against this tyranny and can start by asking what is its essential weakness? </p> <p>The short answer is … free speech. </p> <p>"People say, "Oh, it's so daunting. What can I do?" Well, the thing to remember is that even one voice makes a huge difference, because they're always trying to shut down every single solitary voice."</p> <p>"Our strength as human beings really comes from our connections in the private sphere of life. Just a single honest voice can make a big difference."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other.… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about." — Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism</p> <p>"Americans have long sensed a new kind tyranny creeping into our lives. This disquiet has hovered in the background for a long time, though most of us couldn't put our finger on it. Trends to control speech and behavior are isolating us from one another, and they have begun to intensify rapidly and spread throughout society's institutions." — Stella Morabito</p> <p>In this episode Stella Morabito returns to talk about her recently published book The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer.</p> <p>Stella, a prolific author at The Federalist, writes incisively about the social fallout of propaganda, mob psychology, and the cult mindset, drawing in part from her years as an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency where she focused on methods of Soviet propaganda and disinformation, and its state-controlled media. </p> <p>Some excerpts from our conversation: </p> <p>The underlying dynamic of totalitarianism is the same: a machinery of loneliness that threatens to turn people into social pariahs in order to extort compliance. History is filled with vivid examples - Cromwell's England, Robespierre's France, Lenin and Stalin's Russia, Hitler's Germany, Mao's China - of the damage done by totalitarian regimes that impose the machinery fueled by the conformity impulse and terror of isolation. </p> <p>"Isolation and how tyrants use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is. It can be a gaslighting partner, it could be a cult leader, it could be a world-class dictator. I finally concluded that there is a machinery at work—a machinery of loneliness. Tyrants operate that machinery—wittingly or not—in order to disarm those they wish to control."</p> <p>When signals surfaced in America —such as anti-speech codes written into federal law in the 1990s allegedly to curb hate—we tended to shrug them off. It was too frightening to believe those speech codes could really lead to direct attacks on freedom of speech protected by the First Amendment.</p> <p>Yet a new kind of authoritarianism has multiplied over the course of decades, usually with the claim that they were needed to ensure justice against racism or sexism. Multiculturalism took root, then morphed into identity politics and intersectionality. </p> <p>When the canon of Western civilization came under direct attack in the 1980s, few expected it to be followed by direct attacks on free speech on college campuses. But it was, and with a vengeance. </p> <p>"The weaponization of isolation and loneliness drives just about everything in human affairs. The threat of social isolation tends to determine what we say or don't say. Then it begins to regulate what we think and how we behave."</p> <p>"Oppression is inevitable in one-party states that sustain themselves through constant propaganda and censorship and the subversion of any independent institution. They're driven to control the speech, thoughts, and, therefore, the associations of their presumed subjects, usually through some form of demonization."</p> <p>So we need a line of action against this tyranny and can start by asking what is its essential weakness? </p> <p>The short answer is … free speech. </p> <p>"People say, "Oh, it's so daunting. What can I do?" Well, the thing to remember is that even one voice makes a huge difference, because they're always trying to shut down every single solitary voice."</p> <p>"Our strength as human beings really comes from our connections in the private sphere of life. Just a single honest voice can make a big difference."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="139845120" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS169_2023_05_04_Morabito.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>58:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>226</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/7/6/6/27663f5857e0a8d116c3140a3186d450/Insta_Art_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other.… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about."  — Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism "Americans have long sensed a new kind tyranny creeping into our lives. This disquiet has hovered in the background for a long time, though most of us couldn't put our finger on it.  Trends to control speech and behavior are isolating us from one another, and they have begun to intensify rapidly and spread throughout society's institutions."  — Stella Morabito In this episode Stella Morabito returns to talk about her recently published book The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer. Stella, a prolific author at The Federalist, writes incisively about the social fallout of propaganda, mob psychology, and the cult mindset, drawing in part from her years as an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency where she focused on methods of Soviet propaganda and disinformation, and its state-controlled media.  Some excerpts from our conversation:   The underlying dynamic of totalitarianism is the same: a machinery of loneliness that threatens to turn people into social pariahs in order to extort compliance. History is filled with vivid examples - Cromwell's England, Robespierre's France, Lenin and Stalin's Russia, Hitler's Germany, Mao's China - of the damage done by totalitarian regimes that impose the machinery fueled by the conformity impulse and terror of isolation.  "Isolation and how tyrants use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is. It can be a gaslighting partner, it could be a cult leader, it could be a world-class dictator. I finally concluded that there is a machinery at work—a machinery of loneliness. Tyrants operate that machinery—wittingly or not—in order to disarm those they wish to control." When signals surfaced in America —such as anti-speech codes written into federal law in the 1990s allegedly to curb hate—we tended to shrug them off. It was too frightening to believe those speech codes could really lead to direct attacks on freedom of speech protected by the First Amendment. Yet a new kind of authoritarianism has multiplied over the course of decades, usually with the claim that they were needed to ensure justice against racism or sexism. Multiculturalism took root, then morphed into identity politics and intersectionality.  When the canon of Western civilization came under direct attack in the 1980s, few expected it to be followed by direct attacks on free speech on college campuses. But it was, and with a vengeance.  "The weaponization of isolation and loneliness drives just about everything in human affairs. The threat of social isolation tends to determine what we say or don't say. Then it begins to regulate what we think and how we behave." "Oppression is inevitable in one-party states that sustain themselves through constant propaganda and censorship and the subversion of any independent institution. They're driven to control the speech, thoughts, and, therefore, the associations of their presumed subjects, usually through some form of demonization." So we need a line of action against this tyranny and can start by asking what is its essential weakness?  The short answer is … free speech.  "People say, "Oh, it's so daunting. What can I do?" Well, the thing to remember is that even one voice makes a huge difference, because they're always trying to shut down every single solitary voice." "Our strength as human beings really comes from our connections in the private sphere of life. Just a single honest voice can make a big difference."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other.… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about."  — Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism "Americans have long sensed a new kind tyranny creeping into our lives. This disquiet has hovered in the background for a long time, though most of us couldn't put our finger on it.  Trends to control speech and behavior are isolating us from one another, and they have begun to intensify rapidly and spread throughout society's institutions."  — Stella Morabito In this episode Stella Morabito returns to talk about her recently published book The Weaponization of Loneliness: How Tyrants Stoke Our Fear of Isolation to Silence, Divide, and Conquer. Stella, a prolific author at The Federalist, writes incisively about the social fallout of propaganda, mob psychology, and the cult mindset, drawing in part from her years as an analyst at the Central Intelligence Agency where she focused on methods of Soviet propaganda and disinformation, and its state-controlled media.  Some excerpts from our conversation:   The underlying dynamic of totalitarianism is the same: a machinery of loneliness that threatens to turn people into social pariahs in order to extort compliance. History is filled with vivid examples - Cromwell's England, Robespierre's France, Lenin and Stalin's Russia, Hitler's Germany, Mao's China - of the damage done by totalitarian regimes that impose the machinery fueled by the conformity impulse and terror of isolation.  "Isolation and how tyrants use it to control people, is really the greatest threat to freedom, no matter what level of tyranny it is. It can be a gaslighting partner, it could be a cult leader, it could be a world-class dictator. I finally concluded that there is a machinery at work—a machinery of loneliness. Tyrants operate that machinery—wittingly or not—in order to disarm those they wish to control." When signals surfaced in America —such as anti-speech codes written into federal law in the 1990s allegedly to curb hate—we tended to shrug them off. It was too frightening to believe those speech codes could really lead to direct attacks on freedom of speech protected by the First Amendment. Yet a new kind of authoritarianism has multiplied over the course of decades, usually with the claim that they were needed to ensure justice against racism or sexism. Multiculturalism took root, then morphed into identity politics and intersectionality.  When the canon of Western civilization came under direct attack in the 1980s, few expected it to be followed by direct attacks on free speech on college campuses. But it was, and with a vengeance.  "The weaponization of isolation and loneliness drives just about everything in human affairs. The threat of social isolation tends to determine what we say or don't say. Then it begins to regulate what we think and how we behave." "Oppression is inevitable in one-party states that sustain themselves through constant propaganda and censorship and the subversion of any independent institution. They're driven to control the speech, thoughts, and, therefore, the associations of their presumed subjects, usually through some form of demonization." So we need a line of action against this tyranny and can start by asking what is its essential weakness?  The short answer is … free speech.  "People say, "Oh, it's so daunting. What can I do?" Well, the thing to remember is that even one voice makes a huge difference, because they're always trying to shut down every single solitary voice." "Our strength as human beings really comes from our connections in the private sphere of life. Just a single honest voice can make a big difference."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 225: "Protecting Investors from an Overreaching Regulatory State" with Chris Iacovella</title>
      <itunes:title>"Protecting Investors from an Overreaching Regulatory State" with Chris Iacovella</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 10:57:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[19c9569d-c61c-4edc-a340-b5757103e909]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-225-protecting-investors-from-an-overreaching-regulatory-state-with-chris-iacovella]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">When Walmart went public in 1970 and soon thereafter listed on the New York Stock Exchange, its SEC disclosure prospectus was 20 pages long. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Today, a prospectus requires massive numbers of mostly obscure disclosures imposing very real liabilities for the issuing company - but which no one reads, except for lawyers who charge $2,000 an hour to read it and to write it - and which can run upwards to 300 pages or more. </p> <p>Under President Joe Biden's whole of government effort to weaponize federal agencies, this regulatory creep has become an outright onslaught of new regulations. Except now it brings an overt political agenda to promote ESG and "equity" outcomes.</p> <p>Case in point is the SEC under Chairman Gary Gensler (who was Hillary Clinton Campaign's CFO), which has proposed 55 new rules and massive climate change disclosure requirements without any mandate from Congress.</p> <p><strong><em>"Over the last two years, we've seen more rules than we've ever seen before," explains my guest on this episode Chris Iacovella, "the amount of paper, the amount of costs that are being heaped on companies, not just in the financial services space, but in every sector of our economy, are far outweighing whatever good they are supposed to be doing."</em></strong></p> <p><a href="https://www.americansecurities.org/team" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Chris Iacovella</a> is in a position to know. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the American Securities Association, and has deep expertise in the equity, fixed income, and derivatives markets, as well as growth capital and wealth management. Prior to becoming CEO of the ASA, he was the CEO of the Equity Dealers of America and Director of Global Government Affairs at Bloomberg LP. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong><em>"Gensler claims that he has to do this because investors are clamoring for this disclosure, but it's not investors that are clamoring for it. It's Wall Street asset managers, investment banks, and institutional investors who are pushing an ESG political agenda into the boardroom that they can't get through Congress."</em></strong></p> <p>This is just one of the many concerning issues we get into in this episode. Some others:</p> <ul> <li> <p>The higher fees Wall Street charges for its ESG funds.</p> </li> <li> <p>Klaus Schwab (of the World Economic Forum) and his "stakeholder" capitalism and how Wall Street has adopted many of his views. </p> </li> <li> <p>Public company security regulations seeping into private businesses.</p> </li> <li> <p>A long segment about how the Chinese have used the US capital markets to access to American capital and allowing them to fund their military and economic rise with our money.</p> </li> <li> <p>Something obscurely called the <strong>Consolidated Audit Trail</strong> where the SEC has decided to add to its surveillance capabilities, the ability to collect all of the personal and financial information of every investor who has a share of stock in our capital markets. </p> </li> </ul> <p><strong><em>"Can you imagine if the SEC entered into a memorandum of understanding with the IRS? Then the government would have a true and complete picture of not only your securities holdings, but also any businesses that you might own that are private, any real estate that you may own. It's would be complete picture of what your wealth is."</em></strong></p> <p>There's a lot to unpack in this episode, but I think you'll find it worth your time.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">When Walmart went public in 1970 and soon thereafter listed on the New York Stock Exchange, its SEC disclosure prospectus was 20 pages long. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Today, a prospectus requires massive numbers of mostly obscure disclosures imposing very real liabilities for the issuing company - but which no one reads, except for lawyers who charge $2,000 an hour to read it and to write it - and which can run upwards to 300 pages or more. </p> <p>Under President Joe Biden's whole of government effort to weaponize federal agencies, this regulatory creep has become an outright onslaught of new regulations. Except now it brings an overt political agenda to promote ESG and "equity" outcomes.</p> <p>Case in point is the SEC under Chairman Gary Gensler (who was Hillary Clinton Campaign's CFO), which has proposed 55 new rules and massive climate change disclosure requirements without any mandate from Congress.</p> <p><em>"Over the last two years, we've seen more rules than we've ever seen before," explains my guest on this episode Chris Iacovella, "the amount of paper, the amount of costs that are being heaped on companies, not just in the financial services space, but in every sector of our economy, are far outweighing whatever good they are supposed to be doing."</em></p> <p><a href="https://www.americansecurities.org/team" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Chris Iacovella</a> is in a position to know. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the American Securities Association, and has deep expertise in the equity, fixed income, and derivatives markets, as well as growth capital and wealth management. Prior to becoming CEO of the ASA, he was the CEO of the Equity Dealers of America and Director of Global Government Affairs at Bloomberg LP. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>"Gensler claims that he has to do this because investors are clamoring for this disclosure, but it's not investors that are clamoring for it. It's Wall Street asset managers, investment banks, and institutional investors who are pushing an ESG political agenda into the boardroom that they can't get through Congress."</em></p> <p>This is just one of the many concerning issues we get into in this episode. Some others:</p> <ul> <li> <p>The higher fees Wall Street charges for its ESG funds.</p> </li> <li> <p>Klaus Schwab (of the World Economic Forum) and his "stakeholder" capitalism and how Wall Street has adopted many of his views. </p> </li> <li> <p>Public company security regulations seeping into private businesses.</p> </li> <li> <p>A long segment about how the Chinese have used the US capital markets to access to American capital and allowing them to fund their military and economic rise with our money.</p> </li> <li> <p>Something obscurely called the Consolidated Audit Trail where the SEC has decided to add to its surveillance capabilities, the ability to collect all of the personal and financial information of every investor who has a share of stock in our capital markets. </p> </li> </ul> <p><em>"Can you imagine if the SEC entered into a memorandum of understanding with the IRS? Then the government would have a true and complete picture of not only your securities holdings, but also any businesses that you might own that are private, any real estate that you may own. It's would be complete picture of what your wealth is."</em></p> <p>There's a lot to unpack in this episode, but I think you'll find it worth your time.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="105458601" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS168_2023_04_26_Iacovella_v2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>225</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/d/7/1/b/d71b8682e707ebefe55e3c100dce7605/2023-05-03_-_Chris_Iacovella_-_01_-_Insta.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>When Walmart went public in 1970 and soon thereafter listed on the New York Stock Exchange, its SEC disclosure prospectus was 20 pages long.  Today, a prospectus requires massive numbers of mostly obscure disclosures imposing very real liabilities for the issuing company - but which no one reads, except for lawyers who charge $2,000 an hour to read it and to write it - and which can run upwards to 300 pages or more.  Under President Joe Biden's whole of government effort to weaponize federal agencies, this regulatory creep has become an outright onslaught of new regulations. Except now it brings an overt political agenda to promote ESG and "equity" outcomes. Case in point is the SEC under Chairman Gary Gensler (who was Hillary Clinton Campaign's CFO), which has proposed 55 new rules and massive climate change disclosure requirements without any mandate from Congress. "Over the last two years, we've seen more rules than we've ever seen before," explains my guest on this episode Chris Iacovella, "the amount of paper, the amount of costs that are being heaped on companies, not just in the financial services space, but in every sector of our economy, are far outweighing whatever good they are supposed to be doing." Chris Iacovella is in a position to know. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the American Securities Association, and has deep expertise in the equity, fixed income, and derivatives markets, as well as growth capital and wealth management. Prior to becoming CEO of the ASA, he was the CEO of the Equity Dealers of America and Director of Global Government Affairs at Bloomberg LP.  "Gensler claims that he has to do this because investors are clamoring for this disclosure, but it's not investors that are clamoring for it. It's Wall Street asset managers, investment banks, and institutional investors who are pushing an ESG political agenda into the boardroom that they can't get through Congress." This is just one of the many concerning issues we get into in this episode. Some others: The higher fees Wall Street charges for its ESG funds. Klaus Schwab (of the World Economic Forum) and his "stakeholder" capitalism and how Wall Street has adopted many of his views.  Public company security regulations seeping into private businesses. A long segment about how the Chinese have used the US capital markets to access to American capital and allowing them to fund their military and economic rise with our money. Something obscurely called the Consolidated Audit Trail where the SEC has decided to add to its surveillance capabilities, the ability to collect all of the personal and financial information of every investor who has a share of stock in our capital markets.  "Can you imagine if the SEC entered into a memorandum of understanding with the IRS? Then the government would have a true and complete picture of not only your securities holdings, but also any businesses that you might own that are private, any real estate that you may own. It's would be complete picture of what your wealth is." There's a lot to unpack in this episode, but I think you'll find it worth your time.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>When Walmart went public in 1970 and soon thereafter listed on the New York Stock Exchange, its SEC disclosure prospectus was 20 pages long.  Today, a prospectus requires massive numbers of mostly obscure disclosures imposing very real liabilities for the issuing company - but which no one reads, except for lawyers who charge $2,000 an hour to read it and to write it - and which can run upwards to 300 pages or more.  Under President Joe Biden's whole of government effort to weaponize federal agencies, this regulatory creep has become an outright onslaught of new regulations. Except now it brings an overt political agenda to promote ESG and "equity" outcomes. Case in point is the SEC under Chairman Gary Gensler (who was Hillary Clinton Campaign's CFO), which has proposed 55 new rules and massive climate change disclosure requirements without any mandate from Congress. "Over the last two years, we've seen more rules than we've ever seen before," explains my guest on this episode Chris Iacovella, "the amount of paper, the amount of costs that are being heaped on companies, not just in the financial services space, but in every sector of our economy, are far outweighing whatever good they are supposed to be doing." Chris Iacovella is in a position to know. He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the American Securities Association, and has deep expertise in the equity, fixed income, and derivatives markets, as well as growth capital and wealth management. Prior to becoming CEO of the ASA, he was the CEO of the Equity Dealers of America and Director of Global Government Affairs at Bloomberg LP.  "Gensler claims that he has to do this because investors are clamoring for this disclosure, but it's not investors that are clamoring for it. It's Wall Street asset managers, investment banks, and institutional investors who are pushing an ESG political agenda into the boardroom that they can't get through Congress." This is just one of the many concerning issues we get into in this episode. Some others: The higher fees Wall Street charges for its ESG funds. Klaus Schwab (of the World Economic Forum) and his "stakeholder" capitalism and how Wall Street has adopted many of his views.  Public company security regulations seeping into private businesses. A long segment about how the Chinese have used the US capital markets to access to American capital and allowing them to fund their military and economic rise with our money. Something obscurely called the Consolidated Audit Trail where the SEC has decided to add to its surveillance capabilities, the ability to collect all of the personal and financial information of every investor who has a share of stock in our capital markets.  "Can you imagine if the SEC entered into a memorandum of understanding with the IRS? Then the government would have a true and complete picture of not only your securities holdings, but also any businesses that you might own that are private, any real estate that you may own. It's would be complete picture of what your wealth is." There's a lot to unpack in this episode, but I think you'll find it worth your time.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 224: "The FBI's Ambitious New Plans" with J. Michael Waller</title>
      <itunes:title>"The FBI's Ambitious New Plans" with J. Michael Waller</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Apr 2023 11:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0c4d3210-6634-47a5-bfeb-aea66dcdaaf8]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-224-the-fbis-ambitious-new-plans-with-j-michael-waller]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Federal Bureau of Investigation is proceeding with plans to build a new headquarters which would be twice the size of the The Pentagon, the world's largest office building.</p> <p>The new FBI headquarters is to be built on one of three sites in suburban Virginia and Maryland. Those sites are large parcels of 58, 61, and 80 acres.</p> <p>The Kremlin in Moscow —a walled fortress containing the administrative offices of the Russian central government, the official presidential residence, massive auditoriums, an arsenal, a museum, four palaces, three cathedrals and several churches—is just over 66 acres in area.</p> <p>Vatican City in Rome, the seat of the Roman Catholic Church, is tucked into 110 acres.  </p> <p><strong><em>The FBI is proceeding with its plans at a time when Americans have grown increasingly alarmed about the mission creep of an institution we once regarded as the world's greatest law-enforcement agency.</em></strong> </p> <p>After the 9/11 attacks, the Bureau's mission changed to become an intelligence operation rather than a law enforcement agency. Case management has been centralized in its headquarters in Washington DC rather than as before in the field offices around the country. It did this to place so-called operational decisions in the hand of what they've called "politically sensitive" individuals at headquarters. </p> <p>What this means in practice it that the political biases of FBI leadership, and some of its investigators, have come to influence the conduct and public perception of the agency's most consequential investigations.</p> <p>Joining me to talk about the planned building, the FBI's history and what it's become today, is my frequent guest and astute observer of US intelligence agencies, Mike Waller.</p> <p>J. Michael Waller, is a Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Mike's author of a soon to be published book about the CIA and the FBI.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The FBI hasn't revealed a reason or strategy for its colossal new HQ but we do know this according to the GSA specs:</p> <ul> <li> <p><strong><em>"Riveted into its new project are woke regulations to ensure that the FBI center will comply with diversity, equity, LGBTQ+, and climate change political goals," explains Mike.</em></strong></p> </li> <li> <p><strong><em>The site, design, and structure of the new FBI headquarters must "advance racial equity and support for underserved communities through the Federal Government," as part of Joe Biden's Executive Order 13985 calling for "an ambitious whole-of-government equity agenda."</em></strong></p> </li> </ul> <p>But the problem with today's FBI runs deeper. </p> <p>"After 9/11 the FBI has been stuck in this netherworld of being a law enforcement agency and an intelligence agency, and you can't combine those with the same people in the same organization or you get political police."</p> <p><strong>Is this what we want from our FBI?</strong></p> <p>There is a lot packed into this episode about a woke and politicized FBI.</p> <p>Mike explains how we got here - from the 1920s to today - and it's a fascinating, and disturbing, story.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Federal Bureau of Investigation is proceeding with plans to build a new headquarters which would be twice the size of the The Pentagon, the world's largest office building.</p> <p>The new FBI headquarters is to be built on one of three sites in suburban Virginia and Maryland. Those sites are large parcels of 58, 61, and 80 acres.</p> <p>The Kremlin in Moscow —a walled fortress containing the administrative offices of the Russian central government, the official presidential residence, massive auditoriums, an arsenal, a museum, four palaces, three cathedrals and several churches—is just over 66 acres in area.</p> <p>Vatican City in Rome, the seat of the Roman Catholic Church, is tucked into 110 acres. </p> <p><em>The FBI is proceeding with its plans at a time when Americans have grown increasingly alarmed about the mission creep of an institution we once regarded as the world's greatest law-enforcement agency.</em> </p> <p>After the 9/11 attacks, the Bureau's mission changed to become an intelligence operation rather than a law enforcement agency. Case management has been centralized in its headquarters in Washington DC rather than as before in the field offices around the country. It did this to place so-called operational decisions in the hand of what they've called "politically sensitive" individuals at headquarters. </p> <p>What this means in practice it that the political biases of FBI leadership, and some of its investigators, have come to influence the conduct and public perception of the agency's most consequential investigations.</p> <p>Joining me to talk about the planned building, the FBI's history and what it's become today, is my frequent guest and astute observer of US intelligence agencies, Mike Waller.</p> <p>J. Michael Waller, is a Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Mike's author of a soon to be published book about the CIA and the FBI.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The FBI hasn't revealed a reason or strategy for its colossal new HQ but we do know this according to the GSA specs:</p> <ul> <li> <p><em>"Riveted into its new project are woke regulations to ensure that the FBI center will comply with diversity, equity, LGBTQ+, and climate change political goals," explains Mike.</em></p> </li> <li> <p><em>The site, design, and structure of the new FBI headquarters must "advance racial equity and support for underserved communities through the Federal Government," as part of Joe Biden's Executive Order 13985 calling for "an ambitious whole-of-government equity agenda."</em></p> </li> </ul> <p>But the problem with today's FBI runs deeper. </p> <p>"After 9/11 the FBI has been stuck in this netherworld of being a law enforcement agency and an intelligence agency, and you can't combine those with the same people in the same organization or you get political police."</p> <p>Is this what we want from our FBI?</p> <p>There is a lot packed into this episode about a woke and politicized FBI.</p> <p>Mike explains how we got here - from the 1920s to today - and it's a fascinating, and disturbing, story.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="72789535" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Mike_Waller_Final_Cut_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/f/0/a/7/f0a7903a1db98ac088c4a68c3ddbc4f2/BWS_Insta_Art_-_J._Michael_Waller.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Federal Bureau of Investigation is proceeding with plans to build a new headquarters which would be twice the size of the The Pentagon, the world's largest office building. The new FBI headquarters is to be built on one of three sites in suburban Virginia and Maryland. Those sites are large parcels of 58, 61, and 80 acres. The Kremlin in Moscow —a walled fortress containing the administrative offices of the Russian central government, the official presidential residence, massive auditoriums, an arsenal, a museum, four palaces, three cathedrals and several churches—is just over 66 acres in area. Vatican City in Rome, the seat of the Roman Catholic Church, is tucked into 110 acres.   The FBI is proceeding with its plans at a time when Americans have grown increasingly alarmed about the mission creep of an institution we once regarded as the world's greatest law-enforcement agency.  After the 9/11 attacks, the Bureau's mission changed to become an intelligence operation rather than a law enforcement agency. Case management has been centralized in its headquarters in Washington DC rather than as before in the field offices around the country. It did this to place so-called operational decisions in the hand of what they've called "politically sensitive" individuals at headquarters.  What this means in practice it that the political biases of FBI leadership, and some of its investigators, have come to influence the conduct and public perception of the agency's most consequential investigations. Joining me to talk about the planned building, the FBI's history and what it's become today, is my frequent guest and astute observer of US intelligence agencies, Mike Waller. J. Michael Waller, is a Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Mike's author of a soon to be published book about the CIA and the FBI. The FBI hasn't revealed a reason or strategy for its colossal new HQ but we do know this according to the GSA specs: "Riveted into its new project are woke regulations to ensure that the FBI center will comply with diversity, equity, LGBTQ+, and climate change political goals," explains Mike. The site, design, and structure of the new FBI headquarters must "advance racial equity and support for underserved communities through the Federal Government," as part of Joe Biden's Executive Order 13985 calling for "an ambitious whole-of-government equity agenda." But the problem with today's FBI runs deeper.  "After 9/11 the FBI has been stuck in this netherworld of being a law enforcement agency and an intelligence agency, and you can't combine those with the same people in the same organization or you get political police." Is this what we want from our FBI? There is a lot packed into this episode about a woke and politicized FBI. Mike explains how we got here - from the 1920s to today - and it's a fascinating, and disturbing, story.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Federal Bureau of Investigation is proceeding with plans to build a new headquarters which would be twice the size of the The Pentagon, the world's largest office building. The new FBI headquarters is to be built on one of three sites in suburban Virginia and Maryland. Those sites are large parcels of 58, 61, and 80 acres. The Kremlin in Moscow —a walled fortress containing the administrative offices of the Russian central government, the official presidential residence, massive auditoriums, an arsenal, a museum, four palaces, three cathedrals and several churches—is just over 66 acres in area. Vatican City in Rome, the seat of the Roman Catholic Church, is tucked into 110 acres.   The FBI is proceeding with its plans at a time when Americans have grown increasingly alarmed about the mission creep of an institution we once regarded as the world's greatest law-enforcement agency.  After the 9/11 attacks, the Bureau's mission changed to become an intelligence operation rather than a law enforcement agency. Case management has been centralized in its headquarters in Washington DC rather than as before in the field offices around the country. It did this to place so-called operational decisions in the hand of what they've called "politically sensitive" individuals at headquarters.  What this means in practice it that the political biases of FBI leadership, and some of its investigators, have come to influence the conduct and public perception of the agency's most consequential investigations. Joining me to talk about the planned building, the FBI's history and what it's become today, is my frequent guest and astute observer of US intelligence agencies, Mike Waller. J. Michael Waller, is a Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where he concentrates on propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Mike's author of a soon to be published book about the CIA and the FBI. The FBI hasn't revealed a reason or strategy for its colossal new HQ but we do know this according to the GSA specs: "Riveted into its new project are woke regulations to ensure that the FBI center will comply with diversity, equity, LGBTQ+, and climate change political goals," explains Mike. The site, design, and structure of the new FBI headquarters must "advance racial equity and support for underserved communities through the Federal Government," as part of Joe Biden's Executive Order 13985 calling for "an ambitious whole-of-government equity agenda." But the problem with today's FBI runs deeper.  "After 9/11 the FBI has been stuck in this netherworld of being a law enforcement agency and an intelligence agency, and you can't combine those with the same people in the same organization or you get political police." Is this what we want from our FBI? There is a lot packed into this episode about a woke and politicized FBI. Mike explains how we got here - from the 1920s to today - and it's a fascinating, and disturbing, story.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 223: The Differences Between Men and Women: Warriors and Worriers with Joyce Benenson</title>
      <itunes:title>The Differences Between Men and Women: Warriors and Worriers with Joyce Benenson</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 18:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cfba0697-ac6d-447b-9753-d2b646bde56f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-223-the-differences-between-men-and-women-warriors-and-worriers-with-joyce-benenson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies?</p> <p>In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book, <em>Warriors and Worriers</em>, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders.</p> <p>Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women.</p> <p>E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as:</p> <p><em>"brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences – and the meaning of human nature – than a library of conventional social science."</em></p> <p>An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth." </p> <p>Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies?</p> <p>In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book, <em>Warriors and Worriers</em>, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders.</p> <p>Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women.</p> <p>E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as:</p> <p><em>"brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences – and the meaning of human nature – than a library of conventional social science."</em></p> <p>An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth." </p> <p>Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="61645206" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/1682013665201_TBWS_3_24_21_Joyce_Benenson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>223</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/3/c/8/d/3c8dcca6ddcde46d40be95ea3302a6a1/Backstage_with_BW_2_Insta_Size.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies? In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book, Warriors and Worriers, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders. Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women. E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as: "brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences – and the meaning of human nature – than a library of conventional social science." An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth."  Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies? In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book, Warriors and Worriers, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders. Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women. E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as: "brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences – and the meaning of human nature – than a library of conventional social science." An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth."  Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 222: "What You Need to Know About Your Money and the Federal Reserve" with Cato's Norbert Michel</title>
      <itunes:title>"What You Need to Know About Your Money and the Federal Reserve" with Cato's Norbert Michel</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Apr 2023 10:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d0413f1c-4257-4e1f-ae64-454f6885147b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-222-what-you-need-to-know-about-your-money-and-the-federal-reserve-with-catos-norbert-michel]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Is the Federal Reserve a godlike Zeus able to control our money and the economy, preserve financial stability and keep a lid on inflation?<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Or is it like the Wizard of Oz? A little man behind the curtain pulling levers to create smoke and noise to terrify and control people, but in the end only one market participant among many worldwide.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">If you're a bond trader in New York, trying to predict minute day to day changes in interest rates, it's more like Zeus. For the rest of us, I believe, it's like Oz.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Trying to figure out the Fed is a complicated business and I'm delighted to be joined again on this episode by one of my favorite guests and good friend Norbert Michel, who's vice president and director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives.</p> <p class="p1">"The Fed does set an interest rate target," says Norbert, "and they do administratively set a policy rate that they pay on reserves. But the idea that the Fed is sitting down in a basement and turning some dials and cranking up unemployment or cranking down inflation or cranking up GDP, it's just not true."</p> <p class="p1">In this episode we delve into this, and a lot of other news in the headlines about our money. Like whether the United States dollar is likely to lose its status as the world's reserve currency.</p> <p class="p1">The United States enjoys an enormous gift which is also a curse: with the world's reserve currency, it can run massive federal budget and trade deficits as long as other countries want to hold dollars. That's not likely to change in the near future.</p> <p class="p1">"The US economy is still about a quarter of the global economy. And then almost another quarter of the global economy is China. Well, who on Earth wants to hold Chinese currency when it's controlled by the Chinese Communist Party? And so you're really left with no place else to go."</p> <p class="p1">Norbert is also one of true experts in the very real threat to our liberty that the Biden Administration<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> (along with many other governments worldwide) is cooking up: a central bank digital currency.</p> <p class="p1">"Our paper dollars today are technically liabilities of the Federal Reserve; but with a CBDC, your checking account is with the Fed, giving it potential control of every transaction."</p> <p class="p1"><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span>"On Cato's website we have direct quotes from international government officials talking about how great it is going to be to control what everybody does with their money. So this is real. This is coming."</p> <p class="p1">Given how complicated all this stuff is, Norbert and I try to keep the conversation from getting too dense. Listen in. These are important matters that do concern you and your money.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Is the Federal Reserve a godlike Zeus able to control our money and the economy, preserve financial stability and keep a lid on inflation? </p> <p class="p1">Or is it like the Wizard of Oz? A little man behind the curtain pulling levers to create smoke and noise to terrify and control people, but in the end only one market participant among many worldwide. </p> <p class="p1">If you're a bond trader in New York, trying to predict minute day to day changes in interest rates, it's more like Zeus. For the rest of us, I believe, it's like Oz. </p> <p class="p1">Trying to figure out the Fed is a complicated business and I'm delighted to be joined again on this episode by one of my favorite guests and good friend Norbert Michel, who's vice president and director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives.</p> <p class="p1">"The Fed does set an interest rate target," says Norbert, "and they do administratively set a policy rate that they pay on reserves. But the idea that the Fed is sitting down in a basement and turning some dials and cranking up unemployment or cranking down inflation or cranking up GDP, it's just not true."</p> <p class="p1">In this episode we delve into this, and a lot of other news in the headlines about our money. Like whether the United States dollar is likely to lose its status as the world's reserve currency.</p> <p class="p1">The United States enjoys an enormous gift which is also a curse: with the world's reserve currency, it can run massive federal budget and trade deficits as long as other countries want to hold dollars. That's not likely to change in the near future.</p> <p class="p1">"The US economy is still about a quarter of the global economy. And then almost another quarter of the global economy is China. Well, who on Earth wants to hold Chinese currency when it's controlled by the Chinese Communist Party? And so you're really left with no place else to go."</p> <p class="p1">Norbert is also one of true experts in the very real threat to our liberty that the Biden Administration (along with many other governments worldwide) is cooking up: a central bank digital currency.</p> <p class="p1">"Our paper dollars today are technically liabilities of the Federal Reserve; but with a CBDC, your checking account is with the Fed, giving it potential control of every transaction."</p> <p class="p1"> "On Cato's website we have direct quotes from international government officials talking about how great it is going to be to control what everybody does with their money. So this is real. This is coming."</p> <p class="p1">Given how complicated all this stuff is, Norbert and I try to keep the conversation from getting too dense. Listen in. These are important matters that do concern you and your money.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="91714883" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS167_2023_04_06_Michel.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>222</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/4/1/4/e414a88773582512e55e3c100dce7605/BWS_Insta_Art_-_Norbert_Michel_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Is the Federal Reserve a godlike Zeus able to control our money and the economy, preserve financial stability and keep a lid on inflation?  Or is it like the Wizard of Oz? A little man behind the curtain pulling levers to create smoke and noise to terrify and control people, but in the end only one market participant among many worldwide.  If you're a bond trader in New York, trying to predict minute day to day changes in interest rates, it's more like Zeus. For the rest of us, I believe, it's like Oz.  Trying to figure out the Fed is a complicated business and I'm delighted to be joined again on this episode by one of my favorite guests and good friend Norbert Michel, who's vice president and director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives. "The Fed does set an interest rate target," says Norbert, "and they do administratively set a policy rate that they pay on reserves. But the idea that the Fed is sitting down in a basement and turning some dials and cranking up unemployment or cranking down inflation or cranking up GDP, it's just not true." In this episode we delve into this, and a lot of other news in the headlines about our money. Like whether the United States dollar is likely to lose its status as the world's reserve currency. The United States enjoys an enormous gift which is also a curse: with the world's reserve currency, it can run massive federal budget and trade deficits as long as other countries want to hold dollars. That's not likely to change in the near future. "The US economy is still about a quarter of the global economy. And then almost another quarter of the global economy is China. Well, who on Earth wants to hold Chinese currency when it's controlled by the Chinese Communist Party? And so you're really left with no place else to go." Norbert is also one of true experts in the very real threat to our liberty that the Biden Administration  (along with many other governments worldwide) is cooking up: a central bank digital currency. "Our paper dollars today are technically liabilities of the Federal Reserve; but with a CBDC, your checking account is with the Fed, giving it potential control of every transaction."  "On Cato's website we have direct quotes from international government officials talking about how great it is going to be to control what everybody does with their money. So this is real. This is coming." Given how complicated all this stuff is, Norbert and I try to keep the conversation from getting too dense. Listen in. These are important matters that do concern you and your money.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Is the Federal Reserve a godlike Zeus able to control our money and the economy, preserve financial stability and keep a lid on inflation?  Or is it like the Wizard of Oz? A little man behind the curtain pulling levers to create smoke and noise to terrify and control people, but in the end only one market participant among many worldwide.  If you're a bond trader in New York, trying to predict minute day to day changes in interest rates, it's more like Zeus. For the rest of us, I believe, it's like Oz.  Trying to figure out the Fed is a complicated business and I'm delighted to be joined again on this episode by one of my favorite guests and good friend Norbert Michel, who's vice president and director of Cato Institute's Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives. "The Fed does set an interest rate target," says Norbert, "and they do administratively set a policy rate that they pay on reserves. But the idea that the Fed is sitting down in a basement and turning some dials and cranking up unemployment or cranking down inflation or cranking up GDP, it's just not true." In this episode we delve into this, and a lot of other news in the headlines about our money. Like whether the United States dollar is likely to lose its status as the world's reserve currency. The United States enjoys an enormous gift which is also a curse: with the world's reserve currency, it can run massive federal budget and trade deficits as long as other countries want to hold dollars. That's not likely to change in the near future. "The US economy is still about a quarter of the global economy. And then almost another quarter of the global economy is China. Well, who on Earth wants to hold Chinese currency when it's controlled by the Chinese Communist Party? And so you're really left with no place else to go." Norbert is also one of true experts in the very real threat to our liberty that the Biden Administration  (along with many other governments worldwide) is cooking up: a central bank digital currency. "Our paper dollars today are technically liabilities of the Federal Reserve; but with a CBDC, your checking account is with the Fed, giving it potential control of every transaction."  "On Cato's website we have direct quotes from international government officials talking about how great it is going to be to control what everybody does with their money. So this is real. This is coming." Given how complicated all this stuff is, Norbert and I try to keep the conversation from getting too dense. Listen in. These are important matters that do concern you and your money.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 221: "Are We Really Surprised We're Having Another Banking Crisis?" with Alex Pollock and Steve Dewey</title>
      <itunes:title>"Are We Really Surprised We're Having Another Banking Crisis?" with Alex Pollock and Steve Dewey</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Apr 2023 10:55:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2f6038af-59a7-40e4-88b4-72ff4902e96a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-221-are-we-really-surprised-were-having-another-banking-crisis-with-alex-pollock-and-steve-dewey]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">It looks like the bill is finally coming due after decades of reckless monetary policy and out of control federal spending. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation. Interest rates have risen dramatically. Mortgage rates have more than doubled. And commercial banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Of course, and as expected, with the Silicon Valley Bank bailout, the Regulators have pulled out their default playbook declaring yet another institution systematically risky, taking another step toward the federalization of our banking system.</span><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">But there's also something new to worry about: regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to 1) promote price stability and 2) full employment and a safe and sound banking system. But instead, the Fed - and the Treasury - have changed their priorities to promote the progressive policies of climate change and equity.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Joining me to talk all this through are Alex Pollock and Steve Dewey. Both are grizzled veterans of the banking and regulatory world, which, as Alex points out, has been hit by a major crisis every decade since the 1970s.</span> <span class="s2">Together we have many decades of experience in financial markets. Alex and I have been conversing with each other, and interrupting each other, for almost fifty years.</span> <span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Alex is a Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute and was Principal Deputy Director of the Office of Financial Research of the U.S. Treasury Department in 2019 and through 2021. He was also my second boss in the commercial banking world almost 45 years ago and was on my board at Allied Capital Corporation as we worked through the 2008 crisis and its aftermath.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Steve Dewey worked for several years in Asia during the Asian financial crisis and for the FDIC during and after the 2008 financial crisis where he was involved in the resolution of failed banks.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">According to Alex, "We are still living in the aftermath of the long manipulation of interest rates and financial markets by the Federal Reserve and the club of central banks worldwide: the vast expansion of money and suppression of interest rates to an abnormally low level. Now we're seeing the results."</span> <span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p4"><span class="s3">Meantime, rather than being the above-the-fray dispassionate wise actor, the Federal Reserv</span><span class="s1">e has become part of the problem:</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class="s1">Just in the last six months, the Fed itself lost $44 billion which exceeds its capital of $42 billion. A big portion of its $8.7 trillion in assets are highly vulnerable to rising interest rates. Ironically, the Fed's interest rate risk is similar to SVB's.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p4"><span class="s1">So, what's going to happen next?</span></p> <p class="p4"><span class="s1">The Fed and the Treasury seem likely to take more control in the name of risk management. T</span><span class="s4">he banking system holds</span> <span class="s1">$17 trillion of deposits and Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen recently declared that these would be de facto insured by the Treasury, the Fed and the FDIC</span><span class= "s4">.</span> <span class="s4"> </span></p> <p class="p4"><span class="s4">But consider this: the FDIC's deposit insurance fund is $128 billion, which is - putting it mildly - a little short of $17 trillion. Also, if the Fed continues losing money on its mortgage-backed securities, it will be losing over $100 billion a year.  </span><span class= "s4"> </span></p> <p class="p4"><span class="s4">Republican Senator Everett Dirksen, the Minority leader during the 1960s Kennedy-Johnson years, once said "a billion here, a billion there, and pretty soon we're talking real money." Now we're talking trillions. Has the banking system become to big to save?</span></p> <p class="p4"><span class="s4">Will the "solution" be a nationalized bank and a digital currency to prevent a collapse of the system? Or something else? How do the woke climate and equity agendas figure into this?</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p6"><span class="s1">There's a lot to speculate about here. Join in our conversation for our take on the crisis.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p6"><span class="s1">As always, we try to make complicated things easier to understand and nothing right now seems more complicated than our money.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It looks like the bill is finally coming due after decades of reckless monetary policy and out of control federal spending. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation. Interest rates have risen dramatically. Mortgage rates have more than doubled. And commercial banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses. </p> <p class="p1">Of course, and as expected, with the Silicon Valley Bank bailout, the Regulators have pulled out their default playbook declaring yet another institution systematically risky, taking another step toward the federalization of our banking system. </p> <p class="p1">But there's also something new to worry about: regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to 1) promote price stability and 2) full employment and a safe and sound banking system. But instead, the Fed - and the Treasury - have changed their priorities to promote the progressive policies of climate change and equity. </p> <p class="p1">Joining me to talk all this through are Alex Pollock and Steve Dewey. Both are grizzled veterans of the banking and regulatory world, which, as Alex points out, has been hit by a major crisis every decade since the 1970s. Together we have many decades of experience in financial markets. Alex and I have been conversing with each other, and interrupting each other, for almost fifty years. </p> <p class="p1">Alex is a Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute and was Principal Deputy Director of the Office of Financial Research of the U.S. Treasury Department in 2019 and through 2021. He was also my second boss in the commercial banking world almost 45 years ago and was on my board at Allied Capital Corporation as we worked through the 2008 crisis and its aftermath. </p> <p class="p1">Steve Dewey worked for several years in Asia during the Asian financial crisis and for the FDIC during and after the 2008 financial crisis where he was involved in the resolution of failed banks. </p> <p class="p1">According to Alex, "We are still living in the aftermath of the long manipulation of interest rates and financial markets by the Federal Reserve and the club of central banks worldwide: the vast expansion of money and suppression of interest rates to an abnormally low level. Now we're seeing the results." </p> <p class="p4">Meantime, rather than being the above-the-fray dispassionate wise actor, the Federal Reserve has become part of the problem: Just in the last six months, the Fed itself lost $44 billion which exceeds its capital of $42 billion. A big portion of its $8.7 trillion in assets are highly vulnerable to rising interest rates. Ironically, the Fed's interest rate risk is similar to SVB's. </p> <p class="p4">So, what's going to happen next?</p> <p class="p4">The Fed and the Treasury seem likely to take more control in the name of risk management. The banking system holds $17 trillion of deposits and Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen recently declared that these would be de facto insured by the Treasury, the Fed and the FDIC. </p> <p class="p4">But consider this: the FDIC's deposit insurance fund is $128 billion, which is - putting it mildly - a little short of $17 trillion. Also, if the Fed continues losing money on its mortgage-backed securities, it will be losing over $100 billion a year. </p> <p class="p4">Republican Senator Everett Dirksen, the Minority leader during the 1960s Kennedy-Johnson years, once said "a billion here, a billion there, and pretty soon we're talking real money." Now we're talking trillions. Has the banking system become to big to save?</p> <p class="p4">Will the "solution" be a nationalized bank and a digital currency to prevent a collapse of the system? Or something else? How do the woke climate and equity agendas figure into this? </p> <p class="p6">There's a lot to speculate about here. Join in our conversation for our take on the crisis. </p> <p class="p6">As always, we try to make complicated things easier to understand and nothing right now seems more complicated than our money.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="86184445" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_30_23_pollock_dewey_-_SD_480p_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>221</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/e/c/e/2eceb008abc5183ca04421dee9605cbd/BWS_-_Insta_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It looks like the bill is finally coming due after decades of reckless monetary policy and out of control federal spending. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation. Interest rates have risen dramatically. Mortgage rates have more than doubled. And commercial banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses.  Of course, and as expected, with the Silicon Valley Bank bailout, the Regulators have pulled out their default playbook declaring yet another institution systematically risky, taking another step toward the federalization of our banking system.  But there's also something new to worry about: regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to 1) promote price stability and 2) full employment and a safe and sound banking system. But instead, the Fed - and the Treasury - have changed their priorities to promote the progressive policies of climate change and equity.  Joining me to talk all this through are Alex Pollock and Steve Dewey. Both are grizzled veterans of the banking and regulatory world, which, as Alex points out, has been hit by a major crisis every decade since the 1970s. Together we have many decades of experience in financial markets. Alex and I have been conversing with each other, and interrupting each other, for almost fifty years.   Alex is a Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute and was Principal Deputy Director of the Office of Financial Research of the U.S. Treasury Department in 2019 and through 2021. He was also my second boss in the commercial banking world almost 45 years ago and was on my board at Allied Capital Corporation as we worked through the 2008 crisis and its aftermath.  Steve Dewey worked for several years in Asia during the Asian financial crisis and for the FDIC during and after the 2008 financial crisis where he was involved in the resolution of failed banks.  According to Alex, "We are still living in the aftermath of the long manipulation of interest rates and financial markets by the Federal Reserve and the club of central banks worldwide: the vast expansion of money and suppression of interest rates to an abnormally low level. Now we're seeing the results."   Meantime, rather than being the above-the-fray dispassionate wise actor, the Federal Reserve has become part of the problem:  Just in the last six months, the Fed itself lost $44 billion which exceeds its capital of $42 billion. A big portion of its $8.7 trillion in assets are highly vulnerable to rising interest rates. Ironically, the Fed's interest rate risk is similar to SVB's.  So, what's going to happen next? The Fed and the Treasury seem likely to take more control in the name of risk management. The banking system holds $17 trillion of deposits and Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen recently declared that these would be de facto insured by the Treasury, the Fed and the FDIC.   But consider this: the FDIC's deposit insurance fund is $128 billion, which is - putting it mildly - a little short of $17 trillion. Also, if the Fed continues losing money on its mortgage-backed securities, it will be losing over $100 billion a year.    Republican Senator Everett Dirksen, the Minority leader during the 1960s Kennedy-Johnson years, once said "a billion here, a billion there, and pretty soon we're talking real money." Now we're talking trillions. Has the banking system become to big to save? Will the "solution" be a nationalized bank and a digital currency to prevent a collapse of the system? Or something else? How do the woke climate and equity agendas figure into this?  There's a lot to speculate about here. Join in our conversation for our take on the crisis.  As always, we try to make complicated things easier to understand and nothing right now seems more complicated than our money.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It looks like the bill is finally coming due after decades of reckless monetary policy and out of control federal spending. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation. Interest rates have risen dramatically. Mortgage rates have more than doubled. And commercial banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses.  Of course, and as expected, with the Silicon Valley Bank bailout, the Regulators have pulled out their default playbook declaring yet another institution systematically risky, taking another step toward the federalization of our banking system.  But there's also something new to worry about: regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to 1) promote price stability and 2) full employment and a safe and sound banking system. But instead, the Fed - and the Treasury - have changed their priorities to promote the progressive policies of climate change and equity.  Joining me to talk all this through are Alex Pollock and Steve Dewey. Both are grizzled veterans of the banking and regulatory world, which, as Alex points out, has been hit by a major crisis every decade since the 1970s. Together we have many decades of experience in financial markets. Alex and I have been conversing with each other, and interrupting each other, for almost fifty years.   Alex is a Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute and was Principal Deputy Director of the Office of Financial Research of the U.S. Treasury Department in 2019 and through 2021. He was also my second boss in the commercial banking world almost 45 years ago and was on my board at Allied Capital Corporation as we worked through the 2008 crisis and its aftermath.  Steve Dewey worked for several years in Asia during the Asian financial crisis and for the FDIC during and after the 2008 financial crisis where he was involved in the resolution of failed banks.  According to Alex, "We are still living in the aftermath of the long manipulation of interest rates and financial markets by the Federal Reserve and the club of central banks worldwide: the vast expansion of money and suppression of interest rates to an abnormally low level. Now we're seeing the results."   Meantime, rather than being the above-the-fray dispassionate wise actor, the Federal Reserve has become part of the problem:  Just in the last six months, the Fed itself lost $44 billion which exceeds its capital of $42 billion. A big portion of its $8.7 trillion in assets are highly vulnerable to rising interest rates. Ironically, the Fed's interest rate risk is similar to SVB's.  So, what's going to happen next? The Fed and the Treasury seem likely to take more control in the name of risk management. The banking system holds $17 trillion of deposits and Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen recently declared that these would be de facto insured by the Treasury, the Fed and the FDIC.   But consider this: the FDIC's deposit insurance fund is $128 billion, which is - putting it mildly - a little short of $17 trillion. Also, if the Fed continues losing money on its mortgage-backed securities, it will be losing over $100 billion a year.    Republican Senator Everett Dirksen, the Minority leader during the 1960s Kennedy-Johnson years, once said "a billion here, a billion there, and pretty soon we're talking real money." Now we're talking trillions. Has the banking system become to big to save? Will the "solution" be a nationalized bank and a digital currency to prevent a collapse of the system? Or something else? How do the woke climate and equity agendas figure into this?  There's a lot to speculate about here. Join in our conversation for our take on the crisis.  As always, we try to make complicated things easier to understand and nothing right now seems more complicated than our money.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 220: "Silicon Valley Bank: The Bill Finally Comes Due for Decades of Reckless Monetary, Fiscal and Regulatory Policy" with Rick Manning and Robert Romano</title>
      <itunes:title>"Silicon Valley Bank: The Bill Finally Comes Due for Decades of Reckless Monetary, Fiscal and Regulatory Policy" with Rick Manning and Robert Romano</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 10:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9fe5cb62-8705-4e55-bdc8-c7ded595cc4e]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-220-silicon-valley-bank-the-bill-finally-comes-due-for-decades-of-reckless-monetary-fiscal-and-regulatory-policy-with-rick-manning-and-robert-romano]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">This week, Americans for Limited Government published a provocative and insightful piece about the banking system asking, "Has the United States banking system become too big to save?"</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">In the past three years, to finance massive federal spending, the Treasury has issued almost $8 trillion new treasury bonds with almost $4 trillion bought by US banks during the tail-end of the Fed's era of zero interest rates.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">US Treasury Bonds? Sounds like a safe investment for a bank, but here's the problem. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation caused by reckless Federal spending. To try to fight this price inflation the Federal Reserve is raising interest rates which reduces the value of the commercial banks treasury bond investments. (We explain why this happens in this episode.)</span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">The result: banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class="s1">Silicon Valley (SVB), Signature, and First Republic banks look to be canaries in the coal mine, potentially the first of many regional bank balance sheets to blow up.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">The root cause for this – and the Fed is almost entirely responsible - is the 14 years of free money policies and asset price inflation driven by the Fed. Since 2008, banks have been borrowing from depositors at near 0% interest. With "free money", bankers forgot how to be bankers matching assets and liabilities, interest rate risk and duration.</span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">As they have during the banking crises of the past quarter century, the regulators have pulled out their default playbook: making more institutions "systemically risky," foisting the tab on taxpayers and giving regulators more control.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">But there's also something new: the troubling problem of regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to promote price stability and full employment and a safe and sound banking system. Instead, the Fed (and the Treasury) have changed their priorities to promote the progressive priorities of climate change and equity. Case in point: SVB received its first "outstanding" rating from examiners for fulfilling the SF Fed's social and climate agenda. These didn't cause SVB to fail, but it sure looks like examiners became more permissive of - or overlooked entirely -</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class="s1">its balance-sheet risks.</span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">The scenario playing out here is potentially accelerating toward something much worse:</span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">What better way to push us towards a correct climate change and equity agenda than a wholly government-operated banking system where everyone's bank is effectively the Federal Reserve. In this system, our money will become a so-called "central bank digital currency" giving the federal government power over most of our personal financial matters.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Far-fetched? I don't think so. Read about the <a title="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overton_window" contenteditable="false" href= "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overton_window">"Overton Window."</a></span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Joining me to talk through how we got here and where this may be going is Rick Manning, president of Americans for Limited Government, and its Vice President, Robert Romano.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Rick describes the banks recent "doomed-to-fail strategy, owning and trading government debt, dependent on falling interest rates to create a guaranteed profit." When those trends reverse, crashes ensue and bailouts occur.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">These bailouts, from the Savings-and-Loan Associations of the 1980s to Silicon Valley Bank's today, have helped drive</span> <span class="s1">financial centralization as big banks get saved and little ones go under. After 2008, the Dodd-Frank Act made takeovers easier, setting up an arbitrary mechanism based on whether a bank is deemed to be a "systemic risk."</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Rick explains how this can be politicized:</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"They determined that Silicon Valley Bank had "systemic risk" because politically connected people were investing in woke capitalism and the green agenda. But if you're invested in drilling, you're not going to get bailed out."</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Says Robert: "it's a lethal threat to the private sector if Treasury and the Federal Reserve can just label a bank 'systemically risky' and take it over."</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Rick and I served on President Trump's transition team, and we know that sound ideas can get lost in the politics. Still, change has to start somewhere. What about solutions?</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">We have many but there's so much in this episode, it almost resists description. Listen in for yourself. I worry that we're seeing the weaponization of our money. We lay these issues out and you decide.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p3"> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">This week, Americans for Limited Government published a provocative and insightful piece about the banking system asking, "Has the United States banking system become too big to save?"</p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">In the past three years, to finance massive federal spending, the Treasury has issued almost $8 trillion new treasury bonds with almost $4 trillion bought by US banks during the tail-end of the Fed's era of zero interest rates. </p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">US Treasury Bonds? Sounds like a safe investment for a bank, but here's the problem. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation caused by reckless Federal spending. To try to fight this price inflation the Federal Reserve is raising interest rates which reduces the value of the commercial banks treasury bond investments. (We explain why this happens in this episode.)</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The result: banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses. Silicon Valley (SVB), Signature, and First Republic banks look to be canaries in the coal mine, potentially the first of many regional bank balance sheets to blow up. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The root cause for this – and the Fed is almost entirely responsible - is the 14 years of free money policies and asset price inflation driven by the Fed. Since 2008, banks have been borrowing from depositors at near 0% interest. With "free money", bankers forgot how to be bankers matching assets and liabilities, interest rate risk and duration.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">As they have during the banking crises of the past quarter century, the regulators have pulled out their default playbook: making more institutions "systemically risky," foisting the tab on taxpayers and giving regulators more control. </p> <p class="p1">But there's also something new: the troubling problem of regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to promote price stability and full employment and a safe and sound banking system. Instead, the Fed (and the Treasury) have changed their priorities to promote the progressive priorities of climate change and equity. Case in point: SVB received its first "outstanding" rating from examiners for fulfilling the SF Fed's social and climate agenda. These didn't cause SVB to fail, but it sure looks like examiners became more permissive of - or overlooked entirely - its balance-sheet risks.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The scenario playing out here is potentially accelerating toward something much worse:</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">What better way to push us towards a correct climate change and equity agenda than a wholly government-operated banking system where everyone's bank is effectively the Federal Reserve. In this system, our money will become a so-called "central bank digital currency" giving the federal government power over most of our personal financial matters. </p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">Far-fetched? I don't think so. Read about the <a title="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overton_window" contenteditable="false" href= "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overton_window">"Overton Window."</a></p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">Joining me to talk through how we got here and where this may be going is Rick Manning, president of Americans for Limited Government, and its Vice President, Robert Romano.</p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">Rick describes the banks recent "doomed-to-fail strategy, owning and trading government debt, dependent on falling interest rates to create a guaranteed profit." When those trends reverse, crashes ensue and bailouts occur. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">These bailouts, from the Savings-and-Loan Associations of the 1980s to Silicon Valley Bank's today, have helped drive financial centralization as big banks get saved and little ones go under. After 2008, the Dodd-Frank Act made takeovers easier, setting up an arbitrary mechanism based on whether a bank is deemed to be a "systemic risk." </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Rick explains how this can be politicized: </p> <p class="p1">"They determined that Silicon Valley Bank had "systemic risk" because politically connected people were investing in woke capitalism and the green agenda. But if you're invested in drilling, you're not going to get bailed out." </p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">Says Robert: "it's a lethal threat to the private sector if Treasury and the Federal Reserve can just label a bank 'systemically risky' and take it over." </p> <p class="p1"> </p> <p class="p1">Rick and I served on President Trump's transition team, and we know that sound ideas can get lost in the politics. Still, change has to start somewhere. What about solutions? </p> <p class="p1">We have many but there's so much in this episode, it almost resists description. Listen in for yourself. I worry that we're seeing the weaponization of our money. We lay these issues out and you decide. </p> <p class="p3"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="128768640" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS166_2023_03_23_Manning_Romano.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>220</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/6/e/0/86e02cbcbf6eff1ed959afa2a1bf1c87/BWS_-_Manning__Romano_-_01_-_Insta.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This week, Americans for Limited Government published a provocative and insightful piece about the banking system asking, "Has the United States banking system become too big to save?"   In the past three years, to finance massive federal spending, the Treasury has issued almost $8 trillion new treasury bonds with almost $4 trillion bought by US banks during the tail-end of the Fed's era of zero interest rates.    US Treasury Bonds? Sounds like a safe investment for a bank, but here's the problem. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation caused by reckless Federal spending. To try to fight this price inflation the Federal Reserve is raising interest rates which reduces the value of the commercial banks treasury bond investments. (We explain why this happens in this episode.)   The result: banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses.  Silicon Valley (SVB), Signature, and First Republic banks look to be canaries in the coal mine, potentially the first of many regional bank balance sheets to blow up.    The root cause for this – and the Fed is almost entirely responsible - is the 14 years of free money policies and asset price inflation driven by the Fed. Since 2008, banks have been borrowing from depositors at near 0% interest. With "free money", bankers forgot how to be bankers matching assets and liabilities, interest rate risk and duration.   As they have during the banking crises of the past quarter century, the regulators have pulled out their default playbook: making more institutions "systemically risky," foisting the tab on taxpayers and giving regulators more control.  But there's also something new: the troubling problem of regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to promote price stability and full employment and a safe and sound banking system. Instead, the Fed (and the Treasury) have changed their priorities to promote the progressive priorities of climate change and equity. Case in point: SVB received its first "outstanding" rating from examiners for fulfilling the SF Fed's social and climate agenda. These didn't cause SVB to fail, but it sure looks like examiners became more permissive of - or overlooked entirely -  its balance-sheet risks.   The scenario playing out here is potentially accelerating toward something much worse:   What better way to push us towards a correct climate change and equity agenda than a wholly government-operated banking system where everyone's bank is effectively the Federal Reserve. In this system, our money will become a so-called "central bank digital currency" giving the federal government power over most of our personal financial matters.    Far-fetched? I don't think so. Read about the "Overton Window."   Joining me to talk through how we got here and where this may be going is Rick Manning, president of Americans for Limited Government, and its Vice President, Robert Romano.   Rick describes the banks recent "doomed-to-fail strategy, owning and trading government debt, dependent on falling interest rates to create a guaranteed profit." When those trends reverse, crashes ensue and bailouts occur.    These bailouts, from the Savings-and-Loan Associations of the 1980s to Silicon Valley Bank's today, have helped drive financial centralization as big banks get saved and little ones go under. After 2008, the Dodd-Frank Act made takeovers easier, setting up an arbitrary mechanism based on whether a bank is deemed to be a "systemic risk."    Rick explains how this can be politicized:  "They determined that Silicon Valley Bank had "systemic risk" because politically connected people were investing in woke capitalism and the green agenda. But if you're invested in drilling, you're not going to get bailed out."    Says Robert: "it's a lethal threat to the private sector if Treasury and the Federal Reserve can just label a bank 'systemically risky' and take it over."    Rick and I served on President Trump's transition team, and we know that sound ideas can get lost in the politics. Still, change has to start somewhere. What about solutions?  We have many but there's so much in this episode, it almost resists description. Listen in for yourself. I worry that we're seeing the weaponization of our money. We lay these issues out and you decide.   </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This week, Americans for Limited Government published a provocative and insightful piece about the banking system asking, "Has the United States banking system become too big to save?"   In the past three years, to finance massive federal spending, the Treasury has issued almost $8 trillion new treasury bonds with almost $4 trillion bought by US banks during the tail-end of the Fed's era of zero interest rates.    US Treasury Bonds? Sounds like a safe investment for a bank, but here's the problem. After 40 years of relatively stable prices, we now have raging inflation caused by reckless Federal spending. To try to fight this price inflation the Federal Reserve is raising interest rates which reduces the value of the commercial banks treasury bond investments. (We explain why this happens in this episode.)   The result: banks are now sitting on more than $600 billion of unrealized bond losses.  Silicon Valley (SVB), Signature, and First Republic banks look to be canaries in the coal mine, potentially the first of many regional bank balance sheets to blow up.    The root cause for this – and the Fed is almost entirely responsible - is the 14 years of free money policies and asset price inflation driven by the Fed. Since 2008, banks have been borrowing from depositors at near 0% interest. With "free money", bankers forgot how to be bankers matching assets and liabilities, interest rate risk and duration.   As they have during the banking crises of the past quarter century, the regulators have pulled out their default playbook: making more institutions "systemically risky," foisting the tab on taxpayers and giving regulators more control.  But there's also something new: the troubling problem of regulatory mission drift. The Fed's historical mandates are to promote price stability and full employment and a safe and sound banking system. Instead, the Fed (and the Treasury) have changed their priorities to promote the progressive priorities of climate change and equity. Case in point: SVB received its first "outstanding" rating from examiners for fulfilling the SF Fed's social and climate agenda. These didn't cause SVB to fail, but it sure looks like examiners became more permissive of - or overlooked entirely -  its balance-sheet risks.   The scenario playing out here is potentially accelerating toward something much worse:   What better way to push us towards a correct climate change and equity agenda than a wholly government-operated banking system where everyone's bank is effectively the Federal Reserve. In this system, our money will become a so-called "central bank digital currency" giving the federal government power over most of our personal financial matters.    Far-fetched? I don't think so. Read about the "Overton Window."   Joining me to talk through how we got here and where this may be going is Rick Manning, president of Americans for Limited Government, and its Vice President, Robert Romano.   Rick describes the banks recent "doomed-to-fail strategy, owning and trading government debt, dependent on falling interest rates to create a guaranteed profit." When those trends reverse, crashes ensue and bailouts occur.    These bailouts, from the Savings-and-Loan Associations of the 1980s to Silicon Valley Bank's today, have helped drive financial centralization as big banks get saved and little ones go under. After 2008, the Dodd-Frank Act made takeovers easier, setting up an arbitrary mechanism based on whether a bank is deemed to be a "systemic risk."    Rick explains how this can be politicized:  "They determined that Silicon Valley Bank had "systemic risk" because politically connected people were investing in woke capitalism and the green agenda. But if you're invested in drilling, you're not going to get bailed out."    Says Robert: "it's a lethal threat to the private sector if Treasury and the Federal Reserve can just label a bank 'systemically risky' and take it over."    Rick and I served on President Trump's transition team, and we know that sound ideas can get lost in the politics. Still, change has to start somewhere. What about solutions?  We have many but there's so much in this episode, it almost resists description. Listen in for yourself. I worry that we're seeing the weaponization of our money. We lay these issues out and you decide.   </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 219: "The Labor Department's Radical Agenda" with Pat Pizzella</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Labor Department's Radical Agenda" with Pat Pizzella</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Mar 2023 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3cd243c5-197a-4cd3-ae7a-c9f05bc41179]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-219-the-labor-departments-radical-agenda-with-pat-pizzella]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Under President Joe Biden and his Administration the whole of government has been weaponized to promote a so-called Diversity Equity and Inclusion agenda that, in fact, will bring about just the opposite of what these words mean.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Case in point is an assertive, left-wing, anti-family Department of Labor with its power to regulate and attempt to social engineer virtually every aspect of the American workplace.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Congress has granted it a stunning amount of power to administer more than 180 federal laws and thousands of regulations affecting more than 10 million employers and 150 million workers.</p> <p class="p1"><strong>And almost no knows what it does.</strong></p> <p class="p1">There's probably no one better equipped to explain this threat to liberty than my old friend, the very honorable Patrick Pizzella who served as Deputy Secretary of Labor for three years under President Trump, and as Acting Secretary for a few months in 2019.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">I've known Pat since former Attorney General Edwin Meese brought me into the Conservative Action Project and introduced us. No one I know has a better grasp of the big picture and the minutiae of labor laws and regulations.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">The New York Times calls Pat "a movement conservative" who when he was appointed was "far more consequential than those of the many acting secretaries that have served..."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">The legislation creating the Labor Department was signed into law by a reluctant President Taft on his last day in office. Since then its power has grown "like a rolling stone relentlessly gathering more moss" as Pat puts it.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">In this wide ranging conversation we talk about how Labor is radically ratcheting up regulatory costs on productive industry and is pushing "environmental, social and governance" aka ESG initiatives that promise to dramatically reduce investment returns for pensioners.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">The threat to Americans' pension returns from ESG investing is that its principle focus is on the climate change agenda, even though it's utterly clear that high, or even positive, ESG returns don't exist except through government subsidies.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">(Trillions of dollars in federal spending in the past two years went to climate subsidies, in the form of tax credits, favorable financing for climate-related projects, and the like.)<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Biden Administration is obsessed with pushing its ESG climate agenda: this week Joe Biden's first and only veto was to reject a bill passed by Congress that would have reversed a Labor Department rule effectively promoting ESG investing.</p> <p class="p1">We also talk about Labor's threat to the so-called gig economy - independent contractors - who comprise 15 to 20 percent of America's workforce.</p> <p class="p1">Gig labor benefits from the free-market principle of voluntary exchange: you can make a contract with me because you can discern what's in your own interest; so can I. We're adults.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Not surprisingly, many adults in America like this arrangement: proposals to eliminate it have been voted down even in California.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Nevertheless, the command-and-control Labor Department is preparing a rule "that makes it more difficult for people to be classified as independent contractors" and easier for unions to organize.</p> <p class="p1">Listen in to learn some surprising and unsettling things about Labor, a boring-sounding agency which we need to watch like a hawk, because its actions are major threats our liberties.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">The brute force of top-down government is no friend to freedom—and a friend to freedom this Department is not. <span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Under President Joe Biden and his Administration the whole of government has been weaponized to promote a so-called Diversity Equity and Inclusion agenda that, in fact, will bring about just the opposite of what these words mean. </p> <p class="p1">Case in point is an assertive, left-wing, anti-family Department of Labor with its power to regulate and attempt to social engineer virtually every aspect of the American workplace. </p> <p class="p1">Congress has granted it a stunning amount of power to administer more than 180 federal laws and thousands of regulations affecting more than 10 million employers and 150 million workers.</p> <p class="p1">And almost no knows what it does.</p> <p class="p1">There's probably no one better equipped to explain this threat to liberty than my old friend, the very honorable Patrick Pizzella who served as Deputy Secretary of Labor for three years under President Trump, and as Acting Secretary for a few months in 2019. </p> <p class="p1">I've known Pat since former Attorney General Edwin Meese brought me into the Conservative Action Project and introduced us. No one I know has a better grasp of the big picture and the minutiae of labor laws and regulations. </p> <p class="p1">The New York Times calls Pat "a movement conservative" who when he was appointed was "far more consequential than those of the many acting secretaries that have served..." </p> <p class="p1">The legislation creating the Labor Department was signed into law by a reluctant President Taft on his last day in office. Since then its power has grown "like a rolling stone relentlessly gathering more moss" as Pat puts it. </p> <p class="p1">In this wide ranging conversation we talk about how Labor is radically ratcheting up regulatory costs on productive industry and is pushing "environmental, social and governance" aka ESG initiatives that promise to dramatically reduce investment returns for pensioners. </p> <p class="p1">The threat to Americans' pension returns from ESG investing is that its principle focus is on the climate change agenda, even though it's utterly clear that high, or even positive, ESG returns don't exist except through government subsidies. </p> <p class="p1">(Trillions of dollars in federal spending in the past two years went to climate subsidies, in the form of tax credits, favorable financing for climate-related projects, and the like.) </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Biden Administration is obsessed with pushing its ESG climate agenda: this week Joe Biden's first and only veto was to reject a bill passed by Congress that would have reversed a Labor Department rule effectively promoting ESG investing.</p> <p class="p1">We also talk about Labor's threat to the so-called gig economy - independent contractors - who comprise 15 to 20 percent of America's workforce.</p> <p class="p1">Gig labor benefits from the free-market principle of voluntary exchange: you can make a contract with me because you can discern what's in your own interest; so can I. We're adults. </p> <p class="p1">Not surprisingly, many adults in America like this arrangement: proposals to eliminate it have been voted down even in California. </p> <p class="p1">Nevertheless, the command-and-control Labor Department is preparing a rule "that makes it more difficult for people to be classified as independent contractors" and easier for unions to organize.</p> <p class="p1">Listen in to learn some surprising and unsettling things about Labor, a boring-sounding agency which we need to watch like a hawk, because its actions are major threats our liberties. </p> <p class="p1">The brute force of top-down government is no friend to freedom—and a friend to freedom this Department is not. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="70546166" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Patrick_Pizzella_3_15_23_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>219</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/0/1/3/8/0138a2f67a712e2427a2322813b393ee/BWS_219_-_Insta_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Under President Joe Biden and his Administration the whole of government has been weaponized to promote a so-called Diversity Equity and Inclusion agenda that, in fact, will bring about just the opposite of what these words mean.  Case in point is an assertive, left-wing, anti-family Department of Labor with its power to regulate and attempt to social engineer virtually every aspect of the American workplace.  Congress has granted it a stunning amount of power to administer more than 180 federal laws and thousands of regulations affecting more than 10 million employers and 150 million workers. And almost no knows what it does. There's probably no one better equipped to explain this threat to liberty than my old friend, the very honorable Patrick Pizzella who served as Deputy Secretary of Labor for three years under President Trump, and as Acting Secretary for a few months in 2019.  I've known Pat since former Attorney General Edwin Meese brought me into the Conservative Action Project and introduced us. No one I know has a better grasp of the big picture and the minutiae of labor laws and regulations.  The New York Times calls Pat "a movement conservative" who when he was appointed was "far more consequential than those of the many acting secretaries that have served..."  The legislation creating the Labor Department was signed into law by a reluctant President Taft on his last day in office. Since then its power has grown "like a rolling stone relentlessly gathering more moss" as Pat puts it.  In this wide ranging conversation we talk about how Labor is radically ratcheting up regulatory costs on productive industry and is pushing "environmental, social and governance" aka ESG initiatives that promise to dramatically reduce investment returns for pensioners.  The threat to Americans' pension returns from ESG investing is that its principle focus is on the climate change agenda, even though it's utterly clear that high, or even positive, ESG returns don't exist except through government subsidies.  (Trillions of dollars in federal spending in the past two years went to climate subsidies, in the form of tax credits, favorable financing for climate-related projects, and the like.)  The Biden Administration is obsessed with pushing its ESG climate agenda: this week Joe Biden's first and only veto was to reject a bill passed by Congress that would have reversed a Labor Department rule effectively promoting ESG investing. We also talk about Labor's threat to the so-called gig economy - independent contractors - who comprise 15 to 20 percent of America's workforce. Gig labor benefits from the free-market principle of voluntary exchange: you can make a contract with me because you can discern what's in your own interest; so can I. We're adults.  Not surprisingly, many adults in America like this arrangement: proposals to eliminate it have been voted down even in California.  Nevertheless, the command-and-control Labor Department is preparing a rule "that makes it more difficult for people to be classified as independent contractors" and easier for unions to organize. Listen in to learn some surprising and unsettling things about Labor, a boring-sounding agency which we need to watch like a hawk, because its actions are major threats our liberties.  The brute force of top-down government is no friend to freedom—and a friend to freedom this Department is not.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Under President Joe Biden and his Administration the whole of government has been weaponized to promote a so-called Diversity Equity and Inclusion agenda that, in fact, will bring about just the opposite of what these words mean.  Case in point is an assertive, left-wing, anti-family Department of Labor with its power to regulate and attempt to social engineer virtually every aspect of the American workplace.  Congress has granted it a stunning amount of power to administer more than 180 federal laws and thousands of regulations affecting more than 10 million employers and 150 million workers. And almost no knows what it does. There's probably no one better equipped to explain this threat to liberty than my old friend, the very honorable Patrick Pizzella who served as Deputy Secretary of Labor for three years under President Trump, and as Acting Secretary for a few months in 2019.  I've known Pat since former Attorney General Edwin Meese brought me into the Conservative Action Project and introduced us. No one I know has a better grasp of the big picture and the minutiae of labor laws and regulations.  The New York Times calls Pat "a movement conservative" who when he was appointed was "far more consequential than those of the many acting secretaries that have served..."  The legislation creating the Labor Department was signed into law by a reluctant President Taft on his last day in office. Since then its power has grown "like a rolling stone relentlessly gathering more moss" as Pat puts it.  In this wide ranging conversation we talk about how Labor is radically ratcheting up regulatory costs on productive industry and is pushing "environmental, social and governance" aka ESG initiatives that promise to dramatically reduce investment returns for pensioners.  The threat to Americans' pension returns from ESG investing is that its principle focus is on the climate change agenda, even though it's utterly clear that high, or even positive, ESG returns don't exist except through government subsidies.  (Trillions of dollars in federal spending in the past two years went to climate subsidies, in the form of tax credits, favorable financing for climate-related projects, and the like.)  The Biden Administration is obsessed with pushing its ESG climate agenda: this week Joe Biden's first and only veto was to reject a bill passed by Congress that would have reversed a Labor Department rule effectively promoting ESG investing. We also talk about Labor's threat to the so-called gig economy - independent contractors - who comprise 15 to 20 percent of America's workforce. Gig labor benefits from the free-market principle of voluntary exchange: you can make a contract with me because you can discern what's in your own interest; so can I. We're adults.  Not surprisingly, many adults in America like this arrangement: proposals to eliminate it have been voted down even in California.  Nevertheless, the command-and-control Labor Department is preparing a rule "that makes it more difficult for people to be classified as independent contractors" and easier for unions to organize. Listen in to learn some surprising and unsettling things about Labor, a boring-sounding agency which we need to watch like a hawk, because its actions are major threats our liberties.  The brute force of top-down government is no friend to freedom—and a friend to freedom this Department is not.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 218: "The Ugly Truth About the White House, the FBI and the Social Media Companies" with Jenin Younes and Todd Zywicki</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Ugly Truth About the White House, the FBI and the Social Media Companies" with Jenin Younes and Todd Zywicki</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Mar 2023 13:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b24bfb90-04fb-407b-adb0-08b91c7e7db0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-218-the-ugly-truth-about-the-white-house-the-fbi-and-the-social-media-companies-with-jenin-younes-and-todd-zywicki]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Newly released documents show that the White House has played a major role in censoring Americans on social media.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Email exchanges between Rob Flaherty, the White House's director of digital media, and social-media executives prove the companies put Covid censorship policies in place in response to relentless, coercive pressure from the White House—not voluntarily as the government has claimed.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The emails emerged last month in the discovery phase of Missouri v. Biden, a free-speech case brought by the attorneys general of Missouri and Louisiana and four private plaintiffs, including leading epidemiologists Stanford's Jay Bhattacharya and Harvard's Martin Kulldorff.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Government's role in social media censorship has been just as bad as we feared and worse.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">So what are the details, and what's at stake? To explain, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel at the New Civil Liberties Alliance which is representing the private plaintiffs in Missouri v. Biden, joins me on this episode with<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who was last on the show exploring with me whether "Chinese-Style Social Credit Will Be Coming to America"</p> <p class="p2"><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">The ugly truth.</p> <p class="p1">We also now know that not only the White House, but also the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Department of Homeland Security, the Federal Bureau of Investigation and other agencies have all played a major role in censoring Americans on social media, directing tech companies to remove certain types of material and even to censor specific posts and accounts.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Apparently they even censored this show.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"If you recall Bill," reminds Todd, "the last time Jenin and I were here with you, was about when I sued my employer over trying to force me to get vaccinated even though I had natural immunity. And why that's so relevant to the conversation we're having today was that quite quickly that episode was removed from YouTube. It was taken down as violating the terms of service of YouTube. And to this day, we have no idea why."</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">People were censored for saying things that we now know to be true.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"Martin Kulldorff is among the most cited scientists in the world when it comes to infectious disease issues and vaccine safety," says Jenin. "And he was censored on Twitter for saying that people with natural immunity and children don't need the vaccine."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The censorship regime has been widespread and relentless. Our argument here is that the companies, as private actors, have a right to do that, but that the government does not have a right to coerce private actors to do what the government wants them to do.</p> <p class="p1">The White House emails demonstrate that the federal government unlawfully coerced social media companies in an effort to ensure that Americans would be exposed only to state-approved information about Covid-19.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The government's unlawful, deceptive and dangerous conduct is the biggest issue of our day. We cover a lot in this episode: the First Amendment issues, public choice (government officials don't have a monopoly on truth), shadow banning, Section 230 (protects the social media companies but is now abused by them) and how Twitter has changed with Elon Musk in charge.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">This is a fascinating and entertaining overview of the sometimes hard-to-understand issues. We taped this in-studio to amplify its importance, but if you don't have time to watch, be sure to listen in.</p> <p class="MsoNormal"> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Newly released documents show that the White House has played a major role in censoring Americans on social media. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Email exchanges between Rob Flaherty, the White House's director of digital media, and social-media executives prove the companies put Covid censorship policies in place in response to relentless, coercive pressure from the White House—not voluntarily as the government has claimed. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The emails emerged last month in the discovery phase of Missouri v. Biden, a free-speech case brought by the attorneys general of Missouri and Louisiana and four private plaintiffs, including leading epidemiologists Stanford's Jay Bhattacharya and Harvard's Martin Kulldorff. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Government's role in social media censorship has been just as bad as we feared and worse. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">So what are the details, and what's at stake? To explain, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel at the New Civil Liberties Alliance which is representing the private plaintiffs in Missouri v. Biden, joins me on this episode with </p> <p class="p1">Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who was last on the show exploring with me whether "Chinese-Style Social Credit Will Be Coming to America"</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The ugly truth.</p> <p class="p1">We also now know that not only the White House, but also the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Department of Homeland Security, the Federal Bureau of Investigation and other agencies have all played a major role in censoring Americans on social media, directing tech companies to remove certain types of material and even to censor specific posts and accounts. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Apparently they even censored this show. </p> <p class="p1">"If you recall Bill," reminds Todd, "the last time Jenin and I were here with you, was about when I sued my employer over trying to force me to get vaccinated even though I had natural immunity. And why that's so relevant to the conversation we're having today was that quite quickly that episode was removed from YouTube. It was taken down as violating the terms of service of YouTube. And to this day, we have no idea why."</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">People were censored for saying things that we now know to be true. </p> <p class="p1">"Martin Kulldorff is among the most cited scientists in the world when it comes to infectious disease issues and vaccine safety," says Jenin. "And he was censored on Twitter for saying that people with natural immunity and children don't need the vaccine." </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The censorship regime has been widespread and relentless. Our argument here is that the companies, as private actors, have a right to do that, but that the government does not have a right to coerce private actors to do what the government wants them to do.</p> <p class="p1">The White House emails demonstrate that the federal government unlawfully coerced social media companies in an effort to ensure that Americans would be exposed only to state-approved information about Covid-19.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">The government's unlawful, deceptive and dangerous conduct is the biggest issue of our day. We cover a lot in this episode: the First Amendment issues, public choice (government officials don't have a monopoly on truth), shadow banning, Section 230 (protects the social media companies but is now abused by them) and how Twitter has changed with Elon Musk in charge. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">This is a fascinating and entertaining overview of the sometimes hard-to-understand issues. We taped this in-studio to amplify its importance, but if you don't have time to watch, be sure to listen in.</p> <p class="MsoNormal"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="138136320" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS165_2023_02_22_Younes_Zywicki.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/0/2/3/40237b6c0cc5996427a2322813b393ee/BWS_218_-_Insta_cover_art_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Newly released documents show that the White House has played a major role in censoring Americans on social media.    Email exchanges between Rob Flaherty, the White House's director of digital media, and social-media executives prove the companies put Covid censorship policies in place in response to relentless, coercive pressure from the White House—not voluntarily as the government has claimed.    The emails emerged last month in the discovery phase of Missouri v. Biden, a free-speech case brought by the attorneys general of Missouri and Louisiana and four private plaintiffs, including leading epidemiologists Stanford's Jay Bhattacharya and Harvard's Martin Kulldorff.    Government's role in social media censorship has been just as bad as we feared and worse.    So what are the details, and what's at stake? To explain, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel at the New Civil Liberties Alliance which is representing the private plaintiffs in Missouri v. Biden, joins me on this episode with  Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who was last on the show exploring with me whether "Chinese-Style Social Credit Will Be Coming to America"   The ugly truth. We also now know that not only the White House, but also the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Department of Homeland Security, the Federal Bureau of Investigation and other agencies have all played a major role in censoring Americans on social media, directing tech companies to remove certain types of material and even to censor specific posts and accounts.    Apparently they even censored this show.  "If you recall Bill," reminds Todd, "the last time Jenin and I were here with you, was about when I sued my employer over trying to force me to get vaccinated even though I had natural immunity. And why that's so relevant to the conversation we're having today was that quite quickly that episode was removed from YouTube. It was taken down as violating the terms of service of YouTube. And to this day, we have no idea why."   People were censored for saying things that we now know to be true.  "Martin Kulldorff is among the most cited scientists in the world when it comes to infectious disease issues and vaccine safety," says Jenin. "And he was censored on Twitter for saying that people with natural immunity and children don't need the vaccine."    The censorship regime has been widespread and relentless. Our argument here is that the companies, as private actors, have a right to do that, but that the government does not have a right to coerce private actors to do what the government wants them to do. The White House emails demonstrate that the federal government unlawfully coerced social media companies in an effort to ensure that Americans would be exposed only to state-approved information about Covid-19.   The government's unlawful, deceptive and dangerous conduct is the biggest issue of our day. We cover a lot in this episode: the First Amendment issues, public choice (government officials don't have a monopoly on truth), shadow banning, Section 230 (protects the social media companies but is now abused by them) and how Twitter has changed with Elon Musk in charge.    This is a fascinating and entertaining overview of the sometimes hard-to-understand issues. We taped this in-studio to amplify its importance, but if you don't have time to watch, be sure to listen in.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Newly released documents show that the White House has played a major role in censoring Americans on social media.    Email exchanges between Rob Flaherty, the White House's director of digital media, and social-media executives prove the companies put Covid censorship policies in place in response to relentless, coercive pressure from the White House—not voluntarily as the government has claimed.    The emails emerged last month in the discovery phase of Missouri v. Biden, a free-speech case brought by the attorneys general of Missouri and Louisiana and four private plaintiffs, including leading epidemiologists Stanford's Jay Bhattacharya and Harvard's Martin Kulldorff.    Government's role in social media censorship has been just as bad as we feared and worse.    So what are the details, and what's at stake? To explain, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel at the New Civil Liberties Alliance which is representing the private plaintiffs in Missouri v. Biden, joins me on this episode with  Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who was last on the show exploring with me whether "Chinese-Style Social Credit Will Be Coming to America"   The ugly truth. We also now know that not only the White House, but also the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Department of Homeland Security, the Federal Bureau of Investigation and other agencies have all played a major role in censoring Americans on social media, directing tech companies to remove certain types of material and even to censor specific posts and accounts.    Apparently they even censored this show.  "If you recall Bill," reminds Todd, "the last time Jenin and I were here with you, was about when I sued my employer over trying to force me to get vaccinated even though I had natural immunity. And why that's so relevant to the conversation we're having today was that quite quickly that episode was removed from YouTube. It was taken down as violating the terms of service of YouTube. And to this day, we have no idea why."   People were censored for saying things that we now know to be true.  "Martin Kulldorff is among the most cited scientists in the world when it comes to infectious disease issues and vaccine safety," says Jenin. "And he was censored on Twitter for saying that people with natural immunity and children don't need the vaccine."    The censorship regime has been widespread and relentless. Our argument here is that the companies, as private actors, have a right to do that, but that the government does not have a right to coerce private actors to do what the government wants them to do. The White House emails demonstrate that the federal government unlawfully coerced social media companies in an effort to ensure that Americans would be exposed only to state-approved information about Covid-19.   The government's unlawful, deceptive and dangerous conduct is the biggest issue of our day. We cover a lot in this episode: the First Amendment issues, public choice (government officials don't have a monopoly on truth), shadow banning, Section 230 (protects the social media companies but is now abused by them) and how Twitter has changed with Elon Musk in charge.    This is a fascinating and entertaining overview of the sometimes hard-to-understand issues. We taped this in-studio to amplify its importance, but if you don't have time to watch, be sure to listen in.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 217: "Ukraine: It's Time for Realism" with David Goldman and Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>"Ukraine: It's Time for Realism" with David Goldman and Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 00:06:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c875f94e-ac23-4aa6-be07-ae366cc886cf]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-217-ukraine-its-time-for-realism-with-david-goldman-and-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Biden Administration - and a majority of Republicans in Congress - persist in their bellicose rhetoric about an "existential war to defend Ukraine" telling the Russians that "we're going to destroy your regime and dissolve the Russian Federation." Really? After sending more than $100 billion to Ukraine to fight a proxy war against Russia, have they thought through whether the US is capable of doing this?  They are calling for actions that only a global hegemon might possess. But a hegemon that no longer controls its own borders, has crumbling critical infrastructure, hollowed out military capabilities and is $33 trillion in debt is no longer a hegemon. This is an Administration that left $87 billion of U.S. military equipment behind when it bolted from Afghanistan, let a Chinese surveillance ballon pass unmolested over the entire Continental United States and is led by a Commander in Chief who daily elicits ever stronger labels for cognitive impairment.  It is not to be trusted to lead ever more aggressive actions against Russia and tempt the possibility of nuclear war.  Instead, Americans should demand that we seek to bring about a negotiated peace - if that is even still possible.  To sort out where the war stands now, and how we might bring it to an end, two experienced and insightful observers, Dr. Stephen Bryen and David P Goldman have returned as guests to follow up on our conversation of a few weeks ago.  Stephen Bryen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute and David Goldman is the Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media. David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute.  Stephen has over 50 years national security experience including several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. "The global utopians, led by the likes of Tony Blinken and Jake Sullivan and Victoria Nuland, have plunged us into a war which could take us into a real catastrophe," says David. Already, they've let take root a Russian coalition with China, Iran, North Korea, and perhaps Turkey and India. Whether or not Vladimir Putin made a costly mistake in invading Ukraine, the big battles right now are going badly for the Ukrainians and the Russians have solidified their gains. "The Ukrainians are out of ammunition," says Stephen. "They're out of air power. They're out of air defenses. Their artillery is running low and it's a grim situation for them." By escalating and destroying major Russian infrastructure, you risk widening the war in Europe. And this is not a war, at least a conventional war, that the United States could win. "I don't think the United States can fight in Ukraine at present without building up all the logistics, all the capabilities," explains Stephen. "It would take years. It's not going to happen."  "American forces haven't fought a peer in a long time," reminds David. "The Ukrainians probably fight a lot better than any American unit could at this point, who have only fought goat herders for the past 40 years. So I'm not sure how well American troops would perform, and that would be a real risk to take." Pursuing this dangerous anti-Russian agenda is not in the best strategic interests of the United States.  "We need a realist foreign policy. Donald Trump, of whom I have a long list of criticisms, managed to get out of office with no real important conflicts with the Russians, with a peace agreement between Israel and some of the Gulf states, and a generally stable world." "I wish this could be settled. It is crying out for a political settlement. It's absolutely crying. It's in our international interests, in our strategic interests, in our leadership interests in the world, which is all important, that we settle this thing," warns Stephen.  "And the lack of desire by Biden and his people, all of them, to want to settle it, is really disgraceful." This view - one I share - won't be found in most of the mainstream media. You may or may not agree with our conclusions, but you should hear the arguments.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Biden Administration - and a majority of Republicans in Congress - persist in their bellicose rhetoric about an "existential war to defend Ukraine" telling the Russians that "we're going to destroy your regime and dissolve the Russian Federation." Really? After sending more than $100 billion to Ukraine to fight a proxy war against Russia, have they thought through whether the US is capable of doing this? They are calling for actions that only a global hegemon might possess. But a hegemon that no longer controls its own borders, has crumbling critical infrastructure, hollowed out military capabilities and is $33 trillion in debt is no longer a hegemon. This is an Administration that left $87 billion of U.S. military equipment behind when it bolted from Afghanistan, let a Chinese surveillance ballon pass unmolested over the entire Continental United States and is led by a Commander in Chief who daily elicits ever stronger labels for cognitive impairment. It is not to be trusted to lead ever more aggressive actions against Russia and tempt the possibility of nuclear war. Instead, Americans should demand that we seek to bring about a negotiated peace - if that is even still possible. To sort out where the war stands now, and how we might bring it to an end, two experienced and insightful observers, Dr. Stephen Bryen and David P Goldman have returned as guests to follow up on our conversation of a few weeks ago. Stephen Bryen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute and David Goldman is the Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media. David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute. Stephen has over 50 years national security experience including several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. "The global utopians, led by the likes of Tony Blinken and Jake Sullivan and Victoria Nuland, have plunged us into a war which could take us into a real catastrophe," says David. Already, they've let take root a Russian coalition with China, Iran, North Korea, and perhaps Turkey and India. Whether or not Vladimir Putin made a costly mistake in invading Ukraine, the big battles right now are going badly for the Ukrainians and the Russians have solidified their gains. "The Ukrainians are out of ammunition," says Stephen. "They're out of air power. They're out of air defenses. Their artillery is running low and it's a grim situation for them." By escalating and destroying major Russian infrastructure, you risk widening the war in Europe. And this is not a war, at least a conventional war, that the United States could win. "I don't think the United States can fight in Ukraine at present without building up all the logistics, all the capabilities," explains Stephen. "It would take years. It's not going to happen." "American forces haven't fought a peer in a long time," reminds David. "The Ukrainians probably fight a lot better than any American unit could at this point, who have only fought goat herders for the past 40 years. So I'm not sure how well American troops would perform, and that would be a real risk to take." Pursuing this dangerous anti-Russian agenda is not in the best strategic interests of the United States. "We need a realist foreign policy. Donald Trump, of whom I have a long list of criticisms, managed to get out of office with no real important conflicts with the Russians, with a peace agreement between Israel and some of the Gulf states, and a generally stable world." "I wish this could be settled. It is crying out for a political settlement. It's absolutely crying. It's in our international interests, in our strategic interests, in our leadership interests in the world, which is all important, that we settle this thing," warns Stephen. "And the lack of desire by Biden and his people, all of them, to want to settle it, is really disgraceful." This view - one I share - won't be found in most of the mainstream media. You may or may not agree with our conclusions, but you should hear the arguments.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="76028247" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_2_22_23_Bryen-Goldman_Audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/7/e/f/b7ef14b6817aa90da04421dee9605cbd/BWS_Insta_Cover_Art_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Biden Administration - and a majority of Republicans in Congress - persist in their bellicose rhetoric about an "existential war to defend Ukraine" telling the Russians that "we're going to destroy your regime and dissolve the Russian Federation." Really? After sending more than $100 billion to Ukraine to fight a proxy war against Russia, have they thought through whether the US is capable of doing this?  They are calling for actions that only a global hegemon might possess. But a hegemon that no longer controls its own borders, has crumbling critical infrastructure, hollowed out military capabilities and is $33 trillion in debt is no longer a hegemon. This is an Administration that left $87 billion of U.S. military equipment behind when it bolted from Afghanistan, let a Chinese surveillance ballon pass unmolested over the entire Continental United States and is led by a Commander in Chief who daily elicits ever stronger labels for cognitive impairment.  It is not to be trusted to lead ever more aggressive actions against Russia and tempt the possibility of nuclear war.  Instead, Americans should demand that we seek to bring about a negotiated peace - if that is even still possible.  To sort out where the war stands now, and how we might bring it to an end, two experienced and insightful observers, Dr. Stephen Bryen and David P Goldman have returned as guests to follow up on our conversation of a few weeks ago.  Stephen Bryen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute and David Goldman is the Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media. David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute.  Stephen has over 50 years national security experience including several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. "The global utopians, led by the likes of Tony Blinken and Jake Sullivan and Victoria Nuland, have plunged us into a war which could take us into a real catastrophe," says David. Already, they've let take root a Russian coalition with China, Iran, North Korea, and perhaps Turkey and India. Whether or not Vladimir Putin made a costly mistake in invading Ukraine, the big battles right now are going badly for the Ukrainians and the Russians have solidified their gains. "The Ukrainians are out of ammunition," says Stephen. "They're out of air power. They're out of air defenses. Their artillery is running low and it's a grim situation for them." By escalating and destroying major Russian infrastructure, you risk widening the war in Europe. And this is not a war, at least a conventional war, that the United States could win. "I don't think the United States can fight in Ukraine at present without building up all the logistics, all the capabilities," explains Stephen. "It would take years. It's not going to happen."  "American forces haven't fought a peer in a long time," reminds David. "The Ukrainians probably fight a lot better than any American unit could at this point, who have only fought goat herders for the past 40 years. So I'm not sure how well American troops would perform, and that would be a real risk to take." Pursuing this dangerous anti-Russian agenda is not in the best strategic interests of the United States.  "We need a realist foreign policy. Donald Trump, of whom I have a long list of criticisms, managed to get out of office with no real important conflicts with the Russians, with a peace agreement between Israel and some of the Gulf states, and a generally stable world." "I wish this could be settled. It is crying out for a political settlement. It's absolutely crying. It's in our international interests, in our strategic interests, in our leadership interests in the world, which is all important, that we settle this thing," warns Stephen.  "And the lack of desire by Biden and his people, all of them, to want to settle it, is really disgraceful." This view - one I share - won't be found in most of the mainstream media. You may or may not agree with our conclusions, but you should hear the arguments.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Biden Administration - and a majority of Republicans in Congress - persist in their bellicose rhetoric about an "existential war to defend Ukraine" telling the Russians that "we're going to destroy your regime and dissolve the Russian Federation." Really? After sending more than $100 billion to Ukraine to fight a proxy war against Russia, have they thought through whether the US is capable of doing this?  They are calling for actions that only a global hegemon might possess. But a hegemon that no longer controls its own borders, has crumbling critical infrastructure, hollowed out military capabilities and is $33 trillion in debt is no longer a hegemon. This is an Administration that left $87 billion of U.S. military equipment behind when it bolted from Afghanistan, let a Chinese surveillance ballon pass unmolested over the entire Continental United States and is led by a Commander in Chief who daily elicits ever stronger labels for cognitive impairment.  It is not to be trusted to lead ever more aggressive actions against Russia and tempt the possibility of nuclear war.  Instead, Americans should demand that we seek to bring about a negotiated peace - if that is even still possible.  To sort out where the war stands now, and how we might bring it to an end, two experienced and insightful observers, Dr. Stephen Bryen and David P Goldman have returned as guests to follow up on our conversation of a few weeks ago.  Stephen Bryen is a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute and David Goldman is the Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media. David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute.  Stephen has over 50 years national security experience including several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. "The global utopians, led by the likes of Tony Blinken and Jake Sullivan and Victoria Nuland, have plunged us into a war which could take us into a real catastrophe," says David. Already, they've let take root a Russian coalition with China, Iran, North Korea, and perhaps Turkey and India. Whether or not Vladimir Putin made a costly mistake in invading Ukraine, the big battles right now are going badly for the Ukrainians and the Russians have solidified their gains. "The Ukrainians are out of ammunition," says Stephen. "They're out of air power. They're out of air defenses. Their artillery is running low and it's a grim situation for them." By escalating and destroying major Russian infrastructure, you risk widening the war in Europe. And this is not a war, at least a conventional war, that the United States could win. "I don't think the United States can fight in Ukraine at present without building up all the logistics, all the capabilities," explains Stephen. "It would take years. It's not going to happen."  "American forces haven't fought a peer in a long time," reminds David. "The Ukrainians probably fight a lot better than any American unit could at this point, who have only fought goat herders for the past 40 years. So I'm not sure how well American troops would perform, and that would be a real risk to take." Pursuing this dangerous anti-Russian agenda is not in the best strategic interests of the United States.  "We need a realist foreign policy. Donald Trump, of whom I have a long list of criticisms, managed to get out of office with no real important conflicts with the Russians, with a peace agreement between Israel and some of the Gulf states, and a generally stable world." "I wish this could be settled. It is crying out for a political settlement. It's absolutely crying. It's in our international interests, in our strategic interests, in our leadership interests in the world, which is all important, that we settle this thing," warns Stephen.  "And the lack of desire by Biden and his people, all of them, to want to settle it, is really disgraceful." This view - one I share - won't be found in most of the mainstream media. You may or may not agree with our conclusions, but you should hear the arguments.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 216: "What The Grateful Dead and Successful Dealmakers Have in Common" with Marc Morgenstern</title>
      <itunes:title>"What The Grateful Dead and Successful Dealmakers Have in Common" with Marc Morgenstern</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Feb 2023 12:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8a520dde-62bd-4ee3-8318-7b2785dcd636]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-216-what-the-grateful-dead-and-successful-dealmakers-have-in-common-with-marc-morgenstern]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><strong>Backstage with Bill Walton</strong></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">In this episode I compare notes and share stories with veteran dealmaker and entrepreneur Marc Morgenstern.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">In today's polarized world, where people seem intent on not agreeing, Marc has had a long and successful career helping opposing sides come to agreement.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">He's completed billions of dollars of M&A transactions, buying, selling, and financing businesses as a managing partner of law firm <span class="s1">Kahn Kleiman</span> and as a venture capitalist.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Marc's new book <a title= "https://www.amazon.com/Soul-Deal-Creative-frameworks-Investing/dp/195758808X/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3B5Q7I6B9UKT9&keywords=the+soul+of+the+deal+marc+h.+morgenstern&qid=1658084049&sprefix=the+soul+of+the+deal%2Caps%2C88&sr=8-1" contenteditable="false" href= "https://www.amazon.com/Soul-Deal-Creative-frameworks-Investing/dp/195758808X/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3B5Q7I6B9UKT9&keywords=the+soul+of+the+deal+marc+h.+morgenstern&qid=1658084049&sprefix=the+soul+of+the+deal%2Caps%2C88&sr=8-1"> <span class="s2">The Soul of the Deal: Creative Frameworks for Buying, Selling, and Investing in Any Business</span></a><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> creatively reframes and radically changes how we can approach dealmaking of any type.</p> <p class="p1">Marc is a brilliant synthesist who weaves in, for example, what he's learned as a successful door-to-door encyclopedia salesman, as a leader of several rock bands in college (Yale) and as a lifelong fan of The Grateful Dead.</p> <p class="p1">He's come to believe - and I think this is right - that much of the conflict in dealmaking comes from seeing the other side as an opponent. They'd do better to listen like musicians rather than as lawyers.</p> <p class="p1">"When you saw the Dead over time in many different venues, in many different cities, a thousand seats to a hundred thousand seats, you realize that they took into account, whether it's conscious or unconscious, that this is a different audience, these are different acoustics. I'm in a better mood, I'm in a worse mood. It doesn't matter," explains Marc.</p> <p class="p1">"So the fact that you played something five nights ago one way, doesn't mean you're going to play it that way tonight."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"In the deal world, I think of each counterparty as my audience and in every deal I've got a different counterparty with different needs."</p> <p class="p1">A wise and creative man, Marc's also has taught at UC Berkeley and is on the boards of both the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and the Rex Foundation, which was started by members of the Dead.</p> <p class="p1">This is a fun and enlightening conversation and Marc has a lot to teach us. Backstage and off the beaten path.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Backstage with Bill Walton</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">In this episode I compare notes and share stories with veteran dealmaker and entrepreneur Marc Morgenstern. </p> <p class="p1">In today's polarized world, where people seem intent on not agreeing, Marc has had a long and successful career helping opposing sides come to agreement. </p> <p class="p1">He's completed billions of dollars of M&A transactions, buying, selling, and financing businesses as a managing partner of law firm Kahn Kleiman and as a venture capitalist. </p> <p class="p1">Marc's new book <a title= "https://www.amazon.com/Soul-Deal-Creative-frameworks-Investing/dp/195758808X/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3B5Q7I6B9UKT9&keywords=the+soul+of+the+deal+marc+h.+morgenstern&qid=1658084049&sprefix=the+soul+of+the+deal%2Caps%2C88&sr=8-1" contenteditable="false" href= "https://www.amazon.com/Soul-Deal-Creative-frameworks-Investing/dp/195758808X/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3B5Q7I6B9UKT9&keywords=the+soul+of+the+deal+marc+h.+morgenstern&qid=1658084049&sprefix=the+soul+of+the+deal%2Caps%2C88&sr=8-1"> The Soul of the Deal: Creative Frameworks for Buying, Selling, and Investing in Any Business</a> creatively reframes and radically changes how we can approach dealmaking of any type.</p> <p class="p1">Marc is a brilliant synthesist who weaves in, for example, what he's learned as a successful door-to-door encyclopedia salesman, as a leader of several rock bands in college (Yale) and as a lifelong fan of The Grateful Dead.</p> <p class="p1">He's come to believe - and I think this is right - that much of the conflict in dealmaking comes from seeing the other side as an opponent. They'd do better to listen like musicians rather than as lawyers.</p> <p class="p1">"When you saw the Dead over time in many different venues, in many different cities, a thousand seats to a hundred thousand seats, you realize that they took into account, whether it's conscious or unconscious, that this is a different audience, these are different acoustics. I'm in a better mood, I'm in a worse mood. It doesn't matter," explains Marc.</p> <p class="p1">"So the fact that you played something five nights ago one way, doesn't mean you're going to play it that way tonight." </p> <p class="p1">"In the deal world, I think of each counterparty as my audience and in every deal I've got a different counterparty with different needs."</p> <p class="p1">A wise and creative man, Marc's also has taught at UC Berkeley and is on the boards of both the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and the Rex Foundation, which was started by members of the Dead.</p> <p class="p1">This is a fun and enlightening conversation and Marc has a lot to teach us. Backstage and off the beaten path.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="65208663" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Marc_Morgenstern_Final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/5/f/f/e5ff4aa2434077525f2e77a3093c12a1/Backstage_Insta_Art_-_01.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Backstage with Bill Walton   In this episode I compare notes and share stories with veteran dealmaker and entrepreneur Marc Morgenstern.  In today's polarized world, where people seem intent on not agreeing, Marc has had a long and successful career helping opposing sides come to agreement.  He's completed billions of dollars of M&amp;A transactions, buying, selling, and financing businesses as a managing partner of law firm Kahn Kleiman and as a venture capitalist.  Marc's new book The Soul of the Deal: Creative Frameworks for Buying, Selling, and Investing in Any Business  creatively reframes and radically changes how we can approach dealmaking of any type. Marc is a brilliant synthesist who weaves in, for example, what he's learned as a successful door-to-door encyclopedia salesman, as a leader of several rock bands in college (Yale) and as a lifelong fan of The Grateful Dead. He's come to believe - and I think this is right - that much of the conflict in dealmaking comes from seeing the other side as an opponent. They'd do better to listen like musicians rather than as lawyers. "When you saw the Dead over time in many different venues, in many different cities, a thousand seats to a hundred thousand seats, you realize that they took into account, whether it's conscious or unconscious, that this is a different audience, these are different acoustics. I'm in a better mood, I'm in a worse mood. It doesn't matter," explains Marc. "So the fact that you played something five nights ago one way, doesn't mean you're going to play it that way tonight."  "In the deal world, I think of each counterparty as my audience and in every deal I've got a different counterparty with different needs." A wise and creative man, Marc's also has taught at UC Berkeley and is on the boards of both the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and the Rex Foundation, which was started by members of the Dead. This is a fun and enlightening conversation and Marc has a lot to teach us. Backstage and off the beaten path.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Backstage with Bill Walton   In this episode I compare notes and share stories with veteran dealmaker and entrepreneur Marc Morgenstern.  In today's polarized world, where people seem intent on not agreeing, Marc has had a long and successful career helping opposing sides come to agreement.  He's completed billions of dollars of M&amp;A transactions, buying, selling, and financing businesses as a managing partner of law firm Kahn Kleiman and as a venture capitalist.  Marc's new book The Soul of the Deal: Creative Frameworks for Buying, Selling, and Investing in Any Business  creatively reframes and radically changes how we can approach dealmaking of any type. Marc is a brilliant synthesist who weaves in, for example, what he's learned as a successful door-to-door encyclopedia salesman, as a leader of several rock bands in college (Yale) and as a lifelong fan of The Grateful Dead. He's come to believe - and I think this is right - that much of the conflict in dealmaking comes from seeing the other side as an opponent. They'd do better to listen like musicians rather than as lawyers. "When you saw the Dead over time in many different venues, in many different cities, a thousand seats to a hundred thousand seats, you realize that they took into account, whether it's conscious or unconscious, that this is a different audience, these are different acoustics. I'm in a better mood, I'm in a worse mood. It doesn't matter," explains Marc. "So the fact that you played something five nights ago one way, doesn't mean you're going to play it that way tonight."  "In the deal world, I think of each counterparty as my audience and in every deal I've got a different counterparty with different needs." A wise and creative man, Marc's also has taught at UC Berkeley and is on the boards of both the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame and the Rex Foundation, which was started by members of the Dead. This is a fun and enlightening conversation and Marc has a lot to teach us. Backstage and off the beaten path.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 215: "To Shrink Government, Cut Taxes: How the States are Doing It" with Grover Norquist</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 215: "To Shrink Government, Cut Taxes: How the States are Doing It" with Grover Norquist</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2023 12:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7215b354-cdfc-491d-bfab-bf0957de153a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/to-shrink-government-cut-taxes-how-the-states-are-doing-it-with-grover-norquist]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">For an excellent primer about how the politics of our over-complicated state and local tax systems operate, this conversation with Grover Norquist is absolutely the place to start. </p> <p>It's comprehensive, easy to understand and often humorous, as only Grover knows how to make it.</p> <p>(When Grover is not doing taxes, he's doing stand-up comedy. For real, and he's good at it.) </p> <p>As founder of Americans for Tax Reform, which opposes all tax increases as a matter of principle, no one in modern times has fought harder than Grover Norquist to shrink the state by keeping the issue of high taxes and IRS abuses in the public eye. </p> <p>To my delight, I learn that there are some good things taking place at the state level, where many states are either getting rid of their income tax altogether or moving to a flat tax. Grover explains where and how this is happening, with ATR playing a leading role. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong><em>"Americans for Tax Reform," explains Grover, "hosts frequent conference calls among the various governors and legislative leaders. We're creating a community where each of the governors understands fully well that most other Republican governors are phasing down to zero or significantly cutting tax."</em></strong></p> <h4 data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>But how can states afford to have no income tax? Grover tells us how. </em></h4> <p>"How does Florida pay for it? Florida 22 million people. New York, 20 million. Florida spends a $100 billion on state government. It's a lot, a $100 billion. New York, twice as much, 200 billion."</p> <p>"But the roads aren't any better up in New York. Public safety and cops aren't any better. Schools aren't any better. They hire more government employees, pay them more and have ridiculous pensions. That's what you get for twice the cost of state government. New York wouldn't need an income tax if they spend half as much. So the key is spending restraint."</p> <p>Of course politicians have figured out a lot of other ways to tax us besides the income tax. Sales taxes. Property taxes. Excise taxes. Capital gains taxes. Cigarette taxes. Estate taxes. Alcohol taxes. Disguised taxes <strong>(aka licensing fees)</strong>. And on and on. </p> <p>We get into these and learn how for example "red states have gotten suckered into subsidizing their blue cities."</p> <p><strong>One big takeaway: A simple tax system is the friend of the taxpayer. Complicated tax systems? The more confusing and opaque, the more governments love them.</strong> Grover explains why having a single tax rate makes it tougher for them to raise taxes. </p> <p><strong><em>"All taxes are raised to the breaking point, to the point where politicians careers are broken."</em></strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Also discussed in this episode: the FAIR tax which aims to eliminate the IRS, school vouchers, Janet Yellin's quest for an international minimum corporate tax, what to negotiate for in the debt ceiling fight and the significance of ATR's no tax increase pledge.</p> <p>Listen in. There's much to learn here.</p> <div class="captioned-image-container"> </div> <div class="native-audio-embed" data-attrs= "{"label":null,"mediaUploadId":"f5f0cd12-f095-42fe-bcda-4d0aa0db3934","duration":3328.835,"isEditorNode":true,"belowTheFold":true}"> <audio src= "api/v1/audio/upload/f5f0cd12-f095-42fe-bcda-4d0aa0db3934/src">Audio playback is not supported on your browser. Please upgrade.</audio></div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">For an excellent primer about how the politics of our over-complicated state and local tax systems operate, this conversation with Grover Norquist is absolutely the place to start. </p> <p>It's comprehensive, easy to understand and often humorous, as only Grover knows how to make it.</p> <p>(When Grover is not doing taxes, he's doing stand-up comedy. For real, and he's good at it.) </p> <p>As founder of Americans for Tax Reform, which opposes all tax increases as a matter of principle, no one in modern times has fought harder than Grover Norquist to shrink the state by keeping the issue of high taxes and IRS abuses in the public eye. </p> <p>To my delight, I learn that there are some good things taking place at the state level, where many states are either getting rid of their income tax altogether or moving to a flat tax. Grover explains where and how this is happening, with ATR playing a leading role. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>"Americans for Tax Reform," explains Grover, "hosts frequent conference calls among the various governors and legislative leaders. We're creating a community where each of the governors understands fully well that most other Republican governors are phasing down to zero or significantly cutting tax."</em></p> <em>But how can states afford to have no income tax? Grover tells us how. </em> <p>"How does Florida pay for it? Florida 22 million people. New York, 20 million. Florida spends a $100 billion on state government. It's a lot, a $100 billion. New York, twice as much, 200 billion."</p> <p>"But the roads aren't any better up in New York. Public safety and cops aren't any better. Schools aren't any better. They hire more government employees, pay them more and have ridiculous pensions. That's what you get for twice the cost of state government. New York wouldn't need an income tax if they spend half as much. So the key is spending restraint."</p> <p>Of course politicians have figured out a lot of other ways to tax us besides the income tax. Sales taxes. Property taxes. Excise taxes. Capital gains taxes. Cigarette taxes. Estate taxes. Alcohol taxes. Disguised taxes (aka licensing fees). And on and on. </p> <p>We get into these and learn how for example "red states have gotten suckered into subsidizing their blue cities."</p> <p>One big takeaway: A simple tax system is the friend of the taxpayer. Complicated tax systems? The more confusing and opaque, the more governments love them. Grover explains why having a single tax rate makes it tougher for them to raise taxes. </p> <p><em>"All taxes are raised to the breaking point, to the point where politicians careers are broken."</em></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Also discussed in this episode: the FAIR tax which aims to eliminate the IRS, school vouchers, Janet Yellin's quest for an international minimum corporate tax, what to negotiate for in the debt ceiling fight and the significance of ATR's no tax increase pledge.</p> <p>Listen in. There's much to learn here.</p> Audio playback is not supported on your browser. Please upgrade.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="43175399" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Grover_Norquist_-_HD_720p.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>215</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/e/0/4/ae049937afe74f285f2e77a3093c12a1/BWS_Insta_Art_-_Grover_Norquist.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For an excellent primer about how the politics of our over-complicated state and local tax systems operate, this conversation with Grover Norquist is absolutely the place to start.  It's comprehensive, easy to understand and often humorous, as only Grover knows how to make it. (When Grover is not doing taxes, he's doing stand-up comedy. For real, and he's good at it.)  As founder of Americans for Tax Reform, which opposes all tax increases as a matter of principle, no one in modern times has fought harder than Grover Norquist to shrink the state by keeping the issue of high taxes and IRS abuses in the public eye.  To my delight, I learn that there are some good things taking place at the state level, where many states are either getting rid of their income tax altogether or moving to a flat tax. Grover explains where and how this is happening, with ATR playing a leading role.  "Americans for Tax Reform," explains Grover, "hosts frequent conference calls among the various governors and legislative leaders. We're creating a community where each of the governors understands fully well that most other Republican governors are phasing down to zero or significantly cutting tax." But how can states afford to have no income tax? Grover tells us how.  "How does Florida pay for it? Florida 22 million people. New York, 20 million. Florida spends a $100 billion on state government. It's a lot, a $100 billion. New York, twice as much, 200 billion." "But the roads aren't any better up in New York. Public safety and cops aren't any better. Schools aren't any better. They hire more government employees, pay them more and have ridiculous pensions. That's what you get for twice the cost of state government. New York wouldn't need an income tax if they spend half as much. So the key is spending restraint." Of course politicians have figured out a lot of other ways to tax us besides the income tax. Sales taxes. Property taxes. Excise taxes. Capital gains taxes. Cigarette taxes. Estate taxes. Alcohol taxes. Disguised taxes (aka licensing fees). And on and on.  We get into these and learn how for example "red states have gotten suckered into subsidizing their blue cities." One big takeaway: A simple tax system is the friend of the taxpayer. Complicated tax systems? The more confusing and opaque, the more governments love them. Grover explains why having a single tax rate makes it tougher for them to raise taxes.  "All taxes are raised to the breaking point, to the point where politicians careers are broken." Also discussed in this episode: the FAIR tax which aims to eliminate the IRS, school vouchers, Janet Yellin's quest for an international minimum corporate tax, what to negotiate for in the debt ceiling fight and the significance of ATR's no tax increase pledge. Listen in. There's much to learn here.   Audio playback is not supported on your browser. Please upgrade.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For an excellent primer about how the politics of our over-complicated state and local tax systems operate, this conversation with Grover Norquist is absolutely the place to start.  It's comprehensive, easy to understand and often humorous, as only Grover knows how to make it. (When Grover is not doing taxes, he's doing stand-up comedy. For real, and he's good at it.)  As founder of Americans for Tax Reform, which opposes all tax increases as a matter of principle, no one in modern times has fought harder than Grover Norquist to shrink the state by keeping the issue of high taxes and IRS abuses in the public eye.  To my delight, I learn that there are some good things taking place at the state level, where many states are either getting rid of their income tax altogether or moving to a flat tax. Grover explains where and how this is happening, with ATR playing a leading role.  "Americans for Tax Reform," explains Grover, "hosts frequent conference calls among the various governors and legislative leaders. We're creating a community where each of the governors understands fully well that most other Republican governors are phasing down to zero or significantly cutting tax." But how can states afford to have no income tax? Grover tells us how.  "How does Florida pay for it? Florida 22 million people. New York, 20 million. Florida spends a $100 billion on state government. It's a lot, a $100 billion. New York, twice as much, 200 billion." "But the roads aren't any better up in New York. Public safety and cops aren't any better. Schools aren't any better. They hire more government employees, pay them more and have ridiculous pensions. That's what you get for twice the cost of state government. New York wouldn't need an income tax if they spend half as much. So the key is spending restraint." Of course politicians have figured out a lot of other ways to tax us besides the income tax. Sales taxes. Property taxes. Excise taxes. Capital gains taxes. Cigarette taxes. Estate taxes. Alcohol taxes. Disguised taxes (aka licensing fees). And on and on.  We get into these and learn how for example "red states have gotten suckered into subsidizing their blue cities." One big takeaway: A simple tax system is the friend of the taxpayer. Complicated tax systems? The more confusing and opaque, the more governments love them. Grover explains why having a single tax rate makes it tougher for them to raise taxes.  "All taxes are raised to the breaking point, to the point where politicians careers are broken." Also discussed in this episode: the FAIR tax which aims to eliminate the IRS, school vouchers, Janet Yellin's quest for an international minimum corporate tax, what to negotiate for in the debt ceiling fight and the significance of ATR's no tax increase pledge. Listen in. There's much to learn here.   Audio playback is not supported on your browser. Please upgrade.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 214: "Ukraine, The Balloon and the Loss of US Hegemony" with Brandon Weichert.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 214: "Ukraine, The Balloon and the Loss of US Hegemony" with Brandon Weichert.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Feb 2023 23:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c4b909af-707d-448a-a31d-9ed16ac55c2b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-214-ukraine-the-balloon-and-the-loss-of-us-hegemony-with-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Events are picking up pace rapidly on the world stage and I've asked my frequent guest Brandon Weichert to join me to help explain what's happening. Brandon, geopolitical analyst and publisher of The Weichert Report, is among the best at connecting the dots globally with his bold and unnerving forecasts. Among the many issues brewing that we get into: Russia is amassing up to 400 thousand troops on Ukraine's borders for a winter offensive, objectives unknown. Nuclear escalation looms.  The Chinese sent a satellite balloon hovering ominously across the entire United States as it presumably took surveillance photos. Strangely, the Biden Administration, which is all in to defend the borders of Ukraine, refused to protect America's own airspace. Why wasn't it shot down sooner? Our southern border with Mexico has been left wide open for over two years. The United States' enemies - and its friends - have watched us admit almost five million undocumented aliens, whose purposes and destinations are unknown.  South Korea's president is having a public meltdown about no longer having reliable American nuclear protection. He has reason to be concerned. Joe Biden, just two weeks ago, declared that "global warming is the single most existential threat to humanity we have ever faced, including nuclear weapons." Did the way Biden fail to confront the Chinese balloon sooner than he did reflect this priority?   Brandon conjectures: "A political decision in the White House was made to let it just pass by quietly because the Biden administration didn't want to rock the boat going into their global warming negotiations with China. They worried that if they shot it down, that the Chinese would freak out and leave the meeting before anything could get done". "If it wasn't for a local Montana newspaper, we wouldn't have known about any of this. This would have been just another conspiracy theory on the internet." With Ukraine, United States strategic objectives could have been the preservation of the Ukrainian core in the western portion of the country and a speedy end to the fighting. Instead, the Biden administration continues to insist that Ukraine drive the Russians completely out. If this means sending in U.S. combat jets and long range missiles, the massive risk is that this widens the war, triggering our NATO agreements, leading to a general - and possibly nuclear - war in Europe.   The German general von Clausewitz told us that "war is an extension of politics through other means." Well, politics and our politicians seem to have gone mad.  Worryingly, the United States is playing a weaker and weaker hand. Brandon warns that "America's political and cultural system is collapsing here at home. The rest of the world sees that. Especially in China, they talk about this all the time. China believes the Americans are declining." There's a lot to unpack in this episode. Please listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Events are picking up pace rapidly on the world stage and I've asked my frequent guest Brandon Weichert to join me to help explain what's happening. Brandon, geopolitical analyst and publisher of The Weichert Report, is among the best at connecting the dots globally with his bold and unnerving forecasts. Among the many issues brewing that we get into: Russia is amassing up to 400 thousand troops on Ukraine's borders for a winter offensive, objectives unknown. Nuclear escalation looms. The Chinese sent a satellite balloon hovering ominously across the entire United States as it presumably took surveillance photos. Strangely, the Biden Administration, which is all in to defend the borders of Ukraine, refused to protect America's own airspace. Why wasn't it shot down sooner? Our southern border with Mexico has been left wide open for over two years. The United States' enemies - and its friends - have watched us admit almost five million undocumented aliens, whose purposes and destinations are unknown. South Korea's president is having a public meltdown about no longer having reliable American nuclear protection. He has reason to be concerned. Joe Biden, just two weeks ago, declared that "global warming is the single most existential threat to humanity we have ever faced, including nuclear weapons." Did the way Biden fail to confront the Chinese balloon sooner than he did reflect this priority? Brandon conjectures: "A political decision in the White House was made to let it just pass by quietly because the Biden administration didn't want to rock the boat going into their global warming negotiations with China. They worried that if they shot it down, that the Chinese would freak out and leave the meeting before anything could get done". "If it wasn't for a local Montana newspaper, we wouldn't have known about any of this. This would have been just another conspiracy theory on the internet." With Ukraine, United States strategic objectives could have been the preservation of the Ukrainian core in the western portion of the country and a speedy end to the fighting. Instead, the Biden administration continues to insist that Ukraine drive the Russians completely out. If this means sending in U.S. combat jets and long range missiles, the massive risk is that this widens the war, triggering our NATO agreements, leading to a general - and possibly nuclear - war in Europe. The German general von Clausewitz told us that "war is an extension of politics through other means." Well, politics and our politicians seem to have gone mad. Worryingly, the United States is playing a weaker and weaker hand. Brandon warns that "America's political and cultural system is collapsing here at home. The rest of the world sees that. Especially in China, they talk about this all the time. China believes the Americans are declining." There's a lot to unpack in this episode. Please listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="68350337" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Brandon_Weichert_2-4-23.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/6/b/5/d/6b5dacbb94564d22d959afa2a1bf1c87/BWS_Insta_Art_-_Brandon_Weichert.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Events are picking up pace rapidly on the world stage and I've asked my frequent guest Brandon Weichert to join me to help explain what's happening. Brandon, geopolitical analyst and publisher of The Weichert Report, is among the best at connecting the dots globally with his bold and unnerving forecasts. Among the many issues brewing that we get into: Russia is amassing up to 400 thousand troops on Ukraine's borders for a winter offensive, objectives unknown. Nuclear escalation looms.  The Chinese sent a satellite balloon hovering ominously across the entire United States as it presumably took surveillance photos. Strangely, the Biden Administration, which is all in to defend the borders of Ukraine, refused to protect America's own airspace. Why wasn't it shot down sooner? Our southern border with Mexico has been left wide open for over two years. The United States' enemies - and its friends - have watched us admit almost five million undocumented aliens, whose purposes and destinations are unknown.  South Korea's president is having a public meltdown about no longer having reliable American nuclear protection. He has reason to be concerned. Joe Biden, just two weeks ago, declared that "global warming is the single most existential threat to humanity we have ever faced, including nuclear weapons." Did the way Biden fail to confront the Chinese balloon sooner than he did reflect this priority?   Brandon conjectures: "A political decision in the White House was made to let it just pass by quietly because the Biden administration didn't want to rock the boat going into their global warming negotiations with China. They worried that if they shot it down, that the Chinese would freak out and leave the meeting before anything could get done". "If it wasn't for a local Montana newspaper, we wouldn't have known about any of this. This would have been just another conspiracy theory on the internet." With Ukraine, United States strategic objectives could have been the preservation of the Ukrainian core in the western portion of the country and a speedy end to the fighting. Instead, the Biden administration continues to insist that Ukraine drive the Russians completely out. If this means sending in U.S. combat jets and long range missiles, the massive risk is that this widens the war, triggering our NATO agreements, leading to a general - and possibly nuclear - war in Europe.   The German general von Clausewitz told us that "war is an extension of politics through other means." Well, politics and our politicians seem to have gone mad.  Worryingly, the United States is playing a weaker and weaker hand. Brandon warns that "America's political and cultural system is collapsing here at home. The rest of the world sees that. Especially in China, they talk about this all the time. China believes the Americans are declining." There's a lot to unpack in this episode. Please listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Events are picking up pace rapidly on the world stage and I've asked my frequent guest Brandon Weichert to join me to help explain what's happening. Brandon, geopolitical analyst and publisher of The Weichert Report, is among the best at connecting the dots globally with his bold and unnerving forecasts. Among the many issues brewing that we get into: Russia is amassing up to 400 thousand troops on Ukraine's borders for a winter offensive, objectives unknown. Nuclear escalation looms.  The Chinese sent a satellite balloon hovering ominously across the entire United States as it presumably took surveillance photos. Strangely, the Biden Administration, which is all in to defend the borders of Ukraine, refused to protect America's own airspace. Why wasn't it shot down sooner? Our southern border with Mexico has been left wide open for over two years. The United States' enemies - and its friends - have watched us admit almost five million undocumented aliens, whose purposes and destinations are unknown.  South Korea's president is having a public meltdown about no longer having reliable American nuclear protection. He has reason to be concerned. Joe Biden, just two weeks ago, declared that "global warming is the single most existential threat to humanity we have ever faced, including nuclear weapons." Did the way Biden fail to confront the Chinese balloon sooner than he did reflect this priority?   Brandon conjectures: "A political decision in the White House was made to let it just pass by quietly because the Biden administration didn't want to rock the boat going into their global warming negotiations with China. They worried that if they shot it down, that the Chinese would freak out and leave the meeting before anything could get done". "If it wasn't for a local Montana newspaper, we wouldn't have known about any of this. This would have been just another conspiracy theory on the internet." With Ukraine, United States strategic objectives could have been the preservation of the Ukrainian core in the western portion of the country and a speedy end to the fighting. Instead, the Biden administration continues to insist that Ukraine drive the Russians completely out. If this means sending in U.S. combat jets and long range missiles, the massive risk is that this widens the war, triggering our NATO agreements, leading to a general - and possibly nuclear - war in Europe.   The German general von Clausewitz told us that "war is an extension of politics through other means." Well, politics and our politicians seem to have gone mad.  Worryingly, the United States is playing a weaker and weaker hand. Brandon warns that "America's political and cultural system is collapsing here at home. The rest of the world sees that. Especially in China, they talk about this all the time. China believes the Americans are declining." There's a lot to unpack in this episode. Please listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 213: "It's High Time for a Ceasefire in Ukraine" with Stephen Bryen and David P. Goldman</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 213: "It's High Time for a Ceasefire in Ukraine" with Stephen Bryen and David P. Goldman</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 11:53:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e96e876d-348f-4500-bef7-ca47788a4f79]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-213-its-high-time-for-a-ceasefire-in-ukraine-with-stephen-bryen-and-david-p-goldman]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">As the Russian invasion of Ukraine grinds on, it's nearly impossible for the ordinary observer to figure out what's really happening. </p> <p>One of the problems is that war news is generated primarily by Ukrainian propaganda, which is endlessly parroted in the Western media. Anytime there is contradictory information – for example, mention of Ukraine's high casualties – Kiev pushes back so hard that Western leaders go silent.</p> <p>But what is clear is that looming on the horizon is the very real possibility of a nuclear war, as more and more European countries are drawn in to the conflict.</p> <h4>The stakes could not be higher.</h4> <p>To understand what's happening as the Ukraine situation grows more dire, I'm joined on this episode by my frequent guest Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and by David P. Goldman - Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media.</p> <p>Stephen has over 50 years national security experience that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade.</p> <p>David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute and has vast subject matter expertise and has written extensively on international affairs and security matters. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This was a disturbing conversation framed in part by US Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Mark Milley's recent statement that <strong>"it would be very, very difficult to militarily eject the Russian forces from Ukraine in 2023"</strong> and that the casualties on both sides are very high. </p> <p>"This is something that Ukrainians keep trying to hide, but it's not a symmetrical conflict. It's an asymmetrical conflict," explains Stephen. "The Russian side is much heavier, much bigger, more troops, more capabilities. In a war of attrition, Ukraine loses." </p> <p>"A few dozen tanks are not going to really make any difference in the strategic balance," concurs David.</p> <p>"Ukrainians have fought very well and very hard, and they've been, from a command and control point of view, superior to the Russians overall, but remember that the troops they started with are not the troops they have now."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Among Ukraine's urgent call for more weapons is a 100-mile ground-launched long-range bomb known as ATACMS which would shift the war from Ukrainian to Russian territory. Putting this sort of weapon in Ukrainian hands will likely result in a wider war in Europe. And the US decision to ship upgraded nuclear bombs to Europe leads the Russians to conclude that a tactical nuclear war may be NATO's response if Ukraine collapses. </p> <h4><strong>Washington is facing dangerous choices.</strong> </h4> <p>"Should it commit US forces or US air power to Ukraine?" asks Stephen. "If it did so, how quickly would the war spread in Europe? Would NATO, always far more boisterous than can be justified by reality, support sending NATO forces to Ukraine? Or would NATO's knees finally buckle?"</p> <h4><strong>"Reality is starting to set in a little bit in Europe that the next Russian target is not going to be in Ukraine. It's going to be in Europe."</strong></h4> <p>David says it's time for a gut check: "The United States should step back and ask what our strategic interests are. Do we have an existential or even an important strategic interest in Ukraine?"</p> <p>"The Biden Administration, personified by Victoria Nuland, believes with religious fervor that Russia is destined to be a liberal democracy and that our goal in one way or another should be regime change, to get rid of Putin." </p> <p>But from the Russian's perspective, explains Stephen, "They lost their entire buffer, which was their award for winning a big part of World War II, when the Soviet Union collapsed. The Russians extracted promises from us that we wouldn't expand NATO further, and certainly not to Ukraine, and we broke those promises. Absolutely broke those promises." </p> <h4>So here we are. Ukraine is being reduced to rubble. Russia is not going to be a liberal democracy. </h4> <p>"By making this a war effectively for regime change and threatening the Russians with not just asset seizures, but also war crimes and tribunals, this has caused everyone to rally around Putin," David warns. "If we wanted to ensure his absolute leadership there, we couldn't have done it better."</p> <p>The Russians firmly believe that the only negotiation is with Washington. It's time for some grown up diplomacy and for Washington to push for what up until now it has strictly opposed: a peace settlement.  </p> <h4>Will Russia be willing to sit down and discuss a deal? </h4> <p>Stephen and David have a surprising candidate from within the Administration who might be able pull it off. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">As the Russian invasion of Ukraine grinds on, it's nearly impossible for the ordinary observer to figure out what's really happening. </p> <p>One of the problems is that war news is generated primarily by Ukrainian propaganda, which is endlessly parroted in the Western media. Anytime there is contradictory information – for example, mention of Ukraine's high casualties – Kiev pushes back so hard that Western leaders go silent.</p> <p>But what is clear is that looming on the horizon is the very real possibility of a nuclear war, as more and more European countries are drawn in to the conflict.</p> The stakes could not be higher. <p>To understand what's happening as the Ukraine situation grows more dire, I'm joined on this episode by my frequent guest Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and by David P. Goldman - Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media.</p> <p>Stephen has over 50 years national security experience that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade.</p> <p>David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute and has vast subject matter expertise and has written extensively on international affairs and security matters. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">This was a disturbing conversation framed in part by US Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Mark Milley's recent statement that "it would be very, very difficult to militarily eject the Russian forces from Ukraine in 2023" and that the casualties on both sides are very high. </p> <p>"This is something that Ukrainians keep trying to hide, but it's not a symmetrical conflict. It's an asymmetrical conflict," explains Stephen. "The Russian side is much heavier, much bigger, more troops, more capabilities. In a war of attrition, Ukraine loses." </p> <p>"A few dozen tanks are not going to really make any difference in the strategic balance," concurs David.</p> <p>"Ukrainians have fought very well and very hard, and they've been, from a command and control point of view, superior to the Russians overall, but remember that the troops they started with are not the troops they have now."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Among Ukraine's urgent call for more weapons is a 100-mile ground-launched long-range bomb known as ATACMS which would shift the war from Ukrainian to Russian territory. Putting this sort of weapon in Ukrainian hands will likely result in a wider war in Europe. And the US decision to ship upgraded nuclear bombs to Europe leads the Russians to conclude that a tactical nuclear war may be NATO's response if Ukraine collapses. </p> Washington is facing dangerous choices. <p>"Should it commit US forces or US air power to Ukraine?" asks Stephen. "If it did so, how quickly would the war spread in Europe? Would NATO, always far more boisterous than can be justified by reality, support sending NATO forces to Ukraine? Or would NATO's knees finally buckle?"</p> "Reality is starting to set in a little bit in Europe that the next Russian target is not going to be in Ukraine. It's going to be in Europe." <p>David says it's time for a gut check: "The United States should step back and ask what our strategic interests are. Do we have an existential or even an important strategic interest in Ukraine?"</p> <p>"The Biden Administration, personified by Victoria Nuland, believes with religious fervor that Russia is destined to be a liberal democracy and that our goal in one way or another should be regime change, to get rid of Putin." </p> <p>But from the Russian's perspective, explains Stephen, "They lost their entire buffer, which was their award for winning a big part of World War II, when the Soviet Union collapsed. The Russians extracted promises from us that we wouldn't expand NATO further, and certainly not to Ukraine, and we broke those promises. Absolutely broke those promises." </p> So here we are. Ukraine is being reduced to rubble. Russia is not going to be a liberal democracy. <p>"By making this a war effectively for regime change and threatening the Russians with not just asset seizures, but also war crimes and tribunals, this has caused everyone to rally around Putin," David warns. "If we wanted to ensure his absolute leadership there, we couldn't have done it better."</p> <p>The Russians firmly believe that the only negotiation is with Washington. It's time for some grown up diplomacy and for Washington to push for what up until now it has strictly opposed: a peace settlement. </p> Will Russia be willing to sit down and discuss a deal? <p>Stephen and David have a surprising candidate from within the Administration who might be able pull it off. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="60665568" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_SBryen_DGoldman_-_HD_1080p_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>213</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/c/0/5/bc052cfc792fbf43a04421dee9605cbd/1-3-20230131-dgzc3dayri.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As the Russian invasion of Ukraine grinds on, it's nearly impossible for the ordinary observer to figure out what's really happening.  One of the problems is that war news is generated primarily by Ukrainian propaganda, which is endlessly parroted in the Western media. Anytime there is contradictory information – for example, mention of Ukraine's high casualties – Kiev pushes back so hard that Western leaders go silent. But what is clear is that looming on the horizon is the very real possibility of a nuclear war, as more and more European countries are drawn in to the conflict. The stakes could not be higher. To understand what's happening as the Ukraine situation grows more dire, I'm joined on this episode by my frequent guest Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and by David P. Goldman - Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media. Stephen has over 50 years national security experience that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute and has vast subject matter expertise and has written extensively on international affairs and security matters.  This was a disturbing conversation framed in part by US Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Mark Milley's recent statement that "it would be very, very difficult to militarily eject the Russian forces from Ukraine in 2023" and that the casualties on both sides are very high.  "This is something that Ukrainians keep trying to hide, but it's not a symmetrical conflict. It's an asymmetrical conflict," explains Stephen. "The Russian side is much heavier, much bigger, more troops, more capabilities. In a war of attrition, Ukraine loses."  "A few dozen tanks are not going to really make any difference in the strategic balance," concurs David. "Ukrainians have fought very well and very hard, and they've been, from a command and control point of view, superior to the Russians overall, but remember that the troops they started with are not the troops they have now." Among Ukraine's urgent call for more weapons is a 100-mile ground-launched long-range bomb known as ATACMS which would shift the war from Ukrainian to Russian territory. Putting this sort of weapon in Ukrainian hands will likely result in a wider war in Europe. And the US decision to ship upgraded nuclear bombs to Europe leads the Russians to conclude that a tactical nuclear war may be NATO's response if Ukraine collapses.  Washington is facing dangerous choices.  "Should it commit US forces or US air power to Ukraine?" asks Stephen. "If it did so, how quickly would the war spread in Europe? Would NATO, always far more boisterous than can be justified by reality, support sending NATO forces to Ukraine? Or would NATO's knees finally buckle?" "Reality is starting to set in a little bit in Europe that the next Russian target is not going to be in Ukraine. It's going to be in Europe." David says it's time for a gut check: "The United States should step back and ask what our strategic interests are. Do we have an existential or even an important strategic interest in Ukraine?" "The Biden Administration, personified by Victoria Nuland, believes with religious fervor that Russia is destined to be a liberal democracy and that our goal in one way or another should be regime change, to get rid of Putin."  But from the Russian's perspective, explains Stephen, "They lost their entire buffer, which was their award for winning a big part of World War II, when the Soviet Union collapsed. The Russians extracted promises from us that we wouldn't expand NATO further, and certainly not to Ukraine, and we broke those promises. Absolutely broke those promises."  So here we are. Ukraine is being reduced to rubble. Russia is not going to be a liberal democracy.  "By making this a war effectively for regime change and threatening the Russians with not just asset seizures, but also war crimes and tribunals, this has caused everyone to rally around Putin," David warns. "If we wanted to ensure his absolute leadership there, we couldn't have done it better." The Russians firmly believe that the only negotiation is with Washington. It's time for some grown up diplomacy and for Washington to push for what up until now it has strictly opposed: a peace settlement.   Will Russia be willing to sit down and discuss a deal?  Stephen and David have a surprising candidate from within the Administration who might be able pull it off. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As the Russian invasion of Ukraine grinds on, it's nearly impossible for the ordinary observer to figure out what's really happening.  One of the problems is that war news is generated primarily by Ukrainian propaganda, which is endlessly parroted in the Western media. Anytime there is contradictory information – for example, mention of Ukraine's high casualties – Kiev pushes back so hard that Western leaders go silent. But what is clear is that looming on the horizon is the very real possibility of a nuclear war, as more and more European countries are drawn in to the conflict. The stakes could not be higher. To understand what's happening as the Ukraine situation grows more dire, I'm joined on this episode by my frequent guest Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and by David P. Goldman - Spengler columnist and Deputy Editor for Asia Times and PJ Media. Stephen has over 50 years national security experience that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. David is also the Washington Fellow at the Claremont Institute and has vast subject matter expertise and has written extensively on international affairs and security matters.  This was a disturbing conversation framed in part by US Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Mark Milley's recent statement that "it would be very, very difficult to militarily eject the Russian forces from Ukraine in 2023" and that the casualties on both sides are very high.  "This is something that Ukrainians keep trying to hide, but it's not a symmetrical conflict. It's an asymmetrical conflict," explains Stephen. "The Russian side is much heavier, much bigger, more troops, more capabilities. In a war of attrition, Ukraine loses."  "A few dozen tanks are not going to really make any difference in the strategic balance," concurs David. "Ukrainians have fought very well and very hard, and they've been, from a command and control point of view, superior to the Russians overall, but remember that the troops they started with are not the troops they have now." Among Ukraine's urgent call for more weapons is a 100-mile ground-launched long-range bomb known as ATACMS which would shift the war from Ukrainian to Russian territory. Putting this sort of weapon in Ukrainian hands will likely result in a wider war in Europe. And the US decision to ship upgraded nuclear bombs to Europe leads the Russians to conclude that a tactical nuclear war may be NATO's response if Ukraine collapses.  Washington is facing dangerous choices.  "Should it commit US forces or US air power to Ukraine?" asks Stephen. "If it did so, how quickly would the war spread in Europe? Would NATO, always far more boisterous than can be justified by reality, support sending NATO forces to Ukraine? Or would NATO's knees finally buckle?" "Reality is starting to set in a little bit in Europe that the next Russian target is not going to be in Ukraine. It's going to be in Europe." David says it's time for a gut check: "The United States should step back and ask what our strategic interests are. Do we have an existential or even an important strategic interest in Ukraine?" "The Biden Administration, personified by Victoria Nuland, believes with religious fervor that Russia is destined to be a liberal democracy and that our goal in one way or another should be regime change, to get rid of Putin."  But from the Russian's perspective, explains Stephen, "They lost their entire buffer, which was their award for winning a big part of World War II, when the Soviet Union collapsed. The Russians extracted promises from us that we wouldn't expand NATO further, and certainly not to Ukraine, and we broke those promises. Absolutely broke those promises."  So here we are. Ukraine is being reduced to rubble. Russia is not going to be a liberal democracy.  "By making this a war effectively for regime change and threatening the Russians with not just asset seizures, but also war crimes and tribunals, this has caused everyone to rally around Putin," David warns. "If we wanted to ensure his absolute leadership there, we couldn't have done it better." The Russians firmly believe that the only negotiation is with Washington. It's time for some grown up diplomacy and for Washington to push for what up until now it has strictly opposed: a peace settlement.   Will Russia be willing to sit down and discuss a deal?  Stephen and David have a surprising candidate from within the Administration who might be able pull it off. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 212: "The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change" with Dr Jerome Corsi, PhD</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 212: "The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change" with Dr Jerome Corsi, PhD</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Jan 2023 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2f221160-fcc4-4761-b034-cbe4d00e730d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-212-the-truth-about-energy-global-warming-and-climate-change-with-dr-jerome-corsi-phd]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"This whole climate hysteria seems to focus on a molecule - carbon dioxide (CO2) - which we humans exhale and which we release into the atmosphere by burning so-called fossil fuels," explains my guest on this episode Jerome Corsi, PhD.</p> <p>But what are realities of CO2, who is behind the agenda to demonize it and - most importantly - who benefits? </p> <p>Dr. Corsi, author of the tour de force book <em>The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation</em>, has the answers. </p> <p>Drawing extensively on scholarly published peer-reviewed literature in the fields of climate science, geology, astronomy, energy physics, and statistical methodologies, Dr. Corsi reframes the CO2 global warming argument from the realm of politics to the sphere of science where the discussion properly belongs. </p> <p>He also exposes the political, scientific, and economic reasons for concluding that the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is an advocacy creation of the United Nations that masquerades as a scientific research community to push climate hysteria for globalist political purposes.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Created by the United Nations in 1988, the IPCC has led the "consensus science" effort to advance the argument that man-made CO2 emissions resulting from burning hydrocarbon fuels are "causing a climate change disaster of unprecedented proportions."</p> <p>Yet aiming for "net zero carbon emissions" by eliminating hydrocarbons and mandating wind and solar power, will essentially shut down a modern economy that has lifted billions of people out of poverty. </p> <p>The IPCC itself concedes this. </p> <p>Its 2018 IPCC Special Report on Global Warming warns that "limiting global warming to 1.5°C would require "rapid and far-reaching" transitions in land, energy, industry, buildings, transport, and cities. Global net human-caused emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) would need to fall by about 45 percent from 2010 levels by 2030, reaching 'net zero' around 2050. Limiting warming to 1.5°C is possible within the laws of chemistry and physics <strong><em>but doing so would require unprecedented changes</em>.</strong> The effectiveness of such techniques are unproven at large scale and may carry significant risks for sustainable development"</p> <p>What's happening now is not about the climate, energy, or the environment. Instead, an unscientific and purposeful climate scare is being perpetrated by a new class of power elites to impose their will and right to rule over the rest of us. It is a backdoor way for progressives to impose central planning, socialism, and progressivism on once-free democracies. </p> <p>"They had to find something that created an existential threat," observes Jerry, "where they could warn 'we're all going to die unless you do what we say.'"</p> <p>It is also about money. About three quarters of the money that President Obama spent on green energy went to people who were on his finance committee. Under President Biden, trillions have flowed to the green energy lobby, benefiting almost entirely Democrat donors.</p> <p>These are strong statements but the more you dig into the faux science and the unstated agenda of the climate change regime, the more they ring true.</p> <p>Dr. Jerome Corsi received a Ph.D. from Harvard University and has published over twenty-five books on economics, history, and politics, including six New York Times bestsellers, two at #1 "Unfit For Command" and "The Obama Nation" </p> <p>Jerry is an erudite and charming guide to climate realities. Well worth a listen. I believe his book will become a must-read classic.</p> <p>(By the way, you'll be relieved to learn that, contrary to what AOC and Greta Thunberg believe, we're not burning the mystical remains of long dead dinosaurs as "fossil fuels." Jerry explains why.)</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"This whole climate hysteria seems to focus on a molecule - carbon dioxide (CO2) - which we humans exhale and which we release into the atmosphere by burning so-called fossil fuels," explains my guest on this episode Jerome Corsi, PhD.</p> <p>But what are realities of CO2, who is behind the agenda to demonize it and - most importantly - who benefits? </p> <p>Dr. Corsi, author of the tour de force book <em>The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation</em>, has the answers. </p> <p>Drawing extensively on scholarly published peer-reviewed literature in the fields of climate science, geology, astronomy, energy physics, and statistical methodologies, Dr. Corsi reframes the CO2 global warming argument from the realm of politics to the sphere of science where the discussion properly belongs. </p> <p>He also exposes the political, scientific, and economic reasons for concluding that the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is an advocacy creation of the United Nations that masquerades as a scientific research community to push climate hysteria for globalist political purposes.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Created by the United Nations in 1988, the IPCC has led the "consensus science" effort to advance the argument that man-made CO2 emissions resulting from burning hydrocarbon fuels are "causing a climate change disaster of unprecedented proportions."</p> <p>Yet aiming for "net zero carbon emissions" by eliminating hydrocarbons and mandating wind and solar power, will essentially shut down a modern economy that has lifted billions of people out of poverty. </p> <p>The IPCC itself concedes this. </p> <p>Its 2018 IPCC Special Report on Global Warming warns that "limiting global warming to 1.5°C would require "rapid and far-reaching" transitions in land, energy, industry, buildings, transport, and cities. Global net human-caused emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) would need to fall by about 45 percent from 2010 levels by 2030, reaching 'net zero' around 2050. Limiting warming to 1.5°C is possible within the laws of chemistry and physics <em>but doing so would require unprecedented changes</em>. The effectiveness of such techniques are unproven at large scale and may carry significant risks for sustainable development"</p> <p>What's happening now is not about the climate, energy, or the environment. Instead, an unscientific and purposeful climate scare is being perpetrated by a new class of power elites to impose their will and right to rule over the rest of us. It is a backdoor way for progressives to impose central planning, socialism, and progressivism on once-free democracies. </p> <p>"They had to find something that created an existential threat," observes Jerry, "where they could warn 'we're all going to die unless you do what we say.'"</p> <p>It is also about money. About three quarters of the money that President Obama spent on green energy went to people who were on his finance committee. Under President Biden, trillions have flowed to the green energy lobby, benefiting almost entirely Democrat donors.</p> <p>These are strong statements but the more you dig into the faux science and the unstated agenda of the climate change regime, the more they ring true.</p> <p>Dr. Jerome Corsi received a Ph.D. from Harvard University and has published over twenty-five books on economics, history, and politics, including six New York Times bestsellers, two at #1 "Unfit For Command" and "The Obama Nation" </p> <p>Jerry is an erudite and charming guide to climate realities. Well worth a listen. I believe his book will become a must-read classic.</p> <p>(By the way, you'll be relieved to learn that, contrary to what AOC and Greta Thunberg believe, we're not burning the mystical remains of long dead dinosaurs as "fossil fuels." Jerry explains why.)</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="95560519" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Jerome_Corsi_Audio_Final.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>7</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>212</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/0/a/3/b/0a3b8cf9c44ecfce5f2e77a3093c12a1/BWS_Insta_1.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"This whole climate hysteria seems to focus on a molecule - carbon dioxide (CO2) - which we humans exhale and which we release into the atmosphere by burning so-called fossil fuels," explains my guest on this episode Jerome Corsi, PhD. But what are realities of CO2, who is behind the agenda to demonize it and - most importantly - who benefits?  Dr. Corsi, author of the tour de force book The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation, has the answers.  Drawing extensively on scholarly published peer-reviewed literature in the fields of climate science, geology, astronomy, energy physics, and statistical methodologies, Dr. Corsi reframes the CO2 global warming argument from the realm of politics to the sphere of science where the discussion properly belongs.  He also exposes the political, scientific, and economic reasons for concluding that the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is an advocacy creation of the United Nations that masquerades as a scientific research community to push climate hysteria for globalist political purposes. Created by the United Nations in 1988, the IPCC has led the "consensus science" effort to advance the argument that man-made CO2 emissions resulting from burning hydrocarbon fuels are "causing a climate change disaster of unprecedented proportions." Yet aiming for "net zero carbon emissions" by eliminating hydrocarbons and mandating wind and solar power, will essentially shut down a modern economy that has lifted billions of people out of poverty.  The IPCC itself concedes this.  Its 2018 IPCC Special Report on Global Warming warns that "limiting global warming to 1.5°C would require "rapid and far-reaching" transitions in land, energy, industry, buildings, transport, and cities. Global net human-caused emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) would need to fall by about 45 percent from 2010 levels by 2030, reaching 'net zero' around 2050. Limiting warming to 1.5°C is possible within the laws of chemistry and physics but doing so would require unprecedented changes. The effectiveness of such techniques are unproven at large scale and may carry significant risks for sustainable development" What's happening now is not about the climate, energy, or the environment. Instead, an unscientific and purposeful climate scare is being perpetrated by a new class of power elites to impose their will and right to rule over the rest of us. It is a backdoor way for progressives to impose central planning, socialism, and progressivism on once-free democracies.  "They had to find something that created an existential threat," observes Jerry, "where they could warn 'we're all going to die unless you do what we say.'" It is also about money. About three quarters of the money that President Obama spent on green energy went to people who were on his finance committee. Under President Biden, trillions have flowed to the green energy lobby, benefiting almost entirely Democrat donors. These are strong statements but the more you dig into the faux science and the unstated agenda of the climate change regime, the more they ring true. Dr. Jerome Corsi received a Ph.D. from Harvard University and has published over twenty-five books on economics, history, and politics, including six New York Times bestsellers, two at #1 "Unfit For Command" and "The Obama Nation"  Jerry is an erudite and charming guide to climate realities. Well worth a listen. I believe his book will become a must-read classic. (By the way, you'll be relieved to learn that, contrary to what AOC and Greta Thunberg believe, we're not burning the mystical remains of long dead dinosaurs as "fossil fuels." Jerry explains why.)</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"This whole climate hysteria seems to focus on a molecule - carbon dioxide (CO2) - which we humans exhale and which we release into the atmosphere by burning so-called fossil fuels," explains my guest on this episode Jerome Corsi, PhD. But what are realities of CO2, who is behind the agenda to demonize it and - most importantly - who benefits?  Dr. Corsi, author of the tour de force book The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation, has the answers.  Drawing extensively on scholarly published peer-reviewed literature in the fields of climate science, geology, astronomy, energy physics, and statistical methodologies, Dr. Corsi reframes the CO2 global warming argument from the realm of politics to the sphere of science where the discussion properly belongs.  He also exposes the political, scientific, and economic reasons for concluding that the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is an advocacy creation of the United Nations that masquerades as a scientific research community to push climate hysteria for globalist political purposes. Created by the United Nations in 1988, the IPCC has led the "consensus science" effort to advance the argument that man-made CO2 emissions resulting from burning hydrocarbon fuels are "causing a climate change disaster of unprecedented proportions." Yet aiming for "net zero carbon emissions" by eliminating hydrocarbons and mandating wind and solar power, will essentially shut down a modern economy that has lifted billions of people out of poverty.  The IPCC itself concedes this.  Its 2018 IPCC Special Report on Global Warming warns that "limiting global warming to 1.5°C would require "rapid and far-reaching" transitions in land, energy, industry, buildings, transport, and cities. Global net human-caused emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) would need to fall by about 45 percent from 2010 levels by 2030, reaching 'net zero' around 2050. Limiting warming to 1.5°C is possible within the laws of chemistry and physics but doing so would require unprecedented changes. The effectiveness of such techniques are unproven at large scale and may carry significant risks for sustainable development" What's happening now is not about the climate, energy, or the environment. Instead, an unscientific and purposeful climate scare is being perpetrated by a new class of power elites to impose their will and right to rule over the rest of us. It is a backdoor way for progressives to impose central planning, socialism, and progressivism on once-free democracies.  "They had to find something that created an existential threat," observes Jerry, "where they could warn 'we're all going to die unless you do what we say.'" It is also about money. About three quarters of the money that President Obama spent on green energy went to people who were on his finance committee. Under President Biden, trillions have flowed to the green energy lobby, benefiting almost entirely Democrat donors. These are strong statements but the more you dig into the faux science and the unstated agenda of the climate change regime, the more they ring true. Dr. Jerome Corsi received a Ph.D. from Harvard University and has published over twenty-five books on economics, history, and politics, including six New York Times bestsellers, two at #1 "Unfit For Command" and "The Obama Nation"  Jerry is an erudite and charming guide to climate realities. Well worth a listen. I believe his book will become a must-read classic. (By the way, you'll be relieved to learn that, contrary to what AOC and Greta Thunberg believe, we're not burning the mystical remains of long dead dinosaurs as "fossil fuels." Jerry explains why.)</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 211: "It's Happening According to Plan" with Kevin Freeman</title>
      <itunes:title>"It's Happening According to Plan" with Kevin Freeman</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Dec 2022 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ffdbd5e9-3f12-45e2-a66f-9fade97fef74]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-211-its-happening-according-to-plan-with-kevin-freeman]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">If someone wanted to weaken, then destroy a sovereign and free United States, what would they do?</p> <p>Well they might start with surrendering its energy independence. Make war on reliable fossil fuels oil and gas, coal and nuclear power. </p> <p>Induce it to rely on wind and solar energy sources that are certain to lead to rolling blackouts and the ultimate failure of America's electrical grid. And while they're at it, persuade America to rely on China for most all of its wind and solar energy production technologies.</p> <p>Inflate its currency. Have the Federal Reserve print trillions of dollars of money out of thin air to finance insane levels of federal spending, much of it going to a so-called "green energy" lobby.</p> <p>Destroy public trust in its elections. Make Election Day a thing of the past. Normalize a voting system that coughs up over 100 million unaccountable mail-in ballots. </p> <p>Demonize the idea of America as a melting pot and encourage tribalism, based on race, ethnic, gender, or sexual orientation. Have these tribes band together to oppose a supposed "white privilege" majority. Racially discriminate to end discrimination.</p> <p>Open its borders. End any difference between citizens and residents. </p> <p>Muzzle speech. Cancel or shadow-ban anyone who questions the "consensus" about January 6, the efficacy of Covid vaccines or election integrity. </p> <p>Weaponize the FBI, CIA, and Department of Justice.</p> <p>All these things are happening. This list could go on and on. The patterns are there. The questions become: is there a plan and who is behind it?</p> <p>For some answers, I've turned to Kevin D. Freeman, my guest on this episode, who has written an all-encompassing new book - <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/According-Plan-Elites-Sabotage-America-ebook/dp/B0BCCV397V" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>According to Plan, the Elite Secret Plan to Sabotage America</em></a><em>.</em></p> <p>Kevin's considered one of the world's leading experts on economic warfare and financial terrorism. He is a co-founder and host of the <a href="https://www.economicwarroom.com/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Economic War Room</a> on BlazeTV  and of the <a href="https://www.nsic.org/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">National Security Consultant Institute</a>. Kevin also serves as a Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In <em>According to Plan</em>, Kevin Freeman lays out a clear case that the current attack is an intentional one aimed at all the pillars of freedom that have made America great.</p> <p>"I wrote <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/According-Plan-Elites-Sabotage-America-ebook/dp/B0BCCV397V" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>According to Plan</em></a> to show that there is a pattern," explains Kevin. "A equals B, B equals C. Isolated facts don't persuade, but showing people the pattern can."</p> <p>Join us on the episode to learn about the disturbing patterns - the plan - and the people behind them. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">If someone wanted to weaken, then destroy a sovereign and free United States, what would they do?</p> <p>Well they might start with surrendering its energy independence. Make war on reliable fossil fuels oil and gas, coal and nuclear power. </p> <p>Induce it to rely on wind and solar energy sources that are certain to lead to rolling blackouts and the ultimate failure of America's electrical grid. And while they're at it, persuade America to rely on China for most all of its wind and solar energy production technologies.</p> <p>Inflate its currency. Have the Federal Reserve print trillions of dollars of money out of thin air to finance insane levels of federal spending, much of it going to a so-called "green energy" lobby.</p> <p>Destroy public trust in its elections. Make Election Day a thing of the past. Normalize a voting system that coughs up over 100 million unaccountable mail-in ballots. </p> <p>Demonize the idea of America as a melting pot and encourage tribalism, based on race, ethnic, gender, or sexual orientation. Have these tribes band together to oppose a supposed "white privilege" majority. Racially discriminate to end discrimination.</p> <p>Open its borders. End any difference between citizens and residents. </p> <p>Muzzle speech. Cancel or shadow-ban anyone who questions the "consensus" about January 6, the efficacy of Covid vaccines or election integrity. </p> <p>Weaponize the FBI, CIA, and Department of Justice.</p> <p>All these things are happening. This list could go on and on. The patterns are there. The questions become: is there a plan and who is behind it?</p> <p>For some answers, I've turned to Kevin D. Freeman, my guest on this episode, who has written an all-encompassing new book - <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/According-Plan-Elites-Sabotage-America-ebook/dp/B0BCCV397V" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>According to Plan, the Elite Secret Plan to Sabotage America</em></a><em>.</em></p> <p>Kevin's considered one of the world's leading experts on economic warfare and financial terrorism. He is a co-founder and host of the <a href="https://www.economicwarroom.com/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Economic War Room</a> on BlazeTV and of the <a href="https://www.nsic.org/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">National Security Consultant Institute</a>. Kevin also serves as a Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In <em>According to Plan</em>, Kevin Freeman lays out a clear case that the current attack is an intentional one aimed at all the pillars of freedom that have made America great.</p> <p>"I wrote <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/According-Plan-Elites-Sabotage-America-ebook/dp/B0BCCV397V" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>According to Plan</em></a> to show that there is a pattern," explains Kevin. "A equals B, B equals C. Isolated facts don't persuade, but showing people the pattern can."</p> <p>Join us on the episode to learn about the disturbing patterns - the plan - and the people behind them. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44912150" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_12_13_22_Kevin_Freeman_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/1/e/a/d/1eadeb615d0f297ee5bbc093207a2619/BWS_Insta_Art_-_Kevin_Freeman.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>If someone wanted to weaken, then destroy a sovereign and free United States, what would they do? Well they might start with surrendering its energy independence. Make war on reliable fossil fuels oil and gas, coal and nuclear power.  Induce it to rely on wind and solar energy sources that are certain to lead to rolling blackouts and the ultimate failure of America's electrical grid. And while they're at it, persuade America to rely on China for most all of its wind and solar energy production technologies. Inflate its currency. Have the Federal Reserve print trillions of dollars of money out of thin air to finance insane levels of federal spending, much of it going to a so-called "green energy" lobby. Destroy public trust in its elections. Make Election Day a thing of the past. Normalize a voting system that coughs up over 100 million unaccountable mail-in ballots.  Demonize the idea of America as a melting pot and encourage tribalism, based on race, ethnic, gender, or sexual orientation. Have these tribes band together to oppose a supposed "white privilege" majority. Racially discriminate to end discrimination. Open its borders. End any difference between citizens and residents.  Muzzle speech. Cancel or shadow-ban anyone who questions the "consensus" about January 6, the efficacy of Covid vaccines or election integrity.  Weaponize the FBI, CIA, and Department of Justice. All these things are happening. This list could go on and on. The patterns are there. The questions become: is there a plan and who is behind it? For some answers, I've turned to Kevin D. Freeman, my guest on this episode, who has written an all-encompassing new book - According to Plan, the Elite Secret Plan to Sabotage America. Kevin's considered one of the world's leading experts on economic warfare and financial terrorism. He is a co-founder and host of the Economic War Room on BlazeTV  and of the National Security Consultant Institute. Kevin also serves as a Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy. In According to Plan, Kevin Freeman lays out a clear case that the current attack is an intentional one aimed at all the pillars of freedom that have made America great. "I wrote According to Plan to show that there is a pattern," explains Kevin. "A equals B, B equals C. Isolated facts don't persuade, but showing people the pattern can." Join us on the episode to learn about the disturbing patterns - the plan - and the people behind them. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>If someone wanted to weaken, then destroy a sovereign and free United States, what would they do? Well they might start with surrendering its energy independence. Make war on reliable fossil fuels oil and gas, coal and nuclear power.  Induce it to rely on wind and solar energy sources that are certain to lead to rolling blackouts and the ultimate failure of America's electrical grid. And while they're at it, persuade America to rely on China for most all of its wind and solar energy production technologies. Inflate its currency. Have the Federal Reserve print trillions of dollars of money out of thin air to finance insane levels of federal spending, much of it going to a so-called "green energy" lobby. Destroy public trust in its elections. Make Election Day a thing of the past. Normalize a voting system that coughs up over 100 million unaccountable mail-in ballots.  Demonize the idea of America as a melting pot and encourage tribalism, based on race, ethnic, gender, or sexual orientation. Have these tribes band together to oppose a supposed "white privilege" majority. Racially discriminate to end discrimination. Open its borders. End any difference between citizens and residents.  Muzzle speech. Cancel or shadow-ban anyone who questions the "consensus" about January 6, the efficacy of Covid vaccines or election integrity.  Weaponize the FBI, CIA, and Department of Justice. All these things are happening. This list could go on and on. The patterns are there. The questions become: is there a plan and who is behind it? For some answers, I've turned to Kevin D. Freeman, my guest on this episode, who has written an all-encompassing new book - According to Plan, the Elite Secret Plan to Sabotage America. Kevin's considered one of the world's leading experts on economic warfare and financial terrorism. He is a co-founder and host of the Economic War Room on BlazeTV  and of the National Security Consultant Institute. Kevin also serves as a Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy. In According to Plan, Kevin Freeman lays out a clear case that the current attack is an intentional one aimed at all the pillars of freedom that have made America great. "I wrote According to Plan to show that there is a pattern," explains Kevin. "A equals B, B equals C. Isolated facts don't persuade, but showing people the pattern can." Join us on the episode to learn about the disturbing patterns - the plan - and the people behind them. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 210: "Office Buildings: Will We Ever Go Back?" with John Scheurer</title>
      <itunes:title>"Office Buildings: Will We Ever Go Back?" with John Scheurer</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[054da03f-a21f-48fc-8d9e-caf6bf64ffec]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-210-office-buildings-will-we-ever-go-back-with-john-scheurer]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 2 []"> <p>"Commuting to office work is obsolete. It is now infinitely easier, cheaper, and faster to do what the 19th century could not do, move information, and with it office work to where the people are, the tools to do so are already here. The telephone two-way video, electronic mail, the fax machine, the personal computer, and so on." </p> <p>Peter Drucker (1989)</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In 2020, over 30 years later, futurist and management guru Peter Drucker's prediction came true with a bang. With the mandated COVID lockdowns, suddenly everybody had to learn to work from home. Office occupancy plummeted from 90% to 10% and we all learned about how to Zoom. Since then people are going back to the office, but occupancy still averages only 40 to 50% depending on the market, and in New York lower.</p> <p>So what's going to happen next? In this episode, I talk with commercial real estate expert extraordinaire John Scheurer about the prospects for office work and office buildings. John heads the real estate investing arm of Siguler Guff and was formerly CEO of Allied Capital after leading its very successful commercial real estate business. </p> <p><strong>"What COVID forced us to do is cram 50 years' worth of commuting to the office to working wherever you wanted to work into two years" explains  John.</strong> </p> <p> </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">One big beneficiary of the office exodus has been residential housing prices, which rose in some markets up to 50% fueled by people wanting to get bigger houses so they can have a home office. </p> <p>With people not wanting to return to the office, demand for office leases has collapsed from 250 million square feet of office space signed for in 2019 to about 50 million in 2022.</p> <p>Microsoft is reportedly giving up office in Seattle - a million square feet of space - and Reebok and hundreds of big companies have concluded to dramatically cut back as well. Allstate is getting rid of their suburban Chicago campus, because 75% of their people are now working remotely.</p> <p>So this is an interesting story about how businesses and markets adapt to changing fortunes. Will empty office buildings be converted to condos? Will tech workers be lured back to work with promises of private offices? Did businesses need all those employees to begin with?</p> <p>After all, Elon Musk fired 80% of Twitter's so-called workers and its seems to be operating just fine.  </p> <p>One of the fascinating aspects of this story is how entrepreneurs take advantage of distressed markets and can turn despair into opportunity. With the prices of office buildings falling, is this actually a good time to invest? </p> <p>John and I also talk about what's happening to hotel and retail properties, and where the future is not as bleak as it looked just a couple of years ago. </p> <p>I asked John where he would invest today and his answers were intriguing. </p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"Commuting to office work is obsolete. It is now infinitely easier, cheaper, and faster to do what the 19th century could not do, move information, and with it office work to where the people are, the tools to do so are already here. The telephone two-way video, electronic mail, the fax machine, the personal computer, and so on." </p> <p>Peter Drucker (1989)</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In 2020, over 30 years later, futurist and management guru Peter Drucker's prediction came true with a bang. With the mandated COVID lockdowns, suddenly everybody had to learn to work from home. Office occupancy plummeted from 90% to 10% and we all learned about how to Zoom. Since then people are going back to the office, but occupancy still averages only 40 to 50% depending on the market, and in New York lower.</p> <p>So what's going to happen next? In this episode, I talk with commercial real estate expert extraordinaire John Scheurer about the prospects for office work and office buildings. John heads the real estate investing arm of Siguler Guff and was formerly CEO of Allied Capital after leading its very successful commercial real estate business. </p> <p>"What COVID forced us to do is cram 50 years' worth of commuting to the office to working wherever you wanted to work into two years" explains John. </p> <p> </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">One big beneficiary of the office exodus has been residential housing prices, which rose in some markets up to 50% fueled by people wanting to get bigger houses so they can have a home office. </p> <p>With people not wanting to return to the office, demand for office leases has collapsed from 250 million square feet of office space signed for in 2019 to about 50 million in 2022.</p> <p>Microsoft is reportedly giving up office in Seattle - a million square feet of space - and Reebok and hundreds of big companies have concluded to dramatically cut back as well. Allstate is getting rid of their suburban Chicago campus, because 75% of their people are now working remotely.</p> <p>So this is an interesting story about how businesses and markets adapt to changing fortunes. Will empty office buildings be converted to condos? Will tech workers be lured back to work with promises of private offices? Did businesses need all those employees to begin with?</p> <p>After all, Elon Musk fired 80% of Twitter's so-called workers and its seems to be operating just fine. </p> <p>One of the fascinating aspects of this story is how entrepreneurs take advantage of distressed markets and can turn despair into opportunity. With the prices of office buildings falling, is this actually a good time to invest? </p> <p>John and I also talk about what's happening to hotel and retail properties, and where the future is not as bleak as it looked just a couple of years ago. </p> <p>I asked John where he would invest today and his answers were intriguing. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="56382039" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_John_Scheuer_Edited_Audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/f/3/0/af30c4f0a3dcad3d27a2322813b393ee/BWS_Insta_Art_-_John_Scheurer_1.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Commuting to office work is obsolete. It is now infinitely easier, cheaper, and faster to do what the 19th century could not do, move information, and with it office work to where the people are, the tools to do so are already here. The telephone two-way video, electronic mail, the fax machine, the personal computer, and so on."  Peter Drucker (1989) In 2020, over 30 years later, futurist and management guru Peter Drucker's prediction came true with a bang. With the mandated COVID lockdowns, suddenly everybody had to learn to work from home. Office occupancy plummeted from 90% to 10% and we all learned about how to Zoom. Since then people are going back to the office, but occupancy still averages only 40 to 50% depending on the market, and in New York lower. So what's going to happen next? In this episode, I talk with commercial real estate expert extraordinaire John Scheurer about the prospects for office work and office buildings. John heads the real estate investing arm of Siguler Guff and was formerly CEO of Allied Capital after leading its very successful commercial real estate business.  "What COVID forced us to do is cram 50 years' worth of commuting to the office to working wherever you wanted to work into two years" explains  John.    One big beneficiary of the office exodus has been residential housing prices, which rose in some markets up to 50% fueled by people wanting to get bigger houses so they can have a home office.  With people not wanting to return to the office, demand for office leases has collapsed from 250 million square feet of office space signed for in 2019 to about 50 million in 2022. Microsoft is reportedly giving up office in Seattle - a million square feet of space - and Reebok and hundreds of big companies have concluded to dramatically cut back as well. Allstate is getting rid of their suburban Chicago campus, because 75% of their people are now working remotely. So this is an interesting story about how businesses and markets adapt to changing fortunes. Will empty office buildings be converted to condos? Will tech workers be lured back to work with promises of private offices? Did businesses need all those employees to begin with? After all, Elon Musk fired 80% of Twitter's so-called workers and its seems to be operating just fine.   One of the fascinating aspects of this story is how entrepreneurs take advantage of distressed markets and can turn despair into opportunity. With the prices of office buildings falling, is this actually a good time to invest?  John and I also talk about what's happening to hotel and retail properties, and where the future is not as bleak as it looked just a couple of years ago.  I asked John where he would invest today and his answers were intriguing. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Commuting to office work is obsolete. It is now infinitely easier, cheaper, and faster to do what the 19th century could not do, move information, and with it office work to where the people are, the tools to do so are already here. The telephone two-way video, electronic mail, the fax machine, the personal computer, and so on."  Peter Drucker (1989) In 2020, over 30 years later, futurist and management guru Peter Drucker's prediction came true with a bang. With the mandated COVID lockdowns, suddenly everybody had to learn to work from home. Office occupancy plummeted from 90% to 10% and we all learned about how to Zoom. Since then people are going back to the office, but occupancy still averages only 40 to 50% depending on the market, and in New York lower. So what's going to happen next? In this episode, I talk with commercial real estate expert extraordinaire John Scheurer about the prospects for office work and office buildings. John heads the real estate investing arm of Siguler Guff and was formerly CEO of Allied Capital after leading its very successful commercial real estate business.  "What COVID forced us to do is cram 50 years' worth of commuting to the office to working wherever you wanted to work into two years" explains  John.    One big beneficiary of the office exodus has been residential housing prices, which rose in some markets up to 50% fueled by people wanting to get bigger houses so they can have a home office.  With people not wanting to return to the office, demand for office leases has collapsed from 250 million square feet of office space signed for in 2019 to about 50 million in 2022. Microsoft is reportedly giving up office in Seattle - a million square feet of space - and Reebok and hundreds of big companies have concluded to dramatically cut back as well. Allstate is getting rid of their suburban Chicago campus, because 75% of their people are now working remotely. So this is an interesting story about how businesses and markets adapt to changing fortunes. Will empty office buildings be converted to condos? Will tech workers be lured back to work with promises of private offices? Did businesses need all those employees to begin with? After all, Elon Musk fired 80% of Twitter's so-called workers and its seems to be operating just fine.   One of the fascinating aspects of this story is how entrepreneurs take advantage of distressed markets and can turn despair into opportunity. With the prices of office buildings falling, is this actually a good time to invest?  John and I also talk about what's happening to hotel and retail properties, and where the future is not as bleak as it looked just a couple of years ago.  I asked John where he would invest today and his answers were intriguing. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 209: "The Money Confusion: Why Inflation Now?" with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Money Confusion: Why Inflation Now?" with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ef5e1a41-abb4-49ec-a00c-1190b73ebba5]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-209-the-money-confusion-why-inflation-now-with-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In 1974, with annual inflation raging over 12%, President Gerald Ford introduced WIN ("whip inflation now") buttons telling Americans: "To help increase food and lower prices, grow more and waste less. To help save scarce fuel in the energy crisis, drive less, heat less." In other words, the responsibility to fix inflation fell to ordinary Americans. It didn't work - because they didn't cause it in the first place - and it would be another eight years before Fed Chairman Paul Volcker tamed the inflation beast. With draconian measures, like draining bank reserves, the Fed funds rate rose to 19.1% and mortgage rates reached over 18%. Volcker's "remedy" engineered not one severe recession but two of them, back to back.  Today, a "WIN" button might stand for "Why Inflation Now?" The many explanations include: the explosion of Federal spending and the money supply, Vladimir Putin and the Ukraine war, the economic disruptions caused by Covid policy lockdown, the war on fossil fuels and (my favorite) claims from MSNBC commentators that Republicans have invented the term inflation for political purposes. In this episode my frequent guest John Tamny and I debate whether today's out-of-control inflation has been caused by a massive increase in federal spending and paid for by the Federal Reserve's printing money.   Or By the destruction of critical elements of our real productive economy caused by governments' coercive lockdowns and other measures taken in 2020 and 2021 to stop a covid virus, which in the end, came anyway. Notice that both explanations lay the blame at the doorstep of government policymakers. Both explanations probably play a part, although John, reliable contrarian that he is, believes only the second is the real reason. John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and a senior fellow at the Market Institute is the author of the recently published The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution Vastly oversimplified, there are essentially two types of inflation. "Non-monetary" inflation where price increases are driven by rising demand for products and services that occurs naturally in markets. The other type is "monetary" inflation, resulting from central bank money printing or other events that cause currencies to lose value. The Money Explanation: At $30 trillion, our Federal debt now exceeds the size of the entire US economy with much of this massive obligation being financed by the Federal Reserve buying Treasury bonds that it pays for with money it creates out of thin air. This has unleashed an ocean of dollars into the economy. From 2020 to mid 2021, the money supply exploded by more than 35 percent, exceeding an astonishing $ 20 trillion. The result: inflation with the average American losing $8,500 in purchasing power in the last year. The Shutdown of the Economy Explanation: Higher prices in the aftermath of crushing lockdowns weren't caused by government spending or "money supply" but instead were the logical consequence of impairing the interconnectedness of the market that makes ever-falling prices a possibility in the first place. "To be clear" John explains, "higher prices did reveal themselves in 2021 and 2022 but there's a big difference between rising prices born of currency devaluation versus the imposition of command-and-control. The latter is not inflation." Listen to our brief back and forth and you decide.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 1974, with annual inflation raging over 12%, President Gerald Ford introduced WIN ("whip inflation now") buttons telling Americans: "To help increase food and lower prices, grow more and waste less. To help save scarce fuel in the energy crisis, drive less, heat less." In other words, the responsibility to fix inflation fell to ordinary Americans. It didn't work - because they didn't cause it in the first place - and it would be another eight years before Fed Chairman Paul Volcker tamed the inflation beast. With draconian measures, like draining bank reserves, the Fed funds rate rose to 19.1% and mortgage rates reached over 18%. Volcker's "remedy" engineered not one severe recession but two of them, back to back. Today, a "WIN" button might stand for "Why Inflation Now?" The many explanations include: the explosion of Federal spending and the money supply, Vladimir Putin and the Ukraine war, the economic disruptions caused by Covid policy lockdown, the war on fossil fuels and (my favorite) claims from MSNBC commentators that Republicans have invented the term inflation for political purposes. In this episode my frequent guest John Tamny and I debate whether today's out-of-control inflation has been caused by a massive increase in federal spending and paid for by the Federal Reserve's printing money. Or By the destruction of critical elements of our real productive economy caused by governments' coercive lockdowns and other measures taken in 2020 and 2021 to stop a covid virus, which in the end, came anyway. Notice that both explanations lay the blame at the doorstep of government policymakers. Both explanations probably play a part, although John, reliable contrarian that he is, believes only the second is the real reason. John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and a senior fellow at the Market Institute is the author of the recently published The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution Vastly oversimplified, there are essentially two types of inflation. "Non-monetary" inflation where price increases are driven by rising demand for products and services that occurs naturally in markets. The other type is "monetary" inflation, resulting from central bank money printing or other events that cause currencies to lose value. The Money Explanation: At $30 trillion, our Federal debt now exceeds the size of the entire US economy with much of this massive obligation being financed by the Federal Reserve buying Treasury bonds that it pays for with money it creates out of thin air. This has unleashed an ocean of dollars into the economy. From 2020 to mid 2021, the money supply exploded by more than 35 percent, exceeding an astonishing $ 20 trillion. The result: inflation with the average American losing $8,500 in purchasing power in the last year. The Shutdown of the Economy Explanation: Higher prices in the aftermath of crushing lockdowns weren't caused by government spending or "money supply" but instead were the logical consequence of impairing the interconnectedness of the market that makes ever-falling prices a possibility in the first place. "To be clear" John explains, "higher prices did reveal themselves in 2021 and 2022 but there's a big difference between rising prices born of currency devaluation versus the imposition of command-and-control. The latter is not inflation." Listen to our brief back and forth and you decide.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="98415360" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS164_2022_11_23_Tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>209</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/5/5/6/e556a56986039aca27a2322813b393ee/BWS_Insta_Art_-_John_Tamny.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In 1974, with annual inflation raging over 12%, President Gerald Ford introduced WIN ("whip inflation now") buttons telling Americans: "To help increase food and lower prices, grow more and waste less. To help save scarce fuel in the energy crisis, drive less, heat less." In other words, the responsibility to fix inflation fell to ordinary Americans. It didn't work - because they didn't cause it in the first place - and it would be another eight years before Fed Chairman Paul Volcker tamed the inflation beast. With draconian measures, like draining bank reserves, the Fed funds rate rose to 19.1% and mortgage rates reached over 18%. Volcker's "remedy" engineered not one severe recession but two of them, back to back.  Today, a "WIN" button might stand for "Why Inflation Now?" The many explanations include: the explosion of Federal spending and the money supply, Vladimir Putin and the Ukraine war, the economic disruptions caused by Covid policy lockdown, the war on fossil fuels and (my favorite) claims from MSNBC commentators that Republicans have invented the term inflation for political purposes. In this episode my frequent guest John Tamny and I debate whether today's out-of-control inflation has been caused by a massive increase in federal spending and paid for by the Federal Reserve's printing money.   Or By the destruction of critical elements of our real productive economy caused by governments' coercive lockdowns and other measures taken in 2020 and 2021 to stop a covid virus, which in the end, came anyway. Notice that both explanations lay the blame at the doorstep of government policymakers. Both explanations probably play a part, although John, reliable contrarian that he is, believes only the second is the real reason. John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and a senior fellow at the Market Institute is the author of the recently published The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution Vastly oversimplified, there are essentially two types of inflation. "Non-monetary" inflation where price increases are driven by rising demand for products and services that occurs naturally in markets. The other type is "monetary" inflation, resulting from central bank money printing or other events that cause currencies to lose value. The Money Explanation: At $30 trillion, our Federal debt now exceeds the size of the entire US economy with much of this massive obligation being financed by the Federal Reserve buying Treasury bonds that it pays for with money it creates out of thin air. This has unleashed an ocean of dollars into the economy. From 2020 to mid 2021, the money supply exploded by more than 35 percent, exceeding an astonishing $ 20 trillion. The result: inflation with the average American losing $8,500 in purchasing power in the last year. The Shutdown of the Economy Explanation: Higher prices in the aftermath of crushing lockdowns weren't caused by government spending or "money supply" but instead were the logical consequence of impairing the interconnectedness of the market that makes ever-falling prices a possibility in the first place. "To be clear" John explains, "higher prices did reveal themselves in 2021 and 2022 but there's a big difference between rising prices born of currency devaluation versus the imposition of command-and-control. The latter is not inflation." Listen to our brief back and forth and you decide.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In 1974, with annual inflation raging over 12%, President Gerald Ford introduced WIN ("whip inflation now") buttons telling Americans: "To help increase food and lower prices, grow more and waste less. To help save scarce fuel in the energy crisis, drive less, heat less." In other words, the responsibility to fix inflation fell to ordinary Americans. It didn't work - because they didn't cause it in the first place - and it would be another eight years before Fed Chairman Paul Volcker tamed the inflation beast. With draconian measures, like draining bank reserves, the Fed funds rate rose to 19.1% and mortgage rates reached over 18%. Volcker's "remedy" engineered not one severe recession but two of them, back to back.  Today, a "WIN" button might stand for "Why Inflation Now?" The many explanations include: the explosion of Federal spending and the money supply, Vladimir Putin and the Ukraine war, the economic disruptions caused by Covid policy lockdown, the war on fossil fuels and (my favorite) claims from MSNBC commentators that Republicans have invented the term inflation for political purposes. In this episode my frequent guest John Tamny and I debate whether today's out-of-control inflation has been caused by a massive increase in federal spending and paid for by the Federal Reserve's printing money.   Or By the destruction of critical elements of our real productive economy caused by governments' coercive lockdowns and other measures taken in 2020 and 2021 to stop a covid virus, which in the end, came anyway. Notice that both explanations lay the blame at the doorstep of government policymakers. Both explanations probably play a part, although John, reliable contrarian that he is, believes only the second is the real reason. John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and a senior fellow at the Market Institute is the author of the recently published The Money Confusion: How Illiteracy About Currencies and Inflation Sets the Stage for a Crypto Revolution Vastly oversimplified, there are essentially two types of inflation. "Non-monetary" inflation where price increases are driven by rising demand for products and services that occurs naturally in markets. The other type is "monetary" inflation, resulting from central bank money printing or other events that cause currencies to lose value. The Money Explanation: At $30 trillion, our Federal debt now exceeds the size of the entire US economy with much of this massive obligation being financed by the Federal Reserve buying Treasury bonds that it pays for with money it creates out of thin air. This has unleashed an ocean of dollars into the economy. From 2020 to mid 2021, the money supply exploded by more than 35 percent, exceeding an astonishing $ 20 trillion. The result: inflation with the average American losing $8,500 in purchasing power in the last year. The Shutdown of the Economy Explanation: Higher prices in the aftermath of crushing lockdowns weren't caused by government spending or "money supply" but instead were the logical consequence of impairing the interconnectedness of the market that makes ever-falling prices a possibility in the first place. "To be clear" John explains, "higher prices did reveal themselves in 2021 and 2022 but there's a big difference between rising prices born of currency devaluation versus the imposition of command-and-control. The latter is not inflation." Listen to our brief back and forth and you decide.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 208: "How Policy Responses to the Pandemic Continue to Shatter Our World" with Jeffrey Tucker</title>
      <itunes:title>"How Policy Responses to the Pandemic Continue to Shatter Our World" with Jeffrey Tucker</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c396bd72-3f22-49ac-80f7-445876d97f03]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-208-how-policy-responses-to-the-pandemic-continue-to-shatter-our-world-with-jeffrey-tucker]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The world has suffered and continues to suffer catastrophic economic and social damage from the Covid-19 pandemic of 2020 - <strong><em>but not from the virus itself</em>.</strong> </p> <p>Rather we're in the midst of a continuing global crisis created by governments' policy responses to the pandemic. </p> <ul> <li> <p>Trillions of dollars of Federal "relief" spending</p> </li> <li> <p>Financed by the Federal Reserve massively increasing the money supply</p> </li> <li> <p>And the countless coercive rules and restrictions implemented to stop a Covid virus that came anyway.</p> </li> </ul> <p>The result is the highest inflation in 40 years, which is not slowing down but accelerating. Of course there are other forces at work, like the Biden Administration's war on fossil fuels, but the root causes of inflation were in place before that.</p> <p>To understand this better and what we need to be concerned about next, in this episode I talk with the great <strong>Jeffrey A. Tucker, the founder of the Brownstone Institute</strong> and author of the recently published "Liberty or Lockdown." Our topic: his speech at Hillsdale College and related article about<a href= "https://brownstone.org/articles/economic-disaster-of-pandemic-response/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">"The Economic Disaster of the Pandemic Response."</a></p> <blockquote data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p>From the beginning - and starting with Donald Trump's response - the idea of "the economy" – viewed as mechanistic, money-centered, mostly about the stock market, and detached from anything truly important – was pitted against public health and lives," reminds Jeffrey.</p> </blockquote> <p>When governments started declaring some businesses essential and others non-essential what they did not understand is that everything in a economy is interconnected. It's woven. It's never obvious, but if you cut even one thread, all of a sudden the whole fabric can start to unravel. You cannot just turn off an economy and expect that you can restart it with a snap of your fingers.</p> <p>The same thing was done with medical procedures and treatments and hospital beds. Some were declared "essential", others not. Perversely, spending on healthcare plummeted during the pandemic. Non-virus health conditions worsened and life expectancy in America fell.</p> <blockquote> <p>"We lost two years of education, substance abuse and addiction rose and hundreds of thousands of businesses were destroyed," says Jeffrey. "Vaccine mandates led to more than a million people being displaced from their jobs."</p> </blockquote> <p>In the almost three years after the virus emerged from Wuhan China, "we face an economic crisis without precedent in our lifetimes, the longest period of declining real income in the post-war period, a health and educational crisis, an exploding national debt plus inflation at a 40-year high, continued and seemingly random shortages, dysfunction in labor markets that defies all models, the breakdown of international trade, a collapse in consumer confidence not seen since we started tracking it, and a combustible level of political division."</p> <p>So here we are. We all need to be deeply concerned about not just this one crisis, but authorities response to the inevitable next "crises" as well. </p> <blockquote data-pm-slice="2 1 []"> <p>"To this day, the educated elites in the public health establishment defend every last thing they did. Not a single power that they used to lock us down before has been diminished," worries Jeffrey. "Yes, the courts have cut this policy or that policy a little bit here and there, too little, too late. But in general, all the policy, all the powers that they had before, they have now still, and they will use them again."</p> </blockquote> <p>We can't afford to sit on the sidelines and let this happen. Listen in as Jeffrey and I explore what happened and what we need to do to prevent it next time.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The world has suffered and continues to suffer catastrophic economic and social damage from the Covid-19 pandemic of 2020 - <em>but not from the virus itself</em>. </p> <p>Rather we're in the midst of a continuing global crisis created by governments' policy responses to the pandemic. </p> <ul> <li> <p>Trillions of dollars of Federal "relief" spending</p> </li> <li> <p>Financed by the Federal Reserve massively increasing the money supply</p> </li> <li> <p>And the countless coercive rules and restrictions implemented to stop a Covid virus that came anyway.</p> </li> </ul> <p>The result is the highest inflation in 40 years, which is not slowing down but accelerating. Of course there are other forces at work, like the Biden Administration's war on fossil fuels, but the root causes of inflation were in place before that.</p> <p>To understand this better and what we need to be concerned about next, in this episode I talk with the great Jeffrey A. Tucker, the founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of the recently published "Liberty or Lockdown." Our topic: his speech at Hillsdale College and related article about<a href= "https://brownstone.org/articles/economic-disaster-of-pandemic-response/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">"The Economic Disaster of the Pandemic Response."</a></p> <p>From the beginning - and starting with Donald Trump's response - the idea of "the economy" – viewed as mechanistic, money-centered, mostly about the stock market, and detached from anything truly important – was pitted against public health and lives," reminds Jeffrey.</p> <p>When governments started declaring some businesses essential and others non-essential what they did not understand is that everything in a economy is interconnected. It's woven. It's never obvious, but if you cut even one thread, all of a sudden the whole fabric can start to unravel. You cannot just turn off an economy and expect that you can restart it with a snap of your fingers.</p> <p>The same thing was done with medical procedures and treatments and hospital beds. Some were declared "essential", others not. Perversely, spending on healthcare plummeted during the pandemic. Non-virus health conditions worsened and life expectancy in America fell.</p> <p>"We lost two years of education, substance abuse and addiction rose and hundreds of thousands of businesses were destroyed," says Jeffrey. "Vaccine mandates led to more than a million people being displaced from their jobs."</p> <p>In the almost three years after the virus emerged from Wuhan China, "we face an economic crisis without precedent in our lifetimes, the longest period of declining real income in the post-war period, a health and educational crisis, an exploding national debt plus inflation at a 40-year high, continued and seemingly random shortages, dysfunction in labor markets that defies all models, the breakdown of international trade, a collapse in consumer confidence not seen since we started tracking it, and a combustible level of political division."</p> <p>So here we are. We all need to be deeply concerned about not just this one crisis, but authorities response to the inevitable next "crises" as well. </p> <p>"To this day, the educated elites in the public health establishment defend every last thing they did. Not a single power that they used to lock us down before has been diminished," worries Jeffrey. "Yes, the courts have cut this policy or that policy a little bit here and there, too little, too late. But in general, all the policy, all the powers that they had before, they have now still, and they will use them again."</p> <p>We can't afford to sit on the sidelines and let this happen. Listen in as Jeffrey and I explore what happened and what we need to do to prevent it next time.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="53728716" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_18_22_Jeffrey_Tucker_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/8/2/f/b82f437593a1b8605f2e77a3093c12a1/BWS_Insta_Art_-_Jeffrey_Tucker.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The world has suffered and continues to suffer catastrophic economic and social damage from the Covid-19 pandemic of 2020 - but not from the virus itself.  Rather we're in the midst of a continuing global crisis created by governments' policy responses to the pandemic.  Trillions of dollars of Federal "relief" spending Financed by the Federal Reserve massively increasing the money supply And the countless coercive rules and restrictions implemented to stop a Covid virus that came anyway. The result is the highest inflation in 40 years, which is not slowing down but accelerating. Of course there are other forces at work, like the Biden Administration's war on fossil fuels, but the root causes of inflation were in place before that. To understand this better and what we need to be concerned about next, in this episode I talk with the great Jeffrey A. Tucker, the founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of the recently published "Liberty or Lockdown." Our topic: his speech at Hillsdale College and related article about"The Economic Disaster of the Pandemic Response." From the beginning - and starting with Donald Trump's response - the idea of "the economy" – viewed as mechanistic, money-centered, mostly about the stock market, and detached from anything truly important – was pitted against public health and lives," reminds Jeffrey. When governments started declaring some businesses essential and others non-essential what they did not understand is that everything in a economy is interconnected. It's woven. It's never obvious, but if you cut even one thread, all of a sudden the whole fabric can start to unravel. You cannot just turn off an economy and expect that you can restart it with a snap of your fingers. The same thing was done with medical procedures and treatments and hospital beds. Some were declared "essential", others not. Perversely, spending on healthcare plummeted during the pandemic. Non-virus health conditions worsened and life expectancy in America fell. "We lost two years of education, substance abuse and addiction rose and hundreds of thousands of businesses were destroyed," says Jeffrey. "Vaccine mandates led to more than a million people being displaced from their jobs." In the almost three years after the virus emerged from Wuhan China, "we face an economic crisis without precedent in our lifetimes, the longest period of declining real income in the post-war period, a health and educational crisis, an exploding national debt plus inflation at a 40-year high, continued and seemingly random shortages, dysfunction in labor markets that defies all models, the breakdown of international trade, a collapse in consumer confidence not seen since we started tracking it, and a combustible level of political division." So here we are. We all need to be deeply concerned about not just this one crisis, but authorities response to the inevitable next "crises" as well.  "To this day, the educated elites in the public health establishment defend every last thing they did. Not a single power that they used to lock us down before has been diminished," worries Jeffrey. "Yes, the courts have cut this policy or that policy a little bit here and there, too little, too late. But in general, all the policy, all the powers that they had before, they have now still, and they will use them again." We can't afford to sit on the sidelines and let this happen. Listen in as Jeffrey and I explore what happened and what we need to do to prevent it next time.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The world has suffered and continues to suffer catastrophic economic and social damage from the Covid-19 pandemic of 2020 - but not from the virus itself.  Rather we're in the midst of a continuing global crisis created by governments' policy responses to the pandemic.  Trillions of dollars of Federal "relief" spending Financed by the Federal Reserve massively increasing the money supply And the countless coercive rules and restrictions implemented to stop a Covid virus that came anyway. The result is the highest inflation in 40 years, which is not slowing down but accelerating. Of course there are other forces at work, like the Biden Administration's war on fossil fuels, but the root causes of inflation were in place before that. To understand this better and what we need to be concerned about next, in this episode I talk with the great Jeffrey A. Tucker, the founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of the recently published "Liberty or Lockdown." Our topic: his speech at Hillsdale College and related article about"The Economic Disaster of the Pandemic Response." From the beginning - and starting with Donald Trump's response - the idea of "the economy" – viewed as mechanistic, money-centered, mostly about the stock market, and detached from anything truly important – was pitted against public health and lives," reminds Jeffrey. When governments started declaring some businesses essential and others non-essential what they did not understand is that everything in a economy is interconnected. It's woven. It's never obvious, but if you cut even one thread, all of a sudden the whole fabric can start to unravel. You cannot just turn off an economy and expect that you can restart it with a snap of your fingers. The same thing was done with medical procedures and treatments and hospital beds. Some were declared "essential", others not. Perversely, spending on healthcare plummeted during the pandemic. Non-virus health conditions worsened and life expectancy in America fell. "We lost two years of education, substance abuse and addiction rose and hundreds of thousands of businesses were destroyed," says Jeffrey. "Vaccine mandates led to more than a million people being displaced from their jobs." In the almost three years after the virus emerged from Wuhan China, "we face an economic crisis without precedent in our lifetimes, the longest period of declining real income in the post-war period, a health and educational crisis, an exploding national debt plus inflation at a 40-year high, continued and seemingly random shortages, dysfunction in labor markets that defies all models, the breakdown of international trade, a collapse in consumer confidence not seen since we started tracking it, and a combustible level of political division." So here we are. We all need to be deeply concerned about not just this one crisis, but authorities response to the inevitable next "crises" as well.  "To this day, the educated elites in the public health establishment defend every last thing they did. Not a single power that they used to lock us down before has been diminished," worries Jeffrey. "Yes, the courts have cut this policy or that policy a little bit here and there, too little, too late. But in general, all the policy, all the powers that they had before, they have now still, and they will use them again." We can't afford to sit on the sidelines and let this happen. Listen in as Jeffrey and I explore what happened and what we need to do to prevent it next time.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 207: "The Red Trickle: Where Do Our Elections Go From Here?" with Paul Teller PhD</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Red Trickle: Where Do Our Elections Go From Here?" with Paul Teller PhD</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2935e820-001e-4dd6-97e1-75a0db8b1cd4]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-207-the-red-trickle-where-do-our-elections-go-from-here-with-paul-teller-phd]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>To put it mildly, the expected massive Republican Red Wave in the recent 2022 midterm elections didn't materialize.  Even though 75% of Americans believe the country is on the wrong track, the election gave us status quo. Virtually every Governor, Senator and House incumbent won reelection. Trump states elected Republican Senators and Biden states elected Democrats. And despite House Republicans getting six million more votes than Democrats (52.3% compared to 46.2%), these votes did not translate into a surge of seats for Republicans. With more and more districts tightly gerrymandered, Democrat incumbents hung on if only by narrow margins.  So what happened? Was it the issues, the money, the candidates, local factors, or something else?  Joining me to explore this question, and where we go from here, is Paul Teller PhD, the Executive Director of Advancing American Freedom who served in the Trump White House as Special Assistant to the President for Legislative Affairs, and then as Director of Strategic Affairs for Vice President Mike Pence. Paul was also Chief of Staff for Senator Ted Cruz. Issues and candidates matter, but how we vote now may matter much more.  The COVID lockdowns in 2020 provided the pretext of crisis to radically change American elections to mail-in and early voting, and in ways that now vary wildly state-by-state. Election Day is a thing of the past. Mail in ballots start coming in months earlier. Returns are not counted for days and ballots are both cast and counted under radically different and often suspicious conditions. "The reason in-person voting was always so important was someone else checks you in," explains Paul. "A different person gives you a ballot, maybe a different person shows you how to in insert your ballot. Just different eyeballs. And so there's less chance for fraud because there's so many different kind of checks in the system." The Democrats—with overwhelming media and money advantages—have mastered the arts of massive and unprecedented early, mail-in, and absentee voting. Democrats have far more control of the election machinery and almost total control of the American media and Republicans don't. Still, Republicans seem bent on winning "hearts and minds" and on energizing their voters to show up on Election Day. But it is far easier to finesse and control the mail-in ballots than to "get out the vote."  Since the advent of massive ballot mail-in and collection drop-off processes, "votes" have become increasingly less valuable and "ballot collection" has become a key to Democrat party success.  Case in point: In Pennsylvania, Oz drew 500,000 more voters to the polls on Election Day than Fetterman did. But Fetterman's mail-in total exceeded 868,000, four times Oz's mail-in total, netting a 655,000-vote difference in Fetterman's favor. With boxes of ballots always seeming to show up at the last minute in close elections to push Democrat candidates into the win column, more and more American will likely never again trust our election results. There is an alternative. Same day voting. In person. With paper ballots. On a Sunday, or make it a national holiday. If Brazil can hold an election and on the same day get the results tabulated by 10 pm, we can too. Paul and I also talk about the great work Advancing American Freedom is doing and their Biden Accountably Tracker which monitors all the bills that Biden proposes, bills he signs, executive orders he issues, letters and directives the White House issues to the agencies, regulations they put out for comment and on and on … all the horribles of Biden's bad policy choices. Elections matter.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>To put it mildly, the expected massive Republican Red Wave in the recent 2022 midterm elections didn't materialize. Even though 75% of Americans believe the country is on the wrong track, the election gave us status quo. Virtually every Governor, Senator and House incumbent won reelection. Trump states elected Republican Senators and Biden states elected Democrats. And despite House Republicans getting six million more votes than Democrats (52.3% compared to 46.2%), these votes did not translate into a surge of seats for Republicans. With more and more districts tightly gerrymandered, Democrat incumbents hung on if only by narrow margins. So what happened? Was it the issues, the money, the candidates, local factors, or something else? Joining me to explore this question, and where we go from here, is Paul Teller PhD, the Executive Director of Advancing American Freedom who served in the Trump White House as Special Assistant to the President for Legislative Affairs, and then as Director of Strategic Affairs for Vice President Mike Pence. Paul was also Chief of Staff for Senator Ted Cruz. Issues and candidates matter, but how we vote now may matter much more. The COVID lockdowns in 2020 provided the pretext of crisis to radically change American elections to mail-in and early voting, and in ways that now vary wildly state-by-state. Election Day is a thing of the past. Mail in ballots start coming in months earlier. Returns are not counted for days and ballots are both cast and counted under radically different and often suspicious conditions. "The reason in-person voting was always so important was someone else checks you in," explains Paul. "A different person gives you a ballot, maybe a different person shows you how to in insert your ballot. Just different eyeballs. And so there's less chance for fraud because there's so many different kind of checks in the system." The Democrats—with overwhelming media and money advantages—have mastered the arts of massive and unprecedented early, mail-in, and absentee voting. Democrats have far more control of the election machinery and almost total control of the American media and Republicans don't. Still, Republicans seem bent on winning "hearts and minds" and on energizing their voters to show up on Election Day. But it is far easier to finesse and control the mail-in ballots than to "get out the vote." Since the advent of massive ballot mail-in and collection drop-off processes, "votes" have become increasingly less valuable and "ballot collection" has become a key to Democrat party success. Case in point: In Pennsylvania, Oz drew 500,000 more voters to the polls on Election Day than Fetterman did. But Fetterman's mail-in total exceeded 868,000, four times Oz's mail-in total, netting a 655,000-vote difference in Fetterman's favor. With boxes of ballots always seeming to show up at the last minute in close elections to push Democrat candidates into the win column, more and more American will likely never again trust our election results. There is an alternative. Same day voting. In person. With paper ballots. On a Sunday, or make it a national holiday. If Brazil can hold an election and on the same day get the results tabulated by 10 pm, we can too. Paul and I also talk about the great work Advancing American Freedom is doing and their Biden Accountably Tracker which monitors all the bills that Biden proposes, bills he signs, executive orders he issues, letters and directives the White House issues to the agencies, regulations they put out for comment and on and on … all the horribles of Biden's bad policy choices. Elections matter.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="49290579" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_PAUL_TELLER_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>207</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/7/4/0/5740cee6ff72503540be95ea3302a6a1/BWS_Cover_Art_-_Paul_Teller_2.png"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>To put it mildly, the expected massive Republican Red Wave in the recent 2022 midterm elections didn't materialize.  Even though 75% of Americans believe the country is on the wrong track, the election gave us status quo. Virtually every Governor, Senator and House incumbent won reelection. Trump states elected Republican Senators and Biden states elected Democrats. And despite House Republicans getting six million more votes than Democrats (52.3% compared to 46.2%), these votes did not translate into a surge of seats for Republicans. With more and more districts tightly gerrymandered, Democrat incumbents hung on if only by narrow margins.  So what happened? Was it the issues, the money, the candidates, local factors, or something else?  Joining me to explore this question, and where we go from here, is Paul Teller PhD, the Executive Director of Advancing American Freedom who served in the Trump White House as Special Assistant to the President for Legislative Affairs, and then as Director of Strategic Affairs for Vice President Mike Pence. Paul was also Chief of Staff for Senator Ted Cruz. Issues and candidates matter, but how we vote now may matter much more.  The COVID lockdowns in 2020 provided the pretext of crisis to radically change American elections to mail-in and early voting, and in ways that now vary wildly state-by-state. Election Day is a thing of the past. Mail in ballots start coming in months earlier. Returns are not counted for days and ballots are both cast and counted under radically different and often suspicious conditions. "The reason in-person voting was always so important was someone else checks you in," explains Paul. "A different person gives you a ballot, maybe a different person shows you how to in insert your ballot. Just different eyeballs. And so there's less chance for fraud because there's so many different kind of checks in the system." The Democrats—with overwhelming media and money advantages—have mastered the arts of massive and unprecedented early, mail-in, and absentee voting. Democrats have far more control of the election machinery and almost total control of the American media and Republicans don't. Still, Republicans seem bent on winning "hearts and minds" and on energizing their voters to show up on Election Day. But it is far easier to finesse and control the mail-in ballots than to "get out the vote."  Since the advent of massive ballot mail-in and collection drop-off processes, "votes" have become increasingly less valuable and "ballot collection" has become a key to Democrat party success.  Case in point: In Pennsylvania, Oz drew 500,000 more voters to the polls on Election Day than Fetterman did. But Fetterman's mail-in total exceeded 868,000, four times Oz's mail-in total, netting a 655,000-vote difference in Fetterman's favor. With boxes of ballots always seeming to show up at the last minute in close elections to push Democrat candidates into the win column, more and more American will likely never again trust our election results. There is an alternative. Same day voting. In person. With paper ballots. On a Sunday, or make it a national holiday. If Brazil can hold an election and on the same day get the results tabulated by 10 pm, we can too. Paul and I also talk about the great work Advancing American Freedom is doing and their Biden Accountably Tracker which monitors all the bills that Biden proposes, bills he signs, executive orders he issues, letters and directives the White House issues to the agencies, regulations they put out for comment and on and on … all the horribles of Biden's bad policy choices. Elections matter.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>To put it mildly, the expected massive Republican Red Wave in the recent 2022 midterm elections didn't materialize.  Even though 75% of Americans believe the country is on the wrong track, the election gave us status quo. Virtually every Governor, Senator and House incumbent won reelection. Trump states elected Republican Senators and Biden states elected Democrats. And despite House Republicans getting six million more votes than Democrats (52.3% compared to 46.2%), these votes did not translate into a surge of seats for Republicans. With more and more districts tightly gerrymandered, Democrat incumbents hung on if only by narrow margins.  So what happened? Was it the issues, the money, the candidates, local factors, or something else?  Joining me to explore this question, and where we go from here, is Paul Teller PhD, the Executive Director of Advancing American Freedom who served in the Trump White House as Special Assistant to the President for Legislative Affairs, and then as Director of Strategic Affairs for Vice President Mike Pence. Paul was also Chief of Staff for Senator Ted Cruz. Issues and candidates matter, but how we vote now may matter much more.  The COVID lockdowns in 2020 provided the pretext of crisis to radically change American elections to mail-in and early voting, and in ways that now vary wildly state-by-state. Election Day is a thing of the past. Mail in ballots start coming in months earlier. Returns are not counted for days and ballots are both cast and counted under radically different and often suspicious conditions. "The reason in-person voting was always so important was someone else checks you in," explains Paul. "A different person gives you a ballot, maybe a different person shows you how to in insert your ballot. Just different eyeballs. And so there's less chance for fraud because there's so many different kind of checks in the system." The Democrats—with overwhelming media and money advantages—have mastered the arts of massive and unprecedented early, mail-in, and absentee voting. Democrats have far more control of the election machinery and almost total control of the American media and Republicans don't. Still, Republicans seem bent on winning "hearts and minds" and on energizing their voters to show up on Election Day. But it is far easier to finesse and control the mail-in ballots than to "get out the vote."  Since the advent of massive ballot mail-in and collection drop-off processes, "votes" have become increasingly less valuable and "ballot collection" has become a key to Democrat party success.  Case in point: In Pennsylvania, Oz drew 500,000 more voters to the polls on Election Day than Fetterman did. But Fetterman's mail-in total exceeded 868,000, four times Oz's mail-in total, netting a 655,000-vote difference in Fetterman's favor. With boxes of ballots always seeming to show up at the last minute in close elections to push Democrat candidates into the win column, more and more American will likely never again trust our election results. There is an alternative. Same day voting. In person. With paper ballots. On a Sunday, or make it a national holiday. If Brazil can hold an election and on the same day get the results tabulated by 10 pm, we can too. Paul and I also talk about the great work Advancing American Freedom is doing and their Biden Accountably Tracker which monitors all the bills that Biden proposes, bills he signs, executive orders he issues, letters and directives the White House issues to the agencies, regulations they put out for comment and on and on … all the horribles of Biden's bad policy choices. Elections matter.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 206: "The Pro-Human Answer to Intolerance &amp; Racism" with Bion Bartning</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Pro-Human Answer to Intolerance &amp;amp; Racism" with Bion Bartning</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a5e7903a-7fd0-4422-b4ca-d92fe1449a42]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-206-the-pro-human-answer-to-intolerance-racism-with-bion-bartning]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">In this episode I'm joined by Bion Bartning, the founder of <a href= "https://www.fairforall.org/profile/bion-bartning/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">FAIR</a>, the Foundation Against Intolerance and Racism. An entrepreneur and investor, Bion also co-founded <a href="https://evolutionofsmooth.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">eos Products</a>, a personal care brand best known today for its iconic egg-shaped lip balm. </p> <p>Bion launched FAIR to address head-on the tribalism, identity culture and politics of division that are pitting Americans one against the other. </p> <p>With innocuous terms like diversity, equity and inclusion, or arcane ones like critical race theory, a cynical and intolerant orthodoxy of division is being advocated and enforced throughout America.</p> <p>It's infected virtually every American institution: colleges, businesses, government, the media, museums and the arts, the military and most alarmingly, our children's K-12 schools. </p> <blockquote> <p> <strong>In schools, "what's called an "anti-racist" curriculum," explains Bion, "is in every sense of the word, racist and is teaching children to see themselves fundamentally as defined by the color of their skin, by their immutable characteristics instead of seeing each other as unique individuals who are united by our shared humanity."</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">What we must be doing instead is to share and teach what it means to be pro-human.</p> <p>These so-called "anti-racist" ideologies have manipulated language in a way that makes it very difficult for normal people to oppose them. Suppose somebody comes in and says, "I'm bringing anti-racism to your institution," and they tell you anti-racism means ending racism, who could be opposed? </p> <blockquote> <p><strong>"Our approach is to reclaim the words, reclaim the language," explains Bion.</strong></p> <p><strong>"We're just insisting on what those words really mean to the vast majority of people. For example, the word equity means the quality of being fair and impartial." </strong></p> <p><strong>"And we're not going to give up on the word diversity. Diversity is a good thing and just because somebody's pushing conformity and calling it diversity doesn't mean that we give up on the word diversity."</strong></p> </blockquote> <p>In just a year and half, FAIR a mostly volunteer organization, has grown into a national grassroots network of 1,000s of people with chapters in over 40 states. </p> <p>With its compelling aim to promote a common culture based on fairness, understanding, and our common humanity, FAIR's big tent has attracted people from across the political spectrum with diverse backgrounds, ancestries, ideologies to advance civil rights and liberties for all Americans.</p> <blockquote> <p><strong>"I think what most people need is to feel that they're part of a community," explains Bion, pushing back against these toxic ideologies. "They need to feel that there are people backing them up, supporting them, who can help them with messaging and how to talk about how we are unique individuals with a shared common humanity. We call it being pro-human."</strong></p> <div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 2 []"> <p><strong>pro-human</strong></p> <p><strong>adjective \ 'prō-'hyü-men \</strong></p> <p><strong>Advocating for one human race, individual civil rights and liberties, and compassionate opposition to racism and intolerance rooted in dignity and our common humanity.</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The <a href="https://www.fairforall.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Foundation Against Intolerance and Racism</a>is an idea whose time has come. Listen to Bion Bartning explain its work and then sign up to support the FAIR cause. </p> <p>I know I will.</p> </div> </blockquote> </blockquote>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">In this episode I'm joined by Bion Bartning, the founder of <a href= "https://www.fairforall.org/profile/bion-bartning/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">FAIR</a>, the Foundation Against Intolerance and Racism. An entrepreneur and investor, Bion also co-founded <a href="https://evolutionofsmooth.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">eos Products</a>, a personal care brand best known today for its iconic egg-shaped lip balm. </p> <p>Bion launched FAIR to address head-on the tribalism, identity culture and politics of division that are pitting Americans one against the other. </p> <p>With innocuous terms like diversity, equity and inclusion, or arcane ones like critical race theory, a cynical and intolerant orthodoxy of division is being advocated and enforced throughout America.</p> <p>It's infected virtually every American institution: colleges, businesses, government, the media, museums and the arts, the military and most alarmingly, our children's K-12 schools. </p> <p> In schools, "what's called an "anti-racist" curriculum," explains Bion, "is in every sense of the word, racist and is teaching children to see themselves fundamentally as defined by the color of their skin, by their immutable characteristics instead of seeing each other as unique individuals who are united by our shared humanity."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">What we must be doing instead is to share and teach what it means to be pro-human.</p> <p>These so-called "anti-racist" ideologies have manipulated language in a way that makes it very difficult for normal people to oppose them. Suppose somebody comes in and says, "I'm bringing anti-racism to your institution," and they tell you anti-racism means ending racism, who could be opposed? </p> <p>"Our approach is to reclaim the words, reclaim the language," explains Bion.</p> <p>"We're just insisting on what those words really mean to the vast majority of people. For example, the word equity means the quality of being fair and impartial." </p> <p>"And we're not going to give up on the word diversity. Diversity is a good thing and just because somebody's pushing conformity and calling it diversity doesn't mean that we give up on the word diversity."</p> <p>In just a year and half, FAIR a mostly volunteer organization, has grown into a national grassroots network of 1,000s of people with chapters in over 40 states. </p> <p>With its compelling aim to promote a common culture based on fairness, understanding, and our common humanity, FAIR's big tent has attracted people from across the political spectrum with diverse backgrounds, ancestries, ideologies to advance civil rights and liberties for all Americans.</p> <p>"I think what most people need is to feel that they're part of a community," explains Bion, pushing back against these toxic ideologies. "They need to feel that there are people backing them up, supporting them, who can help them with messaging and how to talk about how we are unique individuals with a shared common humanity. We call it being pro-human."</p> <p>pro-human</p> <p>adjective \ 'prō-'hyü-men \</p> <p>Advocating for one human race, individual civil rights and liberties, and compassionate opposition to racism and intolerance rooted in dignity and our common humanity.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The <a href="https://www.fairforall.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Foundation Against Intolerance and Racism</a>is an idea whose time has come. Listen to Bion Bartning explain its work and then sign up to support the FAIR cause. </p> <p>I know I will.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="48203090" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Bion_Bartning_11_3_22_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>33:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode I'm joined by Bion Bartning, the founder of FAIR, the Foundation Against Intolerance and Racism. An entrepreneur and investor, Bion also co-founded eos Products, a personal care brand best known today for its iconic egg-shaped lip balm.  Bion launched FAIR to address head-on the tribalism, identity culture and politics of division that are pitting Americans one against the other.  With innocuous terms like diversity, equity and inclusion, or arcane ones like critical race theory, a cynical and intolerant orthodoxy of division is being advocated and enforced throughout America. It's infected virtually every American institution: colleges, businesses, government, the media, museums and the arts, the military and most alarmingly, our children's K-12 schools.   In schools, "what's called an "anti-racist" curriculum," explains Bion, "is in every sense of the word, racist and is teaching children to see themselves fundamentally as defined by the color of their skin, by their immutable characteristics instead of seeing each other as unique individuals who are united by our shared humanity." What we must be doing instead is to share and teach what it means to be pro-human. These so-called "anti-racist" ideologies have manipulated language in a way that makes it very difficult for normal people to oppose them. Suppose somebody comes in and says, "I'm bringing anti-racism to your institution," and they tell you anti-racism means ending racism, who could be opposed?  "Our approach is to reclaim the words, reclaim the language," explains Bion. "We're just insisting on what those words really mean to the vast majority of people. For example, the word equity means the quality of being fair and impartial."  "And we're not going to give up on the word diversity. Diversity is a good thing and just because somebody's pushing conformity and calling it diversity doesn't mean that we give up on the word diversity." In just a year and half, FAIR a mostly volunteer organization, has grown into a national grassroots network of 1,000s of people with chapters in over 40 states.  With its compelling aim to promote a common culture based on fairness, understanding, and our common humanity, FAIR's big tent has attracted people from across the political spectrum with diverse backgrounds, ancestries, ideologies to advance civil rights and liberties for all Americans. "I think what most people need is to feel that they're part of a community," explains Bion, pushing back against these toxic ideologies. "They need to feel that there are people backing them up, supporting them, who can help them with messaging and how to talk about how we are unique individuals with a shared common humanity. We call it being pro-human." pro-human adjective \ 'prō-'hyü-men \ Advocating for one human race, individual civil rights and liberties, and compassionate opposition to racism and intolerance rooted in dignity and our common humanity. The Foundation Against Intolerance and Racismis an idea whose time has come. Listen to Bion Bartning explain its work and then sign up to support the FAIR cause.  I know I will.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode I'm joined by Bion Bartning, the founder of FAIR, the Foundation Against Intolerance and Racism. An entrepreneur and investor, Bion also co-founded eos Products, a personal care brand best known today for its iconic egg-shaped lip balm.  Bion launched FAIR to address head-on the tribalism, identity culture and politics of division that are pitting Americans one against the other.  With innocuous terms like diversity, equity and inclusion, or arcane ones like critical race theory, a cynical and intolerant orthodoxy of division is being advocated and enforced throughout America. It's infected virtually every American institution: colleges, businesses, government, the media, museums and the arts, the military and most alarmingly, our children's K-12 schools.   In schools, "what's called an "anti-racist" curriculum," explains Bion, "is in every sense of the word, racist and is teaching children to see themselves fundamentally as defined by the color of their skin, by their immutable characteristics instead of seeing each other as unique individuals who are united by our shared humanity." What we must be doing instead is to share and teach what it means to be pro-human. These so-called "anti-racist" ideologies have manipulated language in a way that makes it very difficult for normal people to oppose them. Suppose somebody comes in and says, "I'm bringing anti-racism to your institution," and they tell you anti-racism means ending racism, who could be opposed?  "Our approach is to reclaim the words, reclaim the language," explains Bion. "We're just insisting on what those words really mean to the vast majority of people. For example, the word equity means the quality of being fair and impartial."  "And we're not going to give up on the word diversity. Diversity is a good thing and just because somebody's pushing conformity and calling it diversity doesn't mean that we give up on the word diversity." In just a year and half, FAIR a mostly volunteer organization, has grown into a national grassroots network of 1,000s of people with chapters in over 40 states.  With its compelling aim to promote a common culture based on fairness, understanding, and our common humanity, FAIR's big tent has attracted people from across the political spectrum with diverse backgrounds, ancestries, ideologies to advance civil rights and liberties for all Americans. "I think what most people need is to feel that they're part of a community," explains Bion, pushing back against these toxic ideologies. "They need to feel that there are people backing them up, supporting them, who can help them with messaging and how to talk about how we are unique individuals with a shared common humanity. We call it being pro-human." pro-human adjective \ 'prō-'hyü-men \ Advocating for one human race, individual civil rights and liberties, and compassionate opposition to racism and intolerance rooted in dignity and our common humanity. The Foundation Against Intolerance and Racismis an idea whose time has come. Listen to Bion Bartning explain its work and then sign up to support the FAIR cause.  I know I will.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 205: "Confronting the K-12 Racialist Star Chamber" with Sahar Tartak</title>
      <itunes:title>"Confronting the K-12 Racialist Star Chamber" with Sahar Tartak</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[43d44962-87ee-4787-9856-e90e026dabec]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-205-confronting-the-k-12-racialist-star-chamber-with-sahar-tartak]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Recently The Wall Street Journal published an op-ed by my guest on this episode, Yale freshman Sahar Tartak.</p> <p>Titled <a href= "https://www.wsj.com/articles/my-schools-antiracist-curriculums-education-teachers-students-open-minded-free-speech-racial-equity-systemic-racism-11663254720?utm_source=substack&utm_medium=email#comments_sector" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">"My High School's 'Antiracist' Agitprop"</a>, she described how illiberal her supposedly liberal high school had become, and the ways she and other students were "berated, bullied and insulted" for voicing dissent towards the school's race essentialist policies and programs.</p> <p>The story goes like this.</p> <blockquote> <p>In 2021 Great Neck North High School directed the student government to give $375 of student funds to a "racial equity" group to speak to the student body about "systemic racism." </p> <p>Sahar, then a Senior at Great Neck, was the student government's treasurer, and felt they didn't know enough about the organization and its mission to disburse the funds. </p> <p>So she refused to sign the check.</p> <p>What happened next was that the full weight of the education cartel's <a href="https://www.thefreedictionary.com/racialist" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">racialist</a> <a href="https://www.thefreedictionary.com/Star+Chamber" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">star chamber</a> fell upon a smart and courageous 17 year old. </p> <p>The teachers who advise the student government berated, bullied and insulted her at their next meeting. They began by announcing that her social studies teacher would be present. Together, the three adults told her that the principal himself found my stance "appalling." She had made them and the school "look bad," they told her. One teacher said the situation gave her "hives." Another said "If you're not on board with systemic racism, I have trouble with that, girlfriend."</p> <p>The adults in the room were teachers who had the power to grade and affect her prospects of getting into college.</p> <p>After that, there were a series of tense meetings between Sahar and the administration and her parents, resulting in stalemate.</p> <p>Sahar, whose mother escaped revolutionary Iran, and grandfather escaped the Nazis, wouldn't back down. </p> <p>"The experience prompted me and a few like-minded others to look into our school's curriculums. What we found was an arsenal of lopsidedly race-obsessed lesson plans." </p> </blockquote> <p>One was the American Psychological Association's "Apology to People of Color" for its role in "Promoting, Perpetuating, and Failing to Challenge Racism." Another asserted that America is a place where racism is "no better today than it was 200 years ago."</p> <p>So what does she do? She presents her findings in an audacious speech to the school board and receives a standing ovation - from other students parents, not the school board. </p> <div class="native-audio-embed" data-attrs= "{"label":"","mediaUploadId":"bbc512e1-bec9-463d-9cdb-b12449a1d9aa","duration":1873.737,"isEditorNode":true}"> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong>"This was about speech," she explains. "These are the values that we protect and the reason why my family came to this country."</strong></p> <p>Sahar's story is inspirational.  I'm sure we'll be hearing much more from her in the future.</p> <p>By the way, she taped this show from her Yale dorm room, where she also shared what a terrific time she's having in her Freshman year. </p> <p>She's a fun and engaging interview. Listen in.</p> <p> </p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Recently The Wall Street Journal published an op-ed by my guest on this episode, Yale freshman Sahar Tartak.</p> <p>Titled <a href= "https://www.wsj.com/articles/my-schools-antiracist-curriculums-education-teachers-students-open-minded-free-speech-racial-equity-systemic-racism-11663254720?utm_source=substack&utm_medium=email#comments_sector" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">"My High School's 'Antiracist' Agitprop"</a>, she described how illiberal her supposedly liberal high school had become, and the ways she and other students were "berated, bullied and insulted" for voicing dissent towards the school's race essentialist policies and programs.</p> <p>The story goes like this.</p> <p>In 2021 Great Neck North High School directed the student government to give $375 of student funds to a "racial equity" group to speak to the student body about "systemic racism." </p> <p>Sahar, then a Senior at Great Neck, was the student government's treasurer, and felt they didn't know enough about the organization and its mission to disburse the funds. </p> <p>So she refused to sign the check.</p> <p>What happened next was that the full weight of the education cartel's <a href="https://www.thefreedictionary.com/racialist" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">racialist</a> <a href="https://www.thefreedictionary.com/Star+Chamber" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">star chamber</a> fell upon a smart and courageous 17 year old. </p> <p>The teachers who advise the student government berated, bullied and insulted her at their next meeting. They began by announcing that her social studies teacher would be present. Together, the three adults told her that the principal himself found my stance "appalling." She had made them and the school "look bad," they told her. One teacher said the situation gave her "hives." Another said "If you're not on board with systemic racism, I have trouble with that, girlfriend."</p> <p>The adults in the room were teachers who had the power to grade and affect her prospects of getting into college.</p> <p>After that, there were a series of tense meetings between Sahar and the administration and her parents, resulting in stalemate.</p> <p>Sahar, whose mother escaped revolutionary Iran, and grandfather escaped the Nazis, wouldn't back down. </p> <p>"The experience prompted me and a few like-minded others to look into our school's curriculums. What we found was an arsenal of lopsidedly race-obsessed lesson plans." </p> <p>One was the American Psychological Association's "Apology to People of Color" for its role in "Promoting, Perpetuating, and Failing to Challenge Racism." Another asserted that America is a place where racism is "no better today than it was 200 years ago."</p> <p>So what does she do? She presents her findings in an audacious speech to the school board and receives a standing ovation - from other students parents, not the school board. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">"This was about speech," she explains. "These are the values that we protect and the reason why my family came to this country."</p> <p>Sahar's story is inspirational. I'm sure we'll be hearing much more from her in the future.</p> <p>By the way, she taped this show from her Yale dorm room, where she also shared what a terrific time she's having in her Freshman year. </p> <p>She's a fun and engaging interview. Listen in.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44980939" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Sahar_Tartak_Final_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Sho</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Recently The Wall Street Journal published an op-ed by my guest on this episode, Yale freshman Sahar Tartak. Titled "My High School's 'Antiracist' Agitprop", she described how illiberal her supposedly liberal high school had become, and the ways she and other students were "berated, bullied and insulted" for voicing dissent towards the school's race essentialist policies and programs. The story goes like this. In 2021 Great Neck North High School directed the student government to give $375 of student funds to a "racial equity" group to speak to the student body about "systemic racism."  Sahar, then a Senior at Great Neck, was the student government's treasurer, and felt they didn't know enough about the organization and its mission to disburse the funds.  So she refused to sign the check. What happened next was that the full weight of the education cartel's racialist star chamber fell upon a smart and courageous 17 year old.  The teachers who advise the student government berated, bullied and insulted her at their next meeting. They began by announcing that her social studies teacher would be present. Together, the three adults told her that the principal himself found my stance "appalling." She had made them and the school "look bad," they told her. One teacher said the situation gave her "hives." Another said "If you're not on board with systemic racism, I have trouble with that, girlfriend." The adults in the room were teachers who had the power to grade and affect her prospects of getting into college. After that, there were a series of tense meetings between Sahar and the administration and her parents, resulting in stalemate. Sahar, whose mother escaped revolutionary Iran, and grandfather escaped the Nazis, wouldn't back down.  "The experience prompted me and a few like-minded others to look into our school's curriculums. What we found was an arsenal of lopsidedly race-obsessed lesson plans."  One was the American Psychological Association's "Apology to People of Color" for its role in "Promoting, Perpetuating, and Failing to Challenge Racism." Another asserted that America is a place where racism is "no better today than it was 200 years ago." So what does she do? She presents her findings in an audacious speech to the school board and receives a standing ovation - from other students parents, not the school board.  "This was about speech," she explains. "These are the values that we protect and the reason why my family came to this country." Sahar's story is inspirational.  I'm sure we'll be hearing much more from her in the future. By the way, she taped this show from her Yale dorm room, where she also shared what a terrific time she's having in her Freshman year.  She's a fun and engaging interview. Listen in.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Recently The Wall Street Journal published an op-ed by my guest on this episode, Yale freshman Sahar Tartak. Titled "My High School's 'Antiracist' Agitprop", she described how illiberal her supposedly liberal high school had become, and the ways she and other students were "berated, bullied and insulted" for voicing dissent towards the school's race essentialist policies and programs. The story goes like this. In 2021 Great Neck North High School directed the student government to give $375 of student funds to a "racial equity" group to speak to the student body about "systemic racism."  Sahar, then a Senior at Great Neck, was the student government's treasurer, and felt they didn't know enough about the organization and its mission to disburse the funds.  So she refused to sign the check. What happened next was that the full weight of the education cartel's racialist star chamber fell upon a smart and courageous 17 year old.  The teachers who advise the student government berated, bullied and insulted her at their next meeting. They began by announcing that her social studies teacher would be present. Together, the three adults told her that the principal himself found my stance "appalling." She had made them and the school "look bad," they told her. One teacher said the situation gave her "hives." Another said "If you're not on board with systemic racism, I have trouble with that, girlfriend." The adults in the room were teachers who had the power to grade and affect her prospects of getting into college. After that, there were a series of tense meetings between Sahar and the administration and her parents, resulting in stalemate. Sahar, whose mother escaped revolutionary Iran, and grandfather escaped the Nazis, wouldn't back down.  "The experience prompted me and a few like-minded others to look into our school's curriculums. What we found was an arsenal of lopsidedly race-obsessed lesson plans."  One was the American Psychological Association's "Apology to People of Color" for its role in "Promoting, Perpetuating, and Failing to Challenge Racism." Another asserted that America is a place where racism is "no better today than it was 200 years ago." So what does she do? She presents her findings in an audacious speech to the school board and receives a standing ovation - from other students parents, not the school board.  "This was about speech," she explains. "These are the values that we protect and the reason why my family came to this country." Sahar's story is inspirational.  I'm sure we'll be hearing much more from her in the future. By the way, she taped this show from her Yale dorm room, where she also shared what a terrific time she's having in her Freshman year.  She's a fun and engaging interview. Listen in.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 204: "The Climate Change Industrial Complex: Trillion $$$ Promises That It Can't Keep" with Myron Ebell</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Climate Change Industrial Complex: Trillion $$$ Promises That It Can't Keep" with Myron Ebell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 22:51:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[63a98fb7-77d6-40f1-97a1-1cf8be041dc2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-204-the-climate-change-industrial-complex-trillion-promises-that-it-cant-keep-with-myron-ebell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">In this episode I'm talking again with Myron Ebell, Director of the Competitive Enterprise Institute's Center for Energy and Environment, one of our most effective advocates for Free Market Environmentalism. Myron led the successful decade-long fight to defeat cap-and-trade legislation and led the effort to convince President Trump to withdraw from the Paris climate treaty. The list of <a href= "https://cei.org/experts/myron-ebell/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">those in the "climate industry" who fear Myron's effectiveness</a> is long. The radical head of the Sierra Club has said he is "one of the biggest threats our planet has ever faced." </p> <p>But when you actually listen to Myron, you conclude that nothing could be further from the truth. </p> <p><strong><em>Some Takeaway From Our Conversation:</em></strong></p> <p>Inflation and an economy heading south are far and away the <a href= "https://nypost.com/2022/10/17/money-and-inflation-are-the-top-voter-issues-heading-into-the-2022-midterm-elections-poll/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">biggest issues</a> that concern American voters. Climate change barely makes the list.</p> <p>But instead of easing inflation, the falsely named Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) pours climate change subsidies onto the inflation bonfire. Inflation is not a natural disaster. It is a politician-made disaster brought about by massive Federal spending and tax subsidies. </p> <p>The Inflation Reduction Act <a href= "https://www.energy.gov/lpo/inflation-reduction-act-2022" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">lavished massive spending on green energy and climate change</a>. Almost $400 billion in subsidies for wind power, solar power, carbon capture and storage, credits for buying electric vehicles and a myriad of yet to be proven technologies.</p> <p>But as we all know, in Washington you need to follow the money. Who are the lobbyists? Who benefits? Who is getting this money?</p> <p>One of the biggest recipients is what Myron Ebell calls the <strong>"Climate Change Industrial Complex."</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]"><strong>The climate change industrial complex is thrilled with the Inflation Reduction Act. "The climate economy is about to explode,"</strong> <a href= "https://www.theatlantic.com/science/archive/2022/10/inflation-reduction-act-climate-economy/671659/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>crows Robinson Meyer</strong></a> <strong>writing in The Atlantic. "Many of the IRA's most important provisions are "uncapped" tax credits. That means that as long as you meet their terms, the government will award them and theIRA's total spending is likely to be more than $800 billion, <em>double</em> what the Congressional Budget Office projects."</strong> </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">These wind and solar subsidies benefit already wealthy investors who want to have a guaranteed return on their investment and the federal tax credit is necessary to assure that. The Manchin-Schumer Permitting Bill, which failed by only one vote in the Senate, contained even more massive tax subsidies for transmission lines and vastly expand the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC) authority over the electric grid. </p> <p>It's scheme was to allow the FERC to put climate goals ahead of electric reliability and affordability. </p> <p><strong><em>According to Myron, "The total costs of transmitting intermittent and unreliable electricity from locations where the wind blows or the sun shines to the distant places where most Americans live in order to achieve "net zero emissions" have been estimated at trillions of dollars."</em>  </strong></p> <p>Green energy mandates and subsidies <a href= "https://committeetounleashprosperity.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/CTUP_NegativeIRAReport_082022.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">reduce real wages and real GDP</a> by shifting resources from high-productivity uses such as fossil-fuel extraction toward low-productivity and unreliable green energy projects with unproven technologies. </p> <p>But isn't it all worth it if we "save the planet?" Perhaps, if wind and solar green energy could actually deliver the goods. But it can't.</p> <div class="pullquote" data-pm-slice="2 2 []"> <p><strong>"People have no idea how stuff is made," explains another The Bill Walton Show guest Mark Mills. "Wind turbines, electric cars, solar panels use far more copper than the products they replace, and no one in the world has any kind of plan to meet this explosion in demand." </strong></p> <p><strong>"Want 100 megawatts of electricity?" asks Mark. </strong></p> <p><strong>"You could build a natural gas turbine which fits inside the footprint of a residential house. From wind? You'll need 40 Washington Monument sized, wind turbines spread out over a hundred square miles."</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">If we were to try to provide all the energy America needs using just wind and solar, the physical land area would have to occupy close to half the continental United States.</p> <p>Myron again: "Wind and solar are a dead end. They cannot provide the power we need unless we want to go back to living lives where most of the work is done by human beings manual labor and draft animals like horses and mules."</p> <p>Europe is now waking up to these energy realities. Led by Angela Merkel, <a href= "https://www.reuters.com/world/europe/merkel-no-regrets-energy-policy-with-russia-2022-10-13/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">who says she has no regrets,</a> Europe's energy system became so fragile as a result of their green energy policies that now with Russia's invasion of Ukraine and the sabotage of the gas pipelines, they are faced with a crisis of enormous proportions. It's not just high energy prices.  It's people freezing to death and entire industries closing down because they don't have enough energy to stay warm or to keep the plants operating.</p> <p>German inflation, largely driven by skyrocketing energy prices, is running at 10.9%.</p> <p>It gets worse. Europe now has to worry about food. "Modern agriculture, which is really machines plus energy plus fertilizer, and the fertilizer comes from natural gas and petroleum," reminds Myron. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Faced with this, Germany is <a href= "https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/germany-plans-put-idled-coal-plants-standby-case-gas-supply-disruption-2022-05-24/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">bringing coal-fired power stations back into use</a> and <a href= "https://oilprice.com/Latest-Energy-News/World-News/Germany-Is-Dismantling-A-Wind-Farm-To-Make-Way-For-A-Coal-Mine.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">dismantling a wind farm</a> to make way for a coal mine. </p> <p><strong><em>"The climate change industry's Green New Deal is a back-to-the-dark-ages manifesto."</em></strong></p> <p>Has anyone asked the American voters whether they want to pay this price of lower wages and slower growth and their tax dollars going to subsidize wealthy "green investors?"</p> <p>Climate considerations are being used to justify projects that cannot be justified on the grounds of increased reliability or lower electric rates. </p> <p>The case has not been made that the trillions of dollars going into green energy is "settled science."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><a href= "https://internationalman.com/articles/david-stockman-on-why-global-warming-did-not-cause-todays-economic-disasters-governments-did/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">The present era is one of the coolest and least carbon-intensive periods of the last 600 million years</a>. The warming that we've had since 1880 is mild and its impacts so far have been modest and mostly positive.</p> <p><strong><em>"The greening effect, the indirect effect of carbon dioxide, has undoubtedly increased food production due to higher CO2 levels."</em></strong></p> <p>Republicans need to make this a politically toxic issue for the Democrats and their elitist and rsqa globalism over American prosperity. </p> <p>Reeling back the Climate Change Industrial Complex should be a kitchen table pocketbook visceral issue: even though it sounds nice to be green, it's wrecking America.</p> <p><strong><em>"We were energy dominant and in 2020 and 2019, the United States was the world's largest producer of oil and natural gas combined."</em></strong><em> </em></p> <p>Wouldn't this be a winning issue for Republicans in 2024?</p> <p><strong><em>"Yes. Well, of course," reminds Myron, "that was the agenda pursued by Donald Trump when he ran for president and it's the one that he implemented when he was elected."</em></strong><em> </em></p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 2 []">In this episode I'm talking again with Myron Ebell, Director of the Competitive Enterprise Institute's Center for Energy and Environment, one of our most effective advocates for Free Market Environmentalism. Myron led the successful decade-long fight to defeat cap-and-trade legislation and led the effort to convince President Trump to withdraw from the Paris climate treaty. The list of <a href= "https://cei.org/experts/myron-ebell/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer nofollow">those in the "climate industry" who fear Myron's effectiveness</a> is long. The radical head of the Sierra Club has said he is "one of the biggest threats our planet has ever faced." </p> <p>But when you actually listen to Myron, you conclude that nothing could be further from the truth. </p> <p><em>Some Takeaway From Our Conversation:</em></p> <p>Inflation and an economy heading south are far and away the <a href= "https://nypost.com/2022/10/17/money-and-inflation-are-the-top-voter-issues-heading-into-the-2022-midterm-elections-poll/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">biggest issues</a> that concern American voters. Climate change barely makes the list.</p> <p>But instead of easing inflation, the falsely named Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) pours climate change subsidies onto the inflation bonfire. Inflation is not a natural disaster. It is a politician-made disaster brought about by massive Federal spending and tax subsidies. </p> <p>The Inflation Reduction Act <a href= "https://www.energy.gov/lpo/inflation-reduction-act-2022" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">lavished massive spending on green energy and climate change</a>. Almost $400 billion in subsidies for wind power, solar power, carbon capture and storage, credits for buying electric vehicles and a myriad of yet to be proven technologies.</p> <p>But as we all know, in Washington you need to follow the money. Who are the lobbyists? Who benefits? Who is getting this money?</p> <p>One of the biggest recipients is what Myron Ebell calls the "Climate Change Industrial Complex."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">The climate change industrial complex is thrilled with the Inflation Reduction Act. "The climate economy is about to explode," <a href= "https://www.theatlantic.com/science/archive/2022/10/inflation-reduction-act-climate-economy/671659/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">crows Robinson Meyer</a> writing in The Atlantic. "Many of the IRA's most important provisions are "uncapped" tax credits. That means that as long as you meet their terms, the government will award them and theIRA's total spending is likely to be more than $800 billion, <em>double</em> what the Congressional Budget Office projects." </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">These wind and solar subsidies benefit already wealthy investors who want to have a guaranteed return on their investment and the federal tax credit is necessary to assure that. The Manchin-Schumer Permitting Bill, which failed by only one vote in the Senate, contained even more massive tax subsidies for transmission lines and vastly expand the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC) authority over the electric grid. </p> <p>It's scheme was to allow the FERC to put climate goals ahead of electric reliability and affordability. </p> <p><em>According to Myron, "The total costs of transmitting intermittent and unreliable electricity from locations where the wind blows or the sun shines to the distant places where most Americans live in order to achieve "net zero emissions" have been estimated at trillions of dollars."</em> </p> <p>Green energy mandates and subsidies <a href= "https://committeetounleashprosperity.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/CTUP_NegativeIRAReport_082022.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">reduce real wages and real GDP</a> by shifting resources from high-productivity uses such as fossil-fuel extraction toward low-productivity and unreliable green energy projects with unproven technologies. </p> <p>But isn't it all worth it if we "save the planet?" Perhaps, if wind and solar green energy could actually deliver the goods. But it can't.</p> <p>"People have no idea how stuff is made," explains another The Bill Walton Show guest Mark Mills. "Wind turbines, electric cars, solar panels use far more copper than the products they replace, and no one in the world has any kind of plan to meet this explosion in demand." </p> <p>"Want 100 megawatts of electricity?" asks Mark. </p> <p>"You could build a natural gas turbine which fits inside the footprint of a residential house. From wind? You'll need 40 Washington Monument sized, wind turbines spread out over a hundred square miles."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">If we were to try to provide all the energy America needs using just wind and solar, the physical land area would have to occupy close to half the continental United States.</p> <p>Myron again: "Wind and solar are a dead end. They cannot provide the power we need unless we want to go back to living lives where most of the work is done by human beings manual labor and draft animals like horses and mules."</p> <p>Europe is now waking up to these energy realities. Led by Angela Merkel, <a href= "https://www.reuters.com/world/europe/merkel-no-regrets-energy-policy-with-russia-2022-10-13/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">who says she has no regrets,</a> Europe's energy system became so fragile as a result of their green energy policies that now with Russia's invasion of Ukraine and the sabotage of the gas pipelines, they are faced with a crisis of enormous proportions. It's not just high energy prices. It's people freezing to death and entire industries closing down because they don't have enough energy to stay warm or to keep the plants operating.</p> <p>German inflation, largely driven by skyrocketing energy prices, is running at 10.9%.</p> <p>It gets worse. Europe now has to worry about food. "Modern agriculture, which is really machines plus energy plus fertilizer, and the fertilizer comes from natural gas and petroleum," reminds Myron. </p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Faced with this, Germany is <a href= "https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/germany-plans-put-idled-coal-plants-standby-case-gas-supply-disruption-2022-05-24/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">bringing coal-fired power stations back into use</a> and <a href= "https://oilprice.com/Latest-Energy-News/World-News/Germany-Is-Dismantling-A-Wind-Farm-To-Make-Way-For-A-Coal-Mine.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">dismantling a wind farm</a> to make way for a coal mine. </p> <p><em>"The climate change industry's Green New Deal is a back-to-the-dark-ages manifesto."</em></p> <p>Has anyone asked the American voters whether they want to pay this price of lower wages and slower growth and their tax dollars going to subsidize wealthy "green investors?"</p> <p>Climate considerations are being used to justify projects that cannot be justified on the grounds of increased reliability or lower electric rates. </p> <p>The case has not been made that the trillions of dollars going into green energy is "settled science."</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><a href= "https://internationalman.com/articles/david-stockman-on-why-global-warming-did-not-cause-todays-economic-disasters-governments-did/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">The present era is one of the coolest and least carbon-intensive periods of the last 600 million years</a>. The warming that we've had since 1880 is mild and its impacts so far have been modest and mostly positive.</p> <p><em>"The greening effect, the indirect effect of carbon dioxide, has undoubtedly increased food production due to higher CO2 levels."</em></p> <p>Republicans need to make this a politically toxic issue for the Democrats and their elitist and rsqa globalism over American prosperity. </p> <p>Reeling back the Climate Change Industrial Complex should be a kitchen table pocketbook visceral issue: even though it sounds nice to be green, it's wrecking America.</p> <p><em>"We were energy dominant and in 2020 and 2019, the United States was the world's largest producer of oil and natural gas combined."</em><em> </em></p> <p>Wouldn't this be a winning issue for Republicans in 2024?</p> <p><em>"Yes. Well, of course," reminds Myron, "that was the agenda pursued by Donald Trump when he ran for president and it's the one that he implemented when he was elected."</em><em> </em></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="50442397" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_11_22_Myron_Ebell_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode I'm talking again with Myron Ebell, Director of the Competitive Enterprise Institute's Center for Energy and Environment, one of our most effective advocates for Free Market Environmentalism. Myron led the successful decade-long fight to defeat cap-and-trade legislation and led the effort to convince President Trump to withdraw from the Paris climate treaty. The list of those in the "climate industry" who fear Myron's effectiveness is long. The radical head of the Sierra Club has said he is "one of the biggest threats our planet has ever faced."  But when you actually listen to Myron, you conclude that nothing could be further from the truth.  Some Takeaway From Our Conversation: Inflation and an economy heading south are far and away the biggest issues that concern American voters. Climate change barely makes the list. But instead of easing inflation, the falsely named Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) pours climate change subsidies onto the inflation bonfire. Inflation is not a natural disaster. It is a politician-made disaster brought about by massive Federal spending and tax subsidies.  The Inflation Reduction Act lavished massive spending on green energy and climate change. Almost $400 billion in subsidies for wind power, solar power, carbon capture and storage, credits for buying electric vehicles and a myriad of yet to be proven technologies. But as we all know, in Washington you need to follow the money. Who are the lobbyists? Who benefits? Who is getting this money? One of the biggest recipients is what Myron Ebell calls the "Climate Change Industrial Complex." The climate change industrial complex is thrilled with the Inflation Reduction Act. "The climate economy is about to explode," crows Robinson Meyer writing in The Atlantic. "Many of the IRA's most important provisions are "uncapped" tax credits. That means that as long as you meet their terms, the government will award them and theIRA's total spending is likely to be more than $800 billion, double what the Congressional Budget Office projects."  These wind and solar subsidies benefit already wealthy investors who want to have a guaranteed return on their investment and the federal tax credit is necessary to assure that. The Manchin-Schumer Permitting Bill, which failed by only one vote in the Senate, contained even more massive tax subsidies for transmission lines and vastly expand the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC) authority over the electric grid.  It's scheme was to allow the FERC to put climate goals ahead of electric reliability and affordability.  According to Myron, "The total costs of transmitting intermittent and unreliable electricity from locations where the wind blows or the sun shines to the distant places where most Americans live in order to achieve "net zero emissions" have been estimated at trillions of dollars."   Green energy mandates and subsidies reduce real wages and real GDP by shifting resources from high-productivity uses such as fossil-fuel extraction toward low-productivity and unreliable green energy projects with unproven technologies.  But isn't it all worth it if we "save the planet?" Perhaps, if wind and solar green energy could actually deliver the goods. But it can't. "People have no idea how stuff is made," explains another The Bill Walton Show guest Mark Mills. "Wind turbines, electric cars, solar panels use far more copper than the products they replace, and no one in the world has any kind of plan to meet this explosion in demand."  "Want 100 megawatts of electricity?" asks Mark.  "You could build a natural gas turbine which fits inside the footprint of a residential house. From wind? You'll need 40 Washington Monument sized, wind turbines spread out over a hundred square miles." If we were to try to provide all the energy America needs using just wind and solar, the physical land area would have to occupy close to half the continental United States. Myron again: "Wind and solar are a dead end. They cannot provide the power we need unless we want to go back to living lives where most of the work is done by human beings manual labor and draft animals like horses and mules." Europe is now waking up to these energy realities. Led by Angela Merkel, who says she has no regrets, Europe's energy system became so fragile as a result of their green energy policies that now with Russia's invasion of Ukraine and the sabotage of the gas pipelines, they are faced with a crisis of enormous proportions. It's not just high energy prices.  It's people freezing to death and entire industries closing down because they don't have enough energy to stay warm or to keep the plants operating. German inflation, largely driven by skyrocketing energy prices, is running at 10.9%. It gets worse. Europe now has to worry about food. "Modern agriculture, which is really machines plus energy plus fertilizer, and the fertilizer comes from natural gas and petroleum," reminds Myron.  Faced with this, Germany is bringing coal-fired power stations back into use and dismantling a wind farm to make way for a coal mine.  "The climate change industry's Green New Deal is a back-to-the-dark-ages manifesto." Has anyone asked the American voters whether they want to pay this price of lower wages and slower growth and their tax dollars going to subsidize wealthy "green investors?" Climate considerations are being used to justify projects that cannot be justified on the grounds of increased reliability or lower electric rates.  The case has not been made that the trillions of dollars going into green energy is "settled science." The present era is one of the coolest and least carbon-intensive periods of the last 600 million years. The warming that we've had since 1880 is mild and its impacts so far have been modest and mostly positive. "The greening effect, the indirect effect of carbon dioxide, has undoubtedly increased food production due to higher CO2 levels." Republicans need to make this a politically toxic issue for the Democrats and their elitist and rsqa globalism over American prosperity.  Reeling back the Climate Change Industrial Complex should be a kitchen table pocketbook visceral issue: even though it sounds nice to be green, it's wrecking America. "We were energy dominant and in 2020 and 2019, the United States was the world's largest producer of oil and natural gas combined."  Wouldn't this be a winning issue for Republicans in 2024? "Yes. Well, of course," reminds Myron, "that was the agenda pursued by Donald Trump when he ran for president and it's the one that he implemented when he was elected." </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode I'm talking again with Myron Ebell, Director of the Competitive Enterprise Institute's Center for Energy and Environment, one of our most effective advocates for Free Market Environmentalism. Myron led the successful decade-long fight to defeat cap-and-trade legislation and led the effort to convince President Trump to withdraw from the Paris climate treaty. The list of those in the "climate industry" who fear Myron's effectiveness is long. The radical head of the Sierra Club has said he is "one of the biggest threats our planet has ever faced."  But when you actually listen to Myron, you conclude that nothing could be further from the truth.  Some Takeaway From Our Conversation: Inflation and an economy heading south are far and away the biggest issues that concern American voters. Climate change barely makes the list. But instead of easing inflation, the falsely named Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) pours climate change subsidies onto the inflation bonfire. Inflation is not a natural disaster. It is a politician-made disaster brought about by massive Federal spending and tax subsidies.  The Inflation Reduction Act lavished massive spending on green energy and climate change. Almost $400 billion in subsidies for wind power, solar power, carbon capture and storage, credits for buying electric vehicles and a myriad of yet to be proven technologies. But as we all know, in Washington you need to follow the money. Who are the lobbyists? Who benefits? Who is getting this money? One of the biggest recipients is what Myron Ebell calls the "Climate Change Industrial Complex." The climate change industrial complex is thrilled with the Inflation Reduction Act. "The climate economy is about to explode," crows Robinson Meyer writing in The Atlantic. "Many of the IRA's most important provisions are "uncapped" tax credits. That means that as long as you meet their terms, the government will award them and theIRA's total spending is likely to be more than $800 billion, double what the Congressional Budget Office projects."  These wind and solar subsidies benefit already wealthy investors who want to have a guaranteed return on their investment and the federal tax credit is necessary to assure that. The Manchin-Schumer Permitting Bill, which failed by only one vote in the Senate, contained even more massive tax subsidies for transmission lines and vastly expand the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC) authority over the electric grid.  It's scheme was to allow the FERC to put climate goals ahead of electric reliability and affordability.  According to Myron, "The total costs of transmitting intermittent and unreliable electricity from locations where the wind blows or the sun shines to the distant places where most Americans live in order to achieve "net zero emissions" have been estimated at trillions of dollars."   Green energy mandates and subsidies reduce real wages and real GDP by shifting resources from high-productivity uses such as fossil-fuel extraction toward low-productivity and unreliable green energy projects with unproven technologies.  But isn't it all worth it if we "save the planet?" Perhaps, if wind and solar green energy could actually deliver the goods. But it can't. "People have no idea how stuff is made," explains another The Bill Walton Show guest Mark Mills. "Wind turbines, electric cars, solar panels use far more copper than the products they replace, and no one in the world has any kind of plan to meet this explosion in demand."  "Want 100 megawatts of electricity?" asks Mark.  "You could build a natural gas turbine which fits inside the footprint of a residential house. From wind? You'll need 40 Washington Monument sized, wind turbines spread out over a hundred square miles." If we were to try to provide all the energy America needs using just wind and solar, the physical land area would have to occupy close to half the continental United States. Myron again: "Wind and solar are a dead end. They cannot provide the power we need unless we want to go back to living lives where most of the work is done by human beings manual labor and draft animals like horses and mules." Europe is now waking up to these energy realities. Led by Angela Merkel, who says she has no regrets, Europe's energy system became so fragile as a result of their green energy policies that now with Russia's invasion of Ukraine and the sabotage of the gas pipelines, they are faced with a crisis of enormous proportions. It's not just high energy prices.  It's people freezing to death and entire industries closing down because they don't have enough energy to stay warm or to keep the plants operating. German inflation, largely driven by skyrocketing energy prices, is running at 10.9%. It gets worse. Europe now has to worry about food. "Modern agriculture, which is really machines plus energy plus fertilizer, and the fertilizer comes from natural gas and petroleum," reminds Myron.  Faced with this, Germany is bringing coal-fired power stations back into use and dismantling a wind farm to make way for a coal mine.  "The climate change industry's Green New Deal is a back-to-the-dark-ages manifesto." Has anyone asked the American voters whether they want to pay this price of lower wages and slower growth and their tax dollars going to subsidize wealthy "green investors?" Climate considerations are being used to justify projects that cannot be justified on the grounds of increased reliability or lower electric rates.  The case has not been made that the trillions of dollars going into green energy is "settled science." The present era is one of the coolest and least carbon-intensive periods of the last 600 million years. The warming that we've had since 1880 is mild and its impacts so far have been modest and mostly positive. "The greening effect, the indirect effect of carbon dioxide, has undoubtedly increased food production due to higher CO2 levels." Republicans need to make this a politically toxic issue for the Democrats and their elitist and rsqa globalism over American prosperity.  Reeling back the Climate Change Industrial Complex should be a kitchen table pocketbook visceral issue: even though it sounds nice to be green, it's wrecking America. "We were energy dominant and in 2020 and 2019, the United States was the world's largest producer of oil and natural gas combined."  Wouldn't this be a winning issue for Republicans in 2024? "Yes. Well, of course," reminds Myron, "that was the agenda pursued by Donald Trump when he ran for president and it's the one that he implemented when he was elected." </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 203: "This is not a Nintendo Game" with Dr Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>"This is not a Nintendo Game" with Dr Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 22:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e801f99b-966d-4725-9a02-e97b9ef3c2e3]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-203-this-is-not-a-nintendo-game-with-dr-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]"><strong>"There is more respect to be won in the opinion of this world by a resolute and courageous liquidation of unsound positions than by the most stubborn pursuit of extravagant or unpromising objectives." George F. Kennan, 1966</strong></p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Americans may admire the valiant resistance of the Ukrainians to the Russian invasion and be proud that we have been able to support their defense. Yet now we have to ask: how does this war end?</p> <p>Neither the leaders of Russia or Ukraine have espoused a goal that can restore peace in the area. Nor have any other suppliers of cash, military assistance and equipment - including the United States - articulated what an acceptable outcome might be. </p> <p>At what point are the players in the conflict in Ukraine willing to stop fighting and enter into genuine negotiations to bring peace in Ukraine?</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The primary concern of any American government must be the security interests of the American people. How is continuing to escalate the conflict in Ukraine serving American interests? </p> <p>To learn more about what's increasingly looking like madness, I'm talking again with the very wise Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the <a href= "https://centerforsecuritypolicy.org/author/stephen-bryen/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Center for Security Policy</a> and the <a href= "https://yorktowninstitute.org/fellows/stephen-bryen/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Yorktown Institute</a>. Dr Bryen has over 50 years national security experience with a long resume that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><strong><em>"How many Ukrainians have to die before we sort this thing out?" asks Stephen. "What's the end game here?"</em></strong></p> <p>Ukraine has never been of strategic importance to the United States. We have no treaties or agreements with Ukraine. The Ukrainians are now saying they need air defenses. Where are we going to get them? We would have to take them out of our inventory of active systems and move them to Ukraine. </p> <p>The Biden Administration has been bent on regime change in Russia from day one. There were any number of things that could have been done to deter Putin's invasion of Ukraine, but we did not do them.</p> <p><strong><em>"It's clear, this is an American war, using the Ukrainians as proxies," says Stephen. </em></strong></p> <p>And now the war is escalating beyond what most "official Washington" could have imagined. Putin has installed a new commander, whose nickname is "General Armageddon" for his ruthless annihilation of Syria. Ukraine's President Zelensky has called for nuclear weapons.</p> <p><strong><em>"They're calling tactical nuclear weapons at 15 kilotons tactical. The bomb that destroyed Hiroshima was 11 kilotons," reminds Stephen "Nuclear war is nuclear war. If we get into a nuclear war, the chance of global nuclear war is very high indeed."</em></strong></p> <p><strong><em>"This is not a Nintendo game. This is a deadly, serious, dangerous, globally dangerous situation, and we're not handling it responsibly."</em></strong></p> <p> Strong and upsetting words. But true words. You won't find Dr Stephen Bryen's wisdom covered by the mainstream media. His is a voice that must be listened to.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 ["pullquote",null]">"There is more respect to be won in the opinion of this world by a resolute and courageous liquidation of unsound positions than by the most stubborn pursuit of extravagant or unpromising objectives." George F. Kennan, 1966</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Americans may admire the valiant resistance of the Ukrainians to the Russian invasion and be proud that we have been able to support their defense. Yet now we have to ask: how does this war end?</p> <p>Neither the leaders of Russia or Ukraine have espoused a goal that can restore peace in the area. Nor have any other suppliers of cash, military assistance and equipment - including the United States - articulated what an acceptable outcome might be. </p> <p>At what point are the players in the conflict in Ukraine willing to stop fighting and enter into genuine negotiations to bring peace in Ukraine?</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The primary concern of any American government must be the security interests of the American people. How is continuing to escalate the conflict in Ukraine serving American interests? </p> <p>To learn more about what's increasingly looking like madness, I'm talking again with the very wise Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the <a href= "https://centerforsecuritypolicy.org/author/stephen-bryen/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Center for Security Policy</a> and the <a href= "https://yorktowninstitute.org/fellows/stephen-bryen/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Yorktown Institute</a>. Dr Bryen has over 50 years national security experience with a long resume that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><em>"How many Ukrainians have to die before we sort this thing out?" asks Stephen. "What's the end game here?"</em></p> <p>Ukraine has never been of strategic importance to the United States. We have no treaties or agreements with Ukraine. The Ukrainians are now saying they need air defenses. Where are we going to get them? We would have to take them out of our inventory of active systems and move them to Ukraine. </p> <p>The Biden Administration has been bent on regime change in Russia from day one. There were any number of things that could have been done to deter Putin's invasion of Ukraine, but we did not do them.</p> <p><em>"It's clear, this is an American war, using the Ukrainians as proxies," says Stephen. </em></p> <p>And now the war is escalating beyond what most "official Washington" could have imagined. Putin has installed a new commander, whose nickname is "General Armageddon" for his ruthless annihilation of Syria. Ukraine's President Zelensky has called for nuclear weapons.</p> <p><em>"They're calling tactical nuclear weapons at 15 kilotons tactical. The bomb that destroyed Hiroshima was 11 kilotons," reminds Stephen "Nuclear war is nuclear war. If we get into a nuclear war, the chance of global nuclear war is very high indeed."</em></p> <p><em>"This is not a Nintendo game. This is a deadly, serious, dangerous, globally dangerous situation, and we're not handling it responsibly."</em></p> <p> Strong and upsetting words. But true words. You won't find Dr Stephen Bryen's wisdom covered by the mainstream media. His is a voice that must be listened to.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="46754845" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_13_22_Stephen_Bryen_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"There is more respect to be won in the opinion of this world by a resolute and courageous liquidation of unsound positions than by the most stubborn pursuit of extravagant or unpromising objectives." George F. Kennan, 1966 Americans may admire the valiant resistance of the Ukrainians to the Russian invasion and be proud that we have been able to support their defense. Yet now we have to ask: how does this war end? Neither the leaders of Russia or Ukraine have espoused a goal that can restore peace in the area. Nor have any other suppliers of cash, military assistance and equipment - including the United States - articulated what an acceptable outcome might be.  At what point are the players in the conflict in Ukraine willing to stop fighting and enter into genuine negotiations to bring peace in Ukraine? The primary concern of any American government must be the security interests of the American people. How is continuing to escalate the conflict in Ukraine serving American interests?  To learn more about what's increasingly looking like madness, I'm talking again with the very wise Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute. Dr Bryen has over 50 years national security experience with a long resume that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. "How many Ukrainians have to die before we sort this thing out?" asks Stephen. "What's the end game here?" Ukraine has never been of strategic importance to the United States. We have no treaties or agreements with Ukraine. The Ukrainians are now saying they need air defenses. Where are we going to get them? We would have to take them out of our inventory of active systems and move them to Ukraine.  The Biden Administration has been bent on regime change in Russia from day one. There were any number of things that could have been done to deter Putin's invasion of Ukraine, but we did not do them. "It's clear, this is an American war, using the Ukrainians as proxies," says Stephen.  And now the war is escalating beyond what most "official Washington" could have imagined. Putin has installed a new commander, whose nickname is "General Armageddon" for his ruthless annihilation of Syria. Ukraine's President Zelensky has called for nuclear weapons. "They're calling tactical nuclear weapons at 15 kilotons tactical. The bomb that destroyed Hiroshima was 11 kilotons," reminds Stephen "Nuclear war is nuclear war. If we get into a nuclear war, the chance of global nuclear war is very high indeed." "This is not a Nintendo game. This is a deadly, serious, dangerous, globally dangerous situation, and we're not handling it responsibly."  Strong and upsetting words. But true words. You won't find Dr Stephen Bryen's wisdom covered by the mainstream media. His is a voice that must be listened to.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"There is more respect to be won in the opinion of this world by a resolute and courageous liquidation of unsound positions than by the most stubborn pursuit of extravagant or unpromising objectives." George F. Kennan, 1966 Americans may admire the valiant resistance of the Ukrainians to the Russian invasion and be proud that we have been able to support their defense. Yet now we have to ask: how does this war end? Neither the leaders of Russia or Ukraine have espoused a goal that can restore peace in the area. Nor have any other suppliers of cash, military assistance and equipment - including the United States - articulated what an acceptable outcome might be.  At what point are the players in the conflict in Ukraine willing to stop fighting and enter into genuine negotiations to bring peace in Ukraine? The primary concern of any American government must be the security interests of the American people. How is continuing to escalate the conflict in Ukraine serving American interests?  To learn more about what's increasingly looking like madness, I'm talking again with the very wise Dr. Stephen Bryen, a senior fellow at the Center for Security Policy and the Yorktown Institute. Dr Bryen has over 50 years national security experience with a long resume that includes serving as Senior Staff Director of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee and several stints in the Pentagon where he was known as the Yoda of the arms trade. "How many Ukrainians have to die before we sort this thing out?" asks Stephen. "What's the end game here?" Ukraine has never been of strategic importance to the United States. We have no treaties or agreements with Ukraine. The Ukrainians are now saying they need air defenses. Where are we going to get them? We would have to take them out of our inventory of active systems and move them to Ukraine.  The Biden Administration has been bent on regime change in Russia from day one. There were any number of things that could have been done to deter Putin's invasion of Ukraine, but we did not do them. "It's clear, this is an American war, using the Ukrainians as proxies," says Stephen.  And now the war is escalating beyond what most "official Washington" could have imagined. Putin has installed a new commander, whose nickname is "General Armageddon" for his ruthless annihilation of Syria. Ukraine's President Zelensky has called for nuclear weapons. "They're calling tactical nuclear weapons at 15 kilotons tactical. The bomb that destroyed Hiroshima was 11 kilotons," reminds Stephen "Nuclear war is nuclear war. If we get into a nuclear war, the chance of global nuclear war is very high indeed." "This is not a Nintendo game. This is a deadly, serious, dangerous, globally dangerous situation, and we're not handling it responsibly."  Strong and upsetting words. But true words. You won't find Dr Stephen Bryen's wisdom covered by the mainstream media. His is a voice that must be listened to.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 202: "Biden's Playing Nuclear War Brinksmanship with Russia; Meanwhile China Looms" with KT McFarland</title>
      <itunes:title>"Biden's Playing Nuclear War Brinksmanship with Russia; Meanwhile China Looms" with KT McFarland</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 22:13:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cabae79a-5b98-4653-81f5-05037cc0df9d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-202-bidens-playing-nuclear-war-brinksmanship-with-russia-meanwhile-china-looms-with-kt-mcfarland]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the 20 months that Joe Biden has been President, his decisions and rhetoric have made the world ever more combustible. Events in Ukraine has reached a flash point. Still, the Biden Administration refuses to negotiate with Russia's Vladimir Putin. The chance of a wider war between NATO and Russia grows ever more likely, a war that would immediately draw in the United States under NATO's Article 5 requiring collective defense .  Worse, supposedly serious people - both in the Biden Administration and many top Republicans - are talking about a "limited nuclear war.' Do they really want to risk this outcome over a country that most Americans cannot even find on a map?  Meanwhile, China is about to elect President Xi Jinping to a third term, effectively anointing him as Emperor for Life. And Xi has his sights set on Taiwan, which like Putin with Ukraine, he believes must be absorbed into China. "The complete reunification of our country must be realized, and it can without a doubt be realized," he declared this weekend. China will "never promise to renounce the use of force" on Taiwan. Neither Putin, nor Xi, are making idle threats. As my guest on this episode, KT McFarland explains: "Both the Chinese president, Xi Jinping, and the Russian president, Vladimir Putin, have the same sort of mindset problem. They think that they have been designated by fate to restore the greatness of their nations and that they personally want to achieve this during their time in office. And they're both in their seventies, so the clock is ticking." KT McFarland shares her penetrating and savvy insights into these threats from Russian and China and has a plan of action for what to do about them. She has served as Deputy National Security Advisor under President Trump, in the Pentagon under President Reagan and is author of several books including "Revolution: Trump, Washington and "We the People."" The main thing we need to do now is to keep the Ukraine conflict from escalating.  Putin has put a general in charge who led the bombing campaign in Syria whose nickname is "General Armageddon." Ukraine's President Zelensky recklessly wants to join NATO now, has asked for the United States to deploy nuclear weapons and keeps upping his endless demands for billions of American dollars. Instead of refusing to negotiate with Russia, the United States needs to step in and bring Russian and Ukraine to the table to wrap this thing up.  "For the first time in my adult lifetime … and I've studied nuclear weapons and taught nuclear weapons at MIT in the '80s. I was in the Reagan administration. I even go back to the Nixon and Ford administrations, so I have a long 45, 50 year old career, and I have never been as nervous about the threat of escalation to the point where it runs out of everybody's control as I am right now," worries KT.  Americans should be terrified that one of their politicians could push the wrong button and destroy the world. For a short, chock full with information and insight, briefing on both Russian and China today, listen in to this conversation with KT McFarland.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the 20 months that Joe Biden has been President, his decisions and rhetoric have made the world ever more combustible. Events in Ukraine has reached a flash point. Still, the Biden Administration refuses to negotiate with Russia's Vladimir Putin. The chance of a wider war between NATO and Russia grows ever more likely, a war that would immediately draw in the United States under NATO's Article 5 requiring collective defense . Worse, supposedly serious people - both in the Biden Administration and many top Republicans - are talking about a "limited nuclear war.' Do they really want to risk this outcome over a country that most Americans cannot even find on a map? Meanwhile, China is about to elect President Xi Jinping to a third term, effectively anointing him as Emperor for Life. And Xi has his sights set on Taiwan, which like Putin with Ukraine, he believes must be absorbed into China. "The complete reunification of our country must be realized, and it can without a doubt be realized," he declared this weekend. China will "never promise to renounce the use of force" on Taiwan. Neither Putin, nor Xi, are making idle threats. As my guest on this episode, KT McFarland explains: "Both the Chinese president, Xi Jinping, and the Russian president, Vladimir Putin, have the same sort of mindset problem. They think that they have been designated by fate to restore the greatness of their nations and that they personally want to achieve this during their time in office. And they're both in their seventies, so the clock is ticking." KT McFarland shares her penetrating and savvy insights into these threats from Russian and China and has a plan of action for what to do about them. She has served as Deputy National Security Advisor under President Trump, in the Pentagon under President Reagan and is author of several books including "Revolution: Trump, Washington and "We the People."" The main thing we need to do now is to keep the Ukraine conflict from escalating. Putin has put a general in charge who led the bombing campaign in Syria whose nickname is "General Armageddon." Ukraine's President Zelensky recklessly wants to join NATO now, has asked for the United States to deploy nuclear weapons and keeps upping his endless demands for billions of American dollars. Instead of refusing to negotiate with Russia, the United States needs to step in and bring Russian and Ukraine to the table to wrap this thing up. "For the first time in my adult lifetime … and I've studied nuclear weapons and taught nuclear weapons at MIT in the '80s. I was in the Reagan administration. I even go back to the Nixon and Ford administrations, so I have a long 45, 50 year old career, and I have never been as nervous about the threat of escalation to the point where it runs out of everybody's control as I am right now," worries KT. Americans should be terrified that one of their politicians could push the wrong button and destroy the world. For a short, chock full with information and insight, briefing on both Russian and China today, listen in to this conversation with KT McFarland.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="30607024" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_12_22_K.T._McFarland_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In the 20 months that Joe Biden has been President, his decisions and rhetoric have made the world ever more combustible. Events in Ukraine has reached a flash point. Still, the Biden Administration refuses to negotiate with Russia's Vladimir Putin. The chance of a wider war between NATO and Russia grows ever more likely, a war that would immediately draw in the United States under NATO's Article 5 requiring collective defense .  Worse, supposedly serious people - both in the Biden Administration and many top Republicans - are talking about a "limited nuclear war.' Do they really want to risk this outcome over a country that most Americans cannot even find on a map?  Meanwhile, China is about to elect President Xi Jinping to a third term, effectively anointing him as Emperor for Life. And Xi has his sights set on Taiwan, which like Putin with Ukraine, he believes must be absorbed into China. "The complete reunification of our country must be realized, and it can without a doubt be realized," he declared this weekend. China will "never promise to renounce the use of force" on Taiwan. Neither Putin, nor Xi, are making idle threats. As my guest on this episode, KT McFarland explains: "Both the Chinese president, Xi Jinping, and the Russian president, Vladimir Putin, have the same sort of mindset problem. They think that they have been designated by fate to restore the greatness of their nations and that they personally want to achieve this during their time in office. And they're both in their seventies, so the clock is ticking." KT McFarland shares her penetrating and savvy insights into these threats from Russian and China and has a plan of action for what to do about them. She has served as Deputy National Security Advisor under President Trump, in the Pentagon under President Reagan and is author of several books including "Revolution: Trump, Washington and "We the People."" The main thing we need to do now is to keep the Ukraine conflict from escalating.  Putin has put a general in charge who led the bombing campaign in Syria whose nickname is "General Armageddon." Ukraine's President Zelensky recklessly wants to join NATO now, has asked for the United States to deploy nuclear weapons and keeps upping his endless demands for billions of American dollars. Instead of refusing to negotiate with Russia, the United States needs to step in and bring Russian and Ukraine to the table to wrap this thing up.  "For the first time in my adult lifetime … and I've studied nuclear weapons and taught nuclear weapons at MIT in the '80s. I was in the Reagan administration. I even go back to the Nixon and Ford administrations, so I have a long 45, 50 year old career, and I have never been as nervous about the threat of escalation to the point where it runs out of everybody's control as I am right now," worries KT.  Americans should be terrified that one of their politicians could push the wrong button and destroy the world. For a short, chock full with information and insight, briefing on both Russian and China today, listen in to this conversation with KT McFarland.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In the 20 months that Joe Biden has been President, his decisions and rhetoric have made the world ever more combustible. Events in Ukraine has reached a flash point. Still, the Biden Administration refuses to negotiate with Russia's Vladimir Putin. The chance of a wider war between NATO and Russia grows ever more likely, a war that would immediately draw in the United States under NATO's Article 5 requiring collective defense .  Worse, supposedly serious people - both in the Biden Administration and many top Republicans - are talking about a "limited nuclear war.' Do they really want to risk this outcome over a country that most Americans cannot even find on a map?  Meanwhile, China is about to elect President Xi Jinping to a third term, effectively anointing him as Emperor for Life. And Xi has his sights set on Taiwan, which like Putin with Ukraine, he believes must be absorbed into China. "The complete reunification of our country must be realized, and it can without a doubt be realized," he declared this weekend. China will "never promise to renounce the use of force" on Taiwan. Neither Putin, nor Xi, are making idle threats. As my guest on this episode, KT McFarland explains: "Both the Chinese president, Xi Jinping, and the Russian president, Vladimir Putin, have the same sort of mindset problem. They think that they have been designated by fate to restore the greatness of their nations and that they personally want to achieve this during their time in office. And they're both in their seventies, so the clock is ticking." KT McFarland shares her penetrating and savvy insights into these threats from Russian and China and has a plan of action for what to do about them. She has served as Deputy National Security Advisor under President Trump, in the Pentagon under President Reagan and is author of several books including "Revolution: Trump, Washington and "We the People."" The main thing we need to do now is to keep the Ukraine conflict from escalating.  Putin has put a general in charge who led the bombing campaign in Syria whose nickname is "General Armageddon." Ukraine's President Zelensky recklessly wants to join NATO now, has asked for the United States to deploy nuclear weapons and keeps upping his endless demands for billions of American dollars. Instead of refusing to negotiate with Russia, the United States needs to step in and bring Russian and Ukraine to the table to wrap this thing up.  "For the first time in my adult lifetime … and I've studied nuclear weapons and taught nuclear weapons at MIT in the '80s. I was in the Reagan administration. I even go back to the Nixon and Ford administrations, so I have a long 45, 50 year old career, and I have never been as nervous about the threat of escalation to the point where it runs out of everybody's control as I am right now," worries KT.  Americans should be terrified that one of their politicians could push the wrong button and destroy the world. For a short, chock full with information and insight, briefing on both Russian and China today, listen in to this conversation with KT McFarland.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 201: "Surviving Hurricane Ian while Contemplating Nuclear Armageddon" with Brandon Weichert</title>
      <itunes:title>"Surviving Hurricane Ian while Contemplating Nuclear Armageddon" with Brandon Weichert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 12:06:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a4df5d9-d009-4e6c-b613-509a349efce2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-201-surviving-hurricane-ian-while-contemplating-nuclear-armageddon-with-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode took a couple of twisting turns to complete. A few weeks back, I emailed my friend Brandon Weichert, a very smart geopolitical strategist and publisher of the Weichert Report, to ask if he could come on my show to talk about Ukraine, Putin and the possibilities of a nuclear war. He emailed back that "well, perhaps we could do the recording later this week or next weekend because I've got a category three hurricane bearing down in my home, presently. It might end up in Tampa, but we might be right in the epicenter".  In the event, the hurricane did land, and it landed right on top of Brandon.  "Before the hurricane hits," shares Brandon, "the night before, I'm watching local news and they're saying it's going to strengthen into a category four, but it looks like it's still going to miss Southwest Florida, it's going to hit Tampa. So we'll be ok. Not great, but ok."   "Then I wake up at 7:00 or 8:00 am the next morning and my house is shaking and it's like something from a disaster film. And this hurricane not only strengthened into a category four, but almost a category five! We lost power immediately. We had no internet, no nothing. So I could receive texts and phone calls, but I couldn't make any and I couldn't send anything out." What happened next is quite a story, and a sobering look at what happens after a real disaster.  Listen in as Brandon shares this first-hand experience surviving Hurricane Ian, but also as we segue into what's developing in Ukraine, Russia and Putin's nuclear saber rattling.  There are troubling parallels explains Brandon:  "So this was really a snapshot, I think, of what may happen if, God forbid, this issue with Russia and Ukraine goes nuclear or EMP Electromagnetic Pulse Weapons or involves cyber-attack or space attack or some combination thereof."  "Because the first thing that I learned, is that our infrastructure is going to collapse. No one will save us." President Biden seems weirdly glib about the prospect of catastrophe, and some of his remarks sound almost as it he's inviting it. It's not just Biden. He's joined in this by too many in official Washington, including Republicans like Lindsay Graham.  People who say Vladimir Putin would never use nuclear weapons have not studied Putin, or at best, are making a judgement call about an unknowable mind. Talk of regime change and further arming Ukraine to win a decisive victory are beyond reckless. Instead, we need to use American power to wrap this war up and return Europe to peace. "We've gone on to push this to the red line of a nuclear war," warns Brandon Weichert. "It now it behooves a great power like the United States to say, 'It's time for everyone to go to that big beautiful table, sit down and figure out how we're going to get out of this situation.'" We unpack a lot in this episode. Given the existential stakes we face, Brandon's assessment is definitely worth a listen.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode took a couple of twisting turns to complete. A few weeks back, I emailed my friend Brandon Weichert, a very smart geopolitical strategist and publisher of the Weichert Report, to ask if he could come on my show to talk about Ukraine, Putin and the possibilities of a nuclear war. He emailed back that "well, perhaps we could do the recording later this week or next weekend because I've got a category three hurricane bearing down in my home, presently. It might end up in Tampa, but we might be right in the epicenter". In the event, the hurricane did land, and it landed right on top of Brandon. "Before the hurricane hits," shares Brandon, "the night before, I'm watching local news and they're saying it's going to strengthen into a category four, but it looks like it's still going to miss Southwest Florida, it's going to hit Tampa. So we'll be ok. Not great, but ok." "Then I wake up at 7:00 or 8:00 am the next morning and my house is shaking and it's like something from a disaster film. And this hurricane not only strengthened into a category four, but almost a category five! We lost power immediately. We had no internet, no nothing. So I could receive texts and phone calls, but I couldn't make any and I couldn't send anything out." What happened next is quite a story, and a sobering look at what happens after a real disaster. Listen in as Brandon shares this first-hand experience surviving Hurricane Ian, but also as we segue into what's developing in Ukraine, Russia and Putin's nuclear saber rattling. There are troubling parallels explains Brandon: "So this was really a snapshot, I think, of what may happen if, God forbid, this issue with Russia and Ukraine goes nuclear or EMP Electromagnetic Pulse Weapons or involves cyber-attack or space attack or some combination thereof." "Because the first thing that I learned, is that our infrastructure is going to collapse. No one will save us." President Biden seems weirdly glib about the prospect of catastrophe, and some of his remarks sound almost as it he's inviting it. It's not just Biden. He's joined in this by too many in official Washington, including Republicans like Lindsay Graham. People who say Vladimir Putin would never use nuclear weapons have not studied Putin, or at best, are making a judgement call about an unknowable mind. Talk of regime change and further arming Ukraine to win a decisive victory are beyond reckless. Instead, we need to use American power to wrap this war up and return Europe to peace. "We've gone on to push this to the red line of a nuclear war," warns Brandon Weichert. "It now it behooves a great power like the United States to say, 'It's time for everyone to go to that big beautiful table, sit down and figure out how we're going to get out of this situation.'" We unpack a lot in this episode. Given the existential stakes we face, Brandon's assessment is definitely worth a listen.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="55991005" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_10_9_22_Brandon_Weichert_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>201</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This episode took a couple of twisting turns to complete. A few weeks back, I emailed my friend Brandon Weichert, a very smart geopolitical strategist and publisher of the Weichert Report, to ask if he could come on my show to talk about Ukraine, Putin and the possibilities of a nuclear war. He emailed back that "well, perhaps we could do the recording later this week or next weekend because I've got a category three hurricane bearing down in my home, presently. It might end up in Tampa, but we might be right in the epicenter".  In the event, the hurricane did land, and it landed right on top of Brandon.  "Before the hurricane hits," shares Brandon, "the night before, I'm watching local news and they're saying it's going to strengthen into a category four, but it looks like it's still going to miss Southwest Florida, it's going to hit Tampa. So we'll be ok. Not great, but ok."   "Then I wake up at 7:00 or 8:00 am the next morning and my house is shaking and it's like something from a disaster film. And this hurricane not only strengthened into a category four, but almost a category five! We lost power immediately. We had no internet, no nothing. So I could receive texts and phone calls, but I couldn't make any and I couldn't send anything out." What happened next is quite a story, and a sobering look at what happens after a real disaster.  Listen in as Brandon shares this first-hand experience surviving Hurricane Ian, but also as we segue into what's developing in Ukraine, Russia and Putin's nuclear saber rattling.  There are troubling parallels explains Brandon:  "So this was really a snapshot, I think, of what may happen if, God forbid, this issue with Russia and Ukraine goes nuclear or EMP Electromagnetic Pulse Weapons or involves cyber-attack or space attack or some combination thereof."  "Because the first thing that I learned, is that our infrastructure is going to collapse. No one will save us." President Biden seems weirdly glib about the prospect of catastrophe, and some of his remarks sound almost as it he's inviting it. It's not just Biden. He's joined in this by too many in official Washington, including Republicans like Lindsay Graham.  People who say Vladimir Putin would never use nuclear weapons have not studied Putin, or at best, are making a judgement call about an unknowable mind. Talk of regime change and further arming Ukraine to win a decisive victory are beyond reckless. Instead, we need to use American power to wrap this war up and return Europe to peace. "We've gone on to push this to the red line of a nuclear war," warns Brandon Weichert. "It now it behooves a great power like the United States to say, 'It's time for everyone to go to that big beautiful table, sit down and figure out how we're going to get out of this situation.'" We unpack a lot in this episode. Given the existential stakes we face, Brandon's assessment is definitely worth a listen.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This episode took a couple of twisting turns to complete. A few weeks back, I emailed my friend Brandon Weichert, a very smart geopolitical strategist and publisher of the Weichert Report, to ask if he could come on my show to talk about Ukraine, Putin and the possibilities of a nuclear war. He emailed back that "well, perhaps we could do the recording later this week or next weekend because I've got a category three hurricane bearing down in my home, presently. It might end up in Tampa, but we might be right in the epicenter".  In the event, the hurricane did land, and it landed right on top of Brandon.  "Before the hurricane hits," shares Brandon, "the night before, I'm watching local news and they're saying it's going to strengthen into a category four, but it looks like it's still going to miss Southwest Florida, it's going to hit Tampa. So we'll be ok. Not great, but ok."   "Then I wake up at 7:00 or 8:00 am the next morning and my house is shaking and it's like something from a disaster film. And this hurricane not only strengthened into a category four, but almost a category five! We lost power immediately. We had no internet, no nothing. So I could receive texts and phone calls, but I couldn't make any and I couldn't send anything out." What happened next is quite a story, and a sobering look at what happens after a real disaster.  Listen in as Brandon shares this first-hand experience surviving Hurricane Ian, but also as we segue into what's developing in Ukraine, Russia and Putin's nuclear saber rattling.  There are troubling parallels explains Brandon:  "So this was really a snapshot, I think, of what may happen if, God forbid, this issue with Russia and Ukraine goes nuclear or EMP Electromagnetic Pulse Weapons or involves cyber-attack or space attack or some combination thereof."  "Because the first thing that I learned, is that our infrastructure is going to collapse. No one will save us." President Biden seems weirdly glib about the prospect of catastrophe, and some of his remarks sound almost as it he's inviting it. It's not just Biden. He's joined in this by too many in official Washington, including Republicans like Lindsay Graham.  People who say Vladimir Putin would never use nuclear weapons have not studied Putin, or at best, are making a judgement call about an unknowable mind. Talk of regime change and further arming Ukraine to win a decisive victory are beyond reckless. Instead, we need to use American power to wrap this war up and return Europe to peace. "We've gone on to push this to the red line of a nuclear war," warns Brandon Weichert. "It now it behooves a great power like the United States to say, 'It's time for everyone to go to that big beautiful table, sit down and figure out how we're going to get out of this situation.'" We unpack a lot in this episode. Given the existential stakes we face, Brandon's assessment is definitely worth a listen.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 200: If You Want Lawful Elections, You Will Need To Get Engaged (Here's How) with Cleta Mitchell</title>
      <itunes:title>If You Want Lawful Elections, You Will Need To Get Engaged (Here's How) with Cleta Mitchell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2022 00:07:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[da9225bb-d07c-4b84-b1be-787dd22d28d8]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-200-if-you-want-lawful-elections-you-will-need-to-get-engaged-heres-how-with-cleta-mitchell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Election process isn't a sexy topic, but if we want to preserve our democratic election system, and keep our Republic, election integrity is essential.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Election Integrity means ensuring the legal right of all Americans to vote in a free and fair election:<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3">without concerns that their political voice would be diminished by individual or institutional fraud,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3">physical or verbal intimidation,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3">vote trafficking ("harvesting")<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3">buying of votes,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3">ballot manipulation at election offices,<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3">voting by non-citizens,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3">or any political activism that alters, coerces, or negates a citizen's right to vote.</li> </ul> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">In 2020, using the pretext of COVID,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> Democrat lawmakers and partisan judges, systematically changed state election laws.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> No matter what words you use to characterize it, the election process was massively tilted to favor the Democrat candidates, including Joe Biden.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">However we feel about 2020, that was then, and this is now. We have an election coming up November 6 and we need to be sure it is a lawful one.</p> <p class="p1">Joining me on this episode of The Bill Walton Show to talk about what's at stake and what to do about it, is a great American, <strong>Cleta Mitchell</strong>, who has spent a lifetime fighting for free and fair elections, calling out the left's tactics and encouraging Americans to take an active role in their local elections. Cleta runs the <a title="https://whoscounting.us/" contenteditable="false" href="https://whoscounting.us/">Election Integrity Network</a> and hosts the podcast "Who's Counting."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Her goal is to make 'easy to vote and hard to cheat' a reality in every voting jurisdiction in America.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"Voting has already started in multiple states, including Virginia which has 45 days of early voting,"explains Cleta. "Absentee ballots have been sent out all over the country. So we no longer have Election Day. We have election two months. We have election season with massive extensions of early voting and voting by mail, no excuse absentee voting, so that our election process has essentially been wrenched away from its moorings."</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">In our brief conversation, Cleta provides a sobering - yet also energizing - overview of what Republicans are up against in this election. The 2020 playbook has been revealed and there's a lot we as individuals can do to neutralize it.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Start by listening to Cleta's insights here, and then go to her website <a title="http://whoscounting.us/" contenteditable="false" href= "http://whoscounting.us/">whoscounting.us</a> to download her "Citizens Guide" for some powerful lines of action.</p> <p class="p1">There's a lot we can do to matter, and Cleta Mitchell shows the way. <span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Election process isn't a sexy topic, but if we want to preserve our democratic election system, and keep our Republic, election integrity is essential.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Election Integrity means ensuring the legal right of all Americans to vote in a free and fair election: </p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3">without concerns that their political voice would be diminished by individual or institutional fraud, </li> <li class="li3">physical or verbal intimidation, </li> <li class="li3">vote trafficking ("harvesting") </li> <li class="li3">buying of votes, </li> <li class="li3">ballot manipulation at election offices, </li> <li class="li3">voting by non-citizens, </li> <li class="li3">or any political activism that alters, coerces, or negates a citizen's right to vote.</li> </ul> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">In 2020, using the pretext of COVID, Democrat lawmakers and partisan judges, systematically changed state election laws. No matter what words you use to characterize it, the election process was massively tilted to favor the Democrat candidates, including Joe Biden. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">However we feel about 2020, that was then, and this is now. We have an election coming up November 6 and we need to be sure it is a lawful one.</p> <p class="p1">Joining me on this episode of The Bill Walton Show to talk about what's at stake and what to do about it, is a great American, Cleta Mitchell, who has spent a lifetime fighting for free and fair elections, calling out the left's tactics and encouraging Americans to take an active role in their local elections. Cleta runs the <a title="https://whoscounting.us/" contenteditable="false" href="https://whoscounting.us/">Election Integrity Network</a> and hosts the podcast "Who's Counting." </p> <p class="p1">Her goal is to make 'easy to vote and hard to cheat' a reality in every voting jurisdiction in America.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"Voting has already started in multiple states, including Virginia which has 45 days of early voting,"explains Cleta. "Absentee ballots have been sent out all over the country. So we no longer have Election Day. We have election two months. We have election season with massive extensions of early voting and voting by mail, no excuse absentee voting, so that our election process has essentially been wrenched away from its moorings."</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">In our brief conversation, Cleta provides a sobering - yet also energizing - overview of what Republicans are up against in this election. The 2020 playbook has been revealed and there's a lot we as individuals can do to neutralize it. </p> <p class="p1">Start by listening to Cleta's insights here, and then go to her website <a title="http://whoscounting.us/" contenteditable="false" href= "http://whoscounting.us/">whoscounting.us</a> to download her "Citizens Guide" for some powerful lines of action.</p> <p class="p1">There's a lot we can do to matter, and Cleta Mitchell shows the way. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="34776349" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_9_30_22_Cleta_Mitchell_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Election process isn't a sexy topic, but if we want to preserve our democratic election system, and keep our Republic, election integrity is essential.   Election Integrity means ensuring the legal right of all Americans to vote in a free and fair election:  without concerns that their political voice would be diminished by individual or institutional fraud,  physical or verbal intimidation,  vote trafficking ("harvesting")  buying of votes,  ballot manipulation at election offices,  voting by non-citizens,  or any political activism that alters, coerces, or negates a citizen's right to vote.   In 2020, using the pretext of COVID,  Democrat lawmakers and partisan judges, systematically changed state election laws.  No matter what words you use to characterize it, the election process was massively tilted to favor the Democrat candidates, including Joe Biden.    However we feel about 2020, that was then, and this is now. We have an election coming up November 6 and we need to be sure it is a lawful one. Joining me on this episode of The Bill Walton Show to talk about what's at stake and what to do about it, is a great American, Cleta Mitchell, who has spent a lifetime fighting for free and fair elections, calling out the left's tactics and encouraging Americans to take an active role in their local elections. Cleta runs the Election Integrity Network and hosts the podcast "Who's Counting."  Her goal is to make 'easy to vote and hard to cheat' a reality in every voting jurisdiction in America.   "Voting has already started in multiple states, including Virginia which has 45 days of early voting,"explains Cleta. "Absentee ballots have been sent out all over the country. So we no longer have Election Day. We have election two months. We have election season with massive extensions of early voting and voting by mail, no excuse absentee voting, so that our election process has essentially been wrenched away from its moorings."   In our brief conversation, Cleta provides a sobering - yet also energizing - overview of what Republicans are up against in this election. The 2020 playbook has been revealed and there's a lot we as individuals can do to neutralize it.  Start by listening to Cleta's insights here, and then go to her website whoscounting.us to download her "Citizens Guide" for some powerful lines of action. There's a lot we can do to matter, and Cleta Mitchell shows the way.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Election process isn't a sexy topic, but if we want to preserve our democratic election system, and keep our Republic, election integrity is essential.   Election Integrity means ensuring the legal right of all Americans to vote in a free and fair election:  without concerns that their political voice would be diminished by individual or institutional fraud,  physical or verbal intimidation,  vote trafficking ("harvesting")  buying of votes,  ballot manipulation at election offices,  voting by non-citizens,  or any political activism that alters, coerces, or negates a citizen's right to vote.   In 2020, using the pretext of COVID,  Democrat lawmakers and partisan judges, systematically changed state election laws.  No matter what words you use to characterize it, the election process was massively tilted to favor the Democrat candidates, including Joe Biden.    However we feel about 2020, that was then, and this is now. We have an election coming up November 6 and we need to be sure it is a lawful one. Joining me on this episode of The Bill Walton Show to talk about what's at stake and what to do about it, is a great American, Cleta Mitchell, who has spent a lifetime fighting for free and fair elections, calling out the left's tactics and encouraging Americans to take an active role in their local elections. Cleta runs the Election Integrity Network and hosts the podcast "Who's Counting."  Her goal is to make 'easy to vote and hard to cheat' a reality in every voting jurisdiction in America.   "Voting has already started in multiple states, including Virginia which has 45 days of early voting,"explains Cleta. "Absentee ballots have been sent out all over the country. So we no longer have Election Day. We have election two months. We have election season with massive extensions of early voting and voting by mail, no excuse absentee voting, so that our election process has essentially been wrenched away from its moorings."   In our brief conversation, Cleta provides a sobering - yet also energizing - overview of what Republicans are up against in this election. The 2020 playbook has been revealed and there's a lot we as individuals can do to neutralize it.  Start by listening to Cleta's insights here, and then go to her website whoscounting.us to download her "Citizens Guide" for some powerful lines of action. There's a lot we can do to matter, and Cleta Mitchell shows the way.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 199: It is Time to Negotiate Peace Between Ukraine and Russia with Shea Bradley-Farrell</title>
      <itunes:title>It is Time to Negotiate Peace Between Ukraine and Russia with Shea Bradley-Farrell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 11:52:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[878863a7-2e23-481b-9612-a5c6c923b755]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-199-it-is-time-to-negotiate-peace-between-ukraine-and-russia-with-shea-bradley-farrell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"These are the cold, hard facts: Russia, the country cornering the European energy market, is profiting from its war against Ukraine, while the West's adversaries gain economic and global dominance. U.S. Warhawks and like-minded ideologues of the European Union (EU) have enabled a war that grinds on, destroying Ukraine, while its leadership poses artistically for Vogue magazine."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"And now, in the ninth month, the citizens of the EU are preparing for a cold, dark winter and a fight for which they did not ask."</p> <p class="p1">"Peace will not come to Ukraine until the U.S. and Russia sit down face-to-face and negotiate specific terms and conditions of a peace treaty. Nothing short of that level of negotiation will be effective, respected, or guaranteed."</p> <p class="p1">So declares my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell - and I agree.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p3"><span class="s1">Shea is</span> <span class= "s2">president of the <a title= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/" contenteditable="false" href="https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/"><span class= "s3">Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education</span></a> and is a <a title= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/aboutus" contenteditable= "false" href= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/aboutus"><span class= "s4">recognized expert</span></a> in international development, national security, foreign policy and aid, women's empowerment, and human rights.</span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">The State Department's job is to keep us out of war through effective diplomacy. Instead, Anthony Blinken et al has put us at risk of a wider war in Europe, out of control inflation, a steep recession, massive food insecurity, and a nuclear confrontation.</span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">The Biden Administration's brinksmanship tactics have driven Russian and China into an even deeper partnership that has ominous implications for future of the U.S. and its European allies.</span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">With the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipeline, Germany's economy is on the brink of collapse. German industries and households are starved for energy that grows more expensive with each passing week.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">Why has the United States encouraged this war to proceed, sending over $60 billion of American taxpayers money?</span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">It now seems apparent that President Biden and the State Department's aim has been regime change - an ouster of Vladimir Putin - through a proxy war in Ukraine.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">This is reckless and dangerous. The United States has a miserable track record in "regime change" - think Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and Libya.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">The Biden Administration has blundered us into the most dangerous situation in American foreign policy since the Cuban Missile Crisis.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">It is time to negotiate peace.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p5"><span class="s4">This is not the conventional view in America at the moment. Listen in as Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell makes the case.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"These are the cold, hard facts: Russia, the country cornering the European energy market, is profiting from its war against Ukraine, while the West's adversaries gain economic and global dominance. U.S. Warhawks and like-minded ideologues of the European Union (EU) have enabled a war that grinds on, destroying Ukraine, while its leadership poses artistically for Vogue magazine." </p> <p class="p1">"And now, in the ninth month, the citizens of the EU are preparing for a cold, dark winter and a fight for which they did not ask."</p> <p class="p1">"Peace will not come to Ukraine until the U.S. and Russia sit down face-to-face and negotiate specific terms and conditions of a peace treaty. Nothing short of that level of negotiation will be effective, respected, or guaranteed."</p> <p class="p1">So declares my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell - and I agree. </p> <p class="p3">Shea is president of the <a title= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/" contenteditable="false" href="https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/">Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education</a> and is a <a title= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/aboutus" contenteditable= "false" href= "https://www.counterpointinstitute.org/aboutus">recognized expert</a> in international development, national security, foreign policy and aid, women's empowerment, and human rights.</p> <p class="p5">The State Department's job is to keep us out of war through effective diplomacy. Instead, Anthony Blinken et al has put us at risk of a wider war in Europe, out of control inflation, a steep recession, massive food insecurity, and a nuclear confrontation.</p> <p class="p5">The Biden Administration's brinksmanship tactics have driven Russian and China into an even deeper partnership that has ominous implications for future of the U.S. and its European allies.</p> <p class="p5">With the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipeline, Germany's economy is on the brink of collapse. German industries and households are starved for energy that grows more expensive with each passing week. </p> <p class="p5">Why has the United States encouraged this war to proceed, sending over $60 billion of American taxpayers money?</p> <p class="p5">It now seems apparent that President Biden and the State Department's aim has been regime change - an ouster of Vladimir Putin - through a proxy war in Ukraine. </p> <p class="p5">This is reckless and dangerous. The United States has a miserable track record in "regime change" - think Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and Libya. </p> <p class="p5">The Biden Administration has blundered us into the most dangerous situation in American foreign policy since the Cuban Missile Crisis. </p> <p class="p5">It is time to negotiate peace. </p> <p class="p5">This is not the conventional view in America at the moment. Listen in as Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell makes the case.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="31754006" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Dr._Shea_Bradley-Farrell_9_23_22_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"These are the cold, hard facts: Russia, the country cornering the European energy market, is profiting from its war against Ukraine, while the West's adversaries gain economic and global dominance. U.S. Warhawks and like-minded ideologues of the European Union (EU) have enabled a war that grinds on, destroying Ukraine, while its leadership poses artistically for Vogue magazine."  "And now, in the ninth month, the citizens of the EU are preparing for a cold, dark winter and a fight for which they did not ask." "Peace will not come to Ukraine until the U.S. and Russia sit down face-to-face and negotiate specific terms and conditions of a peace treaty. Nothing short of that level of negotiation will be effective, respected, or guaranteed." So declares my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell - and I agree.  Shea is president of the Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education and is a recognized expert in international development, national security, foreign policy and aid, women's empowerment, and human rights. The State Department's job is to keep us out of war through effective diplomacy. Instead, Anthony Blinken et al has put us at risk of a wider war in Europe, out of control inflation, a steep recession, massive food insecurity, and a nuclear confrontation. The Biden Administration's brinksmanship tactics have driven Russian and China into an even deeper partnership that has ominous implications for future of the U.S. and its European allies. With the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipeline, Germany's economy is on the brink of collapse. German industries and households are starved for energy that grows more expensive with each passing week.  Why has the United States encouraged this war to proceed, sending over $60 billion of American taxpayers money? It now seems apparent that President Biden and the State Department's aim has been regime change - an ouster of Vladimir Putin - through a proxy war in Ukraine.  This is reckless and dangerous. The United States has a miserable track record in "regime change" - think Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and Libya.  The Biden Administration has blundered us into the most dangerous situation in American foreign policy since the Cuban Missile Crisis.  It is time to negotiate peace.  This is not the conventional view in America at the moment. Listen in as Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell makes the case.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"These are the cold, hard facts: Russia, the country cornering the European energy market, is profiting from its war against Ukraine, while the West's adversaries gain economic and global dominance. U.S. Warhawks and like-minded ideologues of the European Union (EU) have enabled a war that grinds on, destroying Ukraine, while its leadership poses artistically for Vogue magazine."  "And now, in the ninth month, the citizens of the EU are preparing for a cold, dark winter and a fight for which they did not ask." "Peace will not come to Ukraine until the U.S. and Russia sit down face-to-face and negotiate specific terms and conditions of a peace treaty. Nothing short of that level of negotiation will be effective, respected, or guaranteed." So declares my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show, Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell - and I agree.  Shea is president of the Counterpoint Institute for Policy, Research and Education and is a recognized expert in international development, national security, foreign policy and aid, women's empowerment, and human rights. The State Department's job is to keep us out of war through effective diplomacy. Instead, Anthony Blinken et al has put us at risk of a wider war in Europe, out of control inflation, a steep recession, massive food insecurity, and a nuclear confrontation. The Biden Administration's brinksmanship tactics have driven Russian and China into an even deeper partnership that has ominous implications for future of the U.S. and its European allies. With the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipeline, Germany's economy is on the brink of collapse. German industries and households are starved for energy that grows more expensive with each passing week.  Why has the United States encouraged this war to proceed, sending over $60 billion of American taxpayers money? It now seems apparent that President Biden and the State Department's aim has been regime change - an ouster of Vladimir Putin - through a proxy war in Ukraine.  This is reckless and dangerous. The United States has a miserable track record in "regime change" - think Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and Libya.  The Biden Administration has blundered us into the most dangerous situation in American foreign policy since the Cuban Missile Crisis.  It is time to negotiate peace.  This is not the conventional view in America at the moment. Listen in as Dr Shea Bradley-Farrell makes the case.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 198: Will Chinese-Style Social Credit Be Coming to America? with Todd Zywicki</title>
      <itunes:title>Will Chinese-Style Social Credit Be Coming to America? with Todd Zywicki</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Aug 2022 17:13:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2d9694f7-cb2d-4bb0-995b-79625ebe2704]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-198-will-chinese-style-social-credit-be-coming-to-america-with-todd-zywicki]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In the decade since Barrack Obama remarked that "it would be so much easier to be the President of China," the Chinese Communist Party has been working hard to make that job even easier.</p> <p>How?  One way is to impose a social credit system that monitors, rewards, and punishes people according to how closely their behavior conforms to the Party's diktats. </p> <p>"The social credit system is an important component of the social market, the socialist market economy, and the social government system. Keeping trust is glorious, and breaking trust is disgraceful," the Party declares. </p> <p>So what happens in China when its people do things that the Communist Party thinks "breaks its trust"? </p> <p>We saw that last month when some Chinese banking customers tried to organize a rally to protest having access to their bank deposits cut off. The CCP flipped their social credit health codes to red, which means they couldn't use public transport, they couldn't go into restaurants, they couldn't go into malls, they lost their right to travel. They were made into non-persons.</p> <p>Could this happen in America? My guest on this episode Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law, is quite concerned.</p> <p><strong>"In contrast to China, at least for the time being, American government is constrained from imposing social credit criteria on Americans. But it wouldn't necessarily have to do it directly.</strong></p> <p><strong>The technologies and systems are in place so that social credit scoring could be implemented through our financial services system: banks, brokerage firms, credit rating agencies, insurance companies, etc."</strong></p> <p>At the World Economic Forum - home to the Global Reset agenda - their meetings have hosted presentations about rolling out credit cards that would monitor our individual carbon footprints.</p> <p>Also openly discussed were systems to implant chips to monitor vaccine booster shots. The system would remind you to get one, and if you didn't do it, then you'd be shut off from access to public spaces.</p> <p>These would be implemented by private sector actors but with the nodding approval of government agencies, much like Twitter has censored speech at the behest of federal health authorities. </p> <p>Who is pushing social control in America and why?</p> <p>Are these paranoid imaginings, or are social credit scores coming to a American house near you? Maybe your house.</p> <p>There's a lot we need to know about these developments and Todd and I cover a lot of ground to examine the many issues. Worth a listen.</p> <p><strong>"What's the difference between reality and conspiracy theory? About three months."</strong> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">In the decade since Barrack Obama remarked that "it would be so much easier to be the President of China," the Chinese Communist Party has been working hard to make that job even easier.</p> <p>How? One way is to impose a social credit system that monitors, rewards, and punishes people according to how closely their behavior conforms to the Party's diktats. </p> <p>"The social credit system is an important component of the social market, the socialist market economy, and the social government system. Keeping trust is glorious, and breaking trust is disgraceful," the Party declares. </p> <p>So what happens in China when its people do things that the Communist Party thinks "breaks its trust"? </p> <p>We saw that last month when some Chinese banking customers tried to organize a rally to protest having access to their bank deposits cut off. The CCP flipped their social credit health codes to red, which means they couldn't use public transport, they couldn't go into restaurants, they couldn't go into malls, they lost their right to travel. They were made into non-persons.</p> <p>Could this happen in America? My guest on this episode Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law, is quite concerned.</p> <p>"In contrast to China, at least for the time being, American government is constrained from imposing social credit criteria on Americans. But it wouldn't necessarily have to do it directly.</p> <p>The technologies and systems are in place so that social credit scoring could be implemented through our financial services system: banks, brokerage firms, credit rating agencies, insurance companies, etc."</p> <p>At the World Economic Forum - home to the Global Reset agenda - their meetings have hosted presentations about rolling out credit cards that would monitor our individual carbon footprints.</p> <p>Also openly discussed were systems to implant chips to monitor vaccine booster shots. The system would remind you to get one, and if you didn't do it, then you'd be shut off from access to public spaces.</p> <p>These would be implemented by private sector actors but with the nodding approval of government agencies, much like Twitter has censored speech at the behest of federal health authorities. </p> <p>Who is pushing social control in America and why?</p> <p>Are these paranoid imaginings, or are social credit scores coming to a American house near you? Maybe your house.</p> <p>There's a lot we need to know about these developments and Todd and I cover a lot of ground to examine the many issues. Worth a listen.</p> <p>"What's the difference between reality and conspiracy theory? About three months." </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44604075" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Todd_Zywicki_6_20_22_Final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>198</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In the decade since Barrack Obama remarked that "it would be so much easier to be the President of China," the Chinese Communist Party has been working hard to make that job even easier. How?  One way is to impose a social credit system that monitors, rewards, and punishes people according to how closely their behavior conforms to the Party's diktats.  "The social credit system is an important component of the social market, the socialist market economy, and the social government system. Keeping trust is glorious, and breaking trust is disgraceful," the Party declares.  So what happens in China when its people do things that the Communist Party thinks "breaks its trust"?  We saw that last month when some Chinese banking customers tried to organize a rally to protest having access to their bank deposits cut off. The CCP flipped their social credit health codes to red, which means they couldn't use public transport, they couldn't go into restaurants, they couldn't go into malls, they lost their right to travel. They were made into non-persons. Could this happen in America? My guest on this episode Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law, is quite concerned. "In contrast to China, at least for the time being, American government is constrained from imposing social credit criteria on Americans. But it wouldn't necessarily have to do it directly. The technologies and systems are in place so that social credit scoring could be implemented through our financial services system: banks, brokerage firms, credit rating agencies, insurance companies, etc." At the World Economic Forum - home to the Global Reset agenda - their meetings have hosted presentations about rolling out credit cards that would monitor our individual carbon footprints. Also openly discussed were systems to implant chips to monitor vaccine booster shots. The system would remind you to get one, and if you didn't do it, then you'd be shut off from access to public spaces. These would be implemented by private sector actors but with the nodding approval of government agencies, much like Twitter has censored speech at the behest of federal health authorities.  Who is pushing social control in America and why? Are these paranoid imaginings, or are social credit scores coming to a American house near you? Maybe your house. There's a lot we need to know about these developments and Todd and I cover a lot of ground to examine the many issues. Worth a listen. "What's the difference between reality and conspiracy theory? About three months." </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In the decade since Barrack Obama remarked that "it would be so much easier to be the President of China," the Chinese Communist Party has been working hard to make that job even easier. How?  One way is to impose a social credit system that monitors, rewards, and punishes people according to how closely their behavior conforms to the Party's diktats.  "The social credit system is an important component of the social market, the socialist market economy, and the social government system. Keeping trust is glorious, and breaking trust is disgraceful," the Party declares.  So what happens in China when its people do things that the Communist Party thinks "breaks its trust"?  We saw that last month when some Chinese banking customers tried to organize a rally to protest having access to their bank deposits cut off. The CCP flipped their social credit health codes to red, which means they couldn't use public transport, they couldn't go into restaurants, they couldn't go into malls, they lost their right to travel. They were made into non-persons. Could this happen in America? My guest on this episode Todd Zywicki, Professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School and who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law, is quite concerned. "In contrast to China, at least for the time being, American government is constrained from imposing social credit criteria on Americans. But it wouldn't necessarily have to do it directly. The technologies and systems are in place so that social credit scoring could be implemented through our financial services system: banks, brokerage firms, credit rating agencies, insurance companies, etc." At the World Economic Forum - home to the Global Reset agenda - their meetings have hosted presentations about rolling out credit cards that would monitor our individual carbon footprints. Also openly discussed were systems to implant chips to monitor vaccine booster shots. The system would remind you to get one, and if you didn't do it, then you'd be shut off from access to public spaces. These would be implemented by private sector actors but with the nodding approval of government agencies, much like Twitter has censored speech at the behest of federal health authorities.  Who is pushing social control in America and why? Are these paranoid imaginings, or are social credit scores coming to a American house near you? Maybe your house. There's a lot we need to know about these developments and Todd and I cover a lot of ground to examine the many issues. Worth a listen. "What's the difference between reality and conspiracy theory? About three months." </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 197: "How We Can Rein in the Power of the Federal Government" with Mark Meckler.</title>
      <itunes:title>"How We Can Rein in the Power of the Federal Government" with Mark Meckler.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 18:38:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c0befa15-a158-4bac-82de-42c519993094]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-197-how-we-can-rein-in-the-power-of-the-federal-government-with-mark-meckler]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The genius of the founders who gave us the United States Constitution was that they sought to provide a system of government to guard against the concentration of power by an elite few. Their clear-eyed understanding of human nature was that unchecked power almost always and everywhere has been the source of tyranny throughout history. But for more than a century in America, the Constitution, as drafted and ratified, has been either ignored or, creatively lawyered by Supreme Court rulings, to expand federal power. Washington DC today enjoys almost unchecked power. This is a systemic problem that requires a systemic solution. So says Mark Meckler, my guest on this episode. Mark is founder of the Convention of the States, which calls for using Article V of the Constitution to call a Convention of States to propose amendments. "This is about more than elections. Elections cannot and will not solve the problems of a broken system. The only solution big enough to fix our nation's problems is a Convention of States for proposing constitutional amendments to rein in federal tyranny." The Convention of States would only allow the states to discuss amendments that, "limit the power and jurisdiction of the federal government, impose fiscal restraints, and place term limits on federal officials." Here are some of the types of amendments that could be proposed: • Limiting Supreme Court Justices to nine members of the court • Preventing the federal government from adding states without the affirmative consent of three quarters of the existing states • A limitation on using Executive Orders and federal regulations to enact laws • A balanced budget amendment, including limitations on taxes and spending • Imposition of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) • Single Subject Amendment – One subject per bill in Congress • A redefinition of the General Welfare Clause back to original intent (the original view was the federal government could not spend money on any topic within the jurisdiction of the states) • A redefinition of the Commerce Clause back to original intent (the original view was that Congress was granted a narrow and exclusive power to regulate shipments across state lines–not all the economic activity of the nation) • A prohibition of using international treaties and law to govern the domestic law of the United States • Placing an upper limit on federal taxation • Requiring the sunset of all existing federal taxes and a super-majority vote to replace them with new, fairer taxes • Religious freedom amendment, prohibiting the government from further interference with our religious freedoms • Regulatory curtailment by forcing Congress to vote on regulations instead of deferring law making to regulators. Is any of this possible? Nineteen states have already voted to call for a Convention. Thirty four are need needed to make it happen. Listen in to learn how Mark believes we can bring this about.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The genius of the founders who gave us the United States Constitution was that they sought to provide a system of government to guard against the concentration of power by an elite few. Their clear-eyed understanding of human nature was that unchecked power almost always and everywhere has been the source of tyranny throughout history. But for more than a century in America, the Constitution, as drafted and ratified, has been either ignored or, creatively lawyered by Supreme Court rulings, to expand federal power. Washington DC today enjoys almost unchecked power. This is a systemic problem that requires a systemic solution. So says Mark Meckler, my guest on this episode. Mark is founder of the Convention of the States, which calls for using Article V of the Constitution to call a Convention of States to propose amendments. "This is about more than elections. Elections cannot and will not solve the problems of a broken system. The only solution big enough to fix our nation's problems is a Convention of States for proposing constitutional amendments to rein in federal tyranny." The Convention of States would only allow the states to discuss amendments that, "limit the power and jurisdiction of the federal government, impose fiscal restraints, and place term limits on federal officials." Here are some of the types of amendments that could be proposed: • Limiting Supreme Court Justices to nine members of the court • Preventing the federal government from adding states without the affirmative consent of three quarters of the existing states • A limitation on using Executive Orders and federal regulations to enact laws • A balanced budget amendment, including limitations on taxes and spending • Imposition of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) • Single Subject Amendment – One subject per bill in Congress • A redefinition of the General Welfare Clause back to original intent (the original view was the federal government could not spend money on any topic within the jurisdiction of the states) • A redefinition of the Commerce Clause back to original intent (the original view was that Congress was granted a narrow and exclusive power to regulate shipments across state lines–not all the economic activity of the nation) • A prohibition of using international treaties and law to govern the domestic law of the United States • Placing an upper limit on federal taxation • Requiring the sunset of all existing federal taxes and a super-majority vote to replace them with new, fairer taxes • Religious freedom amendment, prohibiting the government from further interference with our religious freedoms • Regulatory curtailment by forcing Congress to vote on regulations instead of deferring law making to regulators. Is any of this possible? Nineteen states have already voted to call for a Convention. Thirty four are need needed to make it happen. Listen in to learn how Mark believes we can bring this about.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="135135852" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS163_2022_07_21_Meckler.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The genius of the founders who gave us the United States Constitution was that they sought to provide a system of government to guard against the concentration of power by an elite few. Their clear-eyed understanding of human nature was that unchecked power almost always and everywhere has been the source of tyranny throughout history. But for more than a century in America, the Constitution, as drafted and ratified, has been either ignored or, creatively lawyered by Supreme Court rulings, to expand federal power. Washington DC today enjoys almost unchecked power. This is a systemic problem that requires a systemic solution. So says Mark Meckler, my guest on this episode. Mark is founder of the Convention of the States, which calls for using Article V of the Constitution to call a Convention of States to propose amendments. "This is about more than elections. Elections cannot and will not solve the problems of a broken system. The only solution big enough to fix our nation's problems is a Convention of States for proposing constitutional amendments to rein in federal tyranny." The Convention of States would only allow the states to discuss amendments that, "limit the power and jurisdiction of the federal government, impose fiscal restraints, and place term limits on federal officials." Here are some of the types of amendments that could be proposed: • Limiting Supreme Court Justices to nine members of the court • Preventing the federal government from adding states without the affirmative consent of three quarters of the existing states • A limitation on using Executive Orders and federal regulations to enact laws • A balanced budget amendment, including limitations on taxes and spending • Imposition of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) • Single Subject Amendment – One subject per bill in Congress • A redefinition of the General Welfare Clause back to original intent (the original view was the federal government could not spend money on any topic within the jurisdiction of the states) • A redefinition of the Commerce Clause back to original intent (the original view was that Congress was granted a narrow and exclusive power to regulate shipments across state lines–not all the economic activity of the nation) • A prohibition of using international treaties and law to govern the domestic law of the United States • Placing an upper limit on federal taxation • Requiring the sunset of all existing federal taxes and a super-majority vote to replace them with new, fairer taxes • Religious freedom amendment, prohibiting the government from further interference with our religious freedoms • Regulatory curtailment by forcing Congress to vote on regulations instead of deferring law making to regulators. Is any of this possible? Nineteen states have already voted to call for a Convention. Thirty four are need needed to make it happen. Listen in to learn how Mark believes we can bring this about.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The genius of the founders who gave us the United States Constitution was that they sought to provide a system of government to guard against the concentration of power by an elite few. Their clear-eyed understanding of human nature was that unchecked power almost always and everywhere has been the source of tyranny throughout history. But for more than a century in America, the Constitution, as drafted and ratified, has been either ignored or, creatively lawyered by Supreme Court rulings, to expand federal power. Washington DC today enjoys almost unchecked power. This is a systemic problem that requires a systemic solution. So says Mark Meckler, my guest on this episode. Mark is founder of the Convention of the States, which calls for using Article V of the Constitution to call a Convention of States to propose amendments. "This is about more than elections. Elections cannot and will not solve the problems of a broken system. The only solution big enough to fix our nation's problems is a Convention of States for proposing constitutional amendments to rein in federal tyranny." The Convention of States would only allow the states to discuss amendments that, "limit the power and jurisdiction of the federal government, impose fiscal restraints, and place term limits on federal officials." Here are some of the types of amendments that could be proposed: • Limiting Supreme Court Justices to nine members of the court • Preventing the federal government from adding states without the affirmative consent of three quarters of the existing states • A limitation on using Executive Orders and federal regulations to enact laws • A balanced budget amendment, including limitations on taxes and spending • Imposition of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) • Single Subject Amendment – One subject per bill in Congress • A redefinition of the General Welfare Clause back to original intent (the original view was the federal government could not spend money on any topic within the jurisdiction of the states) • A redefinition of the Commerce Clause back to original intent (the original view was that Congress was granted a narrow and exclusive power to regulate shipments across state lines–not all the economic activity of the nation) • A prohibition of using international treaties and law to govern the domestic law of the United States • Placing an upper limit on federal taxation • Requiring the sunset of all existing federal taxes and a super-majority vote to replace them with new, fairer taxes • Religious freedom amendment, prohibiting the government from further interference with our religious freedoms • Regulatory curtailment by forcing Congress to vote on regulations instead of deferring law making to regulators. Is any of this possible? Nineteen states have already voted to call for a Convention. Thirty four are need needed to make it happen. Listen in to learn how Mark believes we can bring this about.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 196: Freedom, CPAC, America and Winning the Next Election with Matt Schlapp</title>
      <itunes:title>Freedom, CPAC, America and Winning the Next Election with Matt Schlapp</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 13:18:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ce4a3ceb-40a7-4f03-b698-05e53ca93d8f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-196-freedom-cpac-america-and-winning-the-next-election-with-matt-schlapp]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This episode is set in our mountainside house in Rappahannock County, Virginia for a wide ranging conversation with my friend, the always engaging and provocative Matt Schlapp, leader and Chairman of CPAC. We cover a lot of ground, with some of the highlights being: Why we believe we're in the human flourishing business. Why the "diversity, equity and inclusion" mantra is a false God. How CPAC is finding that America's founding principles and freedoms are resonating all over the world with its international events in Japan, Brazil, Hong Kong, and this week, Israel. What we think is the most important word in CPAC's name. Where people who share our values should be investing their time and money. Why a "little bit of voter fraud and corruption" is unacceptable when it comes to our elections. What Ron DeSantis can expect if he becomes the Republican standard bearer. This is a fun conversation, especially as we joust and jest with my director Kenny, as the sun moves around the set.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode is set in our mountainside house in Rappahannock County, Virginia for a wide ranging conversation with my friend, the always engaging and provocative Matt Schlapp, leader and Chairman of CPAC. We cover a lot of ground, with some of the highlights being: Why we believe we're in the human flourishing business. Why the "diversity, equity and inclusion" mantra is a false God. How CPAC is finding that America's founding principles and freedoms are resonating all over the world with its international events in Japan, Brazil, Hong Kong, and this week, Israel. What we think is the most important word in CPAC's name. Where people who share our values should be investing their time and money. Why a "little bit of voter fraud and corruption" is unacceptable when it comes to our elections. What Ron DeSantis can expect if he becomes the Republican standard bearer. This is a fun conversation, especially as we joust and jest with my director Kenny, as the sun moves around the set.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="80401795" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS162_2022_07_15_Schlapp_v2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>196</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This episode is set in our mountainside house in Rappahannock County, Virginia for a wide ranging conversation with my friend, the always engaging and provocative Matt Schlapp, leader and Chairman of CPAC. We cover a lot of ground, with some of the highlights being: Why we believe we're in the human flourishing business. Why the "diversity, equity and inclusion" mantra is a false God. How CPAC is finding that America's founding principles and freedoms are resonating all over the world with its international events in Japan, Brazil, Hong Kong, and this week, Israel. What we think is the most important word in CPAC's name. Where people who share our values should be investing their time and money. Why a "little bit of voter fraud and corruption" is unacceptable when it comes to our elections. What Ron DeSantis can expect if he becomes the Republican standard bearer. This is a fun conversation, especially as we joust and jest with my director Kenny, as the sun moves around the set.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This episode is set in our mountainside house in Rappahannock County, Virginia for a wide ranging conversation with my friend, the always engaging and provocative Matt Schlapp, leader and Chairman of CPAC. We cover a lot of ground, with some of the highlights being: Why we believe we're in the human flourishing business. Why the "diversity, equity and inclusion" mantra is a false God. How CPAC is finding that America's founding principles and freedoms are resonating all over the world with its international events in Japan, Brazil, Hong Kong, and this week, Israel. What we think is the most important word in CPAC's name. Where people who share our values should be investing their time and money. Why a "little bit of voter fraud and corruption" is unacceptable when it comes to our elections. What Ron DeSantis can expect if he becomes the Republican standard bearer. This is a fun conversation, especially as we joust and jest with my director Kenny, as the sun moves around the set.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 195: "The Supreme Court Reins in the EPA: Why? What Happens Next" with John Vecchione and Casey Norman</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Supreme Court Reins in the EPA: Why? What Happens Next" with John Vecchione and Casey Norman</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 13:44:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[24e870df-7166-47c8-8a0b-8020eaaaaff9]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-195-the-supreme-court-reins-in-the-epa-why-what-happens-next-with-john-vecchione-and-casey-norman]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Supreme Court's most momentous decision was not the 5-to-4 vote to overturn Roe v. Wade. That simply sent the issue back to the states to decide.</p> <p>Rather it was the blockbuster decision to rein in the Environmental Protection Agency from claiming powers that Congress did not grant.</p> <p>When Congress passed the Clean Air Act it authorized the EPA to impose the "best system of emission reduction" for carbon-emitting activities. It did not authorize the EPA to shut down electricity generated from coal. It did not authorize a "generation shift" to so-called renewables like wind and solar.</p> <p>The EPA had claimed these powers to order changes of vast economic and political significance and the Supreme Court essentially said "no you can't do that, not unless there's legislation that clearly and explicitly authorizes it."</p> <p>As John Vecchione, my guest on this episode, puts it succinctly:</p> <p><strong>"Why do you write down laws? If you write down the laws, don't those words mean something or can they mean anything?"</strong></p> <p>What the EPA has been saying is <strong>'We are going to set the CO2 levels such that the coal plants can no longer operate. We want to put the coal plants out of business completely.'</strong> </p> <p>This was not its intended mandate.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Join me as I talk with John Vecchione and his colleague Casey Norman, both with the New Civil Liberties Alliance, about the EPA decision and what it means. </p> <p>If you're looking a lively, engaging and plain English conversation about the issues, this is the place to start.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">The Supreme Court's most momentous decision was not the 5-to-4 vote to overturn Roe v. Wade. That simply sent the issue back to the states to decide.</p> <p>Rather it was the blockbuster decision to rein in the Environmental Protection Agency from claiming powers that Congress did not grant.</p> <p>When Congress passed the Clean Air Act it authorized the EPA to impose the "best system of emission reduction" for carbon-emitting activities. It did not authorize the EPA to shut down electricity generated from coal. It did not authorize a "generation shift" to so-called renewables like wind and solar.</p> <p>The EPA had claimed these powers to order changes of vast economic and political significance and the Supreme Court essentially said "no you can't do that, not unless there's legislation that clearly and explicitly authorizes it."</p> <p>As John Vecchione, my guest on this episode, puts it succinctly:</p> <p>"Why do you write down laws? If you write down the laws, don't those words mean something or can they mean anything?"</p> <p>What the EPA has been saying is 'We are going to set the CO2 levels such that the coal plants can no longer operate. We want to put the coal plants out of business completely.' </p> <p>This was not its intended mandate.</p> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">Join me as I talk with John Vecchione and his colleague Casey Norman, both with the New Civil Liberties Alliance, about the EPA decision and what it means. </p> <p>If you're looking a lively, engaging and plain English conversation about the issues, this is the place to start.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="109161227" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS161_2022_07_7_Vecchione_Norman.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Supreme Court's most momentous decision was not the 5-to-4 vote to overturn Roe v. Wade. That simply sent the issue back to the states to decide. Rather it was the blockbuster decision to rein in the Environmental Protection Agency from claiming powers that Congress did not grant. When Congress passed the Clean Air Act it authorized the EPA to impose the "best system of emission reduction" for carbon-emitting activities. It did not authorize the EPA to shut down electricity generated from coal. It did not authorize a "generation shift" to so-called renewables like wind and solar. The EPA had claimed these powers to order changes of vast economic and political significance and the Supreme Court essentially said "no you can't do that, not unless there's legislation that clearly and explicitly authorizes it." As John Vecchione, my guest on this episode, puts it succinctly: "Why do you write down laws? If you write down the laws, don't those words mean something or can they mean anything?" What the EPA has been saying is 'We are going to set the CO2 levels such that the coal plants can no longer operate. We want to put the coal plants out of business completely.'  This was not its intended mandate. Join me as I talk with John Vecchione and his colleague Casey Norman, both with the New Civil Liberties Alliance, about the EPA decision and what it means.  If you're looking a lively, engaging and plain English conversation about the issues, this is the place to start.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Supreme Court's most momentous decision was not the 5-to-4 vote to overturn Roe v. Wade. That simply sent the issue back to the states to decide. Rather it was the blockbuster decision to rein in the Environmental Protection Agency from claiming powers that Congress did not grant. When Congress passed the Clean Air Act it authorized the EPA to impose the "best system of emission reduction" for carbon-emitting activities. It did not authorize the EPA to shut down electricity generated from coal. It did not authorize a "generation shift" to so-called renewables like wind and solar. The EPA had claimed these powers to order changes of vast economic and political significance and the Supreme Court essentially said "no you can't do that, not unless there's legislation that clearly and explicitly authorizes it." As John Vecchione, my guest on this episode, puts it succinctly: "Why do you write down laws? If you write down the laws, don't those words mean something or can they mean anything?" What the EPA has been saying is 'We are going to set the CO2 levels such that the coal plants can no longer operate. We want to put the coal plants out of business completely.'  This was not its intended mandate. Join me as I talk with John Vecchione and his colleague Casey Norman, both with the New Civil Liberties Alliance, about the EPA decision and what it means.  If you're looking a lively, engaging and plain English conversation about the issues, this is the place to start.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 194: "Making America First Again" with Brooke Rollins</title>
      <itunes:title>"Making America First Again" with Brooke Rollins</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 12:17:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[06d0a69b-ee47-4823-a811-2ba7c4173df0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-193-making-america-first-again-with-brooke-rollins]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As we can all recall, when Donald Trump took office in January 2017, he didn't exactly come equipped with the detailed plans and the 1,000s of people necessary to bring about his agenda. Essentially, he had to start from scratch. That was part of his appeal. That he did accomplish so much was a testament to the strength of his mission - Make America Great Again - and the power of his personal leadership. Still, there were a lot of missed opportunities. With Republicans likely to get another chance when America elects a Republican President in 2024, we need to get it right. We need to be prepared. Working on just such a project is the America First Policy Institute led by its CEO Brooke Rollins, my guest on this episode. Brooke was Director of the Domestic Policy Council in President Trump's White House, where she also served as Director of the Office of American Innovation. Simply put, AFPI is developing a detailed blueprint for governing. To put in place the right people, policies, processes, etc.. to bring about transformational change. And doing this while knowing full well that the Deep State will fight tooth and nail to block this agenda - just as it did with Donald Trump. In just over a year, AFPI has assembled a team with 17 former White House senior staffers, 45 former administration officials, and is building an organization that, in Brooke's words, will "continue to execute, continue the America First agenda to be ready for the next White House, whether that is Donald Trump or Ron DeSantis or Ted Cruz or someone we may not even be talking about today. Our side has never been ready. And we're going to change that." Pay attention to AFPI and Brooke Rollins. What they're doing can be a game changer.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As we can all recall, when Donald Trump took office in January 2017, he didn't exactly come equipped with the detailed plans and the 1,000s of people necessary to bring about his agenda. Essentially, he had to start from scratch. That was part of his appeal. That he did accomplish so much was a testament to the strength of his mission - Make America Great Again - and the power of his personal leadership. Still, there were a lot of missed opportunities. With Republicans likely to get another chance when America elects a Republican President in 2024, we need to get it right. We need to be prepared. Working on just such a project is the America First Policy Institute led by its CEO Brooke Rollins, my guest on this episode. Brooke was Director of the Domestic Policy Council in President Trump's White House, where she also served as Director of the Office of American Innovation. Simply put, AFPI is developing a detailed blueprint for governing. To put in place the right people, policies, processes, etc.. to bring about transformational change. And doing this while knowing full well that the Deep State will fight tooth and nail to block this agenda - just as it did with Donald Trump. In just over a year, AFPI has assembled a team with 17 former White House senior staffers, 45 former administration officials, and is building an organization that, in Brooke's words, will "continue to execute, continue the America First agenda to be ready for the next White House, whether that is Donald Trump or Ron DeSantis or Ted Cruz or someone we may not even be talking about today. Our side has never been ready. And we're going to change that." Pay attention to AFPI and Brooke Rollins. What they're doing can be a game changer.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="64704985" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS160_2022_06_23_Rollins.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>33:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As we can all recall, when Donald Trump took office in January 2017, he didn't exactly come equipped with the detailed plans and the 1,000s of people necessary to bring about his agenda. Essentially, he had to start from scratch. That was part of his appeal. That he did accomplish so much was a testament to the strength of his mission - Make America Great Again - and the power of his personal leadership. Still, there were a lot of missed opportunities. With Republicans likely to get another chance when America elects a Republican President in 2024, we need to get it right. We need to be prepared. Working on just such a project is the America First Policy Institute led by its CEO Brooke Rollins, my guest on this episode. Brooke was Director of the Domestic Policy Council in President Trump's White House, where she also served as Director of the Office of American Innovation. Simply put, AFPI is developing a detailed blueprint for governing. To put in place the right people, policies, processes, etc.. to bring about transformational change. And doing this while knowing full well that the Deep State will fight tooth and nail to block this agenda - just as it did with Donald Trump. In just over a year, AFPI has assembled a team with 17 former White House senior staffers, 45 former administration officials, and is building an organization that, in Brooke's words, will "continue to execute, continue the America First agenda to be ready for the next White House, whether that is Donald Trump or Ron DeSantis or Ted Cruz or someone we may not even be talking about today. Our side has never been ready. And we're going to change that." Pay attention to AFPI and Brooke Rollins. What they're doing can be a game changer.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Bill Walton</itunes:author><itunes:summary>As we can all recall, when Donald Trump took office in January 2017, he didn't exactly come equipped with the detailed plans and the 1,000s of people necessary to bring about his agenda. Essentially, he had to start from scratch. That was part of his appeal. That he did accomplish so much was a testament to the strength of his mission - Make America Great Again - and the power of his personal leadership. Still, there were a lot of missed opportunities. With Republicans likely to get another chance when America elects a Republican President in 2024, we need to get it right. We need to be prepared. Working on just such a project is the America First Policy Institute led by its CEO Brooke Rollins, my guest on this episode. Brooke was Director of the Domestic Policy Council in President Trump's White House, where she also served as Director of the Office of American Innovation. Simply put, AFPI is developing a detailed blueprint for governing. To put in place the right people, policies, processes, etc.. to bring about transformational change. And doing this while knowing full well that the Deep State will fight tooth and nail to block this agenda - just as it did with Donald Trump. In just over a year, AFPI has assembled a team with 17 former White House senior staffers, 45 former administration officials, and is building an organization that, in Brooke's words, will "continue to execute, continue the America First agenda to be ready for the next White House, whether that is Donald Trump or Ron DeSantis or Ted Cruz or someone we may not even be talking about today. Our side has never been ready. And we're going to change that." Pay attention to AFPI and Brooke Rollins. What they're doing can be a game changer.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 193:  "Gun Control Myths" with Dr. John Lott</title>
      <itunes:title>"Gun Control Myths" with Dr. John Lott</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 16:34:44 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bc31b564-949b-4e4a-95d2-dded117b80b3]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-193-gun-control-myths-with-dr-john-lott]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>We've all been appalled by yet another school shooting, this time in Uvalde, Texas. We want these tragedies to stop. We want to do something.  Of course the cries to "do something" almost always means doing something about guns. Yet, the gun bill just signed into law by President Biden is unlikely to prevent future school shootings. There's a lot of evidence to show why it won't work, especially when existing gun laws appear to cost more lives than they save. So says Dr. John Lott, my guest on this episode, and the nation's leading expert on guns and gun laws. Dr. Lott, with a PhD in economics, is president of the Crime Prevention Research Center.  With almost three decades of research, his many books including More Guns, Less Crime, The Bias Agains Guns and Gun Control Myths which show that by allowing adults to carry concealed weapons significantly reduces crime in America. Some things you may find surprising:  Between 1950 and May 2022, 96% of mass public shootings in the United States occurred in places where citizens were banned from carrying guns. Yet the mainstream media refuses to mention that the attacks occur in "gun-free" zones. "If someone were threatening you or your family, would you feel safe  putting a sign in front of your home that said this home is a gun-free zone?" asks John. America's "average" gun crime statistics are badly distorted by black on black murders in our inner cities. Even average deaths of children killed by guns include teenagers, and most of those gun crimes are gang murders. "When people cite the rise in "mass shootings" in America, we need to know that almost 90% are gangs fighting each other over drug turf." Survey data and news reports show that the fear that targeted victims might be armed deters criminals, and that guns are used in self-defense or to ward off criminal threats about 2.3 million times a year. "Burglars in the United States spend about twice as long casing a home before they break in compared to their British counterparts. What's the reason that they give? They're worried about getting shot." In the more that 30 years since John Lott wrote  More Guns, Less Crime, his facts, arguments and recommendations remain true as ever. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We've all been appalled by yet another school shooting, this time in Uvalde, Texas. We want these tragedies to stop. We want to do something. Of course the cries to "do something" almost always means doing something about guns. Yet, the gun bill just signed into law by President Biden is unlikely to prevent future school shootings. There's a lot of evidence to show why it won't work, especially when existing gun laws appear to cost more lives than they save. So says Dr. John Lott, my guest on this episode, and the nation's leading expert on guns and gun laws. Dr. Lott, with a PhD in economics, is president of the Crime Prevention Research Center. With almost three decades of research, his many books including More Guns, Less Crime, The Bias Agains Guns and Gun Control Myths which show that by allowing adults to carry concealed weapons significantly reduces crime in America. Some things you may find surprising: Between 1950 and May 2022, 96% of mass public shootings in the United States occurred in places where citizens were banned from carrying guns. Yet the mainstream media refuses to mention that the attacks occur in "gun-free" zones. "If someone were threatening you or your family, would you feel safe putting a sign in front of your home that said this home is a gun-free zone?" asks John. America's "average" gun crime statistics are badly distorted by black on black murders in our inner cities. Even average deaths of children killed by guns include teenagers, and most of those gun crimes are gang murders. "When people cite the rise in "mass shootings" in America, we need to know that almost 90% are gangs fighting each other over drug turf." Survey data and news reports show that the fear that targeted victims might be armed deters criminals, and that guns are used in self-defense or to ward off criminal threats about 2.3 million times a year. "Burglars in the United States spend about twice as long casing a home before they break in compared to their British counterparts. What's the reason that they give? They're worried about getting shot." In the more that 30 years since John Lott wrote More Guns, Less Crime, his facts, arguments and recommendations remain true as ever. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="99292355" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS159_2022_06_16_Lott.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>193</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>We've all been appalled by yet another school shooting, this time in Uvalde, Texas. We want these tragedies to stop. We want to do something.  Of course the cries to "do something" almost always means doing something about guns. Yet, the gun bill just signed into law by President Biden is unlikely to prevent future school shootings. There's a lot of evidence to show why it won't work, especially when existing gun laws appear to cost more lives than they save. So says Dr. John Lott, my guest on this episode, and the nation's leading expert on guns and gun laws. Dr. Lott, with a PhD in economics, is president of the Crime Prevention Research Center.  With almost three decades of research, his many books including More Guns, Less Crime, The Bias Agains Guns and Gun Control Myths which show that by allowing adults to carry concealed weapons significantly reduces crime in America. Some things you may find surprising:  Between 1950 and May 2022, 96% of mass public shootings in the United States occurred in places where citizens were banned from carrying guns. Yet the mainstream media refuses to mention that the attacks occur in "gun-free" zones. "If someone were threatening you or your family, would you feel safe  putting a sign in front of your home that said this home is a gun-free zone?" asks John. America's "average" gun crime statistics are badly distorted by black on black murders in our inner cities. Even average deaths of children killed by guns include teenagers, and most of those gun crimes are gang murders. "When people cite the rise in "mass shootings" in America, we need to know that almost 90% are gangs fighting each other over drug turf." Survey data and news reports show that the fear that targeted victims might be armed deters criminals, and that guns are used in self-defense or to ward off criminal threats about 2.3 million times a year. "Burglars in the United States spend about twice as long casing a home before they break in compared to their British counterparts. What's the reason that they give? They're worried about getting shot." In the more that 30 years since John Lott wrote  More Guns, Less Crime, his facts, arguments and recommendations remain true as ever. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>We've all been appalled by yet another school shooting, this time in Uvalde, Texas. We want these tragedies to stop. We want to do something.  Of course the cries to "do something" almost always means doing something about guns. Yet, the gun bill just signed into law by President Biden is unlikely to prevent future school shootings. There's a lot of evidence to show why it won't work, especially when existing gun laws appear to cost more lives than they save. So says Dr. John Lott, my guest on this episode, and the nation's leading expert on guns and gun laws. Dr. Lott, with a PhD in economics, is president of the Crime Prevention Research Center.  With almost three decades of research, his many books including More Guns, Less Crime, The Bias Agains Guns and Gun Control Myths which show that by allowing adults to carry concealed weapons significantly reduces crime in America. Some things you may find surprising:  Between 1950 and May 2022, 96% of mass public shootings in the United States occurred in places where citizens were banned from carrying guns. Yet the mainstream media refuses to mention that the attacks occur in "gun-free" zones. "If someone were threatening you or your family, would you feel safe  putting a sign in front of your home that said this home is a gun-free zone?" asks John. America's "average" gun crime statistics are badly distorted by black on black murders in our inner cities. Even average deaths of children killed by guns include teenagers, and most of those gun crimes are gang murders. "When people cite the rise in "mass shootings" in America, we need to know that almost 90% are gangs fighting each other over drug turf." Survey data and news reports show that the fear that targeted victims might be armed deters criminals, and that guns are used in self-defense or to ward off criminal threats about 2.3 million times a year. "Burglars in the United States spend about twice as long casing a home before they break in compared to their British counterparts. What's the reason that they give? They're worried about getting shot." In the more that 30 years since John Lott wrote  More Guns, Less Crime, his facts, arguments and recommendations remain true as ever. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 192: "National Security Realities: Threats and Solutions" with Brandon Weichert</title>
      <itunes:title>"National Security Realities: Threats and Solutions" with Brandon Weichert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 15:25:07 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[77a58bde-e5cd-423b-986f-5be85385ec73]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-192-national-security-realities-threats-and-solutions-with-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">From the moment President Joe Biden's administration took office, the world has grown a more dangerous place, and the pace is accelerating. </p> <p>There's a long list of national security worries that didn't used to be of concern to everyday Americans, but now are, or should be.</p> <ul> <li> <p>Russia, Ukraine and the prospects of a nuclear war.</p> </li> <li> <p>China's mounting threat to envelop Taiwan, a world leader and supplier of semiconductors and information technology. </p> </li> <li> <p>Collapsing political stability in the Middle East thanks to the administration's blunders that have helped Iran's quest to obtain nuclear weapons.</p> </li> <li> <p>The mostly unreported Chinese and Russian quest to dominate outer space. The country that controls space controls the world.</p> </li> <li> <p>And, maybe worst of all, the made-in-America war on fossil fuels, which has driven inflation sky high and made us dependent on our enemies for our energy.</p> </li> </ul> <p>Triggered by our disastrous cut and run from Afghanistan last year, the world's bad actors have been emboldened by America's weakness.</p> <p>Like Thema and Louise, Joe Biden seems determined to drive us off a cliff.</p> <h4><a href="https://thebillwaltonshow.com/subscribe/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong><em>Download The Bill Walton Show and Subscribe on Apple or wherever you get your podcasts.</em></strong></a></h4> <p>Joining me on this episode to see what we <em>should</em> and <em>can</em> be doing to keep America safe, is my returning guest, the brilliant <strong>Brandon Weichert</strong>, publisher of <strong>The Weichert Report</strong>. And author of  <strong><em>"Winning Space"</em></strong> and the soon to be published <strong><em>"The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy".</em></strong></p> <p>Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," has emerged as one of our most well-informed, original defense intellectuals since the great Herman Kahn. </p> <p>He tells us what we do not want to hear, but need to know, about the gathering threats to our freedom and prosperity. He also offers solutions.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">From the moment President Joe Biden's administration took office, the world has grown a more dangerous place, and the pace is accelerating. </p> <p>There's a long list of national security worries that didn't used to be of concern to everyday Americans, but now are, or should be.</p> <ul> <li> <p>Russia, Ukraine and the prospects of a nuclear war.</p> </li> <li> <p>China's mounting threat to envelop Taiwan, a world leader and supplier of semiconductors and information technology. </p> </li> <li> <p>Collapsing political stability in the Middle East thanks to the administration's blunders that have helped Iran's quest to obtain nuclear weapons.</p> </li> <li> <p>The mostly unreported Chinese and Russian quest to dominate outer space. The country that controls space controls the world.</p> </li> <li> <p>And, maybe worst of all, the made-in-America war on fossil fuels, which has driven inflation sky high and made us dependent on our enemies for our energy.</p> </li> </ul> <p>Triggered by our disastrous cut and run from Afghanistan last year, the world's bad actors have been emboldened by America's weakness.</p> <p>Like Thema and Louise, Joe Biden seems determined to drive us off a cliff.</p> <a href="https://thebillwaltonshow.com/subscribe/" target= "_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><em>Download The Bill Walton Show and Subscribe on Apple or wherever you get your podcasts.</em></a> <p>Joining me on this episode to see what we <em>should</em> and <em>can</em> be doing to keep America safe, is my returning guest, the brilliant Brandon Weichert, publisher of The Weichert Report. And author of <em>"Winning Space"</em> and the soon to be published <em>"The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy".</em></p> <p>Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," has emerged as one of our most well-informed, original defense intellectuals since the great Herman Kahn. </p> <p>He tells us what we do not want to hear, but need to know, about the gathering threats to our freedom and prosperity. He also offers solutions.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="150932160" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS158_2022_06_9_Weichert.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>192</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>From the moment President Joe Biden's administration took office, the world has grown a more dangerous place, and the pace is accelerating.  There's a long list of national security worries that didn't used to be of concern to everyday Americans, but now are, or should be. Russia, Ukraine and the prospects of a nuclear war. China's mounting threat to envelop Taiwan, a world leader and supplier of semiconductors and information technology.  Collapsing political stability in the Middle East thanks to the administration's blunders that have helped Iran's quest to obtain nuclear weapons. The mostly unreported Chinese and Russian quest to dominate outer space. The country that controls space controls the world. And, maybe worst of all, the made-in-America war on fossil fuels, which has driven inflation sky high and made us dependent on our enemies for our energy. Triggered by our disastrous cut and run from Afghanistan last year, the world's bad actors have been emboldened by America's weakness. Like Thema and Louise, Joe Biden seems determined to drive us off a cliff. Download The Bill Walton Show and Subscribe on Apple or wherever you get your podcasts. Joining me on this episode to see what we should and can be doing to keep America safe, is my returning guest, the brilliant Brandon Weichert, publisher of The Weichert Report. And author of  "Winning Space" and the soon to be published "The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy". Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," has emerged as one of our most well-informed, original defense intellectuals since the great Herman Kahn.  He tells us what we do not want to hear, but need to know, about the gathering threats to our freedom and prosperity. He also offers solutions.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>From the moment President Joe Biden's administration took office, the world has grown a more dangerous place, and the pace is accelerating.  There's a long list of national security worries that didn't used to be of concern to everyday Americans, but now are, or should be. Russia, Ukraine and the prospects of a nuclear war. China's mounting threat to envelop Taiwan, a world leader and supplier of semiconductors and information technology.  Collapsing political stability in the Middle East thanks to the administration's blunders that have helped Iran's quest to obtain nuclear weapons. The mostly unreported Chinese and Russian quest to dominate outer space. The country that controls space controls the world. And, maybe worst of all, the made-in-America war on fossil fuels, which has driven inflation sky high and made us dependent on our enemies for our energy. Triggered by our disastrous cut and run from Afghanistan last year, the world's bad actors have been emboldened by America's weakness. Like Thema and Louise, Joe Biden seems determined to drive us off a cliff. Download The Bill Walton Show and Subscribe on Apple or wherever you get your podcasts. Joining me on this episode to see what we should and can be doing to keep America safe, is my returning guest, the brilliant Brandon Weichert, publisher of The Weichert Report. And author of  "Winning Space" and the soon to be published "The Shadow War: Iran's Quest for Supremacy". Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," has emerged as one of our most well-informed, original defense intellectuals since the great Herman Kahn.  He tells us what we do not want to hear, but need to know, about the gathering threats to our freedom and prosperity. He also offers solutions.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 191: "Lessons from the Street: Stephen Schwarzman's Book Prompts Bill to Compare Insights into the World of Money" with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>"Lessons from the Street: Stephen Schwarzman's Book Prompts Bill to Compare Insights into the World of Money" with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 19:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[529762fd-4cd4-4b4b-94c5-04a05e2765d6]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-191-lessons-from-the-street-stephen-schwarzmans-book-prompts-bill-to-compare-insights-into-the-world-of-money-with-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 3 []">In this episode, my friend John Tamny interviews me about legendary Wall Street leader and Blackstone founder Stephen Schwarzman's book <em>What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excelle</em>nce. There are many fascinating insights and lessons in Steve's book which we can all benefit from. </p> <p>A few highlights:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Steve Schwarzman started Blackstone with a unique strategic plan.  There's a tremendous lesson in how he approached building his firm. </p> </li> <li> <p>For any young man or woman who wants to build a business, or any type of organization, Steve Schwarzman's book would be a great place to start learning about "what it takes."</p> </li> <li> <p>When Steve Schwarzman tells his team "don't lose money" it's about a mindset. Think through the downsides, what Jay Pritzker called "the horribles." Both, in part, became billionaires from thinking this way.</p> </li> <li> <p>One of my favorite Steve Schwarzman Rules: <strong>"Worrying is an active, liberating activity. If channeled appropriately, it allows you to articulate the downside in any situation and drives you to take action to avoid it."</strong> Great advice.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Private equity's been demonized by a lot of people with agendas and who know nothing about it. True, it's a competitive and tough business, but it's created a lot of value over the past 4-5 decades. Look at the record.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Do companies become woke because their young woke new hires demand it? Disney employees clearly seem to be running the asylum, not its CEO. Is this also true for Wall Street?</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>One of ways our culture has changed, and not for the better, it that we seem to have lost the ideal of pursing excellence. In my private equity experience, making an investment successful was exhilarating.</p> </li> <li> <p>Under President Xi, China's becoming "uninvestable" for Western businesses. Even Chinese private equity investors say China's turned hostile to capitalism. No longer simply a competitor, China's turned enemy. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>In "What It Takes" Steve Schwarzman writes that had we not had FAS 157 mark-to-market accounting, the meltdown we had in 2008 would not have happened. I agree. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>One history's great ironies is that Dodd-Frank, the bill to supposedly cure the ills of the 2008 meltdown, is named after Barney Frank and Chris Dodd, who pushed banks to drop their underwriting standards to promote housing.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>When you're running an investment company there's a real tension between the roles of CEO and CIO (chief investment officer). It's a balancing act you must get right to succeed.</p> </li> </ul> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">John Tamny is Vice President of Freedom Works and editor of Real Clear Markets, and author of the terrific book, <em>When Politicians Panicked</em>, which is about the government mishandling of the coronavirus pandemic. John's other books include<em>Who Needs the Fed</em>, <em>Popular Economics</em> and <em>The End of Work.</em></p> <p>          He asks some tough, penetrating questions and we hope you'll find the answers illuminating. Steve's book holds many many stories and lessons about "what it takes" to be both a leader and investor. </p> <p>          Hope you'll listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 3 []">In this episode, my friend John Tamny interviews me about legendary Wall Street leader and Blackstone founder Stephen Schwarzman's book <em>What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excelle</em>nce. There are many fascinating insights and lessons in Steve's book which we can all benefit from. </p> <p>A few highlights:</p> <ul> <li> <p>Steve Schwarzman started Blackstone with a unique strategic plan. There's a tremendous lesson in how he approached building his firm. </p> </li> <li> <p>For any young man or woman who wants to build a business, or any type of organization, Steve Schwarzman's book would be a great place to start learning about "what it takes."</p> </li> <li> <p>When Steve Schwarzman tells his team "don't lose money" it's about a mindset. Think through the downsides, what Jay Pritzker called "the horribles." Both, in part, became billionaires from thinking this way.</p> </li> <li> <p>One of my favorite Steve Schwarzman Rules: "Worrying is an active, liberating activity. If channeled appropriately, it allows you to articulate the downside in any situation and drives you to take action to avoid it." Great advice.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Private equity's been demonized by a lot of people with agendas and who know nothing about it. True, it's a competitive and tough business, but it's created a lot of value over the past 4-5 decades. Look at the record.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>Do companies become woke because their young woke new hires demand it? Disney employees clearly seem to be running the asylum, not its CEO. Is this also true for Wall Street?</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>One of ways our culture has changed, and not for the better, it that we seem to have lost the ideal of pursing excellence. In my private equity experience, making an investment successful was exhilarating.</p> </li> <li> <p>Under President Xi, China's becoming "uninvestable" for Western businesses. Even Chinese private equity investors say China's turned hostile to capitalism. No longer simply a competitor, China's turned enemy. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>In "What It Takes" Steve Schwarzman writes that had we not had FAS 157 mark-to-market accounting, the meltdown we had in 2008 would not have happened. I agree. </p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>One history's great ironies is that Dodd-Frank, the bill to supposedly cure the ills of the 2008 meltdown, is named after Barney Frank and Chris Dodd, who pushed banks to drop their underwriting standards to promote housing.</p> </li> </ul> <ul> <li> <p>When you're running an investment company there's a real tension between the roles of CEO and CIO (chief investment officer). It's a balancing act you must get right to succeed.</p> </li> </ul> <p data-pm-slice="1 1 []">John Tamny is Vice President of Freedom Works and editor of Real Clear Markets, and author of the terrific book, <em>When Politicians Panicked</em>, which is about the government mishandling of the coronavirus pandemic. John's other books include<em>Who Needs the Fed</em>, <em>Popular Economics</em> and <em>The End of Work.</em></p> <p> He asks some tough, penetrating questions and we hope you'll find the answers illuminating. Steve's book holds many many stories and lessons about "what it takes" to be both a leader and investor. </p> <p> Hope you'll listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="128556480" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS157_2022_06_2_Tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode, my friend John Tamny interviews me about legendary Wall Street leader and Blackstone founder Stephen Schwarzman's book What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence. There are many fascinating insights and lessons in Steve's book which we can all benefit from.  A few highlights: Steve Schwarzman started Blackstone with a unique strategic plan.  There's a tremendous lesson in how he approached building his firm.  For any young man or woman who wants to build a business, or any type of organization, Steve Schwarzman's book would be a great place to start learning about "what it takes." When Steve Schwarzman tells his team "don't lose money" it's about a mindset. Think through the downsides, what Jay Pritzker called "the horribles." Both, in part, became billionaires from thinking this way. One of my favorite Steve Schwarzman Rules: "Worrying is an active, liberating activity. If channeled appropriately, it allows you to articulate the downside in any situation and drives you to take action to avoid it." Great advice. Private equity's been demonized by a lot of people with agendas and who know nothing about it. True, it's a competitive and tough business, but it's created a lot of value over the past 4-5 decades. Look at the record. Do companies become woke because their young woke new hires demand it? Disney employees clearly seem to be running the asylum, not its CEO. Is this also true for Wall Street? One of ways our culture has changed, and not for the better, it that we seem to have lost the ideal of pursing excellence. In my private equity experience, making an investment successful was exhilarating. Under President Xi, China's becoming "uninvestable" for Western businesses. Even Chinese private equity investors say China's turned hostile to capitalism. No longer simply a competitor, China's turned enemy.  In "What It Takes" Steve Schwarzman writes that had we not had FAS 157 mark-to-market accounting, the meltdown we had in 2008 would not have happened. I agree.  One history's great ironies is that Dodd-Frank, the bill to supposedly cure the ills of the 2008 meltdown, is named after Barney Frank and Chris Dodd, who pushed banks to drop their underwriting standards to promote housing. When you're running an investment company there's a real tension between the roles of CEO and CIO (chief investment officer). It's a balancing act you must get right to succeed. John Tamny is Vice President of Freedom Works and editor of Real Clear Markets, and author of the terrific book, When Politicians Panicked, which is about the government mishandling of the coronavirus pandemic. John's other books includeWho Needs the Fed, Popular Economics and The End of Work.           He asks some tough, penetrating questions and we hope you'll find the answers illuminating. Steve's book holds many many stories and lessons about "what it takes" to be both a leader and investor.            Hope you'll listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode, my friend John Tamny interviews me about legendary Wall Street leader and Blackstone founder Stephen Schwarzman's book What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence. There are many fascinating insights and lessons in Steve's book which we can all benefit from.  A few highlights: Steve Schwarzman started Blackstone with a unique strategic plan.  There's a tremendous lesson in how he approached building his firm.  For any young man or woman who wants to build a business, or any type of organization, Steve Schwarzman's book would be a great place to start learning about "what it takes." When Steve Schwarzman tells his team "don't lose money" it's about a mindset. Think through the downsides, what Jay Pritzker called "the horribles." Both, in part, became billionaires from thinking this way. One of my favorite Steve Schwarzman Rules: "Worrying is an active, liberating activity. If channeled appropriately, it allows you to articulate the downside in any situation and drives you to take action to avoid it." Great advice. Private equity's been demonized by a lot of people with agendas and who know nothing about it. True, it's a competitive and tough business, but it's created a lot of value over the past 4-5 decades. Look at the record. Do companies become woke because their young woke new hires demand it? Disney employees clearly seem to be running the asylum, not its CEO. Is this also true for Wall Street? One of ways our culture has changed, and not for the better, it that we seem to have lost the ideal of pursing excellence. In my private equity experience, making an investment successful was exhilarating. Under President Xi, China's becoming "uninvestable" for Western businesses. Even Chinese private equity investors say China's turned hostile to capitalism. No longer simply a competitor, China's turned enemy.  In "What It Takes" Steve Schwarzman writes that had we not had FAS 157 mark-to-market accounting, the meltdown we had in 2008 would not have happened. I agree.  One history's great ironies is that Dodd-Frank, the bill to supposedly cure the ills of the 2008 meltdown, is named after Barney Frank and Chris Dodd, who pushed banks to drop their underwriting standards to promote housing. When you're running an investment company there's a real tension between the roles of CEO and CIO (chief investment officer). It's a balancing act you must get right to succeed. John Tamny is Vice President of Freedom Works and editor of Real Clear Markets, and author of the terrific book, When Politicians Panicked, which is about the government mishandling of the coronavirus pandemic. John's other books includeWho Needs the Fed, Popular Economics and The End of Work.           He asks some tough, penetrating questions and we hope you'll find the answers illuminating. Steve's book holds many many stories and lessons about "what it takes" to be both a leader and investor.            Hope you'll listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 190: "Cancel Culture Comes to Banking" with Todd Zywicki and Paul Watkins</title>
      <itunes:title>"Cancel Culture Comes to Banking" with Todd Zywicki and Paul Watkins</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 19:22:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dbf3b707-97db-4735-b566-498b4f13f9f2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-190-cancel-culture-comes-to-banking-with-todd-zywicki-and-paul-watkins]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Have you ever thought about what your life would be like if you were denied access to a bank account or a credit card or access to any kind of digital payment system? Well, it's happening and it's happening to an increasing number of people and organizations. Cancel culture has come to banking. PayPal, major credit card networks and banks have already stopped processing payments for organizations they deem "hate groups." Remember "Operation Chokepoint"? Well, it's evolved and gotten even more draconian. And cryptocurrencies, which some thought might be a safe haven, well, maybe not so much. Bitcoin was supposed to be a financial lifeline for the truckers in Canada, but instead, Canadian authorities ordered banks and crypto exchanges to block transactions from crypto wallets tied to the truckers. Seems like everything has now become political, including our digital money. Joining me for a chilling conversation about these threats are Todd Zywicki, who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law and is a professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School, and Paul Watkins with Potomac Partners and Fusion Law Firm. He founded the Office of Innovation at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and served on the Digital Financial Stability Oversight Committee's Subcommittee on Digital Assets. Our money has become yet another battlefront in the struggle to preserve a free society. Todd and Paul are serious men talking about a serious issue. Please invest the time to listen and learn.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Have you ever thought about what your life would be like if you were denied access to a bank account or a credit card or access to any kind of digital payment system? Well, it's happening and it's happening to an increasing number of people and organizations. Cancel culture has come to banking. PayPal, major credit card networks and banks have already stopped processing payments for organizations they deem "hate groups." Remember "Operation Chokepoint"? Well, it's evolved and gotten even more draconian. And cryptocurrencies, which some thought might be a safe haven, well, maybe not so much. Bitcoin was supposed to be a financial lifeline for the truckers in Canada, but instead, Canadian authorities ordered banks and crypto exchanges to block transactions from crypto wallets tied to the truckers. Seems like everything has now become political, including our digital money. Joining me for a chilling conversation about these threats are Todd Zywicki, who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law and is a professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School, and Paul Watkins with Potomac Partners and Fusion Law Firm. He founded the Office of Innovation at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and served on the Digital Financial Stability Oversight Committee's Subcommittee on Digital Assets. Our money has become yet another battlefront in the struggle to preserve a free society. Todd and Paul are serious men talking about a serious issue. Please invest the time to listen and learn.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="143969622" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS154_2022_05_5_Zywicki_Watkins.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>190</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Have you ever thought about what your life would be like if you were denied access to a bank account or a credit card or access to any kind of digital payment system? Well, it's happening and it's happening to an increasing number of people and organizations. Cancel culture has come to banking. PayPal, major credit card networks and banks have already stopped processing payments for organizations they deem "hate groups." Remember "Operation Chokepoint"? Well, it's evolved and gotten even more draconian. And cryptocurrencies, which some thought might be a safe haven, well, maybe not so much. Bitcoin was supposed to be a financial lifeline for the truckers in Canada, but instead, Canadian authorities ordered banks and crypto exchanges to block transactions from crypto wallets tied to the truckers. Seems like everything has now become political, including our digital money. Joining me for a chilling conversation about these threats are Todd Zywicki, who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law and is a professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School, and Paul Watkins with Potomac Partners and Fusion Law Firm. He founded the Office of Innovation at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and served on the Digital Financial Stability Oversight Committee's Subcommittee on Digital Assets. Our money has become yet another battlefront in the struggle to preserve a free society. Todd and Paul are serious men talking about a serious issue. Please invest the time to listen and learn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Have you ever thought about what your life would be like if you were denied access to a bank account or a credit card or access to any kind of digital payment system? Well, it's happening and it's happening to an increasing number of people and organizations. Cancel culture has come to banking. PayPal, major credit card networks and banks have already stopped processing payments for organizations they deem "hate groups." Remember "Operation Chokepoint"? Well, it's evolved and gotten even more draconian. And cryptocurrencies, which some thought might be a safe haven, well, maybe not so much. Bitcoin was supposed to be a financial lifeline for the truckers in Canada, but instead, Canadian authorities ordered banks and crypto exchanges to block transactions from crypto wallets tied to the truckers. Seems like everything has now become political, including our digital money. Joining me for a chilling conversation about these threats are Todd Zywicki, who served as Chair of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Task Force on Consumer Financial Law and is a professor at George Mason's Scalia Law School, and Paul Watkins with Potomac Partners and Fusion Law Firm. He founded the Office of Innovation at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and served on the Digital Financial Stability Oversight Committee's Subcommittee on Digital Assets. Our money has become yet another battlefront in the struggle to preserve a free society. Todd and Paul are serious men talking about a serious issue. Please invest the time to listen and learn.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 189: "Ukraine Explained, Taiwan Explained" with Dr Stephen Bryen</title>
      <itunes:title>"Ukraine Explained, Taiwan Explained" with Dr Stephen Bryen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2022 13:55:47 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2e0dcbbb-6b9f-4884-b129-cb4698b90b9a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-189-ukraine-explained-taiwan-explained-with-dr-stephen-bryen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Russian's war on Ukraine, and China's aim to take over Taiwan. Joining me is one the wisest national security experts around, Dr Stephen Bryen. With 50 years of experience in foreign relations and national security, he's seen it all. Called the Yoda of the arms trade, he was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies. Stephen is the driving force behind the Center for Security Policy's just published Stopping a Taiwan Invasion. It's proposals, if adopted, will discourage any attack from China and strengthen peace and security in the Pacific. I've a lot of questions, and Stephen provides answers. And some deep insights. Was Russia's invasion of Ukraine inevitable, or did the we provoke it? Why is Russia's invasion failing? If Putin's ousted, what are the odds that someone much worse takes over? How concerned is the veteran intelligence community that we could lurch into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Shouldn't the Biden administration tell the Europeans and tell Zelensky, that it's time to sit down and figure this out? China is running a dedicated campaign to "uproot the rules based order that has existed in the Indo Pacific region since the end of World War II". China is mounting its largest military buildup in history. China is ramping up its ambitions to take over Taiwan. And Joe Biden says we'll go to war to prevent it. How would we win this war? Who would our allies be? Why would we now have more than ever? Why is Taiwan a much bigger issue for the U.S. than Ukraine? What lessons have the Chinese learned from Ukraine? What's behind President Xi's lockdown of Shanghai? Has Joe Biden finally gotten something right in drawing the line on Taiwan? There's a lot more packed into this episode with Dr Stephen Bryen. If you're looking for an easy-to-understand primer about what's at stake for America in Ukraine and Taiwan, this is a great place to start.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Russian's war on Ukraine, and China's aim to take over Taiwan. Joining me is one the wisest national security experts around, Dr Stephen Bryen. With 50 years of experience in foreign relations and national security, he's seen it all. Called the Yoda of the arms trade, he was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies. Stephen is the driving force behind the Center for Security Policy's just published Stopping a Taiwan Invasion. It's proposals, if adopted, will discourage any attack from China and strengthen peace and security in the Pacific. I've a lot of questions, and Stephen provides answers. And some deep insights. Was Russia's invasion of Ukraine inevitable, or did the we provoke it? Why is Russia's invasion failing? If Putin's ousted, what are the odds that someone much worse takes over? How concerned is the veteran intelligence community that we could lurch into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Shouldn't the Biden administration tell the Europeans and tell Zelensky, that it's time to sit down and figure this out? China is running a dedicated campaign to "uproot the rules based order that has existed in the Indo Pacific region since the end of World War II". China is mounting its largest military buildup in history. China is ramping up its ambitions to take over Taiwan. And Joe Biden says we'll go to war to prevent it. How would we win this war? Who would our allies be? Why would we now have more than ever? Why is Taiwan a much bigger issue for the U.S. than Ukraine? What lessons have the Chinese learned from Ukraine? What's behind President Xi's lockdown of Shanghai? Has Joe Biden finally gotten something right in drawing the line on Taiwan? There's a lot more packed into this episode with Dr Stephen Bryen. If you're looking for an easy-to-understand primer about what's at stake for America in Ukraine and Taiwan, this is a great place to start.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="129142080" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS155_2022_05_11_Bryen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Russian's war on Ukraine, and China's aim to take over Taiwan. Joining me is one the wisest national security experts around, Dr Stephen Bryen. With 50 years of experience in foreign relations and national security, he's seen it all. Called the Yoda of the arms trade, he was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies. Stephen is the driving force behind the Center for Security Policy's just published Stopping a Taiwan Invasion. It's proposals, if adopted, will discourage any attack from China and strengthen peace and security in the Pacific. I've a lot of questions, and Stephen provides answers. And some deep insights. Was Russia's invasion of Ukraine inevitable, or did the we provoke it? Why is Russia's invasion failing? If Putin's ousted, what are the odds that someone much worse takes over? How concerned is the veteran intelligence community that we could lurch into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Shouldn't the Biden administration tell the Europeans and tell Zelensky, that it's time to sit down and figure this out? China is running a dedicated campaign to "uproot the rules based order that has existed in the Indo Pacific region since the end of World War II". China is mounting its largest military buildup in history. China is ramping up its ambitions to take over Taiwan. And Joe Biden says we'll go to war to prevent it. How would we win this war? Who would our allies be? Why would we now have more than ever? Why is Taiwan a much bigger issue for the U.S. than Ukraine? What lessons have the Chinese learned from Ukraine? What's behind President Xi's lockdown of Shanghai? Has Joe Biden finally gotten something right in drawing the line on Taiwan? There's a lot more packed into this episode with Dr Stephen Bryen. If you're looking for an easy-to-understand primer about what's at stake for America in Ukraine and Taiwan, this is a great place to start.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Russian's war on Ukraine, and China's aim to take over Taiwan. Joining me is one the wisest national security experts around, Dr Stephen Bryen. With 50 years of experience in foreign relations and national security, he's seen it all. Called the Yoda of the arms trade, he was the Pentagon's top cop, the man whose job it was to ensure that sensitive technology would be kept from enemies, potential enemies and questionable allies. Stephen is the driving force behind the Center for Security Policy's just published Stopping a Taiwan Invasion. It's proposals, if adopted, will discourage any attack from China and strengthen peace and security in the Pacific. I've a lot of questions, and Stephen provides answers. And some deep insights. Was Russia's invasion of Ukraine inevitable, or did the we provoke it? Why is Russia's invasion failing? If Putin's ousted, what are the odds that someone much worse takes over? How concerned is the veteran intelligence community that we could lurch into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Shouldn't the Biden administration tell the Europeans and tell Zelensky, that it's time to sit down and figure this out? China is running a dedicated campaign to "uproot the rules based order that has existed in the Indo Pacific region since the end of World War II". China is mounting its largest military buildup in history. China is ramping up its ambitions to take over Taiwan. And Joe Biden says we'll go to war to prevent it. How would we win this war? Who would our allies be? Why would we now have more than ever? Why is Taiwan a much bigger issue for the U.S. than Ukraine? What lessons have the Chinese learned from Ukraine? What's behind President Xi's lockdown of Shanghai? Has Joe Biden finally gotten something right in drawing the line on Taiwan? There's a lot more packed into this episode with Dr Stephen Bryen. If you're looking for an easy-to-understand primer about what's at stake for America in Ukraine and Taiwan, this is a great place to start.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 188:  "Why Are We Investing American Retirement Dollars in China?" with Frank Gaffney and Roger Robinson</title>
      <itunes:title>"Why Are We Investing American Retirement Dollars in China?" with Frank Gaffney and Roger Robinson</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 16:50:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4d2da034-c821-438d-bd38-eca89abcbc56]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-188-why-are-we-investing-american-retirement-dollars-in-china-with-frank-gaffney-and-roger-robinson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board is once again planning to allow federal employees' to invest their retirement savings into companies controlled by the Chinese Communist Party. <p>The FRTIB has decided to ignore directives by both President Trump - and President Biden - as well as strong opposition on Capitol Hill, to open a 'Mutual Fund Window' in June which would make available to Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) participants the opportunity to invest up to 25% of their savings in some 5,000 mutual funds.</p> <p>The problem?</p> <p>These funds would include businesses involved in the Chinese government's military, espionage, human rights abuses, and its aggressive industrial policy designed to undermine U.S. industry.</p> <p>Why, after all we've learned about China's extensive aims at global domination, does the FRTIB plan to proceed with this? China is no longer simply an economic competitor, but rather an aggressive adversary.</p> <p>The FRTIB public statements say it's "too much work" to winnow out CCP controlled or influenced companies. But are there deeper purposes at work?</p> <p>Joining me to talk about this alarming development is Frank Gaffney, Host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, Founder and Executive Chairman of the Center for Security Policy, and Vice Chairman of the Committee for Present Danger: China.</p> <p>And Roger Robinson former Senior Director of International Economic Affairs at the Reagan National Security Council and Chairman of the Congressional US-China Economic and Security Review Commission.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board is once again planning to allow federal employees' to invest their retirement savings into companies controlled by the Chinese Communist Party. <p>The FRTIB has decided to ignore directives by both President Trump - and President Biden - as well as strong opposition on Capitol Hill, to open a 'Mutual Fund Window' in June which would make available to Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) participants the opportunity to invest up to 25% of their savings in some 5,000 mutual funds.</p> <p>The problem?</p> <p>These funds would include businesses involved in the Chinese government's military, espionage, human rights abuses, and its aggressive industrial policy designed to undermine U.S. industry.</p> <p>Why, after all we've learned about China's extensive aims at global domination, does the FRTIB plan to proceed with this? China is no longer simply an economic competitor, but rather an aggressive adversary.</p> <p>The FRTIB public statements say it's "too much work" to winnow out CCP controlled or influenced companies. But are there deeper purposes at work?</p> <p>Joining me to talk about this alarming development is Frank Gaffney, Host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, Founder and Executive Chairman of the Center for Security Policy, and Vice Chairman of the Committee for Present Danger: China.</p> <p>And Roger Robinson former Senior Director of International Economic Affairs at the Reagan National Security Council and Chairman of the Congressional US-China Economic and Security Review Commission.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="56750775" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS156_2022_05_10_Gaffney_Robinson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>188</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board is once again planning to allow federal employees' to invest their retirement savings into companies controlled by the Chinese Communist Party. The FRTIB has decided to ignore directives by both President Trump - and President Biden - as well as strong opposition on Capitol Hill, to open a 'Mutual Fund Window' in June which would make available to Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) participants the opportunity to invest up to 25% of their savings in some 5,000 mutual funds. The problem? These funds would include businesses involved in the Chinese government's military, espionage, human rights abuses, and its aggressive industrial policy designed to undermine U.S. industry. Why, after all we've learned about China's extensive aims at global domination, does the FRTIB plan to proceed with this? China is no longer simply an economic competitor, but rather an aggressive adversary. The FRTIB public statements say it's "too much work" to winnow out CCP controlled or influenced companies. But are there deeper purposes at work? Joining me to talk about this alarming development is Frank Gaffney, Host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, Founder and Executive Chairman of the Center for Security Policy, and Vice Chairman of the Committee for Present Danger: China. And Roger Robinson former Senior Director of International Economic Affairs at the Reagan National Security Council and Chairman of the Congressional US-China Economic and Security Review Commission.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board is once again planning to allow federal employees' to invest their retirement savings into companies controlled by the Chinese Communist Party. The FRTIB has decided to ignore directives by both President Trump - and President Biden - as well as strong opposition on Capitol Hill, to open a 'Mutual Fund Window' in June which would make available to Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) participants the opportunity to invest up to 25% of their savings in some 5,000 mutual funds. The problem? These funds would include businesses involved in the Chinese government's military, espionage, human rights abuses, and its aggressive industrial policy designed to undermine U.S. industry. Why, after all we've learned about China's extensive aims at global domination, does the FRTIB plan to proceed with this? China is no longer simply an economic competitor, but rather an aggressive adversary. The FRTIB public statements say it's "too much work" to winnow out CCP controlled or influenced companies. But are there deeper purposes at work? Joining me to talk about this alarming development is Frank Gaffney, Host of Securing America with Frank Gaffney, Founder and Executive Chairman of the Center for Security Policy, and Vice Chairman of the Committee for Present Danger: China. And Roger Robinson former Senior Director of International Economic Affairs at the Reagan National Security Council and Chairman of the Congressional US-China Economic and Security Review Commission.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 187: "The Federal Government Is Using Twitter to Censor Speech" with Jenin Younes and John Vecchione</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Federal Government Is Using Twitter to Censor Speech" with Jenin Younes and John Vecchione</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 16:33:22 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8312b90c-4564-4060-b5d6-72fcc3234cfc]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-187-the-federal-government-is-using-twitter-to-censor-speech-it-doesnt-like-with-jenin-younes-and-john-vecchione]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">Is this right and lawful? Well, we now have a test case to find out.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">In a first-of-its-kind First Amendment lawsuit against the federal government, attorneys Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, argue that the government acted wrongfully when it "directed social media platforms, including Twitter, to censor alleged "misinformation" about COVID-19."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Both Jenin and John join me on this episode to explain the suit and what's at stake for free speech.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">To recollect, in May 2021, the White House began a coordinated and escalating public campaign to stop what it called the flow of purported "health misinformation" related to Covid-19.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki went so far to say that the President believed social media platforms have a <em>responsibility</em> to censor health "misinformation" related to Covid-19 vaccinations. She then added ominously that by not doing so social media companies were responsible for American deaths.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Next, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) directed social media platforms including Twitter to censor alleged "misinformation" about Covid-19. They also demanded that the tech companies turn over information about individuals who spread such "misinformation," a clear intimidation tactic that HHS has labeled a "Request for Information".</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">And "after the Biden administration started their campaign to silence Covid policy opponents, there's been a massive increase in Twitter suspensions."</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">The speech ban has included information the Government later conceded was true but that conflicted with the Government's messaging on Covid-19 at the time.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">This censorship strikes at the heart of what the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was designed to protect—free speech, especially political speech.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">But the heart of the matter is that by instrumentalizing tech companies, including Twitter—through pressure, coercion, and threats—to censor viewpoints it deemed "misinformation," the Surgeon General has turned Twitter's censorship into state action.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">And this has to be brought to an end.</span> <span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance explain why and how it can be done.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Is this right and lawful? Well, we now have a test case to find out. </p> <p class="p1">In a first-of-its-kind First Amendment lawsuit against the federal government, attorneys Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, argue that the government acted wrongfully when it "directed social media platforms, including Twitter, to censor alleged "misinformation" about COVID-19."</p> <p class="p1">Both Jenin and John join me on this episode to explain the suit and what's at stake for free speech.</p> <p class="p1">To recollect, in May 2021, the White House began a coordinated and escalating public campaign to stop what it called the flow of purported "health misinformation" related to Covid-19.</p> <p class="p1">White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki went so far to say that the President believed social media platforms have a <em>responsibility</em> to censor health "misinformation" related to Covid-19 vaccinations. She then added ominously that by not doing so social media companies were responsible for American deaths.</p> <p class="p1">Next, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) directed social media platforms including Twitter to censor alleged "misinformation" about Covid-19. They also demanded that the tech companies turn over information about individuals who spread such "misinformation," a clear intimidation tactic that HHS has labeled a "Request for Information". </p> <p class="p1">And "after the Biden administration started their campaign to silence Covid policy opponents, there's been a massive increase in Twitter suspensions." </p> <p class="p1">The speech ban has included information the Government later conceded was true but that conflicted with the Government's messaging on Covid-19 at the time. </p> <p class="p1">This censorship strikes at the heart of what the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was designed to protect—free speech, especially political speech.</p> <p class="p1">But the heart of the matter is that by instrumentalizing tech companies, including Twitter—through pressure, coercion, and threats—to censor viewpoints it deemed "misinformation," the Surgeon General has turned Twitter's censorship into state action. </p> <p class="p1">And this has to be brought to an end. </p> <p class="p1">Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance explain why and how it can be done.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="126865608" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS153_2022_05_4_Younes_Vecchione_v2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>187</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Is this right and lawful? Well, we now have a test case to find out.  In a first-of-its-kind First Amendment lawsuit against the federal government, attorneys Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, argue that the government acted wrongfully when it "directed social media platforms, including Twitter, to censor alleged "misinformation" about COVID-19." Both Jenin and John join me on this episode to explain the suit and what's at stake for free speech. To recollect, in May 2021, the White House began a coordinated and escalating public campaign to stop what it called the flow of purported "health misinformation" related to Covid-19. White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki went so far to say that the President believed social media platforms have a responsibility to censor health "misinformation" related to Covid-19 vaccinations. She then added ominously that by not doing so social media companies were responsible for American deaths. Next, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) directed social media platforms including Twitter to censor alleged "misinformation" about Covid-19. They also demanded that the tech companies turn over information about individuals who spread such "misinformation," a clear intimidation tactic that HHS has labeled a "Request for Information".  And "after the Biden administration started their campaign to silence Covid policy opponents, there's been a massive increase in Twitter suspensions."  The speech ban has included information the Government later conceded was true but that conflicted with the Government's messaging on Covid-19 at the time.  This censorship strikes at the heart of what the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was designed to protect—free speech, especially political speech. But the heart of the matter is that by instrumentalizing tech companies, including Twitter—through pressure, coercion, and threats—to censor viewpoints it deemed "misinformation," the Surgeon General has turned Twitter's censorship into state action.  And this has to be brought to an end.   Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance explain why and how it can be done.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Is this right and lawful? Well, we now have a test case to find out.  In a first-of-its-kind First Amendment lawsuit against the federal government, attorneys Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, argue that the government acted wrongfully when it "directed social media platforms, including Twitter, to censor alleged "misinformation" about COVID-19." Both Jenin and John join me on this episode to explain the suit and what's at stake for free speech. To recollect, in May 2021, the White House began a coordinated and escalating public campaign to stop what it called the flow of purported "health misinformation" related to Covid-19. White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki went so far to say that the President believed social media platforms have a responsibility to censor health "misinformation" related to Covid-19 vaccinations. She then added ominously that by not doing so social media companies were responsible for American deaths. Next, the U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) directed social media platforms including Twitter to censor alleged "misinformation" about Covid-19. They also demanded that the tech companies turn over information about individuals who spread such "misinformation," a clear intimidation tactic that HHS has labeled a "Request for Information".  And "after the Biden administration started their campaign to silence Covid policy opponents, there's been a massive increase in Twitter suspensions."  The speech ban has included information the Government later conceded was true but that conflicted with the Government's messaging on Covid-19 at the time.  This censorship strikes at the heart of what the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was designed to protect—free speech, especially political speech. But the heart of the matter is that by instrumentalizing tech companies, including Twitter—through pressure, coercion, and threats—to censor viewpoints it deemed "misinformation," the Surgeon General has turned Twitter's censorship into state action.  And this has to be brought to an end.   Jenin Younes and John Vecchione of the New Civil Liberties Alliance explain why and how it can be done.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 186:  John Tamny and I Don't Agree About Everything, and That's OK</title>
      <itunes:title>John Tamny and I Don't Agree About Everything, and That's OK</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 16:03:51 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5429a419-13f3-44fe-8dfb-f4868b1c1b57]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-186-john-tamny-and-i-dont-agree-about-everything-and-thats-ok]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author John Tamny joins me on this episode for a freewheeling back and forth about some of today's big concerns. John, a free market fundamentalist and original thinker, almost always has a contrarian take on things. John's books include Who Needs the Fed, When Politicians Panicked, Popular Economics and The End of Work. Some of the questions we get into: Elon Musk's plans for Twitter Why credit's never there when you need it What it means when Jeff Bezos says your margin is my opportunity Has social media censorship been overstated Have social media companies created a market opportunity for Musk Should we have more engagement with China, not less Is the Fed just an outsourced function of Congress Why you're hard pressed to find examples where governments have created much wealth Are the agendas of big multinational companies and government converging What it might mean if Elon Musk sells more Tesla stock to buy Twitter Did Twitter's censorship of the Hunter Biden laptop story matter Has Wall Street, just like Silicon Valley, taken a hard left turn. And John's upcoming book Bringing Adam Smith Back into the American Home Join in for a fun and of course, contrarian conversation with John who's favorite phrase is "I am skeptical."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author John Tamny joins me on this episode for a freewheeling back and forth about some of today's big concerns. John, a free market fundamentalist and original thinker, almost always has a contrarian take on things. John's books include Who Needs the Fed, When Politicians Panicked, Popular Economics and The End of Work. Some of the questions we get into: Elon Musk's plans for Twitter Why credit's never there when you need it What it means when Jeff Bezos says your margin is my opportunity Has social media censorship been overstated Have social media companies created a market opportunity for Musk Should we have more engagement with China, not less Is the Fed just an outsourced function of Congress Why you're hard pressed to find examples where governments have created much wealth Are the agendas of big multinational companies and government converging What it might mean if Elon Musk sells more Tesla stock to buy Twitter Did Twitter's censorship of the Hunter Biden laptop story matter Has Wall Street, just like Silicon Valley, taken a hard left turn. And John's upcoming book Bringing Adam Smith Back into the American Home Join in for a fun and of course, contrarian conversation with John who's favorite phrase is "I am skeptical."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="101412740" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS152_2022_04_28_Tamny_v2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>186</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Author John Tamny joins me on this episode for a freewheeling back and forth about some of today's big concerns. John, a free market fundamentalist and original thinker, almost always has a contrarian take on things. John's books include Who Needs the Fed, When Politicians Panicked, Popular Economics and The End of Work. Some of the questions we get into: Elon Musk's plans for Twitter Why credit's never there when you need it What it means when Jeff Bezos says your margin is my opportunity Has social media censorship been overstated Have social media companies created a market opportunity for Musk Should we have more engagement with China, not less Is the Fed just an outsourced function of Congress Why you're hard pressed to find examples where governments have created much wealth Are the agendas of big multinational companies and government converging What it might mean if Elon Musk sells more Tesla stock to buy Twitter Did Twitter's censorship of the Hunter Biden laptop story matter Has Wall Street, just like Silicon Valley, taken a hard left turn. And John's upcoming book Bringing Adam Smith Back into the American Home Join in for a fun and of course, contrarian conversation with John who's favorite phrase is "I am skeptical."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Author John Tamny joins me on this episode for a freewheeling back and forth about some of today's big concerns. John, a free market fundamentalist and original thinker, almost always has a contrarian take on things. John's books include Who Needs the Fed, When Politicians Panicked, Popular Economics and The End of Work. Some of the questions we get into: Elon Musk's plans for Twitter Why credit's never there when you need it What it means when Jeff Bezos says your margin is my opportunity Has social media censorship been overstated Have social media companies created a market opportunity for Musk Should we have more engagement with China, not less Is the Fed just an outsourced function of Congress Why you're hard pressed to find examples where governments have created much wealth Are the agendas of big multinational companies and government converging What it might mean if Elon Musk sells more Tesla stock to buy Twitter Did Twitter's censorship of the Hunter Biden laptop story matter Has Wall Street, just like Silicon Valley, taken a hard left turn. And John's upcoming book Bringing Adam Smith Back into the American Home Join in for a fun and of course, contrarian conversation with John who's favorite phrase is "I am skeptical."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 185: The Behind The Scenes Story Meeting with The Bill Walton Show Team</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 185: The Behind The Scenes Story Meeting with The Bill Walton Show Team</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 15:06:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[52c90b48-1f58-479f-b022-881f4405ac47]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-185-the-behind-the-scenes-story-meeting-with-the-bill-walton-show-team]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Listen in to a behind the scenes story meeting as the Bill Walton Show team speculates on what's going on in the world. Starlink satellites and all the junk flying around in space, Elon Musk vs Jeff Bezos, Ukraine, the domino theory, Biden's open borders, Alyona's Kazakhstan take on Russia, media's monolithic coverage of Ukraine, inflation, cooking oil and fertilizer prices, the insane (perhaps) Shanghai covid lockdown, the fragmenting world order and the dollar's reserve currency status, what's going on with China and Russia, corporate profits at all time highs … and more. Send us your thoughts about what we should cover.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Listen in to a behind the scenes story meeting as the Bill Walton Show team speculates on what's going on in the world. Starlink satellites and all the junk flying around in space, Elon Musk vs Jeff Bezos, Ukraine, the domino theory, Biden's open borders, Alyona's Kazakhstan take on Russia, media's monolithic coverage of Ukraine, inflation, cooking oil and fertilizer prices, the insane (perhaps) Shanghai covid lockdown, the fragmenting world order and the dollar's reserve currency status, what's going on with China and Russia, corporate profits at all time highs … and more. Send us your thoughts about what we should cover.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="34166975" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS148_2022_04_12_TBWS_Team.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>185</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Listen in to a behind the scenes story meeting as the Bill Walton Show team speculates on what's going on in the world. Starlink satellites and all the junk flying around in space, Elon Musk vs Jeff Bezos, Ukraine, the domino theory, Biden's open borders, Alyona's Kazakhstan take on Russia, media's monolithic coverage of Ukraine, inflation, cooking oil and fertilizer prices, the insane (perhaps) Shanghai covid lockdown, the fragmenting world order and the dollar's reserve currency status, what's going on with China and Russia, corporate profits at all time highs … and more. Send us your thoughts about what we should cover.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Listen in to a behind the scenes story meeting as the Bill Walton Show team speculates on what's going on in the world. Starlink satellites and all the junk flying around in space, Elon Musk vs Jeff Bezos, Ukraine, the domino theory, Biden's open borders, Alyona's Kazakhstan take on Russia, media's monolithic coverage of Ukraine, inflation, cooking oil and fertilizer prices, the insane (perhaps) Shanghai covid lockdown, the fragmenting world order and the dollar's reserve currency status, what's going on with China and Russia, corporate profits at all time highs … and more. Send us your thoughts about what we should cover.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 184: "A Final Report Card on the States' Response to COVID-19" with Phil Kerpen</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 184: "A Final Report Card on the States' Response to COVID-19" with Phil Kerpen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 14:37:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6a77585a-122b-4aa6-bfba-46367cf90989]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-184-a-final-report-card-on-the-states-response-to-covid-19-with-phil-kerpen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[We're more than two years into the Covid-19 pandemic. So by now, we should know enough to assess what we've learned about the measures our governments took to mitigate the virus?  What worked? What didn't? Fortunately, we now have a comprehensive comparative study, published as a working paper by the National Bureau of Economic Research, authored by University of Chicago economist Casey Mulligan - and Steve Moore and Phil Kerpen of the Committee to Unleash Prosperity.  They compared Covid outcomes in the 50 states and the District of Columbia based on three variables: the economy, education and mortality.  Their conclusion? "The correlation between health and economy scores is essentially zero," say the authors, "which suggests that the severe lockdown states that withdrew the most from economic activity did not significantly improve health by doing so." The bottom 10 are dominated by the states and D.C. that had the most stringent lockdowns and were among the last to reopen schools We can't let this conclusion go.  We must absorb now what we've learned from what worked - and what didn't work.  We can't mindlessly respond to the next pandemic - and we know there will be a next one - with failed policies. To dig into this, Phil Kerpen, President on American Commitment, an author of the Study, and a deep subject matter expert on Covid policies, joins me for a thorough look at how to avoid repeating the policy blunders of the past two+ years.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[We're more than two years into the Covid-19 pandemic. So by now, we should know enough to assess what we've learned about the measures our governments took to mitigate the virus? What worked? What didn't? Fortunately, we now have a comprehensive comparative study, published as a working paper by the National Bureau of Economic Research, authored by University of Chicago economist Casey Mulligan - and Steve Moore and Phil Kerpen of the Committee to Unleash Prosperity. They compared Covid outcomes in the 50 states and the District of Columbia based on three variables: the economy, education and mortality. Their conclusion? "The correlation between health and economy scores is essentially zero," say the authors, "which suggests that the severe lockdown states that withdrew the most from economic activity did not significantly improve health by doing so." The bottom 10 are dominated by the states and D.C. that had the most stringent lockdowns and were among the last to reopen schools We can't let this conclusion go. We must absorb now what we've learned from what worked - and what didn't work. We can't mindlessly respond to the next pandemic - and we know there will be a next one - with failed policies. To dig into this, Phil Kerpen, President on American Commitment, an author of the Study, and a deep subject matter expert on Covid policies, joins me for a thorough look at how to avoid repeating the policy blunders of the past two+ years.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="88397444" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS151_2022_04_21_TBWS_Kerpen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>We're more than two years into the Covid-19 pandemic. So by now, we should know enough to assess what we've learned about the measures our governments took to mitigate the virus?  What worked? What didn't? Fortunately, we now have a comprehensive comparative study, published as a working paper by the National Bureau of Economic Research, authored by University of Chicago economist Casey Mulligan - and Steve Moore and Phil Kerpen of the Committee to Unleash Prosperity.  They compared Covid outcomes in the 50 states and the District of Columbia based on three variables: the economy, education and mortality.  Their conclusion? "The correlation between health and economy scores is essentially zero," say the authors, "which suggests that the severe lockdown states that withdrew the most from economic activity did not significantly improve health by doing so." The bottom 10 are dominated by the states and D.C. that had the most stringent lockdowns and were among the last to reopen schools We can't let this conclusion go.  We must absorb now what we've learned from what worked - and what didn't work.  We can't mindlessly respond to the next pandemic - and we know there will be a next one - with failed policies. To dig into this, Phil Kerpen, President on American Commitment, an author of the Study, and a deep subject matter expert on Covid policies, joins me for a thorough look at how to avoid repeating the policy blunders of the past two+ years.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>We're more than two years into the Covid-19 pandemic. So by now, we should know enough to assess what we've learned about the measures our governments took to mitigate the virus?  What worked? What didn't? Fortunately, we now have a comprehensive comparative study, published as a working paper by the National Bureau of Economic Research, authored by University of Chicago economist Casey Mulligan - and Steve Moore and Phil Kerpen of the Committee to Unleash Prosperity.  They compared Covid outcomes in the 50 states and the District of Columbia based on three variables: the economy, education and mortality.  Their conclusion? "The correlation between health and economy scores is essentially zero," say the authors, "which suggests that the severe lockdown states that withdrew the most from economic activity did not significantly improve health by doing so." The bottom 10 are dominated by the states and D.C. that had the most stringent lockdowns and were among the last to reopen schools We can't let this conclusion go.  We must absorb now what we've learned from what worked - and what didn't work.  We can't mindlessly respond to the next pandemic - and we know there will be a next one - with failed policies. To dig into this, Phil Kerpen, President on American Commitment, an author of the Study, and a deep subject matter expert on Covid policies, joins me for a thorough look at how to avoid repeating the policy blunders of the past two+ years.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 183: "Have US and EU Blunders Led to Putin's War?" with J. Michael Waller</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 183: "Have US and EU Blunders Led to Putin's War?" with J. Michael Waller</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 20:45:51 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[23f391b4-c5d7-4b5a-8ee9-7b57054543c7]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-183-have-us-and-eu-blunders-led-to-putins-war-with-j-michael-waller]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">In this episode I'm talking again with Dr. J. Michael Waller, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy,</span></div> <span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Mike's <span class= "ac-designer-copy"><em class="ac-designer-copy">Secret Empire: The KGB in Russia Today</em></span> predicted the rise of the KGB, and inevitably, a Vladimir Putin. He was also Annenberg Professor of International Communication at the Institute of World Politics, and instructor in SYOPS operation at the Kennedy Special Warfare Center School at Fort Bragg.</span></div> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">In this wide ranging and of necessity, speculative conversation we ask whether, after the Cold War ended, the United States could have brought Russia into alignment with the West. There are many what if's.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Here's some of what we speculate about.</span></div> <span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /></span></div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Is the war in Ukraine a product of Putin's aggression or US/EU fecklessness, or both?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Why did President Bush 41's Administration fear the collapse of the Soviet Union? and even urged countries, such as Ukraine, to temper their hopes for a popularly elected government?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">After the USSR collapsed, the U.S. had a real opportunity to shape post-Soviet Russia. Why did we leave it to an unholy alliance of criminal cartels, oligarchs and KGB officers?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Was Vladimir Putin's rise inevitable?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Has he become unstable, or a master chess-player? Or something else?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">How good is US spy craft in understanding Putin's mindset?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Who is Claus von Stauffenberg and what did he do? Hint: he's why Putin has a blast barrier under his 50' conference table.</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Has weak US national security leadership e.g. our catastrophic Afghanistan withdrawal, been provocative?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Did Putin decide that with America's national security leaders obsessed with climate change and "white rage", not war fighting, there's been no better time to invade Ukraine?</span></div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">How did our main central European NATO ally - Germany - become completely dependent on Putin's good graces in order for its economy to continue?</span></div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /></span> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Mike Waller brings a lifetime of national security intelligence research and tradecraft to our conversation. His answers are fascinating.</span></div> </div> </div> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[In this episode I'm talking again with Dr. J. Michael Waller, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy, Mike's <em class="ac-designer-copy">Secret Empire: The KGB in Russia Today</em> predicted the rise of the KGB, and inevitably, a Vladimir Putin. He was also Annenberg Professor of International Communication at the Institute of World Politics, and instructor in SYOPS operation at the Kennedy Special Warfare Center School at Fort Bragg. <p> </p> In this wide ranging and of necessity, speculative conversation we ask whether, after the Cold War ended, the United States could have brought Russia into alignment with the West. There are many what if's. Here's some of what we speculate about. Is the war in Ukraine a product of Putin's aggression or US/EU fecklessness, or both? Why did President Bush 41's Administration fear the collapse of the Soviet Union? and even urged countries, such as Ukraine, to temper their hopes for a popularly elected government? After the USSR collapsed, the U.S. had a real opportunity to shape post-Soviet Russia. Why did we leave it to an unholy alliance of criminal cartels, oligarchs and KGB officers? Was Vladimir Putin's rise inevitable? Has he become unstable, or a master chess-player? Or something else? How good is US spy craft in understanding Putin's mindset? Who is Claus von Stauffenberg and what did he do? Hint: he's why Putin has a blast barrier under his 50' conference table. Has weak US national security leadership e.g. our catastrophic Afghanistan withdrawal, been provocative? Did Putin decide that with America's national security leaders obsessed with climate change and "white rage", not war fighting, there's been no better time to invade Ukraine? How did our main central European NATO ally - Germany - become completely dependent on Putin's good graces in order for its economy to continue? Mike Waller brings a lifetime of national security intelligence research and tradecraft to our conversation. His answers are fascinating.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="78361474" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS149_2022_04_14_Waller.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>40:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode I'm talking again with Dr. J. Michael Waller, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy,   Mike's Secret Empire: The KGB in Russia Today predicted the rise of the KGB, and inevitably, a Vladimir Putin. He was also Annenberg Professor of International Communication at the Institute of World Politics, and instructor in SYOPS operation at the Kennedy Special Warfare Center School at Fort Bragg.   In this wide ranging and of necessity, speculative conversation we ask whether, after the Cold War ended, the United States could have brought Russia into alignment with the West. There are many what if's.   Here's some of what we speculate about. Is the war in Ukraine a product of Putin's aggression or US/EU fecklessness, or both?   Why did President Bush 41's Administration fear the collapse of the Soviet Union? and even urged countries, such as Ukraine, to temper their hopes for a popularly elected government?   After the USSR collapsed, the U.S. had a real opportunity to shape post-Soviet Russia. Why did we leave it to an unholy alliance of criminal cartels, oligarchs and KGB officers?   Was Vladimir Putin's rise inevitable?   Has he become unstable, or a master chess-player? Or something else?   How good is US spy craft in understanding Putin's mindset?   Who is Claus von Stauffenberg and what did he do? Hint: he's why Putin has a blast barrier under his 50' conference table.   Has weak US national security leadership e.g. our catastrophic Afghanistan withdrawal, been provocative?   Did Putin decide that with America's national security leaders obsessed with climate change and "white rage", not war fighting, there's been no better time to invade Ukraine?   How did our main central European NATO ally - Germany - become completely dependent on Putin's good graces in order for its economy to continue? Mike Waller brings a lifetime of national security intelligence research and tradecraft to our conversation. His answers are fascinating.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode I'm talking again with Dr. J. Michael Waller, Senior Fellow at the Center for Security Policy,   Mike's Secret Empire: The KGB in Russia Today predicted the rise of the KGB, and inevitably, a Vladimir Putin. He was also Annenberg Professor of International Communication at the Institute of World Politics, and instructor in SYOPS operation at the Kennedy Special Warfare Center School at Fort Bragg.   In this wide ranging and of necessity, speculative conversation we ask whether, after the Cold War ended, the United States could have brought Russia into alignment with the West. There are many what if's.   Here's some of what we speculate about. Is the war in Ukraine a product of Putin's aggression or US/EU fecklessness, or both?   Why did President Bush 41's Administration fear the collapse of the Soviet Union? and even urged countries, such as Ukraine, to temper their hopes for a popularly elected government?   After the USSR collapsed, the U.S. had a real opportunity to shape post-Soviet Russia. Why did we leave it to an unholy alliance of criminal cartels, oligarchs and KGB officers?   Was Vladimir Putin's rise inevitable?   Has he become unstable, or a master chess-player? Or something else?   How good is US spy craft in understanding Putin's mindset?   Who is Claus von Stauffenberg and what did he do? Hint: he's why Putin has a blast barrier under his 50' conference table.   Has weak US national security leadership e.g. our catastrophic Afghanistan withdrawal, been provocative?   Did Putin decide that with America's national security leaders obsessed with climate change and "white rage", not war fighting, there's been no better time to invade Ukraine?   How did our main central European NATO ally - Germany - become completely dependent on Putin's good graces in order for its economy to continue? Mike Waller brings a lifetime of national security intelligence research and tradecraft to our conversation. His answers are fascinating.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 182: "Are We Misreading Putin's War Aims" with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 182: "Are We Misreading Putin's War Aims" with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 17:31:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[082ed9f3-51f3-41a6-8f33-8a1e83827e71]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-182-are-we-misreading-putins-war-aims-with-dr-peter-vincent-pry]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">This episode is a follow-up to my conversation a few weeks ago with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry about our concerns that our Administration's responses to the Russian invasion of Ukraine could lead to nuclear war.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Today, we consider also an alternate possibility that Vladimir Putin is playing a much deeper game than most in the West have imagined.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">As Executive Director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, former Chief of Staff of the Congressional EMP Commission and Director of the US Nuclear Strategy Forum, Dr Pry brings a vast and imaginative knowledge of history and of modern warfare.</span></div> </div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"Most analysts, including myself, thought that the relevant scenario was Crimea and that the Russians would go for a quick, almost bloodless, victory," speculates Peter, "but there is another Russian way of war that was right under our noses. And that is a long protracted war …  it's almost like they're deliberately doing everything they can to try to provoke the West to intervene, to jump into the war."</span></div> </div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">There are a lot of strange things in the way the Russians have conducted the Ukraine War that have violated most all of the fundamental elements of their military doctrine.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">They didn't go for tactical and strategic surprise. They attacked openly in the face of the West. They haven't cyber attacked although the Russians have demonstrated the ability to isolate their cyber attacks to Ukraine itself.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">They haven't committed some of their best conventional forces. Their best and most modern tanks haven't been committed to Ukraine. Of their 20,000 tanks they're using mostly older models and only a small fraction of those.</span></div> </div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"The Russian air force has almost been absent without leave, hasn't been deployed in its best capabilities," explains Peter, "and has played a very limited role."</span></div> </div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Why?</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">We need to consider the possibility that this whole thing right from the beginning might not be just about Ukraine.</span></div> </div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"It might be aimed at creating a long period of chaos in the center of Europe," reasons Peter, "that it's going to put such stress on its economies and the NATO Alliance that the NATO Alliance will come apart at the seams."</span></div> </div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">Putin isn't returning phone calls from the White House and Russian general staffs are not talking to our Pentagon. </span></span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">"They've basically stopped communicating with us," says Peter. "That isn't the action of a country that's badly losing a war and is desperately seeking an exit."</span></span></div> <div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">We should be cautious about what we believe of what we're being told in Ukraine and about the performance of the Russian army.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">We're told Russia is on the ropes, that it looks like it could lose the Ukraine War, Putin could fall from power and that he and the elites who support him and his family could be executed.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">But consider this: Putin has postured Russia's nuclear arsenal in such a way that they can launch most of their forces in just a few minutes without telegraphing any messages to us.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">This a time for America to stop saber rattling and develop a sober considered strategy to defuse the Ukraine tinderbox.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Dr Peter Vincent Pry outlines some sensible and constructive strategies to wind down the hostilities, up to and including hitting the reset button with Russia, reminding us that our real object in our new Cold War is China.</span></div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">There's a lot to learn from this conversation. Please listen in.</span></div> </div> </div> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[This episode is a follow-up to my conversation a few weeks ago with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry about our concerns that our Administration's responses to the Russian invasion of Ukraine could lead to nuclear war. Today, we consider also an alternate possibility that Vladimir Putin is playing a much deeper game than most in the West have imagined. As Executive Director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, former Chief of Staff of the Congressional EMP Commission and Director of the US Nuclear Strategy Forum, Dr Pry brings a vast and imaginative knowledge of history and of modern warfare. "Most analysts, including myself, thought that the relevant scenario was Crimea and that the Russians would go for a quick, almost bloodless, victory," speculates Peter, "but there is another Russian way of war that was right under our noses. And that is a long protracted war … it's almost like they're deliberately doing everything they can to try to provoke the West to intervene, to jump into the war." There are a lot of strange things in the way the Russians have conducted the Ukraine War that have violated most all of the fundamental elements of their military doctrine. They didn't go for tactical and strategic surprise. They attacked openly in the face of the West. They haven't cyber attacked although the Russians have demonstrated the ability to isolate their cyber attacks to Ukraine itself. They haven't committed some of their best conventional forces. Their best and most modern tanks haven't been committed to Ukraine. Of their 20,000 tanks they're using mostly older models and only a small fraction of those. "The Russian air force has almost been absent without leave, hasn't been deployed in its best capabilities," explains Peter, "and has played a very limited role." Why? We need to consider the possibility that this whole thing right from the beginning might not be just about Ukraine. "It might be aimed at creating a long period of chaos in the center of Europe," reasons Peter, "that it's going to put such stress on its economies and the NATO Alliance that the NATO Alliance will come apart at the seams." <p>Putin isn't returning phone calls from the White House and Russian general staffs are not talking to our Pentagon. </p> "They've basically stopped communicating with us," says Peter. "That isn't the action of a country that's badly losing a war and is desperately seeking an exit." We should be cautious about what we believe of what we're being told in Ukraine and about the performance of the Russian army. We're told Russia is on the ropes, that it looks like it could lose the Ukraine War, Putin could fall from power and that he and the elites who support him and his family could be executed. But consider this: Putin has postured Russia's nuclear arsenal in such a way that they can launch most of their forces in just a few minutes without telegraphing any messages to us. This a time for America to stop saber rattling and develop a sober considered strategy to defuse the Ukraine tinderbox. Dr Peter Vincent Pry outlines some sensible and constructive strategies to wind down the hostilities, up to and including hitting the reset button with Russia, reminding us that our real object in our new Cold War is China. There's a lot to learn from this conversation. Please listen in.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="80960034" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS150_2022_04_13_TBWS_Pry.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This episode is a follow-up to my conversation a few weeks ago with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry about our concerns that our Administration's responses to the Russian invasion of Ukraine could lead to nuclear war.   Today, we consider also an alternate possibility that Vladimir Putin is playing a much deeper game than most in the West have imagined.   As Executive Director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, former Chief of Staff of the Congressional EMP Commission and Director of the US Nuclear Strategy Forum, Dr Pry brings a vast and imaginative knowledge of history and of modern warfare. "Most analysts, including myself, thought that the relevant scenario was Crimea and that the Russians would go for a quick, almost bloodless, victory," speculates Peter, "but there is another Russian way of war that was right under our noses. And that is a long protracted war …  it's almost like they're deliberately doing everything they can to try to provoke the West to intervene, to jump into the war." There are a lot of strange things in the way the Russians have conducted the Ukraine War that have violated most all of the fundamental elements of their military doctrine.   They didn't go for tactical and strategic surprise. They attacked openly in the face of the West. They haven't cyber attacked although the Russians have demonstrated the ability to isolate their cyber attacks to Ukraine itself.   They haven't committed some of their best conventional forces. Their best and most modern tanks haven't been committed to Ukraine. Of their 20,000 tanks they're using mostly older models and only a small fraction of those. "The Russian air force has almost been absent without leave, hasn't been deployed in its best capabilities," explains Peter, "and has played a very limited role." Why?   We need to consider the possibility that this whole thing right from the beginning might not be just about Ukraine. "It might be aimed at creating a long period of chaos in the center of Europe," reasons Peter, "that it's going to put such stress on its economies and the NATO Alliance that the NATO Alliance will come apart at the seams." Putin isn't returning phone calls from the White House and Russian general staffs are not talking to our Pentagon.  "They've basically stopped communicating with us," says Peter. "That isn't the action of a country that's badly losing a war and is desperately seeking an exit."   We should be cautious about what we believe of what we're being told in Ukraine and about the performance of the Russian army.   We're told Russia is on the ropes, that it looks like it could lose the Ukraine War, Putin could fall from power and that he and the elites who support him and his family could be executed.   But consider this: Putin has postured Russia's nuclear arsenal in such a way that they can launch most of their forces in just a few minutes without telegraphing any messages to us.   This a time for America to stop saber rattling and develop a sober considered strategy to defuse the Ukraine tinderbox.   Dr Peter Vincent Pry outlines some sensible and constructive strategies to wind down the hostilities, up to and including hitting the reset button with Russia, reminding us that our real object in our new Cold War is China.   There's a lot to learn from this conversation. Please listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This episode is a follow-up to my conversation a few weeks ago with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry about our concerns that our Administration's responses to the Russian invasion of Ukraine could lead to nuclear war.   Today, we consider also an alternate possibility that Vladimir Putin is playing a much deeper game than most in the West have imagined.   As Executive Director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, former Chief of Staff of the Congressional EMP Commission and Director of the US Nuclear Strategy Forum, Dr Pry brings a vast and imaginative knowledge of history and of modern warfare. "Most analysts, including myself, thought that the relevant scenario was Crimea and that the Russians would go for a quick, almost bloodless, victory," speculates Peter, "but there is another Russian way of war that was right under our noses. And that is a long protracted war …  it's almost like they're deliberately doing everything they can to try to provoke the West to intervene, to jump into the war." There are a lot of strange things in the way the Russians have conducted the Ukraine War that have violated most all of the fundamental elements of their military doctrine.   They didn't go for tactical and strategic surprise. They attacked openly in the face of the West. They haven't cyber attacked although the Russians have demonstrated the ability to isolate their cyber attacks to Ukraine itself.   They haven't committed some of their best conventional forces. Their best and most modern tanks haven't been committed to Ukraine. Of their 20,000 tanks they're using mostly older models and only a small fraction of those. "The Russian air force has almost been absent without leave, hasn't been deployed in its best capabilities," explains Peter, "and has played a very limited role." Why?   We need to consider the possibility that this whole thing right from the beginning might not be just about Ukraine. "It might be aimed at creating a long period of chaos in the center of Europe," reasons Peter, "that it's going to put such stress on its economies and the NATO Alliance that the NATO Alliance will come apart at the seams." Putin isn't returning phone calls from the White House and Russian general staffs are not talking to our Pentagon.  "They've basically stopped communicating with us," says Peter. "That isn't the action of a country that's badly losing a war and is desperately seeking an exit."   We should be cautious about what we believe of what we're being told in Ukraine and about the performance of the Russian army.   We're told Russia is on the ropes, that it looks like it could lose the Ukraine War, Putin could fall from power and that he and the elites who support him and his family could be executed.   But consider this: Putin has postured Russia's nuclear arsenal in such a way that they can launch most of their forces in just a few minutes without telegraphing any messages to us.   This a time for America to stop saber rattling and develop a sober considered strategy to defuse the Ukraine tinderbox.   Dr Peter Vincent Pry outlines some sensible and constructive strategies to wind down the hostilities, up to and including hitting the reset button with Russia, reminding us that our real object in our new Cold War is China.   There's a lot to learn from this conversation. Please listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 181: "A Brave New-and More Dangerous-World" with Brandon Weichert</title>
      <itunes:title>"A Brave New-and More Dangerous-World" with Brandon Weichert</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 14:01:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[81dca744-f0a2-4eac-ba9c-59cdfb3a51b0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-181-a-brave-new-and-more-dangerous-world-with-brandon-weichert]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy">Since the COVID-19 virus was loosed upon the world, either intentionally or accidentally, from Wuhan, China, the world has been fundamentally changed. The globalist economic and geopolitical fabric has been torn. There is no one single dominant power anymore and the post Cold War, unipolar world system is gone and is not coming back.</div> <span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span> <div class="ac-designer-copy">Russia now is the first to take advantage of what they think is a window of opportunity. The Russian-Ukrainian conflict is but the beginning of many conflicts that will emanate over the next decade.</div> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">So argues Brandon Weichert, my guest on this episode, publisher of the Weichert Report and author of <em class="ac-designer-copy"><span class="ac-designer-copy">Winning Space: How America Remains a Superpower</span>.</em></div> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">Brandon, who has been called a <span class="ac-designer-copy">"brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar,"</span> believes  mainstream American analysts have been wrong from the start on the war in Ukraine.</div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"Even if they have gotten some details correct, they are missing the picture: there is no rolling Russian power back in Ukraine and should Russia exhaust itself militarily, there is no guarantee that Putin will not attempt to escalate into a wider regional war–with WMDs having been deployed–nor is there a guarantee that any diplomatic settlement will be conducive to Washington or Kiev."</span></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">Putin has banked his entire regime on the notion that he will reestablish the Russian empire by expanding Russia's geopolitical influence into the former Soviet Eastern European states, notably Ukraine.</div> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">Is the Biden Administration playing with nuclear fire in its brinksmanship with Putin? The question answers itself.</div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"You've got to think about escalating the conflict in the way the Russians do," explains Brandon. "The Russians look at tactical nuclear weapons as just big artillery pieces."</span></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">America may be facing its most dangerous time since the Cuban missile crisis in 1962.</div> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">President Biden should be on the phone with Putin every day, trying to deescalate. But as far as has been reported, this isn't happening.</div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"You look at the last 30 years, the people who've been running foreign policy and economic policy in this country are the same people who got us into Iraq," reminds Brandon.</span></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <p><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"> </span></p> <div class="ac-designer-copy">Agree or disagree, for a deep understanding of the dynamics at play, listen in to this conversation with Brandon Weichert.</div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Since the COVID-19 virus was loosed upon the world, either intentionally or accidentally, from Wuhan, China, the world has been fundamentally changed. The globalist economic and geopolitical fabric has been torn. There is no one single dominant power anymore and the post Cold War, unipolar world system is gone and is not coming back. Russia now is the first to take advantage of what they think is a window of opportunity. The Russian-Ukrainian conflict is but the beginning of many conflicts that will emanate over the next decade. <p> </p> So argues Brandon Weichert, my guest on this episode, publisher of the Weichert Report and author of <em class="ac-designer-copy">Winning Space: How America Remains a Superpower.</em> <p> </p> Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," believes mainstream American analysts have been wrong from the start on the war in Ukraine. "Even if they have gotten some details correct, they are missing the picture: there is no rolling Russian power back in Ukraine and should Russia exhaust itself militarily, there is no guarantee that Putin will not attempt to escalate into a wider regional war–with WMDs having been deployed–nor is there a guarantee that any diplomatic settlement will be conducive to Washington or Kiev." <p> </p> Putin has banked his entire regime on the notion that he will reestablish the Russian empire by expanding Russia's geopolitical influence into the former Soviet Eastern European states, notably Ukraine. <p> </p> Is the Biden Administration playing with nuclear fire in its brinksmanship with Putin? The question answers itself. "You've got to think about escalating the conflict in the way the Russians do," explains Brandon. "The Russians look at tactical nuclear weapons as just big artillery pieces." <p> </p> America may be facing its most dangerous time since the Cuban missile crisis in 1962. <p> </p> President Biden should be on the phone with Putin every day, trying to deescalate. But as far as has been reported, this isn't happening. "You look at the last 30 years, the people who've been running foreign policy and economic policy in this country are the same people who got us into Iraq," reminds Brandon. <p> </p> Agree or disagree, for a deep understanding of the dynamics at play, listen in to this conversation with Brandon Weichert.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="105366660" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS147_2022_03_30_Weichert.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>54:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Since the COVID-19 virus was loosed upon the world, either intentionally or accidentally, from Wuhan, China, the world has been fundamentally changed. The globalist economic and geopolitical fabric has been torn. There is no one single dominant power anymore and the post Cold War, unipolar world system is gone and is not coming back.   Russia now is the first to take advantage of what they think is a window of opportunity. The Russian-Ukrainian conflict is but the beginning of many conflicts that will emanate over the next decade.   So argues Brandon Weichert, my guest on this episode, publisher of the Weichert Report and author of Winning Space: How America Remains a Superpower.   Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," believes  mainstream American analysts have been wrong from the start on the war in Ukraine. "Even if they have gotten some details correct, they are missing the picture: there is no rolling Russian power back in Ukraine and should Russia exhaust itself militarily, there is no guarantee that Putin will not attempt to escalate into a wider regional war–with WMDs having been deployed–nor is there a guarantee that any diplomatic settlement will be conducive to Washington or Kiev."   Putin has banked his entire regime on the notion that he will reestablish the Russian empire by expanding Russia's geopolitical influence into the former Soviet Eastern European states, notably Ukraine.   Is the Biden Administration playing with nuclear fire in its brinksmanship with Putin? The question answers itself. "You've got to think about escalating the conflict in the way the Russians do," explains Brandon. "The Russians look at tactical nuclear weapons as just big artillery pieces."   America may be facing its most dangerous time since the Cuban missile crisis in 1962.   President Biden should be on the phone with Putin every day, trying to deescalate. But as far as has been reported, this isn't happening. "You look at the last 30 years, the people who've been running foreign policy and economic policy in this country are the same people who got us into Iraq," reminds Brandon.   Agree or disagree, for a deep understanding of the dynamics at play, listen in to this conversation with Brandon Weichert.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Since the COVID-19 virus was loosed upon the world, either intentionally or accidentally, from Wuhan, China, the world has been fundamentally changed. The globalist economic and geopolitical fabric has been torn. There is no one single dominant power anymore and the post Cold War, unipolar world system is gone and is not coming back.   Russia now is the first to take advantage of what they think is a window of opportunity. The Russian-Ukrainian conflict is but the beginning of many conflicts that will emanate over the next decade.   So argues Brandon Weichert, my guest on this episode, publisher of the Weichert Report and author of Winning Space: How America Remains a Superpower.   Brandon, who has been called a "brilliant and anxiety inducing scholar," believes  mainstream American analysts have been wrong from the start on the war in Ukraine. "Even if they have gotten some details correct, they are missing the picture: there is no rolling Russian power back in Ukraine and should Russia exhaust itself militarily, there is no guarantee that Putin will not attempt to escalate into a wider regional war–with WMDs having been deployed–nor is there a guarantee that any diplomatic settlement will be conducive to Washington or Kiev."   Putin has banked his entire regime on the notion that he will reestablish the Russian empire by expanding Russia's geopolitical influence into the former Soviet Eastern European states, notably Ukraine.   Is the Biden Administration playing with nuclear fire in its brinksmanship with Putin? The question answers itself. "You've got to think about escalating the conflict in the way the Russians do," explains Brandon. "The Russians look at tactical nuclear weapons as just big artillery pieces."   America may be facing its most dangerous time since the Cuban missile crisis in 1962.   President Biden should be on the phone with Putin every day, trying to deescalate. But as far as has been reported, this isn't happening. "You look at the last 30 years, the people who've been running foreign policy and economic policy in this country are the same people who got us into Iraq," reminds Brandon.   Agree or disagree, for a deep understanding of the dynamics at play, listen in to this conversation with Brandon Weichert.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 180: "America's Open Borders" with Ken Cuccinelli and Russ Vought</title>
      <itunes:title>"America's Open Borders" with Ken Cuccinelli and Russ Vought</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2022 17:59:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e58daccd-bb67-48b3-a1ef-4089a7b78098]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-bill-walton-show-2]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><strong><span class= "ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"No borders. No walls. No USA at all."  </span> <span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">  </span></span></strong></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><strong><span class= "ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Chant by Antifa rioters marching in the streets of Denver.</span></span></strong></div> </div> <div> </div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">With Ukraine and Russia dominating the headlines, America seems to have lost focus on the border - and the war - that really counts.</span><br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">It's not Ukraine, it's America's southern border with Mexico. The Biden Administration seems simply to have "opened it up."</span><br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">Completely.</span><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">And what's happening is an ongoing catastrophe that's fueling illegal immigration, human trafficking and drug smuggling. People from over 100 countries around the world have crossed the border illegally in the last year.</span><br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">We need to focus on this war on our own border here, at home - a strange war where it seems our adversary is our own federal government. What the Biden administration is doing is not incompetence at protecting our border, it's a deliberate policy to open it up.</span><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">But we don't have to wait for a change in the Administration.</span><br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /></span></div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"A plain reading of the Constitution gives border state governors war powers under Article 1, Section 10, Clause 3 to interdict and remove illegal aliens to Mexico without the permission of the federal government" says former Trump homeland security official Ken Cuccinelli.</span></div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">If the federal government won't protect the southern border, the states themselves can; moreover, governors from non-border states can also send help.</span><br class="ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">Explaining how this could happen are my guests on this episode, principals in an exciting new policy shop, the Center for Renewing America.</span><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /></span></div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">Russ Vought</span><span class= "ac-designer-copy">, the Center's president, Director of the Office of Management and Budget  for President Trump's full term in office, responsible for overseeing the implementation of the President's policy, management, and deregulatory agendas across the entire Executive Branch.</span></span></div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">And</span><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <br class="ac-designer-copy" /></span></div> </div> </div> <blockquote class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">Ken Cuccinelli,</span> <span class= "ac-designer-copy">Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security (DHS) and Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) under President Trump. Ken also served as Attorney General of Virginia, where he was the first in the country to sue over Obamacare, and made critical advances against human trafficking, health care fraud, gangs and child exploitation.</span></span></div> </div> </div> </blockquote> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><br class= "ac-designer-copy" /> <span class="ac-designer-copy">This is a fascinating discussion, and not only about how we might deal with our border crisis, but also the many ways we could get a federal government that works for us, rather than the other way around.</span></span></div> </div> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["No borders. No walls. No USA at all." Chant by Antifa rioters marching in the streets of Denver. With Ukraine and Russia dominating the headlines, America seems to have lost focus on the border - and the war - that really counts. It's not Ukraine, it's America's southern border with Mexico. The Biden Administration seems simply to have "opened it up." Completely. And what's happening is an ongoing catastrophe that's fueling illegal immigration, human trafficking and drug smuggling. People from over 100 countries around the world have crossed the border illegally in the last year. We need to focus on this war on our own border here, at home - a strange war where it seems our adversary is our own federal government. What the Biden administration is doing is not incompetence at protecting our border, it's a deliberate policy to open it up. But we don't have to wait for a change in the Administration. "A plain reading of the Constitution gives border state governors war powers under Article 1, Section 10, Clause 3 to interdict and remove illegal aliens to Mexico without the permission of the federal government" says former Trump homeland security official Ken Cuccinelli. If the federal government won't protect the southern border, the states themselves can; moreover, governors from non-border states can also send help. Explaining how this could happen are my guests on this episode, principals in an exciting new policy shop, the Center for Renewing America. Russ Vought, the Center's president, Director of the Office of Management and Budget for President Trump's full term in office, responsible for overseeing the implementation of the President's policy, management, and deregulatory agendas across the entire Executive Branch. And Ken Cuccinelli, Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security (DHS) and Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) under President Trump. Ken also served as Attorney General of Virginia, where he was the first in the country to sue over Obamacare, and made critical advances against human trafficking, health care fraud, gangs and child exploitation. This is a fascinating discussion, and not only about how we might deal with our border crisis, but also the many ways we could get a federal government that works for us, rather than the other way around.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="130317957" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS146_2022_03_23_Cuccinelli_Vought.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>180</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"No borders. No walls. No USA at all."      Chant by Antifa rioters marching in the streets of Denver.   With Ukraine and Russia dominating the headlines, America seems to have lost focus on the border - and the war - that really counts. It's not Ukraine, it's America's southern border with Mexico. The Biden Administration seems simply to have "opened it up." Completely. And what's happening is an ongoing catastrophe that's fueling illegal immigration, human trafficking and drug smuggling. People from over 100 countries around the world have crossed the border illegally in the last year. We need to focus on this war on our own border here, at home - a strange war where it seems our adversary is our own federal government. What the Biden administration is doing is not incompetence at protecting our border, it's a deliberate policy to open it up. But we don't have to wait for a change in the Administration. "A plain reading of the Constitution gives border state governors war powers under Article 1, Section 10, Clause 3 to interdict and remove illegal aliens to Mexico without the permission of the federal government" says former Trump homeland security official Ken Cuccinelli. If the federal government won't protect the southern border, the states themselves can; moreover, governors from non-border states can also send help. Explaining how this could happen are my guests on this episode, principals in an exciting new policy shop, the Center for Renewing America. Russ Vought, the Center's president, Director of the Office of Management and Budget  for President Trump's full term in office, responsible for overseeing the implementation of the President's policy, management, and deregulatory agendas across the entire Executive Branch. And Ken Cuccinelli, Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security (DHS) and Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) under President Trump. Ken also served as Attorney General of Virginia, where he was the first in the country to sue over Obamacare, and made critical advances against human trafficking, health care fraud, gangs and child exploitation. This is a fascinating discussion, and not only about how we might deal with our border crisis, but also the many ways we could get a federal government that works for us, rather than the other way around.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Bill Walton</itunes:author><itunes:summary>"No borders. No walls. No USA at all."      Chant by Antifa rioters marching in the streets of Denver.   With Ukraine and Russia dominating the headlines, America seems to have lost focus on the border - and the war - that really counts. It's not Ukraine, it's America's southern border with Mexico. The Biden Administration seems simply to have "opened it up." Completely. And what's happening is an ongoing catastrophe that's fueling illegal immigration, human trafficking and drug smuggling. People from over 100 countries around the world have crossed the border illegally in the last year. We need to focus on this war on our own border here, at home - a strange war where it seems our adversary is our own federal government. What the Biden administration is doing is not incompetence at protecting our border, it's a deliberate policy to open it up. But we don't have to wait for a change in the Administration. "A plain reading of the Constitution gives border state governors war powers under Article 1, Section 10, Clause 3 to interdict and remove illegal aliens to Mexico without the permission of the federal government" says former Trump homeland security official Ken Cuccinelli. If the federal government won't protect the southern border, the states themselves can; moreover, governors from non-border states can also send help. Explaining how this could happen are my guests on this episode, principals in an exciting new policy shop, the Center for Renewing America. Russ Vought, the Center's president, Director of the Office of Management and Budget  for President Trump's full term in office, responsible for overseeing the implementation of the President's policy, management, and deregulatory agendas across the entire Executive Branch. And Ken Cuccinelli, Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security (DHS) and Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) under President Trump. Ken also served as Attorney General of Virginia, where he was the first in the country to sue over Obamacare, and made critical advances against human trafficking, health care fraud, gangs and child exploitation. This is a fascinating discussion, and not only about how we might deal with our border crisis, but also the many ways we could get a federal government that works for us, rather than the other way around.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 179: "Taking a Hard Look at our Dependence on China for Our Drugs" with Rosemary Gibson and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 179: "Taking a Hard Look at our Dependence on China for Our Drugs" with Rosemary Gibson and Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 14:58:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c05cc20f-6cf8-4869-8734-779979a4b855]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-179-taking-a-hardlook-at-our-dependence-on-china-for-our-drugs-with-rosemary-gibson-and-frank-gaffney]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Thirty years ago, the United States, Europe, and Japan manufactured 90 percent of the global supply of the key ingredients for the world's medicines and vitamins. No more. China is now the largest global supplier. Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in, or with critical ingredients from China and they don't know it and neither do many of their doctors. This is becoming a grave concern. As we've seen, first with the global pandemic driven lockdowns and now, with the Russia/Ukraine war, the world's economy has acute supply chain interdependencies. And for America, among the top of our concerns, has to be our dependence on an increasingly hostile China for our pharmaceutical drugs. Sharing my concern and joining me on this episode are my returning guests: Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" And Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China and who hosts Securing America with Frank Gaffney on the Real America's Voice Network Some highlights: The FDA not only approves new drugs, but also inspects drug manufacturing plants. Worryingly, that's happening less and less with our drugs made in China. In the spring of 2020, the US was just weeks away from not having the most basic medicines. Why? Our dependence on India, and in turn China. Is Congressional leadership so compromised by its ties to China that it is not willing to address our growing supply chain vulnerabilities? We're told we pay more for prescription drugs to cover pharma's huge domestic R&D costs. Pharma's solution? Move its R&D to "low cost" China, a move that makes America ever more vulnerable to the whims of the CCP. These are complicated and important issues. Worth a listen as we work to dig into what's at stake.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Thirty years ago, the United States, Europe, and Japan manufactured 90 percent of the global supply of the key ingredients for the world's medicines and vitamins. No more. China is now the largest global supplier. Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in, or with critical ingredients from China and they don't know it and neither do many of their doctors. This is becoming a grave concern. As we've seen, first with the global pandemic driven lockdowns and now, with the Russia/Ukraine war, the world's economy has acute supply chain interdependencies. And for America, among the top of our concerns, has to be our dependence on an increasingly hostile China for our pharmaceutical drugs. Sharing my concern and joining me on this episode are my returning guests: Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" And Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China and who hosts Securing America with Frank Gaffney on the Real America's Voice Network Some highlights: The FDA not only approves new drugs, but also inspects drug manufacturing plants. Worryingly, that's happening less and less with our drugs made in China. In the spring of 2020, the US was just weeks away from not having the most basic medicines. Why? Our dependence on India, and in turn China. Is Congressional leadership so compromised by its ties to China that it is not willing to address our growing supply chain vulnerabilities? We're told we pay more for prescription drugs to cover pharma's huge domestic R&D costs. Pharma's solution? Move its R&D to "low cost" China, a move that makes America ever more vulnerable to the whims of the CCP. These are complicated and important issues. Worth a listen as we work to dig into what's at stake.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="121887763" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS143_2022_03_10_Gaffney_Gibson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>179</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Thirty years ago, the United States, Europe, and Japan manufactured 90 percent of the global supply of the key ingredients for the world's medicines and vitamins. No more. China is now the largest global supplier. Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in, or with critical ingredients from China and they don't know it and neither do many of their doctors. This is becoming a grave concern. As we've seen, first with the global pandemic driven lockdowns and now, with the Russia/Ukraine war, the world's economy has acute supply chain interdependencies. And for America, among the top of our concerns, has to be our dependence on an increasingly hostile China for our pharmaceutical drugs. Sharing my concern and joining me on this episode are my returning guests: Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" And Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China and who hosts Securing America with Frank Gaffney on the Real America's Voice Network Some highlights: The FDA not only approves new drugs, but also inspects drug manufacturing plants. Worryingly, that's happening less and less with our drugs made in China. In the spring of 2020, the US was just weeks away from not having the most basic medicines. Why? Our dependence on India, and in turn China. Is Congressional leadership so compromised by its ties to China that it is not willing to address our growing supply chain vulnerabilities? We're told we pay more for prescription drugs to cover pharma's huge domestic R&amp;D costs. Pharma's solution? Move its R&amp;D to "low cost" China, a move that makes America ever more vulnerable to the whims of the CCP. These are complicated and important issues. Worth a listen as we work to dig into what's at stake.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Thirty years ago, the United States, Europe, and Japan manufactured 90 percent of the global supply of the key ingredients for the world's medicines and vitamins. No more. China is now the largest global supplier. Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in, or with critical ingredients from China and they don't know it and neither do many of their doctors. This is becoming a grave concern. As we've seen, first with the global pandemic driven lockdowns and now, with the Russia/Ukraine war, the world's economy has acute supply chain interdependencies. And for America, among the top of our concerns, has to be our dependence on an increasingly hostile China for our pharmaceutical drugs. Sharing my concern and joining me on this episode are my returning guests: Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" And Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China and who hosts Securing America with Frank Gaffney on the Real America's Voice Network Some highlights: The FDA not only approves new drugs, but also inspects drug manufacturing plants. Worryingly, that's happening less and less with our drugs made in China. In the spring of 2020, the US was just weeks away from not having the most basic medicines. Why? Our dependence on India, and in turn China. Is Congressional leadership so compromised by its ties to China that it is not willing to address our growing supply chain vulnerabilities? We're told we pay more for prescription drugs to cover pharma's huge domestic R&amp;D costs. Pharma's solution? Move its R&amp;D to "low cost" China, a move that makes America ever more vulnerable to the whims of the CCP. These are complicated and important issues. Worth a listen as we work to dig into what's at stake.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 178: "Stops Along the Way" with Brent Bozell</title>
      <itunes:title>"Stops Along the Way" with Brent Bozell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:12:42 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9b0eb584-f317-4ff1-87d2-b4de49a2fd6e]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-bill-walton-show-1]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Growing up Bozell. Stops Along the Way: A Catholic Soul, a Conservative Heart, an Irish Temper, and a Love of Life. Talking in this episode with L. Brent Bozell III, author of Stops Along the Way and who is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. Brent founded and is president of the Media Research Center, the largest media watchdog organization in America; and ForAmerica, which the New York Times declared was "one of the greatest unexpected influences on the 2016 election." Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, author, publisher, and activist … Brent's done it all. He's also has the great gift for friendship. This episode though, is about a Brent Bozell that we don't know enough about. What was it like to grow up as one of 10 children as part of the nomadic family of amazing consequence of Brent Bozell Jr and Patricia Buckley? He, who headed the Yale debate team (with roommate and best friend William F Buckley Jr. as his second), who was ghostwriter of Barry Goldwater's Conscience of a Conservative, a seminal figure in the conservative resurgence and who died a Third Order Carmelite monk. She, a towering intellect, the closest sister to Bill Buckley, and who had a famous confrontation with T. Grace Atkinson, a militant feminist anti-Catholic who had been going around the country saying that the Virgin Mary had been knocked up. What happens when your parents move you and your menagerie of pets and siblings from the leafy suburbs of Chevy Chase out to a dilapidated estate in rural Virginia? What happens when, without batting an eyelash, your father sends you and your two brothers off to boarding school in Spain when you didn't speak a word of Spanish and who simply expected that as Bozell's you would thrive? This is just a sampling of an intimate and revealing conversation. Hope you'll find the time to listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Growing up Bozell. Stops Along the Way: A Catholic Soul, a Conservative Heart, an Irish Temper, and a Love of Life. Talking in this episode with L. Brent Bozell III, author of Stops Along the Way and who is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. Brent founded and is president of the Media Research Center, the largest media watchdog organization in America; and ForAmerica, which the New York Times declared was "one of the greatest unexpected influences on the 2016 election." Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, author, publisher, and activist … Brent's done it all. He's also has the great gift for friendship. This episode though, is about a Brent Bozell that we don't know enough about. What was it like to grow up as one of 10 children as part of the nomadic family of amazing consequence of Brent Bozell Jr and Patricia Buckley? He, who headed the Yale debate team (with roommate and best friend William F Buckley Jr. as his second), who was ghostwriter of Barry Goldwater's Conscience of a Conservative, a seminal figure in the conservative resurgence and who died a Third Order Carmelite monk. She, a towering intellect, the closest sister to Bill Buckley, and who had a famous confrontation with T. Grace Atkinson, a militant feminist anti-Catholic who had been going around the country saying that the Virgin Mary had been knocked up. What happens when your parents move you and your menagerie of pets and siblings from the leafy suburbs of Chevy Chase out to a dilapidated estate in rural Virginia? What happens when, without batting an eyelash, your father sends you and your two brothers off to boarding school in Spain when you didn't speak a word of Spanish and who simply expected that as Bozell's you would thrive? This is just a sampling of an intimate and revealing conversation. Hope you'll find the time to listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="121139619" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS145_2022_03_17_Bozell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>178</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Growing up Bozell. Stops Along the Way: A Catholic Soul, a Conservative Heart, an Irish Temper, and a Love of Life. Talking in this episode with L. Brent Bozell III, author of Stops Along the Way and who is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. Brent founded and is president of the Media Research Center, the largest media watchdog organization in America; and ForAmerica, which the New York Times declared was "one of the greatest unexpected influences on the 2016 election." Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, author, publisher, and activist … Brent's done it all. He's also has the great gift for friendship. This episode though, is about a Brent Bozell that we don't know enough about. What was it like to grow up as one of 10 children as part of the nomadic family of amazing consequence of Brent Bozell Jr and Patricia Buckley? He, who headed the Yale debate team (with roommate and best friend William F Buckley Jr. as his second), who was ghostwriter of Barry Goldwater's Conscience of a Conservative, a seminal figure in the conservative resurgence and who died a Third Order Carmelite monk. She, a towering intellect, the closest sister to Bill Buckley, and who had a famous confrontation with T. Grace Atkinson, a militant feminist anti-Catholic who had been going around the country saying that the Virgin Mary had been knocked up. What happens when your parents move you and your menagerie of pets and siblings from the leafy suburbs of Chevy Chase out to a dilapidated estate in rural Virginia? What happens when, without batting an eyelash, your father sends you and your two brothers off to boarding school in Spain when you didn't speak a word of Spanish and who simply expected that as Bozell's you would thrive? This is just a sampling of an intimate and revealing conversation. Hope you'll find the time to listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Growing up Bozell. Stops Along the Way: A Catholic Soul, a Conservative Heart, an Irish Temper, and a Love of Life. Talking in this episode with L. Brent Bozell III, author of Stops Along the Way and who is one of the most outspoken and effective national leaders in the conservative movement today. Brent founded and is president of the Media Research Center, the largest media watchdog organization in America; and ForAmerica, which the New York Times declared was "one of the greatest unexpected influences on the 2016 election." Lecturer, syndicated columnist, television commentator, debater, marketer, businessman, author, publisher, and activist … Brent's done it all. He's also has the great gift for friendship. This episode though, is about a Brent Bozell that we don't know enough about. What was it like to grow up as one of 10 children as part of the nomadic family of amazing consequence of Brent Bozell Jr and Patricia Buckley? He, who headed the Yale debate team (with roommate and best friend William F Buckley Jr. as his second), who was ghostwriter of Barry Goldwater's Conscience of a Conservative, a seminal figure in the conservative resurgence and who died a Third Order Carmelite monk. She, a towering intellect, the closest sister to Bill Buckley, and who had a famous confrontation with T. Grace Atkinson, a militant feminist anti-Catholic who had been going around the country saying that the Virgin Mary had been knocked up. What happens when your parents move you and your menagerie of pets and siblings from the leafy suburbs of Chevy Chase out to a dilapidated estate in rural Virginia? What happens when, without batting an eyelash, your father sends you and your two brothers off to boarding school in Spain when you didn't speak a word of Spanish and who simply expected that as Bozell's you would thrive? This is just a sampling of an intimate and revealing conversation. Hope you'll find the time to listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 177: "A Nuclear War Scenario" with Dr Peter Vincent Pry</title>
      <itunes:title>"A Nuclear War Scenario" with Dr Peter Vincent Pry</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 17:36:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f4777a9-cd79-4ef6-a828-57f6dee86eee]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/tbws146-2022-03-11-pry]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This is a very upsetting episode. I'm joined by my frequent guest Dr Peter Vincent Pry and we're talking about Ukraine and the likelihood of nuclear war. Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, served as chief of staff to the congressional EMP Commission, and director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum. Just recently, he published a piece titled, "The Nuclear Crisis Nobody Knows" "I think we're facing an unprecedented danger that we've never experienced in the nuclear missile age, worse than Cuba, a circumstance where we are on the threshold of a nuclear war, nuclear attack, from Russia." Nobody knows what's in Putin's mind but apparently he going to just keep using his conventional forces to overwhelm the Ukrainians and eventually achieve victory in Ukraine at a conventional level. But many people predicted that the Russian conventional military would just steamroll through Ukraine in a couple of days, and that hasn't happened. So what's the probability Putin then decides, "I'm under pressure from my political enemies and I've got to wind this thing up. Maybe use a few tactical nuclear weapons in order to bring this to more rapid conclusion." If he did, how would the Biden administration respond? He knows that Biden's is the most anti-nuclear administration that we have ever had. There are many anti-nuclear activists in the Biden administration and their agenda is to deeply reduce US nuclear weapons and US dependency on nuclear deterrence. Peter explains, "these people don't believe that any rational actor would ever use nuclear weapons and, therefore, all you need is a bare-minimum deterrent. That's one of the things that makes the current nuclear crisis most dangerous, because Biden is acting as if Putin would have to be a mad man to use nuclear weapons, that it was not a rational decision that he would make, despite the fact that Russian doctrine calls for that, that they've exercised it, that their force structure is clearly designed for war fighting and surprise attack. And that's why the Biden administration are like children playing with nuclear fire." Most of our information about Ukraine is coming from two biased sources that have an interest in making the Russian army look as bad as possible: the Ukrainians and the Biden administration. Putin has put his forces on nuclear alert and there are reports that he has self-deployed himself to his nuclear bunker. Also, that the United States put its "Doomsday Plane" into the air last week. Is this true? Are we going to blunder into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Peter has a comprehensive grasp of the issues. Another listen well worth the time.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This is a very upsetting episode. I'm joined by my frequent guest Dr Peter Vincent Pry and we're talking about Ukraine and the likelihood of nuclear war. Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, served as chief of staff to the congressional EMP Commission, and director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum. Just recently, he published a piece titled, "The Nuclear Crisis Nobody Knows" "I think we're facing an unprecedented danger that we've never experienced in the nuclear missile age, worse than Cuba, a circumstance where we are on the threshold of a nuclear war, nuclear attack, from Russia." Nobody knows what's in Putin's mind but apparently he going to just keep using his conventional forces to overwhelm the Ukrainians and eventually achieve victory in Ukraine at a conventional level. But many people predicted that the Russian conventional military would just steamroll through Ukraine in a couple of days, and that hasn't happened. So what's the probability Putin then decides, "I'm under pressure from my political enemies and I've got to wind this thing up. Maybe use a few tactical nuclear weapons in order to bring this to more rapid conclusion." If he did, how would the Biden administration respond? He knows that Biden's is the most anti-nuclear administration that we have ever had. There are many anti-nuclear activists in the Biden administration and their agenda is to deeply reduce US nuclear weapons and US dependency on nuclear deterrence. Peter explains, "these people don't believe that any rational actor would ever use nuclear weapons and, therefore, all you need is a bare-minimum deterrent. That's one of the things that makes the current nuclear crisis most dangerous, because Biden is acting as if Putin would have to be a mad man to use nuclear weapons, that it was not a rational decision that he would make, despite the fact that Russian doctrine calls for that, that they've exercised it, that their force structure is clearly designed for war fighting and surprise attack. And that's why the Biden administration are like children playing with nuclear fire." Most of our information about Ukraine is coming from two biased sources that have an interest in making the Russian army look as bad as possible: the Ukrainians and the Biden administration. Putin has put his forces on nuclear alert and there are reports that he has self-deployed himself to his nuclear bunker. Also, that the United States put its "Doomsday Plane" into the air last week. Is this true? Are we going to blunder into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Peter has a comprehensive grasp of the issues. Another listen well worth the time.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="72700215" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS146_2022_03_11_Pry.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>177</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This is a very upsetting episode. I'm joined by my frequent guest Dr Peter Vincent Pry and we're talking about Ukraine and the likelihood of nuclear war. Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, served as chief of staff to the congressional EMP Commission, and director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum. Just recently, he published a piece titled, "The Nuclear Crisis Nobody Knows" "I think we're facing an unprecedented danger that we've never experienced in the nuclear missile age, worse than Cuba, a circumstance where we are on the threshold of a nuclear war, nuclear attack, from Russia." Nobody knows what's in Putin's mind but apparently he going to just keep using his conventional forces to overwhelm the Ukrainians and eventually achieve victory in Ukraine at a conventional level. But many people predicted that the Russian conventional military would just steamroll through Ukraine in a couple of days, and that hasn't happened. So what's the probability Putin then decides, "I'm under pressure from my political enemies and I've got to wind this thing up. Maybe use a few tactical nuclear weapons in order to bring this to more rapid conclusion." If he did, how would the Biden administration respond? He knows that Biden's is the most anti-nuclear administration that we have ever had. There are many anti-nuclear activists in the Biden administration and their agenda is to deeply reduce US nuclear weapons and US dependency on nuclear deterrence. Peter explains, "these people don't believe that any rational actor would ever use nuclear weapons and, therefore, all you need is a bare-minimum deterrent. That's one of the things that makes the current nuclear crisis most dangerous, because Biden is acting as if Putin would have to be a mad man to use nuclear weapons, that it was not a rational decision that he would make, despite the fact that Russian doctrine calls for that, that they've exercised it, that their force structure is clearly designed for war fighting and surprise attack. And that's why the Biden administration are like children playing with nuclear fire." Most of our information about Ukraine is coming from two biased sources that have an interest in making the Russian army look as bad as possible: the Ukrainians and the Biden administration. Putin has put his forces on nuclear alert and there are reports that he has self-deployed himself to his nuclear bunker. Also, that the United States put its "Doomsday Plane" into the air last week. Is this true? Are we going to blunder into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Peter has a comprehensive grasp of the issues. Another listen well worth the time.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This is a very upsetting episode. I'm joined by my frequent guest Dr Peter Vincent Pry and we're talking about Ukraine and the likelihood of nuclear war. Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, served as chief of staff to the congressional EMP Commission, and director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum. Just recently, he published a piece titled, "The Nuclear Crisis Nobody Knows" "I think we're facing an unprecedented danger that we've never experienced in the nuclear missile age, worse than Cuba, a circumstance where we are on the threshold of a nuclear war, nuclear attack, from Russia." Nobody knows what's in Putin's mind but apparently he going to just keep using his conventional forces to overwhelm the Ukrainians and eventually achieve victory in Ukraine at a conventional level. But many people predicted that the Russian conventional military would just steamroll through Ukraine in a couple of days, and that hasn't happened. So what's the probability Putin then decides, "I'm under pressure from my political enemies and I've got to wind this thing up. Maybe use a few tactical nuclear weapons in order to bring this to more rapid conclusion." If he did, how would the Biden administration respond? He knows that Biden's is the most anti-nuclear administration that we have ever had. There are many anti-nuclear activists in the Biden administration and their agenda is to deeply reduce US nuclear weapons and US dependency on nuclear deterrence. Peter explains, "these people don't believe that any rational actor would ever use nuclear weapons and, therefore, all you need is a bare-minimum deterrent. That's one of the things that makes the current nuclear crisis most dangerous, because Biden is acting as if Putin would have to be a mad man to use nuclear weapons, that it was not a rational decision that he would make, despite the fact that Russian doctrine calls for that, that they've exercised it, that their force structure is clearly designed for war fighting and surprise attack. And that's why the Biden administration are like children playing with nuclear fire." Most of our information about Ukraine is coming from two biased sources that have an interest in making the Russian army look as bad as possible: the Ukrainians and the Biden administration. Putin has put his forces on nuclear alert and there are reports that he has self-deployed himself to his nuclear bunker. Also, that the United States put its "Doomsday Plane" into the air last week. Is this true? Are we going to blunder into a nuclear war over Ukraine? Peter has a comprehensive grasp of the issues. Another listen well worth the time.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 176: "Ukraine First?" with Fred Fleitz and John Zadrozny</title>
      <itunes:title>"Ukraine First?" with Fred Fleitz and John Zadrozny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 13:28:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[30039155-c00f-4772-a756-345544e3d280]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-176-ukraine-first-with-fred-fleitz-and-john-zadrozny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">For a wide ranging overview of how and why the Biden's national and homeland security teams have made America more vulnerable on virtually every front, start here.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">I'm joined on this episode by <span class="ac-designer-copy">Fred Fleitz</span>, Vice Chair of America First Policy Institute's Center for American Security and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump and Chief of Staff of the National Security Council</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">and</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">John Zadronzy</span>, Director of America First Policy Institute's Center for Homeland Security and Immigration, and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump in the office of Senior Advisor for Policy.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">As both Fred and John convey in our conversation, it's hard to overstate the security risks America is facing today. From Ukraine and Russia to China and Taiwan to our own wide open southern Border, the Biden Administration seems incapable or unwilling to protect us.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Secretary of Defense Bob Gates wrote in his 2014 memoir that Joe Biden has been wrong about every national security question for 40 years. And now as President,</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"We have one of the weakest presidents in history, in leadership and in foreign policy and one year of disaster after disaster, especially the withdrawal from Afghanistan, which was ordered by Joe Biden," worries Fred.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">And on the immigration front,</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">"We work from a certain assumption that every American president means the best for the republic and fights to serve the republic and in any way possible," explains John. "I think though, what we're seeing in almost every immigration issue is a forced failure."</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-copy">Instead of an American first policy, Biden seems hell bent on an America last.</span> In his State of the Union Address, he doubled down. No calls for smarter 21st century defense spending as Russia and China ramp up their militaries. No reset of his anti-fossil fuel agenda, that has gas prices heading towards $5 a gallon and beyond. China seemed absent from his concerns.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Where is this going, and how does it end? Fred Fleitz and John Zadronzy offer an inside-the-White House perspective on all this, and more.</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">We conclude with Fred's final thought, "as much as we feel for the Ukrainian people, we cannot get into a war with Russia."</span></div> <div class="ac-designer-copy"><span class= "ac-designer-marked-selection ac-designer-copy">Wise words. Let's pray the Biden Administration has the savvy to avoid one.</span></div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[For a wide ranging overview of how and why the Biden's national and homeland security teams have made America more vulnerable on virtually every front, start here. I'm joined on this episode by Fred Fleitz, Vice Chair of America First Policy Institute's Center for American Security and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump and Chief of Staff of the National Security Council and John Zadronzy, Director of America First Policy Institute's Center for Homeland Security and Immigration, and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump in the office of Senior Advisor for Policy. As both Fred and John convey in our conversation, it's hard to overstate the security risks America is facing today. From Ukraine and Russia to China and Taiwan to our own wide open southern Border, the Biden Administration seems incapable or unwilling to protect us. Secretary of Defense Bob Gates wrote in his 2014 memoir that Joe Biden has been wrong about every national security question for 40 years. And now as President, "We have one of the weakest presidents in history, in leadership and in foreign policy and one year of disaster after disaster, especially the withdrawal from Afghanistan, which was ordered by Joe Biden," worries Fred. And on the immigration front, "We work from a certain assumption that every American president means the best for the republic and fights to serve the republic and in any way possible," explains John. "I think though, what we're seeing in almost every immigration issue is a forced failure." Instead of an American first policy, Biden seems hell bent on an America last. In his State of the Union Address, he doubled down. No calls for smarter 21st century defense spending as Russia and China ramp up their militaries. No reset of his anti-fossil fuel agenda, that has gas prices heading towards $5 a gallon and beyond. China seemed absent from his concerns. Where is this going, and how does it end? Fred Fleitz and John Zadronzy offer an inside-the-White House perspective on all this, and more. We conclude with Fred's final thought, "as much as we feel for the Ukrainian people, we cannot get into a war with Russia." Wise words. Let's pray the Biden Administration has the savvy to avoid one.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="118716137" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS142_2022_03_02_Fleitz_Zadrozny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>176</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For a wide ranging overview of how and why the Biden's national and homeland security teams have made America more vulnerable on virtually every front, start here. I'm joined on this episode by Fred Fleitz, Vice Chair of America First Policy Institute's Center for American Security and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump and Chief of Staff of the National Security Council and John Zadronzy, Director of America First Policy Institute's Center for Homeland Security and Immigration, and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump in the office of Senior Advisor for Policy. As both Fred and John convey in our conversation, it's hard to overstate the security risks America is facing today. From Ukraine and Russia to China and Taiwan to our own wide open southern Border, the Biden Administration seems incapable or unwilling to protect us. Secretary of Defense Bob Gates wrote in his 2014 memoir that Joe Biden has been wrong about every national security question for 40 years. And now as President, "We have one of the weakest presidents in history, in leadership and in foreign policy and one year of disaster after disaster, especially the withdrawal from Afghanistan, which was ordered by Joe Biden," worries Fred. And on the immigration front, "We work from a certain assumption that every American president means the best for the republic and fights to serve the republic and in any way possible," explains John. "I think though, what we're seeing in almost every immigration issue is a forced failure." Instead of an American first policy, Biden seems hell bent on an America last. In his State of the Union Address, he doubled down. No calls for smarter 21st century defense spending as Russia and China ramp up their militaries. No reset of his anti-fossil fuel agenda, that has gas prices heading towards $5 a gallon and beyond. China seemed absent from his concerns. Where is this going, and how does it end? Fred Fleitz and John Zadronzy offer an inside-the-White House perspective on all this, and more. We conclude with Fred's final thought, "as much as we feel for the Ukrainian people, we cannot get into a war with Russia." Wise words. Let's pray the Biden Administration has the savvy to avoid one.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For a wide ranging overview of how and why the Biden's national and homeland security teams have made America more vulnerable on virtually every front, start here. I'm joined on this episode by Fred Fleitz, Vice Chair of America First Policy Institute's Center for American Security and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump and Chief of Staff of the National Security Council and John Zadronzy, Director of America First Policy Institute's Center for Homeland Security and Immigration, and who served as Deputy Assistant to President Trump in the office of Senior Advisor for Policy. As both Fred and John convey in our conversation, it's hard to overstate the security risks America is facing today. From Ukraine and Russia to China and Taiwan to our own wide open southern Border, the Biden Administration seems incapable or unwilling to protect us. Secretary of Defense Bob Gates wrote in his 2014 memoir that Joe Biden has been wrong about every national security question for 40 years. And now as President, "We have one of the weakest presidents in history, in leadership and in foreign policy and one year of disaster after disaster, especially the withdrawal from Afghanistan, which was ordered by Joe Biden," worries Fred. And on the immigration front, "We work from a certain assumption that every American president means the best for the republic and fights to serve the republic and in any way possible," explains John. "I think though, what we're seeing in almost every immigration issue is a forced failure." Instead of an American first policy, Biden seems hell bent on an America last. In his State of the Union Address, he doubled down. No calls for smarter 21st century defense spending as Russia and China ramp up their militaries. No reset of his anti-fossil fuel agenda, that has gas prices heading towards $5 a gallon and beyond. China seemed absent from his concerns. Where is this going, and how does it end? Fred Fleitz and John Zadronzy offer an inside-the-White House perspective on all this, and more. We conclude with Fred's final thought, "as much as we feel for the Ukrainian people, we cannot get into a war with Russia." Wise words. Let's pray the Biden Administration has the savvy to avoid one.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 175: "The West's New Totalitarianism" with Dr. Naomi Wolf and Jenin Younes</title>
      <itunes:title>"The West's New Totalitarianism" with Dr. Naomi Wolf and Jenin Younes</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 16:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[69118240-0d09-47b5-8408-6453e76e256e]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-bill-walton-show-0]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the past two years, measures taken to deal with Covid have resulted in extraordinary losses of freedom in the West - in fact, all over the world - driven by government mandates and lockdowns. Now that it's clear that we're no longer in the throes of a pandemic, what next?</p> <p>For how long are citizens prepared to accept these extraordinary extensions of state power and loss of their civil liberties? Have we slid into permanent tyranny in the name of "protecting us?"</p> <p>Joining me on this episode are two people who refuse to accept this tyranny. Dr. Naomi Wolf,  author of seven best-selling books, who writes on Substack as the extraordinary and fierce "Outspoken with Dr. Naomi Wolf" (see below) and</p> <p>Jenin Younes, litigation council for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, NCLA, a former public defender, and a warrior against the massive encroachment of the Administrative State.</p> <p>Both Naomi and Jenin have made an intellectually and emotionally difficult break with the Left over governments' totalitarian response to Covid, and in this episode they explain why. It's not so much that they've changed their views, rather the ideological tectonic plates have shifted.</p> <p>Some excerpts:</p> <p>"I do think there's been quite a realignment" Jenin explains … "it's now more like authoritarianism versus freedom. I get contacted by disaffected Democrats every day. So I think a lot of people are seeing through this."</p> <p>"When I met Jenin maybe a year and half ago," says Naomi, "she and I were like refugees from the left. Having a glass of wine and saying, "What is happening to the people around us?" I agree with Jenin a 1,000% again. It is a realignment, a different axis of authoritarianism versus freedom"</p> <p>We're living in different information worlds.</p> <p>"We are, as a country getting two absolutely different information streams … I was always told that Tucker Carlson and Steve Bannon are evil, but they're doing better reporting on this than the New York Times or the Washington Post, let alone CNN and CNBC."</p> <p>And it's driven people mad.</p> <p>"It's been called a mass formation psychosis, but there are other names for it. It's a kind of mass hysteria and you can't really chip away at it with facts or logic and that's sadder than anything. I mean, it's dividing families. It's dividing friends.</p> <p>"… it's scary to see people (on the Left) be unwilling to hear evidence to the contrary of what the narrative is. They've changed. They don't say, "That doesn't hold up or those sources are not good." They say, "Don't show me that" It's like a religion and that's scary."</p> <p>This episode is filled with insightful, brave and personal truths from Naomi Wolf and Jenin Younes. Another must listen.</p> <p>By the way, you have to love an author whose most recent essay is titled:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2022/03/im-not-brave-youre-just-p-y-dr-naomi-wolf/"> <strong>"I'm not 'Brave'' You're Just a P---y" </strong></a></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the past two years, measures taken to deal with Covid have resulted in extraordinary losses of freedom in the West - in fact, all over the world - driven by government mandates and lockdowns. Now that it's clear that we're no longer in the throes of a pandemic, what next?</p> <p>For how long are citizens prepared to accept these extraordinary extensions of state power and loss of their civil liberties? Have we slid into permanent tyranny in the name of "protecting us?"</p> <p>Joining me on this episode are two people who refuse to accept this tyranny. Dr. Naomi Wolf, author of seven best-selling books, who writes on Substack as the extraordinary and fierce "Outspoken with Dr. Naomi Wolf" (see below) and</p> <p>Jenin Younes, litigation council for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, NCLA, a former public defender, and a warrior against the massive encroachment of the Administrative State.</p> <p>Both Naomi and Jenin have made an intellectually and emotionally difficult break with the Left over governments' totalitarian response to Covid, and in this episode they explain why. It's not so much that they've changed their views, rather the ideological tectonic plates have shifted.</p> <p>Some excerpts:</p> <p>"I do think there's been quite a realignment" Jenin explains … "it's now more like authoritarianism versus freedom. I get contacted by disaffected Democrats every day. So I think a lot of people are seeing through this."</p> <p>"When I met Jenin maybe a year and half ago," says Naomi, "she and I were like refugees from the left. Having a glass of wine and saying, "What is happening to the people around us?" I agree with Jenin a 1,000% again. It is a realignment, a different axis of authoritarianism versus freedom"</p> <p>We're living in different information worlds.</p> <p>"We are, as a country getting two absolutely different information streams … I was always told that Tucker Carlson and Steve Bannon are evil, but they're doing better reporting on this than the New York Times or the Washington Post, let alone CNN and CNBC."</p> <p>And it's driven people mad.</p> <p>"It's been called a mass formation psychosis, but there are other names for it. It's a kind of mass hysteria and you can't really chip away at it with facts or logic and that's sadder than anything. I mean, it's dividing families. It's dividing friends.</p> <p>"… it's scary to see people (on the Left) be unwilling to hear evidence to the contrary of what the narrative is. They've changed. They don't say, "That doesn't hold up or those sources are not good." They say, "Don't show me that" It's like a religion and that's scary."</p> <p>This episode is filled with insightful, brave and personal truths from Naomi Wolf and Jenin Younes. Another must listen.</p> <p>By the way, you have to love an author whose most recent essay is titled:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2022/03/im-not-brave-youre-just-p-y-dr-naomi-wolf/"> "I'm not 'Brave'' You're Just a P---y" </a></p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="109562003" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS141_2022_02_24_Younes_Wolf.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In the past two years, measures taken to deal with Covid have resulted in extraordinary losses of freedom in the West - in fact, all over the world - driven by government mandates and lockdowns. Now that it's clear that we're no longer in the throes of a pandemic, what next? For how long are citizens prepared to accept these extraordinary extensions of state power and loss of their civil liberties? Have we slid into permanent tyranny in the name of "protecting us?" Joining me on this episode are two people who refuse to accept this tyranny. Dr. Naomi Wolf,  author of seven best-selling books, who writes on Substack as the extraordinary and fierce "Outspoken with Dr. Naomi Wolf" (see below) and Jenin Younes, litigation council for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, NCLA, a former public defender, and a warrior against the massive encroachment of the Administrative State. Both Naomi and Jenin have made an intellectually and emotionally difficult break with the Left over governments' totalitarian response to Covid, and in this episode they explain why. It's not so much that they've changed their views, rather the ideological tectonic plates have shifted. Some excerpts: "I do think there's been quite a realignment" Jenin explains … "it's now more like authoritarianism versus freedom. I get contacted by disaffected Democrats every day. So I think a lot of people are seeing through this." "When I met Jenin maybe a year and half ago," says Naomi, "she and I were like refugees from the left. Having a glass of wine and saying, "What is happening to the people around us?" I agree with Jenin a 1,000% again. It is a realignment, a different axis of authoritarianism versus freedom" We're living in different information worlds. "We are, as a country getting two absolutely different information streams … I was always told that Tucker Carlson and Steve Bannon are evil, but they're doing better reporting on this than the New York Times or the Washington Post, let alone CNN and CNBC." And it's driven people mad. "It's been called a mass formation psychosis, but there are other names for it. It's a kind of mass hysteria and you can't really chip away at it with facts or logic and that's sadder than anything. I mean, it's dividing families. It's dividing friends. "… it's scary to see people (on the Left) be unwilling to hear evidence to the contrary of what the narrative is. They've changed. They don't say, "That doesn't hold up or those sources are not good." They say, "Don't show me that" It's like a religion and that's scary." This episode is filled with insightful, brave and personal truths from Naomi Wolf and Jenin Younes. Another must listen. By the way, you have to love an author whose most recent essay is titled: "I'm not 'Brave'' You're Just a P---y" </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In the past two years, measures taken to deal with Covid have resulted in extraordinary losses of freedom in the West - in fact, all over the world - driven by government mandates and lockdowns. Now that it's clear that we're no longer in the throes of a pandemic, what next? For how long are citizens prepared to accept these extraordinary extensions of state power and loss of their civil liberties? Have we slid into permanent tyranny in the name of "protecting us?" Joining me on this episode are two people who refuse to accept this tyranny. Dr. Naomi Wolf,  author of seven best-selling books, who writes on Substack as the extraordinary and fierce "Outspoken with Dr. Naomi Wolf" (see below) and Jenin Younes, litigation council for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, NCLA, a former public defender, and a warrior against the massive encroachment of the Administrative State. Both Naomi and Jenin have made an intellectually and emotionally difficult break with the Left over governments' totalitarian response to Covid, and in this episode they explain why. It's not so much that they've changed their views, rather the ideological tectonic plates have shifted. Some excerpts: "I do think there's been quite a realignment" Jenin explains … "it's now more like authoritarianism versus freedom. I get contacted by disaffected Democrats every day. So I think a lot of people are seeing through this." "When I met Jenin maybe a year and half ago," says Naomi, "she and I were like refugees from the left. Having a glass of wine and saying, "What is happening to the people around us?" I agree with Jenin a 1,000% again. It is a realignment, a different axis of authoritarianism versus freedom" We're living in different information worlds. "We are, as a country getting two absolutely different information streams … I was always told that Tucker Carlson and Steve Bannon are evil, but they're doing better reporting on this than the New York Times or the Washington Post, let alone CNN and CNBC." And it's driven people mad. "It's been called a mass formation psychosis, but there are other names for it. It's a kind of mass hysteria and you can't really chip away at it with facts or logic and that's sadder than anything. I mean, it's dividing families. It's dividing friends. "… it's scary to see people (on the Left) be unwilling to hear evidence to the contrary of what the narrative is. They've changed. They don't say, "That doesn't hold up or those sources are not good." They say, "Don't show me that" It's like a religion and that's scary." This episode is filled with insightful, brave and personal truths from Naomi Wolf and Jenin Younes. Another must listen. By the way, you have to love an author whose most recent essay is titled: "I'm not 'Brave'' You're Just a P---y" </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 174: "Race Marxism" with James Lindsay</title>
      <itunes:title>"Race Marxism" with James Lindsay</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2022 11:24:44 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[941a9dca-841e-44df-b94b-263aeecc8c30]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/tbws140-2022-02-22-lindsay-720p]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">James Lindsay is someone who truly understands Critical Race Theory and doesn't believe a word of it.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">As James explains in this episode of The Bill Walton Show,</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"Critical Race Theory is a disaster. Critical Race Theory is the tip of a 100 year-long spear that's being thrust into the side of Western civilization. In its simplest terms, CRT is Race Marxism."</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Like Marxism, CRT is a fundamentalist religion, a comprehensive belief system that claims to address the fundamental questions of human existence.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">CRT rests upon a belief that racism is</span> <span class="s2">the</span> <span class="s1">fundamental organizing principle of society. It claims that racism is systemic and that it was created and maintained by whites to maintain their privileges and advantages over every other race.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">According to CRT, racism - as a form of power - can only flow from "whiteness" and it lays the problems of society on the doorstep of</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class= "s1">"whiteness."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Critical Race Theory questions the very foundations of the liberal order, including the principle of equality, legal reasoning, Enlightenment rationalism, and the principles of Constitutional law.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Like all other totalitarians before them, Critical Race Theorists are interested in reordering the world according to the vision contained in their Theory.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">But what its proponents are chiefly interested in is increasing power for themselves. </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">James Lindsay, author of <em>Race Marxism</em>, is founder of New Discourses! which he calls a home for the politically homeless, especially for those who feel like they've been displaced from their political homes because of the movement sometimes called "Critical Social Justice."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">He is smart, engaging and funny - CRT easily lends itself to parody.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Listen in and learn. It's worth your time.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">James Lindsay is someone who truly understands Critical Race Theory and doesn't believe a word of it.</p> <p class="p1">As James explains in this episode of The Bill Walton Show, </p> <p class="p1">"Critical Race Theory is a disaster. Critical Race Theory is the tip of a 100 year-long spear that's being thrust into the side of Western civilization. In its simplest terms, CRT is Race Marxism." </p> <p class="p1">Like Marxism, CRT is a fundamentalist religion, a comprehensive belief system that claims to address the fundamental questions of human existence. </p> <p class="p1">CRT rests upon a belief that racism is the fundamental organizing principle of society. It claims that racism is systemic and that it was created and maintained by whites to maintain their privileges and advantages over every other race. </p> <p class="p1">According to CRT, racism - as a form of power - can only flow from "whiteness" and it lays the problems of society on the doorstep of "whiteness."</p> <p class="p1">Critical Race Theory questions the very foundations of the liberal order, including the principle of equality, legal reasoning, Enlightenment rationalism, and the principles of Constitutional law.</p> <p class="p1">Like all other totalitarians before them, Critical Race Theorists are interested in reordering the world according to the vision contained in their Theory. </p> <p class="p1">But what its proponents are chiefly interested in is increasing power for themselves. </p> <p class="p1">James Lindsay, author of <em>Race Marxism</em>, is founder of New Discourses! which he calls a home for the politically homeless, especially for those who feel like they've been displaced from their political homes because of the movement sometimes called "Critical Social Justice."</p> <p class="p1">He is smart, engaging and funny - CRT easily lends itself to parody.</p> <p class="p1">Listen in and learn. It's worth your time.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="102209115" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS140_2022_02_22_Lindsay_720p.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>James Lindsay is someone who truly understands Critical Race Theory and doesn't believe a word of it. As James explains in this episode of The Bill Walton Show,  "Critical Race Theory is a disaster. Critical Race Theory is the tip of a 100 year-long spear that's being thrust into the side of Western civilization. In its simplest terms, CRT is Race Marxism."  Like Marxism, CRT is a fundamentalist religion, a comprehensive belief system that claims to address the fundamental questions of human existence.  CRT rests upon a belief that racism is the fundamental organizing principle of society. It claims that racism is systemic and that it was created and maintained by whites to maintain their privileges and advantages over every other race.  According to CRT, racism - as a form of power - can only flow from "whiteness" and it lays the problems of society on the doorstep of  "whiteness." Critical Race Theory questions the very foundations of the liberal order, including the principle of equality, legal reasoning, Enlightenment rationalism, and the principles of Constitutional law. Like all other totalitarians before them, Critical Race Theorists are interested in reordering the world according to the vision contained in their Theory.  But what its proponents are chiefly interested in is increasing power for themselves.  James Lindsay, author of Race Marxism, is founder of New Discourses! which he calls a home for the politically homeless, especially for those who feel like they've been displaced from their political homes because of the movement sometimes called "Critical Social Justice." He is smart, engaging and funny - CRT easily lends itself to parody. Listen in and learn. It's worth your time.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>James Lindsay is someone who truly understands Critical Race Theory and doesn't believe a word of it. As James explains in this episode of The Bill Walton Show,  "Critical Race Theory is a disaster. Critical Race Theory is the tip of a 100 year-long spear that's being thrust into the side of Western civilization. In its simplest terms, CRT is Race Marxism."  Like Marxism, CRT is a fundamentalist religion, a comprehensive belief system that claims to address the fundamental questions of human existence.  CRT rests upon a belief that racism is the fundamental organizing principle of society. It claims that racism is systemic and that it was created and maintained by whites to maintain their privileges and advantages over every other race.  According to CRT, racism - as a form of power - can only flow from "whiteness" and it lays the problems of society on the doorstep of  "whiteness." Critical Race Theory questions the very foundations of the liberal order, including the principle of equality, legal reasoning, Enlightenment rationalism, and the principles of Constitutional law. Like all other totalitarians before them, Critical Race Theorists are interested in reordering the world according to the vision contained in their Theory.  But what its proponents are chiefly interested in is increasing power for themselves.  James Lindsay, author of Race Marxism, is founder of New Discourses! which he calls a home for the politically homeless, especially for those who feel like they've been displaced from their political homes because of the movement sometimes called "Critical Social Justice." He is smart, engaging and funny - CRT easily lends itself to parody. Listen in and learn. It's worth your time.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 173: The Desecrators with Matt &amp; Mercy Schlapp</title>
      <itunes:title>The Desecrators with Matt &amp;amp; Mercy Schlapp</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 15:43:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b934f3c2-7871-4c5c-ae10-2b6e44c1001e]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-173-the-desecrators-with-matt-mercy-schlapp]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The subtitle of Matt Schlapp's new book, written with Deal Hudson, sums up well why this book is a must read.   Defeating the cancel culture mob and reclaiming one nation under God   They write: "For half a century, people of faith have seen traditional ideas of morality undermined as a cascade of progressive revolutions impacted society. The waves of change hit the shores, but most nevertheless believed that families, the Church, truth, and education would all weather the storm.  But we were overconfident. We fought, but we also rested in the confidence that common sense and decency would prevail. It was impossible, it seemed, that the basic values held by our parents and grandparents would ever be challenged by charges of racism and, for many, their "whiteness."  Each day now brings news that defies common sense; it's as if the world has turned upside down and none of the old verities matter anymore. When a society begins to unwind, chaos ensues.  It's now crystal clear that our opponents - The Desecrators - want to create confusion, undermine basic truths, and take down America."   Matt and Mercy Schlapp join me for a compelling and highly personal conversation about our struggle to push back against these forces.  "What's going on is much more diabolical than mere cancel culture," warns Matt. "Everything that's good, that's true, that's holy, that's inspirational, that brings people joy is under a coordinated attack."   As a close personal friend, I've watched Matt and Mercy withstand the onslaught of the Left. They've paid the price for fighting back. Ending up on the Antifa execution list and "no hire" lists because they worked for Trump, accosted by neighbors, fired by clients… Matt and Mercy Schlapp have faced this hell, continue to fiercely speak out and, as I have observed, ended up stronger. Partly it's their love of country, but most importantly, it's their faith and family.  "We feel very strongly that teaching our kids about our faith, getting them to church, praying together as a family is essential," shares Mercedes. The struggle America's struggle today is in part about principles and politics, but we need to face up to the reality that it is really about the brass knuckled raw exercise of power.  "Conservatives have to stop talking about the past and lofty notions of the way life should be. We need to start talking about what we want to do in the present. We can't let ourselves be cancelled," asserts Matt.   There's a lot to unpack in this conversation with Matt and Mercy Schlapp. I hope you'll find the time for their inspiring and trenchant observations.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The subtitle of Matt Schlapp's new book, written with Deal Hudson, sums up well why this book is a must read. Defeating the cancel culture mob and reclaiming one nation under God They write: "For half a century, people of faith have seen traditional ideas of morality undermined as a cascade of progressive revolutions impacted society. The waves of change hit the shores, but most nevertheless believed that families, the Church, truth, and education would all weather the storm. But we were overconfident. We fought, but we also rested in the confidence that common sense and decency would prevail. It was impossible, it seemed, that the basic values held by our parents and grandparents would ever be challenged by charges of racism and, for many, their "whiteness." Each day now brings news that defies common sense; it's as if the world has turned upside down and none of the old verities matter anymore. When a society begins to unwind, chaos ensues. It's now crystal clear that our opponents - The Desecrators - want to create confusion, undermine basic truths, and take down America." Matt and Mercy Schlapp join me for a compelling and highly personal conversation about our struggle to push back against these forces. "What's going on is much more diabolical than mere cancel culture," warns Matt. "Everything that's good, that's true, that's holy, that's inspirational, that brings people joy is under a coordinated attack." As a close personal friend, I've watched Matt and Mercy withstand the onslaught of the Left. They've paid the price for fighting back. Ending up on the Antifa execution list and "no hire" lists because they worked for Trump, accosted by neighbors, fired by clients… Matt and Mercy Schlapp have faced this hell, continue to fiercely speak out and, as I have observed, ended up stronger. Partly it's their love of country, but most importantly, it's their faith and family. "We feel very strongly that teaching our kids about our faith, getting them to church, praying together as a family is essential," shares Mercedes. The struggle America's struggle today is in part about principles and politics, but we need to face up to the reality that it is really about the brass knuckled raw exercise of power. "Conservatives have to stop talking about the past and lofty notions of the way life should be. We need to start talking about what we want to do in the present. We can't let ourselves be cancelled," asserts Matt. There's a lot to unpack in this conversation with Matt and Mercy Schlapp. I hope you'll find the time for their inspiring and trenchant observations.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="100402423" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS139_2022_02_15_Schlapps.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The subtitle of Matt Schlapp's new book, written with Deal Hudson, sums up well why this book is a must read.   Defeating the cancel culture mob and reclaiming one nation under God   They write: "For half a century, people of faith have seen traditional ideas of morality undermined as a cascade of progressive revolutions impacted society. The waves of change hit the shores, but most nevertheless believed that families, the Church, truth, and education would all weather the storm.  But we were overconfident. We fought, but we also rested in the confidence that common sense and decency would prevail. It was impossible, it seemed, that the basic values held by our parents and grandparents would ever be challenged by charges of racism and, for many, their "whiteness."  Each day now brings news that defies common sense; it's as if the world has turned upside down and none of the old verities matter anymore. When a society begins to unwind, chaos ensues.  It's now crystal clear that our opponents - The Desecrators - want to create confusion, undermine basic truths, and take down America."   Matt and Mercy Schlapp join me for a compelling and highly personal conversation about our struggle to push back against these forces.  "What's going on is much more diabolical than mere cancel culture," warns Matt. "Everything that's good, that's true, that's holy, that's inspirational, that brings people joy is under a coordinated attack."   As a close personal friend, I've watched Matt and Mercy withstand the onslaught of the Left. They've paid the price for fighting back. Ending up on the Antifa execution list and "no hire" lists because they worked for Trump, accosted by neighbors, fired by clients… Matt and Mercy Schlapp have faced this hell, continue to fiercely speak out and, as I have observed, ended up stronger. Partly it's their love of country, but most importantly, it's their faith and family.  "We feel very strongly that teaching our kids about our faith, getting them to church, praying together as a family is essential," shares Mercedes. The struggle America's struggle today is in part about principles and politics, but we need to face up to the reality that it is really about the brass knuckled raw exercise of power.  "Conservatives have to stop talking about the past and lofty notions of the way life should be. We need to start talking about what we want to do in the present. We can't let ourselves be cancelled," asserts Matt.   There's a lot to unpack in this conversation with Matt and Mercy Schlapp. I hope you'll find the time for their inspiring and trenchant observations.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The subtitle of Matt Schlapp's new book, written with Deal Hudson, sums up well why this book is a must read.   Defeating the cancel culture mob and reclaiming one nation under God   They write: "For half a century, people of faith have seen traditional ideas of morality undermined as a cascade of progressive revolutions impacted society. The waves of change hit the shores, but most nevertheless believed that families, the Church, truth, and education would all weather the storm.  But we were overconfident. We fought, but we also rested in the confidence that common sense and decency would prevail. It was impossible, it seemed, that the basic values held by our parents and grandparents would ever be challenged by charges of racism and, for many, their "whiteness."  Each day now brings news that defies common sense; it's as if the world has turned upside down and none of the old verities matter anymore. When a society begins to unwind, chaos ensues.  It's now crystal clear that our opponents - The Desecrators - want to create confusion, undermine basic truths, and take down America."   Matt and Mercy Schlapp join me for a compelling and highly personal conversation about our struggle to push back against these forces.  "What's going on is much more diabolical than mere cancel culture," warns Matt. "Everything that's good, that's true, that's holy, that's inspirational, that brings people joy is under a coordinated attack."   As a close personal friend, I've watched Matt and Mercy withstand the onslaught of the Left. They've paid the price for fighting back. Ending up on the Antifa execution list and "no hire" lists because they worked for Trump, accosted by neighbors, fired by clients… Matt and Mercy Schlapp have faced this hell, continue to fiercely speak out and, as I have observed, ended up stronger. Partly it's their love of country, but most importantly, it's their faith and family.  "We feel very strongly that teaching our kids about our faith, getting them to church, praying together as a family is essential," shares Mercedes. The struggle America's struggle today is in part about principles and politics, but we need to face up to the reality that it is really about the brass knuckled raw exercise of power.  "Conservatives have to stop talking about the past and lofty notions of the way life should be. We need to start talking about what we want to do in the present. We can't let ourselves be cancelled," asserts Matt.   There's a lot to unpack in this conversation with Matt and Mercy Schlapp. I hope you'll find the time for their inspiring and trenchant observations.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 172: Ukraine: Is the Biden Administration Unleashing Furies It Does Not Understand? with Dr Peter Vincent Pry and J. Michael Waller</title>
      <itunes:title>Ukraine: Is the Biden Administration Unleashing Furies It Does Not Understand? with Dr Peter Vincent Pry and J. Michael Waller</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 13:52:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e985c4c4-3141-423f-a49f-496cfbeac123]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-172-ukraine-is-the-biden-administration-unleashing-furies-it-does-not-understand-with-dr-peter-vincent-pry-and-j-michael-waller]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">There are growing calls among political elites in Washington for the United States to "do something" about preventing a Russian invasion of the Ukraine.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">But do we have the military capabilities to stop it?</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Why do we want Ukraine to join NATO?</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Does Ukraine matter?</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Why are American politicians who have been so soft toward Moscow for their entire political careers all of a sudden turn uber hawks against Vladimir Putin.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Are we pushing China and Russia to make common cause with each other?</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Does the Biden foreign policy team have a clue what they're doing?</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">To get some answers to these and many many other questions, two seasoned national security analysts - and returning guests - Peter Pry and Mike Waller - weigh in.</span></p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">J. Michael Waller, PhD, is Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy and</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, is the former Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security</span></li> </ul> <p class="p3"><span class="s1">Some sample observations:</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"Russia and China are already in an alliance that poses the most formidable combination that the Western democracies have faced in their history," warns Peter Pry</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">It's worse than that. This combination also includes North Korea and Iran creating a new power block that Washington just doesn't seem to want to acknowledge.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Russia can overrun Ukraine and the frontline NATO states in 72 hours. The Pentagon's had 18 Taiwan war games and in its own war games scenarios, we have lost every one of them.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">If you want a real and informed tutorial about the possibilities of war with Russia, Ukraine, China and Taiwan, this is a must listen. It's a sobering 60 minutes, but well worth your time.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">There are growing calls among political elites in Washington for the United States to "do something" about preventing a Russian invasion of the Ukraine. </p> <p class="p1">But do we have the military capabilities to stop it?</p> <p class="p1">Why do we want Ukraine to join NATO?</p> <p class="p1">Does Ukraine matter? </p> <p class="p1">Why are American politicians who have been so soft toward Moscow for their entire political careers all of a sudden turn uber hawks against Vladimir Putin.</p> <p class="p1">Are we pushing China and Russia to make common cause with each other?</p> <p class="p1">Does the Biden foreign policy team have a clue what they're doing?</p> <p class="p1">To get some answers to these and many many other questions, two seasoned national security analysts - and returning guests - Peter Pry and Mike Waller - weigh in.</p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3">J. Michael Waller, PhD, is Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy and </li> <li class="li3">Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, is the former Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security</li> </ul> <p class="p3">Some sample observations: </p> <p class="p1">"Russia and China are already in an alliance that poses the most formidable combination that the Western democracies have faced in their history," warns Peter Pry</p> <p class="p1">It's worse than that. This combination also includes North Korea and Iran creating a new power block that Washington just doesn't seem to want to acknowledge. </p> <p class="p1">Russia can overrun Ukraine and the frontline NATO states in 72 hours. The Pentagon's had 18 Taiwan war games and in its own war games scenarios, we have lost every one of them.</p> <p class="p1">If you want a real and informed tutorial about the possibilities of war with Russia, Ukraine, China and Taiwan, this is a must listen. It's a sobering 60 minutes, but well worth your time.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="112457207" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS137_2022_01_27_Waller_Pry.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>58:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>There are growing calls among political elites in Washington for the United States to "do something" about preventing a Russian invasion of the Ukraine.  But do we have the military capabilities to stop it? Why do we want Ukraine to join NATO? Does Ukraine matter?  Why are American politicians who have been so soft toward Moscow for their entire political careers all of a sudden turn uber hawks against Vladimir Putin. Are we pushing China and Russia to make common cause with each other? Does the Biden foreign policy team have a clue what they're doing? To get some answers to these and many many other questions, two seasoned national security analysts - and returning guests - Peter Pry and Mike Waller - weigh in. J. Michael Waller, PhD, is Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy and  Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, is the former Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security Some sample observations:  "Russia and China are already in an alliance that poses the most formidable combination that the Western democracies have faced in their history," warns Peter Pry It's worse than that. This combination also includes North Korea and Iran creating a new power block that Washington just doesn't seem to want to acknowledge.  Russia can overrun Ukraine and the frontline NATO states in 72 hours. The Pentagon's had 18 Taiwan war games and in its own war games scenarios, we have lost every one of them. If you want a real and informed tutorial about the possibilities of war with Russia, Ukraine, China and Taiwan, this is a must listen. It's a sobering 60 minutes, but well worth your time.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>There are growing calls among political elites in Washington for the United States to "do something" about preventing a Russian invasion of the Ukraine.  But do we have the military capabilities to stop it? Why do we want Ukraine to join NATO? Does Ukraine matter?  Why are American politicians who have been so soft toward Moscow for their entire political careers all of a sudden turn uber hawks against Vladimir Putin. Are we pushing China and Russia to make common cause with each other? Does the Biden foreign policy team have a clue what they're doing? To get some answers to these and many many other questions, two seasoned national security analysts - and returning guests - Peter Pry and Mike Waller - weigh in. J. Michael Waller, PhD, is Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy and  Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, is the former Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security Some sample observations:  "Russia and China are already in an alliance that poses the most formidable combination that the Western democracies have faced in their history," warns Peter Pry It's worse than that. This combination also includes North Korea and Iran creating a new power block that Washington just doesn't seem to want to acknowledge.  Russia can overrun Ukraine and the frontline NATO states in 72 hours. The Pentagon's had 18 Taiwan war games and in its own war games scenarios, we have lost every one of them. If you want a real and informed tutorial about the possibilities of war with Russia, Ukraine, China and Taiwan, this is a must listen. It's a sobering 60 minutes, but well worth your time.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 171: "Govzilla: How the Relentless Growth of Government Is Devouring Our Economy—And Our Freedom" with Steve Moore</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 171: "Govzilla: How the Relentless Growth of Government Is Devouring Our Economy—And Our Freedom" with Steve Moore</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 14:13:10 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[935ef894-b467-445c-a069-add2c30edd1c]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-171-govzilla-how-the-relentless-growth-of-government-is-devouring-our-economyand-our-freedom-with-steve-moore]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode we're talking with economist Steve Moore about his terrific new book <em>Govzilla</em>.</p> <p>It's a sobering, yet easy to read, tale of the gigantic expansion of government over the last 50 years, and especially over the last two years since COVID hit.</p> <p>"The virus became an excuse to massively expand the powers of government," says Steve, "the size of government, the regulatory reach of government, in ways that I think we would've found unimaginable a decade ago."</p> <p>With so many other issues before us: borders, education, mandates, Ukraine, election integrity, and on and on, it's easy to lose focus on Washington's catastrophic federal financial mismanagement.</p> <p>Watch this show to regain focus. And if you're looking for an excellent primer on economics, Steve's book is it.</p> <p>It's relatively short and easy to read. It's filled with very clear graphs. It covers all the major issues. It talks about who the heroes are (too few), who the villains are, what the money is going to, and what kind of future we're going to have if we don't put our financial house in order.</p> <p>Steve, in his usual entertaining style, weighs in on:</p> <ul> <li>Congressional accountability</li> <li>Canada's truckers protest</li> <li>Entitlements and the social security "lockbox"</li> <li>The 3 steps to a country's financial ruin</li> <li>What we ought to do with China's U.S. Treasury holdings</li> <li>Modern Monetary Theory</li> <li>Federal government accounting</li> <li>Republican Governors</li> <li>The 1619 Project and our "school choice moment"</li> <li>His support for tariffs on trade with China</li> </ul> <p>And much more.</p> <p>My agenda item would be to have Steve's book as part of curriculum in every school in America.</p> <p>Listen in. I think you'll agree.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this episode we're talking with economist Steve Moore about his terrific new book <em>Govzilla</em>.</p> <p>It's a sobering, yet easy to read, tale of the gigantic expansion of government over the last 50 years, and especially over the last two years since COVID hit.</p> <p>"The virus became an excuse to massively expand the powers of government," says Steve, "the size of government, the regulatory reach of government, in ways that I think we would've found unimaginable a decade ago."</p> <p>With so many other issues before us: borders, education, mandates, Ukraine, election integrity, and on and on, it's easy to lose focus on Washington's catastrophic federal financial mismanagement.</p> <p>Watch this show to regain focus. And if you're looking for an excellent primer on economics, Steve's book is it.</p> <p>It's relatively short and easy to read. It's filled with very clear graphs. It covers all the major issues. It talks about who the heroes are (too few), who the villains are, what the money is going to, and what kind of future we're going to have if we don't put our financial house in order.</p> <p>Steve, in his usual entertaining style, weighs in on:</p> <ul> <li>Congressional accountability</li> <li>Canada's truckers protest</li> <li>Entitlements and the social security "lockbox"</li> <li>The 3 steps to a country's financial ruin</li> <li>What we ought to do with China's U.S. Treasury holdings</li> <li>Modern Monetary Theory</li> <li>Federal government accounting</li> <li>Republican Governors</li> <li>The 1619 Project and our "school choice moment"</li> <li>His support for tariffs on trade with China</li> </ul> <p>And much more.</p> <p>My agenda item would be to have Steve's book as part of curriculum in every school in America.</p> <p>Listen in. I think you'll agree.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="69616697" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS138_2022_02_02_Moore.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>171</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this episode we're talking with economist Steve Moore about his terrific new book Govzilla. It's a sobering, yet easy to read, tale of the gigantic expansion of government over the last 50 years, and especially over the last two years since COVID hit. "The virus became an excuse to massively expand the powers of government," says Steve, "the size of government, the regulatory reach of government, in ways that I think we would've found unimaginable a decade ago." With so many other issues before us: borders, education, mandates, Ukraine, election integrity, and on and on, it's easy to lose focus on Washington's catastrophic federal financial mismanagement. Watch this show to regain focus. And if you're looking for an excellent primer on economics, Steve's book is it. It's relatively short and easy to read. It's filled with very clear graphs. It covers all the major issues. It talks about who the heroes are (too few), who the villains are, what the money is going to, and what kind of future we're going to have if we don't put our financial house in order. Steve, in his usual entertaining style, weighs in on: Congressional accountability Canada's truckers protest Entitlements and the social security "lockbox" The 3 steps to a country's financial ruin What we ought to do with China's U.S. Treasury holdings Modern Monetary Theory Federal government accounting Republican Governors The 1619 Project and our "school choice moment" His support for tariffs on trade with China And much more. My agenda item would be to have Steve's book as part of curriculum in every school in America. Listen in. I think you'll agree.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this episode we're talking with economist Steve Moore about his terrific new book Govzilla. It's a sobering, yet easy to read, tale of the gigantic expansion of government over the last 50 years, and especially over the last two years since COVID hit. "The virus became an excuse to massively expand the powers of government," says Steve, "the size of government, the regulatory reach of government, in ways that I think we would've found unimaginable a decade ago." With so many other issues before us: borders, education, mandates, Ukraine, election integrity, and on and on, it's easy to lose focus on Washington's catastrophic federal financial mismanagement. Watch this show to regain focus. And if you're looking for an excellent primer on economics, Steve's book is it. It's relatively short and easy to read. It's filled with very clear graphs. It covers all the major issues. It talks about who the heroes are (too few), who the villains are, what the money is going to, and what kind of future we're going to have if we don't put our financial house in order. Steve, in his usual entertaining style, weighs in on: Congressional accountability Canada's truckers protest Entitlements and the social security "lockbox" The 3 steps to a country's financial ruin What we ought to do with China's U.S. Treasury holdings Modern Monetary Theory Federal government accounting Republican Governors The 1619 Project and our "school choice moment" His support for tariffs on trade with China And much more. My agenda item would be to have Steve's book as part of curriculum in every school in America. Listen in. I think you'll agree.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 170: "Ethics at the Heart of Public Policy" with Ryan Anderson and Roger Severino</title>
      <itunes:title>"Ethics at the Heart of Public Policy" with Ryan Anderson and Roger Severino</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 16:39:30 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[204ec58c-58bf-4e6e-868c-9d6c57839bab]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-170-ethics-at-the-heart-of-public-policy-with-ryan-anderson-and-roger-severino]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">America's founding ideals and our nation's rich Judeo-Christian heritage have been under constant attack from a so-called "progressive" Left for over a hundred years.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Yet as they've marched through and deconstructed America's great cultural institutions, instead of the "progress" they claim, we're seeing the opposite.</p> <p class="p1">It's abundantly clear now that as the progressive elites prevail, the rest of us lose.</p> <p class="p1">And more and more we feel a growing urge to push back.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">We know now that America's flourishing will depend on prevailing in a successful <strong>cultural <span class= "s1">counter</span> revolution</strong>.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">And it's beginning to happen.</p> <p class="p1">On the front lines leading this fight - and my guests for this episode -<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> are President Ryan Anderson and Senior Fellow Roger Severino of the Ethics & Public Policy Center.</p> <p class="p1">Prior to leading EPPC. Ryan Anderson was the William E. Simon senior research fellow at The Heritage Foundation</p> <p class="p1">He is also the Founding Editor of <em>Public Discourse</em> and the author of <em>When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Momen</em>t and <em>Truth Overruled: The Future of Marriage and Religious Freedom</em>.</p> <p class="p1">Before joining<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> EPPC, Roger Severino was the Director of the Office for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, where he led a team of over 250 staff protecting our nation's civil rights, conscience and religious freedom.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">In response to the Biden administration's hostility to sound medicine and the rights of conscience, EPPC has launched a major initiative, its HHS Accountability Project led by Roger.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">As Ryan explains:</p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span>"Ethics needs to be at the heart of public policy. Every piece of public policy, every piece of law embodies someone's morality, and we work to make sure that our laws embody true morality."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">"There's no such thing as moral neutrality when it comes to the law, whether it's private property, free speech, definition of marriage, or our laws about homicide."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">A fascinating conversation. Please listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">America's founding ideals and our nation's rich Judeo-Christian heritage have been under constant attack from a so-called "progressive" Left for over a hundred years. </p> <p class="p1">Yet as they've marched through and deconstructed America's great cultural institutions, instead of the "progress" they claim, we're seeing the opposite.</p> <p class="p1">It's abundantly clear now that as the progressive elites prevail, the rest of us lose.</p> <p class="p1">And more and more we feel a growing urge to push back. </p> <p class="p1">We know now that America's flourishing will depend on prevailing in a successful cultural counter revolution. </p> <p class="p1">And it's beginning to happen.</p> <p class="p1">On the front lines leading this fight - and my guests for this episode - are President Ryan Anderson and Senior Fellow Roger Severino of the Ethics & Public Policy Center.</p> <p class="p1">Prior to leading EPPC. Ryan Anderson was the William E. Simon senior research fellow at The Heritage Foundation</p> <p class="p1">He is also the Founding Editor of <em>Public Discourse</em> and the author of <em>When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Momen</em>t and <em>Truth Overruled: The Future of Marriage and Religious Freedom</em>.</p> <p class="p1">Before joining EPPC, Roger Severino was the Director of the Office for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, where he led a team of over 250 staff protecting our nation's civil rights, conscience and religious freedom. </p> <p class="p1">In response to the Biden administration's hostility to sound medicine and the rights of conscience, EPPC has launched a major initiative, its HHS Accountability Project led by Roger. </p> <p class="p1">As Ryan explains:</p> <p class="p1"> "Ethics needs to be at the heart of public policy. Every piece of public policy, every piece of law embodies someone's morality, and we work to make sure that our laws embody true morality." </p> <p class="p1">"There's no such thing as moral neutrality when it comes to the law, whether it's private property, free speech, definition of marriage, or our laws about homicide." </p> <p class="p1">A fascinating conversation. Please listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="133065124" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS135_2022_01_12_Anderson_Severino.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>54:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>170</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>America's founding ideals and our nation's rich Judeo-Christian heritage have been under constant attack from a so-called "progressive" Left for over a hundred years.  Yet as they've marched through and deconstructed America's great cultural institutions, instead of the "progress" they claim, we're seeing the opposite. It's abundantly clear now that as the progressive elites prevail, the rest of us lose. And more and more we feel a growing urge to push back.  We know now that America's flourishing will depend on prevailing in a successful cultural counter revolution.  And it's beginning to happen. On the front lines leading this fight - and my guests for this episode -  are President Ryan Anderson and Senior Fellow Roger Severino of the Ethics &amp; Public Policy Center. Prior to leading EPPC. Ryan Anderson was the William E. Simon senior research fellow at The Heritage Foundation He is also the Founding Editor of Public Discourse and the author of When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment and Truth Overruled: The Future of Marriage and Religious Freedom. Before joining  EPPC, Roger Severino was the Director of the Office for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, where he led a team of over 250 staff protecting our nation's civil rights, conscience and religious freedom.  In response to the Biden administration's hostility to sound medicine and the rights of conscience, EPPC has launched a major initiative, its HHS Accountability Project led by Roger.  As Ryan explains:  "Ethics needs to be at the heart of public policy. Every piece of public policy, every piece of law embodies someone's morality, and we work to make sure that our laws embody true morality."  "There's no such thing as moral neutrality when it comes to the law, whether it's private property, free speech, definition of marriage, or our laws about homicide."  A fascinating conversation. Please listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>America's founding ideals and our nation's rich Judeo-Christian heritage have been under constant attack from a so-called "progressive" Left for over a hundred years.  Yet as they've marched through and deconstructed America's great cultural institutions, instead of the "progress" they claim, we're seeing the opposite. It's abundantly clear now that as the progressive elites prevail, the rest of us lose. And more and more we feel a growing urge to push back.  We know now that America's flourishing will depend on prevailing in a successful cultural counter revolution.  And it's beginning to happen. On the front lines leading this fight - and my guests for this episode -  are President Ryan Anderson and Senior Fellow Roger Severino of the Ethics &amp; Public Policy Center. Prior to leading EPPC. Ryan Anderson was the William E. Simon senior research fellow at The Heritage Foundation He is also the Founding Editor of Public Discourse and the author of When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment and Truth Overruled: The Future of Marriage and Religious Freedom. Before joining  EPPC, Roger Severino was the Director of the Office for Civil Rights at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, where he led a team of over 250 staff protecting our nation's civil rights, conscience and religious freedom.  In response to the Biden administration's hostility to sound medicine and the rights of conscience, EPPC has launched a major initiative, its HHS Accountability Project led by Roger.  As Ryan explains:  "Ethics needs to be at the heart of public policy. Every piece of public policy, every piece of law embodies someone's morality, and we work to make sure that our laws embody true morality."  "There's no such thing as moral neutrality when it comes to the law, whether it's private property, free speech, definition of marriage, or our laws about homicide."  A fascinating conversation. Please listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 169:   George F. Will on "American Happiness and Discontents" with Don Boudreaux and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 169:   George F. Will on "American Happiness and Discontents" with Don Boudreaux and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 13:35:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a2b90fb9-cac2-4fc1-8018-8c1513bcd64d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-169-george-f-will-on-american-happiness-and-discontents-with-don-boudreaux-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">In this episode we get to talk with George F. Will about his latest collection of essays, <em>American Happiness and Discontents: The Unruly Torrent, 2008-2020</em>, and also about his magnum opus, <em>The Conservative Sensibility</em>.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Joining in on the conversation are John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets, and author of <em>When Politicians Panicked</em>,</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">and Don Boudreaux, Professor of Economics at George Mason University, research scholar at Mercatus Center, who runs the go-to blog for free market economic thinking, Cafe Hayek.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Always witty and erudite, George offers up his views on today's pressing concerns, queried, challenged and amplified by John and Don, two very smart men.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Among our questions:</span></p> <ul> <li class="p1"><span class="s1">How and when do Americans recover the liberties lost from over two years of government</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class="s1">lockdowns and mandates?</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="p1"><span class="s1">Why did so many libertarians acquiesce?</span></li> <li class="p1"><span class="s1">Public choice theory says that people in government are not any different than people in the private sector. Is this still true?</span></li> <li class="p1"><span class="s1">A prosperous and free society depends on trust. Will America's government health establishment be able to recover the public's trust?</span></li> <li class="p1"><span class="s1">Can woke progressivism's long march through American institutions be reversed?</span></li> </ul> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">And more: on families, voting rights, campaign finance, college campus fragility, social media's power, judicial restraint, closed questions in an open society, majority rule, self-regarding versus other regarding acts, China's future … almost everything except baseball.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">We'll get to that next time.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Definitely worth a listen.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">In this episode we get to talk with George F. Will about his latest collection of essays, <em>American Happiness and Discontents: The Unruly Torrent, 2008-2020</em>, and also about his magnum opus, <em>The Conservative Sensibility</em>. </p> <p class="p1">Joining in on the conversation are John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets, and author of <em>When Politicians Panicked</em>, </p> <p class="p1">and Don Boudreaux, Professor of Economics at George Mason University, research scholar at Mercatus Center, who runs the go-to blog for free market economic thinking, Cafe Hayek.</p> <p class="p1">Always witty and erudite, George offers up his views on today's pressing concerns, queried, challenged and amplified by John and Don, two very smart men. </p> <p class="p1">Among our questions:</p> <ul> <li class="p1">How and when do Americans recover the liberties lost from over two years of government lockdowns and mandates? </li> <li class="p1">Why did so many libertarians acquiesce?</li> <li class="p1">Public choice theory says that people in government are not any different than people in the private sector. Is this still true?</li> <li class="p1">A prosperous and free society depends on trust. Will America's government health establishment be able to recover the public's trust?</li> <li class="p1">Can woke progressivism's long march through American institutions be reversed?</li> </ul> <p class="p1">And more: on families, voting rights, campaign finance, college campus fragility, social media's power, judicial restraint, closed questions in an open society, majority rule, self-regarding versus other regarding acts, China's future … almost everything except baseball.</p> <p class="p1">We'll get to that next time.</p> <p class="p1">Definitely worth a listen.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="119778488" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS134_2022_01_06_Will_Tamny_Boudreaux.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:02:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>159</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode we get to talk with George F. Will about his latest collection of essays, American Happiness and Discontents: The Unruly Torrent, 2008-2020, and also about his magnum opus, The Conservative Sensibility.  Joining in on the conversation are John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets, and author of When Politicians Panicked,  and Don Boudreaux, Professor of Economics at George Mason University, research scholar at Mercatus Center, who runs the go-to blog for free market economic thinking, Cafe Hayek. Always witty and erudite, George offers up his views on today's pressing concerns, queried, challenged and amplified by John and Don, two very smart men.  Among our questions: How and when do Americans recover the liberties lost from over two years of government  lockdowns and mandates?  Why did so many libertarians acquiesce? Public choice theory says that people in government are not any different than people in the private sector. Is this still true? A prosperous and free society depends on trust. Will America's government health establishment be able to recover the public's trust? Can woke progressivism's long march through American institutions be reversed? And more: on families, voting rights, campaign finance, college campus fragility, social media's power, judicial restraint, closed questions in an open society, majority rule, self-regarding versus other regarding acts, China's future … almost everything except baseball. We'll get to that next time. Definitely worth a listen.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode we get to talk with George F. Will about his latest collection of essays, American Happiness and Discontents: The Unruly Torrent, 2008-2020, and also about his magnum opus, The Conservative Sensibility.  Joining in on the conversation are John Tamny, Vice President of FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets, and author of When Politicians Panicked,  and Don Boudreaux, Professor of Economics at George Mason University, research scholar at Mercatus Center, who runs the go-to blog for free market economic thinking, Cafe Hayek. Always witty and erudite, George offers up his views on today's pressing concerns, queried, challenged and amplified by John and Don, two very smart men.  Among our questions: How and when do Americans recover the liberties lost from over two years of government  lockdowns and mandates?  Why did so many libertarians acquiesce? Public choice theory says that people in government are not any different than people in the private sector. Is this still true? A prosperous and free society depends on trust. Will America's government health establishment be able to recover the public's trust? Can woke progressivism's long march through American institutions be reversed? And more: on families, voting rights, campaign finance, college campus fragility, social media's power, judicial restraint, closed questions in an open society, majority rule, self-regarding versus other regarding acts, China's future … almost everything except baseball. We'll get to that next time. Definitely worth a listen.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 168:   "No Rights, No Games" with Chen Guangcheng, Reggie Littlejohn and Yaxue Cao</title>
      <itunes:title>"No Rights, No Games" with Chen Guangcheng, Reggie Littlejohn and Yaxue Cao</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2022 14:01:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d1e2cf1e-411e-431d-8fb0-df04131788cb]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-168-no-rights-no-games-with-chen-guangcheng-reggie-littlejohn-and-yaxue-cao]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">The 2022 winter Olympics in Beijing China opens a few weeks from now, and the International Olympic Committee's 2015 decision to have China host the event looks ever more dubious.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Since then, it's become obvious to most observers that China, never a champion of human rights, is growing ever more oppressive. It's Communist Party leadership has become even more deeply committed to preserving its monopoly on power through state sponsored repression, surveillance, and indoctrination.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Witness its takeover of Hong Kong, the internment of Muslims in Xinjiang, the disappearance of tennis star Peng Shuai, its totalitarian social credit system, the Covid coverup and mounting threats to democratic Taiwan.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><strong><span class="s1">So why are democracies from all over the world moving ahead to send their athletes to a country so antithetical to their values?</span></strong></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">My guests for this episode provide a first hand and stark assessment as to why they should not.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"><strong>Chen Guangcheng</strong>, a Chinese civil rights lawyer, was imprisoned and under house arrest by the Chinese government for seven years for his human rights activism. Since escaping to America, he has remained a persistent voice for freedom, human dignity, and the rule of law in his native country.</span> <span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"><strong>Reggie Littlejohn</strong>, who as the president of <a href= "https://www.womensrightswithoutfrontiers.org/">Women's Rights Without Frontiers</a>, has spent years campaigning against China's forced abortion policies.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">and</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"><strong>Yaxue Cao</strong>, who grew up in northern China during the Cultural Revolution, and went to college at Peking University in Beijing. She founded DC-based <a href="https://chinachange.org/">ChinaChange.org</a> to inform the world about human rights, rule of law, and civil society in China - aspects of China's political landscape that are the most censored and least understood.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">China claims that the Chinese people <em>"experience a broad, thorough and true democracy"</em> and the China's National People's Congress <em>"guarantees that the people are masters."</em></span><em><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></em></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">To this Guangcheng responds "the Chinese people have never had a free election, the National People's Congress is made up entirely of the party's handpicked officials and the subject of democracy has been banned from kindergarten to university classrooms since 2013."</span></p> <p class="p1"><strong><span class="s1">Surveillance and social control are pervasive.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></strong></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Yaxue Cao explains, <em>"If you speak any dissent on the internet, your accounts will be suspended or deleted. And not only that, policemen will quickly be able to identify who you are, and find you offline, and threaten you, sometimes take you away to the detention center."</em></span></p> <p class="p1"><strong><span class="s1">When the Olympic athletes go to China in a few weeks, they are entering into this surveillance culture.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></strong></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"><em>"They need to understand their movements are going to be tracked, all of their social media posts,"</em> says Reggie. <em>"What if an athlete posts something that is very critical of the government? What's going to happen then?"</em></span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">It's not just governments, it's also the major multinational corporations, who are looking the other way.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"><em>"The Chinese Communist Party is very calculating and has used China's market, the world's second largest, as an enticement,"</em> says Guangcheng.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">With billions at stake, the multinationals do not want to risk offending the CCP.</span></p> <p class="p1"><strong><span class="s1">These are but a fraction of the endless issues surrounding this Olympics. Why it's going ahead is not a mystery, but it is wrong.</span></strong></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Listen in as my guests, with first hand experience of the CCP's iron hand, talk about what's at stake.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">The 2022 winter Olympics in Beijing China opens a few weeks from now, and the International Olympic Committee's 2015 decision to have China host the event looks ever more dubious. </p> <p class="p1">Since then, it's become obvious to most observers that China, never a champion of human rights, is growing ever more oppressive. It's Communist Party leadership has become even more deeply committed to preserving its monopoly on power through state sponsored repression, surveillance, and indoctrination. </p> <p class="p1">Witness its takeover of Hong Kong, the internment of Muslims in Xinjiang, the disappearance of tennis star Peng Shuai, its totalitarian social credit system, the Covid coverup and mounting threats to democratic Taiwan. </p> <p class="p1">So why are democracies from all over the world moving ahead to send their athletes to a country so antithetical to their values?</p> <p class="p1">My guests for this episode provide a first hand and stark assessment as to why they should not.</p> <p class="p1">Chen Guangcheng, a Chinese civil rights lawyer, was imprisoned and under house arrest by the Chinese government for seven years for his human rights activism. Since escaping to America, he has remained a persistent voice for freedom, human dignity, and the rule of law in his native country. </p> <p class="p1">Reggie Littlejohn, who as the president of <a href= "https://www.womensrightswithoutfrontiers.org/">Women's Rights Without Frontiers</a>, has spent years campaigning against China's forced abortion policies.</p> <p class="p1">and</p> <p class="p1">Yaxue Cao, who grew up in northern China during the Cultural Revolution, and went to college at Peking University in Beijing. She founded DC-based <a href="https://chinachange.org/">ChinaChange.org</a> to inform the world about human rights, rule of law, and civil society in China - aspects of China's political landscape that are the most censored and least understood. </p> <p class="p1">China claims that the Chinese people <em>"experience a broad, thorough and true democracy"</em> and the China's National People's Congress <em>"guarantees that the people are masters."</em><em> </em></p> <p class="p1">To this Guangcheng responds "the Chinese people have never had a free election, the National People's Congress is made up entirely of the party's handpicked officials and the subject of democracy has been banned from kindergarten to university classrooms since 2013."</p> <p class="p1">Surveillance and social control are pervasive. </p> <p class="p1">Yaxue Cao explains, <em>"If you speak any dissent on the internet, your accounts will be suspended or deleted. And not only that, policemen will quickly be able to identify who you are, and find you offline, and threaten you, sometimes take you away to the detention center."</em></p> <p class="p1">When the Olympic athletes go to China in a few weeks, they are entering into this surveillance culture. </p> <p class="p1"><em>"They need to understand their movements are going to be tracked, all of their social media posts,"</em> says Reggie. <em>"What if an athlete posts something that is very critical of the government? What's going to happen then?"</em></p> <p class="p1">It's not just governments, it's also the major multinational corporations, who are looking the other way. </p> <p class="p1"><em>"The Chinese Communist Party is very calculating and has used China's market, the world's second largest, as an enticement,"</em> says Guangcheng. </p> <p class="p1">With billions at stake, the multinationals do not want to risk offending the CCP.</p> <p class="p1">These are but a fraction of the endless issues surrounding this Olympics. Why it's going ahead is not a mystery, but it is wrong.</p> <p class="p1">Listen in as my guests, with first hand experience of the CCP's iron hand, talk about what's at stake.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="104686495" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS136_2022_01_13_Guangchen_Littlejohn.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The 2022 winter Olympics in Beijing China opens a few weeks from now, and the International Olympic Committee's 2015 decision to have China host the event looks ever more dubious.  Since then, it's become obvious to most observers that China, never a champion of human rights, is growing ever more oppressive. It's Communist Party leadership has become even more deeply committed to preserving its monopoly on power through state sponsored repression, surveillance, and indoctrination.  Witness its takeover of Hong Kong, the internment of Muslims in Xinjiang, the disappearance of tennis star Peng Shuai, its totalitarian social credit system, the Covid coverup and mounting threats to democratic Taiwan.  So why are democracies from all over the world moving ahead to send their athletes to a country so antithetical to their values? My guests for this episode provide a first hand and stark assessment as to why they should not. Chen Guangcheng, a Chinese civil rights lawyer, was imprisoned and under house arrest by the Chinese government for seven years for his human rights activism. Since escaping to America, he has remained a persistent voice for freedom, human dignity, and the rule of law in his native country.   Reggie Littlejohn, who as the president of Women's Rights Without Frontiers, has spent years campaigning against China's forced abortion policies. and Yaxue Cao, who grew up in northern China during the Cultural Revolution, and went to college at Peking University in Beijing. She founded DC-based ChinaChange.org to inform the world about human rights, rule of law, and civil society in China - aspects of China's political landscape that are the most censored and least understood.  China claims that the Chinese people "experience a broad, thorough and true democracy" and the China's National People's Congress "guarantees that the people are masters."  To this Guangcheng responds "the Chinese people have never had a free election, the National People's Congress is made up entirely of the party's handpicked officials and the subject of democracy has been banned from kindergarten to university classrooms since 2013." Surveillance and social control are pervasive.  Yaxue Cao explains, "If you speak any dissent on the internet, your accounts will be suspended or deleted. And not only that, policemen will quickly be able to identify who you are, and find you offline, and threaten you, sometimes take you away to the detention center." When the Olympic athletes go to China in a few weeks, they are entering into this surveillance culture.  "They need to understand their movements are going to be tracked, all of their social media posts," says Reggie. "What if an athlete posts something that is very critical of the government? What's going to happen then?" It's not just governments, it's also the major multinational corporations, who are looking the other way.  "The Chinese Communist Party is very calculating and has used China's market, the world's second largest, as an enticement," says Guangcheng.  With billions at stake, the multinationals do not want to risk offending the CCP. These are but a fraction of the endless issues surrounding this Olympics. Why it's going ahead is not a mystery, but it is wrong. Listen in as my guests, with first hand experience of the CCP's iron hand, talk about what's at stake.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The 2022 winter Olympics in Beijing China opens a few weeks from now, and the International Olympic Committee's 2015 decision to have China host the event looks ever more dubious.  Since then, it's become obvious to most observers that China, never a champion of human rights, is growing ever more oppressive. It's Communist Party leadership has become even more deeply committed to preserving its monopoly on power through state sponsored repression, surveillance, and indoctrination.  Witness its takeover of Hong Kong, the internment of Muslims in Xinjiang, the disappearance of tennis star Peng Shuai, its totalitarian social credit system, the Covid coverup and mounting threats to democratic Taiwan.  So why are democracies from all over the world moving ahead to send their athletes to a country so antithetical to their values? My guests for this episode provide a first hand and stark assessment as to why they should not. Chen Guangcheng, a Chinese civil rights lawyer, was imprisoned and under house arrest by the Chinese government for seven years for his human rights activism. Since escaping to America, he has remained a persistent voice for freedom, human dignity, and the rule of law in his native country.   Reggie Littlejohn, who as the president of Women's Rights Without Frontiers, has spent years campaigning against China's forced abortion policies. and Yaxue Cao, who grew up in northern China during the Cultural Revolution, and went to college at Peking University in Beijing. She founded DC-based ChinaChange.org to inform the world about human rights, rule of law, and civil society in China - aspects of China's political landscape that are the most censored and least understood.  China claims that the Chinese people "experience a broad, thorough and true democracy" and the China's National People's Congress "guarantees that the people are masters."  To this Guangcheng responds "the Chinese people have never had a free election, the National People's Congress is made up entirely of the party's handpicked officials and the subject of democracy has been banned from kindergarten to university classrooms since 2013." Surveillance and social control are pervasive.  Yaxue Cao explains, "If you speak any dissent on the internet, your accounts will be suspended or deleted. And not only that, policemen will quickly be able to identify who you are, and find you offline, and threaten you, sometimes take you away to the detention center." When the Olympic athletes go to China in a few weeks, they are entering into this surveillance culture.  "They need to understand their movements are going to be tracked, all of their social media posts," says Reggie. "What if an athlete posts something that is very critical of the government? What's going to happen then?" It's not just governments, it's also the major multinational corporations, who are looking the other way.  "The Chinese Communist Party is very calculating and has used China's market, the world's second largest, as an enticement," says Guangcheng.  With billions at stake, the multinationals do not want to risk offending the CCP. These are but a fraction of the endless issues surrounding this Olympics. Why it's going ahead is not a mystery, but it is wrong. Listen in as my guests, with first hand experience of the CCP's iron hand, talk about what's at stake.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 167: "The Great Reset" with Jay Richards and James Patrick</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Great Reset" with Jay Richards and James Patrick</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 16:16:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[81303a97-b154-44a4-be44-73c19e696e2a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-167-the-great-reset-with-jay-richards-and-james-patrick]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Unprecedented government measures to stop the spread of an unstoppable virus have morphed into mortal threats to our liberties and civil rights, not just here in the United States, but worldwide. </p> <p> </p> <p>First we were told that lockdowns, masks, and social distancing stop the spread of the virus. Do these things and we would be safe. There's no clear correlation between these measures and the spread of the virus.</p> <p>Then the CDC changed the definition of herd immunity on its website. They defined the concept to account for vaccines only, and erased the role of infections themselves. Winston Smith (<em>1984</em>) would understand.</p> <p>Now, it's only vaccines, vaccine mandates, vaccine passports that will do the trick. Natural immunity doesn't matter. Why?</p> <p> </p> <p>One big casualty of government responses to the coronavirus over the last two years is the loss of trust in our public health establishment. </p> <p>Joining me to talk about this is James Patrick, documentary filmmaker, whose film <em>Planet Lockdown</em> is coming out January 15th, 2022 and Jay Richards, frequent guest, author of <em>Price of Panic</em>, who is now the William E. Simon Senior Research Fellow with the Heritage Foundation. </p> <p> </p> <p>Our larger concern is the damage being done to our free speech and our freedom to have open debate about what works and what doesn't.</p> <p>There are countless important questions we're not allowed to discuss. We're not allowed to talk about Ivermectin. We're not allowed to talk about whether the vaccines work, let alone whether they qualify as vaccines. We're not allowed to talk about the whether the pharmaceutical companies have an agenda. </p> <p>This is forbidden speech that's being monitored and chilled by the public health agencies, the corporate media, and social media companies.</p> <p>The censorship is growing more extreme. James interviewed Howard Berger, who's the chief epidemiologist and medical authority of Austria. James posted the interview the social media, which took it down, citing "medical misinformation." Are we to believe that YouTube censors know better than Austria's chief epidemiologist?</p> <p>Where is this going? How does it end? Vaccine mandates seem eerily to recall why we have the Nuremberg Code. Vaccine passports could easily turn into a Chinese-like social credit system. </p> <p>Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum has said the pandemic is an opportunity for "the great reset"—a restructuring of global capitalism for the 21st century.</p> <p>We need an open debate about whether this is the future we want.</p> <p>Jay Richards and James Patrick weigh in.</p> <p> </p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Unprecedented government measures to stop the spread of an unstoppable virus have morphed into mortal threats to our liberties and civil rights, not just here in the United States, but worldwide. </p> <p> </p> <p>First we were told that lockdowns, masks, and social distancing stop the spread of the virus. Do these things and we would be safe. There's no clear correlation between these measures and the spread of the virus.</p> <p>Then the CDC changed the definition of herd immunity on its website. They defined the concept to account for vaccines only, and erased the role of infections themselves. Winston Smith (<em>1984</em>) would understand.</p> <p>Now, it's only vaccines, vaccine mandates, vaccine passports that will do the trick. Natural immunity doesn't matter. Why?</p> <p> </p> <p>One big casualty of government responses to the coronavirus over the last two years is the loss of trust in our public health establishment. </p> <p>Joining me to talk about this is James Patrick, documentary filmmaker, whose film <em>Planet Lockdown</em> is coming out January 15th, 2022 and Jay Richards, frequent guest, author of <em>Price of Panic</em>, who is now the William E. Simon Senior Research Fellow with the Heritage Foundation. </p> <p> </p> <p>Our larger concern is the damage being done to our free speech and our freedom to have open debate about what works and what doesn't.</p> <p>There are countless important questions we're not allowed to discuss. We're not allowed to talk about Ivermectin. We're not allowed to talk about whether the vaccines work, let alone whether they qualify as vaccines. We're not allowed to talk about the whether the pharmaceutical companies have an agenda. </p> <p>This is forbidden speech that's being monitored and chilled by the public health agencies, the corporate media, and social media companies.</p> <p>The censorship is growing more extreme. James interviewed Howard Berger, who's the chief epidemiologist and medical authority of Austria. James posted the interview the social media, which took it down, citing "medical misinformation." Are we to believe that YouTube censors know better than Austria's chief epidemiologist?</p> <p>Where is this going? How does it end? Vaccine mandates seem eerily to recall why we have the Nuremberg Code. Vaccine passports could easily turn into a Chinese-like social credit system. </p> <p>Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum has said the pandemic is an opportunity for "the great reset"—a restructuring of global capitalism for the 21st century.</p> <p>We need an open debate about whether this is the future we want.</p> <p>Jay Richards and James Patrick weigh in.</p> <p> </p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="120891634" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS133_2021_12_29_Richards_Patrick.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>6</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>167</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Unprecedented government measures to stop the spread of an unstoppable virus have morphed into mortal threats to our liberties and civil rights, not just here in the United States, but worldwide.    First we were told that lockdowns, masks, and social distancing stop the spread of the virus. Do these things and we would be safe. There's no clear correlation between these measures and the spread of the virus. Then the CDC changed the definition of herd immunity on its website. They defined the concept to account for vaccines only, and erased the role of infections themselves. Winston Smith (1984) would understand. Now, it's only vaccines, vaccine mandates, vaccine passports that will do the trick. Natural immunity doesn't matter. Why?   One big casualty of government responses to the coronavirus over the last two years is the loss of trust in our public health establishment.  Joining me to talk about this is James Patrick, documentary filmmaker, whose film Planet Lockdown is coming out January 15th, 2022 and Jay Richards, frequent guest, author of Price of Panic, who is now the William E. Simon Senior Research Fellow with the Heritage Foundation.    Our larger concern is the damage being done to our free speech and our freedom to have open debate about what works and what doesn't. There are countless important questions we're not allowed to discuss. We're not allowed to talk about Ivermectin. We're not allowed to talk about whether the vaccines work, let alone whether they qualify as vaccines. We're not allowed to talk about the whether the pharmaceutical companies have an agenda.  This is forbidden speech that's being monitored and chilled by the public health agencies, the corporate media, and social media companies. The censorship is growing more extreme. James interviewed Howard Berger, who's the chief epidemiologist and medical authority of Austria. James posted the interview the social media, which took it down, citing "medical misinformation." Are we to believe that YouTube censors know better than Austria's chief epidemiologist? Where is this going? How does it end? Vaccine mandates seem eerily to recall why we have the Nuremberg Code. Vaccine passports could easily turn into a Chinese-like social credit system.  Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum has said the pandemic is an opportunity for "the great reset"—a restructuring of global capitalism for the 21st century. We need an open debate about whether this is the future we want. Jay Richards and James Patrick weigh in.    </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Unprecedented government measures to stop the spread of an unstoppable virus have morphed into mortal threats to our liberties and civil rights, not just here in the United States, but worldwide.    First we were told that lockdowns, masks, and social distancing stop the spread of the virus. Do these things and we would be safe. There's no clear correlation between these measures and the spread of the virus. Then the CDC changed the definition of herd immunity on its website. They defined the concept to account for vaccines only, and erased the role of infections themselves. Winston Smith (1984) would understand. Now, it's only vaccines, vaccine mandates, vaccine passports that will do the trick. Natural immunity doesn't matter. Why?   One big casualty of government responses to the coronavirus over the last two years is the loss of trust in our public health establishment.  Joining me to talk about this is James Patrick, documentary filmmaker, whose film Planet Lockdown is coming out January 15th, 2022 and Jay Richards, frequent guest, author of Price of Panic, who is now the William E. Simon Senior Research Fellow with the Heritage Foundation.    Our larger concern is the damage being done to our free speech and our freedom to have open debate about what works and what doesn't. There are countless important questions we're not allowed to discuss. We're not allowed to talk about Ivermectin. We're not allowed to talk about whether the vaccines work, let alone whether they qualify as vaccines. We're not allowed to talk about the whether the pharmaceutical companies have an agenda.  This is forbidden speech that's being monitored and chilled by the public health agencies, the corporate media, and social media companies. The censorship is growing more extreme. James interviewed Howard Berger, who's the chief epidemiologist and medical authority of Austria. James posted the interview the social media, which took it down, citing "medical misinformation." Are we to believe that YouTube censors know better than Austria's chief epidemiologist? Where is this going? How does it end? Vaccine mandates seem eerily to recall why we have the Nuremberg Code. Vaccine passports could easily turn into a Chinese-like social credit system.  Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum has said the pandemic is an opportunity for "the great reset"—a restructuring of global capitalism for the 21st century. We need an open debate about whether this is the future we want. Jay Richards and James Patrick weigh in.    </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 166: "Energy and Technology Reality" with Mark Mills</title>
      <itunes:title>"Energy and Technology Reality" with Mark Mills</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2021 12:25:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2e0e47d3-1202-4404-a581-7b5eb74ed4e7]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-166-energy-and-technology-reality-with-mark-mills]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today's episode is a treasure trove of important facts that we all should know about technology, society and the future. My guest is once again Mark Mills, senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute - who specializes on science, technology, energy, and future manufacturing technologies - and who has just published The Cloud Revolution: How the Convergence of New Technologies Will Unleash the Next Economic Boom and A Roaring 2020s Conventional wisdom as to how technology will change the future is wrong. And what is quite wrong is the view that the only technological revolution that matters will be found with renewable energy and electric cars. According to Mills, a convergence of technologies will instead drive a broad economic boom over the coming decade. It will come not from any single big invention, but from the confluence of radical advances in technology's three domains: microprocessors, materials, and machines. At the center of all of this is the Cloud, history's biggest infrastructure, which is itself based on the building blocks of next-generation microprocessors and artificial intelligence. For an optimistic take on what's ahead, Mark dives into this, and more. But we also talk about some of the dangerous dead ends we face if we plow ahead blindly with a promised "green" energy future. As we all know, today's elites are obsessed with climate change and replacing fossil fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet-to-be-invented technologies. But has anyone really thought this through? Wouldn't now be a good time to assess what actually doing this would look like. Mark Mills has thought it through and has a stark message - an inconvenient truth: "There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms. " To switch from hydrocarbons oil, gas, and coal to wind solar and batteries, the quantity of materials acquired to be extracted from the earth to produce the same unit of energy goes up a thousand percent - that's ten times. Mark jokes that people believe in a new element "unobtainium" with perfect attributes: high energy density, it weighs nothing, costs nothing, and getting out of the earth is easy. "You have to mine stuff, build stuff. You always have to do that. Everything starts with mining." Take electric cars. The battery in an electric car weighs about a thousand pounds. Most people don't know that the thousand pound battery is replacing a 60 pound fuel tank. To make the thousand pound battery, to fabricate it, ou have to mine and dig up somewhere on the earth, 500,000 pounds of materials. Nickel copper, the manganese, lithium, carbonates, all of that. All of that requires mining equipment and mining machinery, almost all of which is oil fired. This is just one reality. Listen in as Mark also explains the true costs of solar and wind technologies. They are not what you thought. We need to be clear about what we're doing. The most valuable thing in the universe is the time that we have to live on earth. Much of what history has been devoted to is making our time available to do other things which translates into speed and convenience and comforts. And making time always takes energy. We need to stay smart about this and Mark explains how.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today's episode is a treasure trove of important facts that we all should know about technology, society and the future. My guest is once again Mark Mills, senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute - who specializes on science, technology, energy, and future manufacturing technologies - and who has just published The Cloud Revolution: How the Convergence of New Technologies Will Unleash the Next Economic Boom and A Roaring 2020s Conventional wisdom as to how technology will change the future is wrong. And what is quite wrong is the view that the only technological revolution that matters will be found with renewable energy and electric cars. According to Mills, a convergence of technologies will instead drive a broad economic boom over the coming decade. It will come not from any single big invention, but from the confluence of radical advances in technology's three domains: microprocessors, materials, and machines. At the center of all of this is the Cloud, history's biggest infrastructure, which is itself based on the building blocks of next-generation microprocessors and artificial intelligence. For an optimistic take on what's ahead, Mark dives into this, and more. But we also talk about some of the dangerous dead ends we face if we plow ahead blindly with a promised "green" energy future. As we all know, today's elites are obsessed with climate change and replacing fossil fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet-to-be-invented technologies. But has anyone really thought this through? Wouldn't now be a good time to assess what actually doing this would look like. Mark Mills has thought it through and has a stark message - an inconvenient truth: "There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms. " To switch from hydrocarbons oil, gas, and coal to wind solar and batteries, the quantity of materials acquired to be extracted from the earth to produce the same unit of energy goes up a thousand percent - that's ten times. Mark jokes that people believe in a new element "unobtainium" with perfect attributes: high energy density, it weighs nothing, costs nothing, and getting out of the earth is easy. "You have to mine stuff, build stuff. You always have to do that. Everything starts with mining." Take electric cars. The battery in an electric car weighs about a thousand pounds. Most people don't know that the thousand pound battery is replacing a 60 pound fuel tank. To make the thousand pound battery, to fabricate it, ou have to mine and dig up somewhere on the earth, 500,000 pounds of materials. Nickel copper, the manganese, lithium, carbonates, all of that. All of that requires mining equipment and mining machinery, almost all of which is oil fired. This is just one reality. Listen in as Mark also explains the true costs of solar and wind technologies. They are not what you thought. We need to be clear about what we're doing. The most valuable thing in the universe is the time that we have to live on earth. Much of what history has been devoted to is making our time available to do other things which translates into speed and convenience and comforts. And making time always takes energy. We need to stay smart about this and Mark explains how.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="149807520" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS132_2021_12_23_Mills.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:01:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>166</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Today's episode is a treasure trove of important facts that we all should know about technology, society and the future. My guest is once again Mark Mills, senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute - who specializes on science, technology, energy, and future manufacturing technologies - and who has just published The Cloud Revolution: How the Convergence of New Technologies Will Unleash the Next Economic Boom and A Roaring 2020s Conventional wisdom as to how technology will change the future is wrong. And what is quite wrong is the view that the only technological revolution that matters will be found with renewable energy and electric cars. According to Mills, a convergence of technologies will instead drive a broad economic boom over the coming decade. It will come not from any single big invention, but from the confluence of radical advances in technology's three domains: microprocessors, materials, and machines. At the center of all of this is the Cloud, history's biggest infrastructure, which is itself based on the building blocks of next-generation microprocessors and artificial intelligence. For an optimistic take on what's ahead, Mark dives into this, and more. But we also talk about some of the dangerous dead ends we face if we plow ahead blindly with a promised "green" energy future. As we all know, today's elites are obsessed with climate change and replacing fossil fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet-to-be-invented technologies. But has anyone really thought this through? Wouldn't now be a good time to assess what actually doing this would look like. Mark Mills has thought it through and has a stark message - an inconvenient truth: "There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms. " To switch from hydrocarbons oil, gas, and coal to wind solar and batteries, the quantity of materials acquired to be extracted from the earth to produce the same unit of energy goes up a thousand percent - that's ten times. Mark jokes that people believe in a new element "unobtainium" with perfect attributes: high energy density, it weighs nothing, costs nothing, and getting out of the earth is easy. "You have to mine stuff, build stuff. You always have to do that. Everything starts with mining." Take electric cars. The battery in an electric car weighs about a thousand pounds. Most people don't know that the thousand pound battery is replacing a 60 pound fuel tank. To make the thousand pound battery, to fabricate it, ou have to mine and dig up somewhere on the earth, 500,000 pounds of materials. Nickel copper, the manganese, lithium, carbonates, all of that. All of that requires mining equipment and mining machinery, almost all of which is oil fired. This is just one reality. Listen in as Mark also explains the true costs of solar and wind technologies. They are not what you thought. We need to be clear about what we're doing. The most valuable thing in the universe is the time that we have to live on earth. Much of what history has been devoted to is making our time available to do other things which translates into speed and convenience and comforts. And making time always takes energy. We need to stay smart about this and Mark explains how.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Today's episode is a treasure trove of important facts that we all should know about technology, society and the future. My guest is once again Mark Mills, senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute - who specializes on science, technology, energy, and future manufacturing technologies - and who has just published The Cloud Revolution: How the Convergence of New Technologies Will Unleash the Next Economic Boom and A Roaring 2020s Conventional wisdom as to how technology will change the future is wrong. And what is quite wrong is the view that the only technological revolution that matters will be found with renewable energy and electric cars. According to Mills, a convergence of technologies will instead drive a broad economic boom over the coming decade. It will come not from any single big invention, but from the confluence of radical advances in technology's three domains: microprocessors, materials, and machines. At the center of all of this is the Cloud, history's biggest infrastructure, which is itself based on the building blocks of next-generation microprocessors and artificial intelligence. For an optimistic take on what's ahead, Mark dives into this, and more. But we also talk about some of the dangerous dead ends we face if we plow ahead blindly with a promised "green" energy future. As we all know, today's elites are obsessed with climate change and replacing fossil fuels with solar and wind energy and other yet-to-be-invented technologies. But has anyone really thought this through? Wouldn't now be a good time to assess what actually doing this would look like. Mark Mills has thought it through and has a stark message - an inconvenient truth: "There won't be a world powered entirely by wind and solar or batteries. The reason I say that is because it is not possible. We don't have the materials and we can't afford it in either environmental or economic terms. " To switch from hydrocarbons oil, gas, and coal to wind solar and batteries, the quantity of materials acquired to be extracted from the earth to produce the same unit of energy goes up a thousand percent - that's ten times. Mark jokes that people believe in a new element "unobtainium" with perfect attributes: high energy density, it weighs nothing, costs nothing, and getting out of the earth is easy. "You have to mine stuff, build stuff. You always have to do that. Everything starts with mining." Take electric cars. The battery in an electric car weighs about a thousand pounds. Most people don't know that the thousand pound battery is replacing a 60 pound fuel tank. To make the thousand pound battery, to fabricate it, ou have to mine and dig up somewhere on the earth, 500,000 pounds of materials. Nickel copper, the manganese, lithium, carbonates, all of that. All of that requires mining equipment and mining machinery, almost all of which is oil fired. This is just one reality. Listen in as Mark also explains the true costs of solar and wind technologies. They are not what you thought. We need to be clear about what we're doing. The most valuable thing in the universe is the time that we have to live on earth. Much of what history has been devoted to is making our time available to do other things which translates into speed and convenience and comforts. And making time always takes energy. We need to stay smart about this and Mark explains how.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 165: "Just Facts about the Virus" with Jim Agresti</title>
      <itunes:title>"Just Facts about the Virus" with Jim Agresti</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Dec 2021 14:14:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fb2773a2-1a17-4961-b2fe-d3def645f3c0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-165-just-facts-about-the-virus-with-jim-agresti]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">Albert Einstein said science can only flourish in an atmosphere of free speech.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Today, despite claims about "following the science" with regard to Covid 19, this is simply not happening. Why? Because "they" have taken away one of the essential elements of science: allowing people to disagree based on facts learned through experiments and observation, reconciling practical knowledge and ends with scientific laws.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1"><em>This</em> is how science works. This is how freedom works. This is how good things happen in a free society because people are free to get information and disagree. Nobody is in possession of the ultimate truth.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">By contrast, look at every totalitarian regime, what do they do? They squash free speech. And when that happens, people suffer.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Who are "they?"</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">I think we all know by now and it seems that they have the totalitarian playbook well in hand. Facebook, Twitter, all the tech giants and the mainstream media have all decreed that if you say something that is at odds with the CDC, the World Health Organization, they're going to censor you.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">An open debate about the</span> Covid-19 virus and its variants - their <span class="s1">origins, spread, lethality, vaccine effectiveness, governments' mandates to control their spread and on and on - is simply not happening.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">So to learn about what <em>is</em> true and what could be happening if we actually did follow the science, I'm joined in this episode by Jim Agresti, founder of an extraordinary shop, Just Facts. Just Facts a nonprofit institute dedicated to publishing comprehensive, straightforward, and rigorously documented facts about public policy issues.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Some what we talk about:</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">The effectiveness of vaccines versus natural immunity</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">How different are Covid 19 variants from the original virus.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">Claims Joe Biden has made about the virus and its vaccines. You'd be better off listening to Dr. Jill.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">How the virus <em>really</em> spreads. Hint: it's not what the CDC originally claimed.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">The effectiveness of surgical masks (as documented by peer reviewed journals).</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">Breathing CO2 all day is not good for you.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">Why nursing homes - and you - could benefit from a good UV disinfection system.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">The social and health costs of lockdowns versus their benefits.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">The CDC and the WHO have been patently wrong about many important things.</span></li> <li style="list-style: none; display: inline"> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">"We've seen that time and time again, whether it's a death rate, how this thing spreads, the list goes on and on and on … misstatements by the World Health Organization," reveals Jim.</span></li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Jim Agresti's hard work at Just Facts has revealed a lot of essential truths - and a lot about real science - concerning the virus and its aftermath. Listen in and learn.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Albert Einstein said science can only flourish in an atmosphere of free speech. </p> <p class="p1">Today, despite claims about "following the science" with regard to Covid 19, this is simply not happening. Why? Because "they" have taken away one of the essential elements of science: allowing people to disagree based on facts learned through experiments and observation, reconciling practical knowledge and ends with scientific laws. </p> <p class="p1"><em>This</em> is how science works. This is how freedom works. This is how good things happen in a free society because people are free to get information and disagree. Nobody is in possession of the ultimate truth. </p> <p class="p1">By contrast, look at every totalitarian regime, what do they do? They squash free speech. And when that happens, people suffer. </p> <p class="p1">Who are "they?" </p> <p class="p1">I think we all know by now and it seems that they have the totalitarian playbook well in hand. Facebook, Twitter, all the tech giants and the mainstream media have all decreed that if you say something that is at odds with the CDC, the World Health Organization, they're going to censor you.</p> <p class="p1">An open debate about the Covid-19 virus and its variants - their origins, spread, lethality, vaccine effectiveness, governments' mandates to control their spread and on and on - is simply not happening.</p> <p class="p1">So to learn about what <em>is</em> true and what could be happening if we actually did follow the science, I'm joined in this episode by Jim Agresti, founder of an extraordinary shop, Just Facts. Just Facts a nonprofit institute dedicated to publishing comprehensive, straightforward, and rigorously documented facts about public policy issues. </p> <p class="p1">Some what we talk about: </p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3">The effectiveness of vaccines versus natural immunity</li> <li class="li3">How different are Covid 19 variants from the original virus.</li> <li class="li3">Claims Joe Biden has made about the virus and its vaccines. You'd be better off listening to Dr. Jill.</li> <li class="li3">How the virus <em>really</em> spreads. Hint: it's not what the CDC originally claimed.</li> <li class="li3">The effectiveness of surgical masks (as documented by peer reviewed journals).</li> <li class="li3">Breathing CO2 all day is not good for you. </li> <li class="li3">Why nursing homes - and you - could benefit from a good UV disinfection system.</li> <li class="li3">The social and health costs of lockdowns versus their benefits.</li> <li class="li3">The CDC and the WHO have been patently wrong about many important things.</li> <li style="list-style: none; display: inline"> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3">"We've seen that time and time again, whether it's a death rate, how this thing spreads, the list goes on and on and on … misstatements by the World Health Organization," reveals Jim.</li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p class="p1">Jim Agresti's hard work at Just Facts has revealed a lot of essential truths - and a lot about real science - concerning the virus and its aftermath. Listen in and learn.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="71015091" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_12_14_21_Jim_Agresti_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Albert Einstein said science can only flourish in an atmosphere of free speech.  Today, despite claims about "following the science" with regard to Covid 19, this is simply not happening. Why? Because "they" have taken away one of the essential elements of science: allowing people to disagree based on facts learned through experiments and observation, reconciling practical knowledge and ends with scientific laws.  This is how science works. This is how freedom works. This is how good things happen in a free society because people are free to get information and disagree. Nobody is in possession of the ultimate truth.  By contrast, look at every totalitarian regime, what do they do? They squash free speech. And when that happens, people suffer.  Who are "they?"  I think we all know by now and it seems that they have the totalitarian playbook well in hand. Facebook, Twitter, all the tech giants and the mainstream media have all decreed that if you say something that is at odds with the CDC, the World Health Organization, they're going to censor you. An open debate about the Covid-19 virus and its variants - their origins, spread, lethality, vaccine effectiveness, governments' mandates to control their spread and on and on - is simply not happening. So to learn about what is true and what could be happening if we actually did follow the science, I'm joined in this episode by Jim Agresti, founder of an extraordinary shop, Just Facts. Just Facts a nonprofit institute dedicated to publishing comprehensive, straightforward, and rigorously documented facts about public policy issues.  Some what we talk about:  The effectiveness of vaccines versus natural immunity How different are Covid 19 variants from the original virus. Claims Joe Biden has made about the virus and its vaccines. You'd be better off listening to Dr. Jill. How the virus really spreads. Hint: it's not what the CDC originally claimed. The effectiveness of surgical masks (as documented by peer reviewed journals). Breathing CO2 all day is not good for you.  Why nursing homes - and you - could benefit from a good UV disinfection system. The social and health costs of lockdowns versus their benefits. The CDC and the WHO have been patently wrong about many important things. "We've seen that time and time again, whether it's a death rate, how this thing spreads, the list goes on and on and on … misstatements by the World Health Organization," reveals Jim. Jim Agresti's hard work at Just Facts has revealed a lot of essential truths - and a lot about real science - concerning the virus and its aftermath. Listen in and learn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Albert Einstein said science can only flourish in an atmosphere of free speech.  Today, despite claims about "following the science" with regard to Covid 19, this is simply not happening. Why? Because "they" have taken away one of the essential elements of science: allowing people to disagree based on facts learned through experiments and observation, reconciling practical knowledge and ends with scientific laws.  This is how science works. This is how freedom works. This is how good things happen in a free society because people are free to get information and disagree. Nobody is in possession of the ultimate truth.  By contrast, look at every totalitarian regime, what do they do? They squash free speech. And when that happens, people suffer.  Who are "they?"  I think we all know by now and it seems that they have the totalitarian playbook well in hand. Facebook, Twitter, all the tech giants and the mainstream media have all decreed that if you say something that is at odds with the CDC, the World Health Organization, they're going to censor you. An open debate about the Covid-19 virus and its variants - their origins, spread, lethality, vaccine effectiveness, governments' mandates to control their spread and on and on - is simply not happening. So to learn about what is true and what could be happening if we actually did follow the science, I'm joined in this episode by Jim Agresti, founder of an extraordinary shop, Just Facts. Just Facts a nonprofit institute dedicated to publishing comprehensive, straightforward, and rigorously documented facts about public policy issues.  Some what we talk about:  The effectiveness of vaccines versus natural immunity How different are Covid 19 variants from the original virus. Claims Joe Biden has made about the virus and its vaccines. You'd be better off listening to Dr. Jill. How the virus really spreads. Hint: it's not what the CDC originally claimed. The effectiveness of surgical masks (as documented by peer reviewed journals). Breathing CO2 all day is not good for you.  Why nursing homes - and you - could benefit from a good UV disinfection system. The social and health costs of lockdowns versus their benefits. The CDC and the WHO have been patently wrong about many important things. "We've seen that time and time again, whether it's a death rate, how this thing spreads, the list goes on and on and on … misstatements by the World Health Organization," reveals Jim. Jim Agresti's hard work at Just Facts has revealed a lot of essential truths - and a lot about real science - concerning the virus and its aftermath. Listen in and learn.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 164: "Wrath: America Enraged" with Peter Wood</title>
      <itunes:title>"Wrath: America Enraged" with Peter Wood</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 14:05:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[89d2fe08-1114-4eca-8467-86064ed2f5bf]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-164-wrath-america-enraged-with-peter-wood]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Over the course of roughly four generations, from around 1950 to the present, American culture has been transformed from a culture that believed in the value of self-control into a culture that celebrates self-expression. And that "self-expression" has now twisted into a new form of anger - political wrath - which makes a performance art out of our darkest emotions. So argues my guest on this episode, Peter Wood, author of Wrath: America Enraged and 1620: A Critical Response to the 1619 Project and President of the National Association of Scholars. "The question is not whether we didn't have to deal with anger before, but how we channeled it. What kind of cultural frame did we put around it? And that began to change. After World War II, the hero type of Gary Cooper who could maintain his cool under extreme pressure gave way to, think, of Allen Ginsberg, and his famous poem Howl." "We've brought anger into our music, movies, and personal lives; and now, having step by step relinquished our old inhibitions around feeling and expressing anger, we have turned anger into a way of wielding political power." But the "angri-culture," as he calls it, doesn't promise happy days again. It promises revenge…and a crisis that could destroy our republic. Are both sides equally to blame? No. Politics are not conservatives' obsession. Conservatives tend to see politics as just one part of life, and they've got other things going on, their family, their jobs, or church, their clubs, that sort of thing. And when you have a life, it's hard to take it terribly seriously that the other side is just simmering with rage all the time. It seems that if there is conservative rage in this era it is "further prodded by a progressive elite that seems to take sadistic delight in devising new ways to torment ordinary Americans," says Peter. 'Antiracism' is a psyops campaign aimed at institutionalizing discrimination against Whites. The 1619 Project is an attempt to erase American history and put in its place an elaborately constructed lie in which slavery explains everything. 'Critical race theory' (CRT) further amplifies the message that American success is built entirely of the bricks and mortar of White racial supremacy. The elite preaches and now practices the benefits of abolishing our national border and flooding the country with illegal immigrants, at the expense of working-class Americans. Progressives manipulated the Wuhan virus epidemic by turning a manageable health crisis into a major economic disaster, an excuse for stripping Americans of their civil liberties, and an incitement of mass hysteria. And progressives, claiming the need to protect 'voter rights,' seek to lock into place the subterfuges they used to elect Joe Biden and Kamala Harris." The list goes on … and on. Adds Peter, "and now we have the recategorization after the fact of the events on Capitol hill as an insurrection, which strikes me as a deliberate effort to marginalize dissent in this country." Liberty loving Americans feel this tremendous anger and a sense of betrayal that our institutions have gone to the dark side. Yet we very much do not want to be provoked into something that we would all regret. Listen and consider as Peter and I wrestle with this difficult topic.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Over the course of roughly four generations, from around 1950 to the present, American culture has been transformed from a culture that believed in the value of self-control into a culture that celebrates self-expression. And that "self-expression" has now twisted into a new form of anger - political wrath - which makes a performance art out of our darkest emotions. So argues my guest on this episode, Peter Wood, author of Wrath: America Enraged and 1620: A Critical Response to the 1619 Project and President of the National Association of Scholars. "The question is not whether we didn't have to deal with anger before, but how we channeled it. What kind of cultural frame did we put around it? And that began to change. After World War II, the hero type of Gary Cooper who could maintain his cool under extreme pressure gave way to, think, of Allen Ginsberg, and his famous poem Howl." "We've brought anger into our music, movies, and personal lives; and now, having step by step relinquished our old inhibitions around feeling and expressing anger, we have turned anger into a way of wielding political power." But the "angri-culture," as he calls it, doesn't promise happy days again. It promises revenge…and a crisis that could destroy our republic. Are both sides equally to blame? No. Politics are not conservatives' obsession. Conservatives tend to see politics as just one part of life, and they've got other things going on, their family, their jobs, or church, their clubs, that sort of thing. And when you have a life, it's hard to take it terribly seriously that the other side is just simmering with rage all the time. It seems that if there is conservative rage in this era it is "further prodded by a progressive elite that seems to take sadistic delight in devising new ways to torment ordinary Americans," says Peter. 'Antiracism' is a psyops campaign aimed at institutionalizing discrimination against Whites. The 1619 Project is an attempt to erase American history and put in its place an elaborately constructed lie in which slavery explains everything. 'Critical race theory' (CRT) further amplifies the message that American success is built entirely of the bricks and mortar of White racial supremacy. The elite preaches and now practices the benefits of abolishing our national border and flooding the country with illegal immigrants, at the expense of working-class Americans. Progressives manipulated the Wuhan virus epidemic by turning a manageable health crisis into a major economic disaster, an excuse for stripping Americans of their civil liberties, and an incitement of mass hysteria. And progressives, claiming the need to protect 'voter rights,' seek to lock into place the subterfuges they used to elect Joe Biden and Kamala Harris." The list goes on … and on. Adds Peter, "and now we have the recategorization after the fact of the events on Capitol hill as an insurrection, which strikes me as a deliberate effort to marginalize dissent in this country." Liberty loving Americans feel this tremendous anger and a sense of betrayal that our institutions have gone to the dark side. Yet we very much do not want to be provoked into something that we would all regret. Listen and consider as Peter and I wrestle with this difficult topic.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="71979927" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_11_16_21_Peter_Wood_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Over the course of roughly four generations, from around 1950 to the present, American culture has been transformed from a culture that believed in the value of self-control into a culture that celebrates self-expression. And that "self-expression" has now twisted into a new form of anger - political wrath - which makes a performance art out of our darkest emotions. So argues my guest on this episode, Peter Wood, author of Wrath: America Enraged and 1620: A Critical Response to the 1619 Project and President of the National Association of Scholars. "The question is not whether we didn't have to deal with anger before, but how we channeled it. What kind of cultural frame did we put around it? And that began to change. After World War II, the hero type of Gary Cooper who could maintain his cool under extreme pressure gave way to, think, of Allen Ginsberg, and his famous poem Howl." "We've brought anger into our music, movies, and personal lives; and now, having step by step relinquished our old inhibitions around feeling and expressing anger, we have turned anger into a way of wielding political power." But the "angri-culture," as he calls it, doesn't promise happy days again. It promises revenge…and a crisis that could destroy our republic. Are both sides equally to blame? No. Politics are not conservatives' obsession. Conservatives tend to see politics as just one part of life, and they've got other things going on, their family, their jobs, or church, their clubs, that sort of thing. And when you have a life, it's hard to take it terribly seriously that the other side is just simmering with rage all the time. It seems that if there is conservative rage in this era it is "further prodded by a progressive elite that seems to take sadistic delight in devising new ways to torment ordinary Americans," says Peter. 'Antiracism' is a psyops campaign aimed at institutionalizing discrimination against Whites. The 1619 Project is an attempt to erase American history and put in its place an elaborately constructed lie in which slavery explains everything. 'Critical race theory' (CRT) further amplifies the message that American success is built entirely of the bricks and mortar of White racial supremacy. The elite preaches and now practices the benefits of abolishing our national border and flooding the country with illegal immigrants, at the expense of working-class Americans. Progressives manipulated the Wuhan virus epidemic by turning a manageable health crisis into a major economic disaster, an excuse for stripping Americans of their civil liberties, and an incitement of mass hysteria. And progressives, claiming the need to protect 'voter rights,' seek to lock into place the subterfuges they used to elect Joe Biden and Kamala Harris." The list goes on … and on. Adds Peter, "and now we have the recategorization after the fact of the events on Capitol hill as an insurrection, which strikes me as a deliberate effort to marginalize dissent in this country." Liberty loving Americans feel this tremendous anger and a sense of betrayal that our institutions have gone to the dark side. Yet we very much do not want to be provoked into something that we would all regret. Listen and consider as Peter and I wrestle with this difficult topic.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Over the course of roughly four generations, from around 1950 to the present, American culture has been transformed from a culture that believed in the value of self-control into a culture that celebrates self-expression. And that "self-expression" has now twisted into a new form of anger - political wrath - which makes a performance art out of our darkest emotions. So argues my guest on this episode, Peter Wood, author of Wrath: America Enraged and 1620: A Critical Response to the 1619 Project and President of the National Association of Scholars. "The question is not whether we didn't have to deal with anger before, but how we channeled it. What kind of cultural frame did we put around it? And that began to change. After World War II, the hero type of Gary Cooper who could maintain his cool under extreme pressure gave way to, think, of Allen Ginsberg, and his famous poem Howl." "We've brought anger into our music, movies, and personal lives; and now, having step by step relinquished our old inhibitions around feeling and expressing anger, we have turned anger into a way of wielding political power." But the "angri-culture," as he calls it, doesn't promise happy days again. It promises revenge…and a crisis that could destroy our republic. Are both sides equally to blame? No. Politics are not conservatives' obsession. Conservatives tend to see politics as just one part of life, and they've got other things going on, their family, their jobs, or church, their clubs, that sort of thing. And when you have a life, it's hard to take it terribly seriously that the other side is just simmering with rage all the time. It seems that if there is conservative rage in this era it is "further prodded by a progressive elite that seems to take sadistic delight in devising new ways to torment ordinary Americans," says Peter. 'Antiracism' is a psyops campaign aimed at institutionalizing discrimination against Whites. The 1619 Project is an attempt to erase American history and put in its place an elaborately constructed lie in which slavery explains everything. 'Critical race theory' (CRT) further amplifies the message that American success is built entirely of the bricks and mortar of White racial supremacy. The elite preaches and now practices the benefits of abolishing our national border and flooding the country with illegal immigrants, at the expense of working-class Americans. Progressives manipulated the Wuhan virus epidemic by turning a manageable health crisis into a major economic disaster, an excuse for stripping Americans of their civil liberties, and an incitement of mass hysteria. And progressives, claiming the need to protect 'voter rights,' seek to lock into place the subterfuges they used to elect Joe Biden and Kamala Harris." The list goes on … and on. Adds Peter, "and now we have the recategorization after the fact of the events on Capitol hill as an insurrection, which strikes me as a deliberate effort to marginalize dissent in this country." Liberty loving Americans feel this tremendous anger and a sense of betrayal that our institutions have gone to the dark side. Yet we very much do not want to be provoked into something that we would all regret. Listen and consider as Peter and I wrestle with this difficult topic.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 163: Challenging Leviathan with Mark Chenoweth and Jenin Younes</title>
      <itunes:title>Challenging Leviathan with Mark Chenoweth and Jenin Younes</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 17:31:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dd4c5fa3-2609-4409-a0b8-c008e16bc1b6]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-163-challenging-leviathan-with-mark-chenoweth-and-jenin-younes]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we're talking again about the coercive power of the Administrative State and its serious threat to our constitutional freedoms. No other development in contemporary American law denies more rights to more Americans. Joining me to discuss is Mark Chenoweth, Executive Director, and Jenin Younes, Litigation Counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA) a public interest litigation and pro bono advocacy law firm. NCLA represents both plaintiffs and defendants engaged with administrative state actions to make sure that their civil liberties are not being violated. Although Americans still enjoy the shell of their Republic, the administrative state has brought about exactly the sort of government that the Constitution was designed to prevent. "The kinds of protections that you would expect to have, if say a prosecutor from the Department of Justice were going after you in a federal district court, those same protections don't exist if it's a federal agency going after you in an administrative adjudication." "We're looking for cases where we can change the law," explains Mark. For example: Challenging Covid-19 regulations and orders imposed by executive decree. The NCLA class action suit for naturally immune federal employees against Covid vaccine mandates. When NASDAQ attacks! The problem with mandated diversity quotas for corporate boards. Is this the SEC's job? It's vital that many more Americans recognize the administrative state's unique threat to civil liberties. "If the government can get people in the habit of just doing what they're told and controlling them through administrative actions, then that makes it easier to accomplish whatever socio-political objectives that the government may have." Thomas Hobbes titled his book on politics Leviathan after the Bible's monstrous sea creature.  Seems a pretty apt metaphor for what we're up against today.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we're talking again about the coercive power of the Administrative State and its serious threat to our constitutional freedoms. No other development in contemporary American law denies more rights to more Americans. Joining me to discuss is Mark Chenoweth, Executive Director, and Jenin Younes, Litigation Counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA) a public interest litigation and pro bono advocacy law firm. NCLA represents both plaintiffs and defendants engaged with administrative state actions to make sure that their civil liberties are not being violated. Although Americans still enjoy the shell of their Republic, the administrative state has brought about exactly the sort of government that the Constitution was designed to prevent. "The kinds of protections that you would expect to have, if say a prosecutor from the Department of Justice were going after you in a federal district court, those same protections don't exist if it's a federal agency going after you in an administrative adjudication." "We're looking for cases where we can change the law," explains Mark. For example: Challenging Covid-19 regulations and orders imposed by executive decree. The NCLA class action suit for naturally immune federal employees against Covid vaccine mandates. When NASDAQ attacks! The problem with mandated diversity quotas for corporate boards. Is this the SEC's job? It's vital that many more Americans recognize the administrative state's unique threat to civil liberties. "If the government can get people in the habit of just doing what they're told and controlling them through administrative actions, then that makes it easier to accomplish whatever socio-political objectives that the government may have." Thomas Hobbes titled his book on politics Leviathan after the Bible's monstrous sea creature. Seems a pretty apt metaphor for what we're up against today.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="118782910" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS131_2021_12_02_Younes_Chenoweth.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>163</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode, we're talking again about the coercive power of the Administrative State and its serious threat to our constitutional freedoms. No other development in contemporary American law denies more rights to more Americans. Joining me to discuss is Mark Chenoweth, Executive Director, and Jenin Younes, Litigation Counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA) a public interest litigation and pro bono advocacy law firm. NCLA represents both plaintiffs and defendants engaged with administrative state actions to make sure that their civil liberties are not being violated. Although Americans still enjoy the shell of their Republic, the administrative state has brought about exactly the sort of government that the Constitution was designed to prevent. "The kinds of protections that you would expect to have, if say a prosecutor from the Department of Justice were going after you in a federal district court, those same protections don't exist if it's a federal agency going after you in an administrative adjudication." "We're looking for cases where we can change the law," explains Mark. For example: Challenging Covid-19 regulations and orders imposed by executive decree. The NCLA class action suit for naturally immune federal employees against Covid vaccine mandates. When NASDAQ attacks! The problem with mandated diversity quotas for corporate boards. Is this the SEC's job? It's vital that many more Americans recognize the administrative state's unique threat to civil liberties. "If the government can get people in the habit of just doing what they're told and controlling them through administrative actions, then that makes it easier to accomplish whatever socio-political objectives that the government may have." Thomas Hobbes titled his book on politics Leviathan after the Bible's monstrous sea creature.  Seems a pretty apt metaphor for what we're up against today.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode, we're talking again about the coercive power of the Administrative State and its serious threat to our constitutional freedoms. No other development in contemporary American law denies more rights to more Americans. Joining me to discuss is Mark Chenoweth, Executive Director, and Jenin Younes, Litigation Counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA) a public interest litigation and pro bono advocacy law firm. NCLA represents both plaintiffs and defendants engaged with administrative state actions to make sure that their civil liberties are not being violated. Although Americans still enjoy the shell of their Republic, the administrative state has brought about exactly the sort of government that the Constitution was designed to prevent. "The kinds of protections that you would expect to have, if say a prosecutor from the Department of Justice were going after you in a federal district court, those same protections don't exist if it's a federal agency going after you in an administrative adjudication." "We're looking for cases where we can change the law," explains Mark. For example: Challenging Covid-19 regulations and orders imposed by executive decree. The NCLA class action suit for naturally immune federal employees against Covid vaccine mandates. When NASDAQ attacks! The problem with mandated diversity quotas for corporate boards. Is this the SEC's job? It's vital that many more Americans recognize the administrative state's unique threat to civil liberties. "If the government can get people in the habit of just doing what they're told and controlling them through administrative actions, then that makes it easier to accomplish whatever socio-political objectives that the government may have." Thomas Hobbes titled his book on politics Leviathan after the Bible's monstrous sea creature.  Seems a pretty apt metaphor for what we're up against today.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 162: "Is the Administrate State Democracy's Death Knell" with Michael Pack</title>
      <itunes:title>"Is the Administrate State Democracy's Death Knell" with Michael Pack</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Nov 2021 22:41:07 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[44d9e3a4-8162-499e-9272-881a90a74f7a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-bill-walton-show]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Your eyes may glaze over when you hear people talking about the "administrative state." But if you care about liberty, it's long past time to start paying close attention to what it is and how impervious it has become to election outcomes.<br /> Today in Washington, we have what's become effectively a fourth branch of government: an unelected permanent bureaucracy of self-regarding "expert" progressive elites who staff and run the federal agencies.<br /> <br /> And if you believe they are hostile to conservatives you would be right.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Your eyes may glaze over when you hear people talking about the "administrative state." But if you care about liberty, it's long past time to start paying close attention to what it is and how impervious it has become to election outcomes. Today in Washington, we have what's become effectively a fourth branch of government: an unelected permanent bureaucracy of self-regarding "expert" progressive elites who staff and run the federal agencies. And if you believe they are hostile to conservatives you would be right.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="113380096" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS130_2021_11_24_Pack.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Your eyes may glaze over when you hear people talking about the "administrative state." But if you care about liberty, it's long past time to start paying close attention to what it is and how impervious it has become to election outcomes. Today in Washington, we have what's become effectively a fourth branch of government: an unelected permanent bureaucracy of self-regarding "expert" progressive elites who staff and run the federal agencies. And if you believe they are hostile to conservatives you would be right.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Your eyes may glaze over when you hear people talking about the "administrative state." But if you care about liberty, it's long past time to start paying close attention to what it is and how impervious it has become to election outcomes. Today in Washington, we have what's become effectively a fourth branch of government: an unelected permanent bureaucracy of self-regarding "expert" progressive elites who staff and run the federal agencies. And if you believe they are hostile to conservatives you would be right.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 161: "Whose Interest Does Big Business Serve?"   with Justin Danhof and Matt Schlapp</title>
      <itunes:title>"Whose Interest Does Big Business Serve?"   with Justin Danhof and Matt Schlapp</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Nov 2021 14:21:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d3277f7e-3809-4e5d-8863-eb9281a51d07]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-161-whose-interest-does-big-business-serve-with-justin-danhof-and-matt-schlapp]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the past decade, America's big businesses have increasingly moved to the political left. For evidence, take a look at their actions and stances on critical race theory indoctrination, vaccine mandates, radical climate change agendas, boardroom "diversity", doing business and making common cause with a hostile China, etc … on issue after issue they align with the "woke" left. Now even the Federal Reserve and the Securities Exchange Commission are weighing in to support these agendas. What does this mean for ordinary Americans, and what can be done to push back? Joining me to explore this are: Matt Schlapp, Chairman of the American Conservative Union, which sponsors CPAC, founder of Cove Strategy, and long time advisor to major corporations, and Justin Danhof, Executive Vice President of the National Center for Public Policy, who has been waging a courageous battle against creeping corporate socialism for years. If you feel like American lovers of liberty are fighting against mounting odds, you are right. Even the big money management firms like Blackrock and Vanguard are pushing the left's agenda. Whether cynics, or true believers, they are putting their agenda ahead of investors as you will learn as we explore the dirty little secret of "ESG" investing. Also in this episode: Ford Foundation's backing Black Lives Matter, the "degrowth" people behind the climate change agenda, shareholder proposals that have nothing to do with companies … and other alarming things that you need to know about. There's a lot to unpack here, and Justin and Matt are outstanding guides to this terrain. We offer several lines of action. We can push back and must.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the past decade, America's big businesses have increasingly moved to the political left. For evidence, take a look at their actions and stances on critical race theory indoctrination, vaccine mandates, radical climate change agendas, boardroom "diversity", doing business and making common cause with a hostile China, etc … on issue after issue they align with the "woke" left. Now even the Federal Reserve and the Securities Exchange Commission are weighing in to support these agendas. What does this mean for ordinary Americans, and what can be done to push back? Joining me to explore this are: Matt Schlapp, Chairman of the American Conservative Union, which sponsors CPAC, founder of Cove Strategy, and long time advisor to major corporations, and Justin Danhof, Executive Vice President of the National Center for Public Policy, who has been waging a courageous battle against creeping corporate socialism for years. If you feel like American lovers of liberty are fighting against mounting odds, you are right. Even the big money management firms like Blackrock and Vanguard are pushing the left's agenda. Whether cynics, or true believers, they are putting their agenda ahead of investors as you will learn as we explore the dirty little secret of "ESG" investing. Also in this episode: Ford Foundation's backing Black Lives Matter, the "degrowth" people behind the climate change agenda, shareholder proposals that have nothing to do with companies … and other alarming things that you need to know about. There's a lot to unpack here, and Justin and Matt are outstanding guides to this terrain. We offer several lines of action. We can push back and must.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="84205816" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS129_2021_11_18_Schlapp_Danhof.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>43:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In the past decade, America's big businesses have increasingly moved to the political left. For evidence, take a look at their actions and stances on critical race theory indoctrination, vaccine mandates, radical climate change agendas, boardroom "diversity", doing business and making common cause with a hostile China, etc … on issue after issue they align with the "woke" left. Now even the Federal Reserve and the Securities Exchange Commission are weighing in to support these agendas. What does this mean for ordinary Americans, and what can be done to push back? Joining me to explore this are: Matt Schlapp, Chairman of the American Conservative Union, which sponsors CPAC, founder of Cove Strategy, and long time advisor to major corporations, and Justin Danhof, Executive Vice President of the National Center for Public Policy, who has been waging a courageous battle against creeping corporate socialism for years. If you feel like American lovers of liberty are fighting against mounting odds, you are right. Even the big money management firms like Blackrock and Vanguard are pushing the left's agenda. Whether cynics, or true believers, they are putting their agenda ahead of investors as you will learn as we explore the dirty little secret of "ESG" investing. Also in this episode: Ford Foundation's backing Black Lives Matter, the "degrowth" people behind the climate change agenda, shareholder proposals that have nothing to do with companies … and other alarming things that you need to know about. There's a lot to unpack here, and Justin and Matt are outstanding guides to this terrain. We offer several lines of action. We can push back and must.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In the past decade, America's big businesses have increasingly moved to the political left. For evidence, take a look at their actions and stances on critical race theory indoctrination, vaccine mandates, radical climate change agendas, boardroom "diversity", doing business and making common cause with a hostile China, etc … on issue after issue they align with the "woke" left. Now even the Federal Reserve and the Securities Exchange Commission are weighing in to support these agendas. What does this mean for ordinary Americans, and what can be done to push back? Joining me to explore this are: Matt Schlapp, Chairman of the American Conservative Union, which sponsors CPAC, founder of Cove Strategy, and long time advisor to major corporations, and Justin Danhof, Executive Vice President of the National Center for Public Policy, who has been waging a courageous battle against creeping corporate socialism for years. If you feel like American lovers of liberty are fighting against mounting odds, you are right. Even the big money management firms like Blackrock and Vanguard are pushing the left's agenda. Whether cynics, or true believers, they are putting their agenda ahead of investors as you will learn as we explore the dirty little secret of "ESG" investing. Also in this episode: Ford Foundation's backing Black Lives Matter, the "degrowth" people behind the climate change agenda, shareholder proposals that have nothing to do with companies … and other alarming things that you need to know about. There's a lot to unpack here, and Justin and Matt are outstanding guides to this terrain. We offer several lines of action. We can push back and must.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 160: "An Army of Momma Bears" with Tony Perkins</title>
      <itunes:title>"An Army of Momma Bears" with Tony Perkins</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Nov 2021 15:14:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0f2df331-8160-438c-8f29-981c8f12dc5b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-160-an-army-of-momma-bears-with-tony-perkins]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>I open this show fondly quoting Shakespeare about how "one man in his time plays many parts." He could have been writing about my friend and one of my personal heroes Tony Perkins Tony's indeed a man of many extraordinary and effective parts. He's president of the Family Research Council. He's been chairman of the US Commission on International Religious Freedom and past President of the Council for National Policy. He's a syndicated radio host. He's an author of a terrific book called No Fear of New Generation Standing For Truth. He's a Baptist minister. He was a Louisiana State Representative, a TV reporter, a Marine, a policeman and when he was five years old, he led his father to Jesus. In this wide ranging conversation we talk about his journey, the importance of faith for a thriving society and economy, the threat from China, but at about 14 minutes in we get to the heart of matter. The number one thing we have to do is take back control of education in America. The lockdowns gave parents - and really forced parents - to pay attention to what their kids were being taught in the schools. They saw clearly that schools have morphed from teaching children to excel in the basics and instead are working to train "social justice" activists. And parents are revolting against the all across the country. Tony explains, "We've been working with activists across the country that are requesting documents through the FOIA requests." "My prediction is that this will eclipse the Tea Party movement of 2010 in the midterm election. Parents have had enough." The midterm 2022 election will see energized parents and families in a wholly new way. As Tony puts it, "I see this as really a... it's an army of mama bears that are being raised up across the country because if you get between a mama bear and her cubs you have a problem." Parents are given the authority and the responsibility to teach and to train their children. Now you can delegate the authority to a public school, a private school or to a tutor, but you can never delegate the responsibility. Parents are the ones ultimately responsible for the training of their children. And parents understand that. The government schools are now not working in the best interest of our children or our families. In fact, they've been driving a wedge between parent and child. That's the fundamental divide. Do you think that children should be raised by the state or do you think children should be raised by parents? Marxists say the State and our American education elite wholeheartedly agrees. Parents should just stay away from schools. Case in point, Attorney General Merrick Garland, who appeared before the Senate Judiciary Committee, and defended his memo saying that because the parents are threatening the school boards with violence, he now is instructing the FBI and all the other instruments of the Justice Department to work with local authorities to prevent parents' speech in schools. So concerned parents, and all Americans really, need to take a stand. "This is now how I close my radio program," Tony clarifies. "When you've prayed, because He says that we're to pray, and when you've taken your stand, when you've prepared and you've taken your stand, when you've done all, you stand. There is no retreat, there is no surrender, we stand firm."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I open this show fondly quoting Shakespeare about how "one man in his time plays many parts." He could have been writing about my friend and one of my personal heroes Tony Perkins Tony's indeed a man of many extraordinary and effective parts. He's president of the Family Research Council. He's been chairman of the US Commission on International Religious Freedom and past President of the Council for National Policy. He's a syndicated radio host. He's an author of a terrific book called No Fear of New Generation Standing For Truth. He's a Baptist minister. He was a Louisiana State Representative, a TV reporter, a Marine, a policeman and when he was five years old, he led his father to Jesus. In this wide ranging conversation we talk about his journey, the importance of faith for a thriving society and economy, the threat from China, but at about 14 minutes in we get to the heart of matter. The number one thing we have to do is take back control of education in America. The lockdowns gave parents - and really forced parents - to pay attention to what their kids were being taught in the schools. They saw clearly that schools have morphed from teaching children to excel in the basics and instead are working to train "social justice" activists. And parents are revolting against the all across the country. Tony explains, "We've been working with activists across the country that are requesting documents through the FOIA requests." "My prediction is that this will eclipse the Tea Party movement of 2010 in the midterm election. Parents have had enough." The midterm 2022 election will see energized parents and families in a wholly new way. As Tony puts it, "I see this as really a... it's an army of mama bears that are being raised up across the country because if you get between a mama bear and her cubs you have a problem." Parents are given the authority and the responsibility to teach and to train their children. Now you can delegate the authority to a public school, a private school or to a tutor, but you can never delegate the responsibility. Parents are the ones ultimately responsible for the training of their children. And parents understand that. The government schools are now not working in the best interest of our children or our families. In fact, they've been driving a wedge between parent and child. That's the fundamental divide. Do you think that children should be raised by the state or do you think children should be raised by parents? Marxists say the State and our American education elite wholeheartedly agrees. Parents should just stay away from schools. Case in point, Attorney General Merrick Garland, who appeared before the Senate Judiciary Committee, and defended his memo saying that because the parents are threatening the school boards with violence, he now is instructing the FBI and all the other instruments of the Justice Department to work with local authorities to prevent parents' speech in schools. So concerned parents, and all Americans really, need to take a stand. "This is now how I close my radio program," Tony clarifies. "When you've prayed, because He says that we're to pray, and when you've taken your stand, when you've prepared and you've taken your stand, when you've done all, you stand. There is no retreat, there is no surrender, we stand firm."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="119649896" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS128_2021_10_28_Perkins.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>160</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>I open this show fondly quoting Shakespeare about how "one man in his time plays many parts." He could have been writing about my friend and one of my personal heroes Tony Perkins Tony's indeed a man of many extraordinary and effective parts. He's president of the Family Research Council. He's been chairman of the US Commission on International Religious Freedom and past President of the Council for National Policy. He's a syndicated radio host. He's an author of a terrific book called No Fear of New Generation Standing For Truth. He's a Baptist minister. He was a Louisiana State Representative, a TV reporter, a Marine, a policeman and when he was five years old, he led his father to Jesus. In this wide ranging conversation we talk about his journey, the importance of faith for a thriving society and economy, the threat from China, but at about 14 minutes in we get to the heart of matter. The number one thing we have to do is take back control of education in America. The lockdowns gave parents - and really forced parents - to pay attention to what their kids were being taught in the schools. They saw clearly that schools have morphed from teaching children to excel in the basics and instead are working to train "social justice" activists. And parents are revolting against the all across the country. Tony explains, "We've been working with activists across the country that are requesting documents through the FOIA requests." "My prediction is that this will eclipse the Tea Party movement of 2010 in the midterm election. Parents have had enough." The midterm 2022 election will see energized parents and families in a wholly new way. As Tony puts it, "I see this as really a... it's an army of mama bears that are being raised up across the country because if you get between a mama bear and her cubs you have a problem." Parents are given the authority and the responsibility to teach and to train their children. Now you can delegate the authority to a public school, a private school or to a tutor, but you can never delegate the responsibility. Parents are the ones ultimately responsible for the training of their children. And parents understand that. The government schools are now not working in the best interest of our children or our families. In fact, they've been driving a wedge between parent and child. That's the fundamental divide. Do you think that children should be raised by the state or do you think children should be raised by parents? Marxists say the State and our American education elite wholeheartedly agrees. Parents should just stay away from schools. Case in point, Attorney General Merrick Garland, who appeared before the Senate Judiciary Committee, and defended his memo saying that because the parents are threatening the school boards with violence, he now is instructing the FBI and all the other instruments of the Justice Department to work with local authorities to prevent parents' speech in schools. So concerned parents, and all Americans really, need to take a stand. "This is now how I close my radio program," Tony clarifies. "When you've prayed, because He says that we're to pray, and when you've taken your stand, when you've prepared and you've taken your stand, when you've done all, you stand. There is no retreat, there is no surrender, we stand firm."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>I open this show fondly quoting Shakespeare about how "one man in his time plays many parts." He could have been writing about my friend and one of my personal heroes Tony Perkins Tony's indeed a man of many extraordinary and effective parts. He's president of the Family Research Council. He's been chairman of the US Commission on International Religious Freedom and past President of the Council for National Policy. He's a syndicated radio host. He's an author of a terrific book called No Fear of New Generation Standing For Truth. He's a Baptist minister. He was a Louisiana State Representative, a TV reporter, a Marine, a policeman and when he was five years old, he led his father to Jesus. In this wide ranging conversation we talk about his journey, the importance of faith for a thriving society and economy, the threat from China, but at about 14 minutes in we get to the heart of matter. The number one thing we have to do is take back control of education in America. The lockdowns gave parents - and really forced parents - to pay attention to what their kids were being taught in the schools. They saw clearly that schools have morphed from teaching children to excel in the basics and instead are working to train "social justice" activists. And parents are revolting against the all across the country. Tony explains, "We've been working with activists across the country that are requesting documents through the FOIA requests." "My prediction is that this will eclipse the Tea Party movement of 2010 in the midterm election. Parents have had enough." The midterm 2022 election will see energized parents and families in a wholly new way. As Tony puts it, "I see this as really a... it's an army of mama bears that are being raised up across the country because if you get between a mama bear and her cubs you have a problem." Parents are given the authority and the responsibility to teach and to train their children. Now you can delegate the authority to a public school, a private school or to a tutor, but you can never delegate the responsibility. Parents are the ones ultimately responsible for the training of their children. And parents understand that. The government schools are now not working in the best interest of our children or our families. In fact, they've been driving a wedge between parent and child. That's the fundamental divide. Do you think that children should be raised by the state or do you think children should be raised by parents? Marxists say the State and our American education elite wholeheartedly agrees. Parents should just stay away from schools. Case in point, Attorney General Merrick Garland, who appeared before the Senate Judiciary Committee, and defended his memo saying that because the parents are threatening the school boards with violence, he now is instructing the FBI and all the other instruments of the Justice Department to work with local authorities to prevent parents' speech in schools. So concerned parents, and all Americans really, need to take a stand. "This is now how I close my radio program," Tony clarifies. "When you've prayed, because He says that we're to pray, and when you've taken your stand, when you've prepared and you've taken your stand, when you've done all, you stand. There is no retreat, there is no surrender, we stand firm."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 159: "Marxism's Long March" with Mark Meckler and Eric O'Keefe</title>
      <itunes:title>"Marxism's Long March" with Mark Meckler and Eric O'Keefe</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2021 16:43:05 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[02956ea9-451d-4405-b56c-f938e78d513d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-159-marxisms-long-march-with-mark-meckler-and-eric-okeefe]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>America is waking up to the capture of our institutions by the "progressive" woke Left. Beginning with K-12 education, universities, the media, and Hollywood, it's now moved into many churches, our military and corporate boardrooms. This didn't happen overnight. In this wide ranging and thoughtful conversation with Mark Meckler and Eric O'Keefe, we explore its roots going back to an obscure Italian Marxist theorist Antonio Gramsci writing in the 1920's and his strategy to gain control of cultural institutions. Eric explains that "Gramsci called it 'the long march through the institutions.'" It took 100 years, but now it's arrived. We also look at one of the drivers of the American Revolution: the contempt that elites in London held for Americans, even the successful ones. ==== Guests: Mark Meckler, one of America's leading grassroots activists, founder of Citizens for Self Governance, Convention of States, co-founder of the Tea Party Party Patriots and interim CEO of Parler. and Eric O'Keefe who chairs the Convention of States, co-founded U.S. Term Limits and the Wisconsin Club for Growth and a long time leader in the movement to re-establish citizen control of government. ==== Of grave concern to all of us is the ability of conservatives to communicate with each other through social media. Mark shares his experience as interim CEO of Parler, the social media company which was put out of business by Amazon. "What happened to Parler is, I think much more serious than most people understand," warns Mark. "Not only was Parler taken down, all the ancillary services that are required to be alive on the web, to have a presence on the web, disappeared as well." So sue Amazon? Amazon spends over a billion dollars a year in legal fees and was utterly unconcerned by any Parler lawsuit. Another looming issue is what Mark calls the "tech stack", the complex array of "many, many more layers, another 5, 10 layers below that of technical infrastructure that's required for any business or organization to exist in any sort of scale on the web." There's a lot of importance in this episode - Eric's chilling John Doe experience after defending Scott Walker, the Convention of States, Merrick Garland's attempt to chill parents speech, ways to cut the Administrative State down to size, and more - I hope you'll find the time to listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>America is waking up to the capture of our institutions by the "progressive" woke Left. Beginning with K-12 education, universities, the media, and Hollywood, it's now moved into many churches, our military and corporate boardrooms. This didn't happen overnight. In this wide ranging and thoughtful conversation with Mark Meckler and Eric O'Keefe, we explore its roots going back to an obscure Italian Marxist theorist Antonio Gramsci writing in the 1920's and his strategy to gain control of cultural institutions. Eric explains that "Gramsci called it 'the long march through the institutions.'" It took 100 years, but now it's arrived. We also look at one of the drivers of the American Revolution: the contempt that elites in London held for Americans, even the successful ones. ==== Guests: Mark Meckler, one of America's leading grassroots activists, founder of Citizens for Self Governance, Convention of States, co-founder of the Tea Party Party Patriots and interim CEO of Parler. and Eric O'Keefe who chairs the Convention of States, co-founded U.S. Term Limits and the Wisconsin Club for Growth and a long time leader in the movement to re-establish citizen control of government. ==== Of grave concern to all of us is the ability of conservatives to communicate with each other through social media. Mark shares his experience as interim CEO of Parler, the social media company which was put out of business by Amazon. "What happened to Parler is, I think much more serious than most people understand," warns Mark. "Not only was Parler taken down, all the ancillary services that are required to be alive on the web, to have a presence on the web, disappeared as well." So sue Amazon? Amazon spends over a billion dollars a year in legal fees and was utterly unconcerned by any Parler lawsuit. Another looming issue is what Mark calls the "tech stack", the complex array of "many, many more layers, another 5, 10 layers below that of technical infrastructure that's required for any business or organization to exist in any sort of scale on the web." There's a lot of importance in this episode - Eric's chilling John Doe experience after defending Scott Walker, the Convention of States, Merrick Garland's attempt to chill parents speech, ways to cut the Administrative State down to size, and more - I hope you'll find the time to listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="100370476" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS127_2021_10_20_Okeef_Meckler.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>159</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>America is waking up to the capture of our institutions by the "progressive" woke Left. Beginning with K-12 education, universities, the media, and Hollywood, it's now moved into many churches, our military and corporate boardrooms. This didn't happen overnight. In this wide ranging and thoughtful conversation with Mark Meckler and Eric O'Keefe, we explore its roots going back to an obscure Italian Marxist theorist Antonio Gramsci writing in the 1920's and his strategy to gain control of cultural institutions. Eric explains that "Gramsci called it 'the long march through the institutions.'" It took 100 years, but now it's arrived. We also look at one of the drivers of the American Revolution: the contempt that elites in London held for Americans, even the successful ones. ==== Guests: Mark Meckler, one of America's leading grassroots activists, founder of Citizens for Self Governance, Convention of States, co-founder of the Tea Party Party Patriots and interim CEO of Parler. and Eric O'Keefe who chairs the Convention of States, co-founded U.S. Term Limits and the Wisconsin Club for Growth and a long time leader in the movement to re-establish citizen control of government. ==== Of grave concern to all of us is the ability of conservatives to communicate with each other through social media. Mark shares his experience as interim CEO of Parler, the social media company which was put out of business by Amazon. "What happened to Parler is, I think much more serious than most people understand," warns Mark. "Not only was Parler taken down, all the ancillary services that are required to be alive on the web, to have a presence on the web, disappeared as well." So sue Amazon? Amazon spends over a billion dollars a year in legal fees and was utterly unconcerned by any Parler lawsuit. Another looming issue is what Mark calls the "tech stack", the complex array of "many, many more layers, another 5, 10 layers below that of technical infrastructure that's required for any business or organization to exist in any sort of scale on the web." There's a lot of importance in this episode - Eric's chilling John Doe experience after defending Scott Walker, the Convention of States, Merrick Garland's attempt to chill parents speech, ways to cut the Administrative State down to size, and more - I hope you'll find the time to listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>America is waking up to the capture of our institutions by the "progressive" woke Left. Beginning with K-12 education, universities, the media, and Hollywood, it's now moved into many churches, our military and corporate boardrooms. This didn't happen overnight. In this wide ranging and thoughtful conversation with Mark Meckler and Eric O'Keefe, we explore its roots going back to an obscure Italian Marxist theorist Antonio Gramsci writing in the 1920's and his strategy to gain control of cultural institutions. Eric explains that "Gramsci called it 'the long march through the institutions.'" It took 100 years, but now it's arrived. We also look at one of the drivers of the American Revolution: the contempt that elites in London held for Americans, even the successful ones. ==== Guests: Mark Meckler, one of America's leading grassroots activists, founder of Citizens for Self Governance, Convention of States, co-founder of the Tea Party Party Patriots and interim CEO of Parler. and Eric O'Keefe who chairs the Convention of States, co-founded U.S. Term Limits and the Wisconsin Club for Growth and a long time leader in the movement to re-establish citizen control of government. ==== Of grave concern to all of us is the ability of conservatives to communicate with each other through social media. Mark shares his experience as interim CEO of Parler, the social media company which was put out of business by Amazon. "What happened to Parler is, I think much more serious than most people understand," warns Mark. "Not only was Parler taken down, all the ancillary services that are required to be alive on the web, to have a presence on the web, disappeared as well." So sue Amazon? Amazon spends over a billion dollars a year in legal fees and was utterly unconcerned by any Parler lawsuit. Another looming issue is what Mark calls the "tech stack", the complex array of "many, many more layers, another 5, 10 layers below that of technical infrastructure that's required for any business or organization to exist in any sort of scale on the web." There's a lot of importance in this episode - Eric's chilling John Doe experience after defending Scott Walker, the Convention of States, Merrick Garland's attempt to chill parents speech, ways to cut the Administrative State down to size, and more - I hope you'll find the time to listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 158: "After Covid: Recovering Our Liberty" with Don Boudreaux and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>"After Covid: Recovering Our Liberty" with Don Boudreaux and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 17:12:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ba628fca-0be8-45ae-ab70-8ffbc1189b09]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-158-after-covid-recovering-our-liberty-with-don-boudreaux-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It's almost two years on from the onset of the Covid virus and we know a lot now that we didn't then. Society should be healing. But we live in vitriolic and partisan times, and widespread disagreement abounds about what it was, what it is, what it isn't and how to cope with it.  Yet to those who understand how economies work, this much seems clear: governments' blunderbuss one-size-fits-all lockdowns and mandates have turned a manageable public health problem into a social, medical and economic catastrophe.  It did not have to be this way. Joining me on this episode to talk about the price we've paid and where we go from here are two of our most independent economic and social thinkers: Donald Boudreaux,  professor of economics at George Mason University, who runs the "go to" blog "Cafe Hayek" which has become a critical resource for facts about Covid and sensible response strategies. And John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, a Forbes Magazine editor and the author of "The End of Work" and "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason".   John and Don cover a lot of ground: the damage done to our civil liberties, the labor market, the politicization of "science", the madness of declaring businesses essential or non-essential, supply chains, social media censorship, how lockdowns were used to usher in the new era of mail-in ballots and how rule by experts - think Anthony Fauci - failed.  We needed leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans take the measures we used in every pandemic over the last century. Instead, we got draconian lockdowns and mandates. As Don clarifies, "No doubt, a lot of these people thought they were acting in the best interest of society, but it's completely antithetical to the principles of a free society." Listen in here as we explore how to recover our Liberty.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It's almost two years on from the onset of the Covid virus and we know a lot now that we didn't then. Society should be healing. But we live in vitriolic and partisan times, and widespread disagreement abounds about what it was, what it is, what it isn't and how to cope with it. Yet to those who understand how economies work, this much seems clear: governments' blunderbuss one-size-fits-all lockdowns and mandates have turned a manageable public health problem into a social, medical and economic catastrophe. It did not have to be this way. Joining me on this episode to talk about the price we've paid and where we go from here are two of our most independent economic and social thinkers: Donald Boudreaux, professor of economics at George Mason University, who runs the "go to" blog "Cafe Hayek" which has become a critical resource for facts about Covid and sensible response strategies. And John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, a Forbes Magazine editor and the author of "The End of Work" and "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason". John and Don cover a lot of ground: the damage done to our civil liberties, the labor market, the politicization of "science", the madness of declaring businesses essential or non-essential, supply chains, social media censorship, how lockdowns were used to usher in the new era of mail-in ballots and how rule by experts - think Anthony Fauci - failed. We needed leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans take the measures we used in every pandemic over the last century. Instead, we got draconian lockdowns and mandates. As Don clarifies, "No doubt, a lot of these people thought they were acting in the best interest of society, but it's completely antithetical to the principles of a free society." Listen in here as we explore how to recover our Liberty.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="90325136" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS126_2021_10_14_Tamny_Boudreaux.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>158</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It's almost two years on from the onset of the Covid virus and we know a lot now that we didn't then. Society should be healing. But we live in vitriolic and partisan times, and widespread disagreement abounds about what it was, what it is, what it isn't and how to cope with it.  Yet to those who understand how economies work, this much seems clear: governments' blunderbuss one-size-fits-all lockdowns and mandates have turned a manageable public health problem into a social, medical and economic catastrophe.  It did not have to be this way. Joining me on this episode to talk about the price we've paid and where we go from here are two of our most independent economic and social thinkers: Donald Boudreaux,  professor of economics at George Mason University, who runs the "go to" blog "Cafe Hayek" which has become a critical resource for facts about Covid and sensible response strategies. And John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, a Forbes Magazine editor and the author of "The End of Work" and "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason".   John and Don cover a lot of ground: the damage done to our civil liberties, the labor market, the politicization of "science", the madness of declaring businesses essential or non-essential, supply chains, social media censorship, how lockdowns were used to usher in the new era of mail-in ballots and how rule by experts - think Anthony Fauci - failed.  We needed leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans take the measures we used in every pandemic over the last century. Instead, we got draconian lockdowns and mandates. As Don clarifies, "No doubt, a lot of these people thought they were acting in the best interest of society, but it's completely antithetical to the principles of a free society." Listen in here as we explore how to recover our Liberty.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It's almost two years on from the onset of the Covid virus and we know a lot now that we didn't then. Society should be healing. But we live in vitriolic and partisan times, and widespread disagreement abounds about what it was, what it is, what it isn't and how to cope with it.  Yet to those who understand how economies work, this much seems clear: governments' blunderbuss one-size-fits-all lockdowns and mandates have turned a manageable public health problem into a social, medical and economic catastrophe.  It did not have to be this way. Joining me on this episode to talk about the price we've paid and where we go from here are two of our most independent economic and social thinkers: Donald Boudreaux,  professor of economics at George Mason University, who runs the "go to" blog "Cafe Hayek" which has become a critical resource for facts about Covid and sensible response strategies. And John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, a Forbes Magazine editor and the author of "The End of Work" and "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason".   John and Don cover a lot of ground: the damage done to our civil liberties, the labor market, the politicization of "science", the madness of declaring businesses essential or non-essential, supply chains, social media censorship, how lockdowns were used to usher in the new era of mail-in ballots and how rule by experts - think Anthony Fauci - failed.  We needed leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans take the measures we used in every pandemic over the last century. Instead, we got draconian lockdowns and mandates. As Don clarifies, "No doubt, a lot of these people thought they were acting in the best interest of society, but it's completely antithetical to the principles of a free society." Listen in here as we explore how to recover our Liberty.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 157: "Standing Up For Truth" with Kevin Hassett</title>
      <itunes:title>"Standing Up For Truth" with Kevin Hassett</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 15:18:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00d2ca83-cf93-4af1-b387-7a5c63f80f4f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-157-standing-up-for-truth-with-kevin-hassett]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>First year economics classes usually begin the semester with the principles of supply and demand.</p> <p>You learn that incentives matter and that to suggest otherwise is to betray basic principles of economics - and human nature.</p> <p>You learn that you can ignore or violate these fundamental laws, but that you cannot change them.</p> <p>You learn that throughout history the societies that have succeeded recognize and respect these economic laws - they use them to their advantage.</p> <p>Well, someone needs to get this message to progressive Democrats - and soon -  because they have become completely unmoored from economic realities.</p> <p>And their agenda will end in economic disaster. In fact, it's already happening.</p> <p>Joining me on this episode to talk about economics and his work with Donald Trump, is my old friend, Kevin Hassett, who served in the Trump administration as Senior Advisor to the President and as his Chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers. His latest book <em>The Drift</em>, analyzes America's slide into socialism and how to arrest the decline.</p> <p>Kevin shares many fascinating insights into Donald Trump's effective economic policies and his personality.</p> <p>"The public persona of Donald Trump is much, much different from what he was like when we were actually in the Oval Office or in the West Wing, working on real policy problems," Kevin shares.</p> <p>"Behind closed doors, he is an incredibly nice guy, who's very thoughtful and likes to see all the sides of the arguments."</p> <p> </p> <p>In Kevin's book, <em>The Drift</em> he goes far back into Socialism's roots.</p> <p>"Joseph Schumpeter, the famous economist, back in the 1920s, looked ahead to America's future," Kevin explains.</p> <p>"He said, the socialists are going to win. What's going to happen is capitalism's going to work for a while. And as we get really rich, we're going to send our kids to college. And the colleges are going to be basically places that indoctrinate folks to be socialists."</p> <p>"And the best universities are going to be the best socialists."</p> <p> </p> <p>It's hard to do to justice to Kevin's many brilliant insights in an email summary. So I do hope you'll join in listening to our wide ranging conversation about Trump, socialism, the internet, Marshal McLuhan, social media, and the need to stand together to get the truth out.</p> <p>"We control respectability, we control the truth. We need to have the confidence to stand up and defend capitalism because it's true and it works."</p> <p>He also shares whether he thinks Donald Trump will run for President again.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>First year economics classes usually begin the semester with the principles of supply and demand.</p> <p>You learn that incentives matter and that to suggest otherwise is to betray basic principles of economics - and human nature.</p> <p>You learn that you can ignore or violate these fundamental laws, but that you cannot change them.</p> <p>You learn that throughout history the societies that have succeeded recognize and respect these economic laws - they use them to their advantage.</p> <p>Well, someone needs to get this message to progressive Democrats - and soon - because they have become completely unmoored from economic realities.</p> <p>And their agenda will end in economic disaster. In fact, it's already happening.</p> <p>Joining me on this episode to talk about economics and his work with Donald Trump, is my old friend, Kevin Hassett, who served in the Trump administration as Senior Advisor to the President and as his Chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers. His latest book <em>The Drift</em>, analyzes America's slide into socialism and how to arrest the decline.</p> <p>Kevin shares many fascinating insights into Donald Trump's effective economic policies and his personality.</p> <p>"The public persona of Donald Trump is much, much different from what he was like when we were actually in the Oval Office or in the West Wing, working on real policy problems," Kevin shares.</p> <p>"Behind closed doors, he is an incredibly nice guy, who's very thoughtful and likes to see all the sides of the arguments."</p> <p> </p> <p>In Kevin's book, <em>The Drift</em> he goes far back into Socialism's roots.</p> <p>"Joseph Schumpeter, the famous economist, back in the 1920s, looked ahead to America's future," Kevin explains.</p> <p>"He said, the socialists are going to win. What's going to happen is capitalism's going to work for a while. And as we get really rich, we're going to send our kids to college. And the colleges are going to be basically places that indoctrinate folks to be socialists."</p> <p>"And the best universities are going to be the best socialists."</p> <p> </p> <p>It's hard to do to justice to Kevin's many brilliant insights in an email summary. So I do hope you'll join in listening to our wide ranging conversation about Trump, socialism, the internet, Marshal McLuhan, social media, and the need to stand together to get the truth out.</p> <p>"We control respectability, we control the truth. We need to have the confidence to stand up and defend capitalism because it's true and it works."</p> <p>He also shares whether he thinks Donald Trump will run for President again.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="113403736" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS121_2021_09_15_Hasset.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>157</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>First year economics classes usually begin the semester with the principles of supply and demand. You learn that incentives matter and that to suggest otherwise is to betray basic principles of economics - and human nature. You learn that you can ignore or violate these fundamental laws, but that you cannot change them. You learn that throughout history the societies that have succeeded recognize and respect these economic laws - they use them to their advantage. Well, someone needs to get this message to progressive Democrats - and soon -  because they have become completely unmoored from economic realities. And their agenda will end in economic disaster. In fact, it's already happening. Joining me on this episode to talk about economics and his work with Donald Trump, is my old friend, Kevin Hassett, who served in the Trump administration as Senior Advisor to the President and as his Chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers. His latest book The Drift, analyzes America's slide into socialism and how to arrest the decline. Kevin shares many fascinating insights into Donald Trump's effective economic policies and his personality. "The public persona of Donald Trump is much, much different from what he was like when we were actually in the Oval Office or in the West Wing, working on real policy problems," Kevin shares. "Behind closed doors, he is an incredibly nice guy, who's very thoughtful and likes to see all the sides of the arguments."   In Kevin's book, The Drift he goes far back into Socialism's roots. "Joseph Schumpeter, the famous economist, back in the 1920s, looked ahead to America's future," Kevin explains. "He said, the socialists are going to win. What's going to happen is capitalism's going to work for a while. And as we get really rich, we're going to send our kids to college. And the colleges are going to be basically places that indoctrinate folks to be socialists." "And the best universities are going to be the best socialists."   It's hard to do to justice to Kevin's many brilliant insights in an email summary. So I do hope you'll join in listening to our wide ranging conversation about Trump, socialism, the internet, Marshal McLuhan, social media, and the need to stand together to get the truth out. "We control respectability, we control the truth. We need to have the confidence to stand up and defend capitalism because it's true and it works." He also shares whether he thinks Donald Trump will run for President again.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>First year economics classes usually begin the semester with the principles of supply and demand. You learn that incentives matter and that to suggest otherwise is to betray basic principles of economics - and human nature. You learn that you can ignore or violate these fundamental laws, but that you cannot change them. You learn that throughout history the societies that have succeeded recognize and respect these economic laws - they use them to their advantage. Well, someone needs to get this message to progressive Democrats - and soon -  because they have become completely unmoored from economic realities. And their agenda will end in economic disaster. In fact, it's already happening. Joining me on this episode to talk about economics and his work with Donald Trump, is my old friend, Kevin Hassett, who served in the Trump administration as Senior Advisor to the President and as his Chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers. His latest book The Drift, analyzes America's slide into socialism and how to arrest the decline. Kevin shares many fascinating insights into Donald Trump's effective economic policies and his personality. "The public persona of Donald Trump is much, much different from what he was like when we were actually in the Oval Office or in the West Wing, working on real policy problems," Kevin shares. "Behind closed doors, he is an incredibly nice guy, who's very thoughtful and likes to see all the sides of the arguments."   In Kevin's book, The Drift he goes far back into Socialism's roots. "Joseph Schumpeter, the famous economist, back in the 1920s, looked ahead to America's future," Kevin explains. "He said, the socialists are going to win. What's going to happen is capitalism's going to work for a while. And as we get really rich, we're going to send our kids to college. And the colleges are going to be basically places that indoctrinate folks to be socialists." "And the best universities are going to be the best socialists."   It's hard to do to justice to Kevin's many brilliant insights in an email summary. So I do hope you'll join in listening to our wide ranging conversation about Trump, socialism, the internet, Marshal McLuhan, social media, and the need to stand together to get the truth out. "We control respectability, we control the truth. We need to have the confidence to stand up and defend capitalism because it's true and it works." He also shares whether he thinks Donald Trump will run for President again.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 156: "Liberty or Lockdown" with Jeffrey Tucker</title>
      <itunes:title>"Liberty or Lockdown" with Jeffrey Tucker</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Oct 2021 20:44:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e594e459-6f84-4526-8514-7bcc20c091c9]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-156liberty-or-lockdown-with-jeffrey-tucker]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It is hard to overstate the assault<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> on civil liberties we are witnessing<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> in America today.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">What began over a year and a half ago as temporary government measures to keep us safe from a virus spread from China, have now metastasized into something much more sinister, spreading to all aspects of societies around the world.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">We need to name this thing, understand what's happening to us,<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> and how to stop this threat to our freedoms.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">For some answers, in this episode I talk with Jefferey Tucker, founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of <em>Liberty or Lockdown</em>. Jeffery, a man with a serious message and mission, is a delightful and engaging raconteur who turns policy discussion into a fascinating journey into truth.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><strong>This is not an episode to skip.</strong> Some highlights from Jeffrey:</p> <p class="p1"><em>"We've dealt with pandemics in the past. In the modern age and the 20th century, we did very well intelligently. And suddenly 2020 comes along and we decided to forget everything and pursued this insane experiment in human separation, and mass management of the unmanageable. And the result has been demoralizing, and depressing, and shocking in terms of all things public health. It's contrary to all of our traditions of law, our belief in equality, and human rights, and freedom."</em></p> <p class="p1"><strong>The Role of the New York Times</strong></p> <p class="p1"><em>"On February 28, 2020, The New York Times published an op-ed by Donald J. McNeil. The title of the article was, 'To deal with the coronavirus, go medieval on it.' He said we need to reject all 20th century principles of public health where we just dealt with the pathogen, in terms of doctor patient relationships, and instead lock everybody down, shut the highways, ground the planes, freeze everybody to suffer in their disease ridden cities as if this is the Middle Ages."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></em></p> <p class="p1"><strong>The Madness of Masks</strong></p> <p class="p1"><em>"It's just awful to see these children in masks, and mandates, and people screaming at each other, get that mask over your nose, and so on and so on. It's just all nutty. The things that we've done to control this virus that we can't see, this invisible enemy, it feels mystical, and magical, and superstitious."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></em></p> <p class="p2"><em> </em><strong>The Vaccine Mandates</strong></p> <p class="p1"><em>"This is serious stuff. This isn't just get the jab and shut up. People's lives have been ruined. Academia's being purged. The military's being purged. The public sector's being purged. We're turning our government into a single party state that seems to bear a lot of the marks of what we've come to see in China."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></em></p> <p class="p1"><strong>Why We Have to Push Back</strong></p> <p class="p1"><em>"And I know this, if we do nothing, we will certainly fail, and we'll lose everything. So I'm happy to do something, whatever it is, to make a difference. And maybe we can save this. It's worth saving. Civilization is worth saving. Freedom is worth saving. Human rights means something, they built the modern world. We cannot just sit by and do nothing when we see it all unraveling before us."</em></p> <p class="p1"><strong>This episode is about one of the biggest issues of our day. Please listen in.</strong></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It is hard to overstate the assault on civil liberties we are witnessing in America today. </p> <p class="p1">What began over a year and a half ago as temporary government measures to keep us safe from a virus spread from China, have now metastasized into something much more sinister, spreading to all aspects of societies around the world. </p> <p class="p1">We need to name this thing, understand what's happening to us, and how to stop this threat to our freedoms. </p> <p class="p1">For some answers, in this episode I talk with Jefferey Tucker, founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of <em>Liberty or Lockdown</em>. Jeffery, a man with a serious message and mission, is a delightful and engaging raconteur who turns policy discussion into a fascinating journey into truth. </p> <p class="p1">This is not an episode to skip. Some highlights from Jeffrey:</p> <p class="p1"><em>"We've dealt with pandemics in the past. In the modern age and the 20th century, we did very well intelligently. And suddenly 2020 comes along and we decided to forget everything and pursued this insane experiment in human separation, and mass management of the unmanageable. And the result has been demoralizing, and depressing, and shocking in terms of all things public health. It's contrary to all of our traditions of law, our belief in equality, and human rights, and freedom."</em></p> <p class="p1">The Role of the New York Times</p> <p class="p1"><em>"On February 28, 2020, The New York Times published an op-ed by Donald J. McNeil. The title of the article was, 'To deal with the coronavirus, go medieval on it.' He said we need to reject all 20th century principles of public health where we just dealt with the pathogen, in terms of doctor patient relationships, and instead lock everybody down, shut the highways, ground the planes, freeze everybody to suffer in their disease ridden cities as if this is the Middle Ages." </em></p> <p class="p1">The Madness of Masks</p> <p class="p1"><em>"It's just awful to see these children in masks, and mandates, and people screaming at each other, get that mask over your nose, and so on and so on. It's just all nutty. The things that we've done to control this virus that we can't see, this invisible enemy, it feels mystical, and magical, and superstitious." </em></p> <p class="p2"><em> </em>The Vaccine Mandates</p> <p class="p1"><em>"This is serious stuff. This isn't just get the jab and shut up. People's lives have been ruined. Academia's being purged. The military's being purged. The public sector's being purged. We're turning our government into a single party state that seems to bear a lot of the marks of what we've come to see in China." </em></p> <p class="p1">Why We Have to Push Back</p> <p class="p1"><em>"And I know this, if we do nothing, we will certainly fail, and we'll lose everything. So I'm happy to do something, whatever it is, to make a difference. And maybe we can save this. It's worth saving. Civilization is worth saving. Freedom is worth saving. Human rights means something, they built the modern world. We cannot just sit by and do nothing when we see it all unraveling before us."</em></p> <p class="p1">This episode is about one of the biggest issues of our day. Please listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="91587766" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS125_2021_09_30_Tucker.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>156</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It is hard to overstate the assault  on civil liberties we are witnessing  in America today.  What began over a year and a half ago as temporary government measures to keep us safe from a virus spread from China, have now metastasized into something much more sinister, spreading to all aspects of societies around the world.  We need to name this thing, understand what's happening to us,  and how to stop this threat to our freedoms.  For some answers, in this episode I talk with Jefferey Tucker, founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of Liberty or Lockdown. Jeffery, a man with a serious message and mission, is a delightful and engaging raconteur who turns policy discussion into a fascinating journey into truth.  This is not an episode to skip. Some highlights from Jeffrey: "We've dealt with pandemics in the past. In the modern age and the 20th century, we did very well intelligently. And suddenly 2020 comes along and we decided to forget everything and pursued this insane experiment in human separation, and mass management of the unmanageable. And the result has been demoralizing, and depressing, and shocking in terms of all things public health. It's contrary to all of our traditions of law, our belief in equality, and human rights, and freedom." The Role of the New York Times "On February 28, 2020, The New York Times published an op-ed by Donald J. McNeil. The title of the article was, 'To deal with the coronavirus, go medieval on it.' He said we need to reject all 20th century principles of public health where we just dealt with the pathogen, in terms of doctor patient relationships, and instead lock everybody down, shut the highways, ground the planes, freeze everybody to suffer in their disease ridden cities as if this is the Middle Ages."  The Madness of Masks "It's just awful to see these children in masks, and mandates, and people screaming at each other, get that mask over your nose, and so on and so on. It's just all nutty. The things that we've done to control this virus that we can't see, this invisible enemy, it feels mystical, and magical, and superstitious."   The Vaccine Mandates "This is serious stuff. This isn't just get the jab and shut up. People's lives have been ruined. Academia's being purged. The military's being purged. The public sector's being purged. We're turning our government into a single party state that seems to bear a lot of the marks of what we've come to see in China."  Why We Have to Push Back "And I know this, if we do nothing, we will certainly fail, and we'll lose everything. So I'm happy to do something, whatever it is, to make a difference. And maybe we can save this. It's worth saving. Civilization is worth saving. Freedom is worth saving. Human rights means something, they built the modern world. We cannot just sit by and do nothing when we see it all unraveling before us." This episode is about one of the biggest issues of our day. Please listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It is hard to overstate the assault  on civil liberties we are witnessing  in America today.  What began over a year and a half ago as temporary government measures to keep us safe from a virus spread from China, have now metastasized into something much more sinister, spreading to all aspects of societies around the world.  We need to name this thing, understand what's happening to us,  and how to stop this threat to our freedoms.  For some answers, in this episode I talk with Jefferey Tucker, founder of the Brownstone Institute and author of Liberty or Lockdown. Jeffery, a man with a serious message and mission, is a delightful and engaging raconteur who turns policy discussion into a fascinating journey into truth.  This is not an episode to skip. Some highlights from Jeffrey: "We've dealt with pandemics in the past. In the modern age and the 20th century, we did very well intelligently. And suddenly 2020 comes along and we decided to forget everything and pursued this insane experiment in human separation, and mass management of the unmanageable. And the result has been demoralizing, and depressing, and shocking in terms of all things public health. It's contrary to all of our traditions of law, our belief in equality, and human rights, and freedom." The Role of the New York Times "On February 28, 2020, The New York Times published an op-ed by Donald J. McNeil. The title of the article was, 'To deal with the coronavirus, go medieval on it.' He said we need to reject all 20th century principles of public health where we just dealt with the pathogen, in terms of doctor patient relationships, and instead lock everybody down, shut the highways, ground the planes, freeze everybody to suffer in their disease ridden cities as if this is the Middle Ages."  The Madness of Masks "It's just awful to see these children in masks, and mandates, and people screaming at each other, get that mask over your nose, and so on and so on. It's just all nutty. The things that we've done to control this virus that we can't see, this invisible enemy, it feels mystical, and magical, and superstitious."   The Vaccine Mandates "This is serious stuff. This isn't just get the jab and shut up. People's lives have been ruined. Academia's being purged. The military's being purged. The public sector's being purged. We're turning our government into a single party state that seems to bear a lot of the marks of what we've come to see in China."  Why We Have to Push Back "And I know this, if we do nothing, we will certainly fail, and we'll lose everything. So I'm happy to do something, whatever it is, to make a difference. And maybe we can save this. It's worth saving. Civilization is worth saving. Freedom is worth saving. Human rights means something, they built the modern world. We cannot just sit by and do nothing when we see it all unraveling before us." This episode is about one of the biggest issues of our day. Please listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 155:  "Afghanistan, China and our Reckless Congress" with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra</title>
      <itunes:title>"Afghanistan, China and our Reckless Congress" with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 14:08:39 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e39fd844-6c5b-409b-8a62-3e272a17d0ff]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-155-afghanistan-china-and-our-reckless-congress-with-ambassador-pete-hoekstra]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we talk with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra, formerly Chair of the House Intelligence Committee and now Chairman of the Center for Security Policy Board of Advisors. </p> <p>Some of the many things we explore: </p> <ul> <li>Biden's preposterous claim that <strong><em>"America is not at war"</em></strong> seemingly oblivious to China President Xi's aggressive global ambitions.</li> <li>And the Administration may be done with the Afghanistan war, but that doesn't mean Afghanistan is done with us.  Its leaders still are driven to establish a caliphate and kill infidels, and now they have $85 billion in US military equipment to help them do it.</li> <li>While there are some differences among al Qaeda, the Taliban and ISIS-K, they agree on one important thing – they hate us and still want to destroy us.</li> <li>There's bipartisan agreement in Congress that Blinken, Milley and Austin failed us in Afghanistan. The honorable thing for them to do is resign. That's not going to happen. Another option: Congress should censure them. </li> <li>Donald Trump listened to European allies and left residual force troops behind in Syria. Biden ignored the same advice on Afghanistan. </li> <li>After Donald Trump, European heads of state, were thrilled to welcome President Biden to their club as a hoped for return to a cozier relationship. They are now furious with him over his botched withdrawal from Afghanistan. His club days are over.</li> <li>The Wuhan Virus: <em><strong>"Who in the United States would think that sending money to a military lab controlled by the Chinese Communist Party was a good idea?"</strong></em></li> <li>Government programs live forever, no matter how bad they are. For Congress, the problem has been "solved" when a bill passes. After that? It's usually downhill from there. No one cares to look back to see if the programs have worked or the money well spent. </li> </ul> <p>          For more common sense and wisdom from Pete Hoekstra, view/listen here.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode we talk with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra, formerly Chair of the House Intelligence Committee and now Chairman of the Center for Security Policy Board of Advisors. </p> <p>Some of the many things we explore: </p> <ul> <li>Biden's preposterous claim that <em>"America is not at war"</em> seemingly oblivious to China President Xi's aggressive global ambitions.</li> <li>And the Administration may be done with the Afghanistan war, but that doesn't mean Afghanistan is done with us. Its leaders still are driven to establish a caliphate and kill infidels, and now they have $85 billion in US military equipment to help them do it.</li> <li>While there are some differences among al Qaeda, the Taliban and ISIS-K, they agree on one important thing – they hate us and still want to destroy us.</li> <li>There's bipartisan agreement in Congress that Blinken, Milley and Austin failed us in Afghanistan. The honorable thing for them to do is resign. That's not going to happen. Another option: Congress should censure them. </li> <li>Donald Trump listened to European allies and left residual force troops behind in Syria. Biden ignored the same advice on Afghanistan. </li> <li>After Donald Trump, European heads of state, were thrilled to welcome President Biden to their club as a hoped for return to a cozier relationship. They are now furious with him over his botched withdrawal from Afghanistan. His club days are over.</li> <li>The Wuhan Virus: <em>"Who in the United States would think that sending money to a military lab controlled by the Chinese Communist Party was a good idea?"</em></li> <li>Government programs live forever, no matter how bad they are. For Congress, the problem has been "solved" when a bill passes. After that? It's usually downhill from there. No one cares to look back to see if the programs have worked or the money well spent. </li> </ul> <p> For more common sense and wisdom from Pete Hoekstra, view/listen here.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="105989548" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS124_2021_09_30_Hoekstra.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>43:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>155</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode we talk with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra, formerly Chair of the House Intelligence Committee and now Chairman of the Center for Security Policy Board of Advisors.  Some of the many things we explore:  Biden's preposterous claim that "America is not at war" seemingly oblivious to China President Xi's aggressive global ambitions. And the Administration may be done with the Afghanistan war, but that doesn't mean Afghanistan is done with us.  Its leaders still are driven to establish a caliphate and kill infidels, and now they have $85 billion in US military equipment to help them do it. While there are some differences among al Qaeda, the Taliban and ISIS-K, they agree on one important thing – they hate us and still want to destroy us. There's bipartisan agreement in Congress that Blinken, Milley and Austin failed us in Afghanistan. The honorable thing for them to do is resign. That's not going to happen. Another option: Congress should censure them.  Donald Trump listened to European allies and left residual force troops behind in Syria. Biden ignored the same advice on Afghanistan.  After Donald Trump, European heads of state, were thrilled to welcome President Biden to their club as a hoped for return to a cozier relationship. They are now furious with him over his botched withdrawal from Afghanistan. His club days are over. The Wuhan Virus: "Who in the United States would think that sending money to a military lab controlled by the Chinese Communist Party was a good idea?" Government programs live forever, no matter how bad they are. For Congress, the problem has been "solved" when a bill passes. After that? It's usually downhill from there. No one cares to look back to see if the programs have worked or the money well spent.            For more common sense and wisdom from Pete Hoekstra, view/listen here.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode we talk with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra, formerly Chair of the House Intelligence Committee and now Chairman of the Center for Security Policy Board of Advisors.  Some of the many things we explore:  Biden's preposterous claim that "America is not at war" seemingly oblivious to China President Xi's aggressive global ambitions. And the Administration may be done with the Afghanistan war, but that doesn't mean Afghanistan is done with us.  Its leaders still are driven to establish a caliphate and kill infidels, and now they have $85 billion in US military equipment to help them do it. While there are some differences among al Qaeda, the Taliban and ISIS-K, they agree on one important thing – they hate us and still want to destroy us. There's bipartisan agreement in Congress that Blinken, Milley and Austin failed us in Afghanistan. The honorable thing for them to do is resign. That's not going to happen. Another option: Congress should censure them.  Donald Trump listened to European allies and left residual force troops behind in Syria. Biden ignored the same advice on Afghanistan.  After Donald Trump, European heads of state, were thrilled to welcome President Biden to their club as a hoped for return to a cozier relationship. They are now furious with him over his botched withdrawal from Afghanistan. His club days are over. The Wuhan Virus: "Who in the United States would think that sending money to a military lab controlled by the Chinese Communist Party was a good idea?" Government programs live forever, no matter how bad they are. For Congress, the problem has been "solved" when a bill passes. After that? It's usually downhill from there. No one cares to look back to see if the programs have worked or the money well spent.            For more common sense and wisdom from Pete Hoekstra, view/listen here.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 154: "Restoring Our Election Integrity" with Ken Blackwell and Ken Klukowski</title>
      <itunes:title>"Restoring Our Election Integrity" with Ken Blackwell and Ken Klukowski</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 16:06:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5642c6bd-7de2-4b47-8fa3-137368802749]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-154-restoring-our-election-integrity-with-ken-blackwell-and-ken-klukowski]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Election Integrity:  Why we don't have it, how we lost it and what to do about it.   In the election of 2020 we saw a dramatic loosening of the chain of custody of ballots. We saw an indiscriminate use of mass mail-in ballots. We saw a verification process junked and pushed aside. And as a consequence, we saw major irregularities in that election.  The result: a waning confidence among voters in the integrity of our election system.  The issue is critical. If we don't get our elections right, we lose our American Republic. We lose our liberty.   Joining me on this episode are two of our leading players in the fight to restore election integrity - and co-authors of a seminal piece in the Yale Law Review "The Other Voting Right". Ken Blackwell, in his role with The Center for Election Integrity of the America First Policy Institute. And Ken Klukowski, who was senior counselor in the US Department of Justice and the Trump White House.   Right now, the Democrats in Congress are trying to push through a power grab to federalize election law and make perpetual the abuses we saw in 2020. The John Lewis Voting Rights Act (HR4) would essentially eliminate state's rights and the decentralization of power that the framers established by granting states the authority to set the time, manner, and place of elections. This Bill must not become law.   Also, in this episode we explore what the gold standard <em>should</em> be to insure election integrity.  In 2020, ballot harvesting was a big source of abuse and we talk about how Republicans in Virginia - where ballot harvesting is legal - could turn the tables on Democrats in this November's election. Listen in and learn from two of our top experts about how to restore the integrity of our elections.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Election Integrity: Why we don't have it, how we lost it and what to do about it. In the election of 2020 we saw a dramatic loosening of the chain of custody of ballots. We saw an indiscriminate use of mass mail-in ballots. We saw a verification process junked and pushed aside. And as a consequence, we saw major irregularities in that election. The result: a waning confidence among voters in the integrity of our election system. The issue is critical. If we don't get our elections right, we lose our American Republic. We lose our liberty. Joining me on this episode are two of our leading players in the fight to restore election integrity - and co-authors of a seminal piece in the Yale Law Review "The Other Voting Right". Ken Blackwell, in his role with The Center for Election Integrity of the America First Policy Institute. And Ken Klukowski, who was senior counselor in the US Department of Justice and the Trump White House. Right now, the Democrats in Congress are trying to push through a power grab to federalize election law and make perpetual the abuses we saw in 2020. The John Lewis Voting Rights Act (HR4) would essentially eliminate state's rights and the decentralization of power that the framers established by granting states the authority to set the time, manner, and place of elections. This Bill must not become law. Also, in this episode we explore what the gold standard <em>should</em> be to insure election integrity. In 2020, ballot harvesting was a big source of abuse and we talk about how Republicans in Virginia - where ballot harvesting is legal - could turn the tables on Democrats in this November's election. Listen in and learn from two of our top experts about how to restore the integrity of our elections.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="92632071" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS123_2021_09_29_Blackwell_Klukowski.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Election Integrity:  Why we don't have it, how we lost it and what to do about it.   In the election of 2020 we saw a dramatic loosening of the chain of custody of ballots. We saw an indiscriminate use of mass mail-in ballots. We saw a verification process junked and pushed aside. And as a consequence, we saw major irregularities in that election.  The result: a waning confidence among voters in the integrity of our election system.  The issue is critical. If we don't get our elections right, we lose our American Republic. We lose our liberty.   Joining me on this episode are two of our leading players in the fight to restore election integrity - and co-authors of a seminal piece in the Yale Law Review "The Other Voting Right". Ken Blackwell, in his role with The Center for Election Integrity of the America First Policy Institute. And Ken Klukowski, who was senior counselor in the US Department of Justice and the Trump White House.   Right now, the Democrats in Congress are trying to push through a power grab to federalize election law and make perpetual the abuses we saw in 2020. The John Lewis Voting Rights Act (HR4) would essentially eliminate state's rights and the decentralization of power that the framers established by granting states the authority to set the time, manner, and place of elections. This Bill must not become law.   Also, in this episode we explore what the gold standard should be to insure election integrity.  In 2020, ballot harvesting was a big source of abuse and we talk about how Republicans in Virginia - where ballot harvesting is legal - could turn the tables on Democrats in this November's election. Listen in and learn from two of our top experts about how to restore the integrity of our elections.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Election Integrity:  Why we don't have it, how we lost it and what to do about it.   In the election of 2020 we saw a dramatic loosening of the chain of custody of ballots. We saw an indiscriminate use of mass mail-in ballots. We saw a verification process junked and pushed aside. And as a consequence, we saw major irregularities in that election.  The result: a waning confidence among voters in the integrity of our election system.  The issue is critical. If we don't get our elections right, we lose our American Republic. We lose our liberty.   Joining me on this episode are two of our leading players in the fight to restore election integrity - and co-authors of a seminal piece in the Yale Law Review "The Other Voting Right". Ken Blackwell, in his role with The Center for Election Integrity of the America First Policy Institute. And Ken Klukowski, who was senior counselor in the US Department of Justice and the Trump White House.   Right now, the Democrats in Congress are trying to push through a power grab to federalize election law and make perpetual the abuses we saw in 2020. The John Lewis Voting Rights Act (HR4) would essentially eliminate state's rights and the decentralization of power that the framers established by granting states the authority to set the time, manner, and place of elections. This Bill must not become law.   Also, in this episode we explore what the gold standard should be to insure election integrity.  In 2020, ballot harvesting was a big source of abuse and we talk about how Republicans in Virginia - where ballot harvesting is legal - could turn the tables on Democrats in this November's election. Listen in and learn from two of our top experts about how to restore the integrity of our elections.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 153: "Our Dunkirk Moment" with Steve Moore</title>
      <itunes:title>"Our Dunkirk Moment" with Steve Moore</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 14:37:13 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d23e6365-39f6-4e44-8d4a-0daa85725470]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-153-our-dunkirk-moment-with-steve-moore]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">The Reconciliation Bill, which Congress is rushing to pass in a matter of days, will push America over the brink into financial and social catastrophe. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is hellbent on this as her legacy project to turn the U.S. into a European entitlement state.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">No one can explain what is at stake more plainly than economist Steve Moore, my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show:</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"This Reconciliation Bill, and by the way, do not call it a $3.5 trillion spending bill, this is $5 trillion on top of the $2 trillion they spent earlier this year, on top of the $6 trillion budget that they are passing and on top of the broad $1 trillion infrastructure bill."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"You add it up, in one year, Congress is authorizing $12 trillion of spending, which is more money than the United States government spent to finance the Revolutionary War, the Civil War, World War I, World War II, the moon landing, the transcontinental railroad and the interstate highway system."</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"We are on the beaches (of Dunkirk), we need reinforcements. The Left is surrounding us. They have control. They own Washington right now. They have the White House, they have the Senate, they have the House. They're trying to bulldoze the most left wing agenda in the history of the United States through Congress with a one seat majority in the Senate and a five seat majority in the House of Representatives."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"This Bill is meant to transform America," says Joe Biden.</span> <span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">It's hard to overstate how bad this legislation is. Even the U.S. Chamber of Commerce urges its defeat. "This reconciliation bill is effectively 100 bills in one representing every big government idea that's never been able to pass in Congress. It's an existential threat to America's fragile economic recovery and future prosperity."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Listen in to learn what is at stake and what we can hope to do to stop it.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">The Reconciliation Bill, which Congress is rushing to pass in a matter of days, will push America over the brink into financial and social catastrophe. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is hellbent on this as her legacy project to turn the U.S. into a European entitlement state. </p> <p class="p1">No one can explain what is at stake more plainly than economist Steve Moore, my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show:</p> <p class="p1">"This Reconciliation Bill, and by the way, do not call it a $3.5 trillion spending bill, this is $5 trillion on top of the $2 trillion they spent earlier this year, on top of the $6 trillion budget that they are passing and on top of the broad $1 trillion infrastructure bill."</p> <p class="p1">"You add it up, in one year, Congress is authorizing $12 trillion of spending, which is more money than the United States government spent to finance the Revolutionary War, the Civil War, World War I, World War II, the moon landing, the transcontinental railroad and the interstate highway system." </p> <p class="p1">"We are on the beaches (of Dunkirk), we need reinforcements. The Left is surrounding us. They have control. They own Washington right now. They have the White House, they have the Senate, they have the House. They're trying to bulldoze the most left wing agenda in the history of the United States through Congress with a one seat majority in the Senate and a five seat majority in the House of Representatives."</p> <p class="p1">"This Bill is meant to transform America," says Joe Biden. </p> <p class="p1">It's hard to overstate how bad this legislation is. Even the U.S. Chamber of Commerce urges its defeat. "This reconciliation bill is effectively 100 bills in one representing every big government idea that's never been able to pass in Congress. It's an existential threat to America's fragile economic recovery and future prosperity."</p> <p class="p1">Listen in to learn what is at stake and what we can hope to do to stop it.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="71437148" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS122_2021_09_22_Moore.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Reconciliation Bill, which Congress is rushing to pass in a matter of days, will push America over the brink into financial and social catastrophe. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is hellbent on this as her legacy project to turn the U.S. into a European entitlement state.  No one can explain what is at stake more plainly than economist Steve Moore, my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show: "This Reconciliation Bill, and by the way, do not call it a $3.5 trillion spending bill, this is $5 trillion on top of the $2 trillion they spent earlier this year, on top of the $6 trillion budget that they are passing and on top of the broad $1 trillion infrastructure bill." "You add it up, in one year, Congress is authorizing $12 trillion of spending, which is more money than the United States government spent to finance the Revolutionary War, the Civil War, World War I, World War II, the moon landing, the transcontinental railroad and the interstate highway system."  "We are on the beaches (of Dunkirk), we need reinforcements. The Left is surrounding us. They have control. They own Washington right now. They have the White House, they have the Senate, they have the House. They're trying to bulldoze the most left wing agenda in the history of the United States through Congress with a one seat majority in the Senate and a five seat majority in the House of Representatives." "This Bill is meant to transform America," says Joe Biden.   It's hard to overstate how bad this legislation is. Even the U.S. Chamber of Commerce urges its defeat. "This reconciliation bill is effectively 100 bills in one representing every big government idea that's never been able to pass in Congress. It's an existential threat to America's fragile economic recovery and future prosperity." Listen in to learn what is at stake and what we can hope to do to stop it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Reconciliation Bill, which Congress is rushing to pass in a matter of days, will push America over the brink into financial and social catastrophe. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is hellbent on this as her legacy project to turn the U.S. into a European entitlement state.  No one can explain what is at stake more plainly than economist Steve Moore, my guest on this episode of The Bill Walton Show: "This Reconciliation Bill, and by the way, do not call it a $3.5 trillion spending bill, this is $5 trillion on top of the $2 trillion they spent earlier this year, on top of the $6 trillion budget that they are passing and on top of the broad $1 trillion infrastructure bill." "You add it up, in one year, Congress is authorizing $12 trillion of spending, which is more money than the United States government spent to finance the Revolutionary War, the Civil War, World War I, World War II, the moon landing, the transcontinental railroad and the interstate highway system."  "We are on the beaches (of Dunkirk), we need reinforcements. The Left is surrounding us. They have control. They own Washington right now. They have the White House, they have the Senate, they have the House. They're trying to bulldoze the most left wing agenda in the history of the United States through Congress with a one seat majority in the Senate and a five seat majority in the House of Representatives." "This Bill is meant to transform America," says Joe Biden.   It's hard to overstate how bad this legislation is. Even the U.S. Chamber of Commerce urges its defeat. "This reconciliation bill is effectively 100 bills in one representing every big government idea that's never been able to pass in Congress. It's an existential threat to America's fragile economic recovery and future prosperity." Listen in to learn what is at stake and what we can hope to do to stop it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 152: "The Administrative State vs Our Civil Liberties" with Phillip Hamburger and Jenin Younes</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Administrative State vs Our Civil Liberties" with Phillip Hamburger and Jenin Younes</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 12:25:26 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee45db32-df2d-44a9-a915-26297ef7dfa1]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-152-the-administrative-state-vs-our-civil-liberties-with-phillip-hamburger-and-jenin-younes]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">Joe Biden has mandated that businesses with more than 100 employees require every worker to be vaccinated or face weekly testing. It's estimated this will impact over 80 million people or almost two thirds of the country's workforce.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Setting aside his dictatorial and offensive tone, does Joe Biden really have the power to do this or is it that under the guise of "keeping us safe," federal state and local governments have trampled our constitutional rights with draconian regulations and emergency orders with arbitrary executive decrees?</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">This points towards even a bigger threat to our freedoms: an enormous and growing Administrative State and its threat to every American's constitutional rights.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">With me on this episode is Phillip Hamburger, the founder of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, a scholar of constitutional law whose contributions are unrivaled by any US legal scholar in driving the national debate on the first amendment, government administrative power, and the separation of church and state.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Also joining me is one of our favorite returning guests, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, and a former public defender. After seeing governments throughout the nation violate human rights and civil liberties in their ostensible effort to mitigate the virus, she's now joined the fight against lockdowns and related policies.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">There's a lot to unpack here, including</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class="s1">a troubling statistic that 58% of Americans appear to approve a federal mandate. Would they, if they knew how throughout history "emergencies" have been used to steadily erode all the rest of their freedoms?</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Listen in to learn about the totalitarian drift of an Administrative State's "rule by experts."</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Joe Biden has mandated that businesses with more than 100 employees require every worker to be vaccinated or face weekly testing. It's estimated this will impact over 80 million people or almost two thirds of the country's workforce. </p> <p class="p1">Setting aside his dictatorial and offensive tone, does Joe Biden really have the power to do this or is it that under the guise of "keeping us safe," federal state and local governments have trampled our constitutional rights with draconian regulations and emergency orders with arbitrary executive decrees?</p> <p class="p1">This points towards even a bigger threat to our freedoms: an enormous and growing Administrative State and its threat to every American's constitutional rights. </p> <p class="p1">With me on this episode is Phillip Hamburger, the founder of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, a scholar of constitutional law whose contributions are unrivaled by any US legal scholar in driving the national debate on the first amendment, government administrative power, and the separation of church and state. </p> <p class="p1">Also joining me is one of our favorite returning guests, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, and a former public defender. After seeing governments throughout the nation violate human rights and civil liberties in their ostensible effort to mitigate the virus, she's now joined the fight against lockdowns and related policies.</p> <p class="p1">There's a lot to unpack here, including a troubling statistic that 58% of Americans appear to approve a federal mandate. Would they, if they knew how throughout history "emergencies" have been used to steadily erode all the rest of their freedoms?</p> <p class="p1">Listen in to learn about the totalitarian drift of an Administrative State's "rule by experts."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="118514265" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS120_2021_09_14_Hamburger_Younes.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Joe Biden has mandated that businesses with more than 100 employees require every worker to be vaccinated or face weekly testing. It's estimated this will impact over 80 million people or almost two thirds of the country's workforce.  Setting aside his dictatorial and offensive tone, does Joe Biden really have the power to do this or is it that under the guise of "keeping us safe," federal state and local governments have trampled our constitutional rights with draconian regulations and emergency orders with arbitrary executive decrees? This points towards even a bigger threat to our freedoms: an enormous and growing Administrative State and its threat to every American's constitutional rights.  With me on this episode is Phillip Hamburger, the founder of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, a scholar of constitutional law whose contributions are unrivaled by any US legal scholar in driving the national debate on the first amendment, government administrative power, and the separation of church and state.  Also joining me is one of our favorite returning guests, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, and a former public defender. After seeing governments throughout the nation violate human rights and civil liberties in their ostensible effort to mitigate the virus, she's now joined the fight against lockdowns and related policies. There's a lot to unpack here, including  a troubling statistic that 58% of Americans appear to approve a federal mandate. Would they, if they knew how throughout history "emergencies" have been used to steadily erode all the rest of their freedoms? Listen in to learn about the totalitarian drift of an Administrative State's "rule by experts."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Joe Biden has mandated that businesses with more than 100 employees require every worker to be vaccinated or face weekly testing. It's estimated this will impact over 80 million people or almost two thirds of the country's workforce.  Setting aside his dictatorial and offensive tone, does Joe Biden really have the power to do this or is it that under the guise of "keeping us safe," federal state and local governments have trampled our constitutional rights with draconian regulations and emergency orders with arbitrary executive decrees? This points towards even a bigger threat to our freedoms: an enormous and growing Administrative State and its threat to every American's constitutional rights.  With me on this episode is Phillip Hamburger, the founder of the New Civil Liberties Alliance, a scholar of constitutional law whose contributions are unrivaled by any US legal scholar in driving the national debate on the first amendment, government administrative power, and the separation of church and state.  Also joining me is one of our favorite returning guests, Jenin Younes, litigation counsel for the New Civil Liberties Alliance, and a former public defender. After seeing governments throughout the nation violate human rights and civil liberties in their ostensible effort to mitigate the virus, she's now joined the fight against lockdowns and related policies. There's a lot to unpack here, including  a troubling statistic that 58% of Americans appear to approve a federal mandate. Would they, if they knew how throughout history "emergencies" have been used to steadily erode all the rest of their freedoms? Listen in to learn about the totalitarian drift of an Administrative State's "rule by experts."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 147 Part 2: "Ahead of the Curve" with John Mauldin</title>
      <itunes:title>"Ahead of the Curve" with John Mauldin</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 15:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c5f090ca-c07d-4ab9-8e40-326faf71b19d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-147-part-2-ahead-of-the-curve-with-john-mauldin]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">In this Part 2 of my show with John Mauldin, we range far and wide peering into an optimistic future for humanity.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Near term, things look pretty bleak, but when you step back and look at the innovations and technologies that will end up enhancing and prolonging human life, the future holds a lot of promise. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty in the past 50 years.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Some excerpts:</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">We're living in a financial bubble and a massive bubble of government promises that can never be fulfilled.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">"I see a reset ahead when these bubbles burst, and it will be a tough adjustment," explains John</span></li> <li class="li3">"It's<span class="s1"> not riding the tiger that's the problem, it's the dismount."</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">"My job as an investment manager, as an economic thinker and writer, is to help my clients get through to the other side. What can you do?</span><span class= "apple-converted-space">  </span><span class="s1">There are things that we can do and great companies that are still going to thriving on the other side of the great reset."</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">There's a lot to be excited about and we can count on entrepreneurs, human ingenuity and technological innovation to create solutions.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">"There's a 95% chance that a 25 year old today will live to be 150 years old."</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">Matt Ridley's notion that ideas have sex, creating ever more ideas.</span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">With China's demographic crisis and Xi shutting down its markets and entrepreneurs, it's possible that we look back 10 years from now and say, that kind of looks like Japan.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">The next decade will be the decade of biotechnological transformation.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></li> <li class="li3"><span class="s1">Gerontology research into something called induced tissue regeneration could be the "fountain of middle age."</span></li> <li class="li3">Why promising companies no longer want to go public, how this hurts the average investor and what we should do about it.</li> <li class="li3">And rule one: don't invest in something you do not understand.</li> </ul> <p class="p3"><span class="s1">There's a reason John's newsletter <em>Thoughts From the Frontline</em> has over a million subscribers. He's truly ahead of curve. Listen in for his many intriguing speculations about our future.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">In this Part 2 of my show with John Mauldin, we range far and wide peering into an optimistic future for humanity. </p> <p class="p1">Near term, things look pretty bleak, but when you step back and look at the innovations and technologies that will end up enhancing and prolonging human life, the future holds a lot of promise. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty in the past 50 years.</p> <p class="p1">Some excerpts: </p> <ul type="disc"> <li class="li3">We're living in a financial bubble and a massive bubble of government promises that can never be fulfilled. </li> <li class="li3">"I see a reset ahead when these bubbles burst, and it will be a tough adjustment," explains John</li> <li class="li3">"It's not riding the tiger that's the problem, it's the dismount." </li> <li class="li3">"My job as an investment manager, as an economic thinker and writer, is to help my clients get through to the other side. What can you do? There are things that we can do and great companies that are still going to thriving on the other side of the great reset."</li> <li class="li3">There's a lot to be excited about and we can count on entrepreneurs, human ingenuity and technological innovation to create solutions.</li> <li class="li3">"There's a 95% chance that a 25 year old today will live to be 150 years old."</li> <li class="li3">Matt Ridley's notion that ideas have sex, creating ever more ideas.</li> <li class="li3">With China's demographic crisis and Xi shutting down its markets and entrepreneurs, it's possible that we look back 10 years from now and say, that kind of looks like Japan. </li> <li class="li3">The next decade will be the decade of biotechnological transformation. </li> <li class="li3">Gerontology research into something called induced tissue regeneration could be the "fountain of middle age."</li> <li class="li3">Why promising companies no longer want to go public, how this hurts the average investor and what we should do about it.</li> <li class="li3">And rule one: don't invest in something you do not understand.</li> </ul> <p class="p3">There's a reason John's newsletter <em>Thoughts From the Frontline</em> has over a million subscribers. He's truly ahead of curve. Listen in for his many intriguing speculations about our future. </p> <p class="p2"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="106643729" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS117_2021_08_11_Mauldin_Pt2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this Part 2 of my show with John Mauldin, we range far and wide peering into an optimistic future for humanity.  Near term, things look pretty bleak, but when you step back and look at the innovations and technologies that will end up enhancing and prolonging human life, the future holds a lot of promise. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty in the past 50 years. Some excerpts:  We're living in a financial bubble and a massive bubble of government promises that can never be fulfilled.  "I see a reset ahead when these bubbles burst, and it will be a tough adjustment," explains John "It's not riding the tiger that's the problem, it's the dismount."  "My job as an investment manager, as an economic thinker and writer, is to help my clients get through to the other side. What can you do?  There are things that we can do and great companies that are still going to thriving on the other side of the great reset." There's a lot to be excited about and we can count on entrepreneurs, human ingenuity and technological innovation to create solutions. "There's a 95% chance that a 25 year old today will live to be 150 years old." Matt Ridley's notion that ideas have sex, creating ever more ideas. With China's demographic crisis and Xi shutting down its markets and entrepreneurs, it's possible that we look back 10 years from now and say, that kind of looks like Japan.  The next decade will be the decade of biotechnological transformation.  Gerontology research into something called induced tissue regeneration could be the "fountain of middle age." Why promising companies no longer want to go public, how this hurts the average investor and what we should do about it. And rule one: don't invest in something you do not understand. There's a reason John's newsletter Thoughts From the Frontline has over a million subscribers. He's truly ahead of curve. Listen in for his many intriguing speculations about our future.   </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this Part 2 of my show with John Mauldin, we range far and wide peering into an optimistic future for humanity.  Near term, things look pretty bleak, but when you step back and look at the innovations and technologies that will end up enhancing and prolonging human life, the future holds a lot of promise. Billions of people have been lifted out of poverty in the past 50 years. Some excerpts:  We're living in a financial bubble and a massive bubble of government promises that can never be fulfilled.  "I see a reset ahead when these bubbles burst, and it will be a tough adjustment," explains John "It's not riding the tiger that's the problem, it's the dismount."  "My job as an investment manager, as an economic thinker and writer, is to help my clients get through to the other side. What can you do?  There are things that we can do and great companies that are still going to thriving on the other side of the great reset." There's a lot to be excited about and we can count on entrepreneurs, human ingenuity and technological innovation to create solutions. "There's a 95% chance that a 25 year old today will live to be 150 years old." Matt Ridley's notion that ideas have sex, creating ever more ideas. With China's demographic crisis and Xi shutting down its markets and entrepreneurs, it's possible that we look back 10 years from now and say, that kind of looks like Japan.  The next decade will be the decade of biotechnological transformation.  Gerontology research into something called induced tissue regeneration could be the "fountain of middle age." Why promising companies no longer want to go public, how this hurts the average investor and what we should do about it. And rule one: don't invest in something you do not understand. There's a reason John's newsletter Thoughts From the Frontline has over a million subscribers. He's truly ahead of curve. Listen in for his many intriguing speculations about our future.   </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 151: "The Afghanistan Debacle:  What it Means for Americans" with Dr Stephen Bryen and Kyle Shideler</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Afghanistan Debacle:  What it Means for Americans"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 16:31:35 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e7784384-2ba7-4992-9bc8-762a1dd4f9e2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-afghanistan-debacle-what-it-means-for-americans-with-dr-stephen-bryen-and-kyle-shideler]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">The Afghanistan debacle.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">An in-depth look at its implications with Dr Stephen Bryen, Senior Fellow at the American Center for Democracy and Kyle Shideler, Director and Senior Analyst for the Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, both with the Center for Security Policy. </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">So many questions. Why did we leave so precipitously? Who was behind it? Where do we go from here?</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Why, when President Trump proposed withdrawing US troops, did the US military tell him that was a bad idea and that they wouldn't do it.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">But then, when Mr. Biden announced a complete pullout and retreat, there wasn't a word from the Pentagon saying we shouldn't do it.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">In fact, they embraced it.</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">And now Biden has the audacity to blame Trump for something he never did.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">What does this means for future of the United States? What was in our national interest by cutting and running from Afghanistan?</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span><span class="s1">The Taliban now have enough arms, including all the equipment that we left behind that it's larger now than seven or eight European states and Ukraine.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Look at a map. China is eyeing the $1 trillion of minerals and wealth in Afghanistan that could be exploited. The Turks want the Kabul airport and Bagram Air Base. Russia is eager to court the Taliban.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span><span class="s1">And Iran, who Obama and Biden want to replace the United States in the Middle East, is now back in the picture.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Biden's intentions?</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p3"><span class="s2">"</span>We are in the middle of a major strategic retreat," say Dr Bryen, "Not only in Afghanistan, but everywhere in the Middle East and the Pacific."</p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">For the first time ever, the Biden Administration directed our office of the Director of National Intelligence to do reports on domestic threats, not international threats.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"I think there is definitely something about the Biden administration," says Kyle Shideler,</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> <span class="s1">"that they see actual enemies abroad as friends and they see fellow countrymen who disagree with them as enemies."</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">So does Biden have no foreign policy?</span><span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">"No, he has a foreign policy," explains Stephen Bryen, "retreat from obligations to our allies and former allies as much as possible, line up with Iran and then find a way to make a deal with the Chinese. I think that's coming. I think we'd be fools not to realize that he's going to sell us out in China."</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Strong words. But after you listen to this, I think you will agree.</span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">The Afghanistan debacle. </p> <p class="p1">An in-depth look at its implications with Dr Stephen Bryen, Senior Fellow at the American Center for Democracy and Kyle Shideler, Director and Senior Analyst for the Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, both with the Center for Security Policy. </p> <p class="p1">So many questions. Why did we leave so precipitously? Who was behind it? Where do we go from here? </p> <p class="p1">Why, when President Trump proposed withdrawing US troops, did the US military tell him that was a bad idea and that they wouldn't do it. </p> <p class="p1">But then, when Mr. Biden announced a complete pullout and retreat, there wasn't a word from the Pentagon saying we shouldn't do it. </p> <p class="p1">In fact, they embraced it. </p> <p class="p1">And now Biden has the audacity to blame Trump for something he never did.</p> <p class="p1">What does this means for future of the United States? What was in our national interest by cutting and running from Afghanistan? </p> <p class="p1"> The Taliban now have enough arms, including all the equipment that we left behind that it's larger now than seven or eight European states and Ukraine. </p> <p class="p1">Look at a map. China is eyeing the $1 trillion of minerals and wealth in Afghanistan that could be exploited. The Turks want the Kabul airport and Bagram Air Base. Russia is eager to court the Taliban. </p> <p class="p1"> And Iran, who Obama and Biden want to replace the United States in the Middle East, is now back in the picture. </p> <p class="p1">Biden's intentions? </p> <p class="p3">"We are in the middle of a major strategic retreat," say Dr Bryen, "Not only in Afghanistan, but everywhere in the Middle East and the Pacific."</p> <p class="p1">For the first time ever, the Biden Administration directed our office of the Director of National Intelligence to do reports on domestic threats, not international threats.</p> <p class="p1">"I think there is definitely something about the Biden administration," says Kyle Shideler, "that they see actual enemies abroad as friends and they see fellow countrymen who disagree with them as enemies."</p> <p class="p1">So does Biden have no foreign policy? </p> <p class="p1">"No, he has a foreign policy," explains Stephen Bryen, "retreat from obligations to our allies and former allies as much as possible, line up with Iran and then find a way to make a deal with the Chinese. I think that's coming. I think we'd be fools not to realize that he's going to sell us out in China." </p> <p class="p1">Strong words. But after you listen to this, I think you will agree.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="122110262" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS119_2021_09_01_Shideler_Bryen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Afghanistan debacle.  An in-depth look at its implications with Dr Stephen Bryen, Senior Fellow at the American Center for Democracy and Kyle Shideler, Director and Senior Analyst for the Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, both with the Center for Security Policy.  So many questions. Why did we leave so precipitously? Who was behind it? Where do we go from here?  Why, when President Trump proposed withdrawing US troops, did the US military tell him that was a bad idea and that they wouldn't do it.  But then, when Mr. Biden announced a complete pullout and retreat, there wasn't a word from the Pentagon saying we shouldn't do it.  In fact, they embraced it.  And now Biden has the audacity to blame Trump for something he never did. What does this means for future of the United States? What was in our national interest by cutting and running from Afghanistan?   The Taliban now have enough arms, including all the equipment that we left behind that it's larger now than seven or eight European states and Ukraine.  Look at a map. China is eyeing the $1 trillion of minerals and wealth in Afghanistan that could be exploited. The Turks want the Kabul airport and Bagram Air Base. Russia is eager to court the Taliban.   And Iran, who Obama and Biden want to replace the United States in the Middle East, is now back in the picture.  Biden's intentions?  "We are in the middle of a major strategic retreat," say Dr Bryen, "Not only in Afghanistan, but everywhere in the Middle East and the Pacific." For the first time ever, the Biden Administration directed our office of the Director of National Intelligence to do reports on domestic threats, not international threats. "I think there is definitely something about the Biden administration," says Kyle Shideler,  "that they see actual enemies abroad as friends and they see fellow countrymen who disagree with them as enemies." So does Biden have no foreign policy?  "No, he has a foreign policy," explains Stephen Bryen, "retreat from obligations to our allies and former allies as much as possible, line up with Iran and then find a way to make a deal with the Chinese. I think that's coming. I think we'd be fools not to realize that he's going to sell us out in China."  Strong words. But after you listen to this, I think you will agree.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Afghanistan debacle.  An in-depth look at its implications with Dr Stephen Bryen, Senior Fellow at the American Center for Democracy and Kyle Shideler, Director and Senior Analyst for the Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, both with the Center for Security Policy.  So many questions. Why did we leave so precipitously? Who was behind it? Where do we go from here?  Why, when President Trump proposed withdrawing US troops, did the US military tell him that was a bad idea and that they wouldn't do it.  But then, when Mr. Biden announced a complete pullout and retreat, there wasn't a word from the Pentagon saying we shouldn't do it.  In fact, they embraced it.  And now Biden has the audacity to blame Trump for something he never did. What does this means for future of the United States? What was in our national interest by cutting and running from Afghanistan?   The Taliban now have enough arms, including all the equipment that we left behind that it's larger now than seven or eight European states and Ukraine.  Look at a map. China is eyeing the $1 trillion of minerals and wealth in Afghanistan that could be exploited. The Turks want the Kabul airport and Bagram Air Base. Russia is eager to court the Taliban.   And Iran, who Obama and Biden want to replace the United States in the Middle East, is now back in the picture.  Biden's intentions?  "We are in the middle of a major strategic retreat," say Dr Bryen, "Not only in Afghanistan, but everywhere in the Middle East and the Pacific." For the first time ever, the Biden Administration directed our office of the Director of National Intelligence to do reports on domestic threats, not international threats. "I think there is definitely something about the Biden administration," says Kyle Shideler,  "that they see actual enemies abroad as friends and they see fellow countrymen who disagree with them as enemies." So does Biden have no foreign policy?  "No, he has a foreign policy," explains Stephen Bryen, "retreat from obligations to our allies and former allies as much as possible, line up with Iran and then find a way to make a deal with the Chinese. I think that's coming. I think we'd be fools not to realize that he's going to sell us out in China."  Strong words. But after you listen to this, I think you will agree.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 150: The TBWS Brain Trust : "Afghanistan, what a Catastrophe"</title>
      <itunes:title>The TBWS Brain Trust : "Afghanistan, what a Catastrophe"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Sep 2021 10:47:54 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ac349345-667b-41ae-81e7-e48530e9f4e0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-150-the-tbws-brain-trust-afghanistan-what-a-catastrophe]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It's on everybody's mind right now. Emotions are raw.</p> <ul> <li> <ul> <li><strong><em>What were we doing there?</em></strong></li> <li><strong><em>Where we're going to go from here?</em></strong></li> <li><strong><em>What this means for the country, and the rest of the world, going forward, since we cannot trust this Administration's leadership to protect America.</em></strong></li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>With me for some plain talk about this are some of my brain trust, the smart people involved with The Bill Walton Show. Today we've got Rich McFadden, Greg Corombos and Brian McNicoll.</p> <p>We get into what we're all seeing and feeling and what we think's going to happen next. Some predictions, mostly questions.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It's on everybody's mind right now. Emotions are raw.</p> <ul> <li> <ul> <li><em>What were we doing there?</em></li> <li><em>Where we're going to go from here?</em></li> <li><em>What this means for the country, and the rest of the world, going forward, since we cannot trust this Administration's leadership to protect America.</em></li> </ul> </li> </ul> <p>With me for some plain talk about this are some of my brain trust, the smart people involved with The Bill Walton Show. Today we've got Rich McFadden, Greg Corombos and Brian McNicoll.</p> <p>We get into what we're all seeing and feeling and what we think's going to happen next. Some predictions, mostly questions.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44812566" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/The_Team_Episode_150_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>150</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It's on everybody's mind right now. Emotions are raw. What were we doing there? Where we're going to go from here? What this means for the country, and the rest of the world, going forward, since we cannot trust this Administration's leadership to protect America. With me for some plain talk about this are some of my brain trust, the smart people involved with The Bill Walton Show. Today we've got Rich McFadden, Greg Corombos and Brian McNicoll. We get into what we're all seeing and feeling and what we think's going to happen next. Some predictions, mostly questions.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It's on everybody's mind right now. Emotions are raw. What were we doing there? Where we're going to go from here? What this means for the country, and the rest of the world, going forward, since we cannot trust this Administration's leadership to protect America. With me for some plain talk about this are some of my brain trust, the smart people involved with The Bill Walton Show. Today we've got Rich McFadden, Greg Corombos and Brian McNicoll. We get into what we're all seeing and feeling and what we think's going to happen next. Some predictions, mostly questions.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 149: "Why America Must Remain the World's Preeminent Seapower" with Russ Vought and Arthur Herman</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 149: "Why America Must Remain the World's Preeminent Seapower" with Russ Vought and Arthur Herman</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 15:17:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f1d4bd44-b4ca-43d5-977f-d5a25dd236b0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-149-why-america-must-remain-the-worlds-preeminent-seapower-with-russ-vought-and-arthur-herman]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1"><span class="s1">After decades of cuts to shipbuilding and maintenance, the United States Navy has been stripped down to a fleet barely larger than it was 100 years ago, in 1916.</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Meanwhile, China has dramatically increased its spending on its Navy, as well as on its Air Force, cyberspace and electronic warfare capabilities. Alarmingly, Beijing is building islands in the South China Sea, threatening trade routes and menacing allies.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">President Trump made it a priority to expand the American "blue water" fleet to 355 battle-force ships. His plan would have increased shipbuilding by only $6.7 billion and would have launched us on a trajectory to protect America's maritime supremacy.</span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">Shortly after taking office, Joe Biden slashed this from his budget.</span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">With me to explore this and many other national defense concerns - in a fascinating, wide-ranging and strategic conversation - is Russ Vought, the founder of The Center for Renewing America and the Trump Administration's Director of the Office of Management and Budget</span><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class="s1">and Arthur Herman, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute focusing on defense, energy and technology issues and author of</span> <span class="s2"><em>To Rule the Waves</em> and <em>Freedom Forge: How American Business Produced Victory in World War II</em></span></p> <p class="p3"> </p> <p class="p4">As a maritime nation, the US is dependent on control of the sea to protect its people as well as its flow of trade. At its founding, America understood that its strength lay in a strong navy.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p4">But in the last seventy years, the United States has wandered far from this wisdom, and suffered endless "boots on the ground" debacles.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p4">Emphasizing sea power - and air, space and cyber power - would get us back on track.</p> <p class="p4">This is an issue that is barely talked about, but needs to be.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">After decades of cuts to shipbuilding and maintenance, the United States Navy has been stripped down to a fleet barely larger than it was 100 years ago, in 1916. </p> <p class="p1">Meanwhile, China has dramatically increased its spending on its Navy, as well as on its Air Force, cyberspace and electronic warfare capabilities. Alarmingly, Beijing is building islands in the South China Sea, threatening trade routes and menacing allies.</p> <p class="p1">President Trump made it a priority to expand the American "blue water" fleet to 355 battle-force ships. His plan would have increased shipbuilding by only $6.7 billion and would have launched us on a trajectory to protect America's maritime supremacy.</p> <p class="p1">Shortly after taking office, Joe Biden slashed this from his budget.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">With me to explore this and many other national defense concerns - in a fascinating, wide-ranging and strategic conversation - is Russ Vought, the founder of The Center for Renewing America and the Trump Administration's Director of the Office of Management and Budget </p> <p class="p1">and Arthur Herman, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute focusing on defense, energy and technology issues and author of <em>To Rule the Waves</em> and <em>Freedom Forge: How American Business Produced Victory in World War II</em></p> <p class="p3"> </p> <p class="p4">As a maritime nation, the US is dependent on control of the sea to protect its people as well as its flow of trade. At its founding, America understood that its strength lay in a strong navy. </p> <p class="p4">But in the last seventy years, the United States has wandered far from this wisdom, and suffered endless "boots on the ground" debacles. </p> <p class="p4">Emphasizing sea power - and air, space and cyber power - would get us back on track.</p> <p class="p4">This is an issue that is barely talked about, but needs to be. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="127498536" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS118_2021_08_25_Vought_Herman.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>149</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>After decades of cuts to shipbuilding and maintenance, the United States Navy has been stripped down to a fleet barely larger than it was 100 years ago, in 1916.  Meanwhile, China has dramatically increased its spending on its Navy, as well as on its Air Force, cyberspace and electronic warfare capabilities. Alarmingly, Beijing is building islands in the South China Sea, threatening trade routes and menacing allies. President Trump made it a priority to expand the American "blue water" fleet to 355 battle-force ships. His plan would have increased shipbuilding by only $6.7 billion and would have launched us on a trajectory to protect America's maritime supremacy. Shortly after taking office, Joe Biden slashed this from his budget.   With me to explore this and many other national defense concerns - in a fascinating, wide-ranging and strategic conversation - is Russ Vought, the founder of The Center for Renewing America and the Trump Administration's Director of the Office of Management and Budget  and Arthur Herman, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute focusing on defense, energy and technology issues and author of To Rule the Waves and Freedom Forge: How American Business Produced Victory in World War II   As a maritime nation, the US is dependent on control of the sea to protect its people as well as its flow of trade. At its founding, America understood that its strength lay in a strong navy.  But in the last seventy years, the United States has wandered far from this wisdom, and suffered endless "boots on the ground" debacles.  Emphasizing sea power - and air, space and cyber power - would get us back on track. This is an issue that is barely talked about, but needs to be. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>After decades of cuts to shipbuilding and maintenance, the United States Navy has been stripped down to a fleet barely larger than it was 100 years ago, in 1916.  Meanwhile, China has dramatically increased its spending on its Navy, as well as on its Air Force, cyberspace and electronic warfare capabilities. Alarmingly, Beijing is building islands in the South China Sea, threatening trade routes and menacing allies. President Trump made it a priority to expand the American "blue water" fleet to 355 battle-force ships. His plan would have increased shipbuilding by only $6.7 billion and would have launched us on a trajectory to protect America's maritime supremacy. Shortly after taking office, Joe Biden slashed this from his budget.   With me to explore this and many other national defense concerns - in a fascinating, wide-ranging and strategic conversation - is Russ Vought, the founder of The Center for Renewing America and the Trump Administration's Director of the Office of Management and Budget  and Arthur Herman, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute focusing on defense, energy and technology issues and author of To Rule the Waves and Freedom Forge: How American Business Produced Victory in World War II   As a maritime nation, the US is dependent on control of the sea to protect its people as well as its flow of trade. At its founding, America understood that its strength lay in a strong navy.  But in the last seventy years, the United States has wandered far from this wisdom, and suffered endless "boots on the ground" debacles.  Emphasizing sea power - and air, space and cyber power - would get us back on track. This is an issue that is barely talked about, but needs to be. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 148: "Vaccine Mandates?" with Professor Todd Zywicki and Jenin Younes</title>
      <itunes:title>"Vaccine Mandates?" with Professor Todd Zwicki and Jenin Younes</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 14:41:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[69ba1195-3127-41e3-bda6-cb783b8db6cc]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/common-ground-with-bill-walton]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On June 28th 2021, George Mason University announced its reopening policy related to the COVID-19 for the fall 2021 semester. The policy required all unvaccinated students and staff members - including those who can demonstrate natural immunity from prior COVID-19 infections - to wear masks on campus, physically distance and undergo frequent COVID-19 testing. On July 22, GMU emailed the policy to students and employees and threatened disciplinary action—including termination of employment—against any who do not comply with the vaccine mandate. The university's website describing its vaccination policy reiterated this threat. On August 3, 2021, GMU Professor Todd Zywicki, represented by the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA), filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Virginia, challenging GMU's so-called "reopening policy." "This coercive mandate violates my constitutional right to bodily integrity for no compelling reason," explains Prof Zywicki. "For those of us who have acquired natural immunity, vaccination provides none of the benefits of vaccination with all of the costs." At issue. Are GMU and other institutions across the country ignoring science, and within their rights, to force mandatory vaccines on even those with naturally acquired immunity. "Despite solid scientific evidence, GMU continues to refuse to recognize that Covid-19 vaccination is medically unnecessary for students, faculty, and staff with naturally acquired immunity demonstrated with antibody testing," says Jenin Younes, lead counsel in Zywicki's complaint. As it turns out, in this case GMU has ended up granting him a personal medical exemption, but it's unclear how far this would extend to others. There is a lot more to unpack from this case about "mandates" and our constitutional rights, as Todd and Jenin explain in this episode.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On June 28th 2021, George Mason University announced its reopening policy related to the COVID-19 for the fall 2021 semester. The policy required all unvaccinated students and staff members - including those who can demonstrate natural immunity from prior COVID-19 infections - to wear masks on campus, physically distance and undergo frequent COVID-19 testing. On July 22, GMU emailed the policy to students and employees and threatened disciplinary action—including termination of employment—against any who do not comply with the vaccine mandate. The university's website describing its vaccination policy reiterated this threat. On August 3, 2021, GMU Professor Todd Zywicki, represented by the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA), filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Virginia, challenging GMU's so-called "reopening policy." "This coercive mandate violates my constitutional right to bodily integrity for no compelling reason," explains Prof Zywicki. "For those of us who have acquired natural immunity, vaccination provides none of the benefits of vaccination with all of the costs." At issue. Are GMU and other institutions across the country ignoring science, and within their rights, to force mandatory vaccines on even those with naturally acquired immunity. "Despite solid scientific evidence, GMU continues to refuse to recognize that Covid-19 vaccination is medically unnecessary for students, faculty, and staff with naturally acquired immunity demonstrated with antibody testing," says Jenin Younes, lead counsel in Zywicki's complaint. As it turns out, in this case GMU has ended up granting him a personal medical exemption, but it's unclear how far this would extend to others. There is a lot more to unpack from this case about "mandates" and our constitutional rights, as Todd and Jenin explain in this episode.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="124452873" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS116_2021_08_17_Zywicki_Younes.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On June 28th 2021, George Mason University announced its reopening policy related to the COVID-19 for the fall 2021 semester. The policy required all unvaccinated students and staff members - including those who can demonstrate natural immunity from prior COVID-19 infections - to wear masks on campus, physically distance and undergo frequent COVID-19 testing. On July 22, GMU emailed the policy to students and employees and threatened disciplinary action—including termination of employment—against any who do not comply with the vaccine mandate. The university's website describing its vaccination policy reiterated this threat. On August 3, 2021, GMU Professor Todd Zywicki, represented by the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA), filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Virginia, challenging GMU's so-called "reopening policy." "This coercive mandate violates my constitutional right to bodily integrity for no compelling reason," explains Prof Zywicki. "For those of us who have acquired natural immunity, vaccination provides none of the benefits of vaccination with all of the costs." At issue. Are GMU and other institutions across the country ignoring science, and within their rights, to force mandatory vaccines on even those with naturally acquired immunity. "Despite solid scientific evidence, GMU continues to refuse to recognize that Covid-19 vaccination is medically unnecessary for students, faculty, and staff with naturally acquired immunity demonstrated with antibody testing," says Jenin Younes, lead counsel in Zywicki's complaint. As it turns out, in this case GMU has ended up granting him a personal medical exemption, but it's unclear how far this would extend to others. There is a lot more to unpack from this case about "mandates" and our constitutional rights, as Todd and Jenin explain in this episode.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On June 28th 2021, George Mason University announced its reopening policy related to the COVID-19 for the fall 2021 semester. The policy required all unvaccinated students and staff members - including those who can demonstrate natural immunity from prior COVID-19 infections - to wear masks on campus, physically distance and undergo frequent COVID-19 testing. On July 22, GMU emailed the policy to students and employees and threatened disciplinary action—including termination of employment—against any who do not comply with the vaccine mandate. The university's website describing its vaccination policy reiterated this threat. On August 3, 2021, GMU Professor Todd Zywicki, represented by the New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA), filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Virginia, challenging GMU's so-called "reopening policy." "This coercive mandate violates my constitutional right to bodily integrity for no compelling reason," explains Prof Zywicki. "For those of us who have acquired natural immunity, vaccination provides none of the benefits of vaccination with all of the costs." At issue. Are GMU and other institutions across the country ignoring science, and within their rights, to force mandatory vaccines on even those with naturally acquired immunity. "Despite solid scientific evidence, GMU continues to refuse to recognize that Covid-19 vaccination is medically unnecessary for students, faculty, and staff with naturally acquired immunity demonstrated with antibody testing," says Jenin Younes, lead counsel in Zywicki's complaint. As it turns out, in this case GMU has ended up granting him a personal medical exemption, but it's unclear how far this would extend to others. There is a lot more to unpack from this case about "mandates" and our constitutional rights, as Todd and Jenin explain in this episode.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 147: "Fingers of Instability" with John Mauldin</title>
      <itunes:title>"Fingers of Instability" with John Mauldin</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 14:36:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[89806624-88c4-4901-ba2a-b26468372880]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-147-fingers-of-instability-with-john-mauldin]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode I'm joined by John Mauldin the best-selling author of Bull's Eye Investing: Targeting Real Returns in a Smoke and Mirrors Market and whose "Strategic Investors Conference" is considered among the best events in the business. This is the 21st anniversary of John's newsletter Thoughts from the Frontline aimed at helping individual investors and institutions develop a clearer understanding of the forces driving the global economy and investment markets. John has a lot of concerns, as do I, about the fate of the U.S. economy given the avalanche of spending and social engineering programs coming out of Washington. It's spending $6 trillion on a long list of progressive dreams, raising taxes and killing incentives for entrepreneurship and growth. "I don't know any other way to say it, but it's a guaranteed recession. It just is. You cannot take 15 to 20% extra out of the economy and expect it to perform," says John. What's happening is otherworldly. You can't raise taxes enough to pay for this kind of spending, so you're going to have to borrow, or you're going to have to inflate. On our present course, it's going to be both. John estimates total U.S. debt in 10 years to be around $50 trillion. We just seem to be adding to what John calls "fingers of instability." His metaphor being that we're building an unstable financial sandpile leading to a collapse. Long term, we're both believers in human ingenuity and expect huge advances in flourishing and growth. But today? "We have a bubble in both financial markets and government promises," warns John. How long does this go on before they pop? We are now getting ready to find out. Please join in for a sobering, yet enlightening conversation.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode I'm joined by John Mauldin the best-selling author of Bull's Eye Investing: Targeting Real Returns in a Smoke and Mirrors Market and whose "Strategic Investors Conference" is considered among the best events in the business. This is the 21st anniversary of John's newsletter Thoughts from the Frontline aimed at helping individual investors and institutions develop a clearer understanding of the forces driving the global economy and investment markets. John has a lot of concerns, as do I, about the fate of the U.S. economy given the avalanche of spending and social engineering programs coming out of Washington. It's spending $6 trillion on a long list of progressive dreams, raising taxes and killing incentives for entrepreneurship and growth. "I don't know any other way to say it, but it's a guaranteed recession. It just is. You cannot take 15 to 20% extra out of the economy and expect it to perform," says John. What's happening is otherworldly. You can't raise taxes enough to pay for this kind of spending, so you're going to have to borrow, or you're going to have to inflate. On our present course, it's going to be both. John estimates total U.S. debt in 10 years to be around $50 trillion. We just seem to be adding to what John calls "fingers of instability." His metaphor being that we're building an unstable financial sandpile leading to a collapse. Long term, we're both believers in human ingenuity and expect huge advances in flourishing and growth. But today? "We have a bubble in both financial markets and government promises," warns John. How long does this go on before they pop? We are now getting ready to find out. Please join in for a sobering, yet enlightening conversation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="95974459" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS115_2021_08_11_Mauldin.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode I'm joined by John Mauldin the best-selling author of Bull's Eye Investing: Targeting Real Returns in a Smoke and Mirrors Market and whose "Strategic Investors Conference" is considered among the best events in the business. This is the 21st anniversary of John's newsletter Thoughts from the Frontline aimed at helping individual investors and institutions develop a clearer understanding of the forces driving the global economy and investment markets. John has a lot of concerns, as do I, about the fate of the U.S. economy given the avalanche of spending and social engineering programs coming out of Washington. It's spending $6 trillion on a long list of progressive dreams, raising taxes and killing incentives for entrepreneurship and growth. "I don't know any other way to say it, but it's a guaranteed recession. It just is. You cannot take 15 to 20% extra out of the economy and expect it to perform," says John. What's happening is otherworldly. You can't raise taxes enough to pay for this kind of spending, so you're going to have to borrow, or you're going to have to inflate. On our present course, it's going to be both. John estimates total U.S. debt in 10 years to be around $50 trillion. We just seem to be adding to what John calls "fingers of instability." His metaphor being that we're building an unstable financial sandpile leading to a collapse. Long term, we're both believers in human ingenuity and expect huge advances in flourishing and growth. But today? "We have a bubble in both financial markets and government promises," warns John. How long does this go on before they pop? We are now getting ready to find out. Please join in for a sobering, yet enlightening conversation.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode I'm joined by John Mauldin the best-selling author of Bull's Eye Investing: Targeting Real Returns in a Smoke and Mirrors Market and whose "Strategic Investors Conference" is considered among the best events in the business. This is the 21st anniversary of John's newsletter Thoughts from the Frontline aimed at helping individual investors and institutions develop a clearer understanding of the forces driving the global economy and investment markets. John has a lot of concerns, as do I, about the fate of the U.S. economy given the avalanche of spending and social engineering programs coming out of Washington. It's spending $6 trillion on a long list of progressive dreams, raising taxes and killing incentives for entrepreneurship and growth. "I don't know any other way to say it, but it's a guaranteed recession. It just is. You cannot take 15 to 20% extra out of the economy and expect it to perform," says John. What's happening is otherworldly. You can't raise taxes enough to pay for this kind of spending, so you're going to have to borrow, or you're going to have to inflate. On our present course, it's going to be both. John estimates total U.S. debt in 10 years to be around $50 trillion. We just seem to be adding to what John calls "fingers of instability." His metaphor being that we're building an unstable financial sandpile leading to a collapse. Long term, we're both believers in human ingenuity and expect huge advances in flourishing and growth. But today? "We have a bubble in both financial markets and government promises," warns John. How long does this go on before they pop? We are now getting ready to find out. Please join in for a sobering, yet enlightening conversation.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 146: "These People Are Crazy" with Steve Moore</title>
      <itunes:title>"These People Are Crazy" with Steve Moore</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 14:52:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c870e48c-a840-4504-ad5d-2e2dd70cfd8b]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-146-these-people-are-crazy-with-steve-moore]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">My guest this week is economist Steve Moore<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Our topic: the economy and how the trillion upon trillion dollar spending orgy in Washington is going to cause irreparable damage to America.</p> <p class="p1">"This is an extremely dangerous time for our country. What happens over the course of the next three or four months will have decades worth of repercussions," explains Steve.</p> <p class="p1">"The people who are running Washington right now are out of control.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span> I think they're crazy. Joe Biden, Pelosi, and Schumer have an agenda to truly radically transform our country" and not for the better.</p> <p class="p1">"They are targeting the productive class, the people who produce things, the people who work, the people who save, the people who invest, the people who start businesses."<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">They want to eliminate incentives for people to work, save and invest; all the key drivers of growth.</p> <p class="p1">By the end of 2021, federal debt held by the public is projected to equal 102 percent of GDP.</p> <p class="p1">Debt that high and rapidly rising increases the probability of a fiscal crisis, 70's era inflation and ultimately risks the U.S. dollar's role as the world's reserve currency.</p> <p class="p1">It is time to wake up to the fact that our country's financial destiny is being determined by people in Washington who have virtually no private sector business or capital markets experience. These are people who have no idea how to create wealth.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Steve "looked at the top people in the Biden administration, starting with the top, Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer, the treasury secretary, the labor secretary are the people running the FTC, the SEC. Out of the top 40, how many years of business experience combined do these people have?"</p> <p class="p1">The answer is dismaying.</p> <p class="p1">This is an ugly story, but one you need to know. Listen in, then call Congress to tell them to stop this madness.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">My guest this week is economist Steve Moore </p> <p class="p1">Our topic: the economy and how the trillion upon trillion dollar spending orgy in Washington is going to cause irreparable damage to America.</p> <p class="p1">"This is an extremely dangerous time for our country. What happens over the course of the next three or four months will have decades worth of repercussions," explains Steve.</p> <p class="p1">"The people who are running Washington right now are out of control. I think they're crazy. Joe Biden, Pelosi, and Schumer have an agenda to truly radically transform our country" and not for the better.</p> <p class="p1">"They are targeting the productive class, the people who produce things, the people who work, the people who save, the people who invest, the people who start businesses." </p> <p class="p1">They want to eliminate incentives for people to work, save and invest; all the key drivers of growth.</p> <p class="p1">By the end of 2021, federal debt held by the public is projected to equal 102 percent of GDP.</p> <p class="p1">Debt that high and rapidly rising increases the probability of a fiscal crisis, 70's era inflation and ultimately risks the U.S. dollar's role as the world's reserve currency.</p> <p class="p1">It is time to wake up to the fact that our country's financial destiny is being determined by people in Washington who have virtually no private sector business or capital markets experience. These are people who have no idea how to create wealth. </p> <p class="p1">Steve "looked at the top people in the Biden administration, starting with the top, Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer, the treasury secretary, the labor secretary are the people running the FTC, the SEC. Out of the top 40, how many years of business experience combined do these people have?"</p> <p class="p1">The answer is dismaying.</p> <p class="p1">This is an ugly story, but one you need to know. Listen in, then call Congress to tell them to stop this madness.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="86679618" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS114_2021_08_05_Moore.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>146</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>My guest this week is economist Steve Moore  Our topic: the economy and how the trillion upon trillion dollar spending orgy in Washington is going to cause irreparable damage to America. "This is an extremely dangerous time for our country. What happens over the course of the next three or four months will have decades worth of repercussions," explains Steve. "The people who are running Washington right now are out of control.  I think they're crazy. Joe Biden, Pelosi, and Schumer have an agenda to truly radically transform our country" and not for the better. "They are targeting the productive class, the people who produce things, the people who work, the people who save, the people who invest, the people who start businesses."  They want to eliminate incentives for people to work, save and invest; all the key drivers of growth. By the end of 2021, federal debt held by the public is projected to equal 102 percent of GDP. Debt that high and rapidly rising increases the probability of a fiscal crisis, 70's era inflation and ultimately risks the U.S. dollar's role as the world's reserve currency. It is time to wake up to the fact that our country's financial destiny is being determined by people in Washington who have virtually no private sector business or capital markets experience. These are people who have no idea how to create wealth.  Steve "looked at the top people in the Biden administration, starting with the top, Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer, the treasury secretary, the labor secretary are the people running the FTC, the SEC. Out of the top 40, how many years of business experience combined do these people have?" The answer is dismaying. This is an ugly story, but one you need to know. Listen in, then call Congress to tell them to stop this madness.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>My guest this week is economist Steve Moore  Our topic: the economy and how the trillion upon trillion dollar spending orgy in Washington is going to cause irreparable damage to America. "This is an extremely dangerous time for our country. What happens over the course of the next three or four months will have decades worth of repercussions," explains Steve. "The people who are running Washington right now are out of control.  I think they're crazy. Joe Biden, Pelosi, and Schumer have an agenda to truly radically transform our country" and not for the better. "They are targeting the productive class, the people who produce things, the people who work, the people who save, the people who invest, the people who start businesses."  They want to eliminate incentives for people to work, save and invest; all the key drivers of growth. By the end of 2021, federal debt held by the public is projected to equal 102 percent of GDP. Debt that high and rapidly rising increases the probability of a fiscal crisis, 70's era inflation and ultimately risks the U.S. dollar's role as the world's reserve currency. It is time to wake up to the fact that our country's financial destiny is being determined by people in Washington who have virtually no private sector business or capital markets experience. These are people who have no idea how to create wealth.  Steve "looked at the top people in the Biden administration, starting with the top, Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer, the treasury secretary, the labor secretary are the people running the FTC, the SEC. Out of the top 40, how many years of business experience combined do these people have?" The answer is dismaying. This is an ugly story, but one you need to know. Listen in, then call Congress to tell them to stop this madness.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 145: "America's Intelligence Wars" with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra and Fred Fleitz</title>
      <itunes:title>"America's Intelligence Wars" with Ambassador Pete Hoekstra and Fred Fleitz</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 16:24:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[752ec8c9-ef84-43dc-a3e5-5b27ba10ffd3]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-145-americas-intelligence-wars-with-ambassador-pete-hoekstra-and-fred-fleitz]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>We are living in a complicated and dangerous time in America.<br /> American intelligence and national security should not be part of partisan politics but that is exactly what they've become.</p> <p>"We saw it towards the end of the Obama administration, and the transition into the Trump administration," according to my guest, Ambassador Pete Hoekstra.<br /> "The weaponization of intelligence and the intelligence community against an incoming president of the United States. And it has continued right up to today with reports that the NSA has been listening to Tucker Carlson's phone calls and screening his emails."</p> <p>As former chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and U.S. Ambassador to the Netherlands, Pete has keen insights into the problems plaguing our intelligence community.</p> <p>Moreover, America's divisions over national security have never been greater, explains my other guest Fred Fleitz, President of the Center for Security Policy who served as Deputy Assistant to the President and as Chief of Staff of the National Security Council.</p> <p>"The globalist elite sees the U.S. as the main threat to international security. They would like to reign in the United States. They don't see China as a threat. They don't see Russia as a threat. They see America as a threat,"</p> <p>By contrast, President Trump's foreign policy America First was so successful because it put the interest of the American people, American business and our economy first. It kept us out of unnecessary wars.</p> <p>The parisan divide is on full display in the U.S. House of Representatives Intelligence Committee.<br /> "The political environment has really gotten ugly in all of Congress but it may be the worst on the Intel committee, which is unprecedented," says Ambassador Hoekstra.<br /> "Nancy Pelosi has used the selection process to fill the committee with political lieutenants to do her bidding."</p> <p>Join us in this wide ranging conversation, as we hone in on these issues, and what we can do to resolve them.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We are living in a complicated and dangerous time in America. American intelligence and national security should not be part of partisan politics but that is exactly what they've become.</p> <p>"We saw it towards the end of the Obama administration, and the transition into the Trump administration," according to my guest, Ambassador Pete Hoekstra. "The weaponization of intelligence and the intelligence community against an incoming president of the United States. And it has continued right up to today with reports that the NSA has been listening to Tucker Carlson's phone calls and screening his emails."</p> <p>As former chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and U.S. Ambassador to the Netherlands, Pete has keen insights into the problems plaguing our intelligence community.</p> <p>Moreover, America's divisions over national security have never been greater, explains my other guest Fred Fleitz, President of the Center for Security Policy who served as Deputy Assistant to the President and as Chief of Staff of the National Security Council.</p> <p>"The globalist elite sees the U.S. as the main threat to international security. They would like to reign in the United States. They don't see China as a threat. They don't see Russia as a threat. They see America as a threat,"</p> <p>By contrast, President Trump's foreign policy America First was so successful because it put the interest of the American people, American business and our economy first. It kept us out of unnecessary wars.</p> <p>The parisan divide is on full display in the U.S. House of Representatives Intelligence Committee. "The political environment has really gotten ugly in all of Congress but it may be the worst on the Intel committee, which is unprecedented," says Ambassador Hoekstra. "Nancy Pelosi has used the selection process to fill the committee with political lieutenants to do her bidding."</p> <p>Join us in this wide ranging conversation, as we hone in on these issues, and what we can do to resolve them.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="118319888" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS113_2021_07_22_Hoekstra_Fleitz.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>We are living in a complicated and dangerous time in America. American intelligence and national security should not be part of partisan politics but that is exactly what they've become. "We saw it towards the end of the Obama administration, and the transition into the Trump administration," according to my guest, Ambassador Pete Hoekstra. "The weaponization of intelligence and the intelligence community against an incoming president of the United States. And it has continued right up to today with reports that the NSA has been listening to Tucker Carlson's phone calls and screening his emails." As former chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and U.S. Ambassador to the Netherlands, Pete has keen insights into the problems plaguing our intelligence community. Moreover, America's divisions over national security have never been greater, explains my other guest Fred Fleitz, President of the Center for Security Policy who served as Deputy Assistant to the President and as Chief of Staff of the National Security Council. "The globalist elite sees the U.S. as the main threat to international security. They would like to reign in the United States. They don't see China as a threat. They don't see Russia as a threat. They see America as a threat," By contrast, President Trump's foreign policy America First was so successful because it put the interest of the American people, American business and our economy first. It kept us out of unnecessary wars. The parisan divide is on full display in the U.S. House of Representatives Intelligence Committee. "The political environment has really gotten ugly in all of Congress but it may be the worst on the Intel committee, which is unprecedented," says Ambassador Hoekstra. "Nancy Pelosi has used the selection process to fill the committee with political lieutenants to do her bidding." Join us in this wide ranging conversation, as we hone in on these issues, and what we can do to resolve them.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>We are living in a complicated and dangerous time in America. American intelligence and national security should not be part of partisan politics but that is exactly what they've become. "We saw it towards the end of the Obama administration, and the transition into the Trump administration," according to my guest, Ambassador Pete Hoekstra. "The weaponization of intelligence and the intelligence community against an incoming president of the United States. And it has continued right up to today with reports that the NSA has been listening to Tucker Carlson's phone calls and screening his emails." As former chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and U.S. Ambassador to the Netherlands, Pete has keen insights into the problems plaguing our intelligence community. Moreover, America's divisions over national security have never been greater, explains my other guest Fred Fleitz, President of the Center for Security Policy who served as Deputy Assistant to the President and as Chief of Staff of the National Security Council. "The globalist elite sees the U.S. as the main threat to international security. They would like to reign in the United States. They don't see China as a threat. They don't see Russia as a threat. They see America as a threat," By contrast, President Trump's foreign policy America First was so successful because it put the interest of the American people, American business and our economy first. It kept us out of unnecessary wars. The parisan divide is on full display in the U.S. House of Representatives Intelligence Committee. "The political environment has really gotten ugly in all of Congress but it may be the worst on the Intel committee, which is unprecedented," says Ambassador Hoekstra. "Nancy Pelosi has used the selection process to fill the committee with political lieutenants to do her bidding." Join us in this wide ranging conversation, as we hone in on these issues, and what we can do to resolve them.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 144:  Wokeness: A Grave Risk to America's Military-w/Lt.Gen.Boykin and Dr. Waller</title>
      <itunes:title>Wokeness: A Grave Risk to America's Military-w/Lt.Gen.Boykin and Dr. Waller</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 16:46:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5813a910-513e-4fea-a55c-a276a2c666f3]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-144-wokeness-exposing-its-grave-risk-to-americas-military-wltgenboykin-and-dr-waller]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Today we are witnessing a growing threat to our American military. A threat that is capable of doing what no foreign enemy ever could: Fracture the world's greatest armed forces from within, through divisive political indoctrination and controls. That threat is called "wokeness." At its root, "wokeness" imposes the resentful mindset of an extremist few onto society - in this case the American military. It has infected the Pentagon and its top leaders, and it has been metastasizing for years. Joining me to explore this alarming development is Lt. Gen. (Ret.) William G. Boykin, one of the original combat commanders of the U.S. Army's elite Delta Force. Jerry also commanded all the Army's Green Berets as well as the Special Warfare Center and School and served for four years as Deputy Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence. "Our military should be about readiness, and its mission must be winning the nation's wars," explains Jerry. "There is nothing more important on the battlefield than cohesion - which wokeness undermines. You win wars because of cohesion, not because of technology." Also returning to the show is Dr. Michael Waller, Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where his areas of concentration are propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Among his many keen insights, Mike shares an astonishing fact: "The Defense Department publishes a dictionary of military and associated terms. It's almost 400 pages long. The word victory doesn't appear once, not as a term to define and not even a reference to it. And it doesn't even have a definition for the term enemy." The military's social experiments have already had a big impact. Retention rates are dropping. Young officers and noncommissioned officers are leaving the military. And the recruiting the right kind of talent is suffering. Listen in to this episode and you'll think again about the risks of imposing "wokeness" on our American military.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today we are witnessing a growing threat to our American military. A threat that is capable of doing what no foreign enemy ever could: Fracture the world's greatest armed forces from within, through divisive political indoctrination and controls. That threat is called "wokeness." At its root, "wokeness" imposes the resentful mindset of an extremist few onto society - in this case the American military. It has infected the Pentagon and its top leaders, and it has been metastasizing for years. Joining me to explore this alarming development is Lt. Gen. (Ret.) William G. Boykin, one of the original combat commanders of the U.S. Army's elite Delta Force. Jerry also commanded all the Army's Green Berets as well as the Special Warfare Center and School and served for four years as Deputy Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence. "Our military should be about readiness, and its mission must be winning the nation's wars," explains Jerry. "There is nothing more important on the battlefield than cohesion - which wokeness undermines. You win wars because of cohesion, not because of technology." Also returning to the show is Dr. Michael Waller, Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where his areas of concentration are propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Among his many keen insights, Mike shares an astonishing fact: "The Defense Department publishes a dictionary of military and associated terms. It's almost 400 pages long. The word victory doesn't appear once, not as a term to define and not even a reference to it. And it doesn't even have a definition for the term enemy." The military's social experiments have already had a big impact. Retention rates are dropping. Young officers and noncommissioned officers are leaving the military. And the recruiting the right kind of talent is suffering. Listen in to this episode and you'll think again about the risks of imposing "wokeness" on our American military.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="123821144" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS112_2021_07_21_Boykin_Waller.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Today we are witnessing a growing threat to our American military. A threat that is capable of doing what no foreign enemy ever could: Fracture the world's greatest armed forces from within, through divisive political indoctrination and controls. That threat is called "wokeness." At its root, "wokeness" imposes the resentful mindset of an extremist few onto society - in this case the American military. It has infected the Pentagon and its top leaders, and it has been metastasizing for years. Joining me to explore this alarming development is Lt. Gen. (Ret.) William G. Boykin, one of the original combat commanders of the U.S. Army's elite Delta Force. Jerry also commanded all the Army's Green Berets as well as the Special Warfare Center and School and served for four years as Deputy Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence. "Our military should be about readiness, and its mission must be winning the nation's wars," explains Jerry. "There is nothing more important on the battlefield than cohesion - which wokeness undermines. You win wars because of cohesion, not because of technology." Also returning to the show is Dr. Michael Waller, Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where his areas of concentration are propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Among his many keen insights, Mike shares an astonishing fact: "The Defense Department publishes a dictionary of military and associated terms. It's almost 400 pages long. The word victory doesn't appear once, not as a term to define and not even a reference to it. And it doesn't even have a definition for the term enemy." The military's social experiments have already had a big impact. Retention rates are dropping. Young officers and noncommissioned officers are leaving the military. And the recruiting the right kind of talent is suffering. Listen in to this episode and you'll think again about the risks of imposing "wokeness" on our American military.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Today we are witnessing a growing threat to our American military. A threat that is capable of doing what no foreign enemy ever could: Fracture the world's greatest armed forces from within, through divisive political indoctrination and controls. That threat is called "wokeness." At its root, "wokeness" imposes the resentful mindset of an extremist few onto society - in this case the American military. It has infected the Pentagon and its top leaders, and it has been metastasizing for years. Joining me to explore this alarming development is Lt. Gen. (Ret.) William G. Boykin, one of the original combat commanders of the U.S. Army's elite Delta Force. Jerry also commanded all the Army's Green Berets as well as the Special Warfare Center and School and served for four years as Deputy Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence. "Our military should be about readiness, and its mission must be winning the nation's wars," explains Jerry. "There is nothing more important on the battlefield than cohesion - which wokeness undermines. You win wars because of cohesion, not because of technology." Also returning to the show is Dr. Michael Waller, Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy where his areas of concentration are propaganda, political warfare, psychological warfare, and subversion. Among his many keen insights, Mike shares an astonishing fact: "The Defense Department publishes a dictionary of military and associated terms. It's almost 400 pages long. The word victory doesn't appear once, not as a term to define and not even a reference to it. And it doesn't even have a definition for the term enemy." The military's social experiments have already had a big impact. Retention rates are dropping. Young officers and noncommissioned officers are leaving the military. And the recruiting the right kind of talent is suffering. Listen in to this episode and you'll think again about the risks of imposing "wokeness" on our American military.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 143: Previewing the "Covid Olympics" with The Bill Walton Show Team</title>
      <itunes:title>Previewing the "Covid Olympics" with The Bill Walton Show Team</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jul 2021 17:17:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e6ebf706-d7bd-423f-8cf7-bf230be5af06]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-143-previewing-the-covid-olympics-with-the-bill-walton-show-team]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As COVID cases continue to climb in Tokyo, the nation is preparing to host the world in what may wind up being the most infamous Olympic Games ever. The Bill Walton show team discusses the role the virus is already playing and impacting athletes. There's also the issue of wokeness as members of Team USA are expected to protest the National Anthem, while the media and advertisers will be in their own competition to use every opportunity to promote social justice campaigns. Will it be worth watching?  We debate that.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As COVID cases continue to climb in Tokyo, the nation is preparing to host the world in what may wind up being the most infamous Olympic Games ever. The Bill Walton show team discusses the role the virus is already playing and impacting athletes. There's also the issue of wokeness as members of Team USA are expected to protest the National Anthem, while the media and advertisers will be in their own competition to use every opportunity to promote social justice campaigns. Will it be worth watching? We debate that.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="37674197" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_7_20_21_Team_on_Olympics_Audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As COVID cases continue to climb in Tokyo, the nation is preparing to host the world in what may wind up being the most infamous Olympic Games ever. The Bill Walton show team discusses the role the virus is already playing and impacting athletes. There's also the issue of wokeness as members of Team USA are expected to protest the National Anthem, while the media and advertisers will be in their own competition to use every opportunity to promote social justice campaigns. Will it be worth watching?  We debate that.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As COVID cases continue to climb in Tokyo, the nation is preparing to host the world in what may wind up being the most infamous Olympic Games ever. The Bill Walton show team discusses the role the virus is already playing and impacting athletes. There's also the issue of wokeness as members of Team USA are expected to protest the National Anthem, while the media and advertisers will be in their own competition to use every opportunity to promote social justice campaigns. Will it be worth watching?  We debate that.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 142:  The Dictatorship of Woke Capital with Stephen Soukup</title>
      <itunes:title>The Dictatorship of Woke Capital with Stephen Soukup</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 15:25:46 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[95028054-75bc-4825-8dc0-cdb2910c703c]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode142-the-dictatorship-of-woke-capital-with-stephen-soukup]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For the better part of a century, the Left has been waging a methodical - and largely successful - war to control American institutions. Our universities, K-12 education, the news media, Hollywood, federal government bureaucracies … to name just a few … have all fallen victim to what the Left calls their "long march." During most of that time American business and the military escaped infiltration and indoctrination. But now this has begun to change - and dramatically. In this episode we look at business and The Dictatorship of Woke Capital: How Political Correctness Captured Big Business with author Stephen Soukup. With stunning speed most of the elites running technology companies, banks, Wall Street investment managers and consumer product companies like Coca Cola and Nike have embraced "woke capitalism." What's angers the most is the arrogance of those running our biggest companies. Stephen terms them "Gnostics" who "believe they have the secret to attaining heaven on earth, and that if we'll all just shut up and follow them, that in the long run, they'll take care of everything for us." For example, they've drunk the climate change and stakeholder capitalism kool-aide so deeply, that we're now seeing our biggest investment firms voting to elect three new directors to the Board of Exxon who don't think it should be in the fossil fuel business. This story will not end well. The battle to bring these companies back to the business of simply running their business is not over, but it hangs in the balance. Listen in to learn what's at stake and what you can do about it.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For the better part of a century, the Left has been waging a methodical - and largely successful - war to control American institutions. Our universities, K-12 education, the news media, Hollywood, federal government bureaucracies … to name just a few … have all fallen victim to what the Left calls their "long march." During most of that time American business and the military escaped infiltration and indoctrination. But now this has begun to change - and dramatically. In this episode we look at business and The Dictatorship of Woke Capital: How Political Correctness Captured Big Business with author Stephen Soukup. With stunning speed most of the elites running technology companies, banks, Wall Street investment managers and consumer product companies like Coca Cola and Nike have embraced "woke capitalism." What's angers the most is the arrogance of those running our biggest companies. Stephen terms them "Gnostics" who "believe they have the secret to attaining heaven on earth, and that if we'll all just shut up and follow them, that in the long run, they'll take care of everything for us." For example, they've drunk the climate change and stakeholder capitalism kool-aide so deeply, that we're now seeing our biggest investment firms voting to elect three new directors to the Board of Exxon who don't think it should be in the fossil fuel business. This story will not end well. The battle to bring these companies back to the business of simply running their business is not over, but it hangs in the balance. Listen in to learn what's at stake and what you can do about it.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="69494806" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_142_Steve_Souku_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For the better part of a century, the Left has been waging a methodical - and largely successful - war to control American institutions. Our universities, K-12 education, the news media, Hollywood, federal government bureaucracies … to name just a few … have all fallen victim to what the Left calls their "long march." During most of that time American business and the military escaped infiltration and indoctrination. But now this has begun to change - and dramatically. In this episode we look at business and The Dictatorship of Woke Capital: How Political Correctness Captured Big Business with author Stephen Soukup. With stunning speed most of the elites running technology companies, banks, Wall Street investment managers and consumer product companies like Coca Cola and Nike have embraced "woke capitalism." What's angers the most is the arrogance of those running our biggest companies. Stephen terms them "Gnostics" who "believe they have the secret to attaining heaven on earth, and that if we'll all just shut up and follow them, that in the long run, they'll take care of everything for us." For example, they've drunk the climate change and stakeholder capitalism kool-aide so deeply, that we're now seeing our biggest investment firms voting to elect three new directors to the Board of Exxon who don't think it should be in the fossil fuel business. This story will not end well. The battle to bring these companies back to the business of simply running their business is not over, but it hangs in the balance. Listen in to learn what's at stake and what you can do about it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For the better part of a century, the Left has been waging a methodical - and largely successful - war to control American institutions. Our universities, K-12 education, the news media, Hollywood, federal government bureaucracies … to name just a few … have all fallen victim to what the Left calls their "long march." During most of that time American business and the military escaped infiltration and indoctrination. But now this has begun to change - and dramatically. In this episode we look at business and The Dictatorship of Woke Capital: How Political Correctness Captured Big Business with author Stephen Soukup. With stunning speed most of the elites running technology companies, banks, Wall Street investment managers and consumer product companies like Coca Cola and Nike have embraced "woke capitalism." What's angers the most is the arrogance of those running our biggest companies. Stephen terms them "Gnostics" who "believe they have the secret to attaining heaven on earth, and that if we'll all just shut up and follow them, that in the long run, they'll take care of everything for us." For example, they've drunk the climate change and stakeholder capitalism kool-aide so deeply, that we're now seeing our biggest investment firms voting to elect three new directors to the Board of Exxon who don't think it should be in the fossil fuel business. This story will not end well. The battle to bring these companies back to the business of simply running their business is not over, but it hangs in the balance. Listen in to learn what's at stake and what you can do about it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 141:  Debunking the 1619 Project with Phil Magness</title>
      <itunes:title>Debunking the 1619 Project with Phil Magness</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 13:10:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[caefabe4-6938-460f-b5d1-958fd8b53fb5]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-141-debunking-the-1619-project-with-phil-magness]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It's becoming quite clear that one of the central aims of Critical Race Theory is to delegitimize and diminish the political and moral achievement that is the United States of America. And with their 1619 Project, the New York Times has weighed in to rewrite American history by deconstructing institutions responsible for our prosperity and our success: free market capitalism and the United States Constitution. How? On the grounds that they were deeply interconnected with and irreparably tainted by the institution of slavery in America. To assert their claim, they employ many "big lie" stratagems. Here are some of the biggest: America was founded as a "slavocracy" in 1619 and "anti-black racism runs in the very DNA of this country." Americans declared their independence from Britain to protect the institution of slavery. Half of antebellum U.S. GDP came from slavery and cotton production. Southern planters and slave owners were champions of capitalism. Abraham Lincoln wanted to move freed slaves to colonies because he was a racist. None of this is remotely true. To learn what <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style= "color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;">is</span></span> true, listen in to my conversation with Phil Magness who devastatingly debunks these claims. Phil, a Senior Research Fellow at the American Institute for Economic Research, is an economic historian specializing in the 19th century United States, and who has written extensively on the political and economic dimensions of slavery and is the author of The 1619 Project: A Critique. The truth is fascinating. Hope you'll join the conversation.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It's becoming quite clear that one of the central aims of Critical Race Theory is to delegitimize and diminish the political and moral achievement that is the United States of America. And with their 1619 Project, the New York Times has weighed in to rewrite American history by deconstructing institutions responsible for our prosperity and our success: free market capitalism and the United States Constitution. How? On the grounds that they were deeply interconnected with and irreparably tainted by the institution of slavery in America. To assert their claim, they employ many "big lie" stratagems. Here are some of the biggest: America was founded as a "slavocracy" in 1619 and "anti-black racism runs in the very DNA of this country." Americans declared their independence from Britain to protect the institution of slavery. Half of antebellum U.S. GDP came from slavery and cotton production. Southern planters and slave owners were champions of capitalism. Abraham Lincoln wanted to move freed slaves to colonies because he was a racist. None of this is remotely true. To learn what is true, listen in to my conversation with Phil Magness who devastatingly debunks these claims. Phil, a Senior Research Fellow at the American Institute for Economic Research, is an economic historian specializing in the 19th century United States, and who has written extensively on the political and economic dimensions of slavery and is the author of The 1619 Project: A Critique. The truth is fascinating. Hope you'll join the conversation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="124043889" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS111_2021_07_07_Magness.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It's becoming quite clear that one of the central aims of Critical Race Theory is to delegitimize and diminish the political and moral achievement that is the United States of America. And with their 1619 Project, the New York Times has weighed in to rewrite American history by deconstructing institutions responsible for our prosperity and our success: free market capitalism and the United States Constitution. How? On the grounds that they were deeply interconnected with and irreparably tainted by the institution of slavery in America. To assert their claim, they employ many "big lie" stratagems. Here are some of the biggest: America was founded as a "slavocracy" in 1619 and "anti-black racism runs in the very DNA of this country." Americans declared their independence from Britain to protect the institution of slavery. Half of antebellum U.S. GDP came from slavery and cotton production. Southern planters and slave owners were champions of capitalism. Abraham Lincoln wanted to move freed slaves to colonies because he was a racist. None of this is remotely true. To learn what is true, listen in to my conversation with Phil Magness who devastatingly debunks these claims. Phil, a Senior Research Fellow at the American Institute for Economic Research, is an economic historian specializing in the 19th century United States, and who has written extensively on the political and economic dimensions of slavery and is the author of The 1619 Project: A Critique. The truth is fascinating. Hope you'll join the conversation.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It's becoming quite clear that one of the central aims of Critical Race Theory is to delegitimize and diminish the political and moral achievement that is the United States of America. And with their 1619 Project, the New York Times has weighed in to rewrite American history by deconstructing institutions responsible for our prosperity and our success: free market capitalism and the United States Constitution. How? On the grounds that they were deeply interconnected with and irreparably tainted by the institution of slavery in America. To assert their claim, they employ many "big lie" stratagems. Here are some of the biggest: America was founded as a "slavocracy" in 1619 and "anti-black racism runs in the very DNA of this country." Americans declared their independence from Britain to protect the institution of slavery. Half of antebellum U.S. GDP came from slavery and cotton production. Southern planters and slave owners were champions of capitalism. Abraham Lincoln wanted to move freed slaves to colonies because he was a racist. None of this is remotely true. To learn what is true, listen in to my conversation with Phil Magness who devastatingly debunks these claims. Phil, a Senior Research Fellow at the American Institute for Economic Research, is an economic historian specializing in the 19th century United States, and who has written extensively on the political and economic dimensions of slavery and is the author of The 1619 Project: A Critique. The truth is fascinating. Hope you'll join the conversation.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 140:  Talking with Charles Murray</title>
      <itunes:title>Talking with Charles Murray</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 14:14:39 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1368bc76-7b01-4a5c-839c-38d2c79035d0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-140-talking-with-charles-murray]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Identity politics, and charges of systematic racism and white privilege, pose an existential threat to the American experiment and risk tearing our country apart. In this episode, I talk with Charles Murray - one of America's greatest social scientists - who has now weighed in on this crisis with his latest book: "Facing Reality: Two Truths About Race in America" In it he argues that we must confront genuine race differences while at the same time defending our nation's historic commitment to a melting pot and the goal of colorblindness. What good can come of bringing such uncomfortable realities into the open? Here Charles explains: "Ignoring them is destroying America's most precious ideal, once known as the American creed: People are to be judged on an equal basis as individuals, not by national origin, social class, race, or religion. The ideology behind the charges of systemic racism repudiates this ideal, demanding instead that the power of the state must be used to favor some groups of people over others to advance social justice." This is a challenging conversation about a difficult issue, but in listening to it you'll learn that Charles is a careful and thoughtful researcher, and that he believes passionately in our American Experiment and that it survive and thrive. Charles Murray, Hayek Emeritus Scholar at the American Enterprise Institute burst into prominence in 1984 with the publication of Losing Ground, followed by The Bell Curve in 1994 and Coming Apart in 2012.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Identity politics, and charges of systematic racism and white privilege, pose an existential threat to the American experiment and risk tearing our country apart. In this episode, I talk with Charles Murray - one of America's greatest social scientists - who has now weighed in on this crisis with his latest book: "Facing Reality: Two Truths About Race in America" In it he argues that we must confront genuine race differences while at the same time defending our nation's historic commitment to a melting pot and the goal of colorblindness. What good can come of bringing such uncomfortable realities into the open? Here Charles explains: "Ignoring them is destroying America's most precious ideal, once known as the American creed: People are to be judged on an equal basis as individuals, not by national origin, social class, race, or religion. The ideology behind the charges of systemic racism repudiates this ideal, demanding instead that the power of the state must be used to favor some groups of people over others to advance social justice." This is a challenging conversation about a difficult issue, but in listening to it you'll learn that Charles is a careful and thoughtful researcher, and that he believes passionately in our American Experiment and that it survive and thrive. Charles Murray, Hayek Emeritus Scholar at the American Enterprise Institute burst into prominence in 1984 with the publication of Losing Ground, followed by The Bell Curve in 1994 and Coming Apart in 2012.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="111300504" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS110_2021_06_30_Murray.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Identity politics, and charges of systematic racism and white privilege, pose an existential threat to the American experiment and risk tearing our country apart. In this episode, I talk with Charles Murray - one of America's greatest social scientists - who has now weighed in on this crisis with his latest book: "Facing Reality: Two Truths About Race in America" In it he argues that we must confront genuine race differences while at the same time defending our nation's historic commitment to a melting pot and the goal of colorblindness. What good can come of bringing such uncomfortable realities into the open? Here Charles explains: "Ignoring them is destroying America's most precious ideal, once known as the American creed: People are to be judged on an equal basis as individuals, not by national origin, social class, race, or religion. The ideology behind the charges of systemic racism repudiates this ideal, demanding instead that the power of the state must be used to favor some groups of people over others to advance social justice." This is a challenging conversation about a difficult issue, but in listening to it you'll learn that Charles is a careful and thoughtful researcher, and that he believes passionately in our American Experiment and that it survive and thrive. Charles Murray, Hayek Emeritus Scholar at the American Enterprise Institute burst into prominence in 1984 with the publication of Losing Ground, followed by The Bell Curve in 1994 and Coming Apart in 2012.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Identity politics, and charges of systematic racism and white privilege, pose an existential threat to the American experiment and risk tearing our country apart. In this episode, I talk with Charles Murray - one of America's greatest social scientists - who has now weighed in on this crisis with his latest book: "Facing Reality: Two Truths About Race in America" In it he argues that we must confront genuine race differences while at the same time defending our nation's historic commitment to a melting pot and the goal of colorblindness. What good can come of bringing such uncomfortable realities into the open? Here Charles explains: "Ignoring them is destroying America's most precious ideal, once known as the American creed: People are to be judged on an equal basis as individuals, not by national origin, social class, race, or religion. The ideology behind the charges of systemic racism repudiates this ideal, demanding instead that the power of the state must be used to favor some groups of people over others to advance social justice." This is a challenging conversation about a difficult issue, but in listening to it you'll learn that Charles is a careful and thoughtful researcher, and that he believes passionately in our American Experiment and that it survive and thrive. Charles Murray, Hayek Emeritus Scholar at the American Enterprise Institute burst into prominence in 1984 with the publication of Losing Ground, followed by The Bell Curve in 1994 and Coming Apart in 2012.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 139:  Victims of Communism: Are We Condemned to Repeat the Past?</title>
      <itunes:title>Victims of Communism: Are We Condemned to Repeat the Past?</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 13:03:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4a6f1e51-a520-4862-8a58-7096473d8eaf]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-139-victims-of-communism-are-we-condemned-to-repeat-the-past]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>America has a problem. Positive attitudes toward communism and socialism are at an all-time high in the United States. Almost 40% of Americans now view them favorably and half of our kids in their 20s say they favor socialism. This demonstrates a stunning lack of knowledge of the evils of communism. In the last century, communism murdered more than 100 million people, and forced billions into Marxist tyranny. This horrific past is not dead. It's not even past. China and its Chinese Communist Party subjugates its own people with absolute controls over freedom of speech and movement while engaging in its strategy of "Three Warfares" to become ascendent globally. They assiduously work our world organizations like the UN and the WHO, while simultaneously engaging in genocide, slave labor and forced human organ transplants for sale on the world market. Meanwhile, in America we're seeing the rise of cultural marxism and ideologies derived from it like Critical Race Theory. Joining me on this episode to talk about these threats and what to do about them are two leaders with vast knowledge of the issues. Dr. Edwin J. Feulner, the Chairman of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and the Founder and former President of The Heritage Foundation which he transformed from a small think tank with nine employees into the most highly influential research and policy institution in America. Ambassador Andrew Bremberg is the President and CEO of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and who most recently served as the Representative of the United States to the Office of the United Nations and Other International Organizations in Geneva.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>America has a problem. Positive attitudes toward communism and socialism are at an all-time high in the United States. Almost 40% of Americans now view them favorably and half of our kids in their 20s say they favor socialism. This demonstrates a stunning lack of knowledge of the evils of communism. In the last century, communism murdered more than 100 million people, and forced billions into Marxist tyranny. This horrific past is not dead. It's not even past. China and its Chinese Communist Party subjugates its own people with absolute controls over freedom of speech and movement while engaging in its strategy of "Three Warfares" to become ascendent globally. They assiduously work our world organizations like the UN and the WHO, while simultaneously engaging in genocide, slave labor and forced human organ transplants for sale on the world market. Meanwhile, in America we're seeing the rise of cultural marxism and ideologies derived from it like Critical Race Theory. Joining me on this episode to talk about these threats and what to do about them are two leaders with vast knowledge of the issues. Dr. Edwin J. Feulner, the Chairman of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and the Founder and former President of The Heritage Foundation which he transformed from a small think tank with nine employees into the most highly influential research and policy institution in America. Ambassador Andrew Bremberg is the President and CEO of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and who most recently served as the Representative of the United States to the Office of the United Nations and Other International Organizations in Geneva.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="131843837" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS109_2021_06_23_Feulner_Bremberg.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:56</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>America has a problem. Positive attitudes toward communism and socialism are at an all-time high in the United States. Almost 40% of Americans now view them favorably and half of our kids in their 20s say they favor socialism. This demonstrates a stunning lack of knowledge of the evils of communism. In the last century, communism murdered more than 100 million people, and forced billions into Marxist tyranny. This horrific past is not dead. It's not even past. China and its Chinese Communist Party subjugates its own people with absolute controls over freedom of speech and movement while engaging in its strategy of "Three Warfares" to become ascendent globally. They assiduously work our world organizations like the UN and the WHO, while simultaneously engaging in genocide, slave labor and forced human organ transplants for sale on the world market. Meanwhile, in America we're seeing the rise of cultural marxism and ideologies derived from it like Critical Race Theory. Joining me on this episode to talk about these threats and what to do about them are two leaders with vast knowledge of the issues. Dr. Edwin J. Feulner, the Chairman of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and the Founder and former President of The Heritage Foundation which he transformed from a small think tank with nine employees into the most highly influential research and policy institution in America. Ambassador Andrew Bremberg is the President and CEO of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and who most recently served as the Representative of the United States to the Office of the United Nations and Other International Organizations in Geneva.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>America has a problem. Positive attitudes toward communism and socialism are at an all-time high in the United States. Almost 40% of Americans now view them favorably and half of our kids in their 20s say they favor socialism. This demonstrates a stunning lack of knowledge of the evils of communism. In the last century, communism murdered more than 100 million people, and forced billions into Marxist tyranny. This horrific past is not dead. It's not even past. China and its Chinese Communist Party subjugates its own people with absolute controls over freedom of speech and movement while engaging in its strategy of "Three Warfares" to become ascendent globally. They assiduously work our world organizations like the UN and the WHO, while simultaneously engaging in genocide, slave labor and forced human organ transplants for sale on the world market. Meanwhile, in America we're seeing the rise of cultural marxism and ideologies derived from it like Critical Race Theory. Joining me on this episode to talk about these threats and what to do about them are two leaders with vast knowledge of the issues. Dr. Edwin J. Feulner, the Chairman of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and the Founder and former President of The Heritage Foundation which he transformed from a small think tank with nine employees into the most highly influential research and policy institution in America. Ambassador Andrew Bremberg is the President and CEO of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation and who most recently served as the Representative of the United States to the Office of the United Nations and Other International Organizations in Geneva.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 138:  "Thinking Again about the Unthinkable" with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry</title>
      <itunes:title>"Thinking Again about the Unthinkable" with Dr. Peter Vincent Pry</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 15:35:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[60edafdd-6c5f-4e5f-a12b-6a5647dc9c7c]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-138-thinking-again-about-the-unthinkable-with-dr-peter-vincent-pry]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This show comes at time that this episode's guest, Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, calls our "hinge of fate."</p> <p>Our topic is his riveting paper "Surprise Attack: ICBMs and the Real Nuclear Threat" where he lays bare the world's current and future nuclear warfare realities.</p> <p>It's an issue that many simply do not want to think about.</p> <p>As Peter puts it, "when it comes to nuclear weapons, U.S. and Western strategic culture mostly thinks and acts in a state of denial and unreality. Nuclear weapons of mass destruction are antithetical to our ethos."</p> <p>But as Leon Trotsky warned, "You may not be interested in war, but war is interested in you."</p> <p>By contrast, totalitarian states - China, Russia and North Korea - love, celebrate, and parade nuclear missiles as symbols of their omnipotence and their potential "final solution" to the vexing existence of free peoples, like the United States.</p> <p>The U.S. "Triad" comprises decades old bombers, ICBMs and missile submarines, requiring years to modernize, while Russia, China, and North Korea have mostly new systems and are developing new delivery vehicles that have no counterparts in the U.S. deterrent, including ASBMs, nuclear-powered cruise missiles, autonomous submarines like Russia's Poseidon, and hypersonic strategic warheads.</p> <p>They believe they could win a nuclear war.</p> <p>The "unthinkable" is becoming increasingly "thinkable" and someday soon may become irresistible to them.</p> <p>Yet space-based strategic defenses can turn the technological tide, if the U.S. awakens and acts— before it is too late.</p> <p>Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has vast experience in national security, where he's served as Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security, Director of the United States Nuclear Strategy Forum, Chief advisor to the Vice Chairman of the House Armed Services Committee and the Vice Chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, and to the Chairman of the Terrorism Panel. Dr. Pry was an Intelligence Officer with the Central Intelligence Agency responsible for analyzing Soviet and Russian nuclear strategy.</p> <p>Give this a 50 minute listen to learn what's at stake for America.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This show comes at time that this episode's guest, Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, calls our "hinge of fate."</p> <p>Our topic is his riveting paper "Surprise Attack: ICBMs and the Real Nuclear Threat" where he lays bare the world's current and future nuclear warfare realities.</p> <p>It's an issue that many simply do not want to think about.</p> <p>As Peter puts it, "when it comes to nuclear weapons, U.S. and Western strategic culture mostly thinks and acts in a state of denial and unreality. Nuclear weapons of mass destruction are antithetical to our ethos."</p> <p>But as Leon Trotsky warned, "You may not be interested in war, but war is interested in you."</p> <p>By contrast, totalitarian states - China, Russia and North Korea - love, celebrate, and parade nuclear missiles as symbols of their omnipotence and their potential "final solution" to the vexing existence of free peoples, like the United States.</p> <p>The U.S. "Triad" comprises decades old bombers, ICBMs and missile submarines, requiring years to modernize, while Russia, China, and North Korea have mostly new systems and are developing new delivery vehicles that have no counterparts in the U.S. deterrent, including ASBMs, nuclear-powered cruise missiles, autonomous submarines like Russia's Poseidon, and hypersonic strategic warheads.</p> <p>They believe they could win a nuclear war.</p> <p>The "unthinkable" is becoming increasingly "thinkable" and someday soon may become irresistible to them.</p> <p>Yet space-based strategic defenses can turn the technological tide, if the U.S. awakens and acts— before it is too late.</p> <p>Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has vast experience in national security, where he's served as Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security, Director of the United States Nuclear Strategy Forum, Chief advisor to the Vice Chairman of the House Armed Services Committee and the Vice Chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, and to the Chairman of the Terrorism Panel. Dr. Pry was an Intelligence Officer with the Central Intelligence Agency responsible for analyzing Soviet and Russian nuclear strategy.</p> <p>Give this a 50 minute listen to learn what's at stake for America.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="128666913" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS108_2021_06_17_Pry.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>52:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This show comes at time that this episode's guest, Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, calls our "hinge of fate." Our topic is his riveting paper "Surprise Attack: ICBMs and the Real Nuclear Threat" where he lays bare the world's current and future nuclear warfare realities. It's an issue that many simply do not want to think about. As Peter puts it, "when it comes to nuclear weapons, U.S. and Western strategic culture mostly thinks and acts in a state of denial and unreality. Nuclear weapons of mass destruction are antithetical to our ethos." But as Leon Trotsky warned, "You may not be interested in war, but war is interested in you." By contrast, totalitarian states - China, Russia and North Korea - love, celebrate, and parade nuclear missiles as symbols of their omnipotence and their potential "final solution" to the vexing existence of free peoples, like the United States. The U.S. "Triad" comprises decades old bombers, ICBMs and missile submarines, requiring years to modernize, while Russia, China, and North Korea have mostly new systems and are developing new delivery vehicles that have no counterparts in the U.S. deterrent, including ASBMs, nuclear-powered cruise missiles, autonomous submarines like Russia's Poseidon, and hypersonic strategic warheads. They believe they could win a nuclear war. The "unthinkable" is becoming increasingly "thinkable" and someday soon may become irresistible to them. Yet space-based strategic defenses can turn the technological tide, if the U.S. awakens and acts— before it is too late. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has vast experience in national security, where he's served as Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security, Director of the United States Nuclear Strategy Forum, Chief advisor to the Vice Chairman of the House Armed Services Committee and the Vice Chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, and to the Chairman of the Terrorism Panel. Dr. Pry was an Intelligence Officer with the Central Intelligence Agency responsible for analyzing Soviet and Russian nuclear strategy. Give this a 50 minute listen to learn what's at stake for America.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This show comes at time that this episode's guest, Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, calls our "hinge of fate." Our topic is his riveting paper "Surprise Attack: ICBMs and the Real Nuclear Threat" where he lays bare the world's current and future nuclear warfare realities. It's an issue that many simply do not want to think about. As Peter puts it, "when it comes to nuclear weapons, U.S. and Western strategic culture mostly thinks and acts in a state of denial and unreality. Nuclear weapons of mass destruction are antithetical to our ethos." But as Leon Trotsky warned, "You may not be interested in war, but war is interested in you." By contrast, totalitarian states - China, Russia and North Korea - love, celebrate, and parade nuclear missiles as symbols of their omnipotence and their potential "final solution" to the vexing existence of free peoples, like the United States. The U.S. "Triad" comprises decades old bombers, ICBMs and missile submarines, requiring years to modernize, while Russia, China, and North Korea have mostly new systems and are developing new delivery vehicles that have no counterparts in the U.S. deterrent, including ASBMs, nuclear-powered cruise missiles, autonomous submarines like Russia's Poseidon, and hypersonic strategic warheads. They believe they could win a nuclear war. The "unthinkable" is becoming increasingly "thinkable" and someday soon may become irresistible to them. Yet space-based strategic defenses can turn the technological tide, if the U.S. awakens and acts— before it is too late. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has vast experience in national security, where he's served as Executive Director of the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security, Director of the United States Nuclear Strategy Forum, Chief advisor to the Vice Chairman of the House Armed Services Committee and the Vice Chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, and to the Chairman of the Terrorism Panel. Dr. Pry was an Intelligence Officer with the Central Intelligence Agency responsible for analyzing Soviet and Russian nuclear strategy. Give this a 50 minute listen to learn what's at stake for America.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 137:   "How Financial Regulations are Reshaping America" with Todd Zywicki and Brian Johnson</title>
      <itunes:title>"How Financial Regulations are Reshaping America" with Todd Zywicki and Brian Johnson</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Jun 2021 11:46:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00382ec5-8084-4ea9-a9d9-3d2a46bb2e45]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-137-how-financial-regulations-are-reshaping-america-with-todd-zywicki-and-brian-johnson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If you think a show about financial regulation is likely to be boring, I ask you to think again.</p> <p>Financial regulations are really about money.</p> <p>And in particular, ordinary Americans' money.</p> <p>Consumer credit and credit cards</p> <p>Student loans </p> <p>Credit reporting</p> <p>Mortgage finance</p> <p>Fintech </p> <p>Crypto currencies</p> <p>How small businesses get financed</p> <p>And financial regulations have become yet another primary battlefield on which the Left hopes to fundamentally transform America through the prisms of race and social justice.</p> <p>Joining me to explain this at-first-glance arcane but critically important topic is Todd Zywicki professor of law at George Mason's Antonin Scalia law school and Brian Johnson who was deputy director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</p> <p>They make this come alive. To learn what's at stake, listen in.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you think a show about financial regulation is likely to be boring, I ask you to think again.</p> <p>Financial regulations are really about money.</p> <p>And in particular, ordinary Americans' money.</p> <p>Consumer credit and credit cards</p> <p>Student loans </p> <p>Credit reporting</p> <p>Mortgage finance</p> <p>Fintech </p> <p>Crypto currencies</p> <p>How small businesses get financed</p> <p>And financial regulations have become yet another primary battlefield on which the Left hopes to fundamentally transform America through the prisms of race and social justice.</p> <p>Joining me to explain this at-first-glance arcane but critically important topic is Todd Zywicki professor of law at George Mason's Antonin Scalia law school and Brian Johnson who was deputy director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</p> <p>They make this come alive. To learn what's at stake, listen in.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="105672310" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS104_2021_05_06_Johnson_Zywizki.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>If you think a show about financial regulation is likely to be boring, I ask you to think again. Financial regulations are really about money. And in particular, ordinary Americans' money. Consumer credit and credit cards Student loans  Credit reporting Mortgage finance Fintech  Crypto currencies How small businesses get financed And financial regulations have become yet another primary battlefield on which the Left hopes to fundamentally transform America through the prisms of race and social justice. Joining me to explain this at-first-glance arcane but critically important topic is Todd Zywicki professor of law at George Mason's Antonin Scalia law school and Brian Johnson who was deputy director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. They make this come alive. To learn what's at stake, listen in.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>If you think a show about financial regulation is likely to be boring, I ask you to think again. Financial regulations are really about money. And in particular, ordinary Americans' money. Consumer credit and credit cards Student loans  Credit reporting Mortgage finance Fintech  Crypto currencies How small businesses get financed And financial regulations have become yet another primary battlefield on which the Left hopes to fundamentally transform America through the prisms of race and social justice. Joining me to explain this at-first-glance arcane but critically important topic is Todd Zywicki professor of law at George Mason's Antonin Scalia law school and Brian Johnson who was deputy director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. They make this come alive. To learn what's at stake, listen in.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 136:   Why Republican Glenn Youngkin could become the next Governor of Virginia</title>
      <itunes:title>Why Republican Glenn Youngkin could become the next Governor of Virginia</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 12:56:23 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ab3285f0-b4a8-43a2-a5eb-d5d01b40296a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-136-why-republican-glenn-youngkin-could-become-the-next-governor-of-virginia]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">The most politically important election in America takes place this November - the race to become the next governor of Virginia.</p> <p class="p1">This race will not be just about Virginia. It will be the first statewide election since Joe Biden took office, and will also be a referendum: How do voters feel about where Joe Biden and Kamala Harris are taking the country.</p> <p class="p1">Glenn Youngkin is the Republican candidate and he joins me in this episode to talk about what he wants to do as Virginia's governor.</p> <p class="p1">Glenn's joining the political fray after a career with the Carlisle Group where he rose to become co-chief executive officer of a firm with over $230 billion of assets under management.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">As you'll learn from this conversation, he not only brings a strong economics and leadership background, he also has a sound grasp of the on-the-ground social and pocketbook issues that concern Virginians.</p> <p class="p1">Among them: opening up communities and schools, the culture wars being waged in schools, keeping communities safe, qualified immunity for police officers, property taxes and the like.</p> <p class="p1">He comes across as passionate, thoughtful, a strong leader and strategic thinker who can connect with people from all walks of life.</p> <p class="p1">He could win.</p> <p class="p1">Listen in to decide for yourself.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">The most politically important election in America takes place this November - the race to become the next governor of Virginia.</p> <p class="p1">This race will not be just about Virginia. It will be the first statewide election since Joe Biden took office, and will also be a referendum: How do voters feel about where Joe Biden and Kamala Harris are taking the country.</p> <p class="p1">Glenn Youngkin is the Republican candidate and he joins me in this episode to talk about what he wants to do as Virginia's governor.</p> <p class="p1">Glenn's joining the political fray after a career with the Carlisle Group where he rose to become co-chief executive officer of a firm with over $230 billion of assets under management. </p> <p class="p1">As you'll learn from this conversation, he not only brings a strong economics and leadership background, he also has a sound grasp of the on-the-ground social and pocketbook issues that concern Virginians.</p> <p class="p1">Among them: opening up communities and schools, the culture wars being waged in schools, keeping communities safe, qualified immunity for police officers, property taxes and the like.</p> <p class="p1">He comes across as passionate, thoughtful, a strong leader and strategic thinker who can connect with people from all walks of life.</p> <p class="p1">He could win.</p> <p class="p1">Listen in to decide for yourself.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="115865822" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS107_2021_06_03_Youngkin.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The most politically important election in America takes place this November - the race to become the next governor of Virginia. This race will not be just about Virginia. It will be the first statewide election since Joe Biden took office, and will also be a referendum: How do voters feel about where Joe Biden and Kamala Harris are taking the country. Glenn Youngkin is the Republican candidate and he joins me in this episode to talk about what he wants to do as Virginia's governor. Glenn's joining the political fray after a career with the Carlisle Group where he rose to become co-chief executive officer of a firm with over $230 billion of assets under management.  As you'll learn from this conversation, he not only brings a strong economics and leadership background, he also has a sound grasp of the on-the-ground social and pocketbook issues that concern Virginians. Among them: opening up communities and schools, the culture wars being waged in schools, keeping communities safe, qualified immunity for police officers, property taxes and the like. He comes across as passionate, thoughtful, a strong leader and strategic thinker who can connect with people from all walks of life. He could win. Listen in to decide for yourself.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The most politically important election in America takes place this November - the race to become the next governor of Virginia. This race will not be just about Virginia. It will be the first statewide election since Joe Biden took office, and will also be a referendum: How do voters feel about where Joe Biden and Kamala Harris are taking the country. Glenn Youngkin is the Republican candidate and he joins me in this episode to talk about what he wants to do as Virginia's governor. Glenn's joining the political fray after a career with the Carlisle Group where he rose to become co-chief executive officer of a firm with over $230 billion of assets under management.  As you'll learn from this conversation, he not only brings a strong economics and leadership background, he also has a sound grasp of the on-the-ground social and pocketbook issues that concern Virginians. Among them: opening up communities and schools, the culture wars being waged in schools, keeping communities safe, qualified immunity for police officers, property taxes and the like. He comes across as passionate, thoughtful, a strong leader and strategic thinker who can connect with people from all walks of life. He could win. Listen in to decide for yourself.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 135:  "A Woke CIA is a Broke CIA" with Fred Fleitz and Mike Waller</title>
      <itunes:title>"A Woke CIA is a Broke CIA" with Fred Fleitz and Mike Waller</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 06 Jun 2021 11:13:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[24228858-dd21-4f68-ae8e-8a1b83500c39]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-135-a-woke-cia-is-a-broke-cia-with-fred-fleitz-and-mike-waller]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"I used to struggle with imposter syndrome, but at age thirty six I refuse to internalize misguided patriarchal ideas of what a woman can or should be. I am tired of feeling like I'm supposed to apologize for the space I occupied rather than intoxicate people with my effort, my brilliance. I am proud of me, full stop." </p> <p>Is this a quote from a self-help workshop in a "safe space" on a university campus?</p> <p>No, it's taken from a recent CIA recruitment ad. </p> <p>What's going on here? What kind of people does the CIA want to recruit?</p> <p>American national security agencies are charged with protecting the United States and its citizens from foreign threats to our safety and liberties. But it seems that "national security" is no longer just about threats to our freedom from external enemies. </p> <p>Our national security agencies have been drifting leftward for decades and have become increasingly "woke" and hostile to political adversaries.</p> <p>Recently former CIA Chief John Brennan declared that political libertarians in America should now be considered domestic terror threats. </p> <p>How did this happen? </p> <p>Where do we go from here? </p> <p>For some answers and to explore these troubling trends are my guests, Fred Fleitz, the President and CEO of the Center for Security Policy, and Dr. Michael Waller, the Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy.</p> <p>Social Justice recruiting must not be the mission of the CIA. As Fred puts it, "the CIA does serious work. CIA officers handle extremely classified information, and if used well lives can be saved. If it is misused, people die."</p> <p>External enemies still abound and it's clear that they now include China. I asked Mike whether we should also worry about the Chinese penetrating our Agencies?</p> <p>His answer:</p> <p>"Absolutely."</p> <p>To learn how this could be happening, join me in this wide ranging and disturbing examination of America's national security establishment. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"I used to struggle with imposter syndrome, but at age thirty six I refuse to internalize misguided patriarchal ideas of what a woman can or should be. I am tired of feeling like I'm supposed to apologize for the space I occupied rather than intoxicate people with my effort, my brilliance. I am proud of me, full stop." </p> <p>Is this a quote from a self-help workshop in a "safe space" on a university campus?</p> <p>No, it's taken from a recent CIA recruitment ad. </p> <p>What's going on here? What kind of people does the CIA want to recruit?</p> <p>American national security agencies are charged with protecting the United States and its citizens from foreign threats to our safety and liberties. But it seems that "national security" is no longer just about threats to our freedom from external enemies. </p> <p>Our national security agencies have been drifting leftward for decades and have become increasingly "woke" and hostile to political adversaries.</p> <p>Recently former CIA Chief John Brennan declared that political libertarians in America should now be considered domestic terror threats. </p> <p>How did this happen? </p> <p>Where do we go from here? </p> <p>For some answers and to explore these troubling trends are my guests, Fred Fleitz, the President and CEO of the Center for Security Policy, and Dr. Michael Waller, the Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy.</p> <p>Social Justice recruiting must not be the mission of the CIA. As Fred puts it, "the CIA does serious work. CIA officers handle extremely classified information, and if used well lives can be saved. If it is misused, people die."</p> <p>External enemies still abound and it's clear that they now include China. I asked Mike whether we should also worry about the Chinese penetrating our Agencies?</p> <p>His answer:</p> <p>"Absolutely."</p> <p>To learn how this could be happening, join me in this wide ranging and disturbing examination of America's national security establishment. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="117057374" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS106_2021_05_27_Waller_Fleitz.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"I used to struggle with imposter syndrome, but at age thirty six I refuse to internalize misguided patriarchal ideas of what a woman can or should be. I am tired of feeling like I'm supposed to apologize for the space I occupied rather than intoxicate people with my effort, my brilliance. I am proud of me, full stop."  Is this a quote from a self-help workshop in a "safe space" on a university campus? No, it's taken from a recent CIA recruitment ad.  What's going on here? What kind of people does the CIA want to recruit? American national security agencies are charged with protecting the United States and its citizens from foreign threats to our safety and liberties. But it seems that "national security" is no longer just about threats to our freedom from external enemies.  Our national security agencies have been drifting leftward for decades and have become increasingly "woke" and hostile to political adversaries. Recently former CIA Chief John Brennan declared that political libertarians in America should now be considered domestic terror threats.  How did this happen?  Where do we go from here?  For some answers and to explore these troubling trends are my guests, Fred Fleitz, the President and CEO of the Center for Security Policy, and Dr. Michael Waller, the Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy. Social Justice recruiting must not be the mission of the CIA. As Fred puts it, "the CIA does serious work. CIA officers handle extremely classified information, and if used well lives can be saved. If it is misused, people die." External enemies still abound and it's clear that they now include China. I asked Mike whether we should also worry about the Chinese penetrating our Agencies? His answer: "Absolutely." To learn how this could be happening, join me in this wide ranging and disturbing examination of America's national security establishment. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"I used to struggle with imposter syndrome, but at age thirty six I refuse to internalize misguided patriarchal ideas of what a woman can or should be. I am tired of feeling like I'm supposed to apologize for the space I occupied rather than intoxicate people with my effort, my brilliance. I am proud of me, full stop."  Is this a quote from a self-help workshop in a "safe space" on a university campus? No, it's taken from a recent CIA recruitment ad.  What's going on here? What kind of people does the CIA want to recruit? American national security agencies are charged with protecting the United States and its citizens from foreign threats to our safety and liberties. But it seems that "national security" is no longer just about threats to our freedom from external enemies.  Our national security agencies have been drifting leftward for decades and have become increasingly "woke" and hostile to political adversaries. Recently former CIA Chief John Brennan declared that political libertarians in America should now be considered domestic terror threats.  How did this happen?  Where do we go from here?  For some answers and to explore these troubling trends are my guests, Fred Fleitz, the President and CEO of the Center for Security Policy, and Dr. Michael Waller, the Senior Analyst for Strategy at the Center for Security Policy. Social Justice recruiting must not be the mission of the CIA. As Fred puts it, "the CIA does serious work. CIA officers handle extremely classified information, and if used well lives can be saved. If it is misused, people die." External enemies still abound and it's clear that they now include China. I asked Mike whether we should also worry about the Chinese penetrating our Agencies? His answer: "Absolutely." To learn how this could be happening, join me in this wide ranging and disturbing examination of America's national security establishment. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 134: The TBWS Roundtable on "Joe Biden's Horribles"</title>
      <itunes:title>The TBWS Roundtable on "Joe Biden's Horribles"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 30 May 2021 12:17:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3562ac9d-4826-469b-a3b4-24a662485a23]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-134-the-tbws-roundtable-on-joe-bidens-horribles]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>My friend Paul Teller keeps a running (and depressing) list of the destructive actions taken by Joe Biden's Administration. Joe Biden has been in office for just a few months and already the list is a mile long.   Paul, who was a top aide to VP Mike Pence and is now his chief of staff, calls his list "The Horribles" The TBWS Team agrees that the name is apt. In yet another free association roundtable, we kick off with how grateful we are for lunch bucket Joe's letter  - in an IRS envelope -  reminding us to thank him personally for our pandemic relief checks.  Then we move on to wokeness, equity and Biden's sowing more racial divisions, cancel culture, Biden's proposed "Section 8" tax plan, the assault on religious liberty, whether a  Federal government promoting "wokeness" violates the Establishment Clause, the attempted Federal takeover of elections with the "John Lewis Voting Rights Act", and the HR5 "Equality Act" which would do anything but bring about equality.  "It's a Five Alarm Fire," says Brian McNicol.  Who is really driving the Biden agenda?  Greg Corombos puts it, "Joe Biden is getting shoved to the front of the parade and has no idea where it's going."  But whoever's in command, "what they're doing is really damaging," says Brian. "They really think that they can control the weather, our ability to get and distribute energy, that they can just control it. They can just say, It won't be that anymore. It'll now be this.  And it will magically happen."   "They are operating on some very dangerous assumptions and we need to watch. It's a very dangerous time in the world."   True, yet I think you'll find this show an interesting take on the madness.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>My friend Paul Teller keeps a running (and depressing) list of the destructive actions taken by Joe Biden's Administration. Joe Biden has been in office for just a few months and already the list is a mile long. Paul, who was a top aide to VP Mike Pence and is now his chief of staff, calls his list "The Horribles" The TBWS Team agrees that the name is apt. In yet another free association roundtable, we kick off with how grateful we are for lunch bucket Joe's letter - in an IRS envelope - reminding us to thank him personally for our pandemic relief checks. Then we move on to wokeness, equity and Biden's sowing more racial divisions, cancel culture, Biden's proposed "Section 8" tax plan, the assault on religious liberty, whether a Federal government promoting "wokeness" violates the Establishment Clause, the attempted Federal takeover of elections with the "John Lewis Voting Rights Act", and the HR5 "Equality Act" which would do anything but bring about equality. "It's a Five Alarm Fire," says Brian McNicol. Who is really driving the Biden agenda? Greg Corombos puts it, "Joe Biden is getting shoved to the front of the parade and has no idea where it's going." But whoever's in command, "what they're doing is really damaging," says Brian. "They really think that they can control the weather, our ability to get and distribute energy, that they can just control it. They can just say, It won't be that anymore. It'll now be this. And it will magically happen." "They are operating on some very dangerous assumptions and we need to watch. It's a very dangerous time in the world." True, yet I think you'll find this show an interesting take on the madness.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44021276" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_5_25_21_Team_on_Biden_Final_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>My friend Paul Teller keeps a running (and depressing) list of the destructive actions taken by Joe Biden's Administration. Joe Biden has been in office for just a few months and already the list is a mile long.   Paul, who was a top aide to VP Mike Pence and is now his chief of staff, calls his list "The Horribles" The TBWS Team agrees that the name is apt. In yet another free association roundtable, we kick off with how grateful we are for lunch bucket Joe's letter  - in an IRS envelope -  reminding us to thank him personally for our pandemic relief checks.  Then we move on to wokeness, equity and Biden's sowing more racial divisions, cancel culture, Biden's proposed "Section 8" tax plan, the assault on religious liberty, whether a  Federal government promoting "wokeness" violates the Establishment Clause, the attempted Federal takeover of elections with the "John Lewis Voting Rights Act", and the HR5 "Equality Act" which would do anything but bring about equality.  "It's a Five Alarm Fire," says Brian McNicol.  Who is really driving the Biden agenda?  Greg Corombos puts it, "Joe Biden is getting shoved to the front of the parade and has no idea where it's going."  But whoever's in command, "what they're doing is really damaging," says Brian. "They really think that they can control the weather, our ability to get and distribute energy, that they can just control it. They can just say, It won't be that anymore. It'll now be this.  And it will magically happen."   "They are operating on some very dangerous assumptions and we need to watch. It's a very dangerous time in the world."   True, yet I think you'll find this show an interesting take on the madness.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>My friend Paul Teller keeps a running (and depressing) list of the destructive actions taken by Joe Biden's Administration. Joe Biden has been in office for just a few months and already the list is a mile long.   Paul, who was a top aide to VP Mike Pence and is now his chief of staff, calls his list "The Horribles" The TBWS Team agrees that the name is apt. In yet another free association roundtable, we kick off with how grateful we are for lunch bucket Joe's letter  - in an IRS envelope -  reminding us to thank him personally for our pandemic relief checks.  Then we move on to wokeness, equity and Biden's sowing more racial divisions, cancel culture, Biden's proposed "Section 8" tax plan, the assault on religious liberty, whether a  Federal government promoting "wokeness" violates the Establishment Clause, the attempted Federal takeover of elections with the "John Lewis Voting Rights Act", and the HR5 "Equality Act" which would do anything but bring about equality.  "It's a Five Alarm Fire," says Brian McNicol.  Who is really driving the Biden agenda?  Greg Corombos puts it, "Joe Biden is getting shoved to the front of the parade and has no idea where it's going."  But whoever's in command, "what they're doing is really damaging," says Brian. "They really think that they can control the weather, our ability to get and distribute energy, that they can just control it. They can just say, It won't be that anymore. It'll now be this.  And it will magically happen."   "They are operating on some very dangerous assumptions and we need to watch. It's a very dangerous time in the world."   True, yet I think you'll find this show an interesting take on the madness.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 133: The Future of Policing in America</title>
      <itunes:title>The Future of Policing in America</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 May 2021 12:08:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[77ec5f7c-0066-450d-bd83-34b7999db233]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-133-the-future-of-policing-in-america]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Bill Walton Show Roundtable worries about what the future of law enforcement could look like in this country.</p> <p>In many cities, seasoned officers are rushing to retire - causing a major deficit as those positions are becoming harder to fill.</p> <p>Increasingly, resisting arrest is becoming a badge of protest.  And rather than punishing law breakers, police officers are being demonized for doing their jobs.</p> <p>Why happens if big city Mayors actually do "defund the police?"  What will cities look like a decade from now?  Who will be keeping the peace?  Who will want to live there?</p> <p>Much to ponder, and unless we change course, the future of cities look dystopian.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Bill Walton Show Roundtable worries about what the future of law enforcement could look like in this country.</p> <p>In many cities, seasoned officers are rushing to retire - causing a major deficit as those positions are becoming harder to fill.</p> <p>Increasingly, resisting arrest is becoming a badge of protest. And rather than punishing law breakers, police officers are being demonized for doing their jobs.</p> <p>Why happens if big city Mayors actually do "defund the police?" What will cities look like a decade from now? Who will be keeping the peace? Who will want to live there?</p> <p>Much to ponder, and unless we change course, the future of cities look dystopian.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="41836501" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_Team_4_27_21_Audio_Final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Bill Walton Show Roundtable worries about what the future of law enforcement could look like in this country. In many cities, seasoned officers are rushing to retire - causing a major deficit as those positions are becoming harder to fill. Increasingly, resisting arrest is becoming a badge of protest.  And rather than punishing law breakers, police officers are being demonized for doing their jobs. Why happens if big city Mayors actually do "defund the police?"  What will cities look like a decade from now?  Who will be keeping the peace?  Who will want to live there? Much to ponder, and unless we change course, the future of cities look dystopian.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Bill Walton Show Roundtable worries about what the future of law enforcement could look like in this country. In many cities, seasoned officers are rushing to retire - causing a major deficit as those positions are becoming harder to fill. Increasingly, resisting arrest is becoming a badge of protest.  And rather than punishing law breakers, police officers are being demonized for doing their jobs. Why happens if big city Mayors actually do "defund the police?"  What will cities look like a decade from now?  Who will be keeping the peace?  Who will want to live there? Much to ponder, and unless we change course, the future of cities look dystopian.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 132: "Combating Woke Capitalism" with Justin Danhof and Matt Schlapp</title>
      <itunes:title>"Combating Woke Capitalism" with Justin Danhof and Matt Schlapp</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 13:14:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ae2771da-8ddb-475c-80d6-00de6c5ce5b1]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-132-combating-woke-capitalism-with-justin-danhof-and-matt-schlapp]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">For years, major American corporations have been drifting to the political Left.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Now that drift seems more like a tidal wave. Companies like Coca Cola, Delta Airlines … and even Major League Baseball have, for example, condemned Georgia's legislature's effort to protect free and fair elections.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">And increasingly the very top echelons of many big corporations - the C Suites and the boards of directors - are filled with people on the left promoting a "woke" agenda.</p> <p class="p1">Household names like Levi, Nike, Air BnB, Blackrock, Ford, the NBA and Bank of America are now aligned with the Democrat Party.</p> <p class="p1">This corporatist move to the left has emerged as the latest front in the war to "fundamentally change America."</p> <p class="p1">How this happened is a complicated and disturbing story. Joining me to tell it is Justin Danhof director of the Free Enterprise Project at the National Center for Public Policy Research, who has waged a long battle against creeping leftism in corporate America.</p> <p class="p1">And Matt Schlapp, Chairman ACU, which sponsors CPAC, and the founder of Cove Strategies, an advisor to many major corporations.</p> <p class="p1">Effective ways remain for conservatives to push back against this trend.</p> <p class="p1">Justin, Matt and I provide an insider's view about what's going on in corporate America and how to deal with its lurch to the left.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">For years, major American corporations have been drifting to the political Left. </p> <p class="p1">Now that drift seems more like a tidal wave. Companies like Coca Cola, Delta Airlines … and even Major League Baseball have, for example, condemned Georgia's legislature's effort to protect free and fair elections. </p> <p class="p1">And increasingly the very top echelons of many big corporations - the C Suites and the boards of directors - are filled with people on the left promoting a "woke" agenda.</p> <p class="p1">Household names like Levi, Nike, Air BnB, Blackrock, Ford, the NBA and Bank of America are now aligned with the Democrat Party.</p> <p class="p1">This corporatist move to the left has emerged as the latest front in the war to "fundamentally change America."</p> <p class="p1">How this happened is a complicated and disturbing story. Joining me to tell it is Justin Danhof director of the Free Enterprise Project at the National Center for Public Policy Research, who has waged a long battle against creeping leftism in corporate America.</p> <p class="p1">And Matt Schlapp, Chairman ACU, which sponsors CPAC, and the founder of Cove Strategies, an advisor to many major corporations.</p> <p class="p1">Effective ways remain for conservatives to push back against this trend.</p> <p class="p1">Justin, Matt and I provide an insider's view about what's going on in corporate America and how to deal with its lurch to the left.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="99577966" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS105_2021_05_13_Schlapp_Danhof.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For years, major American corporations have been drifting to the political Left.  Now that drift seems more like a tidal wave. Companies like Coca Cola, Delta Airlines … and even Major League Baseball have, for example, condemned Georgia's legislature's effort to protect free and fair elections.  And increasingly the very top echelons of many big corporations - the C Suites and the boards of directors - are filled with people on the left promoting a "woke" agenda. Household names like Levi, Nike, Air BnB, Blackrock, Ford, the NBA and Bank of America are now aligned with the Democrat Party. This corporatist move to the left has emerged as the latest front in the war to "fundamentally change America." How this happened is a complicated and disturbing story. Joining me to tell it is Justin Danhof director of the Free Enterprise Project at the National Center for Public Policy Research, who has waged a long battle against creeping leftism in corporate America. And Matt Schlapp, Chairman ACU, which sponsors CPAC, and the founder of Cove Strategies, an advisor to many major corporations. Effective ways remain for conservatives to push back against this trend. Justin, Matt and I provide an insider's view about what's going on in corporate America and how to deal with its lurch to the left.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For years, major American corporations have been drifting to the political Left.  Now that drift seems more like a tidal wave. Companies like Coca Cola, Delta Airlines … and even Major League Baseball have, for example, condemned Georgia's legislature's effort to protect free and fair elections.  And increasingly the very top echelons of many big corporations - the C Suites and the boards of directors - are filled with people on the left promoting a "woke" agenda. Household names like Levi, Nike, Air BnB, Blackrock, Ford, the NBA and Bank of America are now aligned with the Democrat Party. This corporatist move to the left has emerged as the latest front in the war to "fundamentally change America." How this happened is a complicated and disturbing story. Joining me to tell it is Justin Danhof director of the Free Enterprise Project at the National Center for Public Policy Research, who has waged a long battle against creeping leftism in corporate America. And Matt Schlapp, Chairman ACU, which sponsors CPAC, and the founder of Cove Strategies, an advisor to many major corporations. Effective ways remain for conservatives to push back against this trend. Justin, Matt and I provide an insider's view about what's going on in corporate America and how to deal with its lurch to the left.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 131:  "The Chinese dominance of your medicine cabinet" with Rosemary Gibson</title>
      <itunes:title>"The Chinese dominance of your medicine cabinet" with Rosemary Gibson</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 May 2021 13:26:51 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[33a29c40-a0e0-4636-8dbc-20cc767935c9]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-131-the-chinese-dominance-of-your-medicine-cabinet-with-rosemary-gibson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When you think of all the things in your house that are "made in China", one thing you may not realize is how many medicines are.   That bottle of aspirin? Made in China. Penicillin? Made in China. Even something as simple as Vitamin C is produced in China. And if that's not shocking enough, there's also a good chance your doctor doesn't even know where these medicines are being manufactured! Joining me is Rosemary Gibson, author of the book "China Rx", which chronicles how this began and how the Chinese developed it in stealth.  Rosemary, a recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award from the American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, is a thoughtful and careful chronicler of this very alarming reality. How did the US let this happen? What about Chinese quality control? How has the pandemic played a role in all of this? Before you take that next pill, you'll want to hear this conversation. </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When you think of all the things in your house that are "made in China", one thing you may not realize is how many medicines are. That bottle of aspirin? Made in China. Penicillin? Made in China. Even something as simple as Vitamin C is produced in China. And if that's not shocking enough, there's also a good chance your doctor doesn't even know where these medicines are being manufactured! Joining me is Rosemary Gibson, author of the book "China Rx", which chronicles how this began and how the Chinese developed it in stealth. Rosemary, a recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award from the American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, is a thoughtful and careful chronicler of this very alarming reality. How did the US let this happen? What about Chinese quality control? How has the pandemic played a role in all of this? Before you take that next pill, you'll want to hear this conversation. </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="112877887" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS101_2021_04_14_Gibson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>When you think of all the things in your house that are "made in China", one thing you may not realize is how many medicines are.   That bottle of aspirin? Made in China. Penicillin? Made in China. Even something as simple as Vitamin C is produced in China. And if that's not shocking enough, there's also a good chance your doctor doesn't even know where these medicines are being manufactured! Joining me is Rosemary Gibson, author of the book "China Rx", which chronicles how this began and how the Chinese developed it in stealth.  Rosemary, a recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award from the American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, is a thoughtful and careful chronicler of this very alarming reality. How did the US let this happen? What about Chinese quality control? How has the pandemic played a role in all of this? Before you take that next pill, you'll want to hear this conversation. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>When you think of all the things in your house that are "made in China", one thing you may not realize is how many medicines are.   That bottle of aspirin? Made in China. Penicillin? Made in China. Even something as simple as Vitamin C is produced in China. And if that's not shocking enough, there's also a good chance your doctor doesn't even know where these medicines are being manufactured! Joining me is Rosemary Gibson, author of the book "China Rx", which chronicles how this began and how the Chinese developed it in stealth.  Rosemary, a recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award from the American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, is a thoughtful and careful chronicler of this very alarming reality. How did the US let this happen? What about Chinese quality control? How has the pandemic played a role in all of this? Before you take that next pill, you'll want to hear this conversation. </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 130:  "Refounding America" with Mercy and Matt Schlapp</title>
      <itunes:title>"Refounding America" with Mercy and Matt Schlapp</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2021 15:14:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2355e1ca-26f5-4b4c-bd84-e7e618f62cca]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-130-refounding-america-with-mercy-and-matt-schlapp]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This past year has been filled with adversity, but with tough times can come great blessings.</p> <p>In my case, my wife Sarah and I have found a wonderful blessing in our friendship with Mercy and Matt Schlapp and their five daughters. We all found ourselves locked down in our places in Madison and Rappahannock County, Virginia during the pandemic. So what did we do? We formed a "quarantine club" and got together on weekends to talk deeply and at length about what's going on in America, and what we can do to keep it a free country.</p> <p>This show first appeared on CPAC Now last night and we thought you might enjoy hearing from Matt and Mercy in a wide ranging conversation that's very much like our informal get togethers.</p> <p>Of course, Mercy was director of communications strategy for the Trump-Pence reelection campaign, and Matt is Chairman and CEO of the American Conservative Union, sponsor of CPAC.</p> <p>Things have changed so much in society in recent years. As Matt points out, "What's interesting is we're all used to having conversations about public policy. Now, we're just trying to make sure that our family is safe. It's a really scary time. I think there's been so much change in society so fast that these esoteric policy conversations are really not a part of what we talk about now."</p> <p>"We talk about how will you raise kids? How do you talk to them about gender and sex? What are they hearing in school, our schools? There's complete chaos going on in society. So, for me personally it's a hard time because people say, "You don't seem as happy as you usually are." It's like you're not happy when you're seeing society being ripped apart."</p> <p>"I think that part of it is that our faith is very important to us," says Mercy. "It's central to our lives. It's the way we deal with the pressure, the abuse, the things changing in your life. If we did not have God in the center of it and faith, we know God will not abandon us because we have to do what God has asked us to do." </p> <p>"It is our vocation. Our vocation is to ensure that we keep up this fight for America." </p> <p>Please join me for this powerful and personal conversation with Mercy and Matt Schlapp.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This past year has been filled with adversity, but with tough times can come great blessings.</p> <p>In my case, my wife Sarah and I have found a wonderful blessing in our friendship with Mercy and Matt Schlapp and their five daughters. We all found ourselves locked down in our places in Madison and Rappahannock County, Virginia during the pandemic. So what did we do? We formed a "quarantine club" and got together on weekends to talk deeply and at length about what's going on in America, and what we can do to keep it a free country.</p> <p>This show first appeared on CPAC Now last night and we thought you might enjoy hearing from Matt and Mercy in a wide ranging conversation that's very much like our informal get togethers.</p> <p>Of course, Mercy was director of communications strategy for the Trump-Pence reelection campaign, and Matt is Chairman and CEO of the American Conservative Union, sponsor of CPAC.</p> <p>Things have changed so much in society in recent years. As Matt points out, "What's interesting is we're all used to having conversations about public policy. Now, we're just trying to make sure that our family is safe. It's a really scary time. I think there's been so much change in society so fast that these esoteric policy conversations are really not a part of what we talk about now."</p> <p>"We talk about how will you raise kids? How do you talk to them about gender and sex? What are they hearing in school, our schools? There's complete chaos going on in society. So, for me personally it's a hard time because people say, "You don't seem as happy as you usually are." It's like you're not happy when you're seeing society being ripped apart."</p> <p>"I think that part of it is that our faith is very important to us," says Mercy. "It's central to our lives. It's the way we deal with the pressure, the abuse, the things changing in your life. If we did not have God in the center of it and faith, we know God will not abandon us because we have to do what God has asked us to do." </p> <p>"It is our vocation. Our vocation is to ensure that we keep up this fight for America." </p> <p>Please join me for this powerful and personal conversation with Mercy and Matt Schlapp.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="94938232" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS103_2021_05_05_Schlapps.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This past year has been filled with adversity, but with tough times can come great blessings. In my case, my wife Sarah and I have found a wonderful blessing in our friendship with Mercy and Matt Schlapp and their five daughters. We all found ourselves locked down in our places in Madison and Rappahannock County, Virginia during the pandemic. So what did we do? We formed a "quarantine club" and got together on weekends to talk deeply and at length about what's going on in America, and what we can do to keep it a free country. This show first appeared on CPAC Now last night and we thought you might enjoy hearing from Matt and Mercy in a wide ranging conversation that's very much like our informal get togethers. Of course, Mercy was director of communications strategy for the Trump-Pence reelection campaign, and Matt is Chairman and CEO of the American Conservative Union, sponsor of CPAC. Things have changed so much in society in recent years. As Matt points out, "What's interesting is we're all used to having conversations about public policy. Now, we're just trying to make sure that our family is safe. It's a really scary time. I think there's been so much change in society so fast that these esoteric policy conversations are really not a part of what we talk about now." "We talk about how will you raise kids? How do you talk to them about gender and sex? What are they hearing in school, our schools? There's complete chaos going on in society. So, for me personally it's a hard time because people say, "You don't seem as happy as you usually are." It's like you're not happy when you're seeing society being ripped apart." "I think that part of it is that our faith is very important to us," says Mercy. "It's central to our lives. It's the way we deal with the pressure, the abuse, the things changing in your life. If we did not have God in the center of it and faith, we know God will not abandon us because we have to do what God has asked us to do."  "It is our vocation. Our vocation is to ensure that we keep up this fight for America."  Please join me for this powerful and personal conversation with Mercy and Matt Schlapp.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This past year has been filled with adversity, but with tough times can come great blessings. In my case, my wife Sarah and I have found a wonderful blessing in our friendship with Mercy and Matt Schlapp and their five daughters. We all found ourselves locked down in our places in Madison and Rappahannock County, Virginia during the pandemic. So what did we do? We formed a "quarantine club" and got together on weekends to talk deeply and at length about what's going on in America, and what we can do to keep it a free country. This show first appeared on CPAC Now last night and we thought you might enjoy hearing from Matt and Mercy in a wide ranging conversation that's very much like our informal get togethers. Of course, Mercy was director of communications strategy for the Trump-Pence reelection campaign, and Matt is Chairman and CEO of the American Conservative Union, sponsor of CPAC. Things have changed so much in society in recent years. As Matt points out, "What's interesting is we're all used to having conversations about public policy. Now, we're just trying to make sure that our family is safe. It's a really scary time. I think there's been so much change in society so fast that these esoteric policy conversations are really not a part of what we talk about now." "We talk about how will you raise kids? How do you talk to them about gender and sex? What are they hearing in school, our schools? There's complete chaos going on in society. So, for me personally it's a hard time because people say, "You don't seem as happy as you usually are." It's like you're not happy when you're seeing society being ripped apart." "I think that part of it is that our faith is very important to us," says Mercy. "It's central to our lives. It's the way we deal with the pressure, the abuse, the things changing in your life. If we did not have God in the center of it and faith, we know God will not abandon us because we have to do what God has asked us to do."  "It is our vocation. Our vocation is to ensure that we keep up this fight for America."  Please join me for this powerful and personal conversation with Mercy and Matt Schlapp.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 129:  "Weighing the Cost of Panic" with Jay Richards and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>"Weighing the Cost of Panic" with Jay Richards and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 May 2021 11:43:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[620202ea-90fb-481a-9413-6d3d2e52ef80]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-129-weighing-the-cost-of-panic-with-jay-richards-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Bill talks with Jay Richards and John Tamny about the Covid-19 pandemic and the trade-offs between freedom and government mandated "safety."</p> <p>Should governments have simply provided people with information about risks and precautionary measures, or were the microscopic instructions, lockdowns and mask mandates necessary?</p> <p>At this point the answer seems pretty clear.</p> <p>"We're a full year into this and we've got a lot of empirical data," Jay explains. "We have Florida and New York to compare, as well as other states, so it's not as if we're in a position where we don't really understand whether lockdowns worked. The most modest and moderate way of saying it is that the lockdowns seem to make no difference one way or the other."</p> <p>Moreover, we're now seeing the lockdown's enormous human and social costs with most vulnerable groups in the US devastated by unscientific and ineffective policies.</p> <p>But even with the evidence before us, we're now seeing the goal lines to end mandates continually moved outward to some distant time when we will all be "safe."</p> <p>When do we get to the point when we can declare that - like all other viruses - we just have to learn to deal with its risks?</p> <p>Dr. Jay Richards is a professor at Catholic University, a senior fellow at Discovery Institute, the executive editor of The Stream and the author <em>The Price of Panic</em>.</p> <p>John Tamny is the economic guru for FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and the author of <em>When Politicians Panicked</em>.</p> <p>Both John and Jay have penetrating observations about the ordeal we've all been through and what we can learn from it about balancing the risks in life.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Bill talks with Jay Richards and John Tamny about the Covid-19 pandemic and the trade-offs between freedom and government mandated "safety."</p> <p>Should governments have simply provided people with information about risks and precautionary measures, or were the microscopic instructions, lockdowns and mask mandates necessary?</p> <p>At this point the answer seems pretty clear.</p> <p>"We're a full year into this and we've got a lot of empirical data," Jay explains. "We have Florida and New York to compare, as well as other states, so it's not as if we're in a position where we don't really understand whether lockdowns worked. The most modest and moderate way of saying it is that the lockdowns seem to make no difference one way or the other."</p> <p>Moreover, we're now seeing the lockdown's enormous human and social costs with most vulnerable groups in the US devastated by unscientific and ineffective policies.</p> <p>But even with the evidence before us, we're now seeing the goal lines to end mandates continually moved outward to some distant time when we will all be "safe."</p> <p>When do we get to the point when we can declare that - like all other viruses - we just have to learn to deal with its risks?</p> <p>Dr. Jay Richards is a professor at Catholic University, a senior fellow at Discovery Institute, the executive editor of The Stream and the author <em>The Price of Panic</em>.</p> <p>John Tamny is the economic guru for FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and the author of <em>When Politicians Panicked</em>.</p> <p>Both John and Jay have penetrating observations about the ordeal we've all been through and what we can learn from it about balancing the risks in life.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="98848674" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS102_2021_04_21_Tamny_Richards.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Bill talks with Jay Richards and John Tamny about the Covid-19 pandemic and the trade-offs between freedom and government mandated "safety." Should governments have simply provided people with information about risks and precautionary measures, or were the microscopic instructions, lockdowns and mask mandates necessary? At this point the answer seems pretty clear. "We're a full year into this and we've got a lot of empirical data," Jay explains. "We have Florida and New York to compare, as well as other states, so it's not as if we're in a position where we don't really understand whether lockdowns worked. The most modest and moderate way of saying it is that the lockdowns seem to make no difference one way or the other." Moreover, we're now seeing the lockdown's enormous human and social costs with most vulnerable groups in the US devastated by unscientific and ineffective policies. But even with the evidence before us, we're now seeing the goal lines to end mandates continually moved outward to some distant time when we will all be "safe." When do we get to the point when we can declare that - like all other viruses - we just have to learn to deal with its risks? Dr. Jay Richards is a professor at Catholic University, a senior fellow at Discovery Institute, the executive editor of The Stream and the author The Price of Panic. John Tamny is the economic guru for FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and the author of When Politicians Panicked. Both John and Jay have penetrating observations about the ordeal we've all been through and what we can learn from it about balancing the risks in life.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode, Bill talks with Jay Richards and John Tamny about the Covid-19 pandemic and the trade-offs between freedom and government mandated "safety." Should governments have simply provided people with information about risks and precautionary measures, or were the microscopic instructions, lockdowns and mask mandates necessary? At this point the answer seems pretty clear. "We're a full year into this and we've got a lot of empirical data," Jay explains. "We have Florida and New York to compare, as well as other states, so it's not as if we're in a position where we don't really understand whether lockdowns worked. The most modest and moderate way of saying it is that the lockdowns seem to make no difference one way or the other." Moreover, we're now seeing the lockdown's enormous human and social costs with most vulnerable groups in the US devastated by unscientific and ineffective policies. But even with the evidence before us, we're now seeing the goal lines to end mandates continually moved outward to some distant time when we will all be "safe." When do we get to the point when we can declare that - like all other viruses - we just have to learn to deal with its risks? Dr. Jay Richards is a professor at Catholic University, a senior fellow at Discovery Institute, the executive editor of The Stream and the author The Price of Panic. John Tamny is the economic guru for FreedomWorks, editor of RealClearMarkets and the author of When Politicians Panicked. Both John and Jay have penetrating observations about the ordeal we've all been through and what we can learn from it about balancing the risks in life.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 128: "The Bard and the Bible" with Bob Hostetler</title>
      <itunes:title>The Bard and the Bible</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 02 May 2021 12:04:15 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[91c9d5e0-b60c-4df1-bb40-4b03e4b5db75]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-128-the-bard-and-the-bible-with-bob-hostetler]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For the past year or so, I've been reading in a daily devotional titled the <em>The Bard and The Bible</em>. In it each day is a quote from William Shakespeare, a related passage from the King  James Bible and a witty and wise reading of how they might relate to us today.</p> <p>With Shakespeare, and of course anything related to the Bible, increasingly banned from American school curriculums, we are losing touch with these cornerstones of our western culture. The Victorians celebrated Shakespeare and the Bible as the twin moral underpinnings of British civilization. And when American pioneers headed west in their covered wagons, the two books that they brought with them were the King James Bible and the works of Shakespeare.</p> <p>Joining me to talk about their importance is Bob Hostetler, the author of <em>The Bard and the Bible</em> and a font of interesting and fun facts. In particular, Shakespeare, once you get used to his language, is a surprising antidote to today's toxic politics. </p> <p>Shakespeare distrusted the abstract, and disliked theory. He was in no sense an intellectual. His plays are essentially about people, not ideas. And despite the efforts of "critical theory" types, they are not remotely political in the left/right modern sense, which is why I find them such a breath of fresh air.</p> <p>Join me as Bob and I explore the many reasons why the Bible and Shakespeare are by far the most quoted texts in the Western World.  You don't need to know much about either to learn a lot and love this show.</p> <p>How can you not be interested in a guy who wrote these stage directions:</p> <p>'Enter three Murderers' and "Exit, Pursued By A Bear'</p> <p>And who wrote this lines: </p> <p>"All the world's a stage"</p> <p>"A horse! A horse! My kingdom for a horse!"</p> <p>"Talkers are no good doers" </p> <p>"How many fond fools serve mad jealousy!"</p> <p>and </p> <p>"Life's but a walking shadow, a poor player</p> <p>That struts and frets his hour upon the stage</p> <p>And then is heard no more: it is a tale</p> <p>Told by an idiot, full of "sound and fury",</p> <p>Signifying nothing."</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For the past year or so, I've been reading in a daily devotional titled the <em>The Bard and The Bible</em>. In it each day is a quote from William Shakespeare, a related passage from the King James Bible and a witty and wise reading of how they might relate to us today.</p> <p>With Shakespeare, and of course anything related to the Bible, increasingly banned from American school curriculums, we are losing touch with these cornerstones of our western culture. The Victorians celebrated Shakespeare and the Bible as the twin moral underpinnings of British civilization. And when American pioneers headed west in their covered wagons, the two books that they brought with them were the King James Bible and the works of Shakespeare.</p> <p>Joining me to talk about their importance is Bob Hostetler, the author of <em>The Bard and the Bible</em> and a font of interesting and fun facts. In particular, Shakespeare, once you get used to his language, is a surprising antidote to today's toxic politics. </p> <p>Shakespeare distrusted the abstract, and disliked theory. He was in no sense an intellectual. His plays are essentially about people, not ideas. And despite the efforts of "critical theory" types, they are not remotely political in the left/right modern sense, which is why I find them such a breath of fresh air.</p> <p>Join me as Bob and I explore the many reasons why the Bible and Shakespeare are by far the most quoted texts in the Western World. You don't need to know much about either to learn a lot and love this show.</p> <p>How can you not be interested in a guy who wrote these stage directions:</p> <p>'Enter three Murderers' and "Exit, Pursued By A Bear'</p> <p>And who wrote this lines: </p> <p>"All the world's a stage"</p> <p>"A horse! A horse! My kingdom for a horse!"</p> <p>"Talkers are no good doers" </p> <p>"How many fond fools serve mad jealousy!"</p> <p>and </p> <p>"Life's but a walking shadow, a poor player</p> <p>That struts and frets his hour upon the stage</p> <p>And then is heard no more: it is a tale</p> <p>Told by an idiot, full of "sound and fury",</p> <p>Signifying nothing."</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="61779804" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_17_21_Bob_Hostetler_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For the past year or so, I've been reading in a daily devotional titled the The Bard and The Bible. In it each day is a quote from William Shakespeare, a related passage from the King  James Bible and a witty and wise reading of how they might relate to us today. With Shakespeare, and of course anything related to the Bible, increasingly banned from American school curriculums, we are losing touch with these cornerstones of our western culture. The Victorians celebrated Shakespeare and the Bible as the twin moral underpinnings of British civilization. And when American pioneers headed west in their covered wagons, the two books that they brought with them were the King James Bible and the works of Shakespeare. Joining me to talk about their importance is Bob Hostetler, the author of The Bard and the Bible and a font of interesting and fun facts. In particular, Shakespeare, once you get used to his language, is a surprising antidote to today's toxic politics.  Shakespeare distrusted the abstract, and disliked theory. He was in no sense an intellectual. His plays are essentially about people, not ideas. And despite the efforts of "critical theory" types, they are not remotely political in the left/right modern sense, which is why I find them such a breath of fresh air. Join me as Bob and I explore the many reasons why the Bible and Shakespeare are by far the most quoted texts in the Western World.  You don't need to know much about either to learn a lot and love this show. How can you not be interested in a guy who wrote these stage directions: 'Enter three Murderers' and "Exit, Pursued By A Bear' And who wrote this lines:  "All the world's a stage" "A horse! A horse! My kingdom for a horse!" "Talkers are no good doers"  "How many fond fools serve mad jealousy!" and  "Life's but a walking shadow, a poor player That struts and frets his hour upon the stage And then is heard no more: it is a tale Told by an idiot, full of "sound and fury", Signifying nothing."  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For the past year or so, I've been reading in a daily devotional titled the The Bard and The Bible. In it each day is a quote from William Shakespeare, a related passage from the King  James Bible and a witty and wise reading of how they might relate to us today. With Shakespeare, and of course anything related to the Bible, increasingly banned from American school curriculums, we are losing touch with these cornerstones of our western culture. The Victorians celebrated Shakespeare and the Bible as the twin moral underpinnings of British civilization. And when American pioneers headed west in their covered wagons, the two books that they brought with them were the King James Bible and the works of Shakespeare. Joining me to talk about their importance is Bob Hostetler, the author of The Bard and the Bible and a font of interesting and fun facts. In particular, Shakespeare, once you get used to his language, is a surprising antidote to today's toxic politics.  Shakespeare distrusted the abstract, and disliked theory. He was in no sense an intellectual. His plays are essentially about people, not ideas. And despite the efforts of "critical theory" types, they are not remotely political in the left/right modern sense, which is why I find them such a breath of fresh air. Join me as Bob and I explore the many reasons why the Bible and Shakespeare are by far the most quoted texts in the Western World.  You don't need to know much about either to learn a lot and love this show. How can you not be interested in a guy who wrote these stage directions: 'Enter three Murderers' and "Exit, Pursued By A Bear' And who wrote this lines:  "All the world's a stage" "A horse! A horse! My kingdom for a horse!" "Talkers are no good doers"  "How many fond fools serve mad jealousy!" and  "Life's but a walking shadow, a poor player That struts and frets his hour upon the stage And then is heard no more: it is a tale Told by an idiot, full of "sound and fury", Signifying nothing."  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 127: "An Actor's Craft: A conversation with Tony LoBianco"</title>
      <itunes:title>"An Actor's Craft: A conversation with Tony LoBianco"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 25 Apr 2021 11:53:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aee950da-2824-46a9-bf83-407da4b22fd0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-127-an-actors-craft-a-conversation-with-tony-lobianco]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>During the last several years, I have had the great pleasure of getting to know a wonderful actor, Tony LoBianco.  It's the 50th anniversary of his iconic movie "The French Connection" where he played Sal Boca, and a perfect occasion to invite him on the show to talk about the acting craft and working with other creatives.</p> <p>A leading actor in films, TV and the stage, he's made over 100 films during the course of his career and along the way won an Obie, an Emmy, an Outer Circle Critics Award, and was nominated for a Tony award for Best Actor. </p> <p>In this wide-ranging conversation, Tony and I talk about the days of Hollywood when it wasn't so woke. He shares stories of working with legends like Milton Berle, Richard Widmark, William Friedkin, Arthur Miller, Richard Gere, Alec Baldwin and James Gandolfini among others. </p> <p>Some of his great antidotes include how he got the role of Raymond Fernandez in the cult classic "The Honeymoon Killers" by fooling a casting director into thinking he was Hispanic even though he doesn't speak Spanish. And what the very scary Richard Widmark thought about Tony's acting.</p> <p>This is a truly fun and fascinating behind the scenes look at the movie industry of the 70s and since. I think you'll enjoy it.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>During the last several years, I have had the great pleasure of getting to know a wonderful actor, Tony LoBianco. It's the 50th anniversary of his iconic movie "The French Connection" where he played Sal Boca, and a perfect occasion to invite him on the show to talk about the acting craft and working with other creatives.</p> <p>A leading actor in films, TV and the stage, he's made over 100 films during the course of his career and along the way won an Obie, an Emmy, an Outer Circle Critics Award, and was nominated for a Tony award for Best Actor. </p> <p>In this wide-ranging conversation, Tony and I talk about the days of Hollywood when it wasn't so woke. He shares stories of working with legends like Milton Berle, Richard Widmark, William Friedkin, Arthur Miller, Richard Gere, Alec Baldwin and James Gandolfini among others. </p> <p>Some of his great antidotes include how he got the role of Raymond Fernandez in the cult classic "The Honeymoon Killers" by fooling a casting director into thinking he was Hispanic even though he doesn't speak Spanish. And what the very scary Richard Widmark thought about Tony's acting.</p> <p>This is a truly fun and fascinating behind the scenes look at the movie industry of the 70s and since. I think you'll enjoy it.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="94902624" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS100_2020_03_25_Lo_Bianco.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>During the last several years, I have had the great pleasure of getting to know a wonderful actor, Tony LoBianco.  It's the 50th anniversary of his iconic movie "The French Connection" where he played Sal Boca, and a perfect occasion to invite him on the show to talk about the acting craft and working with other creatives. A leading actor in films, TV and the stage, he's made over 100 films during the course of his career and along the way won an Obie, an Emmy, an Outer Circle Critics Award, and was nominated for a Tony award for Best Actor.  In this wide-ranging conversation, Tony and I talk about the days of Hollywood when it wasn't so woke. He shares stories of working with legends like Milton Berle, Richard Widmark, William Friedkin, Arthur Miller, Richard Gere, Alec Baldwin and James Gandolfini among others.  Some of his great antidotes include how he got the role of Raymond Fernandez in the cult classic "The Honeymoon Killers" by fooling a casting director into thinking he was Hispanic even though he doesn't speak Spanish. And what the very scary Richard Widmark thought about Tony's acting. This is a truly fun and fascinating behind the scenes look at the movie industry of the 70s and since. I think you'll enjoy it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>During the last several years, I have had the great pleasure of getting to know a wonderful actor, Tony LoBianco.  It's the 50th anniversary of his iconic movie "The French Connection" where he played Sal Boca, and a perfect occasion to invite him on the show to talk about the acting craft and working with other creatives. A leading actor in films, TV and the stage, he's made over 100 films during the course of his career and along the way won an Obie, an Emmy, an Outer Circle Critics Award, and was nominated for a Tony award for Best Actor.  In this wide-ranging conversation, Tony and I talk about the days of Hollywood when it wasn't so woke. He shares stories of working with legends like Milton Berle, Richard Widmark, William Friedkin, Arthur Miller, Richard Gere, Alec Baldwin and James Gandolfini among others.  Some of his great antidotes include how he got the role of Raymond Fernandez in the cult classic "The Honeymoon Killers" by fooling a casting director into thinking he was Hispanic even though he doesn't speak Spanish. And what the very scary Richard Widmark thought about Tony's acting. This is a truly fun and fascinating behind the scenes look at the movie industry of the 70s and since. I think you'll enjoy it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 126:  "The Unsettling Truth About Green Energy" with Mark Mills</title>
      <itunes:title>The Unsettling Truth About Green Energy with Mark Mills</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Apr 2021 14:25:53 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[421bf1e4-edd2-41c5-b6e1-269f6297ba61]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-126-the-unsettling-truth-about-green-energy-with-mark-mills]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Mark Mills, Energy & Tech expert at the Manhattan Institute, and I go in-depth about the perils of so-called "green energy." Case in point: February's deadly blackout in Texas. Texas, with the most wind farms in the country providing 25% of its energy, learned what happens when the weather gets cold and the wind goes away. Just when you need electricity the most, it's not there. The National Academy of Sciences has declared the electrical grid the most important invention of the 20th century. But it doesn't work if it depends on unreliable wind and solar sources. Reliance on green energy "is a really, really bad idea. With it, we are going to switch America's energy from domestic production to imports. We're going to switch America's energy from liquids and gases which are easy to move and cheap to extract, to energy minerals, which are hard to move and energy-intensive to extract," according to Mark.  "We're going to switch from a small footprint on the planet to a huge footprint on the planet because the land area required per unit of energy when it's green, compared to hydrocarbons, goes up tenfold. All bad." And of course, China is playing a clever strategic game having cornered the market for critical green energy components. Mark also clearly explains why nuclear is the smart green energy option, even though most so-called environmentalists oppose it. If you disagree with any of this, listen to Mark's fact-based explanations. It you want to truly understand why depending on green energy is a terrible idea, start here.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Mark Mills, Energy & Tech expert at the Manhattan Institute, and I go in-depth about the perils of so-called "green energy." Case in point: February's deadly blackout in Texas. Texas, with the most wind farms in the country providing 25% of its energy, learned what happens when the weather gets cold and the wind goes away. Just when you need electricity the most, it's not there. The National Academy of Sciences has declared the electrical grid the most important invention of the 20th century. But it doesn't work if it depends on unreliable wind and solar sources. Reliance on green energy "is a really, really bad idea. With it, we are going to switch America's energy from domestic production to imports. We're going to switch America's energy from liquids and gases which are easy to move and cheap to extract, to energy minerals, which are hard to move and energy-intensive to extract," according to Mark. "We're going to switch from a small footprint on the planet to a huge footprint on the planet because the land area required per unit of energy when it's green, compared to hydrocarbons, goes up tenfold. All bad." And of course, China is playing a clever strategic game having cornered the market for critical green energy components. Mark also clearly explains why nuclear is the smart green energy option, even though most so-called environmentalists oppose it. If you disagree with any of this, listen to Mark's fact-based explanations. It you want to truly understand why depending on green energy is a terrible idea, start here.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="81642100" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS99_2021_03_18_Mills.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Mark Mills, Energy &amp; Tech expert at the Manhattan Institute, and I go in-depth about the perils of so-called "green energy." Case in point: February's deadly blackout in Texas. Texas, with the most wind farms in the country providing 25% of its energy, learned what happens when the weather gets cold and the wind goes away. Just when you need electricity the most, it's not there. The National Academy of Sciences has declared the electrical grid the most important invention of the 20th century. But it doesn't work if it depends on unreliable wind and solar sources. Reliance on green energy "is a really, really bad idea. With it, we are going to switch America's energy from domestic production to imports. We're going to switch America's energy from liquids and gases which are easy to move and cheap to extract, to energy minerals, which are hard to move and energy-intensive to extract," according to Mark.  "We're going to switch from a small footprint on the planet to a huge footprint on the planet because the land area required per unit of energy when it's green, compared to hydrocarbons, goes up tenfold. All bad." And of course, China is playing a clever strategic game having cornered the market for critical green energy components. Mark also clearly explains why nuclear is the smart green energy option, even though most so-called environmentalists oppose it. If you disagree with any of this, listen to Mark's fact-based explanations. It you want to truly understand why depending on green energy is a terrible idea, start here.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this episode, Mark Mills, Energy &amp; Tech expert at the Manhattan Institute, and I go in-depth about the perils of so-called "green energy." Case in point: February's deadly blackout in Texas. Texas, with the most wind farms in the country providing 25% of its energy, learned what happens when the weather gets cold and the wind goes away. Just when you need electricity the most, it's not there. The National Academy of Sciences has declared the electrical grid the most important invention of the 20th century. But it doesn't work if it depends on unreliable wind and solar sources. Reliance on green energy "is a really, really bad idea. With it, we are going to switch America's energy from domestic production to imports. We're going to switch America's energy from liquids and gases which are easy to move and cheap to extract, to energy minerals, which are hard to move and energy-intensive to extract," according to Mark.  "We're going to switch from a small footprint on the planet to a huge footprint on the planet because the land area required per unit of energy when it's green, compared to hydrocarbons, goes up tenfold. All bad." And of course, China is playing a clever strategic game having cornered the market for critical green energy components. Mark also clearly explains why nuclear is the smart green energy option, even though most so-called environmentalists oppose it. If you disagree with any of this, listen to Mark's fact-based explanations. It you want to truly understand why depending on green energy is a terrible idea, start here.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 125: Warriors and Worriers</title>
      <itunes:title>Warriors and Worriers</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 16:06:12 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1dc6dec5-1cf9-4f0d-b6b3-3a43b6c7c096]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-125-warriors-and-worriers]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies?    In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book Warriors and Worriers, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is a fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders.  Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women.   E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as "brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences - and the meaning of human nature - than a library of conventional social science."    An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth."  Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies? In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book Warriors and Worriers, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is a fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders. Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women. E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as "brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences - and the meaning of human nature - than a library of conventional social science." An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth." Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="61645206" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_24_21_Joyce_Benenson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies?    In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book Warriors and Worriers, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is a fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders.  Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women.   E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as "brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences - and the meaning of human nature - than a library of conventional social science."    An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth."  Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>What are the evolutionary differences between men and women, and how do they survive and thrive through differing competitive strategies?    In this episode, Dr. Joyce Benenson talks with Bill about her book Warriors and Worriers, which draws her extensive lifelong research on children's interactions. The result is a fascinating array of studies and stories that explore the ways boys and men deter their enemies, while girls and women find assistants to aid them in coping with vulnerable children and elders.  Dr. Benenson, a retired professor of psychology at Emmanuel College and an associate member of the Human Evolutionary Biology Department at Harvard University, turns upside down the conventional wisdom that women are more sociable than men and that men are more competitive than women.   E.O. Wilson of Harvard praises her work as "brave, thoroughly documented, and written with unusual clarity … her book explains more about the fundamentals of gender differences - and the meaning of human nature - than a library of conventional social science."    An engaging conversationalist, Joyce quickly deconstructs the notion that being male, or female is simply a matter of "sex assigned at birth."  Human history is a story of men and women genetically built to specialize in different behaviors necessary to ensure the survival of their children to adulthood.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 124: The Strange Rabbit Hole of Theory with James Lindsay</title>
      <itunes:title>The Strange Rabbit Hole of Theory with James Lindsay</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 15:57:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9371fa8b-6a70-405c-81da-ff201d1e6b3d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-124-the-strange-rabbit-hole-of-theory-with-james-lindsay]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If it's possible to have a fun and entertaining conversation about political correctness, critical race theory and the state of being "woke", this is it. Joining me is James Lindsay, PhD, Co-author of Cynical Theories and founder of the newdiscourses.com website and podcasts. James, who has been called the Donald Trump of Intellectuals (meant as an insult), because of his courage to take on political correctness, guides me down through the stranger and stranger rabbit hole of "Theory."   Also knows as Postmodernism, it first took root in America in the Yale University English Department and since then, like a virus, it has jumped from this laboratory to infect all American society. In the wide-ranging interview, he explains things like "anti-racist", systems of privilege, Queer theory and how all these theories start with the conclusions you want to reach. Thought experiment: You are a white shopkeeper and two customers enter your store, one black and one white.  Who you serve first determines whether you are a racist.  Be careful, the answer is not obvious. According to "critical race theory" it might be safest to serve neither. It is definitely worth taking an hour of your time to understand this world.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If it's possible to have a fun and entertaining conversation about political correctness, critical race theory and the state of being "woke", this is it. Joining me is James Lindsay, PhD, Co-author of Cynical Theories and founder of the newdiscourses.com website and podcasts. James, who has been called the Donald Trump of Intellectuals (meant as an insult), because of his courage to take on political correctness, guides me down through the stranger and stranger rabbit hole of "Theory." Also knows as Postmodernism, it first took root in America in the Yale University English Department and since then, like a virus, it has jumped from this laboratory to infect all American society. In the wide-ranging interview, he explains things like "anti-racist", systems of privilege, Queer theory and how all these theories start with the conclusions you want to reach. Thought experiment: You are a white shopkeeper and two customers enter your store, one black and one white. Who you serve first determines whether you are a racist. Be careful, the answer is not obvious. According to "critical race theory" it might be safest to serve neither. It is definitely worth taking an hour of your time to understand this world.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="95556438" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_4_1_21_James_Lindsay_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>01:06:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>If it's possible to have a fun and entertaining conversation about political correctness, critical race theory and the state of being "woke", this is it. Joining me is James Lindsay, PhD, Co-author of Cynical Theories and founder of the newdiscourses.com website and podcasts. James, who has been called the Donald Trump of Intellectuals (meant as an insult), because of his courage to take on political correctness, guides me down through the stranger and stranger rabbit hole of "Theory."   Also knows as Postmodernism, it first took root in America in the Yale University English Department and since then, like a virus, it has jumped from this laboratory to infect all American society. In the wide-ranging interview, he explains things like "anti-racist", systems of privilege, Queer theory and how all these theories start with the conclusions you want to reach. Thought experiment: You are a white shopkeeper and two customers enter your store, one black and one white.  Who you serve first determines whether you are a racist.  Be careful, the answer is not obvious. According to "critical race theory" it might be safest to serve neither. It is definitely worth taking an hour of your time to understand this world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>If it's possible to have a fun and entertaining conversation about political correctness, critical race theory and the state of being "woke", this is it. Joining me is James Lindsay, PhD, Co-author of Cynical Theories and founder of the newdiscourses.com website and podcasts. James, who has been called the Donald Trump of Intellectuals (meant as an insult), because of his courage to take on political correctness, guides me down through the stranger and stranger rabbit hole of "Theory."   Also knows as Postmodernism, it first took root in America in the Yale University English Department and since then, like a virus, it has jumped from this laboratory to infect all American society. In the wide-ranging interview, he explains things like "anti-racist", systems of privilege, Queer theory and how all these theories start with the conclusions you want to reach. Thought experiment: You are a white shopkeeper and two customers enter your store, one black and one white.  Who you serve first determines whether you are a racist.  Be careful, the answer is not obvious. According to "critical race theory" it might be safest to serve neither. It is definitely worth taking an hour of your time to understand this world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 123:  Trans Men in Women's Sports</title>
      <itunes:title>Trans Men in Women's Sports</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Mar 2021 19:53:26 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a2944022-35d4-4a72-b3ab-a65e9eaaba01]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-123-trans-men-in-womens-sports]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, our TBWS Roundtable discusses the push by the radical woke left to let transgendered boy/girl athletes participate in girls and women's sports.   After coming out strongly against trans men in women's sports, South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem recently vetoed a bill that would've banned it. Why? She says "it's complicated" and she may be right.    The very woke NCAA would ban her state from staging its competitions. But allowing trans men in women's sports would gut Title IX.   It seems that who and how you would define a boy or girl depends on your politics, not "the science." Where are the feminists on this when all the victims are girls? Martina Navratilova has been excoriated for coming out against it. Why is this seemingly only an American issue? What are the implications for our military? And is this just the opening salvo in the race to replace the binary? Did you know there was a "race to replace the binary?"   It's a mess, and the Roundtable explores what it all means, and how we feel about it.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, our TBWS Roundtable discusses the push by the radical woke left to let transgendered boy/girl athletes participate in girls and women's sports. After coming out strongly against trans men in women's sports, South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem recently vetoed a bill that would've banned it. Why? She says "it's complicated" and she may be right. The very woke NCAA would ban her state from staging its competitions. But allowing trans men in women's sports would gut Title IX. It seems that who and how you would define a boy or girl depends on your politics, not "the science." Where are the feminists on this when all the victims are girls? Martina Navratilova has been excoriated for coming out against it. Why is this seemingly only an American issue? What are the implications for our military? And is this just the opening salvo in the race to replace the binary? Did you know there was a "race to replace the binary?" It's a mess, and the Roundtable explores what it all means, and how we feel about it.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="47764309" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_30_21_Roundtable_on_Womens_Sports.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this episode, our TBWS Roundtable discusses the push by the radical woke left to let transgendered boy/girl athletes participate in girls and women's sports.   After coming out strongly against trans men in women's sports, South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem recently vetoed a bill that would've banned it. Why? She says "it's complicated" and she may be right.    The very woke NCAA would ban her state from staging its competitions. But allowing trans men in women's sports would gut Title IX.   It seems that who and how you would define a boy or girl depends on your politics, not "the science." Where are the feminists on this when all the victims are girls? Martina Navratilova has been excoriated for coming out against it. Why is this seemingly only an American issue? What are the implications for our military? And is this just the opening salvo in the race to replace the binary? Did you know there was a "race to replace the binary?"   It's a mess, and the Roundtable explores what it all means, and how we feel about it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this episode, our TBWS Roundtable discusses the push by the radical woke left to let transgendered boy/girl athletes participate in girls and women's sports.   After coming out strongly against trans men in women's sports, South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem recently vetoed a bill that would've banned it. Why? She says "it's complicated" and she may be right.    The very woke NCAA would ban her state from staging its competitions. But allowing trans men in women's sports would gut Title IX.   It seems that who and how you would define a boy or girl depends on your politics, not "the science." Where are the feminists on this when all the victims are girls? Martina Navratilova has been excoriated for coming out against it. Why is this seemingly only an American issue? What are the implications for our military? And is this just the opening salvo in the race to replace the binary? Did you know there was a "race to replace the binary?"   It's a mess, and the Roundtable explores what it all means, and how we feel about it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 122:  The "Mis-Pricing" of Calvin Coolidge</title>
      <itunes:title>The "Mis-Pricing" of Calvin Coolidge</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Mar 2021 17:09:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1635f7f2-ddbb-4c50-8bb2-e30f839f6f66]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-122-the-mis-pricing-of-calvin-coolidge]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, we look into the life and presidency of Calvin Coolidge with Amity Shlaes, author of The NY Times bestsellers <em>Coolidge, The Forgotten Man, The Greedy Hand</em> and <em>The Great Society.</em></p> <p>Amity is also co-editor of a fascinating new edition of <em>The Autobiography of Calvin Coolidge</em> revealing how he embodied the best of America's founding principles and the character of the American people.</p> <p>In this wide-ranging interview Amity and I cover Coolidge from his early days growing up in Vermont to how his legacy impacted Ronald Reagan. The thing to remember about Coolidge is that the federal budget was lower after he left office than when he entered the Presidency. What a different time.</p> <p>She also chairs the board of the <a href= "http://www.coolidgefoundation.org/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener">Calvin Coolidge Presidential Foundation</a> and we talk about its scholarships and programs for young people.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, we look into the life and presidency of Calvin Coolidge with Amity Shlaes, author of The NY Times bestsellers <em>Coolidge, The Forgotten Man, The Greedy Hand</em> and <em>The Great Society.</em></p> <p>Amity is also co-editor of a fascinating new edition of <em>The Autobiography of Calvin Coolidge</em> revealing how he embodied the best of America's founding principles and the character of the American people.</p> <p>In this wide-ranging interview Amity and I cover Coolidge from his early days growing up in Vermont to how his legacy impacted Ronald Reagan. The thing to remember about Coolidge is that the federal budget was lower after he left office than when he entered the Presidency. What a different time.</p> <p>She also chairs the board of the <a href= "http://www.coolidgefoundation.org/" target="_blank" rel= "noopener">Calvin Coolidge Presidential Foundation</a> and we talk about its scholarships and programs for young people.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="70758614" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_11_21_Amity_Shlaes_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this episode, we look into the life and presidency of Calvin Coolidge with Amity Shlaes, author of The NY Times bestsellers Coolidge, The Forgotten Man, The Greedy Hand and The Great Society. Amity is also co-editor of a fascinating new edition of The Autobiography of Calvin Coolidge revealing how he embodied the best of America's founding principles and the character of the American people. In this wide-ranging interview Amity and I cover Coolidge from his early days growing up in Vermont to how his legacy impacted Ronald Reagan. The thing to remember about Coolidge is that the federal budget was lower after he left office than when he entered the Presidency. What a different time. She also chairs the board of the Calvin Coolidge Presidential Foundation and we talk about its scholarships and programs for young people.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this episode, we look into the life and presidency of Calvin Coolidge with Amity Shlaes, author of The NY Times bestsellers Coolidge, The Forgotten Man, The Greedy Hand and The Great Society. Amity is also co-editor of a fascinating new edition of The Autobiography of Calvin Coolidge revealing how he embodied the best of America's founding principles and the character of the American people. In this wide-ranging interview Amity and I cover Coolidge from his early days growing up in Vermont to how his legacy impacted Ronald Reagan. The thing to remember about Coolidge is that the federal budget was lower after he left office than when he entered the Presidency. What a different time. She also chairs the board of the Calvin Coolidge Presidential Foundation and we talk about its scholarships and programs for young people.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 121: A Wide-Ranging Conversation with the Always Interesting Yaron Brook</title>
      <itunes:title>A Wide-Ranging Conversation with the Always Interesting Yaron Brook</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Mar 2021 17:40:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c30cfd4b-955a-4005-97af-b910814e487a]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-121-a-wide-ranging-conversation-with-the-always-interesting-yaron-brook]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, I'm talking with Yaron Brook, Chair of the Ayn Rand Institute, in a wide-ranging conversation that launches into the case for why the profit motive is a good thing. Capitalism gets a bad rap in the media and pop culture, but should business be epitomized by Gordon Gecko or Steve Jobs? Was the 2008 financial crisis caused by greedy Wall Streeters or by wrongheaded government policies?  We agree that finance, properly understood, is about "win/win" strategies to move capital to more productive uses, but what about all the people left behind by capitalism's "creative destruction?  Are Americans any longer willing to do what's necessary to create their own future. We also talk about his view that our moral purpose should be our own happiness and that self-interest is not wrong.  We part company on trade with China and on Donald Trump, but wholeheartedly agree on the need for an optimistic freedom agenda that embraces America's founding ideas.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, I'm talking with Yaron Brook, Chair of the Ayn Rand Institute, in a wide-ranging conversation that launches into the case for why the profit motive is a good thing. Capitalism gets a bad rap in the media and pop culture, but should business be epitomized by Gordon Gecko or Steve Jobs? Was the 2008 financial crisis caused by greedy Wall Streeters or by wrongheaded government policies? We agree that finance, properly understood, is about "win/win" strategies to move capital to more productive uses, but what about all the people left behind by capitalism's "creative destruction? Are Americans any longer willing to do what's necessary to create their own future. We also talk about his view that our moral purpose should be our own happiness and that self-interest is not wrong. We part company on trade with China and on Donald Trump, but wholeheartedly agree on the need for an optimistic freedom agenda that embraces America's founding ideas.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="68775062" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_9_21_Yaron_Brook_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this episode, I'm talking with Yaron Brook, Chair of the Ayn Rand Institute, in a wide-ranging conversation that launches into the case for why the profit motive is a good thing. Capitalism gets a bad rap in the media and pop culture, but should business be epitomized by Gordon Gecko or Steve Jobs? Was the 2008 financial crisis caused by greedy Wall Streeters or by wrongheaded government policies?  We agree that finance, properly understood, is about "win/win" strategies to move capital to more productive uses, but what about all the people left behind by capitalism's "creative destruction?  Are Americans any longer willing to do what's necessary to create their own future. We also talk about his view that our moral purpose should be our own happiness and that self-interest is not wrong.  We part company on trade with China and on Donald Trump, but wholeheartedly agree on the need for an optimistic freedom agenda that embraces America's founding ideas.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this episode, I'm talking with Yaron Brook, Chair of the Ayn Rand Institute, in a wide-ranging conversation that launches into the case for why the profit motive is a good thing. Capitalism gets a bad rap in the media and pop culture, but should business be epitomized by Gordon Gecko or Steve Jobs? Was the 2008 financial crisis caused by greedy Wall Streeters or by wrongheaded government policies?  We agree that finance, properly understood, is about "win/win" strategies to move capital to more productive uses, but what about all the people left behind by capitalism's "creative destruction?  Are Americans any longer willing to do what's necessary to create their own future. We also talk about his view that our moral purpose should be our own happiness and that self-interest is not wrong.  We part company on trade with China and on Donald Trump, but wholeheartedly agree on the need for an optimistic freedom agenda that embraces America's founding ideas.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 120: The Leadership Crisis and the Free Market Cure with John Allison</title>
      <itunes:title>The Leadership Crisis and the Free Market Cure with John Allison</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 17:35:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[25830f20-5a6e-4b5c-9443-9c2f68ef388d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-120-the-leadership-crisis-and-the-free-market-cure-with-john-allison]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, I'm joined by John Allison, named one of the 100 most successful CEOs in the world by the Harvard Business Review. In this wide-ranging interview, we talk about how he went from growing up in a lower-middle income family in North Carolina to becoming the head of BB&T, the Cato Institute and author of "The Leadership Crisis and the Free Market Cure". John and I discuss some of the 10 principles for living your best life as outlined in his book, a must read for anyone interested in learning the ethical values necessary for individuals, leaders and societies to achieve real human happiness.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, I'm joined by John Allison, named one of the 100 most successful CEOs in the world by the Harvard Business Review. In this wide-ranging interview, we talk about how he went from growing up in a lower-middle income family in North Carolina to becoming the head of BB&T, the Cato Institute and author of "The Leadership Crisis and the Free Market Cure". John and I discuss some of the 10 principles for living your best life as outlined in his book, a must read for anyone interested in learning the ethical values necessary for individuals, leaders and societies to achieve real human happiness.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="67444310" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_John_Allison_2-10-21_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this episode, I'm joined by John Allison, named one of the 100 most successful CEOs in the world by the Harvard Business Review. In this wide-ranging interview, we talk about how he went from growing up in a lower-middle income family in North Carolina to becoming the head of BB&amp;T, the Cato Institute and author of "The Leadership Crisis and the Free Market Cure". John and I discuss some of the 10 principles for living your best life as outlined in his book, a must read for anyone interested in learning the ethical values necessary for individuals, leaders and societies to achieve real human happiness.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this episode, I'm joined by John Allison, named one of the 100 most successful CEOs in the world by the Harvard Business Review. In this wide-ranging interview, we talk about how he went from growing up in a lower-middle income family in North Carolina to becoming the head of BB&amp;T, the Cato Institute and author of "The Leadership Crisis and the Free Market Cure". John and I discuss some of the 10 principles for living your best life as outlined in his book, a must read for anyone interested in learning the ethical values necessary for individuals, leaders and societies to achieve real human happiness.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 119: CPAC, Trump and the future of the GOP with the TBWS Roundtable</title>
      <itunes:title>CPAC, Trump and the future of the GOP with the TBWS Roundtable</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Mar 2021 16:36:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e7815337-b3e8-4a7e-83ed-005bfd7243e8]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-119-cpac-trump-and-the-future-of-the-gop-with-the-tbws-roundtable]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The TBWS Roundtable discusses former President Trump's CPAC speech, and what it means for Republicans going forward. Has he learned anything about shoring up his weaknesses? Will he attempt another run for President? Should he? And if not, where does the Republican party go from here?We also look at the future for Mike Pence. What role will the former VP play in the party?<br /> <br /> Plus, we look at the role social media will play in getting out the message of the GOP and get into the risky business of offering predictions for the mid-term elections.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The TBWS Roundtable discusses former President Trump's CPAC speech, and what it means for Republicans going forward. Has he learned anything about shoring up his weaknesses? Will he attempt another run for President? Should he? And if not, where does the Republican party go from here?We also look at the future for Mike Pence. What role will the former VP play in the party? Plus, we look at the role social media will play in getting out the message of the GOP and get into the risky business of offering predictions for the mid-term elections.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="51621590" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_3_02_21_Team_Espisode_Audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The TBWS Roundtable discusses former President Trump's CPAC speech, and what it means for Republicans going forward. Has he learned anything about shoring up his weaknesses? Will he attempt another run for President? Should he? And if not, where does the Republican party go from here?We also look at the future for Mike Pence. What role will the former VP play in the party? Plus, we look at the role social media will play in getting out the message of the GOP and get into the risky business of offering predictions for the mid-term elections.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The TBWS Roundtable discusses former President Trump's CPAC speech, and what it means for Republicans going forward. Has he learned anything about shoring up his weaknesses? Will he attempt another run for President? Should he? And if not, where does the Republican party go from here?We also look at the future for Mike Pence. What role will the former VP play in the party? Plus, we look at the role social media will play in getting out the message of the GOP and get into the risky business of offering predictions for the mid-term elections.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>EPISODE 118: "JUST THE FACTS"</title>
      <itunes:title>"JUST THE FACTS"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Feb 2021 16:02:13 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[56ed98c9-ca4c-41e1-b837-e49913449e29]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-118-just-the-facts]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The phrase "Just the facts" has taken on new meaning with the creation of media-based fact checkers. However, the definition of truth varies based on the organization doing the research.</p> <p>I'm joined today by Jim Agresti, the President and co-founder of Just Facts as we talk about why what you see in the media is often agenda driven and what his organization does to find the truth.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The phrase "Just the facts" has taken on new meaning with the creation of media-based fact checkers. However, the definition of truth varies based on the organization doing the research.</p> <p>I'm joined today by Jim Agresti, the President and co-founder of Just Facts as we talk about why what you see in the media is often agenda driven and what his organization does to find the truth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="53620297" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_2_24_21_Jim_Agresti_Audio.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The phrase "Just the facts" has taken on new meaning with the creation of media-based fact checkers. However, the definition of truth varies based on the organization doing the research. I'm joined today by Jim Agresti, the President and co-founder of Just Facts as we talk about why what you see in the media is often agenda driven and what his organization does to find the truth.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The phrase "Just the facts" has taken on new meaning with the creation of media-based fact checkers. However, the definition of truth varies based on the organization doing the research. I'm joined today by Jim Agresti, the President and co-founder of Just Facts as we talk about why what you see in the media is often agenda driven and what his organization does to find the truth.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 117: "Sim City" COVID with Phil Magness and Jeffrey Tucker</title>
      <itunes:title>"Sim City" COVID with Phil Magness and Jeffrey Tucker</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 16:29:39 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f8ddcf51-01c5-44a4-bf54-9e74fdb1b6d5]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-117-sim-city-covid-with-phil-magness-and-jeffrey-tucker]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this Episode, we continue our conversation with Jeffrey Tucker and are now joined by Phil Magness also with the American Institute for Economic Research regarding the current state of the nation due to the Coronavirus. How does the handling of the virus remind us of the video game "Sim City"? What does the future hold now that the vaccine is starting to be distributed? We also discuss what the role of politics has played in the pandemic.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this Episode, we continue our conversation with Jeffrey Tucker and are now joined by Phil Magness also with the American Institute for Economic Research regarding the current state of the nation due to the Coronavirus. How does the handling of the virus remind us of the video game "Sim City"? What does the future hold now that the vaccine is starting to be distributed? We also discuss what the role of politics has played in the pandemic.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="73480305" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS_2_16_21_Tucker_Magness.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In this Episode, we continue our conversation with Jeffrey Tucker and are now joined by Phil Magness also with the American Institute for Economic Research regarding the current state of the nation due to the Coronavirus. How does the handling of the virus remind us of the video game "Sim City"? What does the future hold now that the vaccine is starting to be distributed? We also discuss what the role of politics has played in the pandemic.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In this Episode, we continue our conversation with Jeffrey Tucker and are now joined by Phil Magness also with the American Institute for Economic Research regarding the current state of the nation due to the Coronavirus. How does the handling of the virus remind us of the video game "Sim City"? What does the future hold now that the vaccine is starting to be distributed? We also discuss what the role of politics has played in the pandemic.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 116: A new clarity in a COVID world with Jeffrey Tucker</title>
      <itunes:title>A new clarity in a COVID world with Jeffrey Tucker</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sat, 13 Feb 2021 12:14:13 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c2d65484-9914-43cb-bc5d-ae5aed4bb00f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-116-a-new-clarity-in-a-covid-world-with-jeffrey-tucker]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>With the first anniversary of the emergence of the Coronavirus, <a href="https://www.aier.org/staffs/jeffrey-tucker/">Jeffrey Tucker</a> head of research at the American Institute for Economic Research joins me for an in-depth discussion about what have we learned so far about the virus and what the future holds for our daily lives. We also talk about how 2020 was almost medieval, and how long it will be before we fully understand the pandemic's aftermath.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With the first anniversary of the emergence of the Coronavirus, <a href="https://www.aier.org/staffs/jeffrey-tucker/">Jeffrey Tucker</a> head of research at the American Institute for Economic Research joins me for an in-depth discussion about what have we learned so far about the virus and what the future holds for our daily lives. We also talk about how 2020 was almost medieval, and how long it will be before we fully understand the pandemic's aftermath.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="91089575" type="audio/mp4" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Bill_and_Jeffrey_Tucker_Audio.m4a?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>With the first anniversary of the emergence of the Coronavirus, Jeffrey Tucker head of research at the American Institute for Economic Research joins me for an in-depth discussion about what have we learned so far about the virus and what the future holds for our daily lives. We also talk about how 2020 was almost medieval, and how long it will be before we fully understand the pandemic's aftermath.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>With the first anniversary of the emergence of the Coronavirus, Jeffrey Tucker head of research at the American Institute for Economic Research joins me for an in-depth discussion about what have we learned so far about the virus and what the future holds for our daily lives. We also talk about how 2020 was almost medieval, and how long it will be before we fully understand the pandemic's aftermath.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 115: A light at the end of the COVID tunnel? with Phil Kerpen</title>
      <itunes:title>A light at the end of the COVID tunnel? with Phil Kerpen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 12:10:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b4069ff6-f35c-45a6-bea2-ccb5d2da3e87]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-115-a-light-at-the-end-of-the-covid-tunnel-with-phil-kerpen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As Coronavirus lockdowns around the country are slowly starting to be lifted, I'm joined by Phil Kerpen, President of <a href= "https://www.americancommitment.org/">American Commitment</a> to talk about what shutting down businesses and social activities have meant for our economy and our social fabric. We also discuss what the future holds now that vaccines are starting to be administered.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As Coronavirus lockdowns around the country are slowly starting to be lifted, I'm joined by Phil Kerpen, President of <a href= "https://www.americancommitment.org/">American Commitment</a> to talk about what shutting down businesses and social activities have meant for our economy and our social fabric. We also discuss what the future holds now that vaccines are starting to be administered.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="120740805" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS98_2020_02_04_Kerpen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>49:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As Coronavirus lockdowns around the country are slowly starting to be lifted, I'm joined by Phil Kerpen, President of American Commitment to talk about what shutting down businesses and social activities have meant for our economy and our social fabric. We also discuss what the future holds now that vaccines are starting to be administered.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As Coronavirus lockdowns around the country are slowly starting to be lifted, I'm joined by Phil Kerpen, President of American Commitment to talk about what shutting down businesses and social activities have meant for our economy and our social fabric. We also discuss what the future holds now that vaccines are starting to be administered.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 114: Wall Street War Games with The Bill Walton Show Team</title>
      <itunes:title>Wall Street War Games with The Bill Walton Show Team</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Feb 2021 17:08:24 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8518d0ed-be46-4ae3-9468-a1f5d7df4cda]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-114-wall-street-war-games-with-the-bill-walton-show-team]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, the BWS Roundtable discusses how thousands so called amateur investors got everyone talking about GameStop and Robinhood.</p> <p>What caused the stock to skyrocket? What does it say about the future of Wall Street? How will the regulators react? Those questions and more will be answered during this in-depth conversation.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this episode, the BWS Roundtable discusses how thousands so called amateur investors got everyone talking about GameStop and Robinhood.</p> <p>What caused the stock to skyrocket? What does it say about the future of Wall Street? How will the regulators react? Those questions and more will be answered during this in-depth conversation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="63809302" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_team_audio_01.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this episode, the BWS Roundtable discusses how thousands so called amateur investors got everyone talking about GameStop and Robinhood. What caused the stock to skyrocket? What does it say about the future of Wall Street? How will the regulators react? Those questions and more will be answered during this in-depth conversation.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this episode, the BWS Roundtable discusses how thousands so called amateur investors got everyone talking about GameStop and Robinhood. What caused the stock to skyrocket? What does it say about the future of Wall Street? How will the regulators react? Those questions and more will be answered during this in-depth conversation.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 113: From Biden to Brady: Looking back on January 2021 with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>From Biden to Brady: Looking back on January 2021 with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 12:26:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d94c1dc7-c76a-468a-9274-cd636c076c09]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-113-from-biden-to-brady-looking-back-on-january-2021-with-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As we start a new year, I'm joined by my friend John Tamny with Freedom Works and Real Clear Markets to recap the events of the past month.<br /> <br /> We talk about the unrest at the U.S. Capitol, the first days of President Biden's administration, and the role Gisele Bundchen plays in the ongoing success of Tom Brady as he prepares for his 10th Super Bowl.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As we start a new year, I'm joined by my friend John Tamny with Freedom Works and Real Clear Markets to recap the events of the past month. We talk about the unrest at the U.S. Capitol, the first days of President Biden's administration, and the role Gisele Bundchen plays in the ongoing success of Tom Brady as he prepares for his 10th Super Bowl.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="52087574" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/John_Tamny_1_27_2021.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>5</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As we start a new year, I'm joined by my friend John Tamny with Freedom Works and Real Clear Markets to recap the events of the past month. We talk about the unrest at the U.S. Capitol, the first days of President Biden's administration, and the role Gisele Bundchen plays in the ongoing success of Tom Brady as he prepares for his 10th Super Bowl.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As we start a new year, I'm joined by my friend John Tamny with Freedom Works and Real Clear Markets to recap the events of the past month. We talk about the unrest at the U.S. Capitol, the first days of President Biden's administration, and the role Gisele Bundchen plays in the ongoing success of Tom Brady as he prepares for his 10th Super Bowl.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 112:  2020 Silver Linings</title>
      <itunes:title>2020 Silver Linings</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Dec 2020 15:13:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2db91ac1-8435-4d6e-91e6-27d1e2936027]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-112-2020-silver-linings]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As we wrap up one of the most chaotic years in modern memory, members of the BWS team gather virtually to talk about the impact of COVID-19 on our lives.</p> <p>What will the future hold when it comes to masks? The economy? Life in general?</p> <p>While 2020 is one most of us would like to forget, we manage to find several "silver linings" heading into 2021.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As we wrap up one of the most chaotic years in modern memory, members of the BWS team gather virtually to talk about the impact of COVID-19 on our lives.</p> <p>What will the future hold when it comes to masks? The economy? Life in general?</p> <p>While 2020 is one most of us would like to forget, we manage to find several "silver linings" heading into 2021.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="47438280" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/The_Team_on_2020_final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As we wrap up one of the most chaotic years in modern memory, members of the BWS team gather virtually to talk about the impact of COVID-19 on our lives. What will the future hold when it comes to masks? The economy? Life in general? While 2020 is one most of us would like to forget, we manage to find several "silver linings" heading into 2021.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As we wrap up one of the most chaotic years in modern memory, members of the BWS team gather virtually to talk about the impact of COVID-19 on our lives. What will the future hold when it comes to masks? The economy? Life in general? While 2020 is one most of us would like to forget, we manage to find several "silver linings" heading into 2021.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 111:  The Meaning of Christmas</title>
      <itunes:title>The Meaning of Christmas</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Dec 2020 16:25:53 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[993ac351-40ea-4616-99bd-d3b63800680d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-111-the-meaning-of-christmas]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Have you noticed more people using the phrase "Merry Christmas"?  </p> <p>This wonderful holiday greeting has come back in style in recent years, and in this special holiday episode, we take a very personal - and spiritual - look into the meaning of Christmas .</p> <p>My friend, Larry Green, owner of the Spirit Wind Trucking Company, joins me in a brief discussion about how it goes far beyond gift giving and family gatherings. It's about a rebirth.</p> <p>I also take a crack at reciting two of the best known Christmas songs and perform them in a way you likely haven't heard before.  This was far more challenging than I ever imagined, but so worth it to find the deeper meanings of Christmas.</p> <h1><strong>MERRY CHRISTMAS AND HAPPY NEW YEAR !</strong></h1>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you noticed more people using the phrase "Merry Christmas"? </p> <p>This wonderful holiday greeting has come back in style in recent years, and in this special holiday episode, we take a very personal - and spiritual - look into the meaning of Christmas .</p> <p>My friend, Larry Green, owner of the Spirit Wind Trucking Company, joins me in a brief discussion about how it goes far beyond gift giving and family gatherings. It's about a rebirth.</p> <p>I also take a crack at reciting two of the best known Christmas songs and perform them in a way you likely haven't heard before. This was far more challenging than I ever imagined, but so worth it to find the deeper meanings of Christmas.</p> MERRY CHRISTMAS AND HAPPY NEW YEAR !]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="16021545" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Christmas_Redo.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Have you noticed more people using the phrase "Merry Christmas"?   This wonderful holiday greeting has come back in style in recent years, and in this special holiday episode, we take a very personal - and spiritual - look into the meaning of Christmas . My friend, Larry Green, owner of the Spirit Wind Trucking Company, joins me in a brief discussion about how it goes far beyond gift giving and family gatherings. It's about a rebirth. I also take a crack at reciting two of the best known Christmas songs and perform them in a way you likely haven't heard before.  This was far more challenging than I ever imagined, but so worth it to find the deeper meanings of Christmas. MERRY CHRISTMAS AND HAPPY NEW YEAR !</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Have you noticed more people using the phrase "Merry Christmas"?   This wonderful holiday greeting has come back in style in recent years, and in this special holiday episode, we take a very personal - and spiritual - look into the meaning of Christmas . My friend, Larry Green, owner of the Spirit Wind Trucking Company, joins me in a brief discussion about how it goes far beyond gift giving and family gatherings. It's about a rebirth. I also take a crack at reciting two of the best known Christmas songs and perform them in a way you likely haven't heard before.  This was far more challenging than I ever imagined, but so worth it to find the deeper meanings of Christmas. MERRY CHRISTMAS AND HAPPY NEW YEAR !</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 110: Paul Krugman vs. Ayn Rand</title>
      <itunes:title>Paul Krugman vs. Ayn Rand</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 15:41:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[08ddb2d1-7379-4521-9a6a-34caf014e4af]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-110-paul-krugman-vs-ayn-rand]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the era of mandated mask wearing and social distancing, we are fighting two battles: One against COVID-19, the other over preserving personal freedoms. In a piece about the virus, New York Times Columnist Paul Krugman blamed President Trump and Ayn Rand for Americans who have stood up against wearing a face covering. Calling it "libertarianism gone bad, a misunderstanding of what freedom is all about". Tal Tsfany, the President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute joins me to talk about the article and how liberals are looking to rob Americans of the free will granted to them in the Constitution. We also discuss how Ayn Rand would react to all of this if she was still with us today.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the era of mandated mask wearing and social distancing, we are fighting two battles: One against COVID-19, the other over preserving personal freedoms. In a piece about the virus, New York Times Columnist Paul Krugman blamed President Trump and Ayn Rand for Americans who have stood up against wearing a face covering. Calling it "libertarianism gone bad, a misunderstanding of what freedom is all about". Tal Tsfany, the President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute joins me to talk about the article and how liberals are looking to rob Americans of the free will granted to them in the Constitution. We also discuss how Ayn Rand would react to all of this if she was still with us today.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="57101857" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS97_2020_12_08_Tsfany.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In the era of mandated mask wearing and social distancing, we are fighting two battles: One against COVID-19, the other over preserving personal freedoms. In a piece about the virus, New York Times Columnist Paul Krugman blamed President Trump and Ayn Rand for Americans who have stood up against wearing a face covering. Calling it "libertarianism gone bad, a misunderstanding of what freedom is all about". Tal Tsfany, the President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute joins me to talk about the article and how liberals are looking to rob Americans of the free will granted to them in the Constitution. We also discuss how Ayn Rand would react to all of this if she was still with us today.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In the era of mandated mask wearing and social distancing, we are fighting two battles: One against COVID-19, the other over preserving personal freedoms. In a piece about the virus, New York Times Columnist Paul Krugman blamed President Trump and Ayn Rand for Americans who have stood up against wearing a face covering. Calling it "libertarianism gone bad, a misunderstanding of what freedom is all about". Tal Tsfany, the President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute joins me to talk about the article and how liberals are looking to rob Americans of the free will granted to them in the Constitution. We also discuss how Ayn Rand would react to all of this if she was still with us today.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 109: BWS Roundtable: Talkin' shots— the debate over the COVID vaccine.</title>
      <itunes:title>BWS Roundtable: Talkin' shots— the debate over the COVID vaccine.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 15:32:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7f78e17d-53c5-45c5-aa3d-e47921bca2b5]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-109-bws-roundtable-talkin-shots-the-debate-over-the-covid-vaccine]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As states are expected to start receiving their first vaccine doses as soon as next week, the new battle over whether you'll be required to get the COVID shot is about to begin.</p> <p>In the debut of the Bill Walton Show Roundtable, I'm joined by Rich McFadden of Radio America, Greg Corombos host of the Three Martini Lunch and Journalist Brian McNicoll in a lively exchange about how having the vaccine available will impact businesses, schools and life in general.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As states are expected to start receiving their first vaccine doses as soon as next week, the new battle over whether you'll be required to get the COVID shot is about to begin.</p> <p>In the debut of the Bill Walton Show Roundtable, I'm joined by Rich McFadden of Radio America, Greg Corombos host of the Three Martini Lunch and Journalist Brian McNicoll in a lively exchange about how having the vaccine available will impact businesses, schools and life in general.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="36830415" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/The_Team_Episode_1_final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As states are expected to start receiving their first vaccine doses as soon as next week, the new battle over whether you'll be required to get the COVID shot is about to begin. In the debut of the Bill Walton Show Roundtable, I'm joined by Rich McFadden of Radio America, Greg Corombos host of the Three Martini Lunch and Journalist Brian McNicoll in a lively exchange about how having the vaccine available will impact businesses, schools and life in general.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As states are expected to start receiving their first vaccine doses as soon as next week, the new battle over whether you'll be required to get the COVID shot is about to begin. In the debut of the Bill Walton Show Roundtable, I'm joined by Rich McFadden of Radio America, Greg Corombos host of the Three Martini Lunch and Journalist Brian McNicoll in a lively exchange about how having the vaccine available will impact businesses, schools and life in general.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 108: So much fraud...Too little time? with The Honorable Ken Blackwell</title>
      <itunes:title>So much fraud...Too little time? with The Honorable Ken Blackwell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 17:51:39 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[932b8b37-f986-4caf-8e82-a7c80c94c8be]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-108-so-much-fraudtoo-little-time-with-the-honorable-ken-blackwell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Hon. Ken Blackwell is back with the latest in the fraud investigation related to the 2020 Presidential election.</p> <p>With less than a month to go until Congress is scheduled to count the electoral votes, we discuss what needs to happen and why fraud isn't the only obstacle the Trump campaign needs to overcome.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Hon. Ken Blackwell is back with the latest in the fraud investigation related to the 2020 Presidential election.</p> <p>With less than a month to go until Congress is scheduled to count the electoral votes, we discuss what needs to happen and why fraud isn't the only obstacle the Trump campaign needs to overcome.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="21450155" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Ken_Blackwell_12_7_2020_final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Hon. Ken Blackwell is back with the latest in the fraud investigation related to the 2020 Presidential election. With less than a month to go until Congress is scheduled to count the electoral votes, we discuss what needs to happen and why fraud isn't the only obstacle the Trump campaign needs to overcome.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Hon. Ken Blackwell is back with the latest in the fraud investigation related to the 2020 Presidential election. With less than a month to go until Congress is scheduled to count the electoral votes, we discuss what needs to happen and why fraud isn't the only obstacle the Trump campaign needs to overcome.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 107: Surviving COVID with Dr. Jay Richards</title>
      <itunes:title>Surviving COVID with Dr. Jay Richards</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 06 Dec 2020 12:59:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[36f7de13-ca97-4e29-bc37-0e98860ed199]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-107-surviving-covid-with-dr-jay-richards]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div> <p>Weeks after our interview with Dr. Jay Richards, co-author of "The Price of Panic: How the Tyranny of Experts Turned a Pandemic into a Catastrophe", he contracted COVID-19.</p> </div> <div> <p>Now recovered, Jay tells me about his personal experience with the virus, discussions he had with front line healthcare workers and why they don't wear the masks that the rest of us wear. We also look at how vaccines will start a whole new debate in this country.  </p> </div> <div> <p> </p> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Weeks after our interview with Dr. Jay Richards, co-author of "The Price of Panic: How the Tyranny of Experts Turned a Pandemic into a Catastrophe", he contracted COVID-19.</p> <p>Now recovered, Jay tells me about his personal experience with the virus, discussions he had with front line healthcare workers and why they don't wear the masks that the rest of us wear. We also look at how vaccines will start a whole new debate in this country. </p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="76099824" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS96_2020_12_03_Richards.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:41</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Weeks after our interview with Dr. Jay Richards, co-author of "The Price of Panic: How the Tyranny of Experts Turned a Pandemic into a Catastrophe", he contracted COVID-19. Now recovered, Jay tells me about his personal experience with the virus, discussions he had with front line healthcare workers and why they don't wear the masks that the rest of us wear. We also look at how vaccines will start a whole new debate in this country.    </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Weeks after our interview with Dr. Jay Richards, co-author of "The Price of Panic: How the Tyranny of Experts Turned a Pandemic into a Catastrophe", he contracted COVID-19. Now recovered, Jay tells me about his personal experience with the virus, discussions he had with front line healthcare workers and why they don't wear the masks that the rest of us wear. We also look at how vaccines will start a whole new debate in this country.    </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 106:  Illegal Voting and the 2020 Election with Jim Agresti</title>
      <itunes:title>Illegal Voting and the 2020 Election with Jim Agresti</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 14:02:55 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3bb8dfd3-545c-47d5-9c7d-cc8bc5100791]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-106-illegal-voting-and-the-2020-election-with-jim-agresti]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As the investigation into the 2020 Presidential Election continues, questions about the legitimacy of some voting machines and mail-in ballots are only part of the issue.</p> <p>Jim Agresti, Founder and CEO of "Just Facts" joins me to talk about how non-citizens were able to cast ballots to help tip the scales in favor of Joe Biden.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the investigation into the 2020 Presidential Election continues, questions about the legitimacy of some voting machines and mail-in ballots are only part of the issue.</p> <p>Jim Agresti, Founder and CEO of "Just Facts" joins me to talk about how non-citizens were able to cast ballots to help tip the scales in favor of Joe Biden.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="32930270" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/11_30_2020_Jim_Agresti_final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As the investigation into the 2020 Presidential Election continues, questions about the legitimacy of some voting machines and mail-in ballots are only part of the issue. Jim Agresti, Founder and CEO of "Just Facts" joins me to talk about how non-citizens were able to cast ballots to help tip the scales in favor of Joe Biden.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As the investigation into the 2020 Presidential Election continues, questions about the legitimacy of some voting machines and mail-in ballots are only part of the issue. Jim Agresti, Founder and CEO of "Just Facts" joins me to talk about how non-citizens were able to cast ballots to help tip the scales in favor of Joe Biden.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 105: Commercial Real Estate in a COVID World</title>
      <itunes:title>Commercial Real Estate in a COVID World</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Nov 2020 14:23:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8e0d6c67-f994-430d-b992-928df34bedf2]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-105-commercial-real-estate-in-a-covid-world]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>People are working from home and traveling less these days due to COVID-19. That's resulted in a lot of companies re-evaluating whether they need a brick and mortar space, and the hospitality industry struggling to fill rooms.</p> <p>Commercial real estate expert John Scheurer and I discuss the current state of the market and where it's likely to head once the Coronavirus is behind us.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>People are working from home and traveling less these days due to COVID-19. That's resulted in a lot of companies re-evaluating whether they need a brick and mortar space, and the hospitality industry struggling to fill rooms.</p> <p>Commercial real estate expert John Scheurer and I discuss the current state of the market and where it's likely to head once the Coronavirus is behind us.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="90455285" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS95_2020_10_14_Scheurer.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>People are working from home and traveling less these days due to COVID-19. That's resulted in a lot of companies re-evaluating whether they need a brick and mortar space, and the hospitality industry struggling to fill rooms. Commercial real estate expert John Scheurer and I discuss the current state of the market and where it's likely to head once the Coronavirus is behind us.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>People are working from home and traveling less these days due to COVID-19. That's resulted in a lot of companies re-evaluating whether they need a brick and mortar space, and the hospitality industry struggling to fill rooms. Commercial real estate expert John Scheurer and I discuss the current state of the market and where it's likely to head once the Coronavirus is behind us.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 104: Does Voter's Remorse Lie Ahead?</title>
      <itunes:title>Does Voter's Remorse Lie Ahead?</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 19:00:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9ff289fe-e3d9-4f6c-8948-cf051555a425]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-104-brent-bozell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>While Trump voters knew who they were supporting, a new study shows many of those in swing states who voted for Joe Biden didn't really know him at all. </p> <p>Brent Bozell, President & Founder of the Media Research Center details the poll, the realities of our mainstream media, where we as a nation go from here in regard to the White House, and how to get the social media companies to give all Americans an equal voice. </p> <p> </p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>While Trump voters knew who they were supporting, a new study shows many of those in swing states who voted for Joe Biden didn't really know him at all. </p> <p>Brent Bozell, President & Founder of the Media Research Center details the poll, the realities of our mainstream media, where we as a nation go from here in regard to the White House, and how to get the social media companies to give all Americans an equal voice. </p> <p> </p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="45508265" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Brent_Bozell_10_25_2020_final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>While Trump voters knew who they were supporting, a new study shows many of those in swing states who voted for Joe Biden didn't really know him at all.  Brent Bozell, President &amp; Founder of the Media Research Center details the poll, the realities of our mainstream media, where we as a nation go from here in regard to the White House, and how to get the social media companies to give all Americans an equal voice.     </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>While Trump voters knew who they were supporting, a new study shows many of those in swing states who voted for Joe Biden didn't really know him at all.  Brent Bozell, President &amp; Founder of the Media Research Center details the poll, the realities of our mainstream media, where we as a nation go from here in regard to the White House, and how to get the social media companies to give all Americans an equal voice.     </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 103:  Section 230 - Mend it or End it.</title>
      <itunes:title>Section 230 - Mend it or End it.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 16:07:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[86b2fc0e-aab5-4d2b-bc1b-c0eb09ef81c0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-103-section-203-mend-it-or-end-it]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">If you've ever had a post flagged on or removed from social media, you need to know about the arcane sounding Section 230 of the Communications and Decency Act.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Klon Kitchen, the Director of the Heritage Foundation's Center for Technology Policy joins me to take an in-depth look into Section 230 - called "the 26 words that created the Internet." And how the Big Tech/Social Media companies have squandered the public's trust by abusing its privileges.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">If you've ever had a post flagged on or removed from social media, you need to know about the arcane sounding Section 230 of the Communications and Decency Act. </p> <p class="p1">Klon Kitchen, the Director of the Heritage Foundation's Center for Technology Policy joins me to take an in-depth look into Section 230 - called "the 26 words that created the Internet." And how the Big Tech/Social Media companies have squandered the public's trust by abusing its privileges.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="45487281" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Klon_Kitchen_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>If you've ever had a post flagged on or removed from social media, you need to know about the arcane sounding Section 230 of the Communications and Decency Act.  Klon Kitchen, the Director of the Heritage Foundation's Center for Technology Policy joins me to take an in-depth look into Section 230 - called "the 26 words that created the Internet." And how the Big Tech/Social Media companies have squandered the public's trust by abusing its privileges.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>If you've ever had a post flagged on or removed from social media, you need to know about the arcane sounding Section 230 of the Communications and Decency Act.  Klon Kitchen, the Director of the Heritage Foundation's Center for Technology Policy joins me to take an in-depth look into Section 230 - called "the 26 words that created the Internet." And how the Big Tech/Social Media companies have squandered the public's trust by abusing its privileges.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 102: The Gettysburg Address with Leigh Wilson Smiley</title>
      <itunes:title>The Gettysburg Address with Leigh Wilson Smiley</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Nov 2020 15:17:27 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f65ec0d1-7317-46c2-b3bf-48c1d210af95]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-102-the-gettysburg-address-with-leigh-wilson-smiley]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As we celebrate the 157th anniversary of the Gettysburg address, I try my hand at reciting and analyzing the historic speech with Voice and Acting Coach Leigh Wilson Smiley. We also discuss how the address relates to the current state of affairs in our country.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As we celebrate the 157th anniversary of the Gettysburg address, I try my hand at reciting and analyzing the historic speech with Voice and Acting Coach Leigh Wilson Smiley. We also discuss how the address relates to the current state of affairs in our country.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44280328" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Bill_and_Leigh_on_Gettysburg.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>As we celebrate the 157th anniversary of the Gettysburg address, I try my hand at reciting and analyzing the historic speech with Voice and Acting Coach Leigh Wilson Smiley. We also discuss how the address relates to the current state of affairs in our country.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>As we celebrate the 157th anniversary of the Gettysburg address, I try my hand at reciting and analyzing the historic speech with Voice and Acting Coach Leigh Wilson Smiley. We also discuss how the address relates to the current state of affairs in our country.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 101: "We're in the Fight" with the Honorable Kenneth Blackwell and J. Christian Adams</title>
      <itunes:title>"We're in the Fight" with the Honorable Kenneth Blackwell and J. Christian Adams</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 14:40:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d30ee478-5e8b-4b6f-a50d-03e21300d709]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-101-were-in-the-fight-with-the-honorable-kenneth-blackwell-and-j-christian-adams]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div>On this special edition, we continue our in-depth look at what's happening with the Trump campaign's battle over the counting of legal votes. </div> <div> <div> </div> <div>The Hon. Ken Blackwell, advisory board member of the Trump/Pence 2020 Campaign and J. Christian Adams, President and General Counsel of the Public Interest Legal Foundation discuss the latest on the recount process and the strategy moving forward.</div> </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[On this special edition, we continue our in-depth look at what's happening with the Trump campaign's battle over the counting of legal votes. The Hon. Ken Blackwell, advisory board member of the Trump/Pence 2020 Campaign and J. Christian Adams, President and General Counsel of the Public Interest Legal Foundation discuss the latest on the recount process and the strategy moving forward.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="30586946" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/11_18_2020_Ken_Blackwell_Christian_Adams_final_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this special edition, we continue our in-depth look at what's happening with the Trump campaign's battle over the counting of legal votes.    The Hon. Ken Blackwell, advisory board member of the Trump/Pence 2020 Campaign and J. Christian Adams, President and General Counsel of the Public Interest Legal Foundation discuss the latest on the recount process and the strategy moving forward.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this special edition, we continue our in-depth look at what's happening with the Trump campaign's battle over the counting of legal votes.    The Hon. Ken Blackwell, advisory board member of the Trump/Pence 2020 Campaign and J. Christian Adams, President and General Counsel of the Public Interest Legal Foundation discuss the latest on the recount process and the strategy moving forward.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 100: Do the votes matter at all? with Tom Fitton</title>
      <itunes:title>Do the votes matter at all? with Tom Fitton</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 14:17:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7f5af455-add7-4939-8b8e-4c8a1bf7eba6]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-100-do-the-votes-matter-at-all-with-tom-fitton]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<div>For our 100th episode, we continue to take an in-depth look into the 2020 Presidential election. </div> <div> </div> <div>As the lawsuits by the Trump campaign continue, we chat with Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. He is the author of "A Republic Under Assault: The Left's Ongoing Attack on American Freedom" about why voters on BOTH sides of the aisle should be concerned about the voting process.  </div>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[For our 100th episode, we continue to take an in-depth look into the 2020 Presidential election. As the lawsuits by the Trump campaign continue, we chat with Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. He is the author of "A Republic Under Assault: The Left's Ongoing Attack on American Freedom" about why voters on BOTH sides of the aisle should be concerned about the voting process.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="24845835" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/11_16_2020_Tom_Fitton_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For our 100th episode, we continue to take an in-depth look into the 2020 Presidential election.    As the lawsuits by the Trump campaign continue, we chat with Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. He is the author of "A Republic Under Assault: The Left's Ongoing Attack on American Freedom" about why voters on BOTH sides of the aisle should be concerned about the voting process.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For our 100th episode, we continue to take an in-depth look into the 2020 Presidential election.    As the lawsuits by the Trump campaign continue, we chat with Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. He is the author of "A Republic Under Assault: The Left's Ongoing Attack on American Freedom" about why voters on BOTH sides of the aisle should be concerned about the voting process.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 99: "Is time running out for President Trump? with John Fund"</title>
      <itunes:title>"Is time running out for President Trump?"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[525621c1-ab8b-4145-a4d1-20876505f264]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-99-is-time-running-out-for-president-trump-with-john-fund-0]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>On this special edition of the Bill Walton Show, we talk about the fight for the White House as the legal battle continues by the Trump campaign.  But is there enough time to get it through the courts? John Fund with the National Review is skeptical.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>On this special edition of the Bill Walton Show, we talk about the fight for the White House as the legal battle continues by the Trump campaign. But is there enough time to get it through the courts? John Fund with the National Review is skeptical.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="26178533" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/John_Fund_With_Fades.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>On this special edition of the Bill Walton Show, we talk about the fight for the White House as the legal battle continues by the Trump campaign.  But is there enough time to get it through the courts? John Fund with the National Review is skeptical.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>On this special edition of the Bill Walton Show, we talk about the fight for the White House as the legal battle continues by the Trump campaign.  But is there enough time to get it through the courts? John Fund with the National Review is skeptical.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 98: "Fact-Free Journalism with Mark Tapscott and Brian McNicoll"</title>
      <itunes:title>"Fact-Free Journalism with Mark Tapscott and Brian McNicoll"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2dd974c9-89fe-4bc7-8250-d27a50e5f117]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/bill-brian-and-mark-tapscott-on-journalism]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Last month <em>Atlantic</em> ran a hit piece on President Trump that was notable, even by today's low standards of journalistic practice, for its invisible sourcing. </p> <p>It remains news because it typifies the realities of our increasingly fact-free media environment.</p> <p>"It's based on four anonymous sources and has in addition the strange sideshow of other media outlets 'confirming' the anonymous sources" says my guest, veteran journalist Brian McNicoll. </p> <p>"It's a classic illustration of how to do bad journalism that destroys the credibility of journalists," emphasizes Mark Tapscott, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame.</p> <p>Join me in a clarifying conversation about how the standards of what's called journalism have eroded over the years. </p> <p>How today's reporting compares to the Watergate story. </p> <p>How the distinctions between "opinion" and "news" have become fainter and fainter.</p> <p>Why the Society for Professional Journalists no longer plays the role of trusted guardian.</p> <p>And more.</p> <p>As Brian McNicoll concludes,  "There's a reason why only about 12% of Americans trust what the media says." </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Last month <em>Atlantic</em> ran a hit piece on President Trump that was notable, even by today's low standards of journalistic practice, for its invisible sourcing. </p> <p>It remains news because it typifies the realities of our increasingly fact-free media environment.</p> <p>"It's based on four anonymous sources and has in addition the strange sideshow of other media outlets 'confirming' the anonymous sources" says my guest, veteran journalist Brian McNicoll. </p> <p>"It's a classic illustration of how to do bad journalism that destroys the credibility of journalists," emphasizes Mark Tapscott, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame.</p> <p>Join me in a clarifying conversation about how the standards of what's called journalism have eroded over the years. </p> <p>How today's reporting compares to the Watergate story. </p> <p>How the distinctions between "opinion" and "news" have become fainter and fainter.</p> <p>Why the Society for Professional Journalists no longer plays the role of trusted guardian.</p> <p>And more.</p> <p>As Brian McNicoll concludes, "There's a reason why only about 12% of Americans trust what the media says." </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44739201" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Episode_98__Bill_Brian_Mark_Tapscott_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Last month Atlantic ran a hit piece on President Trump that was notable, even by today's low standards of journalistic practice, for its invisible sourcing.  It remains news because it typifies the realities of our increasingly fact-free media environment. "It's based on four anonymous sources and has in addition the strange sideshow of other media outlets 'confirming' the anonymous sources" says my guest, veteran journalist Brian McNicoll.  "It's a classic illustration of how to do bad journalism that destroys the credibility of journalists," emphasizes Mark Tapscott, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame. Join me in a clarifying conversation about how the standards of what's called journalism have eroded over the years.  How today's reporting compares to the Watergate story.  How the distinctions between "opinion" and "news" have become fainter and fainter. Why the Society for Professional Journalists no longer plays the role of trusted guardian. And more. As Brian McNicoll concludes,  "There's a reason why only about 12% of Americans trust what the media says." </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Last month Atlantic ran a hit piece on President Trump that was notable, even by today's low standards of journalistic practice, for its invisible sourcing.  It remains news because it typifies the realities of our increasingly fact-free media environment. "It's based on four anonymous sources and has in addition the strange sideshow of other media outlets 'confirming' the anonymous sources" says my guest, veteran journalist Brian McNicoll.  "It's a classic illustration of how to do bad journalism that destroys the credibility of journalists," emphasizes Mark Tapscott, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame. Join me in a clarifying conversation about how the standards of what's called journalism have eroded over the years.  How today's reporting compares to the Watergate story.  How the distinctions between "opinion" and "news" have become fainter and fainter. Why the Society for Professional Journalists no longer plays the role of trusted guardian. And more. As Brian McNicoll concludes,  "There's a reason why only about 12% of Americans trust what the media says." </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 96: "Making a Difference: HillFaith" with Mark Tapscott</title>
      <itunes:title>"Making a Difference: HillFaith" with Mark Tapscott</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 14:06:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[812d372e-7660-4b11-bd35-a6e0a2d06c2d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/mark-tapscott-on-hillfaith]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"If you wanted to aim at the heart of the matter to bring about a more virtuous Washington DC where would you start? </p> <p class="p1">For Mark Tapscott, the award winning investigative journalist, editorial page editor and founder of HillFaith, the answer is clear: share the Good News of His Gospel with congressional staffers on Capitol Hill. </p> <p class="p1">"If you were asked, who's the most influential but least well-known group in Washington, DC, if you really understand how things work in this town, you would say immediately, 'Congressional Staff.' There are about 20,000 of them. They are mostly young men and women, highly educated, very motivated, and very smart."</p> <p class="p1">Mark, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame and recipient of the CPAC Conservative Journalist of the Year, explains further: </p> <p class="p1">"I knew that God was calling me to some sort of ministry and I kept coming back to the fact that virtually everything I'd done in my career included, directly or indirectly, contact with Members of Congress and especially with Hill aides."</p> <p class="p1">"They have a passion for public service and politics, who are also routinely over-worked, underpaid, and almost nothing gets done in Congress without them. They have tremendous power by virtue of their positions to influence public policy in this country, yet they may well be the most invisible power center in the nation's capital."</p> <p class="p1">What's unique about Mark's ministry is his focus on Christian Apologetics, based in logic, on science, history, on wherever the truth can be accessed. "While all truth is God's truth", says Mark, "Apologetics is the ideal way to reach young people, particularly those on the Hill, unfamiliar with the truth of Christianity." </p> <p class="p1">Mark is a remarkable man.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"If you wanted to aim at the heart of the matter to bring about a more virtuous Washington DC where would you start? </p> <p class="p1">For Mark Tapscott, the award winning investigative journalist, editorial page editor and founder of HillFaith, the answer is clear: share the Good News of His Gospel with congressional staffers on Capitol Hill. </p> <p class="p1">"If you were asked, who's the most influential but least well-known group in Washington, DC, if you really understand how things work in this town, you would say immediately, 'Congressional Staff.' There are about 20,000 of them. They are mostly young men and women, highly educated, very motivated, and very smart."</p> <p class="p1">Mark, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame and recipient of the CPAC Conservative Journalist of the Year, explains further: </p> <p class="p1">"I knew that God was calling me to some sort of ministry and I kept coming back to the fact that virtually everything I'd done in my career included, directly or indirectly, contact with Members of Congress and especially with Hill aides."</p> <p class="p1">"They have a passion for public service and politics, who are also routinely over-worked, underpaid, and almost nothing gets done in Congress without them. They have tremendous power by virtue of their positions to influence public policy in this country, yet they may well be the most invisible power center in the nation's capital."</p> <p class="p1">What's unique about Mark's ministry is his focus on Christian Apologetics, based in logic, on science, history, on wherever the truth can be accessed. "While all truth is God's truth", says Mark, "Apologetics is the ideal way to reach young people, particularly those on the Hill, unfamiliar with the truth of Christianity." </p> <p class="p1">Mark is a remarkable man.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="37639125" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Mark_Tapscott.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"If you wanted to aim at the heart of the matter to bring about a more virtuous Washington DC where would you start?  For Mark Tapscott, the award winning investigative journalist, editorial page editor and founder of HillFaith, the answer is clear: share the Good News of His Gospel with congressional staffers on Capitol Hill.  "If you were asked, who's the most influential but least well-known group in Washington, DC, if you really understand how things work in this town, you would say immediately, 'Congressional Staff.' There are about 20,000 of them. They are mostly young men and women, highly educated, very motivated, and very smart." Mark, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame and recipient of the CPAC Conservative Journalist of the Year, explains further:  "I knew that God was calling me to some sort of ministry and I kept coming back to the fact that virtually everything I'd done in my career included, directly or indirectly, contact with Members of Congress and especially with Hill aides." "They have a passion for public service and politics, who are also routinely over-worked, underpaid, and almost nothing gets done in Congress without them. They have tremendous power by virtue of their positions to influence public policy in this country, yet they may well be the most invisible power center in the nation's capital." What's unique about Mark's ministry is his focus on Christian Apologetics, based in logic, on science, history, on wherever the truth can be accessed. "While all truth is God's truth", says Mark, "Apologetics is the ideal way to reach young people, particularly those on the Hill, unfamiliar with the truth of Christianity."  Mark is a remarkable man.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"If you wanted to aim at the heart of the matter to bring about a more virtuous Washington DC where would you start?  For Mark Tapscott, the award winning investigative journalist, editorial page editor and founder of HillFaith, the answer is clear: share the Good News of His Gospel with congressional staffers on Capitol Hill.  "If you were asked, who's the most influential but least well-known group in Washington, DC, if you really understand how things work in this town, you would say immediately, 'Congressional Staff.' There are about 20,000 of them. They are mostly young men and women, highly educated, very motivated, and very smart." Mark, a member of the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame and recipient of the CPAC Conservative Journalist of the Year, explains further:  "I knew that God was calling me to some sort of ministry and I kept coming back to the fact that virtually everything I'd done in my career included, directly or indirectly, contact with Members of Congress and especially with Hill aides." "They have a passion for public service and politics, who are also routinely over-worked, underpaid, and almost nothing gets done in Congress without them. They have tremendous power by virtue of their positions to influence public policy in this country, yet they may well be the most invisible power center in the nation's capital." What's unique about Mark's ministry is his focus on Christian Apologetics, based in logic, on science, history, on wherever the truth can be accessed. "While all truth is God's truth", says Mark, "Apologetics is the ideal way to reach young people, particularly those on the Hill, unfamiliar with the truth of Christianity."  Mark is a remarkable man.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 97: "Paying the Price of Panic" with Dr Jay Richards.</title>
      <itunes:title>"Paying the Price of Panic" with Dr Jay Richards.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2020 13:09:42 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bf0b72fc-fd55-46fe-8305-d3dcde252505]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/jay-richards-and-bill-9-24-2020]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"The human costs of the emergency response to Covid-19 have vastly outweighed its benefits."</p> <p class="p1">So argue, backed by a vast amount of research, scholars Jay Richards, William Briggs, and Douglas Axe, authors of "The Price of Panic."</p> <p class="p1">For the first time in history, the world has shut itself down - by choice - for fear of a virus whose dangers have been dramatically exaggerated. Governments, with the support of most Americans, have ordered the closing of thousands of small businesses, schools, colleges, churches, sports events and most all of our civil society institutions. Overnight, "social distancing" - masks, 6 foot rules, no handshakes, no hugs - have become a moral obligation. We are now living under a "tyranny of experts" explains Dr Jay Richards.</p> <p class="p1">The world will reopen, and life will go on, but we are never going back to "normal."</p> <p class="p1">And we need to recognize that whatever the future holds, we cannot make the same mistakes again. What have we learned? What will have been the total cost in lives, dollars and livelihoods in relying on advice from "science"? Who will be held accountable for the enormous human costs imposed by our leaders blundering "one size fits all" policy responses?</p> <p class="p1">Join me in my conversation with Dr Jay Richards who digs deeply and thoughtfully into the answers to these questions.</p> <p class="p1">And another big, big unknown.</p> <p class="p1">As the health risks of Covid-19 have begun to subside, a bigger and more dangerous pandemic remains: a pandemic of fear. Social media, 24/7 cable news coverage and political agendas have whipped up social contagion, a climate of fear far beyond the real risks of the virus.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Where is this going? How does it end?</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"The human costs of the emergency response to Covid-19 have vastly outweighed its benefits."</p> <p class="p1">So argue, backed by a vast amount of research, scholars Jay Richards, William Briggs, and Douglas Axe, authors of "The Price of Panic."</p> <p class="p1">For the first time in history, the world has shut itself down - by choice - for fear of a virus whose dangers have been dramatically exaggerated. Governments, with the support of most Americans, have ordered the closing of thousands of small businesses, schools, colleges, churches, sports events and most all of our civil society institutions. Overnight, "social distancing" - masks, 6 foot rules, no handshakes, no hugs - have become a moral obligation. We are now living under a "tyranny of experts" explains Dr Jay Richards.</p> <p class="p1">The world will reopen, and life will go on, but we are never going back to "normal."</p> <p class="p1">And we need to recognize that whatever the future holds, we cannot make the same mistakes again. What have we learned? What will have been the total cost in lives, dollars and livelihoods in relying on advice from "science"? Who will be held accountable for the enormous human costs imposed by our leaders blundering "one size fits all" policy responses?</p> <p class="p1">Join me in my conversation with Dr Jay Richards who digs deeply and thoughtfully into the answers to these questions.</p> <p class="p1">And another big, big unknown.</p> <p class="p1">As the health risks of Covid-19 have begun to subside, a bigger and more dangerous pandemic remains: a pandemic of fear. Social media, 24/7 cable news coverage and political agendas have whipped up social contagion, a climate of fear far beyond the real risks of the virus. </p> <p class="p1">Where is this going? How does it end?</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="93202118" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS94_2020_09_24_Richards.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"The human costs of the emergency response to Covid-19 have vastly outweighed its benefits." So argue, backed by a vast amount of research, scholars Jay Richards, William Briggs, and Douglas Axe, authors of "The Price of Panic." For the first time in history, the world has shut itself down - by choice - for fear of a virus whose dangers have been dramatically exaggerated. Governments, with the support of most Americans, have ordered the closing of thousands of small businesses, schools, colleges, churches, sports events and most all of our civil society institutions. Overnight, "social distancing" - masks, 6 foot rules, no handshakes, no hugs - have become a moral obligation. We are now living under a "tyranny of experts" explains Dr Jay Richards. The world will reopen, and life will go on, but we are never going back to "normal." And we need to recognize that whatever the future holds, we cannot make the same mistakes again. What have we learned? What will have been the total cost in lives, dollars and livelihoods in relying on advice from "science"? Who will be held accountable for the enormous human costs imposed by our leaders blundering "one size fits all" policy responses? Join me in my conversation with Dr Jay Richards who digs deeply and thoughtfully into the answers to these questions. And another big, big unknown. As the health risks of Covid-19 have begun to subside, a bigger and more dangerous pandemic remains: a pandemic of fear. Social media, 24/7 cable news coverage and political agendas have whipped up social contagion, a climate of fear far beyond the real risks of the virus.  Where is this going? How does it end?</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"The human costs of the emergency response to Covid-19 have vastly outweighed its benefits." So argue, backed by a vast amount of research, scholars Jay Richards, William Briggs, and Douglas Axe, authors of "The Price of Panic." For the first time in history, the world has shut itself down - by choice - for fear of a virus whose dangers have been dramatically exaggerated. Governments, with the support of most Americans, have ordered the closing of thousands of small businesses, schools, colleges, churches, sports events and most all of our civil society institutions. Overnight, "social distancing" - masks, 6 foot rules, no handshakes, no hugs - have become a moral obligation. We are now living under a "tyranny of experts" explains Dr Jay Richards. The world will reopen, and life will go on, but we are never going back to "normal." And we need to recognize that whatever the future holds, we cannot make the same mistakes again. What have we learned? What will have been the total cost in lives, dollars and livelihoods in relying on advice from "science"? Who will be held accountable for the enormous human costs imposed by our leaders blundering "one size fits all" policy responses? Join me in my conversation with Dr Jay Richards who digs deeply and thoughtfully into the answers to these questions. And another big, big unknown. As the health risks of Covid-19 have begun to subside, a bigger and more dangerous pandemic remains: a pandemic of fear. Social media, 24/7 cable news coverage and political agendas have whipped up social contagion, a climate of fear far beyond the real risks of the virus.  Where is this going? How does it end?</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 95: "When Politicans Panicked" with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>"When Politicans Panicked" with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 13:24:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2be64c4c-bcfd-4788-ba45-33b264fcfb27]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-94-john-tamny-and-bill-on-book]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Talking with John Tamny about his upcoming book "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason." His premise, and I agree, is that experts aren't the answer to crisis, they are the crisis.  What was needed at the onset of the virus was leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans figure out how to protect themselves.</p> <p>Information coming from China in January and February made it very clear that the virus was/is many things, none of them remotely justifying the enormous health, social and economic costs imposed by our panicked political response to it.</p> <p>Instead, our political leaders needed to provide information guidelines about the risks, take steps to protect the vulnerable and their caregivers, and otherwise let people take care of themselves and each other. Give them the facts and a little bit of guidance, and their intelligence and common sense will see them through. Pretty much what South Dakota and Sweden did.</p> <p>John writes, "One-size-fits-all lockdowns have crushed the global economy, left us in a worse position to fight the virus and has pushed hundreds of millions back into poverty, which is the biggest killer of all."</p> <p>We will be paying the price for years.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Talking with John Tamny about his upcoming book "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason." His premise, and I agree, is that experts aren't the answer to crisis, they are the crisis. What was needed at the onset of the virus was leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans figure out how to protect themselves.</p> <p>Information coming from China in January and February made it very clear that the virus was/is many things, none of them remotely justifying the enormous health, social and economic costs imposed by our panicked political response to it.</p> <p>Instead, our political leaders needed to provide information guidelines about the risks, take steps to protect the vulnerable and their caregivers, and otherwise let people take care of themselves and each other. Give them the facts and a little bit of guidance, and their intelligence and common sense will see them through. Pretty much what South Dakota and Sweden did.</p> <p>John writes, "One-size-fits-all lockdowns have crushed the global economy, left us in a worse position to fight the virus and has pushed hundreds of millions back into poverty, which is the biggest killer of all."</p> <p>We will be paying the price for years.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="43721467" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Episode_94-John_Tamny_8-25-2020_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Talking with John Tamny about his upcoming book "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason." His premise, and I agree, is that experts aren't the answer to crisis, they are the crisis.  What was needed at the onset of the virus was leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans figure out how to protect themselves. Information coming from China in January and February made it very clear that the virus was/is many things, none of them remotely justifying the enormous health, social and economic costs imposed by our panicked political response to it. Instead, our political leaders needed to provide information guidelines about the risks, take steps to protect the vulnerable and their caregivers, and otherwise let people take care of themselves and each other. Give them the facts and a little bit of guidance, and their intelligence and common sense will see them through. Pretty much what South Dakota and Sweden did. John writes, "One-size-fits-all lockdowns have crushed the global economy, left us in a worse position to fight the virus and has pushed hundreds of millions back into poverty, which is the biggest killer of all." We will be paying the price for years.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Talking with John Tamny about his upcoming book "When Politicians Panicked: The New Coronavirus, Expert Opinion, and a Tragic Lapse of Reason." His premise, and I agree, is that experts aren't the answer to crisis, they are the crisis.  What was needed at the onset of the virus was leadership wise enough to let sensible Americans figure out how to protect themselves. Information coming from China in January and February made it very clear that the virus was/is many things, none of them remotely justifying the enormous health, social and economic costs imposed by our panicked political response to it. Instead, our political leaders needed to provide information guidelines about the risks, take steps to protect the vulnerable and their caregivers, and otherwise let people take care of themselves and each other. Give them the facts and a little bit of guidance, and their intelligence and common sense will see them through. Pretty much what South Dakota and Sweden did. John writes, "One-size-fits-all lockdowns have crushed the global economy, left us in a worse position to fight the virus and has pushed hundreds of millions back into poverty, which is the biggest killer of all." We will be paying the price for years.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 93 : The Post Office: Explained</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 93: The Post Office: Explained</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 13:31:56 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7279a255-681c-4183-8a4e-691ad607521d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-93-bill-and-brian-on-post-office]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Confused about what's going on with the Post Office?<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">I am. So I asked my friend Brian McNicoll, who has written about the post office for many years and has a real feel for its economics and the politics, to clarify what's going on.</p> <p class="p1">In our conversation he tells me, "the Post Office has a monopoly on two things. Only the post office can put something in your mailbox and only the post office can handle first class mail. But the number of first class letters have dropped by almost 40% in the last decade. And in the last 15 years, the U.S. Postal Service has lost some $60 billion and is expected to lose some $10 billion this year."</p> <p class="p1">But its package delivery business is growing like gangbusters, and it it also losing money on that. Why? Turns out U.S. Taxpayers are subsidizing<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> Jeff Bezos's Amazon and other package delivery companies, big time.</p> <p class="p1">So we dig into post office economics 101. I think it could break even, especially with its new Postmaster in charge.</p> <p class="p1">But it isn't just its bad business model that has it in the news. The presidential election has made it into yet another partisan political football.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">We dig into the differences between mail-in and absentee voting, bundling ballots, ballot harvesting, election fraud (e.g. last election they found 120 000 ballots in trash cans in a dumpster in Nevada), why mailboxes are being taken off the streets, post office closings, whether the Post Office could handle mail-in ballots, and much more.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Confused about what's going on with the Post Office? </p> <p class="p1">I am. So I asked my friend Brian McNicoll, who has written about the post office for many years and has a real feel for its economics and the politics, to clarify what's going on.</p> <p class="p1">In our conversation he tells me, "the Post Office has a monopoly on two things. Only the post office can put something in your mailbox and only the post office can handle first class mail. But the number of first class letters have dropped by almost 40% in the last decade. And in the last 15 years, the U.S. Postal Service has lost some $60 billion and is expected to lose some $10 billion this year."</p> <p class="p1">But its package delivery business is growing like gangbusters, and it it also losing money on that. Why? Turns out U.S. Taxpayers are subsidizing Jeff Bezos's Amazon and other package delivery companies, big time.</p> <p class="p1">So we dig into post office economics 101. I think it could break even, especially with its new Postmaster in charge.</p> <p class="p1">But it isn't just its bad business model that has it in the news. The presidential election has made it into yet another partisan political football. </p> <p class="p1">We dig into the differences between mail-in and absentee voting, bundling ballots, ballot harvesting, election fraud (e.g. last election they found 120 000 ballots in trash cans in a dumpster in Nevada), why mailboxes are being taken off the streets, post office closings, whether the Post Office could handle mail-in ballots, and much more.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="44875891" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Final_Edit_of_Brian_and_Bill_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Confused about what's going on with the Post Office?  I am. So I asked my friend Brian McNicoll, who has written about the post office for many years and has a real feel for its economics and the politics, to clarify what's going on. In our conversation he tells me, "the Post Office has a monopoly on two things. Only the post office can put something in your mailbox and only the post office can handle first class mail. But the number of first class letters have dropped by almost 40% in the last decade. And in the last 15 years, the U.S. Postal Service has lost some $60 billion and is expected to lose some $10 billion this year." But its package delivery business is growing like gangbusters, and it it also losing money on that. Why? Turns out U.S. Taxpayers are subsidizing  Jeff Bezos's Amazon and other package delivery companies, big time. So we dig into post office economics 101. I think it could break even, especially with its new Postmaster in charge. But it isn't just its bad business model that has it in the news. The presidential election has made it into yet another partisan political football.  We dig into the differences between mail-in and absentee voting, bundling ballots, ballot harvesting, election fraud (e.g. last election they found 120 000 ballots in trash cans in a dumpster in Nevada), why mailboxes are being taken off the streets, post office closings, whether the Post Office could handle mail-in ballots, and much more.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Confused about what's going on with the Post Office?  I am. So I asked my friend Brian McNicoll, who has written about the post office for many years and has a real feel for its economics and the politics, to clarify what's going on. In our conversation he tells me, "the Post Office has a monopoly on two things. Only the post office can put something in your mailbox and only the post office can handle first class mail. But the number of first class letters have dropped by almost 40% in the last decade. And in the last 15 years, the U.S. Postal Service has lost some $60 billion and is expected to lose some $10 billion this year." But its package delivery business is growing like gangbusters, and it it also losing money on that. Why? Turns out U.S. Taxpayers are subsidizing  Jeff Bezos's Amazon and other package delivery companies, big time. So we dig into post office economics 101. I think it could break even, especially with its new Postmaster in charge. But it isn't just its bad business model that has it in the news. The presidential election has made it into yet another partisan political football.  We dig into the differences between mail-in and absentee voting, bundling ballots, ballot harvesting, election fraud (e.g. last election they found 120 000 ballots in trash cans in a dumpster in Nevada), why mailboxes are being taken off the streets, post office closings, whether the Post Office could handle mail-in ballots, and much more.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 94: College Football: Money Culture Politics with John Tamny and Brian McNicoll</title>
      <itunes:title>College Football: Money Culture Politics with John Tamny and Brian McNicoll</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 17:13:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[61c7613b-7478-463f-bb22-cdf36f0492f4]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-95-bill-brian-and-john-on-football]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It's Saturday in September and there's no Big Ten football being played today.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">But in a not-so-surprising reversal, just weeks after Kevin Warren, the Big Ten commissioner, pointedly said the decision not to play this year would "not be revisited", they revisited.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">They just announced that it will start up its fall football season October 24. Why the change?</p> <p class="p1">Of course it faced pressure from coaches, players, parents and fans but the decision looks like it has everything to do with politics and money, and very little to do with "science."</p> <p class="p1">Last week, before the Big Ten's change of heart, I talked about the cultural phenomenon, politics and money of college football with my friends and frequent collaborators, John Tammy, author of <em>When Politicians Panic</em> and Brian McNicoll, a veteran newspaper and sports reporter.</p> <p class="p1">Both are "certified college football fanatics" and do a great job explaining to me what's happening with the college football season this fall.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">It seems to be a crazy mishmash. Some teams are playing, some canceling their seasons. Some with fans, others not. In the Big Ten states, they're playing high school and professional football, but not college.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">We speculated that the Big Ten's decision, wouldn't hold, coming as it does in the Presidential battleground states of Ohio, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Michigan, etc.</p> <p class="p1">And of course there's the money. College football is a $4 billion business, supports a lot of other minor sports and is a keystone for college fundraising.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Listen in here to our fun and wide-ranging conversation:</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">It's Saturday in September and there's no Big Ten football being played today. </p> <p class="p1">But in a not-so-surprising reversal, just weeks after Kevin Warren, the Big Ten commissioner, pointedly said the decision not to play this year would "not be revisited", they revisited. </p> <p class="p1">They just announced that it will start up its fall football season October 24. Why the change?</p> <p class="p1">Of course it faced pressure from coaches, players, parents and fans but the decision looks like it has everything to do with politics and money, and very little to do with "science."</p> <p class="p1">Last week, before the Big Ten's change of heart, I talked about the cultural phenomenon, politics and money of college football with my friends and frequent collaborators, John Tammy, author of <em>When Politicians Panic</em> and Brian McNicoll, a veteran newspaper and sports reporter.</p> <p class="p1">Both are "certified college football fanatics" and do a great job explaining to me what's happening with the college football season this fall. </p> <p class="p1">It seems to be a crazy mishmash. Some teams are playing, some canceling their seasons. Some with fans, others not. In the Big Ten states, they're playing high school and professional football, but not college. </p> <p class="p1">We speculated that the Big Ten's decision, wouldn't hold, coming as it does in the Presidential battleground states of Ohio, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Michigan, etc.</p> <p class="p1">And of course there's the money. College football is a $4 billion business, supports a lot of other minor sports and is a keystone for college fundraising. </p> <p class="p1">Listen in here to our fun and wide-ranging conversation:</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="46553476" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/Bill_John_Brian_9_1_2020_mixdown.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It's Saturday in September and there's no Big Ten football being played today.  But in a not-so-surprising reversal, just weeks after Kevin Warren, the Big Ten commissioner, pointedly said the decision not to play this year would "not be revisited", they revisited.  They just announced that it will start up its fall football season October 24. Why the change? Of course it faced pressure from coaches, players, parents and fans but the decision looks like it has everything to do with politics and money, and very little to do with "science." Last week, before the Big Ten's change of heart, I talked about the cultural phenomenon, politics and money of college football with my friends and frequent collaborators, John Tammy, author of When Politicians Panic and Brian McNicoll, a veteran newspaper and sports reporter. Both are "certified college football fanatics" and do a great job explaining to me what's happening with the college football season this fall.  It seems to be a crazy mishmash. Some teams are playing, some canceling their seasons. Some with fans, others not. In the Big Ten states, they're playing high school and professional football, but not college.  We speculated that the Big Ten's decision, wouldn't hold, coming as it does in the Presidential battleground states of Ohio, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Michigan, etc. And of course there's the money. College football is a $4 billion business, supports a lot of other minor sports and is a keystone for college fundraising.  Listen in here to our fun and wide-ranging conversation:</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It's Saturday in September and there's no Big Ten football being played today.  But in a not-so-surprising reversal, just weeks after Kevin Warren, the Big Ten commissioner, pointedly said the decision not to play this year would "not be revisited", they revisited.  They just announced that it will start up its fall football season October 24. Why the change? Of course it faced pressure from coaches, players, parents and fans but the decision looks like it has everything to do with politics and money, and very little to do with "science." Last week, before the Big Ten's change of heart, I talked about the cultural phenomenon, politics and money of college football with my friends and frequent collaborators, John Tammy, author of When Politicians Panic and Brian McNicoll, a veteran newspaper and sports reporter. Both are "certified college football fanatics" and do a great job explaining to me what's happening with the college football season this fall.  It seems to be a crazy mishmash. Some teams are playing, some canceling their seasons. Some with fans, others not. In the Big Ten states, they're playing high school and professional football, but not college.  We speculated that the Big Ten's decision, wouldn't hold, coming as it does in the Presidential battleground states of Ohio, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Michigan, etc. And of course there's the money. College football is a $4 billion business, supports a lot of other minor sports and is a keystone for college fundraising.  Listen in here to our fun and wide-ranging conversation:</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The New Night People</title>
      <itunes:title>The New Night People</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2020 14:39:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[22f1ebd0-8716-401c-86d5-bffee7c85ef9]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-new-night-people]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jean Shepard ("Shep"), the legendary 60's and 70's WOR NYC late nightradio show humorist and storyteller, romantically described the differences between what he considered to be "day people" and "night people." Day people were conformists, night people were non-conformists, and he was proud to be one of them.</p> <p>Well had he lived to see the streets around the White House last week he would be hard pressed to feel romantic about its new "night people."</p> <p><br /> <br /></p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jean Shepard ("Shep"), the legendary 60's and 70's WOR NYC late nightradio show humorist and storyteller, romantically described the differences between what he considered to be "day people" and "night people." Day people were conformists, night people were non-conformists, and he was proud to be one of them.</p> <p>Well had he lived to see the streets around the White House last week he would be hard pressed to feel romantic about its new "night people."</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="7282097" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/The_New_Night_People_9_2_2020.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>05:04</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Jean Shepard ("Shep"), the legendary 60's and 70's WOR NYC late nightradio show humorist and storyteller, romantically described the differences between what he considered to be "day people" and "night people." Day people were conformists, night people were non-conformists, and he was proud to be one of them. Well had he lived to see the streets around the White House last week he would be hard pressed to feel romantic about its new "night people."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Jean Shepard ("Shep"), the legendary 60's and 70's WOR NYC late nightradio show humorist and storyteller, romantically described the differences between what he considered to be "day people" and "night people." Day people were conformists, night people were non-conformists, and he was proud to be one of them. Well had he lived to see the streets around the White House last week he would be hard pressed to feel romantic about its new "night people."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 92: The Covid Coup with Angelo Codevilla</title>
      <itunes:title>The Covid Coup</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 12:40:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[203813f8-d147-4057-ab50-547c232d6b0d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-92-angelo-codevilla]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"From early March 2020 on, the best-known authorities on epidemics—the World Health Organization and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control— have presented the COVID-19 respiratory disease to the Western world as a danger equivalent to the plague.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">But China's experience, which its government obfuscated, had already shown that the COVID-19 virus is much less like the plague and more like the flu.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><em>All that has happened since followed from falsifying this basic truth.</em>"</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">So writes my guest Angelo Codevilla, Senior Fellow of the Claremont Institute and professor emeritus of International Relations at Boston University and author of <em>The Covid Coup</em> (hyperlink this).<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">He continues:</p> <p class="p1">"What history will record as the great COVID scam of 2020 is based on:<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-tab-span">     </span> 1) a set of untruths and baseless assertions—often outright lies—about the novel coronavirus and its effects;<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-tab-span">     </span> 2) the production and maintenance of physical fear through a near-monopoly of communications to forestall challenges to the U.S.. ruling class, led by the Democratic Party,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-tab-span">     </span> 3) defaulted opposition on the part of most Republicans, thus confirming their status as the ruling class's junior partner.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-tab-span">     </span> No default has been greater than that of America's Christian churches—supposedly society's guardians of truth."</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">But despite the enormous human, social and economic costs imposed by locking down the country, more than 44 percent of Americans are in favor of shutting it down again. (Epoch Times' national survey of likely voters conducted by Big Data Poll.)<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">And almost 2/3 of Democrats (63.2 percent) support a nationwide shutdown.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span>Something has to give.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">"From early March 2020 on, the best-known authorities on epidemics—the World Health Organization and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control— have presented the COVID-19 respiratory disease to the Western world as a danger equivalent to the plague. </p> <p class="p1">But China's experience, which its government obfuscated, had already shown that the COVID-19 virus is much less like the plague and more like the flu. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"><em>All that has happened since followed from falsifying this basic truth.</em>"</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">So writes my guest Angelo Codevilla, Senior Fellow of the Claremont Institute and professor emeritus of International Relations at Boston University and author of <em>The Covid Coup</em> (hyperlink this). </p> <p class="p1">He continues:</p> <p class="p1">"What history will record as the great COVID scam of 2020 is based on: </p> <p class="p1"> 1) a set of untruths and baseless assertions—often outright lies—about the novel coronavirus and its effects; </p> <p class="p1"> 2) the production and maintenance of physical fear through a near-monopoly of communications to forestall challenges to the U.S.. ruling class, led by the Democratic Party, </p> <p class="p1"> 3) defaulted opposition on the part of most Republicans, thus confirming their status as the ruling class's junior partner. </p> <p class="p1"> No default has been greater than that of America's Christian churches—supposedly society's guardians of truth."</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">But despite the enormous human, social and economic costs imposed by locking down the country, more than 44 percent of Americans are in favor of shutting it down again. (Epoch Times' national survey of likely voters conducted by Big Data Poll.) </p> <p class="p1">And almost 2/3 of Democrats (63.2 percent) support a nationwide shutdown.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1"> Something has to give.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="114459170" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS92_2020_08_13_Codevilla.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"From early March 2020 on, the best-known authorities on epidemics—the World Health Organization and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control— have presented the COVID-19 respiratory disease to the Western world as a danger equivalent to the plague.  But China's experience, which its government obfuscated, had already shown that the COVID-19 virus is much less like the plague and more like the flu.    All that has happened since followed from falsifying this basic truth."   So writes my guest Angelo Codevilla, Senior Fellow of the Claremont Institute and professor emeritus of International Relations at Boston University and author of The Covid Coup (hyperlink this).  He continues: "What history will record as the great COVID scam of 2020 is based on:        1) a set of untruths and baseless assertions—often outright lies—about the novel coronavirus and its effects;        2) the production and maintenance of physical fear through a near-monopoly of communications to forestall challenges to the U.S.. ruling class, led by the Democratic Party,        3) defaulted opposition on the part of most Republicans, thus confirming their status as the ruling class's junior partner.        No default has been greater than that of America's Christian churches—supposedly society's guardians of truth."   But despite the enormous human, social and economic costs imposed by locking down the country, more than 44 percent of Americans are in favor of shutting it down again. (Epoch Times' national survey of likely voters conducted by Big Data Poll.)  And almost 2/3 of Democrats (63.2 percent) support a nationwide shutdown.    Something has to give.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"From early March 2020 on, the best-known authorities on epidemics—the World Health Organization and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control— have presented the COVID-19 respiratory disease to the Western world as a danger equivalent to the plague.  But China's experience, which its government obfuscated, had already shown that the COVID-19 virus is much less like the plague and more like the flu.    All that has happened since followed from falsifying this basic truth."   So writes my guest Angelo Codevilla, Senior Fellow of the Claremont Institute and professor emeritus of International Relations at Boston University and author of The Covid Coup (hyperlink this).  He continues: "What history will record as the great COVID scam of 2020 is based on:        1) a set of untruths and baseless assertions—often outright lies—about the novel coronavirus and its effects;        2) the production and maintenance of physical fear through a near-monopoly of communications to forestall challenges to the U.S.. ruling class, led by the Democratic Party,        3) defaulted opposition on the part of most Republicans, thus confirming their status as the ruling class's junior partner.        No default has been greater than that of America's Christian churches—supposedly society's guardians of truth."   But despite the enormous human, social and economic costs imposed by locking down the country, more than 44 percent of Americans are in favor of shutting it down again. (Epoch Times' national survey of likely voters conducted by Big Data Poll.)  And almost 2/3 of Democrats (63.2 percent) support a nationwide shutdown.    Something has to give.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 91: Howard Zinn's War on History</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 91: Howard Zinn's War on History</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 17:33:30 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17df63b0-23d7-4d4e-908d-cbeadc6797bf]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-91-howard-zinns-war-on-history-0]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">There is no historian like Howard Zinn.</p> <p class="p1">Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office .</p> <p class="p1">"For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America"<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world.</p> <p class="p1">"An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past".</p> <p class="p1">Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated.</p> <p class="p1">"Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil."</p> <p class="p1">The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars.</p> <p class="p1">Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.</p> <p class="p2"> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">There is no historian like Howard Zinn.</p> <p class="p1">Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office .</p> <p class="p1">"For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America" </p> <p class="p1">Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world.</p> <p class="p1">"An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past".</p> <p class="p1">Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated.</p> <p class="p1">"Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil."</p> <p class="p1">The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars.</p> <p class="p1">Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.</p> <p class="p2"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="93650069" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS90_2020_07_09_Grabar_Stepman_1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>There is no historian like Howard Zinn. Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office . "For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America"  Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world. "An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past". Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated. "Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson,  James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil." The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars. Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>There is no historian like Howard Zinn. Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office . "For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America"  Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world. "An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past". Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated. "Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson,  James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil." The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars. Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 91: Howard Zinn's War on History</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 91: Howard Zinn's War on History</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 17:33:23 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[53f25811-b37d-4783-82d6-2fb12e0d57e0]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-91-howard-zinns-war-on-history]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">There is no historian like Howard Zinn.</p> <p class="p1">Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office .</p> <p class="p1">"For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America"<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world.</p> <p class="p1">"An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past".</p> <p class="p1">Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated.</p> <p class="p1">"Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson,<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span> James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil."</p> <p class="p1">The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars.</p> <p class="p1">Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.</p> <p class="p2"> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">There is no historian like Howard Zinn.</p> <p class="p1">Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office .</p> <p class="p1">"For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America" </p> <p class="p1">Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world.</p> <p class="p1">"An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past".</p> <p class="p1">Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated.</p> <p class="p1">"Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil."</p> <p class="p1">The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars.</p> <p class="p1">Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.</p> <p class="p2"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="93650069" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS90_2020_07_09_Grabar_Stepman_1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>There is no historian like Howard Zinn. Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office . "For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America"  Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world. "An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past". Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated. "Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson,  James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil." The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars. Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>There is no historian like Howard Zinn. Certainly no other history book has taken the place of the Bible at the swearing-in of an elected official . But in 2019, Howard Zinn's "A People's History" was the sacred object on which newly elected Oklahoma City council member JoBeth Hamon chose to place her hand for her oath of office . "For one of the great enemies of the American idea, Howard Zinn, our history "a story of defeat, despair, and domination … a tragedy in three acts: what we did to the Indians, what we did to the African-Americans, and what we did to everyone else," explains my guest Dr. Mary Grabar the author of "Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America"  Because of Zinn and other historians like him, American schools have largely stopped teaching our children what America is and what she represents in the history of the world. "An all-important question has opened up a great chasm between Americans: Is the essence of our civilization—our culture, our mores, our history—fundamentally good and worth preserving, or is it rotten at its root?" asks my other Guest Jarrett Stepman the author of "The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America's Past". Zinn's rhetorical strategies are more than "radical." They are fundamentally and grossly dishonest. Yet when Purdue University president Mitch Daniels sought to eliminate Zinn's book from classrooms, he was roundly excoriated. "Zinn's conception of American elites" such as George Washington, Thomas Jefferson,  James Madison, and Alexander Hamilton "is akin to the medieval church's image of the Devil." The College Board, which is largely replacing states and localities as the shaper of both textbooks and teacher training promotes Zinn's version of history in its advanced placement training seminars. Join me as I learn from Mary and Jarrett about some of the root causes why America is being torn apart by radical ideologies that have entered the mainstream of America's schools.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>"Forget Covid 19. Worry about EMP." With Dr. Peter Vincent Pry and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>"Forget Covid 19. Worry about EMP."</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 18:37:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee630c93-76b6-445b-9ac5-de758fb29c37]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/forget-covid-19-worry-about-emp-with-dr-peter-vincent-pry-and-frank-gaffney]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It's time to wake up to an existential risk that looms infinitely larger than anything posed by the Covid 19 virus.</p> <p>Electromagnetic pulse (EMP).</p> <p>EMP can be caused by either a naturally occurring solar storm or a manmade suitcase sized device and would collapse electric grids and electrical critical infrastructures all over the world</p> <p> </p> <p>A nationwide blackout lasting one year could kill up to 90 percent of the American people, through starvation, disease, and societal collapse.</p> <p>Moreover, EMP is the ultimate cyber-weapon in the military doctrines and plans of Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran.</p> <p>The threat is not theoretical.  A solar storm EMP occurred in 1859 at the dawn of our electrical age and destroyed telegraph systems everywhere in the world.</p> <p>"Today, the impact would be catastrophic. Power grids would collapse all over the world. And all of the life sustaining critical infrastructures, telecommunications, transportation, business, finance, even food and water, depend directly or indirectly upon electricity. And advanced electronic civilization in the whole world, even in African countries depend upon electricity now for the survival of their people," warns my guest Dr. Peter Vincent Pry</p> <p>But preventing this terrifying scenario "has never enjoyed popular or government sustained focus" explains my other guest Frank Gaffney.</p> <p> </p> <p>Join me as I learn in this riveting conversation about what our government is doing - or more accurately not doing - to protect America from this threat.</p> <p> </p> <p>My Guests:</p> <p>Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and the author of <em>The Power And The Light: The Congressional EMP Commission's War To Save America 2001-2020</em></p> <p>Frank Gaffney founder of the Center for Security Policy and Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China.</p> <p> </p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It's time to wake up to an existential risk that looms infinitely larger than anything posed by the Covid 19 virus.</p> <p>Electromagnetic pulse (EMP).</p> <p>EMP can be caused by either a naturally occurring solar storm or a manmade suitcase sized device and would collapse electric grids and electrical critical infrastructures all over the world</p> <p> </p> <p>A nationwide blackout lasting one year could kill up to 90 percent of the American people, through starvation, disease, and societal collapse.</p> <p>Moreover, EMP is the ultimate cyber-weapon in the military doctrines and plans of Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran.</p> <p>The threat is not theoretical. A solar storm EMP occurred in 1859 at the dawn of our electrical age and destroyed telegraph systems everywhere in the world.</p> <p>"Today, the impact would be catastrophic. Power grids would collapse all over the world. And all of the life sustaining critical infrastructures, telecommunications, transportation, business, finance, even food and water, depend directly or indirectly upon electricity. And advanced electronic civilization in the whole world, even in African countries depend upon electricity now for the survival of their people," warns my guest Dr. Peter Vincent Pry</p> <p>But preventing this terrifying scenario "has never enjoyed popular or government sustained focus" explains my other guest Frank Gaffney.</p> <p> </p> <p>Join me as I learn in this riveting conversation about what our government is doing - or more accurately not doing - to protect America from this threat.</p> <p> </p> <p>My Guests:</p> <p>Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and the author of <em>The Power And The Light: The Congressional EMP Commission's War To Save America 2001-2020</em></p> <p>Frank Gaffney founder of the Center for Security Policy and Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China.</p> <p> </p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="93842438" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS91_2020_07_16_Gaffney_Pry.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It's time to wake up to an existential risk that looms infinitely larger than anything posed by the Covid 19 virus. Electromagnetic pulse (EMP). EMP can be caused by either a naturally occurring solar storm or a manmade suitcase sized device and would collapse electric grids and electrical critical infrastructures all over the world   A nationwide blackout lasting one year could kill up to 90 percent of the American people, through starvation, disease, and societal collapse. Moreover, EMP is the ultimate cyber-weapon in the military doctrines and plans of Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran. The threat is not theoretical.  A solar storm EMP occurred in 1859 at the dawn of our electrical age and destroyed telegraph systems everywhere in the world. "Today, the impact would be catastrophic. Power grids would collapse all over the world. And all of the life sustaining critical infrastructures, telecommunications, transportation, business, finance, even food and water, depend directly or indirectly upon electricity. And advanced electronic civilization in the whole world, even in African countries depend upon electricity now for the survival of their people," warns my guest Dr. Peter Vincent Pry But preventing this terrifying scenario "has never enjoyed popular or government sustained focus" explains my other guest Frank Gaffney.   Join me as I learn in this riveting conversation about what our government is doing - or more accurately not doing - to protect America from this threat.   My Guests: Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and the author of The Power And The Light: The Congressional EMP Commission's War To Save America 2001-2020 Frank Gaffney founder of the Center for Security Policy and Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China.    </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It's time to wake up to an existential risk that looms infinitely larger than anything posed by the Covid 19 virus. Electromagnetic pulse (EMP). EMP can be caused by either a naturally occurring solar storm or a manmade suitcase sized device and would collapse electric grids and electrical critical infrastructures all over the world   A nationwide blackout lasting one year could kill up to 90 percent of the American people, through starvation, disease, and societal collapse. Moreover, EMP is the ultimate cyber-weapon in the military doctrines and plans of Russia, China, North Korea, and Iran. The threat is not theoretical.  A solar storm EMP occurred in 1859 at the dawn of our electrical age and destroyed telegraph systems everywhere in the world. "Today, the impact would be catastrophic. Power grids would collapse all over the world. And all of the life sustaining critical infrastructures, telecommunications, transportation, business, finance, even food and water, depend directly or indirectly upon electricity. And advanced electronic civilization in the whole world, even in African countries depend upon electricity now for the survival of their people," warns my guest Dr. Peter Vincent Pry But preventing this terrifying scenario "has never enjoyed popular or government sustained focus" explains my other guest Frank Gaffney.   Join me as I learn in this riveting conversation about what our government is doing - or more accurately not doing - to protect America from this threat.   My Guests: Dr Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and the author of The Power And The Light: The Congressional EMP Commission's War To Save America 2001-2020 Frank Gaffney founder of the Center for Security Policy and Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China.    </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 89: Why Ayn Rand Matters Today with Tal Tsfany</title>
      <itunes:title>Why Ayn Rand Matters Today with Tal Tsfany</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2020 14:54:42 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f5ec99ab-2b47-49f1-8eb7-ae056ad1e84c]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-89-why-ayn-rand-matters-today-with-tal-tsfany]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Many of us have read Ayn Rand's novels especially, "Atlas Shrugged" and the "Fountainhead." But I have been surprised to learn how her ideas and philosophy have continued to resonate throughout the world many years after her novels were first published.   To learn more about this I asked Tal Tsfany, President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute to come on the show to talk about the Ayn Rand phenomena.   Mr. Tsfany has a great personal story having been an software entrepreneur, investor and executive in both Israel and the United States.  In a fascinating conversation we talk both about Ayn Rand's ideas and Tal's personal journey toward her philosophy.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Many of us have read Ayn Rand's novels especially, "Atlas Shrugged" and the "Fountainhead." But I have been surprised to learn how her ideas and philosophy have continued to resonate throughout the world many years after her novels were first published. To learn more about this I asked Tal Tsfany, President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute to come on the show to talk about the Ayn Rand phenomena. Mr. Tsfany has a great personal story having been an software entrepreneur, investor and executive in both Israel and the United States. In a fascinating conversation we talk both about Ayn Rand's ideas and Tal's personal journey toward her philosophy.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="64086492" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS85_2020_05_14_Tsfany.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>33:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Many of us have read Ayn Rand's novels especially, "Atlas Shrugged" and the "Fountainhead." But I have been surprised to learn how her ideas and philosophy have continued to resonate throughout the world many years after her novels were first published.   To learn more about this I asked Tal Tsfany, President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute to come on the show to talk about the Ayn Rand phenomena.   Mr. Tsfany has a great personal story having been an software entrepreneur, investor and executive in both Israel and the United States.  In a fascinating conversation we talk both about Ayn Rand's ideas and Tal's personal journey toward her philosophy.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Many of us have read Ayn Rand's novels especially, "Atlas Shrugged" and the "Fountainhead." But I have been surprised to learn how her ideas and philosophy have continued to resonate throughout the world many years after her novels were first published.   To learn more about this I asked Tal Tsfany, President and CEO of the Ayn Rand Institute to come on the show to talk about the Ayn Rand phenomena.   Mr. Tsfany has a great personal story having been an software entrepreneur, investor and executive in both Israel and the United States.  In a fascinating conversation we talk both about Ayn Rand's ideas and Tal's personal journey toward her philosophy.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 88: "Enough is Enough" with Donna Rice Hughes and Colby May</title>
      <itunes:title>"Enough is Enough" with Donna Rice Hughes and Colby May.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2020 20:05:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9302619c-d9ec-4d9c-8262-1069264d2d10]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/enough-is-enough-with-donna-rice-hughes-and-colby-may]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Some of society's problems are just so upsetting that it's hard to imagine that they continue to exist, or in fact, are spreading.</p> <p><strong>Well, this episode explores one of the worst: Internet child pornography and sex trafficking.</strong></p> <p>Internet pornography been called the largest unregulated social experiment in history.</p> <p>Ushered it into the cultural mainstream, it enjoys increasingly widespread acceptance. But while it's well known that the internet has been hijacked by the sex industry, what's less understood is that it provides children free and easy access to all types of pornography, and sexual predators' easy and anonymous access to children.</p> <p>"Much of the content that is out there is hardcore, it's extreme. Kids under 10 years old are getting hooked on it, addicted to it. And it's free. It's mostly prosecutable under U.S. law. But it's not being prosecuted. Then you've got sex trafficking, which is one of the largest organized crime businesses in the United States," says Donna Rice Hughes, CEO of Enough Is Enough.</p> <p>The New York Times reports that last year, tech companies reported over 45 million online photos and videos of children being sexually abused — more than double what they found the previous year. Smartphone cameras, social media and cloud storage have allowed the images to multiply at an alarming rate.</p> <p>"It's a profound problem for society. Yet, it's such a difficult topic. No one really wants to talk about it," explains Colby May, Senior Counsel and Director of the Washington Office of the American Center for Law and Justice.</p> <p>Dedicated to promoting child dignity in the digital world, Enough is Enough, raises public awareness about the harms of Internet pornography, sexual predators, cyberbullying, sex trafficking and other dangers.</p> <p>Join me as Donna and Colby describe this very troubling world.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Some of society's problems are just so upsetting that it's hard to imagine that they continue to exist, or in fact, are spreading.</p> <p>Well, this episode explores one of the worst: Internet child pornography and sex trafficking.</p> <p>Internet pornography been called the largest unregulated social experiment in history.</p> <p>Ushered it into the cultural mainstream, it enjoys increasingly widespread acceptance. But while it's well known that the internet has been hijacked by the sex industry, what's less understood is that it provides children free and easy access to all types of pornography, and sexual predators' easy and anonymous access to children.</p> <p>"Much of the content that is out there is hardcore, it's extreme. Kids under 10 years old are getting hooked on it, addicted to it. And it's free. It's mostly prosecutable under U.S. law. But it's not being prosecuted. Then you've got sex trafficking, which is one of the largest organized crime businesses in the United States," says Donna Rice Hughes, CEO of Enough Is Enough.</p> <p>The New York Times reports that last year, tech companies reported over 45 million online photos and videos of children being sexually abused — more than double what they found the previous year. Smartphone cameras, social media and cloud storage have allowed the images to multiply at an alarming rate.</p> <p>"It's a profound problem for society. Yet, it's such a difficult topic. No one really wants to talk about it," explains Colby May, Senior Counsel and Director of the Washington Office of the American Center for Law and Justice.</p> <p>Dedicated to promoting child dignity in the digital world, Enough is Enough, raises public awareness about the harms of Internet pornography, sexual predators, cyberbullying, sex trafficking and other dangers.</p> <p>Join me as Donna and Colby describe this very troubling world.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="48374218" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS89_2020_06_11_Hughs_May.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Some of society's problems are just so upsetting that it's hard to imagine that they continue to exist, or in fact, are spreading. Well, this episode explores one of the worst: Internet child pornography and sex trafficking. Internet pornography been called the largest unregulated social experiment in history. Ushered it into the cultural mainstream, it enjoys increasingly widespread acceptance. But while it's well known that the internet has been hijacked by the sex industry, what's less understood is that it provides children free and easy access to all types of pornography, and sexual predators' easy and anonymous access to children. "Much of the content that is out there is hardcore, it's extreme. Kids under 10 years old are getting hooked on it, addicted to it. And it's free. It's mostly prosecutable under U.S. law. But it's not being prosecuted. Then you've got sex trafficking, which is one of the largest organized crime businesses in the United States," says Donna Rice Hughes, CEO of Enough Is Enough. The New York Times reports that last year, tech companies reported over 45 million online photos and videos of children being sexually abused — more than double what they found the previous year. Smartphone cameras, social media and cloud storage have allowed the images to multiply at an alarming rate. "It's a profound problem for society. Yet, it's such a difficult topic. No one really wants to talk about it," explains Colby May, Senior Counsel and Director of the Washington Office of the American Center for Law and Justice. Dedicated to promoting child dignity in the digital world, Enough is Enough, raises public awareness about the harms of Internet pornography, sexual predators, cyberbullying, sex trafficking and other dangers. Join me as Donna and Colby describe this very troubling world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Some of society's problems are just so upsetting that it's hard to imagine that they continue to exist, or in fact, are spreading. Well, this episode explores one of the worst: Internet child pornography and sex trafficking. Internet pornography been called the largest unregulated social experiment in history. Ushered it into the cultural mainstream, it enjoys increasingly widespread acceptance. But while it's well known that the internet has been hijacked by the sex industry, what's less understood is that it provides children free and easy access to all types of pornography, and sexual predators' easy and anonymous access to children. "Much of the content that is out there is hardcore, it's extreme. Kids under 10 years old are getting hooked on it, addicted to it. And it's free. It's mostly prosecutable under U.S. law. But it's not being prosecuted. Then you've got sex trafficking, which is one of the largest organized crime businesses in the United States," says Donna Rice Hughes, CEO of Enough Is Enough. The New York Times reports that last year, tech companies reported over 45 million online photos and videos of children being sexually abused — more than double what they found the previous year. Smartphone cameras, social media and cloud storage have allowed the images to multiply at an alarming rate. "It's a profound problem for society. Yet, it's such a difficult topic. No one really wants to talk about it," explains Colby May, Senior Counsel and Director of the Washington Office of the American Center for Law and Justice. Dedicated to promoting child dignity in the digital world, Enough is Enough, raises public awareness about the harms of Internet pornography, sexual predators, cyberbullying, sex trafficking and other dangers. Join me as Donna and Colby describe this very troubling world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 87: Reality Economics 101 with Don Boudreaux and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Reality Economics 101 with Don Boudreaux and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2020 13:24:35 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2708e7b3-82e9-410b-a172-0ca597cdf3dd]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-87-reality-economics-101-with-don-boudreaux-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A must see and wide ranging conversation about all things economic with Donald Boudreaux, best-selling author, professor of economics at George Mason University who writes the popular blog Cafe Hayek and John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong."</p> <p> </p> <p>Even if, or maybe especially, you think economics is too abstract or arcane or harsh, this is a fresh and engaging take that everyone can learn from. I did. Some excerpts:</p> <p> </p> <p>"Politicians are never very good about taking economic considerations into account when they make policy. They are especially bad at it now, with people frantic over COVID-19, so politicians who don't know much economics, have taken the easy way out, basically putting us all into house arrest, shutting down an incredibly complex system and set of processes for producing goods and services."</p> <p> </p> <p>"One of my favorite economists Thomas Sowell said that one of the first laws of economics is that reality is not optional, and the first law of politics is to deny the first law of economics."</p> <p> </p> <p>"When politicians declare this job or that job non-essential, they deny the dignity of work, the non-economic and spiritual value of work."</p> <p> </p> <p>"One of the beautiful things about the economy is that we all contribute our little small inputs into the larger output."</p> <p> </p> <p>"To understand financial markets, the essential thing to know is that capital has to be allocated from people who save it to places where it's productive."</p> <p> </p> <p>And my favorite:</p> <p> </p> <p>"CEOs are like Michael Jordan. We haven't been taught to think of them that way, but when they can bring that kind of value, the advance they can bring to society more broadly is just stunning."</p> <p> </p> <p>There's a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">lot</span> more in this fascinating and, I'm sure to some, controversial conversation and I hope you'll find the time to watch or listen.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A must see and wide ranging conversation about all things economic with Donald Boudreaux, best-selling author, professor of economics at George Mason University who writes the popular blog Cafe Hayek and John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong."</p> <p> </p> <p>Even if, or maybe especially, you think economics is too abstract or arcane or harsh, this is a fresh and engaging take that everyone can learn from. I did. Some excerpts:</p> <p> </p> <p>"Politicians are never very good about taking economic considerations into account when they make policy. They are especially bad at it now, with people frantic over COVID-19, so politicians who don't know much economics, have taken the easy way out, basically putting us all into house arrest, shutting down an incredibly complex system and set of processes for producing goods and services."</p> <p> </p> <p>"One of my favorite economists Thomas Sowell said that one of the first laws of economics is that reality is not optional, and the first law of politics is to deny the first law of economics."</p> <p> </p> <p>"When politicians declare this job or that job non-essential, they deny the dignity of work, the non-economic and spiritual value of work."</p> <p> </p> <p>"One of the beautiful things about the economy is that we all contribute our little small inputs into the larger output."</p> <p> </p> <p>"To understand financial markets, the essential thing to know is that capital has to be allocated from people who save it to places where it's productive."</p> <p> </p> <p>And my favorite:</p> <p> </p> <p>"CEOs are like Michael Jordan. We haven't been taught to think of them that way, but when they can bring that kind of value, the advance they can bring to society more broadly is just stunning."</p> <p> </p> <p>There's a lot more in this fascinating and, I'm sure to some, controversial conversation and I hope you'll find the time to watch or listen.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="50409165" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS88_2020_06_4_Tamny_Boudreaux_PT1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>A must see and wide ranging conversation about all things economic with Donald Boudreaux, best-selling author, professor of economics at George Mason University who writes the popular blog Cafe Hayek and John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong."   Even if, or maybe especially, you think economics is too abstract or arcane or harsh, this is a fresh and engaging take that everyone can learn from. I did. Some excerpts:   "Politicians are never very good about taking economic considerations into account when they make policy. They are especially bad at it now, with people frantic over COVID-19, so politicians who don't know much economics, have taken the easy way out, basically putting us all into house arrest, shutting down an incredibly complex system and set of processes for producing goods and services."   "One of my favorite economists Thomas Sowell said that one of the first laws of economics is that reality is not optional, and the first law of politics is to deny the first law of economics."   "When politicians declare this job or that job non-essential, they deny the dignity of work, the non-economic and spiritual value of work."   "One of the beautiful things about the economy is that we all contribute our little small inputs into the larger output."   "To understand financial markets, the essential thing to know is that capital has to be allocated from people who save it to places where it's productive."   And my favorite:   "CEOs are like Michael Jordan. We haven't been taught to think of them that way, but when they can bring that kind of value, the advance they can bring to society more broadly is just stunning."   There's a lot more in this fascinating and, I'm sure to some, controversial conversation and I hope you'll find the time to watch or listen.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>A must see and wide ranging conversation about all things economic with Donald Boudreaux, best-selling author, professor of economics at George Mason University who writes the popular blog Cafe Hayek and John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong."   Even if, or maybe especially, you think economics is too abstract or arcane or harsh, this is a fresh and engaging take that everyone can learn from. I did. Some excerpts:   "Politicians are never very good about taking economic considerations into account when they make policy. They are especially bad at it now, with people frantic over COVID-19, so politicians who don't know much economics, have taken the easy way out, basically putting us all into house arrest, shutting down an incredibly complex system and set of processes for producing goods and services."   "One of my favorite economists Thomas Sowell said that one of the first laws of economics is that reality is not optional, and the first law of politics is to deny the first law of economics."   "When politicians declare this job or that job non-essential, they deny the dignity of work, the non-economic and spiritual value of work."   "One of the beautiful things about the economy is that we all contribute our little small inputs into the larger output."   "To understand financial markets, the essential thing to know is that capital has to be allocated from people who save it to places where it's productive."   And my favorite:   "CEOs are like Michael Jordan. We haven't been taught to think of them that way, but when they can bring that kind of value, the advance they can bring to society more broadly is just stunning."   There's a lot more in this fascinating and, I'm sure to some, controversial conversation and I hope you'll find the time to watch or listen.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 86: The True Human Costs of Government Imposed Lockdowns with Jim Agresti</title>
      <itunes:title>The True Human Costs of Government Imposed Lockdowns with Jim Agresti</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2020 14:02:36 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8b5f830d-1a3e-4325-95e5-ec21fd56f33d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/the-true-human-costs-of-government-imposed-lockdowns-with-jim-agresti]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<blockquote> <div dir="ltr"> <blockquote> <div dir="ltr"> <div class="WordSection1"> <p class="p1">Medical studies show that excessive stress and anxiety are among the most debilitating and deadly of all health hazards in the world.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Beyond their obvious effects like suicide and substance abuse—these mental stressors are strongly related to and may trigger and inflame a host of ailments like high blood pressure, digestive disorders, heart conditions, infectious diseases, cancer, and pregnancy complications.</p> <p class="p1">Based on a broad array of scientific studies, my guest Jim Agresti and his organization Just Facts, have calculated that the health risks created by reactions to Covid-19—such as stay-at-home orders, business shutdowns, media exaggerations, and legitimate concerns about the virus—will destroy at least seven times more years of human life than can possibly be saved by lockdowns to control the spread of the disease.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">This figure is a bare minimum. The total years of life that it will rob from all people is likely more than 90 times greater.</p> <p class="p1">So when a politician like Andrew Cuomo declares that he will take every draconian measure to "save just one life" from Covid 19 he's ignorant to or simply ignoring the massive human costs he's imposing.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Moreover, there's growing evidence that's there not much relationship between the severity of government imposed lockdowns and excess deaths.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">Are we looking at one of the most massive leadership blunders in history?</p> <p class="p1">Join me as I explore all this with Jim Agresti.</p> </div> </div> </blockquote> </div> </blockquote>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Medical studies show that excessive stress and anxiety are among the most debilitating and deadly of all health hazards in the world. </p> <p class="p1">Beyond their obvious effects like suicide and substance abuse—these mental stressors are strongly related to and may trigger and inflame a host of ailments like high blood pressure, digestive disorders, heart conditions, infectious diseases, cancer, and pregnancy complications.</p> <p class="p1">Based on a broad array of scientific studies, my guest Jim Agresti and his organization Just Facts, have calculated that the health risks created by reactions to Covid-19—such as stay-at-home orders, business shutdowns, media exaggerations, and legitimate concerns about the virus—will destroy at least seven times more years of human life than can possibly be saved by lockdowns to control the spread of the disease. </p> <p class="p1">This figure is a bare minimum. The total years of life that it will rob from all people is likely more than 90 times greater.</p> <p class="p1">So when a politician like Andrew Cuomo declares that he will take every draconian measure to "save just one life" from Covid 19 he's ignorant to or simply ignoring the massive human costs he's imposing. </p> <p class="p1">Moreover, there's growing evidence that's there not much relationship between the severity of government imposed lockdowns and excess deaths. </p> <p class="p1">Are we looking at one of the most massive leadership blunders in history?</p> <p class="p1">Join me as I explore all this with Jim Agresti.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="71013831" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS86_2020_05_26_Agresti.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Medical studies show that excessive stress and anxiety are among the most debilitating and deadly of all health hazards in the world.  Beyond their obvious effects like suicide and substance abuse—these mental stressors are strongly related to and may trigger and inflame a host of ailments like high blood pressure, digestive disorders, heart conditions, infectious diseases, cancer, and pregnancy complications. Based on a broad array of scientific studies, my guest Jim Agresti and his organization Just Facts, have calculated that the health risks created by reactions to Covid-19—such as stay-at-home orders, business shutdowns, media exaggerations, and legitimate concerns about the virus—will destroy at least seven times more years of human life than can possibly be saved by lockdowns to control the spread of the disease.  This figure is a bare minimum. The total years of life that it will rob from all people is likely more than 90 times greater. So when a politician like Andrew Cuomo declares that he will take every draconian measure to "save just one life" from Covid 19 he's ignorant to or simply ignoring the massive human costs he's imposing.  Moreover, there's growing evidence that's there not much relationship between the severity of government imposed lockdowns and excess deaths.  Are we looking at one of the most massive leadership blunders in history? Join me as I explore all this with Jim Agresti.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Medical studies show that excessive stress and anxiety are among the most debilitating and deadly of all health hazards in the world.  Beyond their obvious effects like suicide and substance abuse—these mental stressors are strongly related to and may trigger and inflame a host of ailments like high blood pressure, digestive disorders, heart conditions, infectious diseases, cancer, and pregnancy complications. Based on a broad array of scientific studies, my guest Jim Agresti and his organization Just Facts, have calculated that the health risks created by reactions to Covid-19—such as stay-at-home orders, business shutdowns, media exaggerations, and legitimate concerns about the virus—will destroy at least seven times more years of human life than can possibly be saved by lockdowns to control the spread of the disease.  This figure is a bare minimum. The total years of life that it will rob from all people is likely more than 90 times greater. So when a politician like Andrew Cuomo declares that he will take every draconian measure to "save just one life" from Covid 19 he's ignorant to or simply ignoring the massive human costs he's imposing.  Moreover, there's growing evidence that's there not much relationship between the severity of government imposed lockdowns and excess deaths.  Are we looking at one of the most massive leadership blunders in history? Join me as I explore all this with Jim Agresti.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 85.2: A Conversation with Michael Pack, the Director of "Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 85.2: A Conversation with Michael Pack, the Director of "Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2020 14:55:11 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c8950aba-a7ca-4db1-a209-7123d9d8f79d]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-852-a-conversation-with-michael-pack-the-director-of-created-equal-clarence-thomas-in-his-own-words]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas. </p> <p> </p> <p>Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience. </p> <p> </p> <p>This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.</p> <p> </p> <p>The film is a must see.</p> <p> </p> <p>In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.</p> <p> </p> <p>Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of <a href="https://www.manifoldproductions.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Manifold Productions</a>, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits. </p> <p> </p> <p>He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.</p> <p> </p> <p>He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas. </p> <p> </p> <p>Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience. </p> <p> </p> <p>This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.</p> <p> </p> <p>The film is a must see.</p> <p> </p> <p>In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.</p> <p> </p> <p>Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of <a href="https://www.manifoldproductions.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Manifold Productions</a>, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits. </p> <p> </p> <p>He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.</p> <p> </p> <p>He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="33046767" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS87_2020_05_28_Pack_Pt2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas.    Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience.    This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.   The film is a must see.   In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.   Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of Manifold Productions, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits.    He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.   He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas.    Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience.    This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.   The film is a must see.   In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.   Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of Manifold Productions, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits.    He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.   He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 85.1: A Conversation with Michael Pack, the Director of "Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 85.1: A Conversation with Michael Pack, the Director of "Created Equal: Clarence Thomas in His Own Words"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2020 14:50:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[28354414-d5ac-49ed-b190-9a222a8d879f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-851-a-conversation-with-michael-pack-the-director-of-created-equal-clarence-thomas-in-his-own-words]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas. </p> <p> </p> <p>Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience. </p> <p> </p> <p>This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.</p> <p> </p> <p>The film is a must see.</p> <p> </p> <p>In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.</p> <p> </p> <p>Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of <a href="https://www.manifoldproductions.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Manifold Productions</a>, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits. </p> <p> </p> <p>He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.</p> <p> </p> <p>He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas. </p> <p> </p> <p>Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience. </p> <p> </p> <p>This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.</p> <p> </p> <p>The film is a must see.</p> <p> </p> <p>In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.</p> <p> </p> <p>Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of <a href="https://www.manifoldproductions.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Manifold Productions</a>, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits. </p> <p> </p> <p>He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.</p> <p> </p> <p>He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="51515475" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS87_2020_05_28_Pack_Pt1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>26:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas.    Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience.    This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.   The film is a must see.   In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.   Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of Manifold Productions, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits.    He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.   He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Join me as go behind the scenes with writer, director and producer Michael Pack about the making of his extraordinary film about Justice Clarence Thomas.    Distilled from over 30 hours of interviews during a six-month period with Justice Thomas and his wonderful wife Ginni, for the first time, he tells his entire life's story, looking directly at the camera, speaking frankly to the audience.    This first-person account is accompanied by a rich array of historical archive material, period and original music, personal photos, and evocative recreations. Unscripted and without narration, the documentary takes the viewer through this complex and often painful life, dealing with race, faith, power, jurisprudence, and personal resilience.   The film is a must see.   In part two, I talk with Michael about what it's like to be a conservative filmmaker in today's America and how documentaries have become almost the exclusive playground of the left.   Michael Pack is also an extraordinary man. President and co-founder of Manifold Productions, he has produced and directed over 15 documentaries, broadcast on PBS and has had an incredible career moving back and forth between making documentaries and also working in public television and information agency non-profits.    He has been President and CEO of the Claremont Institute, head of Worldnet then part of the US Information Agency, and senior vice president for TV programming at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.   He is President Trump's nominee to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 83: Calling for a Return of Conservative Economics</title>
      <itunes:title>Calling for a Return of Conservative Economics</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 21:41:11 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3b3b9a30-41f0-4768-ba14-967390a3840f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/tbws83_2020_04_28_king_cassmp3]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"There is more to life than economic freedom. And there is more to economic freedom than economic freedom. A society that attempts to maximize everyone's freedom at every moment will fail miserably in preserving individual liberty and limiting government over time."</p> <p> </p> <p>What is missing from our policy debates is a distinctively conservative approach to economics.</p> <p> </p> <p>So argues my guest Oren Cass, founder and executive director of American Compass, whose mission is to restore an economic consensus that emphasizes the importance of family, community, and industry to the nation's liberty and prosperity. Also joining me is Wells King, the research director of American Compass. <a href= "https://shoutout.wix.com/so/91N7XsWZJ/c?w=HQGKXPGzQXcmP_3-1A5suJgwrzMJCA6Glp2-pMIFmKs.eyJ1IjoiaHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuYW1lcmljYW5jb21wYXNzLm9yZyIsInIiOiI1YTRiZWI4ZS1jMmI5LTRlOGYtY2U1Yy0wMjViZmI3OTM4OTMiLCJtIjoibHAifQ" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer">www.americancompass.org</a></p> <p> </p> <p>Cass points out that the libertarian right and the progressive left have dominated our political debate, with one side favoring fewer government programs and less regulation, while the other advocating more, and that there is a more attractive middle course.</p> <p> </p> <p>"Neither prioritizes the traditional structures of family and community that provide the foundations of a flourishing society, or the capacities that a nation must nurture and sustain to remain strong. Consensus views across the political, business, and academic elite have enormous blind spots, from the dangers of globalization, to the costs of a college-for-all education system, to the value of belonging to a particular place.</p> <p> </p> <p>At home, the data on collapsing families, shuttering communities, stagnating wages, and declining life expectancy are well known.</p> <p> </p> <p>Abroad, America's capacity to protect and advance its national interests is likewise waning."</p> <p> </p> <p>Making these our priorities would form the bedrock of a return to what Henry Clay called the "American System" and a distinctively conservative guide to statesmanship and economics. This is a fascinating take on today's policy debates. Well worth a listen. And well worth taking a hard look at.</p> <p> </p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"There is more to life than economic freedom. And there is more to economic freedom than economic freedom. A society that attempts to maximize everyone's freedom at every moment will fail miserably in preserving individual liberty and limiting government over time."</p> <p> </p> <p>What is missing from our policy debates is a distinctively conservative approach to economics.</p> <p> </p> <p>So argues my guest Oren Cass, founder and executive director of American Compass, whose mission is to restore an economic consensus that emphasizes the importance of family, community, and industry to the nation's liberty and prosperity. Also joining me is Wells King, the research director of American Compass. <a href= "https://shoutout.wix.com/so/91N7XsWZJ/c?w=HQGKXPGzQXcmP_3-1A5suJgwrzMJCA6Glp2-pMIFmKs.eyJ1IjoiaHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuYW1lcmljYW5jb21wYXNzLm9yZyIsInIiOiI1YTRiZWI4ZS1jMmI5LTRlOGYtY2U1Yy0wMjViZmI3OTM4OTMiLCJtIjoibHAifQ" target="_blank" rel= "noopener noreferrer">www.americancompass.org</a></p> <p> </p> <p>Cass points out that the libertarian right and the progressive left have dominated our political debate, with one side favoring fewer government programs and less regulation, while the other advocating more, and that there is a more attractive middle course.</p> <p> </p> <p>"Neither prioritizes the traditional structures of family and community that provide the foundations of a flourishing society, or the capacities that a nation must nurture and sustain to remain strong. Consensus views across the political, business, and academic elite have enormous blind spots, from the dangers of globalization, to the costs of a college-for-all education system, to the value of belonging to a particular place.</p> <p> </p> <p>At home, the data on collapsing families, shuttering communities, stagnating wages, and declining life expectancy are well known.</p> <p> </p> <p>Abroad, America's capacity to protect and advance its national interests is likewise waning."</p> <p> </p> <p>Making these our priorities would form the bedrock of a return to what Henry Clay called the "American System" and a distinctively conservative guide to statesmanship and economics. This is a fascinating take on today's policy debates. Well worth a listen. And well worth taking a hard look at.</p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="67604069" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS83_2020_04_28_King_Cass.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:08</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"There is more to life than economic freedom. And there is more to economic freedom than economic freedom. A society that attempts to maximize everyone's freedom at every moment will fail miserably in preserving individual liberty and limiting government over time."   What is missing from our policy debates is a distinctively conservative approach to economics.   So argues my guest Oren Cass, founder and executive director of American Compass, whose mission is to restore an economic consensus that emphasizes the importance of family, community, and industry to the nation's liberty and prosperity. Also joining me is Wells King, the research director of American Compass. www.americancompass.org   Cass points out that the libertarian right and the progressive left have dominated our political debate, with one side favoring fewer government programs and less regulation, while the other advocating more, and that there is a more attractive middle course.   "Neither prioritizes the traditional structures of family and community that provide the foundations of a flourishing society, or the capacities that a nation must nurture and sustain to remain strong. Consensus views across the political, business, and academic elite have enormous blind spots, from the dangers of globalization, to the costs of a college-for-all education system, to the value of belonging to a particular place.   At home, the data on collapsing families, shuttering communities, stagnating wages, and declining life expectancy are well known.   Abroad, America's capacity to protect and advance its national interests is likewise waning."   Making these our priorities would form the bedrock of a return to what Henry Clay called the "American System" and a distinctively conservative guide to statesmanship and economics. This is a fascinating take on today's policy debates. Well worth a listen. And well worth taking a hard look at.  </itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"There is more to life than economic freedom. And there is more to economic freedom than economic freedom. A society that attempts to maximize everyone's freedom at every moment will fail miserably in preserving individual liberty and limiting government over time."   What is missing from our policy debates is a distinctively conservative approach to economics.   So argues my guest Oren Cass, founder and executive director of American Compass, whose mission is to restore an economic consensus that emphasizes the importance of family, community, and industry to the nation's liberty and prosperity. Also joining me is Wells King, the research director of American Compass. www.americancompass.org   Cass points out that the libertarian right and the progressive left have dominated our political debate, with one side favoring fewer government programs and less regulation, while the other advocating more, and that there is a more attractive middle course.   "Neither prioritizes the traditional structures of family and community that provide the foundations of a flourishing society, or the capacities that a nation must nurture and sustain to remain strong. Consensus views across the political, business, and academic elite have enormous blind spots, from the dangers of globalization, to the costs of a college-for-all education system, to the value of belonging to a particular place.   At home, the data on collapsing families, shuttering communities, stagnating wages, and declining life expectancy are well known.   Abroad, America's capacity to protect and advance its national interests is likewise waning."   Making these our priorities would form the bedrock of a return to what Henry Clay called the "American System" and a distinctively conservative guide to statesmanship and economics. This is a fascinating take on today's policy debates. Well worth a listen. And well worth taking a hard look at.  </itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 82: Assessing Beijing's Power</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 82: Assessing Beijing's Power with Dean Cheng and Klon Kitchen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 21:40:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[09b95520-c213-4a4f-88df-a8b2aa9b0db8]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/tbws82_2020_04_16_cheng_kitchenmp3]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>China presents a vastly different challenge from anything America has confronted before.</p> <p>The United States economy has never been as deeply dependent on an oppositional government the way we are with China. We have outsourced significant portions of virtually every important supply chain to China. </p> <p>America has even lost its manufacturing capabilities to make aspirin, penicillin and a lot of essential antibiotics. </p> <p> </p> <p>Chinese Communist Party leaders are fundamentally similar to its old emperors. In 5,000 years of Chinese history, it has never seen the development of democracy, or the development of an independent judiciary.  </p> <p>China is not a "rule of law" society and views the law as an instrument for keeping the Chinese Communist Party in power. It has neither a civil society or an independent press.  And today, they are leaning heavily on their technology sector as a tool to enable a type of "techno-totalitarianism."</p> <p> </p> <p>So explain Dean Cheng Senior Research Fellow, Asian Studies at Heritage Foundation, where he oversees Chinese security and economic issues and,</p> <p>Klon Kitchen who leads technology policy at Heritage Foundation as Senior Research Fellow for Technology, National Security and Foreign Policy.</p> <p>We are learning that we have big problems with China. Join me as I talk with Klon and Dean about how we work our way through this mess.</p> <p>We will, but as they say, "it's going to be complicated."</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>China presents a vastly different challenge from anything America has confronted before.</p> <p>The United States economy has never been as deeply dependent on an oppositional government the way we are with China. We have outsourced significant portions of virtually every important supply chain to China. </p> <p>America has even lost its manufacturing capabilities to make aspirin, penicillin and a lot of essential antibiotics. </p> <p> </p> <p>Chinese Communist Party leaders are fundamentally similar to its old emperors. In 5,000 years of Chinese history, it has never seen the development of democracy, or the development of an independent judiciary. </p> <p>China is not a "rule of law" society and views the law as an instrument for keeping the Chinese Communist Party in power. It has neither a civil society or an independent press. And today, they are leaning heavily on their technology sector as a tool to enable a type of "techno-totalitarianism."</p> <p> </p> <p>So explain Dean Cheng Senior Research Fellow, Asian Studies at Heritage Foundation, where he oversees Chinese security and economic issues and,</p> <p>Klon Kitchen who leads technology policy at Heritage Foundation as Senior Research Fellow for Technology, National Security and Foreign Policy.</p> <p>We are learning that we have big problems with China. Join me as I talk with Klon and Dean about how we work our way through this mess.</p> <p>We will, but as they say, "it's going to be complicated."</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="88779919" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS82_2020_04_16_Cheng_Kitchen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/1/b/0/e1b0025206fe1718/bill_walton_logo.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>China presents a vastly different challenge from anything America has confronted before. The United States economy has never been as deeply dependent on an oppositional government the way we are with China. We have outsourced significant portions of virtually every important supply chain to China.  America has even lost its manufacturing capabilities to make aspirin, penicillin and a lot of essential antibiotics.    Chinese Communist Party leaders are fundamentally similar to its old emperors. In 5,000 years of Chinese history, it has never seen the development of democracy, or the development of an independent judiciary.   China is not a "rule of law" society and views the law as an instrument for keeping the Chinese Communist Party in power. It has neither a civil society or an independent press.  And today, they are leaning heavily on their technology sector as a tool to enable a type of "techno-totalitarianism."   So explain Dean Cheng Senior Research Fellow, Asian Studies at Heritage Foundation, where he oversees Chinese security and economic issues and, Klon Kitchen who leads technology policy at Heritage Foundation as Senior Research Fellow for Technology, National Security and Foreign Policy. We are learning that we have big problems with China. Join me as I talk with Klon and Dean about how we work our way through this mess. We will, but as they say, "it's going to be complicated."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>China presents a vastly different challenge from anything America has confronted before. The United States economy has never been as deeply dependent on an oppositional government the way we are with China. We have outsourced significant portions of virtually every important supply chain to China.  America has even lost its manufacturing capabilities to make aspirin, penicillin and a lot of essential antibiotics.    Chinese Communist Party leaders are fundamentally similar to its old emperors. In 5,000 years of Chinese history, it has never seen the development of democracy, or the development of an independent judiciary.   China is not a "rule of law" society and views the law as an instrument for keeping the Chinese Communist Party in power. It has neither a civil society or an independent press.  And today, they are leaning heavily on their technology sector as a tool to enable a type of "techno-totalitarianism."   So explain Dean Cheng Senior Research Fellow, Asian Studies at Heritage Foundation, where he oversees Chinese security and economic issues and, Klon Kitchen who leads technology policy at Heritage Foundation as Senior Research Fellow for Technology, National Security and Foreign Policy. We are learning that we have big problems with China. Join me as I talk with Klon and Dean about how we work our way through this mess. We will, but as they say, "it's going to be complicated."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 84: Post Pandemic K-12 Education: Why We Don't Want a Return to "Normal"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 84: Post Pandemic K-12 Education: Why We Don't Want a Return to "Normal"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2020 13:51:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[784d95fa-b544-4d35-9d67-5f0dae85c25f]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://thebillwaltonshow.libsyn.com/episode-84-jeanne-allen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">What comes next when we emerge from the COVID-19 lockdown? What is "normal" is going to be like?<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Well in the case of America's K-12 schools we should <span class="s1">not</span> want a return to normal, where "normal" means a nation where fewer than 30% of students - and fewer than 15% in poor communities - read, write, spell, do math or know history, science, or civics on grade level.<span class= "apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"With the doors to most of K-12 schools shut for the rest of the academic year and beyond, it's time to implement a dramatically different way of educating our nation's youth, and make it stick," explains my guest Jeanne Allen.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Major policy decisions about our schools must be made in the coming months, and because schools are most families' main source of childcare, this will be critical to restarting the economy.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">What lies ahead is a serious rethinking of the fundamental organization of the school day and school year.<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p1">K-12 Education is ripe for change and the opportunities to make it better are abundant.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"Let's start by accepting that education needn't be "place-based," or dependent on a specific classroom, with a set number of students in order to be learning,. Let's also accept the obvious from this crisis - that helping a student master a grade-appropriate level of competency in a subject is more important than whether they're in a classroom for a certain period of time."<span class="apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Because the federal government has waived spending discrimination based on zip code, no longer must states distribute federal funds according to traditional, fixed categories and formulas. This is a moment to waive these location-based assignment entirely.</p> <p class="p1">Conditions are ripe for innovation and improvement.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">For almost three decades, Jeanne Allen has led the Center for Education Reform fighting to create the conditions for innovation and opportunity for every American child to learn.</p> <p class="p1">Join me as she lays out the exciting possibilities for change.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">What comes next when we emerge from the COVID-19 lockdown? What is "normal" is going to be like? </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Well in the case of America's K-12 schools we should not want a return to normal, where "normal" means a nation where fewer than 30% of students - and fewer than 15% in poor communities - read, write, spell, do math or know history, science, or civics on grade level. </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"With the doors to most of K-12 schools shut for the rest of the academic year and beyond, it's time to implement a dramatically different way of educating our nation's youth, and make it stick," explains my guest Jeanne Allen.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Major policy decisions about our schools must be made in the coming months, and because schools are most families' main source of childcare, this will be critical to restarting the economy. </p> <p class="p1">What lies ahead is a serious rethinking of the fundamental organization of the school day and school year. </p> <p class="p1">K-12 Education is ripe for change and the opportunities to make it better are abundant.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">"Let's start by accepting that education needn't be "place-based," or dependent on a specific classroom, with a set number of students in order to be learning,. Let's also accept the obvious from this crisis - that helping a student master a grade-appropriate level of competency in a subject is more important than whether they're in a classroom for a certain period of time." </p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">Because the federal government has waived spending discrimination based on zip code, no longer must states distribute federal funds according to traditional, fixed categories and formulas. This is a moment to waive these location-based assignment entirely.</p> <p class="p1">Conditions are ripe for innovation and improvement.</p> <p class="p2"> </p> <p class="p1">For almost three decades, Jeanne Allen has led the Center for Education Reform fighting to create the conditions for innovation and opportunity for every American child to learn.</p> <p class="p1">Join me as she lays out the exciting possibilities for change.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="65480665" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/TBWS84_2020_05_07_Allen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>What comes next when we emerge from the COVID-19 lockdown? What is "normal" is going to be like?    Well in the case of America's K-12 schools we should not want a return to normal, where "normal" means a nation where fewer than 30% of students - and fewer than 15% in poor communities - read, write, spell, do math or know history, science, or civics on grade level.    "With the doors to most of K-12 schools shut for the rest of the academic year and beyond, it's time to implement a dramatically different way of educating our nation's youth, and make it stick," explains my guest Jeanne Allen.   Major policy decisions about our schools must be made in the coming months, and because schools are most families' main source of childcare, this will be critical to restarting the economy.  What lies ahead is a serious rethinking of the fundamental organization of the school day and school year.  K-12 Education is ripe for change and the opportunities to make it better are abundant.   "Let's start by accepting that education needn't be "place-based," or dependent on a specific classroom, with a set number of students in order to be learning,. Let's also accept the obvious from this crisis - that helping a student master a grade-appropriate level of competency in a subject is more important than whether they're in a classroom for a certain period of time."    Because the federal government has waived spending discrimination based on zip code, no longer must states distribute federal funds according to traditional, fixed categories and formulas. This is a moment to waive these location-based assignment entirely. Conditions are ripe for innovation and improvement.   For almost three decades, Jeanne Allen has led the Center for Education Reform fighting to create the conditions for innovation and opportunity for every American child to learn. Join me as she lays out the exciting possibilities for change.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>What comes next when we emerge from the COVID-19 lockdown? What is "normal" is going to be like?    Well in the case of America's K-12 schools we should not want a return to normal, where "normal" means a nation where fewer than 30% of students - and fewer than 15% in poor communities - read, write, spell, do math or know history, science, or civics on grade level.    "With the doors to most of K-12 schools shut for the rest of the academic year and beyond, it's time to implement a dramatically different way of educating our nation's youth, and make it stick," explains my guest Jeanne Allen.   Major policy decisions about our schools must be made in the coming months, and because schools are most families' main source of childcare, this will be critical to restarting the economy.  What lies ahead is a serious rethinking of the fundamental organization of the school day and school year.  K-12 Education is ripe for change and the opportunities to make it better are abundant.   "Let's start by accepting that education needn't be "place-based," or dependent on a specific classroom, with a set number of students in order to be learning,. Let's also accept the obvious from this crisis - that helping a student master a grade-appropriate level of competency in a subject is more important than whether they're in a classroom for a certain period of time."    Because the federal government has waived spending discrimination based on zip code, no longer must states distribute federal funds according to traditional, fixed categories and formulas. This is a moment to waive these location-based assignment entirely. Conditions are ripe for innovation and improvement.   For almost three decades, Jeanne Allen has led the Center for Education Reform fighting to create the conditions for innovation and opportunity for every American child to learn. Join me as she lays out the exciting possibilities for change.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 81: "Life After the CoronaVirus: Planting the Seeds of Growth and Resilience"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 81: "Life After the CoronaVirus: Planting the Seeds of Growth and Resilience"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 13:45:28 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/25804745]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/25804745]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The outbreak of the CoronaVirus has created a health crisis.<br /> But federal, state and local governments' reactions to this challenge - however well intentioned - have created an economic crisis that will linger past any recovery from or stabilization of the spread of the disease.<br /> The economy's been broken and government action cannot bring it back, only alleviate some of the pain.<br /> It's the private sector that will provide lasting solutions to restoring a vibrant America. Of course businesses will play a significant role, but often overlooked is how our civil society non-profit institutions will also be making a big difference.<br /> Joining me to talk about this are Lawson Bader CEO of DonorsTrust which directs donor dollars to highly promising conservative and libertarian nonprofit groups throughout the country and Tracie Sharp CEO of The State Policy Network which works with public policy and activist groups in all 50 states.<br /> They are leaders of the newly formed Growth and Resilience Project <a href= "mailto:resiliencenow@donorstrust.org">resiliencenow@donorstrust.org</a>, which is bringing together donors to fund civil society solutions to the problems brought about by the CoronaVirus.<br /> Tracie and Lawson have some of the best windows into what's working and what isn't working throughout the United States.<br /> One surprising conclusion that we reached is that are actually good reasons for optimism.<br /> As Tracie points out, "after the Black Plague, a renaissance occurred" and a silver lining to this pandemic may be that we rethink a lot of our institutions, the way we do things.<br /> For example, schools have been shut down, and it's forced a lot of people into either homeschooling in the case of K-12 or computer-based, Zoom-based classes in the case of colleges.<br /> There's over 100 of these kind of solution ideas on the State Policy Network website spn.org/coronavirus of private, voluntary action that really show America at its best. "We're seeing neighbor helping neighbor."<br /> This is where philanthropy can step up and help really alleviate the suffering that's going on, get our economy going again, and getting people back to work.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The outbreak of the CoronaVirus has created a health crisis. But federal, state and local governments' reactions to this challenge - however well intentioned - have created an economic crisis that will linger past any recovery from or stabilization of the spread of the disease. The economy's been broken and government action cannot bring it back, only alleviate some of the pain. It's the private sector that will provide lasting solutions to restoring a vibrant America. Of course businesses will play a significant role, but often overlooked is how our civil society non-profit institutions will also be making a big difference. Joining me to talk about this are Lawson Bader CEO of DonorsTrust which directs donor dollars to highly promising conservative and libertarian nonprofit groups throughout the country and Tracie Sharp CEO of The State Policy Network which works with public policy and activist groups in all 50 states. They are leaders of the newly formed Growth and Resilience Project <a href= "mailto:resiliencenow@donorstrust.org">resiliencenow@donorstrust.org</a>, which is bringing together donors to fund civil society solutions to the problems brought about by the CoronaVirus. Tracie and Lawson have some of the best windows into what's working and what isn't working throughout the United States. One surprising conclusion that we reached is that are actually good reasons for optimism. As Tracie points out, "after the Black Plague, a renaissance occurred" and a silver lining to this pandemic may be that we rethink a lot of our institutions, the way we do things. For example, schools have been shut down, and it's forced a lot of people into either homeschooling in the case of K-12 or computer-based, Zoom-based classes in the case of colleges. There's over 100 of these kind of solution ideas on the State Policy Network website spn.org/coronavirus of private, voluntary action that really show America at its best. "We're seeing neighbor helping neighbor." This is where philanthropy can step up and help really alleviate the suffering that's going on, get our economy going again, and getting people back to work.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="59691887" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/episode_81_2020_04_14_bader_sharp.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/6/f/5/f/6f5f9d16c378a796/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The outbreak of the CoronaVirus has created a health crisis. But federal, state and local governments' reactions to this challenge - however well intentioned - have created an economic crisis that will linger past any recovery from or stabilization of the spread of the disease. The economy's been broken and government action cannot bring it back, only alleviate some of the pain. It's the private sector that will provide lasting solutions to restoring a vibrant America. Of course businesses will play a significant role, but often overlooked is how our civil society non-profit institutions will also be making a big difference. Joining me to talk about this are Lawson Bader CEO of DonorsTrust which directs donor dollars to highly promising conservative and libertarian nonprofit groups throughout the country and Tracie Sharp CEO of The State Policy Network which works with public policy and activist groups in all 50 states. They are leaders of the newly formed Growth and Resilience Project resiliencenow@donorstrust.org, which is bringing together donors to fund civil society solutions to the problems brought about by the CoronaVirus. Tracie and Lawson have some of the best windows into what's working and what isn't working throughout the United States. One surprising conclusion that we reached is that are actually good reasons for optimism. As Tracie points out, "after the Black Plague, a renaissance occurred" and a silver lining to this pandemic may be that we rethink a lot of our institutions, the way we do things. For example, schools have been shut down, and it's forced a lot of people into either homeschooling in the case of K-12 or computer-based, Zoom-based classes in the case of colleges. There's over 100 of these kind of solution ideas on the State Policy Network website spn.org/coronavirus of private, voluntary action that really show America at its best. "We're seeing neighbor helping neighbor." This is where philanthropy can step up and help really alleviate the suffering that's going on, get our economy going again, and getting people back to work.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The outbreak of the CoronaVirus has created a health crisis. But federal, state and local governments' reactions to this challenge - however well intentioned - have created an economic crisis that will linger past any recovery from or stabilization of the spread of the disease. The economy's been broken and government action cannot bring it back, only alleviate some of the pain. It's the private sector that will provide lasting solutions to restoring a vibrant America. Of course businesses will play a significant role, but often overlooked is how our civil society non-profit institutions will also be making a big difference. Joining me to talk about this are Lawson Bader CEO of DonorsTrust which directs donor dollars to highly promising conservative and libertarian nonprofit groups throughout the country and Tracie Sharp CEO of The State Policy Network which works with public policy and activist groups in all 50 states. They are leaders of the newly formed Growth and Resilience Project resiliencenow@donorstrust.org, which is bringing together donors to fund civil society solutions to the problems brought about by the CoronaVirus. Tracie and Lawson have some of the best windows into what's working and what isn't working throughout the United States. One surprising conclusion that we reached is that are actually good reasons for optimism. As Tracie points out, "after the Black Plague, a renaissance occurred" and a silver lining to this pandemic may be that we rethink a lot of our institutions, the way we do things. For example, schools have been shut down, and it's forced a lot of people into either homeschooling in the case of K-12 or computer-based, Zoom-based classes in the case of colleges. There's over 100 of these kind of solution ideas on the State Policy Network website spn.org/coronavirus of private, voluntary action that really show America at its best. "We're seeing neighbor helping neighbor." This is where philanthropy can step up and help really alleviate the suffering that's going on, get our economy going again, and getting people back to work.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 73: Big is Beautiful with Robert Atkinson and Ron Nicol</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 73: Big is Beautiful with Robert Atkinson and Ron Nicol</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2020 14:36:45 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22198487]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22198487]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[What do you think about the following statements?<br /> <br /> Small businesses are overwhelmingly responsible for job creation, innovation and American prosperity.<br /> Small businesses are more productive than big companies.<br /> And small business owners are the core of democracy in America.<br /> Yet Washington, controlled by big business and engaged in "crony capitalism," systemically discriminates against small business.<br /> <br /> We all know this is true, right?<br /> <br /> Well, no, these things are not true. Or at least, mostly not true.<br /> <br /> Joining me to explain why is Robert Atkinson, author of "Big is Beautiful: Debunking the Myth of Small Business" and Ron Nicol who led Boston Consulting Group's Americas Practice and was global leader of its Media, Technology and Communications Group.<br /> Rob, founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, is one of the country's foremost thinkers on innovation economics.<br /> Ron has developed strategies for dozens of Fortune 100 Companies is considered one of the top 25 business consultants in the world.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[What do you think about the following statements? Small businesses are overwhelmingly responsible for job creation, innovation and American prosperity. Small businesses are more productive than big companies. And small business owners are the core of democracy in America. Yet Washington, controlled by big business and engaged in "crony capitalism," systemically discriminates against small business. We all know this is true, right? Well, no, these things are not true. Or at least, mostly not true. Joining me to explain why is Robert Atkinson, author of "Big is Beautiful: Debunking the Myth of Small Business" and Ron Nicol who led Boston Consulting Group's Americas Practice and was global leader of its Media, Technology and Communications Group. Rob, founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, is one of the country's foremost thinkers on innovation economics. Ron has developed strategies for dozens of Fortune 100 Companies is considered one of the top 25 business consultants in the world.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="110263792" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws73_2019_12_10_nicol_atkinson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/f/2/9/4f290668990a5ee6/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>What do you think about the following statements? Small businesses are overwhelmingly responsible for job creation, innovation and American prosperity. Small businesses are more productive than big companies. And small business owners are the core of democracy in America. Yet Washington, controlled by big business and engaged in "crony capitalism," systemically discriminates against small business. We all know this is true, right? Well, no, these things are not true. Or at least, mostly not true. Joining me to explain why is Robert Atkinson, author of "Big is Beautiful: Debunking the Myth of Small Business" and Ron Nicol who led Boston Consulting Group's Americas Practice and was global leader of its Media, Technology and Communications Group. Rob, founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, is one of the country's foremost thinkers on innovation economics. Ron has developed strategies for dozens of Fortune 100 Companies is considered one of the top 25 business consultants in the world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>What do you think about the following statements? Small businesses are overwhelmingly responsible for job creation, innovation and American prosperity. Small businesses are more productive than big companies. And small business owners are the core of democracy in America. Yet Washington, controlled by big business and engaged in "crony capitalism," systemically discriminates against small business. We all know this is true, right? Well, no, these things are not true. Or at least, mostly not true. Joining me to explain why is Robert Atkinson, author of "Big is Beautiful: Debunking the Myth of Small Business" and Ron Nicol who led Boston Consulting Group's Americas Practice and was global leader of its Media, Technology and Communications Group. Rob, founder and president of the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation, is one of the country's foremost thinkers on innovation economics. Ron has developed strategies for dozens of Fortune 100 Companies is considered one of the top 25 business consultants in the world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 80: "China Rx: America's Dependence on China for Medicine" with Rosemary Gibson and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 80: "China Rx: America's Dependence on China for Medicine" with Rosemary Gibson and Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2020 18:03:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/25161859]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/25161859]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in China and don't know it and neither do their doctors. These are prescription drugs in the legal supply chain that are distributed to U.S. hospitals, sold in corner drug stores and grocery store pharmacies, and distributed to military hospitals and clinics around the world," explains Rosemary Gibson.<br /> <br /> We cannot make aspirin in the United States. We cannot make penicillin in the United States. Nor can we make generic antibiotics.<br /> China's aim is to become the pharmacy to the world, and it is on track to achieve it.<br /> <br /> Join me as I talk with Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" and Frank Gaffney Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China about the existential risks posed by the United States' dependence on China for drugs and essential healthcare supplies.<br /> <br /> "And I'm sure you may have seen the statement from the Chinese government media actually threatening to withhold drugs and to throw the United States into the ocean of hell of coronavirus. And there were threats before, but this the most brazen."<br /> "So, here we have a situation where you have a global pandemic and the whole world depends on a single country for those core chemicals to make critical drugs."<br /> If China shut the door on exports of medicines and their key ingredients and raw materials, U.S. hospitals and military hospitals and clinics would cease to function within months, if not days.<br /> China produces 10% of our generic drugs but more critically, almost 90% of the core chemicals and drug ingredients are controlled by China.<br /> The Global Pandemic is bringing home many unpleasant truths and this is one of the harshest.<br /> Learn more here.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in China and don't know it and neither do their doctors. These are prescription drugs in the legal supply chain that are distributed to U.S. hospitals, sold in corner drug stores and grocery store pharmacies, and distributed to military hospitals and clinics around the world," explains Rosemary Gibson. We cannot make aspirin in the United States. We cannot make penicillin in the United States. Nor can we make generic antibiotics. China's aim is to become the pharmacy to the world, and it is on track to achieve it. Join me as I talk with Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" and Frank Gaffney Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China about the existential risks posed by the United States' dependence on China for drugs and essential healthcare supplies. "And I'm sure you may have seen the statement from the Chinese government media actually threatening to withhold drugs and to throw the United States into the ocean of hell of coronavirus. And there were threats before, but this the most brazen." "So, here we have a situation where you have a global pandemic and the whole world depends on a single country for those core chemicals to make critical drugs." If China shut the door on exports of medicines and their key ingredients and raw materials, U.S. hospitals and military hospitals and clinics would cease to function within months, if not days. China produces 10% of our generic drugs but more critically, almost 90% of the core chemicals and drug ingredients are controlled by China. The Global Pandemic is bringing home many unpleasant truths and this is one of the harshest. Learn more here.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="73875196" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws80_2020_04_06_gaffney_gibson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/e/e/f/beef88e3dddc8b21/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in China and don't know it and neither do their doctors. These are prescription drugs in the legal supply chain that are distributed to U.S. hospitals, sold in corner drug stores and grocery store pharmacies, and distributed to military hospitals and clinics around the world," explains Rosemary Gibson. We cannot make aspirin in the United States. We cannot make penicillin in the United States. Nor can we make generic antibiotics. China's aim is to become the pharmacy to the world, and it is on track to achieve it. Join me as I talk with Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" and Frank Gaffney Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China about the existential risks posed by the United States' dependence on China for drugs and essential healthcare supplies. "And I'm sure you may have seen the statement from the Chinese government media actually threatening to withhold drugs and to throw the United States into the ocean of hell of coronavirus. And there were threats before, but this the most brazen." "So, here we have a situation where you have a global pandemic and the whole world depends on a single country for those core chemicals to make critical drugs." If China shut the door on exports of medicines and their key ingredients and raw materials, U.S. hospitals and military hospitals and clinics would cease to function within months, if not days. China produces 10% of our generic drugs but more critically, almost 90% of the core chemicals and drug ingredients are controlled by China. The Global Pandemic is bringing home many unpleasant truths and this is one of the harshest. Learn more here.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Millions of Americans are taking prescription and over-the-counter drugs made in China and don't know it and neither do their doctors. These are prescription drugs in the legal supply chain that are distributed to U.S. hospitals, sold in corner drug stores and grocery store pharmacies, and distributed to military hospitals and clinics around the world," explains Rosemary Gibson. We cannot make aspirin in the United States. We cannot make penicillin in the United States. Nor can we make generic antibiotics. China's aim is to become the pharmacy to the world, and it is on track to achieve it. Join me as I talk with Rosemary Gibson, author of "China Rx: Exposing the Risks of America's Dependence on China for Medicine" and Frank Gaffney Vice Chairman of the Committee for the Present Danger: China about the existential risks posed by the United States' dependence on China for drugs and essential healthcare supplies. "And I'm sure you may have seen the statement from the Chinese government media actually threatening to withhold drugs and to throw the United States into the ocean of hell of coronavirus. And there were threats before, but this the most brazen." "So, here we have a situation where you have a global pandemic and the whole world depends on a single country for those core chemicals to make critical drugs." If China shut the door on exports of medicines and their key ingredients and raw materials, U.S. hospitals and military hospitals and clinics would cease to function within months, if not days. China produces 10% of our generic drugs but more critically, almost 90% of the core chemicals and drug ingredients are controlled by China. The Global Pandemic is bringing home many unpleasant truths and this is one of the harshest. Learn more here.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 79: How Masks and Scarves and Overdraft Protection Can Help Get Us Through This Crisis with Arnold Kling</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 79: How Masks and Scarves and Overdraft Protection Can Help Get Us Through This Crisis with Arnold Kling</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2020 17:08:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/24679495]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/24679495]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[This week I sought out Arnold Kling to learn more about some of his innovative ideas to deal with the health, economic and social fallout from the Covid-19 crisis.<br /> Arnold, who blogs at arnoldkling.com/blog, author of "Specialization and Trade" and "The Three Languages of Politics" and with a PhD in Economics from MIT is one of America's more original and penetrating thinkers.<br /> <br /> Some of what we talk about:<br /> "Masks and Scarves"<br /> How do we know that we are getting the right data and smart science from our health authorities?<br /> We're relying on computer models, not real world experiments. The best evidence we have of what slows/halts the virus spread, is what's happened in Hong Kong and Taiwan.<br /> Rather than lockdowns, they have limited the disease's spread by allowing people to go to work and school wearing surgical masks that help prevent sick people from infecting others.<br /> If the purpose of social distancing is to keep sick people from infecting others, you could accomplish the same thing by mandating that everyone wear a mask and stop killing the economy with the blunt instrument of lockdowns.<br /> <br /> "Less Fiscal Stimulus, Instead Overdraft Protection"<br /> Mandated stay at home lockdowns have shuttered the U.S. economy creating personal and business liquidity problems. We're not in a typical business-cycle recession that requires fiscal or monetary stimulus.<br /> The solution: every bank account in the U.S., personal or business, would have added to it a line of credit, at low interest, backed by the federal government. "It would work like government-backed overdraft protection. It's administratively about as simple as you could get and gets relief directly to those who most need it."<br /> <br /> "Normal is not an option"<br /> "We have to resist the temptation to benchmark the future economic outlook against "normal," where normal means what would have happened had the virus never appeared.<br /> Pre-crisis, our patterns of specialization and trade were optimized for efficiency at the expense of fragility. Expect supply chains, especially in our trade with China, to have a lot more redundancy and to be less driven by cost minimization.<br /> So do we end up with a smaller new "normal" economy or a different economy?<br /> "I think a different economy. I like to use the analogy of the Second World War as an example of what's the economic precedent for this? So the Second World War we had to reallocate a lot of resources very quickly, both getting into the war and then at the end of the war as these millions of troops, the GIs come home and the factories no longer need to produce tanks. It was amazing how rapid and how relatively painless that readjustment was. That aspect makes me fairly optimistic."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[This week I sought out Arnold Kling to learn more about some of his innovative ideas to deal with the health, economic and social fallout from the Covid-19 crisis. Arnold, who blogs at arnoldkling.com/blog, author of "Specialization and Trade" and "The Three Languages of Politics" and with a PhD in Economics from MIT is one of America's more original and penetrating thinkers. Some of what we talk about: "Masks and Scarves" How do we know that we are getting the right data and smart science from our health authorities? We're relying on computer models, not real world experiments. The best evidence we have of what slows/halts the virus spread, is what's happened in Hong Kong and Taiwan. Rather than lockdowns, they have limited the disease's spread by allowing people to go to work and school wearing surgical masks that help prevent sick people from infecting others. If the purpose of social distancing is to keep sick people from infecting others, you could accomplish the same thing by mandating that everyone wear a mask and stop killing the economy with the blunt instrument of lockdowns. "Less Fiscal Stimulus, Instead Overdraft Protection" Mandated stay at home lockdowns have shuttered the U.S. economy creating personal and business liquidity problems. We're not in a typical business-cycle recession that requires fiscal or monetary stimulus. The solution: every bank account in the U.S., personal or business, would have added to it a line of credit, at low interest, backed by the federal government. "It would work like government-backed overdraft protection. It's administratively about as simple as you could get and gets relief directly to those who most need it." "Normal is not an option" "We have to resist the temptation to benchmark the future economic outlook against "normal," where normal means what would have happened had the virus never appeared. Pre-crisis, our patterns of specialization and trade were optimized for efficiency at the expense of fragility. Expect supply chains, especially in our trade with China, to have a lot more redundancy and to be less driven by cost minimization. So do we end up with a smaller new "normal" economy or a different economy? "I think a different economy. I like to use the analogy of the Second World War as an example of what's the economic precedent for this? So the Second World War we had to reallocate a lot of resources very quickly, both getting into the war and then at the end of the war as these millions of troops, the GIs come home and the factories no longer need to produce tanks. It was amazing how rapid and how relatively painless that readjustment was. That aspect makes me fairly optimistic."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="69111521" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws79_2020_03_30_kling.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/9/6/f/c96f0e40b40e2188/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>This week I sought out Arnold Kling to learn more about some of his innovative ideas to deal with the health, economic and social fallout from the Covid-19 crisis. Arnold, who blogs at arnoldkling.com/blog, author of "Specialization and Trade" and "The Three Languages of Politics" and with a PhD in Economics from MIT is one of America's more original and penetrating thinkers. Some of what we talk about: "Masks and Scarves" How do we know that we are getting the right data and smart science from our health authorities? We're relying on computer models, not real world experiments. The best evidence we have of what slows/halts the virus spread, is what's happened in Hong Kong and Taiwan. Rather than lockdowns, they have limited the disease's spread by allowing people to go to work and school wearing surgical masks that help prevent sick people from infecting others. If the purpose of social distancing is to keep sick people from infecting others, you could accomplish the same thing by mandating that everyone wear a mask and stop killing the economy with the blunt instrument of lockdowns. "Less Fiscal Stimulus, Instead Overdraft Protection" Mandated stay at home lockdowns have shuttered the U.S. economy creating personal and business liquidity problems. We're not in a typical business-cycle recession that requires fiscal or monetary stimulus. The solution: every bank account in the U.S., personal or business, would have added to it a line of credit, at low interest, backed by the federal government. "It would work like government-backed overdraft protection. It's administratively about as simple as you could get and gets relief directly to those who most need it." "Normal is not an option" "We have to resist the temptation to benchmark the future economic outlook against "normal," where normal means what would have happened had the virus never appeared. Pre-crisis, our patterns of specialization and trade were optimized for efficiency at the expense of fragility. Expect supply chains, especially in our trade with China, to have a lot more redundancy and to be less driven by cost minimization. So do we end up with a smaller new "normal" economy or a different economy? "I think a different economy. I like to use the analogy of the Second World War as an example of what's the economic precedent for this? So the Second World War we had to reallocate a lot of resources very quickly, both getting into the war and then at the end of the war as these millions of troops, the GIs come home and the factories no longer need to produce tanks. It was amazing how rapid and how relatively painless that readjustment was. That aspect makes me fairly optimistic."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>This week I sought out Arnold Kling to learn more about some of his innovative ideas to deal with the health, economic and social fallout from the Covid-19 crisis. Arnold, who blogs at arnoldkling.com/blog, author of "Specialization and Trade" and "The Three Languages of Politics" and with a PhD in Economics from MIT is one of America's more original and penetrating thinkers. Some of what we talk about: "Masks and Scarves" How do we know that we are getting the right data and smart science from our health authorities? We're relying on computer models, not real world experiments. The best evidence we have of what slows/halts the virus spread, is what's happened in Hong Kong and Taiwan. Rather than lockdowns, they have limited the disease's spread by allowing people to go to work and school wearing surgical masks that help prevent sick people from infecting others. If the purpose of social distancing is to keep sick people from infecting others, you could accomplish the same thing by mandating that everyone wear a mask and stop killing the economy with the blunt instrument of lockdowns. "Less Fiscal Stimulus, Instead Overdraft Protection" Mandated stay at home lockdowns have shuttered the U.S. economy creating personal and business liquidity problems. We're not in a typical business-cycle recession that requires fiscal or monetary stimulus. The solution: every bank account in the U.S., personal or business, would have added to it a line of credit, at low interest, backed by the federal government. "It would work like government-backed overdraft protection. It's administratively about as simple as you could get and gets relief directly to those who most need it." "Normal is not an option" "We have to resist the temptation to benchmark the future economic outlook against "normal," where normal means what would have happened had the virus never appeared. Pre-crisis, our patterns of specialization and trade were optimized for efficiency at the expense of fragility. Expect supply chains, especially in our trade with China, to have a lot more redundancy and to be less driven by cost minimization. So do we end up with a smaller new "normal" economy or a different economy? "I think a different economy. I like to use the analogy of the Second World War as an example of what's the economic precedent for this? So the Second World War we had to reallocate a lot of resources very quickly, both getting into the war and then at the end of the war as these millions of troops, the GIs come home and the factories no longer need to produce tanks. It was amazing how rapid and how relatively painless that readjustment was. That aspect makes me fairly optimistic."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 78:The health and economic crisis created by COVID-19 with Steve Moore and Jay Richards</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 78:The health and economic crisis created by COVID-19 with Steve Moore and Jay Richards</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2020 20:29:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/24303668]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/24303668]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Join me as I talk with economist Steve Moore and Dr. Jay Richards about the health and economic crisis created by the coronavirus. And how to respond without all of our freedoms and civil liberties being trampled.<br /> Yes we need to move decisively to address the virus. But by focusing too narrowly on just disease control, we risk losing much or most of what makes America great.<br /> As always, I learn a lot from Jay and Steve.<br /> For example, I had thought the coronavirus death rate comparable to that of the seasonal flu, but Jay explains it's more complicated than that.<br /> And as Steve explains, the tradeoffs are much more complicated than simply "kill your grandma or boost the Dow Jones Industrial Average."<br /> We explore the many policy proposals driven by partisan politics, China's role, the World Health Organization, the Left's agenda, and what this crisis mean for President Trump's re-election prospects.<br /> This is a fast moving issue with a lot of moving parts. Steve and Jay do a great job putting this all into perspective.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Join me as I talk with economist Steve Moore and Dr. Jay Richards about the health and economic crisis created by the coronavirus. And how to respond without all of our freedoms and civil liberties being trampled. Yes we need to move decisively to address the virus. But by focusing too narrowly on just disease control, we risk losing much or most of what makes America great. As always, I learn a lot from Jay and Steve. For example, I had thought the coronavirus death rate comparable to that of the seasonal flu, but Jay explains it's more complicated than that. And as Steve explains, the tradeoffs are much more complicated than simply "kill your grandma or boost the Dow Jones Industrial Average." We explore the many policy proposals driven by partisan politics, China's role, the World Health Organization, the Left's agenda, and what this crisis mean for President Trump's re-election prospects. This is a fast moving issue with a lot of moving parts. Steve and Jay do a great job putting this all into perspective.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="55083391" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws78_2020_03_24_richards_moore.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/f/7/f/cf7f48ae59b748d4/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Join me as I talk with economist Steve Moore and Dr. Jay Richards about the health and economic crisis created by the coronavirus. And how to respond without all of our freedoms and civil liberties being trampled. Yes we need to move decisively to address the virus. But by focusing too narrowly on just disease control, we risk losing much or most of what makes America great. As always, I learn a lot from Jay and Steve. For example, I had thought the coronavirus death rate comparable to that of the seasonal flu, but Jay explains it's more complicated than that. And as Steve explains, the tradeoffs are much more complicated than simply "kill your grandma or boost the Dow Jones Industrial Average." We explore the many policy proposals driven by partisan politics, China's role, the World Health Organization, the Left's agenda, and what this crisis mean for President Trump's re-election prospects. This is a fast moving issue with a lot of moving parts. Steve and Jay do a great job putting this all into perspective.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Join me as I talk with economist Steve Moore and Dr. Jay Richards about the health and economic crisis created by the coronavirus. And how to respond without all of our freedoms and civil liberties being trampled. Yes we need to move decisively to address the virus. But by focusing too narrowly on just disease control, we risk losing much or most of what makes America great. As always, I learn a lot from Jay and Steve. For example, I had thought the coronavirus death rate comparable to that of the seasonal flu, but Jay explains it's more complicated than that. And as Steve explains, the tradeoffs are much more complicated than simply "kill your grandma or boost the Dow Jones Industrial Average." We explore the many policy proposals driven by partisan politics, China's role, the World Health Organization, the Left's agenda, and what this crisis mean for President Trump's re-election prospects. This is a fast moving issue with a lot of moving parts. Steve and Jay do a great job putting this all into perspective.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 77:  "Countering the Lethal Narrative of the 1619 Project" with Robert Woodson and Kenneth Blackwell.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 77: "Countering the Lethal Narrative of the 1619 Project" with Robert Woodson and Kenneth Blackwell.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2020 19:26:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/23789828]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/23789828]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["The most effective way to destroy a people is to deny and obliterate their own understanding of their history." George Orwell<br /> <br /> According to the New York Times, the true founding of the United States of America did not begin with the Declaration of Independence in 1776.<br /> <br /> Rather, the Times informs us, it occurred in 1619, the year 20 or so African Slaves were brought to Jamestown, Virginia and the American Revolution occurred primarily because of the American's desire to keep their slaves. Consequently, "America is irrevocably and forever rooted in injustice and racism."<br /> <br /> My guests Robert Woodson and Kenneth Blackwell emphatically do not agree, and Mr. Woodson has launched the "1776 Project" to refute the Times claims.<br /> <br /> "I was particularly outraged that the New York Times would exploit America's birth defect of slavery and weaponize race and use the conditions of the black community as a bludgeon against this country's character, almost defining it as if it's a criminal organization," says Mr. Woodson. "What they are doing is insulting by implying that all blacks are victims and should be pitied."<br /> <br /> Ken Blackwell goes on, "the 1619 project is nothing but a group of apologists for the expansion of the welfare state. What we should be doing, and what Bob's "1776 Project" is about, is the creation of opportunities and individual empowerment in society. As Frederick Douglass said, we all have to be agents of our own well-being."<br /> <br /> Join me as we dig into the competing narratives of the 1619 vs 1776 projects. As Bob and Ken make clear, the side who wins this debate will likely steer the future course of America.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["The most effective way to destroy a people is to deny and obliterate their own understanding of their history." George Orwell According to the New York Times, the true founding of the United States of America did not begin with the Declaration of Independence in 1776. Rather, the Times informs us, it occurred in 1619, the year 20 or so African Slaves were brought to Jamestown, Virginia and the American Revolution occurred primarily because of the American's desire to keep their slaves. Consequently, "America is irrevocably and forever rooted in injustice and racism." My guests Robert Woodson and Kenneth Blackwell emphatically do not agree, and Mr. Woodson has launched the "1776 Project" to refute the Times claims. "I was particularly outraged that the New York Times would exploit America's birth defect of slavery and weaponize race and use the conditions of the black community as a bludgeon against this country's character, almost defining it as if it's a criminal organization," says Mr. Woodson. "What they are doing is insulting by implying that all blacks are victims and should be pitied." Ken Blackwell goes on, "the 1619 project is nothing but a group of apologists for the expansion of the welfare state. What we should be doing, and what Bob's "1776 Project" is about, is the creation of opportunities and individual empowerment in society. As Frederick Douglass said, we all have to be agents of our own well-being." Join me as we dig into the competing narratives of the 1619 vs 1776 projects. As Bob and Ken make clear, the side who wins this debate will likely steer the future course of America.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="135873448" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws77_2020_03_11_woodson_blackwell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/d/7/6/bd76fa50c6c56e78/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"The most effective way to destroy a people is to deny and obliterate their own understanding of their history." George Orwell According to the New York Times, the true founding of the United States of America did not begin with the Declaration of Independence in 1776. Rather, the Times informs us, it occurred in 1619, the year 20 or so African Slaves were brought to Jamestown, Virginia and the American Revolution occurred primarily because of the American's desire to keep their slaves. Consequently, "America is irrevocably and forever rooted in injustice and racism." My guests Robert Woodson and Kenneth Blackwell emphatically do not agree, and Mr. Woodson has launched the "1776 Project" to refute the Times claims. "I was particularly outraged that the New York Times would exploit America's birth defect of slavery and weaponize race and use the conditions of the black community as a bludgeon against this country's character, almost defining it as if it's a criminal organization," says Mr. Woodson. "What they are doing is insulting by implying that all blacks are victims and should be pitied." Ken Blackwell goes on, "the 1619 project is nothing but a group of apologists for the expansion of the welfare state. What we should be doing, and what Bob's "1776 Project" is about, is the creation of opportunities and individual empowerment in society. As Frederick Douglass said, we all have to be agents of our own well-being." Join me as we dig into the competing narratives of the 1619 vs 1776 projects. As Bob and Ken make clear, the side who wins this debate will likely steer the future course of America.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"The most effective way to destroy a people is to deny and obliterate their own understanding of their history." George Orwell According to the New York Times, the true founding of the United States of America did not begin with the Declaration of Independence in 1776. Rather, the Times informs us, it occurred in 1619, the year 20 or so African Slaves were brought to Jamestown, Virginia and the American Revolution occurred primarily because of the American's desire to keep their slaves. Consequently, "America is irrevocably and forever rooted in injustice and racism." My guests Robert Woodson and Kenneth Blackwell emphatically do not agree, and Mr. Woodson has launched the "1776 Project" to refute the Times claims. "I was particularly outraged that the New York Times would exploit America's birth defect of slavery and weaponize race and use the conditions of the black community as a bludgeon against this country's character, almost defining it as if it's a criminal organization," says Mr. Woodson. "What they are doing is insulting by implying that all blacks are victims and should be pitied." Ken Blackwell goes on, "the 1619 project is nothing but a group of apologists for the expansion of the welfare state. What we should be doing, and what Bob's "1776 Project" is about, is the creation of opportunities and individual empowerment in society. As Frederick Douglass said, we all have to be agents of our own well-being." Join me as we dig into the competing narratives of the 1619 vs 1776 projects. As Bob and Ken make clear, the side who wins this debate will likely steer the future course of America.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 76: Steve Moore on the Trump Economy</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 76: Steve Moore on the Trump Economy</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2020 13:09:05 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/23789857]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/23789857]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Last week I interviewed economist Steve Moore at a conference with conservative leaders. While the capital markets selloff and bad coronavirus news had not yet had hit galeforce levels, as it has this week, they were looming.<br /> <br /> I'm posting this to remind us that even in the face of fierce headwinds, the United States has entered this troubling time riding on top of a booming economy. Steve details the Trump administration's progress in improving the U.S tax system, regulatory regime, household income, job creation, energy independence and productivity growth.<br /> <br /> As Steve adds,<br /> <br /> "The amazing thing is we've been growing at a time when the rest of the world isn't … Europe is growing at less than 1% … Japan is practically in a recession. So is Germany. China's economy has been declining even before this virus erupted."<br /> <br /> In my view, the coronavirus is shutting down too much economic activity to avoid a mild recession. But it's useful to remind ourselves about the strong base from which we have to rebound.<br /> <br /> And we will.<br /> <br /> And as always, it's worth listening to Steve on America's economic prospects.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Last week I interviewed economist Steve Moore at a conference with conservative leaders. While the capital markets selloff and bad coronavirus news had not yet had hit galeforce levels, as it has this week, they were looming. I'm posting this to remind us that even in the face of fierce headwinds, the United States has entered this troubling time riding on top of a booming economy. Steve details the Trump administration's progress in improving the U.S tax system, regulatory regime, household income, job creation, energy independence and productivity growth. As Steve adds, "The amazing thing is we've been growing at a time when the rest of the world isn't … Europe is growing at less than 1% … Japan is practically in a recession. So is Germany. China's economy has been declining even before this virus erupted." In my view, the coronavirus is shutting down too much economic activity to avoid a mild recession. But it's useful to remind ourselves about the strong base from which we have to rebound. And we will. And as always, it's worth listening to Steve on America's economic prospects.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="30173308" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/episode_76_steve_moore_bill_walton.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/6/0/e/b60efcd1c63d5651/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Last week I interviewed economist Steve Moore at a conference with conservative leaders. While the capital markets selloff and bad coronavirus news had not yet had hit galeforce levels, as it has this week, they were looming. I'm posting this to remind us that even in the face of fierce headwinds, the United States has entered this troubling time riding on top of a booming economy. Steve details the Trump administration's progress in improving the U.S tax system, regulatory regime, household income, job creation, energy independence and productivity growth. As Steve adds, "The amazing thing is we've been growing at a time when the rest of the world isn't … Europe is growing at less than 1% … Japan is practically in a recession. So is Germany. China's economy has been declining even before this virus erupted." In my view, the coronavirus is shutting down too much economic activity to avoid a mild recession. But it's useful to remind ourselves about the strong base from which we have to rebound. And we will. And as always, it's worth listening to Steve on America's economic prospects.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Last week I interviewed economist Steve Moore at a conference with conservative leaders. While the capital markets selloff and bad coronavirus news had not yet had hit galeforce levels, as it has this week, they were looming. I'm posting this to remind us that even in the face of fierce headwinds, the United States has entered this troubling time riding on top of a booming economy. Steve details the Trump administration's progress in improving the U.S tax system, regulatory regime, household income, job creation, energy independence and productivity growth. As Steve adds, "The amazing thing is we've been growing at a time when the rest of the world isn't … Europe is growing at less than 1% … Japan is practically in a recession. So is Germany. China's economy has been declining even before this virus erupted." In my view, the coronavirus is shutting down too much economic activity to avoid a mild recession. But it's useful to remind ourselves about the strong base from which we have to rebound. And we will. And as always, it's worth listening to Steve on America's economic prospects.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 75: Making "First Lady" and Life in the Screen Trade with Nancy Stafford and Nina May.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 75: Making "First Lady" and Life in the Screen Trade with Nancy Stafford and Nina May.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 18:42:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22739852]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22739852]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Nancy Stafford, known to millions as Andy Griffith's law partner on TV's "Matlock" and Nina May, an award winning independent film maker, join me to talk about their new film "First Lady" a romantic comedy feature film premiering Valentine's Day 2020.<br /> <br /> Nancy's been a series regular on many TV shows and as an author, has written two best-selling books.<br /> <br /> Nina, the founder of Renaissance Women Productions, has also written and directed the awards winning "Daily Bread" and "Life Fine Tuned".<br /> <br /> Among the many things we talk about:<br /> <br /> Nancy's start in life as Miss Florida, being a Ford model, and as a star in over 300 commercials before starting her career in TV.<br /> <br /> What life is like for Christian women artists in the TV and film business.<br /> <br /> How independent films get made.<br /> <br /> The "Me Too" movement.<br /> <br /> How their strong Christian faith has helped both Nina and Nancy succeed in life and their careers.<br /> <br /> Advice for young women venturing into the entertainment business.<br /> <br /> Join me in learning from these smart and charming women.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Nancy Stafford, known to millions as Andy Griffith's law partner on TV's "Matlock" and Nina May, an award winning independent film maker, join me to talk about their new film "First Lady" a romantic comedy feature film premiering Valentine's Day 2020. Nancy's been a series regular on many TV shows and as an author, has written two best-selling books. Nina, the founder of Renaissance Women Productions, has also written and directed the awards winning "Daily Bread" and "Life Fine Tuned". Among the many things we talk about: Nancy's start in life as Miss Florida, being a Ford model, and as a star in over 300 commercials before starting her career in TV. What life is like for Christian women artists in the TV and film business. How independent films get made. The "Me Too" movement. How their strong Christian faith has helped both Nina and Nancy succeed in life and their careers. Advice for young women venturing into the entertainment business. Join me in learning from these smart and charming women.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="95991006" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws75_2020_02_05_may_stafford.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/0/c/5/c0c509f631184f2c/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Nancy Stafford, known to millions as Andy Griffith's law partner on TV's "Matlock" and Nina May, an award winning independent film maker, join me to talk about their new film "First Lady" a romantic comedy feature film premiering Valentine's Day 2020. Nancy's been a series regular on many TV shows and as an author, has written two best-selling books. Nina, the founder of Renaissance Women Productions, has also written and directed the awards winning "Daily Bread" and "Life Fine Tuned". Among the many things we talk about: Nancy's start in life as Miss Florida, being a Ford model, and as a star in over 300 commercials before starting her career in TV. What life is like for Christian women artists in the TV and film business. How independent films get made. The "Me Too" movement. How their strong Christian faith has helped both Nina and Nancy succeed in life and their careers. Advice for young women venturing into the entertainment business. Join me in learning from these smart and charming women.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Nancy Stafford, known to millions as Andy Griffith's law partner on TV's "Matlock" and Nina May, an award winning independent film maker, join me to talk about their new film "First Lady" a romantic comedy feature film premiering Valentine's Day 2020. Nancy's been a series regular on many TV shows and as an author, has written two best-selling books. Nina, the founder of Renaissance Women Productions, has also written and directed the awards winning "Daily Bread" and "Life Fine Tuned". Among the many things we talk about: Nancy's start in life as Miss Florida, being a Ford model, and as a star in over 300 commercials before starting her career in TV. What life is like for Christian women artists in the TV and film business. How independent films get made. The "Me Too" movement. How their strong Christian faith has helped both Nina and Nancy succeed in life and their careers. Advice for young women venturing into the entertainment business. Join me in learning from these smart and charming women.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 72:  "The Red Thread: Inside the Anti-Trump Conspiracy" Part I-w/Diana West and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 72: "The Red Thread: Inside the Anti-Trump Conspiracy" Part I-w/Diana West and Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 18:41:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22739851]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22739851]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["The anti-Trump conspiracy is not about Democrats versus Republicans. It's not about the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred. It is about globalists versus nationalists, and they're locked in the old and continuous Communist versus anti-Communist struggle, and fighting to the end whether we, the anti-Communists, recognize it or not."<br /> <br /> So writes, Diana West, the award-winning author of "The Red Thread: A Search for Ideological Drivers Inside the Anti-Trump Conspiracy" one of my guests on this week's show.<br /> <br /> It's a stark claim. And it demands that we look at the Trump impeachment in a whole new light, as part of a century long conflict to take America away from its constitutional roots, and towards globalism.<br /> Donald Trump is an enormous threat to this agenda. In this sense, he's a counter-revolutionary, seeking to protect the American nation from its globalist enemies, enemies not just from without, but from within.<br /> As Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, and my other guest explains, "What I'm basically saying is that whichever of the isms we decide to label to this particular phase, we're dealing with basically totalitarianism, and the totalitarians have as part of their trade craft operating subversively."<br /> <br /> What's astonishing today is that this agenda is now operating right out in the open with Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, the "squad", and most of the Democratic Party's Presidential candidates.<br /> <br /> This war didn't start with Donald Trump. Diana and Frank share incredible stories of a century long struggle with our "enemy within." Some samples:<br /> How William Wirt was the first American to be essentially destroyed by the media, for trying to tell the country about the revolutionary nature of the New Dealers.<br /> What was behind the recognition of the USSR in 1933.<br /> How the culture wars began in Hollywood in the 30s where stories of Soviet atrocities were kept off the silver screen.<br /> How Harry Hopkins engineered the covert sale of uranium to the Soviets<br /> Why Joe McCarthy had to be destroyed.<br /> How "two foundations of globalism, the United Nations and the IMF, these were actually brought into existence by two Soviet agents working inside, covertly, the United States government, Harry Dexter White and Alger Hiss."<br /> <br /> Bringing this all up to today (starting at minute 38:45 through 45:30), is the influence of Reinhold Niebuhr, the man that James Comey, "to this day, honors as his deepest influence on his own theory of justice."<br /> We learn that Niebuhr's notion of justice included "no right and no wrong. There are no moral absolutes." Comey has written, paraphrasing Niebuhr, that "the Christian in politics must be willing to transgress any purely Christian ethic. He must be willing to sin in the name of justice."<br /> <br /> These are chilling stories.<br /> What we're seeing now is not about "the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred." Instead, it's about a coup, a coup being staged all around Washington in various venues, and now in the Congress.<br /> Our century long struggle continues.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["The anti-Trump conspiracy is not about Democrats versus Republicans. It's not about the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred. It is about globalists versus nationalists, and they're locked in the old and continuous Communist versus anti-Communist struggle, and fighting to the end whether we, the anti-Communists, recognize it or not." So writes, Diana West, the award-winning author of "The Red Thread: A Search for Ideological Drivers Inside the Anti-Trump Conspiracy" one of my guests on this week's show. It's a stark claim. And it demands that we look at the Trump impeachment in a whole new light, as part of a century long conflict to take America away from its constitutional roots, and towards globalism. Donald Trump is an enormous threat to this agenda. In this sense, he's a counter-revolutionary, seeking to protect the American nation from its globalist enemies, enemies not just from without, but from within. As Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, and my other guest explains, "What I'm basically saying is that whichever of the isms we decide to label to this particular phase, we're dealing with basically totalitarianism, and the totalitarians have as part of their trade craft operating subversively." What's astonishing today is that this agenda is now operating right out in the open with Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, the "squad", and most of the Democratic Party's Presidential candidates. This war didn't start with Donald Trump. Diana and Frank share incredible stories of a century long struggle with our "enemy within." Some samples: How William Wirt was the first American to be essentially destroyed by the media, for trying to tell the country about the revolutionary nature of the New Dealers. What was behind the recognition of the USSR in 1933. How the culture wars began in Hollywood in the 30s where stories of Soviet atrocities were kept off the silver screen. How Harry Hopkins engineered the covert sale of uranium to the Soviets Why Joe McCarthy had to be destroyed. How "two foundations of globalism, the United Nations and the IMF, these were actually brought into existence by two Soviet agents working inside, covertly, the United States government, Harry Dexter White and Alger Hiss." Bringing this all up to today (starting at minute 38:45 through 45:30), is the influence of Reinhold Niebuhr, the man that James Comey, "to this day, honors as his deepest influence on his own theory of justice." We learn that Niebuhr's notion of justice included "no right and no wrong. There are no moral absolutes." Comey has written, paraphrasing Niebuhr, that "the Christian in politics must be willing to transgress any purely Christian ethic. He must be willing to sin in the name of justice." These are chilling stories. What we're seeing now is not about "the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred." Instead, it's about a coup, a coup being staged all around Washington in various venues, and now in the Congress. Our century long struggle continues.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="109810461" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws72_2019_12_05_west_gaffney.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/0/9/f/b09f6ae598042168/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"The anti-Trump conspiracy is not about Democrats versus Republicans. It's not about the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred. It is about globalists versus nationalists, and they're locked in the old and continuous Communist versus anti-Communist struggle, and fighting to the end whether we, the anti-Communists, recognize it or not." So writes, Diana West, the award-winning author of "The Red Thread: A Search for Ideological Drivers Inside the Anti-Trump Conspiracy" one of my guests on this week's show. It's a stark claim. And it demands that we look at the Trump impeachment in a whole new light, as part of a century long conflict to take America away from its constitutional roots, and towards globalism. Donald Trump is an enormous threat to this agenda. In this sense, he's a counter-revolutionary, seeking to protect the American nation from its globalist enemies, enemies not just from without, but from within. As Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, and my other guest explains, "What I'm basically saying is that whichever of the isms we decide to label to this particular phase, we're dealing with basically totalitarianism, and the totalitarians have as part of their trade craft operating subversively." What's astonishing today is that this agenda is now operating right out in the open with Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, the "squad", and most of the Democratic Party's Presidential candidates. This war didn't start with Donald Trump. Diana and Frank share incredible stories of a century long struggle with our "enemy within." Some samples: How William Wirt was the first American to be essentially destroyed by the media, for trying to tell the country about the revolutionary nature of the New Dealers. What was behind the recognition of the USSR in 1933. How the culture wars began in Hollywood in the 30s where stories of Soviet atrocities were kept off the silver screen. How Harry Hopkins engineered the covert sale of uranium to the Soviets Why Joe McCarthy had to be destroyed. How "two foundations of globalism, the United Nations and the IMF, these were actually brought into existence by two Soviet agents working inside, covertly, the United States government, Harry Dexter White and Alger Hiss." Bringing this all up to today (starting at minute 38:45 through 45:30), is the influence of Reinhold Niebuhr, the man that James Comey, "to this day, honors as his deepest influence on his own theory of justice." We learn that Niebuhr's notion of justice included "no right and no wrong. There are no moral absolutes." Comey has written, paraphrasing Niebuhr, that "the Christian in politics must be willing to transgress any purely Christian ethic. He must be willing to sin in the name of justice." These are chilling stories. What we're seeing now is not about "the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred." Instead, it's about a coup, a coup being staged all around Washington in various venues, and now in the Congress. Our century long struggle continues.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"The anti-Trump conspiracy is not about Democrats versus Republicans. It's not about the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred. It is about globalists versus nationalists, and they're locked in the old and continuous Communist versus anti-Communist struggle, and fighting to the end whether we, the anti-Communists, recognize it or not." So writes, Diana West, the award-winning author of "The Red Thread: A Search for Ideological Drivers Inside the Anti-Trump Conspiracy" one of my guests on this week's show. It's a stark claim. And it demands that we look at the Trump impeachment in a whole new light, as part of a century long conflict to take America away from its constitutional roots, and towards globalism. Donald Trump is an enormous threat to this agenda. In this sense, he's a counter-revolutionary, seeking to protect the American nation from its globalist enemies, enemies not just from without, but from within. As Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy, and my other guest explains, "What I'm basically saying is that whichever of the isms we decide to label to this particular phase, we're dealing with basically totalitarianism, and the totalitarians have as part of their trade craft operating subversively." What's astonishing today is that this agenda is now operating right out in the open with Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, the "squad", and most of the Democratic Party's Presidential candidates. This war didn't start with Donald Trump. Diana and Frank share incredible stories of a century long struggle with our "enemy within." Some samples: How William Wirt was the first American to be essentially destroyed by the media, for trying to tell the country about the revolutionary nature of the New Dealers. What was behind the recognition of the USSR in 1933. How the culture wars began in Hollywood in the 30s where stories of Soviet atrocities were kept off the silver screen. How Harry Hopkins engineered the covert sale of uranium to the Soviets Why Joe McCarthy had to be destroyed. How "two foundations of globalism, the United Nations and the IMF, these were actually brought into existence by two Soviet agents working inside, covertly, the United States government, Harry Dexter White and Alger Hiss." Bringing this all up to today (starting at minute 38:45 through 45:30), is the influence of Reinhold Niebuhr, the man that James Comey, "to this day, honors as his deepest influence on his own theory of justice." We learn that Niebuhr's notion of justice included "no right and no wrong. There are no moral absolutes." Comey has written, paraphrasing Niebuhr, that "the Christian in politics must be willing to transgress any purely Christian ethic. He must be willing to sin in the name of justice." These are chilling stories. What we're seeing now is not about "the ebb and flow of political power lawfully and peacefully transferred." Instead, it's about a coup, a coup being staged all around Washington in various venues, and now in the Congress. Our century long struggle continues.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 74 "The Big Lie" - Part Two of my conversation with Diana West and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 74 "The Big Lie" - Part Two of my conversation with Diana West and Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 18:34:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22198520]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/22198520]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Diana West and Frank Gaffney tell a vivid and chilling story about the machinations to end the Trump Presidency.<br /> <br /> It's quite a story, a work of fiction, if it weren't playing out in real life. Shakespeare's Henry VIII, his most crowded play, had a cast of 71 characters. This story has 100s in the headlines, with 1,000s of other actors behind the scenes and more emerging every day.<br /> <br /> Although the U.S. Senate voted to acquit President Trump against impeachment charges, expect this drama to continue, a story whose end has yet to be written.<br /> <br /> And as Diana says, "the plot is very thick."<br /> <br /> "There's a timeline here, a narrative that starts about the time the Democrats became aware the Democratic National Committee servers were compromised, and that launched a whole series of coverups."<br /> <br /> And then came the Big Lie: Russia hacked the DNC to help Donald Trump into the White House. "Let's see if we can get people thinking that not only is Russia involved, but that Donald Trump colluded with the Russians, and then subsequently with the Ukrainians, to try to somehow influence our elections "<br /> <br /> (The "big lie" technique goes back a long way to Soviet Russia in the 1930s. Robert Conquest, the great historian, coined the term "big lie" for Stalin's claim that he was not starving millions of people to death in the Ukraine. Ukraine, again!)<br /> <br /> The cast of characters and plots include Debbie Wasserman Schulz, Pakistanis nationals working for the DNC, Glenn Simpson, Hillary Clinton, Carter Page, James Comey, Fusion GPS, Christopher Steele and his Dossier, Julian Assange, the murder of Seth Rich, John Brennan, the FBI's Crossfire Hurricane investigation, CrowdStrike and on and on and on…<br /> <br /> "I mean, this, the connections here are so braided. It's like they're all walking around linked, and no one notices. They've all got their arms linked." Diana says.<br /> <br /> Now that FBI Director Christopher Wray has admitted that the FISA Warrants and the surveillance of the Trump campaign were illegal, everyone should be asking: what's really happening in this country, who are behind these events, and what are the drivers? How deeply is the American intelligence community involved? And especially, who benefits?<br /> <br /> We have had "Russia." "Mueller." "Ukraine." Now with impeachment temporarily over, what is the next "Big Lie" going to be?<br /> <br /> As Diana says, "when you start realizing that domestic political opposition is now coming under surveillance by these powerful, powerful entities, and, given what we know about every American coming under surveillance in terms of our electronic communications being preserved, logged, it's horrifying."<br /> <br /> Join me as Diana and Frank tell the story.</p>]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Diana West and Frank Gaffney tell a vivid and chilling story about the machinations to end the Trump Presidency. It's quite a story, a work of fiction, if it weren't playing out in real life. Shakespeare's Henry VIII, his most crowded play, had a cast of 71 characters. This story has 100s in the headlines, with 1,000s of other actors behind the scenes and more emerging every day. Although the U.S. Senate voted to acquit President Trump against impeachment charges, expect this drama to continue, a story whose end has yet to be written. And as Diana says, "the plot is very thick." "There's a timeline here, a narrative that starts about the time the Democrats became aware the Democratic National Committee servers were compromised, and that launched a whole series of coverups." And then came the Big Lie: Russia hacked the DNC to help Donald Trump into the White House. "Let's see if we can get people thinking that not only is Russia involved, but that Donald Trump colluded with the Russians, and then subsequently with the Ukrainians, to try to somehow influence our elections " (The "big lie" technique goes back a long way to Soviet Russia in the 1930s. Robert Conquest, the great historian, coined the term "big lie" for Stalin's claim that he was not starving millions of people to death in the Ukraine. Ukraine, again!) The cast of characters and plots include Debbie Wasserman Schulz, Pakistanis nationals working for the DNC, Glenn Simpson, Hillary Clinton, Carter Page, James Comey, Fusion GPS, Christopher Steele and his Dossier, Julian Assange, the murder of Seth Rich, John Brennan, the FBI's Crossfire Hurricane investigation, CrowdStrike and on and on and on… "I mean, this, the connections here are so braided. It's like they're all walking around linked, and no one notices. They've all got their arms linked." Diana says. Now that FBI Director Christopher Wray has admitted that the FISA Warrants and the surveillance of the Trump campaign were illegal, everyone should be asking: what's really happening in this country, who are behind these events, and what are the drivers? How deeply is the American intelligence community involved? And especially, who benefits? We have had "Russia." "Mueller." "Ukraine." Now with impeachment temporarily over, what is the next "Big Lie" going to be? As Diana says, "when you start realizing that domestic political opposition is now coming under surveillance by these powerful, powerful entities, and, given what we know about every American coming under surveillance in terms of our electronic communications being preserved, logged, it's horrifying." Join me as Diana and Frank tell the story.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="109031576" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws74_2019_12_19_west_gaffney.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/7/9/5/a7957d6579418774/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Diana West and Frank Gaffney tell a vivid and chilling story about the machinations to end the Trump Presidency. It's quite a story, a work of fiction, if it weren't playing out in real life. Shakespeare's Henry VIII, his most crowded play, had a cast of 71 characters. This story has 100s in the headlines, with 1,000s of other actors behind the scenes and more emerging every day. Although the U.S. Senate voted to acquit President Trump against impeachment charges, expect this drama to continue, a story whose end has yet to be written. And as Diana says, "the plot is very thick." "There's a timeline here, a narrative that starts about the time the Democrats became aware the Democratic National Committee servers were compromised, and that launched a whole series of coverups." And then came the Big Lie: Russia hacked the DNC to help Donald Trump into the White House. "Let's see if we can get people thinking that not only is Russia involved, but that Donald Trump colluded with the Russians, and then subsequently with the Ukrainians, to try to somehow influence our elections " (The "big lie" technique goes back a long way to Soviet Russia in the 1930s. Robert Conquest, the great historian, coined the term "big lie" for Stalin's claim that he was not starving millions of people to death in the Ukraine. Ukraine, again!) The cast of characters and plots include Debbie Wasserman Schulz, Pakistanis nationals working for the DNC, Glenn Simpson, Hillary Clinton, Carter Page, James Comey, Fusion GPS, Christopher Steele and his Dossier, Julian Assange, the murder of Seth Rich, John Brennan, the FBI's Crossfire Hurricane investigation, CrowdStrike and on and on and on… "I mean, this, the connections here are so braided. It's like they're all walking around linked, and no one notices. They've all got their arms linked." Diana says. Now that FBI Director Christopher Wray has admitted that the FISA Warrants and the surveillance of the Trump campaign were illegal, everyone should be asking: what's really happening in this country, who are behind these events, and what are the drivers? How deeply is the American intelligence community involved? And especially, who benefits? We have had "Russia." "Mueller." "Ukraine." Now with impeachment temporarily over, what is the next "Big Lie" going to be? As Diana says, "when you start realizing that domestic political opposition is now coming under surveillance by these powerful, powerful entities, and, given what we know about every American coming under surveillance in terms of our electronic communications being preserved, logged, it's horrifying." Join me as Diana and Frank tell the story.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Diana West and Frank Gaffney tell a vivid and chilling story about the machinations to end the Trump Presidency. It's quite a story, a work of fiction, if it weren't playing out in real life. Shakespeare's Henry VIII, his most crowded play, had a cast of 71 characters. This story has 100s in the headlines, with 1,000s of other actors behind the scenes and more emerging every day. Although the U.S. Senate voted to acquit President Trump against impeachment charges, expect this drama to continue, a story whose end has yet to be written. And as Diana says, "the plot is very thick." "There's a timeline here, a narrative that starts about the time the Democrats became aware the Democratic National Committee servers were compromised, and that launched a whole series of coverups." And then came the Big Lie: Russia hacked the DNC to help Donald Trump into the White House. "Let's see if we can get people thinking that not only is Russia involved, but that Donald Trump colluded with the Russians, and then subsequently with the Ukrainians, to try to somehow influence our elections " (The "big lie" technique goes back a long way to Soviet Russia in the 1930s. Robert Conquest, the great historian, coined the term "big lie" for Stalin's claim that he was not starving millions of people to death in the Ukraine. Ukraine, again!) The cast of characters and plots include Debbie Wasserman Schulz, Pakistanis nationals working for the DNC, Glenn Simpson, Hillary Clinton, Carter Page, James Comey, Fusion GPS, Christopher Steele and his Dossier, Julian Assange, the murder of Seth Rich, John Brennan, the FBI's Crossfire Hurricane investigation, CrowdStrike and on and on and on… "I mean, this, the connections here are so braided. It's like they're all walking around linked, and no one notices. They've all got their arms linked." Diana says. Now that FBI Director Christopher Wray has admitted that the FISA Warrants and the surveillance of the Trump campaign were illegal, everyone should be asking: what's really happening in this country, who are behind these events, and what are the drivers? How deeply is the American intelligence community involved? And especially, who benefits? We have had "Russia." "Mueller." "Ukraine." Now with impeachment temporarily over, what is the next "Big Lie" going to be? As Diana says, "when you start realizing that domestic political opposition is now coming under surveillance by these powerful, powerful entities, and, given what we know about every American coming under surveillance in terms of our electronic communications being preserved, logged, it's horrifying." Join me as Diana and Frank tell the story.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 69: Dick Bodman's Remarkable Career and Life Lessons</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 69: Dick Bodman's Remarkable Career and Life Lessons</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2020 15:08:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19924344]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19924344]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[What do you do with a good friend who has had a successful career in many fields, who seems to be good at everything, and is interesting on a wide range of topics? Well, in my case, I bring him on my show.<br /> Richard S. Bodman, founder of AT&T Ventures, joins me with John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an Editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong."<br /> Among the many things John and I learn from Dick are:<br /> His "eleven different careers."<br /> Why "whatever I do, it's going to start in California."<br /> How he helped start "something called Mastercard" at age 24.<br /> Sparked AT&T's acquisition of McCaw Cellular.<br /> His three rules for success. And what "orthogonal" has to do with it.<br /> How he launched AT&T ventures. And why he sold it before the dot-com bubble burst.<br /> What he learned about the American legal system from his experience as a Director of Tyco.<br /> His views about the impact of artificial intelligence growing at a thousand times a year.<br /> Also, "for dyslexics like me, I listen to 160 or 70 books a year on Audible on my iPhone."<br /> My favorite:<br /> "I've never been confident that I know I can do something. I just do things. But one thing I did know, I had a lot of curiosity. And I knew that you couldn't ever get anything done if you didn't sell it. So that was what got me started."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[What do you do with a good friend who has had a successful career in many fields, who seems to be good at everything, and is interesting on a wide range of topics? Well, in my case, I bring him on my show. Richard S. Bodman, founder of AT&T Ventures, joins me with John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an Editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong." Among the many things John and I learn from Dick are: His "eleven different careers." Why "whatever I do, it's going to start in California." How he helped start "something called Mastercard" at age 24. Sparked AT&T's acquisition of McCaw Cellular. His three rules for success. And what "orthogonal" has to do with it. How he launched AT&T ventures. And why he sold it before the dot-com bubble burst. What he learned about the American legal system from his experience as a Director of Tyco. His views about the impact of artificial intelligence growing at a thousand times a year. Also, "for dyslexics like me, I listen to 160 or 70 books a year on Audible on my iPhone." My favorite: "I've never been confident that I know I can do something. I just do things. But one thing I did know, I had a lot of curiosity. And I knew that you couldn't ever get anything done if you didn't sell it. So that was what got me started."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="112315233" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/episode_69_2019_10_29_bodman_tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/9/a/d/b9ad49ef7b154bbf/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>What do you do with a good friend who has had a successful career in many fields, who seems to be good at everything, and is interesting on a wide range of topics? Well, in my case, I bring him on my show. Richard S. Bodman, founder of AT&amp;T Ventures, joins me with John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an Editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong." Among the many things John and I learn from Dick are: His "eleven different careers." Why "whatever I do, it's going to start in California." How he helped start "something called Mastercard" at age 24. Sparked AT&amp;T's acquisition of McCaw Cellular. His three rules for success. And what "orthogonal" has to do with it. How he launched AT&amp;T ventures. And why he sold it before the dot-com bubble burst. What he learned about the American legal system from his experience as a Director of Tyco. His views about the impact of artificial intelligence growing at a thousand times a year. Also, "for dyslexics like me, I listen to 160 or 70 books a year on Audible on my iPhone." My favorite: "I've never been confident that I know I can do something. I just do things. But one thing I did know, I had a lot of curiosity. And I knew that you couldn't ever get anything done if you didn't sell it. So that was what got me started."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>What do you do with a good friend who has had a successful career in many fields, who seems to be good at everything, and is interesting on a wide range of topics? Well, in my case, I bring him on my show. Richard S. Bodman, founder of AT&amp;T Ventures, joins me with John Tamny, editor of Real Clear Markets, an Editor for Forbes Magazine and the author of "The End of Work" and "They're Both Wrong." Among the many things John and I learn from Dick are: His "eleven different careers." Why "whatever I do, it's going to start in California." How he helped start "something called Mastercard" at age 24. Sparked AT&amp;T's acquisition of McCaw Cellular. His three rules for success. And what "orthogonal" has to do with it. How he launched AT&amp;T ventures. And why he sold it before the dot-com bubble burst. What he learned about the American legal system from his experience as a Director of Tyco. His views about the impact of artificial intelligence growing at a thousand times a year. Also, "for dyslexics like me, I listen to 160 or 70 books a year on Audible on my iPhone." My favorite: "I've never been confident that I know I can do something. I just do things. But one thing I did know, I had a lot of curiosity. And I knew that you couldn't ever get anything done if you didn't sell it. So that was what got me started."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 70: China, Cyber-enabled Economic Warfare, 5G and Cyber-crime</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 70: China, Cyber-enabled Economic Warfare, 5G and Cyber-crime</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2019 16:34:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19924391]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19924391]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Cyber warfare is raging around the world, with China as the leading state actor. But unlike Russia, and unlike Iran, and unlike North Korea, China is deeply integrated into the US economy and many aspects of our national strength. This is one reason why Congress wanted to learn from my guest Klon Kitchen about the Chinese app TikTok.<br /> By now, Chinese global ambitions are well known, but less understood is how they have penetrated the US. The Chinese understand their nation to extend to every individual Chinese around the world whose loyalty and responsibilities are to the Chinese nation and its aims.<br /> "Any counter-intelligence professional will tell you that China is exceedingly active in the United States."<br /> Within China's borders, there's a new Chinese cyber security law that requires all foreign companies to give the Chinese government nearly unfettered digital access to all their communications and trade secrets data.<br /> Learn much more about China's strategies in this episode's conversation with Klon Kitchen.<br /> Also, Global cyber-crime is expected to reach $6 trillion annually. And the problem is growing because "we're innovating faster than we can secure our networks."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Cyber warfare is raging around the world, with China as the leading state actor. But unlike Russia, and unlike Iran, and unlike North Korea, China is deeply integrated into the US economy and many aspects of our national strength. This is one reason why Congress wanted to learn from my guest Klon Kitchen about the Chinese app TikTok. By now, Chinese global ambitions are well known, but less understood is how they have penetrated the US. The Chinese understand their nation to extend to every individual Chinese around the world whose loyalty and responsibilities are to the Chinese nation and its aims. "Any counter-intelligence professional will tell you that China is exceedingly active in the United States." Within China's borders, there's a new Chinese cyber security law that requires all foreign companies to give the Chinese government nearly unfettered digital access to all their communications and trade secrets data. Learn much more about China's strategies in this episode's conversation with Klon Kitchen. Also, Global cyber-crime is expected to reach $6 trillion annually. And the problem is growing because "we're innovating faster than we can secure our networks."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="108957823" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws70_2019_11_07_kitchen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/1/a/1/41a18255c4b0908d/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Cyber warfare is raging around the world, with China as the leading state actor. But unlike Russia, and unlike Iran, and unlike North Korea, China is deeply integrated into the US economy and many aspects of our national strength. This is one reason why Congress wanted to learn from my guest Klon Kitchen about the Chinese app TikTok. By now, Chinese global ambitions are well known, but less understood is how they have penetrated the US. The Chinese understand their nation to extend to every individual Chinese around the world whose loyalty and responsibilities are to the Chinese nation and its aims. "Any counter-intelligence professional will tell you that China is exceedingly active in the United States." Within China's borders, there's a new Chinese cyber security law that requires all foreign companies to give the Chinese government nearly unfettered digital access to all their communications and trade secrets data. Learn much more about China's strategies in this episode's conversation with Klon Kitchen. Also, Global cyber-crime is expected to reach $6 trillion annually. And the problem is growing because "we're innovating faster than we can secure our networks."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Cyber warfare is raging around the world, with China as the leading state actor. But unlike Russia, and unlike Iran, and unlike North Korea, China is deeply integrated into the US economy and many aspects of our national strength. This is one reason why Congress wanted to learn from my guest Klon Kitchen about the Chinese app TikTok. By now, Chinese global ambitions are well known, but less understood is how they have penetrated the US. The Chinese understand their nation to extend to every individual Chinese around the world whose loyalty and responsibilities are to the Chinese nation and its aims. "Any counter-intelligence professional will tell you that China is exceedingly active in the United States." Within China's borders, there's a new Chinese cyber security law that requires all foreign companies to give the Chinese government nearly unfettered digital access to all their communications and trade secrets data. Learn much more about China's strategies in this episode's conversation with Klon Kitchen. Also, Global cyber-crime is expected to reach $6 trillion annually. And the problem is growing because "we're innovating faster than we can secure our networks."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 71:  Behind the Scenes of the Conservative Movement and The Republican Party</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 71: Behind the Scenes of the Conservative Movement and The Republican Party</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2019 22:01:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/20174385]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/20174385]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Matt and Mercedes Schlapp give us a behind-the-scenes look at the conservative movement. Mercedes is the current Communications Director of the Trump/Pence re-election campaign and Matt is the Chairman of the American Conservative Union (CPAC).]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Matt and Mercedes Schlapp give us a behind-the-scenes look at the conservative movement. Mercedes is the current Communications Director of the Trump/Pence re-election campaign and Matt is the Chairman of the American Conservative Union (CPAC).]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="109945783" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws71_2019_11_13_schlapps.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/3/6/3/3/36334c90b93069a4/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Matt and Mercedes Schlapp give us a behind-the-scenes look at the conservative movement. Mercedes is the current Communications Director of the Trump/Pence re-election campaign and Matt is the Chairman of the American Conservative Union (CPAC).</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Matt and Mercedes Schlapp give us a behind-the-scenes look at the conservative movement. Mercedes is the current Communications Director of the Trump/Pence re-election campaign and Matt is the Chairman of the American Conservative Union (CPAC).</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 68: An Impeachment Behind Closed Doors.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 68: An Impeachment Behind Closed Doors.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2019 12:39:15 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19924323]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19924323]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Jenny Beth Martin discusses politics, the Trump impeachment and why she co-funded the Tea Party Patriots.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Jenny Beth Martin discusses politics, the Trump impeachment and why she co-funded the Tea Party Patriots.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="115328280" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws68_2019_10_17_martin_walton.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>58:37</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/2/a/8/92a80374e6884500/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Jenny Beth Martin discusses politics, the Trump impeachment and why she co-funded the Tea Party Patriots.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Jenny Beth Martin discusses politics, the Trump impeachment and why she co-funded the Tea Party Patriots.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 63 - Part 2: The Power to Re-engineer Humanity</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 63 - Part 2: The Power to Re-engineer Humanity</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2019 17:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19890662]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19890662]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="105402395" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws64_2019_09_19_epstein_littlejohn_show2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>53:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/4/5/5/54556da6a7a20e58/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 67:  Why It's OK to be a Black Republican.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 67: Why It's OK to be a Black Republican.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Oct 2019 13:18:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19767501]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19767501]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Star Parker and Winsome Sears discuss race, religion, poverty, and our addiction to government.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Star Parker and Winsome Sears discuss race, religion, poverty, and our addiction to government.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="111132095" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws67_2019_10_10_parker_sears.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>56:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/4/2/f/a42fb7cadf16f27a/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Star Parker and Winsome Sears discuss race, religion, poverty, and our addiction to government.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Star Parker and Winsome Sears discuss race, religion, poverty, and our addiction to government.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 66: "They're Both Wrong, But Wait, Aren't There Three Languages of Politics?"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 66: "They're Both Wrong, But Wait, Aren't There Three Languages of Politics?"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Oct 2019 11:56:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19667534]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19667534]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[John Tamny and Arnold Kling discuss the problems of political parties in the US - and why are political elites still buying oceanfront property if the world climate crisis is so dire.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[John Tamny and Arnold Kling discuss the problems of political parties in the US - and why are political elites still buying oceanfront property if the world climate crisis is so dire.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="111513144" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws66_2019_10_03_kling_tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>56:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/d/3/2/8/d3280318695cf168/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>John Tamny and Arnold Kling discuss the problems of political parties in the US - and why are political elites still buying oceanfront property if the world climate crisis is so dire.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>John Tamny and Arnold Kling discuss the problems of political parties in the US - and why are political elites still buying oceanfront property if the world climate crisis is so dire.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 65 : "We're in the Midst of a Cold War. An Economic War."</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 65 : "We're in the Midst of a Cold War. An Economic War."</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2019 16:34:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19536750]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19536750]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Robert D. Atkinson, founder and president of ITIF, describes the United States role in the war for influence and control.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Robert D. Atkinson, founder and president of ITIF, describes the United States role in the war for influence and control.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="112324251" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws65_2019_09_26_atkinson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/f/3/0/a/f30a722c57cb268b/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Robert D. Atkinson, founder and president of ITIF, describes the United States role in the war for influence and control.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Robert D. Atkinson, founder and president of ITIF, describes the United States role in the war for influence and control.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 63:  The Power of Reengineering Humanity.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 63: The Power of Reengineering Humanity.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2019 16:09:27 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19424110]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19424110]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="106731261" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws63_2019_09_19_epstein_littlejohn.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>54:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/3/8/9/c/389c969bda0f7cf4/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Dr. Robert Epstein and Reggie Littlejohn describe how a leaked internal Google video describes their goal of impacting the beliefs, attitudes, purchases, and votes of 2.5 billion people around the world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 62 : Is climate change really a planetary emergency? with Myron Ebell</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 62 : Is climate change really a planetary emergency? with Myron Ebell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 16:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19309022]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19309022]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Myron Ebell gives input on the EPA Endangerment Finding, subsidizing of wind and solar, and The Green New Deal. "If the Green New Deal were implemented, which is very similar to the idea that we're going to get off of coal, oil, and natural gas in 10 years, it would take an area comparable to the size of California, which is our third largest state. The environmental consequences of taking up all that land with windmills and solar panels is outrageous."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Myron Ebell gives input on the EPA Endangerment Finding, subsidizing of wind and solar, and The Green New Deal. "If the Green New Deal were implemented, which is very similar to the idea that we're going to get off of coal, oil, and natural gas in 10 years, it would take an area comparable to the size of California, which is our third largest state. The environmental consequences of taking up all that land with windmills and solar panels is outrageous."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="113062008" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws62_2019_09_15_ebell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>57:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/e/2/9/5e29e57cc557a95d/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Myron Ebell gives input on the EPA Endangerment Finding, subsidizing of wind and solar, and The Green New Deal. "If the Green New Deal were implemented, which is very similar to the idea that we're going to get off of coal, oil, and natural gas in 10 years, it would take an area comparable to the size of California, which is our third largest state. The environmental consequences of taking up all that land with windmills and solar panels is outrageous."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Myron Ebell gives input on the EPA Endangerment Finding, subsidizing of wind and solar, and The Green New Deal. "If the Green New Deal were implemented, which is very similar to the idea that we're going to get off of coal, oil, and natural gas in 10 years, it would take an area comparable to the size of California, which is our third largest state. The environmental consequences of taking up all that land with windmills and solar panels is outrageous."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 61 - Who Owns The World's Art? with C.D. Dickerson - Part 1</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 61 - Who Owns The World's Art? with C.D. Dickerson - Part 1</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 16:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19215073]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19215073]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="56954243" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws61_2019_08_15_dickerson_pt1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/d/5/b/2/d5b2d3fdef616aaa/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 61 : Who Owns The World's Art? with C.D. Dickerson - Part 2</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 61 : Who Owns The World's Art? with C.D. Dickerson - Part 2</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 15:02:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19215077]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19215077]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="34772489" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws61_2019_08_15_dickerson_pt2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/3/0/0/e300d0f8a66c7ac0/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>C.D. Dickerson III, Curator, and Head of the Sculpture Department at the National Gallery of Art, comments on issues around art ownership and repatriation - including art that was taken from Africa in the colonial era that now resides in museums all over the world.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 59: Why We Need to Care About "Space Warfare" with Kevin Freeman and Frank Gaffney</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 59: Why We Need to Care About "Space Warfare" with Kevin Freeman and Frank Gaffney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 14:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19129918]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19129918]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Our military has a disturbing tendency to keep fighting the last wars, not the likely future ones. Now a visionary general is being forced into retirement because he's advocating a very different approach to counter Chinese aims to achieve dominance in space.<br /> <br /> By employing technologies from space like lasers and robotic systems, China could severely compromise our national security and our economy. Take out our GPS system, and banking comes to a grinding halt.<br /> <br /> On another front, China's massive surveillance state and social credit scores send a chill down the spines of free people everywhere. Worse, China also aims to "export" these systems throughout the world. It's already happening in Venezuela and wherever they build their "Belt and Road". And with Huawei 5G they could have capabilities to monitor the entire world.<br /> <br /> Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Our military has a disturbing tendency to keep fighting the last wars, not the likely future ones. Now a visionary general is being forced into retirement because he's advocating a very different approach to counter Chinese aims to achieve dominance in space. By employing technologies from space like lasers and robotic systems, China could severely compromise our national security and our economy. Take out our GPS system, and banking comes to a grinding halt. On another front, China's massive surveillance state and social credit scores send a chill down the spines of free people everywhere. Worse, China also aims to "export" these systems throughout the world. It's already happening in Venezuela and wherever they build their "Belt and Road". And with Huawei 5G they could have capabilities to monitor the entire world. Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="57749240" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws59_2019_08_01_freeman_gaffney_pt2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/b/a/7/cba71c89b2204ada/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Our military has a disturbing tendency to keep fighting the last wars, not the likely future ones. Now a visionary general is being forced into retirement because he's advocating a very different approach to counter Chinese aims to achieve dominance in space. By employing technologies from space like lasers and robotic systems, China could severely compromise our national security and our economy. Take out our GPS system, and banking comes to a grinding halt. On another front, China's massive surveillance state and social credit scores send a chill down the spines of free people everywhere. Worse, China also aims to "export" these systems throughout the world. It's already happening in Venezuela and wherever they build their "Belt and Road". And with Huawei 5G they could have capabilities to monitor the entire world. Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Our military has a disturbing tendency to keep fighting the last wars, not the likely future ones. Now a visionary general is being forced into retirement because he's advocating a very different approach to counter Chinese aims to achieve dominance in space. By employing technologies from space like lasers and robotic systems, China could severely compromise our national security and our economy. Take out our GPS system, and banking comes to a grinding halt. On another front, China's massive surveillance state and social credit scores send a chill down the spines of free people everywhere. Worse, China also aims to "export" these systems throughout the world. It's already happening in Venezuela and wherever they build their "Belt and Road". And with Huawei 5G they could have capabilities to monitor the entire world. Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 60: "Social Media Speech Police" with Brent Bozell and Dan Gainor</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 60: "Social Media Speech Police" with Brent Bozell and Dan Gainor</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2019 15:55:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19069286]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/19069286]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Has Facebook corporate become a parody? They banned a Prager University video on the "Ten Commandments." Their explanation? "Well, it mentioned murder." Maybe next time Prager should do a video on the "Nine Commandments."<br /> There's much to learn about "social media speech police" on The Bill Walton Show with Brent Bozell and Dan Gainor.<br /> For example:<br /> What are the rules used to "de-platform" someone from social media?<br /> What's the difference between a "European model" of speech and the U.S. Constitution's.<br /> Why should you care about the Communications Decency Act and its Section 230? Some people call it the 26 words that created the internet.<br /> And new research shows that Google's search engine could sway up to 20 million voters in the 2020 elections. Really?!<br /> <br /> Learn the answers to these questions, and more, on this latest edition of The Bill Walton Show.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Has Facebook corporate become a parody? They banned a Prager University video on the "Ten Commandments." Their explanation? "Well, it mentioned murder." Maybe next time Prager should do a video on the "Nine Commandments." There's much to learn about "social media speech police" on The Bill Walton Show with Brent Bozell and Dan Gainor. For example: What are the rules used to "de-platform" someone from social media? What's the difference between a "European model" of speech and the U.S. Constitution's. Why should you care about the Communications Decency Act and its Section 230? Some people call it the 26 words that created the internet. And new research shows that Google's search engine could sway up to 20 million voters in the 2020 elections. Really?! Learn the answers to these questions, and more, on this latest edition of The Bill Walton Show.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="69249408" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws60_2019_08_08_bozell_gainor_pt2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/f/6/5/4/f6542dbd45283d4e/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Has Facebook corporate become a parody? They banned a Prager University video on the "Ten Commandments." Their explanation? "Well, it mentioned murder." Maybe next time Prager should do a video on the "Nine Commandments." There's much to learn about "social media speech police" on The Bill Walton Show with Brent Bozell and Dan Gainor. For example: What are the rules used to "de-platform" someone from social media? What's the difference between a "European model" of speech and the U.S. Constitution's. Why should you care about the Communications Decency Act and its Section 230? Some people call it the 26 words that created the internet. And new research shows that Google's search engine could sway up to 20 million voters in the 2020 elections. Really?! Learn the answers to these questions, and more, on this latest edition of The Bill Walton Show.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Has Facebook corporate become a parody? They banned a Prager University video on the "Ten Commandments." Their explanation? "Well, it mentioned murder." Maybe next time Prager should do a video on the "Nine Commandments." There's much to learn about "social media speech police" on The Bill Walton Show with Brent Bozell and Dan Gainor. For example: What are the rules used to "de-platform" someone from social media? What's the difference between a "European model" of speech and the U.S. Constitution's. Why should you care about the Communications Decency Act and its Section 230? Some people call it the 26 words that created the internet. And new research shows that Google's search engine could sway up to 20 million voters in the 2020 elections. Really?! Learn the answers to these questions, and more, on this latest edition of The Bill Walton Show.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 59: Frank Gaffney and Kevin Freeman on China's War with the United States</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 59: Frank Gaffney and Kevin Freeman on China's War with the United States</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 15:09:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18989251]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18989251]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[For decades, the U.S. has given China preferred trade & economic status. In a long overdue effort, President Trump is now negotiating new and more balanced trade deals with China, but however effective new trade deals will prove to be, they cannot address the many other dangers posed by China's Communist Party.<br /> After seeing astounding economic growth, the Chinese leaders now show how little they value the liberal world order by threatening unrestricted economic, cultural and kinetic warfare.<br /> Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[For decades, the U.S. has given China preferred trade & economic status. In a long overdue effort, President Trump is now negotiating new and more balanced trade deals with China, but however effective new trade deals will prove to be, they cannot address the many other dangers posed by China's Communist Party. After seeing astounding economic growth, the Chinese leaders now show how little they value the liberal world order by threatening unrestricted economic, cultural and kinetic warfare. Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="59581021" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws59_2019_08_01_freeman_gaffney_pt1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/a/d/7/8ad7cfa6c0bef55d/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>For decades, the U.S. has given China preferred trade &amp; economic status. In a long overdue effort, President Trump is now negotiating new and more balanced trade deals with China, but however effective new trade deals will prove to be, they cannot address the many other dangers posed by China's Communist Party. After seeing astounding economic growth, the Chinese leaders now show how little they value the liberal world order by threatening unrestricted economic, cultural and kinetic warfare. Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>For decades, the U.S. has given China preferred trade &amp; economic status. In a long overdue effort, President Trump is now negotiating new and more balanced trade deals with China, but however effective new trade deals will prove to be, they cannot address the many other dangers posed by China's Communist Party. After seeing astounding economic growth, the Chinese leaders now show how little they value the liberal world order by threatening unrestricted economic, cultural and kinetic warfare. Frank Gaffney, founder of the Center for Security Policy and Kevin Freeman, host of the Economic War Room, explain on the Bill Walton Show</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 57: Money Greed and God with Jay Richards Part 2</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 57: Money Greed and God with Jay Richards Part 2</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2019 17:12:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18817348]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18817348]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Economics as a discipline suffers from "physics envy" when it tries and fails to build mathematical models of the economy and society. Instead, it should be studying human behavior and focus on the intersection of health, morality, philosophy, wealth creation and how to bring people out of poverty, Jay Richards says on The Bill Walton Show.<br /> In particular, economics and culture can't be viewed separately. While some people care most about economic agendas, and others focus on social issues, you can't really separate them. A vibrant market economy, vibrant economic growth requires a solid foundation in family, civil society, rule of law and religion.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Economics as a discipline suffers from "physics envy" when it tries and fails to build mathematical models of the economy and society. Instead, it should be studying human behavior and focus on the intersection of health, morality, philosophy, wealth creation and how to bring people out of poverty, Jay Richards says on The Bill Walton Show. In particular, economics and culture can't be viewed separately. While some people care most about economic agendas, and others focus on social issues, you can't really separate them. A vibrant market economy, vibrant economic growth requires a solid foundation in family, civil society, rule of law and religion.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="35089316" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws57_2019_06_27_richards_pt2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/b/5/d/eb5d11c0aad9eda5/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Economics as a discipline suffers from "physics envy" when it tries and fails to build mathematical models of the economy and society. Instead, it should be studying human behavior and focus on the intersection of health, morality, philosophy, wealth creation and how to bring people out of poverty, Jay Richards says on The Bill Walton Show. In particular, economics and culture can't be viewed separately. While some people care most about economic agendas, and others focus on social issues, you can't really separate them. A vibrant market economy, vibrant economic growth requires a solid foundation in family, civil society, rule of law and religion.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Economics as a discipline suffers from "physics envy" when it tries and fails to build mathematical models of the economy and society. Instead, it should be studying human behavior and focus on the intersection of health, morality, philosophy, wealth creation and how to bring people out of poverty, Jay Richards says on The Bill Walton Show. In particular, economics and culture can't be viewed separately. While some people care most about economic agendas, and others focus on social issues, you can't really separate them. A vibrant market economy, vibrant economic growth requires a solid foundation in family, civil society, rule of law and religion.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 57: Money Greed and God with Jay Richards Part I</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 57: Money Greed and God with Jay Richards Part I</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2019 14:50:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18752399]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18752399]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[We know from history and evidence all around us, which economic system works, and which one makes people the happiest. It's the economic system of free enterprise. But is it the most moral?<br /> Bill Walton explores the question with Jay Richards, author of the newly reissued book "Money, Greed and God."<br /> He explains, "you need to ask: compared to what?" The question isn't, well, is it moral and as good as say nirvana or the kingdom of God or whatever the kind of utopian idea that we can imagine? The relevant question is, how good is this system compared to the other ones that we have some capacity to realize in this world.<br /> When people claiming to be socialists have actually tried to implement it in history, what has resulted? They can't simply wish away the 40 or 50 or 60 actual failed socialist experiments.<br /> Socialist Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio Cortez likes conjuring scenarios of a Scandinavian village, a little fishing village in Norway where everybody has a Volvo in their garage and plenty of fish to eat and they're able to sing together at the morning at the library, things like that, right?<br /> Delusional. Find out why here.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[We know from history and evidence all around us, which economic system works, and which one makes people the happiest. It's the economic system of free enterprise. But is it the most moral? Bill Walton explores the question with Jay Richards, author of the newly reissued book "Money, Greed and God." He explains, "you need to ask: compared to what?" The question isn't, well, is it moral and as good as say nirvana or the kingdom of God or whatever the kind of utopian idea that we can imagine? The relevant question is, how good is this system compared to the other ones that we have some capacity to realize in this world. When people claiming to be socialists have actually tried to implement it in history, what has resulted? They can't simply wish away the 40 or 50 or 60 actual failed socialist experiments. Socialist Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio Cortez likes conjuring scenarios of a Scandinavian village, a little fishing village in Norway where everybody has a Volvo in their garage and plenty of fish to eat and they're able to sing together at the morning at the library, things like that, right? Delusional. Find out why here.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="56107477" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws57_2019_06_27_richards_pt1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/1/f/b/8/1fb81d37dd908f62/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>We know from history and evidence all around us, which economic system works, and which one makes people the happiest. It's the economic system of free enterprise. But is it the most moral? Bill Walton explores the question with Jay Richards, author of the newly reissued book "Money, Greed and God." He explains, "you need to ask: compared to what?" The question isn't, well, is it moral and as good as say nirvana or the kingdom of God or whatever the kind of utopian idea that we can imagine? The relevant question is, how good is this system compared to the other ones that we have some capacity to realize in this world. When people claiming to be socialists have actually tried to implement it in history, what has resulted? They can't simply wish away the 40 or 50 or 60 actual failed socialist experiments. Socialist Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio Cortez likes conjuring scenarios of a Scandinavian village, a little fishing village in Norway where everybody has a Volvo in their garage and plenty of fish to eat and they're able to sing together at the morning at the library, things like that, right? Delusional. Find out why here.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>We know from history and evidence all around us, which economic system works, and which one makes people the happiest. It's the economic system of free enterprise. But is it the most moral? Bill Walton explores the question with Jay Richards, author of the newly reissued book "Money, Greed and God." He explains, "you need to ask: compared to what?" The question isn't, well, is it moral and as good as say nirvana or the kingdom of God or whatever the kind of utopian idea that we can imagine? The relevant question is, how good is this system compared to the other ones that we have some capacity to realize in this world. When people claiming to be socialists have actually tried to implement it in history, what has resulted? They can't simply wish away the 40 or 50 or 60 actual failed socialist experiments. Socialist Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio Cortez likes conjuring scenarios of a Scandinavian village, a little fishing village in Norway where everybody has a Volvo in their garage and plenty of fish to eat and they're able to sing together at the morning at the library, things like that, right? Delusional. Find out why here.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 56: Deconstructing the Federal Reserve with George Selgin and Norbert Michel</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 56: Deconstructing the Federal Reserve with George Selgin and Norbert Michel</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2019 15:36:22 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18685733]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18685733]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[If the Fed brought home a report card reflecting its performance since its creation in 1914, its parents would not be pleased. Its record for stability is among the worst in the developed world, and it has done little to fix the problems it was invented to address.<br /> Moreover, the Federal Reserve is far from the only way to assure stability in banking. As George Selgin of the Cato Institute and Norbert Michel of the Heritage Foundation persuasive argue on the Bill Walton Show, it may not even be the best way.<br /> More provocative views on the Fed from George and Norbert:<br /> How the Fed contributed to, then botched its response to, the 2008 recession. Forget the idea that it was only about "greedy bankers." If you want to learn what really happened, their explanation is lucid.<br /> Why an "independent" Fed has never been a reality and probably should not be the goal. We need our money to be politically accountable, but how to do this is a thorny issue.<br /> If America could print all the money we needed, we would never have financial problems, right? That's Modern Economic Theory in a nutshell, and George and Norbert explain why this very seductive idea is such a dangerous one.<br /> George and Nobert explain "quantitative easing" to me and how it's painted the Fed into a corner. I sort of get it. See what you think, here on the Bill Walton Show.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[If the Fed brought home a report card reflecting its performance since its creation in 1914, its parents would not be pleased. Its record for stability is among the worst in the developed world, and it has done little to fix the problems it was invented to address. Moreover, the Federal Reserve is far from the only way to assure stability in banking. As George Selgin of the Cato Institute and Norbert Michel of the Heritage Foundation persuasive argue on the Bill Walton Show, it may not even be the best way. More provocative views on the Fed from George and Norbert: How the Fed contributed to, then botched its response to, the 2008 recession. Forget the idea that it was only about "greedy bankers." If you want to learn what really happened, their explanation is lucid. Why an "independent" Fed has never been a reality and probably should not be the goal. We need our money to be politically accountable, but how to do this is a thorny issue. If America could print all the money we needed, we would never have financial problems, right? That's Modern Economic Theory in a nutshell, and George and Norbert explain why this very seductive idea is such a dangerous one. George and Nobert explain "quantitative easing" to me and how it's painted the Fed into a corner. I sort of get it. See what you think, here on the Bill Walton Show.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="101202375" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws56_2019_06_06_michel_selgin.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/8/c/f/b8cf4d1445b8fcd3/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>If the Fed brought home a report card reflecting its performance since its creation in 1914, its parents would not be pleased. Its record for stability is among the worst in the developed world, and it has done little to fix the problems it was invented to address. Moreover, the Federal Reserve is far from the only way to assure stability in banking. As George Selgin of the Cato Institute and Norbert Michel of the Heritage Foundation persuasive argue on the Bill Walton Show, it may not even be the best way. More provocative views on the Fed from George and Norbert: How the Fed contributed to, then botched its response to, the 2008 recession. Forget the idea that it was only about "greedy bankers." If you want to learn what really happened, their explanation is lucid. Why an "independent" Fed has never been a reality and probably should not be the goal. We need our money to be politically accountable, but how to do this is a thorny issue. If America could print all the money we needed, we would never have financial problems, right? That's Modern Economic Theory in a nutshell, and George and Norbert explain why this very seductive idea is such a dangerous one. George and Nobert explain "quantitative easing" to me and how it's painted the Fed into a corner. I sort of get it. See what you think, here on the Bill Walton Show.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>If the Fed brought home a report card reflecting its performance since its creation in 1914, its parents would not be pleased. Its record for stability is among the worst in the developed world, and it has done little to fix the problems it was invented to address. Moreover, the Federal Reserve is far from the only way to assure stability in banking. As George Selgin of the Cato Institute and Norbert Michel of the Heritage Foundation persuasive argue on the Bill Walton Show, it may not even be the best way. More provocative views on the Fed from George and Norbert: How the Fed contributed to, then botched its response to, the 2008 recession. Forget the idea that it was only about "greedy bankers." If you want to learn what really happened, their explanation is lucid. Why an "independent" Fed has never been a reality and probably should not be the goal. We need our money to be politically accountable, but how to do this is a thorny issue. If America could print all the money we needed, we would never have financial problems, right? That's Modern Economic Theory in a nutshell, and George and Norbert explain why this very seductive idea is such a dangerous one. George and Nobert explain "quantitative easing" to me and how it's painted the Fed into a corner. I sort of get it. See what you think, here on the Bill Walton Show.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 53: "Why Some States Get Rich, While Others are Going Broke"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 53: "Why Some States Get Rich, While Others are Going Broke"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jun 2019 10:34:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18269933]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/18269933]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[There are right ways for states to manage their economies - and some very wrong ones. So if you wanted to make your state more prosperous, wouldn't it be helpful to have the tools to determine how it will perform years into the future? They exist.<br /> <br /> Developed by the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), "Rich States, Poor States" is an annual economic forecast for all 50 states based on their ranking in 15 policy variables, each one directly influenced by state lawmakers through the laws they pass.<br /> <br /> What the survey shows is that at the state policy level a lot can be accomplished, both good and bad. Jonathan Williams, Chief Economist of the American Legislature Exchange Council and Seth Grove, chairman of two committees in the Pennsylvania House of Representatives, explain how on a recent Bill Walton Show.<br /> <br /> Bad economic policies drove nearly 800,000 people out of California last year which means that after the 2020 census it may lose a congressional seat for the first time in its history.<br /> On the flip side, Utah has been No.1 in the "Rich States, Poor States" rankings for 12 years because of its flat tax, a truth-in-taxation law and transitioning pensions to a defined-contribution model.<br /> Want to make your state prosperous? Learn about how on our show and urge your state legislature to take ALEC's 15 tried-and-true steps on tax policy, labor laws and regulation.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[There are right ways for states to manage their economies - and some very wrong ones. So if you wanted to make your state more prosperous, wouldn't it be helpful to have the tools to determine how it will perform years into the future? They exist. Developed by the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), "Rich States, Poor States" is an annual economic forecast for all 50 states based on their ranking in 15 policy variables, each one directly influenced by state lawmakers through the laws they pass. What the survey shows is that at the state policy level a lot can be accomplished, both good and bad. Jonathan Williams, Chief Economist of the American Legislature Exchange Council and Seth Grove, chairman of two committees in the Pennsylvania House of Representatives, explain how on a recent Bill Walton Show. Bad economic policies drove nearly 800,000 people out of California last year which means that after the 2020 census it may lose a congressional seat for the first time in its history. On the flip side, Utah has been No.1 in the "Rich States, Poor States" rankings for 12 years because of its flat tax, a truth-in-taxation law and transitioning pensions to a defined-contribution model. Want to make your state prosperous? Learn about how on our show and urge your state legislature to take ALEC's 15 tried-and-true steps on tax policy, labor laws and regulation.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="91835606" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws53_2019_04_25_williams_grove.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/3/0/2/93026b29776b5078/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>There are right ways for states to manage their economies - and some very wrong ones. So if you wanted to make your state more prosperous, wouldn't it be helpful to have the tools to determine how it will perform years into the future? They exist. Developed by the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), "Rich States, Poor States" is an annual economic forecast for all 50 states based on their ranking in 15 policy variables, each one directly influenced by state lawmakers through the laws they pass. What the survey shows is that at the state policy level a lot can be accomplished, both good and bad. Jonathan Williams, Chief Economist of the American Legislature Exchange Council and Seth Grove, chairman of two committees in the Pennsylvania House of Representatives, explain how on a recent Bill Walton Show. Bad economic policies drove nearly 800,000 people out of California last year which means that after the 2020 census it may lose a congressional seat for the first time in its history. On the flip side, Utah has been No.1 in the "Rich States, Poor States" rankings for 12 years because of its flat tax, a truth-in-taxation law and transitioning pensions to a defined-contribution model. Want to make your state prosperous? Learn about how on our show and urge your state legislature to take ALEC's 15 tried-and-true steps on tax policy, labor laws and regulation.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>There are right ways for states to manage their economies - and some very wrong ones. So if you wanted to make your state more prosperous, wouldn't it be helpful to have the tools to determine how it will perform years into the future? They exist. Developed by the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), "Rich States, Poor States" is an annual economic forecast for all 50 states based on their ranking in 15 policy variables, each one directly influenced by state lawmakers through the laws they pass. What the survey shows is that at the state policy level a lot can be accomplished, both good and bad. Jonathan Williams, Chief Economist of the American Legislature Exchange Council and Seth Grove, chairman of two committees in the Pennsylvania House of Representatives, explain how on a recent Bill Walton Show. Bad economic policies drove nearly 800,000 people out of California last year which means that after the 2020 census it may lose a congressional seat for the first time in its history. On the flip side, Utah has been No.1 in the "Rich States, Poor States" rankings for 12 years because of its flat tax, a truth-in-taxation law and transitioning pensions to a defined-contribution model. Want to make your state prosperous? Learn about how on our show and urge your state legislature to take ALEC's 15 tried-and-true steps on tax policy, labor laws and regulation.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 55: Chen Guangcheng and Reggie Littlejohn on Human Rights in China, with Huchen Zhang</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 55: Chen Guangcheng and Reggie Littlejohn on Human Rights in China, with Huchen Zhang</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 16:56:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948936]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948936]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Americans' theory that more trade with China would open up the country to more democracy has been proven wrong. In fact, say Reggie Littlejohn, Huchen Zhang and Chen Guancheng on The Bill Walton Show, they have backfired. "You cannot tolerate evil. You cannot treat evil with kindness," Zhang said.<br /> <br /> The Chinese consider Western countries to be naive and easily manipulated, but if the US will stand up to them in trade deals, it will earn the support of the Chinese people and deprive the government of the money to control the country's social structure, Chen Guancheng said on The Bill Walton Show.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Americans' theory that more trade with China would open up the country to more democracy has been proven wrong. In fact, say Reggie Littlejohn, Huchen Zhang and Chen Guancheng on The Bill Walton Show, they have backfired. "You cannot tolerate evil. You cannot treat evil with kindness," Zhang said. The Chinese consider Western countries to be naive and easily manipulated, but if the US will stand up to them in trade deals, it will earn the support of the Chinese people and deprive the government of the money to control the country's social structure, Chen Guancheng said on The Bill Walton Show.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="115558477" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws55_2019_05_00_littlejohn_chen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>58:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/d/8/7/ed878833fb9171be/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Americans' theory that more trade with China would open up the country to more democracy has been proven wrong. In fact, say Reggie Littlejohn, Huchen Zhang and Chen Guancheng on The Bill Walton Show, they have backfired. "You cannot tolerate evil. You cannot treat evil with kindness," Zhang said. The Chinese consider Western countries to be naive and easily manipulated, but if the US will stand up to them in trade deals, it will earn the support of the Chinese people and deprive the government of the money to control the country's social structure, Chen Guancheng said on The Bill Walton Show.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Americans' theory that more trade with China would open up the country to more democracy has been proven wrong. In fact, say Reggie Littlejohn, Huchen Zhang and Chen Guancheng on The Bill Walton Show, they have backfired. "You cannot tolerate evil. You cannot treat evil with kindness," Zhang said. The Chinese consider Western countries to be naive and easily manipulated, but if the US will stand up to them in trade deals, it will earn the support of the Chinese people and deprive the government of the money to control the country's social structure, Chen Guancheng said on The Bill Walton Show.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 54: Billionaire Investor Ken Fisher on Donald Trump and Politics, with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 54: Billionaire Investor Ken Fisher on Donald Trump and Politics, with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 16:50:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948900]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948900]]></link>
      <description></description>
      
      <content:encoded/>
      
      
      <enclosure length="70308239" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws54_2019_05_07_fisher_tamny_part1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/4/b/b/84bbfe64a43101d5/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 54: Ken Fisher: Thinking in Ways That Others Do Not, with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 54: Ken Fisher: Thinking in Ways That Others Do Not, with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 16:47:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948856]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948856]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Ken Fisher on: coastal redwoods, dikes, efficient markets, quantitative easing, the limits of our knowledge, climate change, the fed, interest rates, why $10 billion isn't that much money, money flows around the world like water downhill, tree science, behavioral science, why philanthropy is immoral and bad for humans, optimization of scarce resources, Bastiat, financial system intermediation and why inequality is a good thing.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Ken Fisher on: coastal redwoods, dikes, efficient markets, quantitative easing, the limits of our knowledge, climate change, the fed, interest rates, why $10 billion isn't that much money, money flows around the world like water downhill, tree science, behavioral science, why philanthropy is immoral and bad for humans, optimization of scarce resources, Bastiat, financial system intermediation and why inequality is a good thing.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="70236363" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws54_2019_05_07_fisher_tamny_part2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/c/8/7/9c879dc22c81f920/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Ken Fisher on: coastal redwoods, dikes, efficient markets, quantitative easing, the limits of our knowledge, climate change, the fed, interest rates, why $10 billion isn't that much money, money flows around the world like water downhill, tree science, behavioral science, why philanthropy is immoral and bad for humans, optimization of scarce resources, Bastiat, financial system intermediation and why inequality is a good thing.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Ken Fisher on: coastal redwoods, dikes, efficient markets, quantitative easing, the limits of our knowledge, climate change, the fed, interest rates, why $10 billion isn't that much money, money flows around the world like water downhill, tree science, behavioral science, why philanthropy is immoral and bad for humans, optimization of scarce resources, Bastiat, financial system intermediation and why inequality is a good thing.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 52: "Ed Meese and Ron Nicol on Lessons Learned from the Trump Transition"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 52: "Ed Meese and Ron Nicol on Lessons Learned from the Trump Transition"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 16:37:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948782]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17948782]]></link>
      <description></description>
      
      <content:encoded/>
      
      
      <enclosure length="87969828" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws52_2019_04_18_meese_nicol_segment_1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/5/d/e/75de2ab844ee2d5c/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 51: "The Elephant Whisperer"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 51: "The Elephant Whisperer"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 16:34:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17792536]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17792536]]></link>
      <description></description>
      
      <content:encoded/>
      
      
      <enclosure length="6146680" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws51_2018_04_04_maxwell_darlington_part3.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>03:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/5/0/2/95025597b925bcbe/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 53: "Some States are Getting Rich, Others are Going Bankrupt"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 53: "Some States are Getting Rich, Others are Going Bankrupt"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 16:32:36 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17792417]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17792417]]></link>
      <description></description>
      
      <content:encoded/>
      
      
      <enclosure length="91835606" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws53_2019_04_25_williams_grove.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/0/4/f/704fc1bf377d1176/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 51: "We All Need to Maker Protecting Habitats a Concern"</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 51: "We All Need to Maker Protecting Habitats a Concern"</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2019 18:42:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17792529]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17792529]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Species and habitat protection are issues that can be separated from polarizing disagreements about climate change. Everyone - on both the left and the right - ought to be able to come together to protect endangered species and their habitats. It's a problem that humans have created and one that humans can solve.<br /> <br /> But first, we must understand the enormous scope of the problem.<br /> <br /> Skipper Darlington and Ron Maxwell, on a recent visit to The Bill Walton Show, describe some of the places where habitat destruction is at its worst. We also get into the many ways both private citizens and governments can work to stop it. It's a bipartisan issue where there is a lot of common ground for people to work together towards solutions.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Species and habitat protection are issues that can be separated from polarizing disagreements about climate change. Everyone - on both the left and the right - ought to be able to come together to protect endangered species and their habitats. It's a problem that humans have created and one that humans can solve. But first, we must understand the enormous scope of the problem. Skipper Darlington and Ron Maxwell, on a recent visit to The Bill Walton Show, describe some of the places where habitat destruction is at its worst. We also get into the many ways both private citizens and governments can work to stop it. It's a bipartisan issue where there is a lot of common ground for people to work together towards solutions.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="47814766" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws51_2018_04_04_maxwell_darlington_part2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/b/7/1/5b71331b4c742ee6/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Species and habitat protection are issues that can be separated from polarizing disagreements about climate change. Everyone - on both the left and the right - ought to be able to come together to protect endangered species and their habitats. It's a problem that humans have created and one that humans can solve. But first, we must understand the enormous scope of the problem. Skipper Darlington and Ron Maxwell, on a recent visit to The Bill Walton Show, describe some of the places where habitat destruction is at its worst. We also get into the many ways both private citizens and governments can work to stop it. It's a bipartisan issue where there is a lot of common ground for people to work together towards solutions.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Species and habitat protection are issues that can be separated from polarizing disagreements about climate change. Everyone - on both the left and the right - ought to be able to come together to protect endangered species and their habitats. It's a problem that humans have created and one that humans can solve. But first, we must understand the enormous scope of the problem. Skipper Darlington and Ron Maxwell, on a recent visit to The Bill Walton Show, describe some of the places where habitat destruction is at its worst. We also get into the many ways both private citizens and governments can work to stop it. It's a bipartisan issue where there is a lot of common ground for people to work together towards solutions.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 52: "Ed Meese on the Mueller Report" with Ron Nicol.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 52: "Ed Meese on the Mueller Report" with Ron Nicol.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 19:05:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17724979]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17724979]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[We had the good fortune to have Ron Nicol and Edwin Meese on The Bill Walton Show the day the Mueller report was released. Meese, a former U.S. Attorney General, says Robert Mueller should have made a decision on obstruction of justice by the president and that at least one of his attorneys was a "totally irresponsible, unprofessional, unscrupulous lawyer" whom "should not be in any part of the Department of Justice." There's much more in this penetrating analysis by one of our foremost Constitutional authorities."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[We had the good fortune to have Ron Nicol and Edwin Meese on The Bill Walton Show the day the Mueller report was released. Meese, a former U.S. Attorney General, says Robert Mueller should have made a decision on obstruction of justice by the president and that at least one of his attorneys was a "totally irresponsible, unprofessional, unscrupulous lawyer" whom "should not be in any part of the Department of Justice." There's much more in this penetrating analysis by one of our foremost Constitutional authorities."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="33661998" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws52_2019_04_18_meese_nicol_segment_2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/3/6/8/b368ce04d02c7fc1/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>We had the good fortune to have Ron Nicol and Edwin Meese on The Bill Walton Show the day the Mueller report was released. Meese, a former U.S. Attorney General, says Robert Mueller should have made a decision on obstruction of justice by the president and that at least one of his attorneys was a "totally irresponsible, unprofessional, unscrupulous lawyer" whom "should not be in any part of the Department of Justice." There's much more in this penetrating analysis by one of our foremost Constitutional authorities."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>We had the good fortune to have Ron Nicol and Edwin Meese on The Bill Walton Show the day the Mueller report was released. Meese, a former U.S. Attorney General, says Robert Mueller should have made a decision on obstruction of justice by the president and that at least one of his attorneys was a "totally irresponsible, unprofessional, unscrupulous lawyer" whom "should not be in any part of the Department of Justice." There's much more in this penetrating analysis by one of our foremost Constitutional authorities."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 51: "Half Earth for Species Protection" with Ron Maxwell and Skipper Darlington</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 51: "Half Earth for Species Protection" with Ron Maxwell and Skipper Darlington</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2019 18:30:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17714873]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17714873]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The population of humans has almost tripled since 1950, and the impact on other species has been profound. Humans have absorbed vast amounts of habitat for living space and farmland, leading to the extinction of hundreds of species and threats to countless others. Ron Maxwell and Skipper Darlington join Bill Walton to talk about a radical but oddly simple and doable solution.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The population of humans has almost tripled since 1950, and the impact on other species has been profound. Humans have absorbed vast amounts of habitat for living space and farmland, leading to the extinction of hundreds of species and threats to countless others. Ron Maxwell and Skipper Darlington join Bill Walton to talk about a radical but oddly simple and doable solution.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="72731504" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws51_2018_04_04_maxwell_darlington_part1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/a/f/3/eaf3a0195edea986/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The population of humans has almost tripled since 1950, and the impact on other species has been profound. Humans have absorbed vast amounts of habitat for living space and farmland, leading to the extinction of hundreds of species and threats to countless others. Ron Maxwell and Skipper Darlington join Bill Walton to talk about a radical but oddly simple and doable solution.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The population of humans has almost tripled since 1950, and the impact on other species has been profound. Humans have absorbed vast amounts of habitat for living space and farmland, leading to the extinction of hundreds of species and threats to countless others. Ron Maxwell and Skipper Darlington join Bill Walton to talk about a radical but oddly simple and doable solution.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 49: "Why Socialism Fails to Deliver" with Richard Rahn</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 49: "Why Socialism Fails to Deliver" with Richard Rahn</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 14:42:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17581522]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17581522]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["The economy of Venezuela has collapsed as a result of gross socialist mismanagement. Their currency is essentially worthless. To start over, the next government of Venezuela must re-establish the rule of law, protect private property rights and create a new currency."<br /> So writes Richard Rahn, one of America's most brilliant economists.<br /> With socialism now stunningly in fashion in the United States, we need to be better teachers about its dangers.<br /> <br /> For example, Dr. Rahn has a great way in a classroom setting to convey to students the problem with socialism. He asks how many favor free college or medical care. Almost everyone's hand goes up. But then he asks them to assume that the 30 people in the classroom are an entire nation's population and asks "Which one of you should pay for the "free" medical care for everyone else?" Awkward silence.<br /> Socialism depends on coercion and takings from the productive members of a society. That means those who can create wealth will usually either leave, or if they stay and refuse to cooperate, be killed. Exaggerated? Look no further than to the Soviet Union where Josef Stalin famously said, "A person, a problem. No person; no problem." The result? Deaths of 63 million of his people.<br /> <br /> Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Richard and I discuss this and other provocative issues. Like why the word democracy appears nowhere in the U.S. Constitution, why we may see half of America colleges close their doors in the next couple of decades or why with the right to vote should come with a responsibility to have a rudimentary understanding of American history and its political system.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["The economy of Venezuela has collapsed as a result of gross socialist mismanagement. Their currency is essentially worthless. To start over, the next government of Venezuela must re-establish the rule of law, protect private property rights and create a new currency." So writes Richard Rahn, one of America's most brilliant economists. With socialism now stunningly in fashion in the United States, we need to be better teachers about its dangers. For example, Dr. Rahn has a great way in a classroom setting to convey to students the problem with socialism. He asks how many favor free college or medical care. Almost everyone's hand goes up. But then he asks them to assume that the 30 people in the classroom are an entire nation's population and asks "Which one of you should pay for the "free" medical care for everyone else?" Awkward silence. Socialism depends on coercion and takings from the productive members of a society. That means those who can create wealth will usually either leave, or if they stay and refuse to cooperate, be killed. Exaggerated? Look no further than to the Soviet Union where Josef Stalin famously said, "A person, a problem. No person; no problem." The result? Deaths of 63 million of his people. Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Richard and I discuss this and other provocative issues. Like why the word democracy appears nowhere in the U.S. Constitution, why we may see half of America colleges close their doors in the next couple of decades or why with the right to vote should come with a responsibility to have a rudimentary understanding of American history and its political system.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="62690824" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws49_2019_03_21_rahn_seg1.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/9/2/2/a922b42dd25618fe/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"The economy of Venezuela has collapsed as a result of gross socialist mismanagement. Their currency is essentially worthless. To start over, the next government of Venezuela must re-establish the rule of law, protect private property rights and create a new currency." So writes Richard Rahn, one of America's most brilliant economists. With socialism now stunningly in fashion in the United States, we need to be better teachers about its dangers. For example, Dr. Rahn has a great way in a classroom setting to convey to students the problem with socialism. He asks how many favor free college or medical care. Almost everyone's hand goes up. But then he asks them to assume that the 30 people in the classroom are an entire nation's population and asks "Which one of you should pay for the "free" medical care for everyone else?" Awkward silence. Socialism depends on coercion and takings from the productive members of a society. That means those who can create wealth will usually either leave, or if they stay and refuse to cooperate, be killed. Exaggerated? Look no further than to the Soviet Union where Josef Stalin famously said, "A person, a problem. No person; no problem." The result? Deaths of 63 million of his people. Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Richard and I discuss this and other provocative issues. Like why the word democracy appears nowhere in the U.S. Constitution, why we may see half of America colleges close their doors in the next couple of decades or why with the right to vote should come with a responsibility to have a rudimentary understanding of American history and its political system.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"The economy of Venezuela has collapsed as a result of gross socialist mismanagement. Their currency is essentially worthless. To start over, the next government of Venezuela must re-establish the rule of law, protect private property rights and create a new currency." So writes Richard Rahn, one of America's most brilliant economists. With socialism now stunningly in fashion in the United States, we need to be better teachers about its dangers. For example, Dr. Rahn has a great way in a classroom setting to convey to students the problem with socialism. He asks how many favor free college or medical care. Almost everyone's hand goes up. But then he asks them to assume that the 30 people in the classroom are an entire nation's population and asks "Which one of you should pay for the "free" medical care for everyone else?" Awkward silence. Socialism depends on coercion and takings from the productive members of a society. That means those who can create wealth will usually either leave, or if they stay and refuse to cooperate, be killed. Exaggerated? Look no further than to the Soviet Union where Josef Stalin famously said, "A person, a problem. No person; no problem." The result? Deaths of 63 million of his people. Join me on The Bill Walton Show as Richard and I discuss this and other provocative issues. Like why the word democracy appears nowhere in the U.S. Constitution, why we may see half of America colleges close their doors in the next couple of decades or why with the right to vote should come with a responsibility to have a rudimentary understanding of American history and its political system.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 48: "Is War with China Inevitable?" with Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 48: "Is War with China Inevitable?" with Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2019 16:56:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17453381]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17453381]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[In China, the U.S. confronts an adversary that saw itself as the Middle Kingdom –the center of the universe –for 3,000 years, then endured a century of humiliation and now seeks to return to what it sees as its rightful place in the world. Join Bill Walton as he and veteran Washington foreign policy experts Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark discuss China's comprehensive program to dominate its region and to challenge the U.S for cultural, economic and military superiority.<br /> <br /> The Trump administration has a new approach to China, and it could bear fruit. But the Chinese remain active in cyber warfare, restrict our access to their domestic markets and force companies that are allowed to do business there to hand over their technology, and none of that will change unless we force them to change.<br /> <br /> But a war is not inevitable. Instead, it's critical that the U.S. think in terms of managing our relationship with China. It is our largest trading partner and there are many lines of action to pursue that stop short of "kinetic action." Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark explain how on The Bill Walton Show.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[In China, the U.S. confronts an adversary that saw itself as the Middle Kingdom –the center of the universe –for 3,000 years, then endured a century of humiliation and now seeks to return to what it sees as its rightful place in the world. Join Bill Walton as he and veteran Washington foreign policy experts Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark discuss China's comprehensive program to dominate its region and to challenge the U.S for cultural, economic and military superiority. The Trump administration has a new approach to China, and it could bear fruit. But the Chinese remain active in cyber warfare, restrict our access to their domestic markets and force companies that are allowed to do business there to hand over their technology, and none of that will change unless we force them to change. But a war is not inevitable. Instead, it's critical that the U.S. think in terms of managing our relationship with China. It is our largest trading partner and there are many lines of action to pursue that stop short of "kinetic action." Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark explain how on The Bill Walton Show.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="98080356" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws48_2019_03_14_halper_stark.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/e/7/e/8e7e1555fa2de3a9/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>In China, the U.S. confronts an adversary that saw itself as the Middle Kingdom –the center of the universe –for 3,000 years, then endured a century of humiliation and now seeks to return to what it sees as its rightful place in the world. Join Bill Walton as he and veteran Washington foreign policy experts Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark discuss China's comprehensive program to dominate its region and to challenge the U.S for cultural, economic and military superiority. The Trump administration has a new approach to China, and it could bear fruit. But the Chinese remain active in cyber warfare, restrict our access to their domestic markets and force companies that are allowed to do business there to hand over their technology, and none of that will change unless we force them to change. But a war is not inevitable. Instead, it's critical that the U.S. think in terms of managing our relationship with China. It is our largest trading partner and there are many lines of action to pursue that stop short of "kinetic action." Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark explain how on The Bill Walton Show.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>In China, the U.S. confronts an adversary that saw itself as the Middle Kingdom –the center of the universe –for 3,000 years, then endured a century of humiliation and now seeks to return to what it sees as its rightful place in the world. Join Bill Walton as he and veteran Washington foreign policy experts Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark discuss China's comprehensive program to dominate its region and to challenge the U.S for cultural, economic and military superiority. The Trump administration has a new approach to China, and it could bear fruit. But the Chinese remain active in cyber warfare, restrict our access to their domestic markets and force companies that are allowed to do business there to hand over their technology, and none of that will change unless we force them to change. But a war is not inevitable. Instead, it's critical that the U.S. think in terms of managing our relationship with China. It is our largest trading partner and there are many lines of action to pursue that stop short of "kinetic action." Dr. Stefan Halper and Adm. James Stark explain how on The Bill Walton Show.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 47: "Burn the Business Plan" with Carl Schramm</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 47: "Burn the Business Plan" with Carl Schramm</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2019 14:37:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17320006]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17320006]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[An entire industry – mostly government-funded – has sprung up around the idea of creating entrepreneurs. Don't buy any of it. Don't buy college. Don't buy business incubators. Don't buy mentors – you probably know more about what it takes to succeed in your business than they do. Start the business. As Carl Schramm and I discussed on "The Bill Walton Show," get your education at the School of Hard Knocks. Observe your competitors. Work somewhere first so you can understand the choreography of business. There's a right way to do it, but there are no short-cuts and no gimmicks to get there.<br /> Entrepreneurship is about lines of action. The best way to learn how to start businesses is to start a business.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[An entire industry – mostly government-funded – has sprung up around the idea of creating entrepreneurs. Don't buy any of it. Don't buy college. Don't buy business incubators. Don't buy mentors – you probably know more about what it takes to succeed in your business than they do. Start the business. As Carl Schramm and I discussed on "The Bill Walton Show," get your education at the School of Hard Knocks. Observe your competitors. Work somewhere first so you can understand the choreography of business. There's a right way to do it, but there are no short-cuts and no gimmicks to get there. Entrepreneurship is about lines of action. The best way to learn how to start businesses is to start a business.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="82161125" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws47_2019_03_7_schramm.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/4/4/0/a440a12fc96b66a9/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>An entire industry – mostly government-funded – has sprung up around the idea of creating entrepreneurs. Don't buy any of it. Don't buy college. Don't buy business incubators. Don't buy mentors – you probably know more about what it takes to succeed in your business than they do. Start the business. As Carl Schramm and I discussed on "The Bill Walton Show," get your education at the School of Hard Knocks. Observe your competitors. Work somewhere first so you can understand the choreography of business. There's a right way to do it, but there are no short-cuts and no gimmicks to get there. Entrepreneurship is about lines of action. The best way to learn how to start businesses is to start a business.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>An entire industry – mostly government-funded – has sprung up around the idea of creating entrepreneurs. Don't buy any of it. Don't buy college. Don't buy business incubators. Don't buy mentors – you probably know more about what it takes to succeed in your business than they do. Start the business. As Carl Schramm and I discussed on "The Bill Walton Show," get your education at the School of Hard Knocks. Observe your competitors. Work somewhere first so you can understand the choreography of business. There's a right way to do it, but there are no short-cuts and no gimmicks to get there. Entrepreneurship is about lines of action. The best way to learn how to start businesses is to start a business.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 13: "What is Venture Capital and How Does It Help Drive Cutting Edge Innovation."</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 13: "What is Venture Capital and How Does It Help Drive Cutting Edge Innovation."</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Mar 2019 06:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/11/02/the-new-venture-capital-model-with-dan-mindus-and-brett-gibson]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/11/02/the-new-venture-capital-model-with-dan-mindus-and-brett-gibson]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["Technology is creating unprecedented wealth the world over, and venture capitalists find themselves in the midst of the best opportunities.<br /> <br /> It's an exciting time. There are about $60 billion invested per year in US firms by venture capitalists, and my guests Dan Mindus and Brett Gibson, founders of NextGen, say another $100 billion or more is sitting on the sidelines ready to jump in.<br /> <br /> At the same time, there is so much progress going on, so few barriers to entry, that opportunities are exploding as well. Professional venture capital investors are on the cutting edge of bold new innovations - like the hyper loop trains, drone delivery services, and more.<br /> <br /> Or, we all hate waiting to see a doctor. Soon, you might not have to. Telehealth would allow you to take routine tests at home and consult with your doctor from your sofa. And it will make doctors and hospitals more financially stable. On "The Bill Walton Show," we discuss many of these exciting ideas and the power of venture capital to help make them a reality.<br /> <br /> In the old days, venture capitalists sought to identify winners. These days, they seek to help create them."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["Technology is creating unprecedented wealth the world over, and venture capitalists find themselves in the midst of the best opportunities. It's an exciting time. There are about $60 billion invested per year in US firms by venture capitalists, and my guests Dan Mindus and Brett Gibson, founders of NextGen, say another $100 billion or more is sitting on the sidelines ready to jump in. At the same time, there is so much progress going on, so few barriers to entry, that opportunities are exploding as well. Professional venture capital investors are on the cutting edge of bold new innovations - like the hyper loop trains, drone delivery services, and more. Or, we all hate waiting to see a doctor. Soon, you might not have to. Telehealth would allow you to take routine tests at home and consult with your doctor from your sofa. And it will make doctors and hospitals more financially stable. On "The Bill Walton Show," we discuss many of these exciting ideas and the power of venture capital to help make them a reality. In the old days, venture capitalists sought to identify winners. These days, they seek to help create them."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="34840821" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_new_venture_capital_model_with_dan_mindus_and_brett_gibson.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/6/f/8/86f8f86a0e879b71/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Technology is creating unprecedented wealth the world over, and venture capitalists find themselves in the midst of the best opportunities. It's an exciting time. There are about $60 billion invested per year in US firms by venture capitalists, and my guests Dan Mindus and Brett Gibson, founders of NextGen, say another $100 billion or more is sitting on the sidelines ready to jump in. At the same time, there is so much progress going on, so few barriers to entry, that opportunities are exploding as well. Professional venture capital investors are on the cutting edge of bold new innovations - like the hyper loop trains, drone delivery services, and more. Or, we all hate waiting to see a doctor. Soon, you might not have to. Telehealth would allow you to take routine tests at home and consult with your doctor from your sofa. And it will make doctors and hospitals more financially stable. On "The Bill Walton Show," we discuss many of these exciting ideas and the power of venture capital to help make them a reality. In the old days, venture capitalists sought to identify winners. These days, they seek to help create them."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Technology is creating unprecedented wealth the world over, and venture capitalists find themselves in the midst of the best opportunities. It's an exciting time. There are about $60 billion invested per year in US firms by venture capitalists, and my guests Dan Mindus and Brett Gibson, founders of NextGen, say another $100 billion or more is sitting on the sidelines ready to jump in. At the same time, there is so much progress going on, so few barriers to entry, that opportunities are exploding as well. Professional venture capital investors are on the cutting edge of bold new innovations - like the hyper loop trains, drone delivery services, and more. Or, we all hate waiting to see a doctor. Soon, you might not have to. Telehealth would allow you to take routine tests at home and consult with your doctor from your sofa. And it will make doctors and hospitals more financially stable. On "The Bill Walton Show," we discuss many of these exciting ideas and the power of venture capital to help make them a reality. In the old days, venture capitalists sought to identify winners. These days, they seek to help create them."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 46: How American Medical Insurance has Failed to Keep Pace with Modern Medicine</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 46: How American Medical Insurance has Failed to Keep Pace with Modern Medicine</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Feb 2019 16:56:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17171048]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/17171048]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Did you know there was no health insurance until 1930 and that 90 percent of today's medical care did not even exist in 1950? Yet, health insurance has not evolved to match the innovation or the demand. On this week's edition of "The Bill Walton Show," economic author John Steele Gordon and I discuss how our antiquated health insurance system has utterly failed to keep pace with modern medicine, how our healthcare system became such a tangled, costly mess and where we can find simple, free market solutions.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Did you know there was no health insurance until 1930 and that 90 percent of today's medical care did not even exist in 1950? Yet, health insurance has not evolved to match the innovation or the demand. On this week's edition of "The Bill Walton Show," economic author John Steele Gordon and I discuss how our antiquated health insurance system has utterly failed to keep pace with modern medicine, how our healthcare system became such a tangled, costly mess and where we can find simple, free market solutions.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="78424498" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws46_2019_02_21_steele.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>40:51</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/4/a/f/a4afa0544226235a/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Did you know there was no health insurance until 1930 and that 90 percent of today's medical care did not even exist in 1950? Yet, health insurance has not evolved to match the innovation or the demand. On this week's edition of "The Bill Walton Show," economic author John Steele Gordon and I discuss how our antiquated health insurance system has utterly failed to keep pace with modern medicine, how our healthcare system became such a tangled, costly mess and where we can find simple, free market solutions.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Did you know there was no health insurance until 1930 and that 90 percent of today's medical care did not even exist in 1950? Yet, health insurance has not evolved to match the innovation or the demand. On this week's edition of "The Bill Walton Show," economic author John Steele Gordon and I discuss how our antiquated health insurance system has utterly failed to keep pace with modern medicine, how our healthcare system became such a tangled, costly mess and where we can find simple, free market solutions.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 45: "One Nation Ungovernable" with Wayne Crews.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 45: "One Nation Ungovernable" with Wayne Crews.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 19:25:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16948248]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16948248]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[By some estimates, the cost of government regulation in the U.S. exceeds $2 trillion. An amazing number. And while we're paying a fortune for existing regulations, major new ones are coming out at the rate of 3,000 per year, so fast that the White House can only do a cost-benefit analysis on less than one half of one percent of them.<br /> But there's hope. This week on "The Bill Walton Show," Wayne Crews of CEI joins me to explain how to return the U.S. to the path of greater freedom and why "walling off the future" is critical to preserving as much liberty as possible.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[By some estimates, the cost of government regulation in the U.S. exceeds $2 trillion. An amazing number. And while we're paying a fortune for existing regulations, major new ones are coming out at the rate of 3,000 per year, so fast that the White House can only do a cost-benefit analysis on less than one half of one percent of them. But there's hope. This week on "The Bill Walton Show," Wayne Crews of CEI joins me to explain how to return the U.S. to the path of greater freedom and why "walling off the future" is critical to preserving as much liberty as possible.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="83363525" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws45_2019_01_24_crews.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>43:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/5/d/b/75dbc7a6ee7336f1/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>By some estimates, the cost of government regulation in the U.S. exceeds $2 trillion. An amazing number. And while we're paying a fortune for existing regulations, major new ones are coming out at the rate of 3,000 per year, so fast that the White House can only do a cost-benefit analysis on less than one half of one percent of them. But there's hope. This week on "The Bill Walton Show," Wayne Crews of CEI joins me to explain how to return the U.S. to the path of greater freedom and why "walling off the future" is critical to preserving as much liberty as possible.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>By some estimates, the cost of government regulation in the U.S. exceeds $2 trillion. An amazing number. And while we're paying a fortune for existing regulations, major new ones are coming out at the rate of 3,000 per year, so fast that the White House can only do a cost-benefit analysis on less than one half of one percent of them. But there's hope. This week on "The Bill Walton Show," Wayne Crews of CEI joins me to explain how to return the U.S. to the path of greater freedom and why "walling off the future" is critical to preserving as much liberty as possible.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 44: "China's Three Warfares" with Dr. Stefan Halper and Admiral James Stark</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 44: "China's Three Warfares" with Dr. Stefan Halper and Admiral James Stark</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 18:42:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16948196]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16948196]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[TBWS44 2019_01_10 Halper Stark - China is a mass of contradictions. Intellectual property thief. America's largest trading partner. Home to 476 billionaires. Choked with air and water pollution. A rapidly aging population. And leadership eager to project its national will.<br /> <br /> China is plowing ahead with what one of my guests, Dr. Stefan Halper, call its "three warfares." What are these and what can the U.S. do about them? Effective confrontation of this threat begins with an understanding that China views itself as the "middle kingdom" and why Beijing will only honor an agreement as long as it's gaining an advantage. Admiral James Stark and Dr. Halper join me to break it all down on "The Bill Walton Show."]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[TBWS44 2019_01_10 Halper Stark - China is a mass of contradictions. Intellectual property thief. America's largest trading partner. Home to 476 billionaires. Choked with air and water pollution. A rapidly aging population. And leadership eager to project its national will. China is plowing ahead with what one of my guests, Dr. Stefan Halper, call its "three warfares." What are these and what can the U.S. do about them? Effective confrontation of this threat begins with an understanding that China views itself as the "middle kingdom" and why Beijing will only honor an agreement as long as it's gaining an advantage. Admiral James Stark and Dr. Halper join me to break it all down on "The Bill Walton Show."]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="84487210" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws44_2019_01_10_halper_stark_w_prompter.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/1/7/3/41731b1940a028f7/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>TBWS44 2019_01_10 Halper Stark - China is a mass of contradictions. Intellectual property thief. America's largest trading partner. Home to 476 billionaires. Choked with air and water pollution. A rapidly aging population. And leadership eager to project its national will. China is plowing ahead with what one of my guests, Dr. Stefan Halper, call its "three warfares." What are these and what can the U.S. do about them? Effective confrontation of this threat begins with an understanding that China views itself as the "middle kingdom" and why Beijing will only honor an agreement as long as it's gaining an advantage. Admiral James Stark and Dr. Halper join me to break it all down on "The Bill Walton Show."</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>TBWS44 2019_01_10 Halper Stark - China is a mass of contradictions. Intellectual property thief. America's largest trading partner. Home to 476 billionaires. Choked with air and water pollution. A rapidly aging population. And leadership eager to project its national will. China is plowing ahead with what one of my guests, Dr. Stefan Halper, call its "three warfares." What are these and what can the U.S. do about them? Effective confrontation of this threat begins with an understanding that China views itself as the "middle kingdom" and why Beijing will only honor an agreement as long as it's gaining an advantage. Admiral James Stark and Dr. Halper join me to break it all down on "The Bill Walton Show."</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 43: "Trumponomics" with Steve Moore</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 43: "Trumponomics" with Steve Moore</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2019 15:55:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16661116]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16661116]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[TBWS43 2019_01_03 Moore - Ronald Reagan was a winner who believed in the boundless potential of America. Sound familiar? It's one of the reasons Donald Trump is succeeding despite the relentless criticism. He "has a finger on the pulse of millions and millions and millions of Americans." He beat 17 other candidates to get elected and then outsmarted Congress and his own advisers to get a much better tax bill. Learn how Trump gets what he wants on "The Bill Walton Show" with guest Steve Moore.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[TBWS43 2019_01_03 Moore - Ronald Reagan was a winner who believed in the boundless potential of America. Sound familiar? It's one of the reasons Donald Trump is succeeding despite the relentless criticism. He "has a finger on the pulse of millions and millions and millions of Americans." He beat 17 other candidates to get elected and then outsmarted Congress and his own advisers to get a much better tax bill. Learn how Trump gets what he wants on "The Bill Walton Show" with guest Steve Moore.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="74451365" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws43_2019_01_03_moore.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>3</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/9/c/4/c9c4a71e3523f116/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>TBWS43 2019_01_03 Moore - Ronald Reagan was a winner who believed in the boundless potential of America. Sound familiar? It's one of the reasons Donald Trump is succeeding despite the relentless criticism. He "has a finger on the pulse of millions and millions and millions of Americans." He beat 17 other candidates to get elected and then outsmarted Congress and his own advisers to get a much better tax bill. Learn how Trump gets what he wants on "The Bill Walton Show" with guest Steve Moore.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>TBWS43 2019_01_03 Moore - Ronald Reagan was a winner who believed in the boundless potential of America. Sound familiar? It's one of the reasons Donald Trump is succeeding despite the relentless criticism. He "has a finger on the pulse of millions and millions and millions of Americans." He beat 17 other candidates to get elected and then outsmarted Congress and his own advisers to get a much better tax bill. Learn how Trump gets what he wants on "The Bill Walton Show" with guest Steve Moore.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 42: "What Both the Left and the Right Miss About Work in America" with Oren Cass</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 42: "What Both the Left and the Right Miss About Work in America" with Oren Cass</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Dec 2018 14:21:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16523415]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16523415]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[TBWS42 2018_12_13 Cass - Economic growth is strong but far too many Americans feel left behind and hopeless. This is leading to huge problems that neither political party is ready to address. But author and scholar Oren Cass and I tackle them in my new podcast.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[TBWS42 2018_12_13 Cass - Economic growth is strong but far too many Americans feel left behind and hopeless. This is leading to huge problems that neither political party is ready to address. But author and scholar Oren Cass and I tackle them in my new podcast.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="46337865" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws42_2018_12_13_cass_v2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:57</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/7/e/d/77ede3b22585da7f/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>TBWS42 2018_12_13 Cass - Economic growth is strong but far too many Americans feel left behind and hopeless. This is leading to huge problems that neither political party is ready to address. But author and scholar Oren Cass and I tackle them in my new podcast.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>TBWS42 2018_12_13 Cass - Economic growth is strong but far too many Americans feel left behind and hopeless. This is leading to huge problems that neither political party is ready to address. But author and scholar Oren Cass and I tackle them in my new podcast.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 36: "Why Talent Trumps Taxes" with John Tamny and Ralph Benko</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 36: "Why Talent Trumps Taxes" with John Tamny and Ralph Benko</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Dec 2018 15:23:46 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16512038]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16512038]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Lower taxes and less regulation are great for business, but some are thriving in high-tax states like New York and California. On my new podcast, Ralph Benko explains the "Tamny Axiom". Hint: there's something more valuable in those states than low taxes. ​]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Lower taxes and less regulation are great for business, but some are thriving in high-tax states like New York and California. On my new podcast, Ralph Benko explains the "Tamny Axiom". Hint: there's something more valuable in those states than low taxes. ​]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="88906255" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws36_2018_09_26_benko_tamny_v2.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/3/4/a/534af987696462d2/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Lower taxes and less regulation are great for business, but some are thriving in high-tax states like New York and California. On my new podcast, Ralph Benko explains the "Tamny Axiom". Hint: there's something more valuable in those states than low taxes. ​</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Lower taxes and less regulation are great for business, but some are thriving in high-tax states like New York and California. On my new podcast, Ralph Benko explains the "Tamny Axiom". Hint: there's something more valuable in those states than low taxes. ​</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 41: Financial Busts: Why Are We Always Surprised, with Alex Pollock</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 41: Financial Busts: Why Are We Always Surprised, with Alex Pollock</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Nov 2018 18:09:54 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16312744]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16312744]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[People look to the government to prevent future financial crises and too many trust that politicians and economic experts can create policies to protect us and our 401(k) plans. We shouldn't rely on them. These experts are smart, mostly well-intentioned people but they can't prevent the next crisis. No one can. Why is that? And why is a future crisis inevitable? I discuss these and many other questions with "Finance and Philosophy" author Alex Pollock.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[People look to the government to prevent future financial crises and too many trust that politicians and economic experts can create policies to protect us and our 401(k) plans. We shouldn't rely on them. These experts are smart, mostly well-intentioned people but they can't prevent the next crisis. No one can. Why is that? And why is a future crisis inevitable? I discuss these and many other questions with "Finance and Philosophy" author Alex Pollock.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="85335795" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws41_2018_11_14_pollock.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/e/6/0/7e6091ac9ba5a722/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>People look to the government to prevent future financial crises and too many trust that politicians and economic experts can create policies to protect us and our 401(k) plans. We shouldn't rely on them. These experts are smart, mostly well-intentioned people but they can't prevent the next crisis. No one can. Why is that? And why is a future crisis inevitable? I discuss these and many other questions with "Finance and Philosophy" author Alex Pollock.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>People look to the government to prevent future financial crises and too many trust that politicians and economic experts can create policies to protect us and our 401(k) plans. We shouldn't rely on them. These experts are smart, mostly well-intentioned people but they can't prevent the next crisis. No one can. Why is that? And why is a future crisis inevitable? I discuss these and many other questions with "Finance and Philosophy" author Alex Pollock.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 39: How to Restore Power to the American People with Peter Wallison.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 39: How to Restore Power to the American People with Peter Wallison</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Nov 2018 17:51:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16209391]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16209391]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[TBWS39 2018_10_18 Wallison - Since the days of Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, progressives have kept claiming that government bureaucrats know better than the rest of us. But putting more power into the hands of administrative agencies instead of our elected representatives leads government by the people to the road to extinction. American Enterprise Institute's Peter Wallison and I explain why this is such a huge problem on my new podcast.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[TBWS39 2018_10_18 Wallison - Since the days of Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, progressives have kept claiming that government bureaucrats know better than the rest of us. But putting more power into the hands of administrative agencies instead of our elected representatives leads government by the people to the road to extinction. American Enterprise Institute's Peter Wallison and I explain why this is such a huge problem on my new podcast.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="75355876" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws39_2018_10_18_wallison_final.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/3/6/f/e36fb6e62ed92206/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>TBWS39 2018_10_18 Wallison - Since the days of Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, progressives have kept claiming that government bureaucrats know better than the rest of us. But putting more power into the hands of administrative agencies instead of our elected representatives leads government by the people to the road to extinction. American Enterprise Institute's Peter Wallison and I explain why this is such a huge problem on my new podcast.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>TBWS39 2018_10_18 Wallison - Since the days of Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, progressives have kept claiming that government bureaucrats know better than the rest of us. But putting more power into the hands of administrative agencies instead of our elected representatives leads government by the people to the road to extinction. American Enterprise Institute's Peter Wallison and I explain why this is such a huge problem on my new podcast.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 35: "Cultural hegemony" and why it should concern Americans today.</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 35: Cultural hegemony and why it should concern Americans today.</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Oct 2018 17:39:28 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16042866]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/16042866]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[TBWS35 2018_09_26 Benko Nammo - Why do 53 percent of millennials prefer socialism to capitalism? Probably because they don't know what socialism is and neither does Bernie Sanders and others who embrace it. But how bad can it get? Democrats might be moving further to the left but it's absurd to compare them to Marxists, right? My podcast guest, Ralph Benko, says you might be surprised at how similar their beliefs really are.<br /> <br /> While Marxism never got much traction in the U.S. his ideas are still infiltrating our society through strategies developed by Antonio Gramsci. How much can the thoughts of an obscure Italian socialist who died in prison almost a century ago really matter today? A lot. They're helping socialists gain power in the U.S. every day by infiltrating many of the institutions that impact our daily lives.<br /> <br /> Learn just how this is working and how high the stakes are on my new podcast with Ralph Benko and David Nammo.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[TBWS35 2018_09_26 Benko Nammo - Why do 53 percent of millennials prefer socialism to capitalism? Probably because they don't know what socialism is and neither does Bernie Sanders and others who embrace it. But how bad can it get? Democrats might be moving further to the left but it's absurd to compare them to Marxists, right? My podcast guest, Ralph Benko, says you might be surprised at how similar their beliefs really are. While Marxism never got much traction in the U.S. his ideas are still infiltrating our society through strategies developed by Antonio Gramsci. How much can the thoughts of an obscure Italian socialist who died in prison almost a century ago really matter today? A lot. They're helping socialists gain power in the U.S. every day by infiltrating many of the institutions that impact our daily lives. Learn just how this is working and how high the stakes are on my new podcast with Ralph Benko and David Nammo.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="92598626" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws35_2018_09_26_benko_nammo.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>48:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/0/2/3/f/023f05b2b2443285/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>TBWS35 2018_09_26 Benko Nammo - Why do 53 percent of millennials prefer socialism to capitalism? Probably because they don't know what socialism is and neither does Bernie Sanders and others who embrace it. But how bad can it get? Democrats might be moving further to the left but it's absurd to compare them to Marxists, right? My podcast guest, Ralph Benko, says you might be surprised at how similar their beliefs really are. While Marxism never got much traction in the U.S. his ideas are still infiltrating our society through strategies developed by Antonio Gramsci. How much can the thoughts of an obscure Italian socialist who died in prison almost a century ago really matter today? A lot. They're helping socialists gain power in the U.S. every day by infiltrating many of the institutions that impact our daily lives. Learn just how this is working and how high the stakes are on my new podcast with Ralph Benko and David Nammo.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>TBWS35 2018_09_26 Benko Nammo - Why do 53 percent of millennials prefer socialism to capitalism? Probably because they don't know what socialism is and neither does Bernie Sanders and others who embrace it. But how bad can it get? Democrats might be moving further to the left but it's absurd to compare them to Marxists, right? My podcast guest, Ralph Benko, says you might be surprised at how similar their beliefs really are. While Marxism never got much traction in the U.S. his ideas are still infiltrating our society through strategies developed by Antonio Gramsci. How much can the thoughts of an obscure Italian socialist who died in prison almost a century ago really matter today? A lot. They're helping socialists gain power in the U.S. every day by infiltrating many of the institutions that impact our daily lives. Learn just how this is working and how high the stakes are on my new podcast with Ralph Benko and David Nammo.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 38: Bill talks with Klon Kitchen and Dean Cheng on Reckoning with China</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 38: Bill talks with Klon Kitchen and Dean Chang on Reckoning with China</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Oct 2018 18:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15938152]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15938152]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Over the past forty years, since Deng Xiaoping began his policy of "Reform and Opening," the People's Republic of China (PRC) has evolved from a less developed country to the second largest gross domestic product (GDP) in the world. Over the past 25 years, it has also steadily transformed the People's Liberation Army (PLA) into a force that is capable of influencing regional, and increasingly global, security environments. While the United States can't seem to look beyond the next election cycle, China is far along in its decades-long vision to be the dominant economic and military power in the world On the latest edition of "The Bill Walton Show," I spoke with Heritage Foundation senior research fellows Klon Kitchen and Dean Cheng to size up the China problem and begin sketching out an effective response. Dominating the technology sector is a key part of China's strategy. Listen in to learn more about China's high technology challenge to the United States, and also to its own people. Also take a look at Cheng's Congressional testimony (below). You'll find it sobering. And it describes only some of the reasons that China poses a long-term existential challenge to America.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Over the past forty years, since Deng Xiaoping began his policy of "Reform and Opening," the People's Republic of China (PRC) has evolved from a less developed country to the second largest gross domestic product (GDP) in the world. Over the past 25 years, it has also steadily transformed the People's Liberation Army (PLA) into a force that is capable of influencing regional, and increasingly global, security environments. While the United States can't seem to look beyond the next election cycle, China is far along in its decades-long vision to be the dominant economic and military power in the world On the latest edition of "The Bill Walton Show," I spoke with Heritage Foundation senior research fellows Klon Kitchen and Dean Cheng to size up the China problem and begin sketching out an effective response. Dominating the technology sector is a key part of China's strategy. Listen in to learn more about China's high technology challenge to the United States, and also to its own people. Also take a look at Cheng's Congressional testimony (below). You'll find it sobering. And it describes only some of the reasons that China poses a long-term existential challenge to America.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="76107376" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws38_2018_10_1_kitchen_cheng.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/b/7/e/bb7ebed85dd7265c/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Over the past forty years, since Deng Xiaoping began his policy of "Reform and Opening," the People's Republic of China (PRC) has evolved from a less developed country to the second largest gross domestic product (GDP) in the world. Over the past 25 years, it has also steadily transformed the People's Liberation Army (PLA) into a force that is capable of influencing regional, and increasingly global, security environments. While the United States can't seem to look beyond the next election cycle, China is far along in its decades-long vision to be the dominant economic and military power in the world On the latest edition of "The Bill Walton Show," I spoke with Heritage Foundation senior research fellows Klon Kitchen and Dean Cheng to size up the China problem and begin sketching out an effective response. Dominating the technology sector is a key part of China's strategy. Listen in to learn more about China's high technology challenge to the United States, and also to its own people. Also take a look at Cheng's Congressional testimony (below). You'll find it sobering. And it describes only some of the reasons that China poses a long-term existential challenge to America.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Over the past forty years, since Deng Xiaoping began his policy of "Reform and Opening," the People's Republic of China (PRC) has evolved from a less developed country to the second largest gross domestic product (GDP) in the world. Over the past 25 years, it has also steadily transformed the People's Liberation Army (PLA) into a force that is capable of influencing regional, and increasingly global, security environments. While the United States can't seem to look beyond the next election cycle, China is far along in its decades-long vision to be the dominant economic and military power in the world On the latest edition of "The Bill Walton Show," I spoke with Heritage Foundation senior research fellows Klon Kitchen and Dean Cheng to size up the China problem and begin sketching out an effective response. Dominating the technology sector is a key part of China's strategy. Listen in to learn more about China's high technology challenge to the United States, and also to its own people. Also take a look at Cheng's Congressional testimony (below). You'll find it sobering. And it describes only some of the reasons that China poses a long-term existential challenge to America.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 37: Why The Senate's Ritual Defamation Of Brett Kavanaugh Threatens Every American with Stella Morabito</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 37: Why The Senate`s Ritual Defamation Of Brett Kavanaugh Threatens Every American</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Oct 2018 12:29:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15868762]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15868762]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["Any rational observer of the Democrats' non-stop character assassination machine can see that something is seriously sick in our republic. Instead of allowing Supreme Court confirmation hearings for Judge Brett Kavanaugh, Democrats on the Senate Judiciary Committee were permitted to use trumped-up, hip-pocketed charges to stage a show trial more in tune with a totalitarian system." Stella Morabito, The Federalist]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["Any rational observer of the Democrats' non-stop character assassination machine can see that something is seriously sick in our republic. Instead of allowing Supreme Court confirmation hearings for Judge Brett Kavanaugh, Democrats on the Senate Judiciary Committee were permitted to use trumped-up, hip-pocketed charges to stage a show trial more in tune with a totalitarian system." Stella Morabito, The Federalist]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="22481540" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws37_2018_10_2_morabito.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/1/9/8/9198be062d7f5e7b/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"Any rational observer of the Democrats' non-stop character assassination machine can see that something is seriously sick in our republic. Instead of allowing Supreme Court confirmation hearings for Judge Brett Kavanaugh, Democrats on the Senate Judiciary Committee were permitted to use trumped-up, hip-pocketed charges to stage a show trial more in tune with a totalitarian system." Stella Morabito, The Federalist</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"Any rational observer of the Democrats' non-stop character assassination machine can see that something is seriously sick in our republic. Instead of allowing Supreme Court confirmation hearings for Judge Brett Kavanaugh, Democrats on the Senate Judiciary Committee were permitted to use trumped-up, hip-pocketed charges to stage a show trial more in tune with a totalitarian system." Stella Morabito, The Federalist</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 34: Bill Speaks with Haven Pell, Pundificator</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 34: Bill Speaks with Haven Pell, Pundificator</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Sep 2018 15:23:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15690470]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15690470]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The next time you feel the urge to join a major protest to condemn the elite, powerful forces who are supposedly making your lives worse, don't bother. The event is most likely organized by elite, powerful forces who are getting rich off your activism while you don't make a dime or a dime's worth of difference.<br /> <br /> From Occupy Wall Street to the endless disruptions in the recent Supreme Court confirmation hearings, the increased polarization of America is on full display. The disagreements Americans on key principles like the size and role of government are very real, but rather than seeking common ground, the special interests are exploiting this division at every turn.<br /> <br /> My friend Haven Pell recently joined me on "The Bill Walton Show" to explain how politics is just another big business. He spent a career in law and finance and is now a self-described "pundificator" in retirement.<br /> <br /> He says the confirmation hearings are a perfect example of how political activism is often just a means of turning a profit.<br /> <br /> "These have to be organized and there are people who are very good at it. It's part of the process of the K Street changing public opinion and mostly aiming to get people to fight with each other because that's how you make the most money," said Pell.<br /> <br /> And we're not going to end polarization anytime soon. Pell recently attended four sessions on how to solve the problem while attending his Harvard reunion. The "solution" for many speakers was groupthink.<br /> <br /> "I think what I did hear was that there was an easy solution to polarization, which is everybody has to think like me," he said.<br /> <br /> The main reason politics are getting increasingly polarized is because the government keeps getting involved with more aspects of our lives. In our conversation, I explain how Washington is making demands that needlessly burden us, such as heaping regulations upon local volunteer fire departments it knows nothing about.<br /> <br /> Businesses are now spending huge sums of money to influence government policy in an effort to make the bureaucracy work for them rather than against them. And when the policies go their way, the profits often dwarf the money spent lobbying.<br /> <br /> But while we fret about the latest political twists and turns, Pell and I also discuss the illusion that government can solve the biggest problems in our lives. It hasn't, it won't, and it never will.<br /> <br /> Join us as we explain how politics became big business, why Occupy Wall Street got the wrong address, and why looking for Washington to save us is how we got in this mess in the first place.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The next time you feel the urge to join a major protest to condemn the elite, powerful forces who are supposedly making your lives worse, don't bother. The event is most likely organized by elite, powerful forces who are getting rich off your activism while you don't make a dime or a dime's worth of difference. From Occupy Wall Street to the endless disruptions in the recent Supreme Court confirmation hearings, the increased polarization of America is on full display. The disagreements Americans on key principles like the size and role of government are very real, but rather than seeking common ground, the special interests are exploiting this division at every turn. My friend Haven Pell recently joined me on "The Bill Walton Show" to explain how politics is just another big business. He spent a career in law and finance and is now a self-described "pundificator" in retirement. He says the confirmation hearings are a perfect example of how political activism is often just a means of turning a profit. "These have to be organized and there are people who are very good at it. It's part of the process of the K Street changing public opinion and mostly aiming to get people to fight with each other because that's how you make the most money," said Pell. And we're not going to end polarization anytime soon. Pell recently attended four sessions on how to solve the problem while attending his Harvard reunion. The "solution" for many speakers was groupthink. "I think what I did hear was that there was an easy solution to polarization, which is everybody has to think like me," he said. The main reason politics are getting increasingly polarized is because the government keeps getting involved with more aspects of our lives. In our conversation, I explain how Washington is making demands that needlessly burden us, such as heaping regulations upon local volunteer fire departments it knows nothing about. Businesses are now spending huge sums of money to influence government policy in an effort to make the bureaucracy work for them rather than against them. And when the policies go their way, the profits often dwarf the money spent lobbying. But while we fret about the latest political twists and turns, Pell and I also discuss the illusion that government can solve the biggest problems in our lives. It hasn't, it won't, and it never will. Join us as we explain how politics became big business, why Occupy Wall Street got the wrong address, and why looking for Washington to save us is how we got in this mess in the first place.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="72007526" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws34_2018_09_06_pell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/5/7/f/8/57f8bd03982bbaf4/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The next time you feel the urge to join a major protest to condemn the elite, powerful forces who are supposedly making your lives worse, don't bother. The event is most likely organized by elite, powerful forces who are getting rich off your activism while you don't make a dime or a dime's worth of difference. From Occupy Wall Street to the endless disruptions in the recent Supreme Court confirmation hearings, the increased polarization of America is on full display. The disagreements Americans on key principles like the size and role of government are very real, but rather than seeking common ground, the special interests are exploiting this division at every turn. My friend Haven Pell recently joined me on "The Bill Walton Show" to explain how politics is just another big business. He spent a career in law and finance and is now a self-described "pundificator" in retirement. He says the confirmation hearings are a perfect example of how political activism is often just a means of turning a profit. "These have to be organized and there are people who are very good at it. It's part of the process of the K Street changing public opinion and mostly aiming to get people to fight with each other because that's how you make the most money," said Pell. And we're not going to end polarization anytime soon. Pell recently attended four sessions on how to solve the problem while attending his Harvard reunion. The "solution" for many speakers was groupthink. "I think what I did hear was that there was an easy solution to polarization, which is everybody has to think like me," he said. The main reason politics are getting increasingly polarized is because the government keeps getting involved with more aspects of our lives. In our conversation, I explain how Washington is making demands that needlessly burden us, such as heaping regulations upon local volunteer fire departments it knows nothing about. Businesses are now spending huge sums of money to influence government policy in an effort to make the bureaucracy work for them rather than against them. And when the policies go their way, the profits often dwarf the money spent lobbying. But while we fret about the latest political twists and turns, Pell and I also discuss the illusion that government can solve the biggest problems in our lives. It hasn't, it won't, and it never will. Join us as we explain how politics became big business, why Occupy Wall Street got the wrong address, and why looking for Washington to save us is how we got in this mess in the first place.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The next time you feel the urge to join a major protest to condemn the elite, powerful forces who are supposedly making your lives worse, don't bother. The event is most likely organized by elite, powerful forces who are getting rich off your activism while you don't make a dime or a dime's worth of difference. From Occupy Wall Street to the endless disruptions in the recent Supreme Court confirmation hearings, the increased polarization of America is on full display. The disagreements Americans on key principles like the size and role of government are very real, but rather than seeking common ground, the special interests are exploiting this division at every turn. My friend Haven Pell recently joined me on "The Bill Walton Show" to explain how politics is just another big business. He spent a career in law and finance and is now a self-described "pundificator" in retirement. He says the confirmation hearings are a perfect example of how political activism is often just a means of turning a profit. "These have to be organized and there are people who are very good at it. It's part of the process of the K Street changing public opinion and mostly aiming to get people to fight with each other because that's how you make the most money," said Pell. And we're not going to end polarization anytime soon. Pell recently attended four sessions on how to solve the problem while attending his Harvard reunion. The "solution" for many speakers was groupthink. "I think what I did hear was that there was an easy solution to polarization, which is everybody has to think like me," he said. The main reason politics are getting increasingly polarized is because the government keeps getting involved with more aspects of our lives. In our conversation, I explain how Washington is making demands that needlessly burden us, such as heaping regulations upon local volunteer fire departments it knows nothing about. Businesses are now spending huge sums of money to influence government policy in an effort to make the bureaucracy work for them rather than against them. And when the policies go their way, the profits often dwarf the money spent lobbying. But while we fret about the latest political twists and turns, Pell and I also discuss the illusion that government can solve the biggest problems in our lives. It hasn't, it won't, and it never will. Join us as we explain how politics became big business, why Occupy Wall Street got the wrong address, and why looking for Washington to save us is how we got in this mess in the first place.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 33: Entitlements aka Promises That Governments Can't Keep with Jim Agresti</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 33: Entitlements aka Promises That Governments Can't Keep</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Aug 2018 06:47:12 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15579106]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15579106]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Social Security is not secure at all. Many people think the government is setting aside the money they pay in taxes and it's waiting for them when they retire. It's not. The government is giving your hard-earned tax dollars to current retirees and running huge deficits. And the problem is only getting worse. Listen to our full discussion on the growing entitlement crisis and how to solve it.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Social Security is not secure at all. Many people think the government is setting aside the money they pay in taxes and it's waiting for them when they retire. It's not. The government is giving your hard-earned tax dollars to current retirees and running huge deficits. And the problem is only getting worse. Listen to our full discussion on the growing entitlement crisis and how to solve it.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="65978827" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws33_2018_08_23_agresti.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/0/c/d/a0cd7c43e6f701de/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Social Security is not secure at all. Many people think the government is setting aside the money they pay in taxes and it's waiting for them when they retire. It's not. The government is giving your hard-earned tax dollars to current retirees and running huge deficits. And the problem is only getting worse. Listen to our full discussion on the growing entitlement crisis and how to solve it.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Social Security is not secure at all. Many people think the government is setting aside the money they pay in taxes and it's waiting for them when they retire. It's not. The government is giving your hard-earned tax dollars to current retirees and running huge deficits. And the problem is only getting worse. Listen to our full discussion on the growing entitlement crisis and how to solve it.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 19: "Are You Lazy or is it Your Job?" with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 19: Are You Lazy or is it Your Job? With John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Aug 2018 16:37:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15505986]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15505986]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else?<br /> <br /> According to John Tamny, it's something else.<br /> <br /> John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work."<br /> <br /> "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job."<br /> <br /> There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging.<br /> <br /> In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy.<br /> <br /> Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being).<br /> <br /> "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence."<br /> <br /> John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines."<br /> <br /> Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions.<br /> <br /> Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else? According to John Tamny, it's something else. John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work." "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job." There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging. In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy. Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being). "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence." John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines." Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions. Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="70690375" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/full_audio.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/6/d/6/26d6c16674c13c9a/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else? According to John Tamny, it's something else. John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work." "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job." There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging. In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy. Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being). "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence." John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines." Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions. Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else? According to John Tamny, it's something else. John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work." "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job." There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging. In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy. Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being). "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence." John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines." Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions. Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 32: The Case Against Education: Why the Education System is a Waste of Time and Money with Bryan Caplan</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 32: The Case Against Education: Why the Education System is a Waste of Time and Money with Bryan Caplan</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Aug 2018 17:59:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15433780]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15433780]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[It's long seemed obvious that if we want to truly fix education, actually make it work for the 21st century, we need to kill a stockyard full of our sacred cows.<br /> And we had just the man for the job on The Bill Walton Show this week. Bryan Caplan, a professor of economics at George Mason University and author of "The Case Against Education: Why the Education System is Waste of Time and Money," described the findings in his book and provided some stark recommendations based on them.<br /> First, he said, we need to understand what we're doing in school. There is the romantic version, he said – you go, learn skills employers are interested in, then get jobs with those employers performing those skills.<br /> More likely is what he calls the "signaling school of education." You mostly go to school to get certification, "a bunch of seals of approval saying, 'Grade A worker' or 'Grade B worker.'" But, regardless of the grade, you need a seal.<br /> The certification, Caplan argues, has become so accessible it has lost its value. Decades ago, a high school diploma was enough for most jobs. Now, thanks to what he labels "credential inflation," a bachelor's degree is often not enough.<br /> That's why he devotes a chapter in the book to the premise that we need a lot less education. And, failing that, we need to spend a lot less money for what we're getting now.<br /> To the first point, he divides students into four categories – excellent, good, fair and poor. Parents, he said, need to honestly assess, or have others do so, which category their children fall into. If the answer is "poor," trying to get into college and major in math or science or management may not be wise, but pursuing skilled trades may be. Wherever you fall, the emphasis should be on maximizing the investment.<br /> To the second, he says the main feedback he gets from education leaders is that few say the system works well, but many say, "Give us more money and then we can do the job."<br /> Caplan says we need to turn that logic on its head and cut funding for public schools by 30 percent. Education officials will demand "an exact blueprint" for where to cut. "And I say, 'You know, there's a strange double standard here. When people say we need more money for schools, people don't usually say, 'No way until you give us an exact blueprint of how you plan to spend the money."<br /> But "when you say 'less money,' that's where people say, "I can't even consider your idea until you write an encyclopedia about where every dime of budget cuts are going to come from."<br /> And where would Caplan cut? For starters, he would limit or eliminate foreign language classes.<br /> "Almost no American adult uses a foreign language," Caplan said. "It's just a fact. Second, whether or not you agree with that, virtually no American adult even claims to have learned to speak a foreign language very well in school, despite the fact that it's standard to do two or three years. So, essentially, you're teaching people something that they almost never use and where almost no one even claims to have learned it, despite the fact that you're putting a lot of years and classroom material on it. To me, that's crazy."<br /> Go after the shibboleths as well, Caplan urges, and be thorough.<br /> Some kids are not as bright as others, and schools and parents need to rethink expecting the same things from those kids. To claims that there's nothing more important than education, he says, "How about food? Of course food is more important than our children's education."<br /> One thing does bother Caplan. Economists who don't specialize in this area hear his ideas and want to learn more. Those fresh out of the education experience find his message spot on. But education experts are another story.<br /> "It's sort of a weird case where the people who know the most disagree with me the most, and the people on the other hand who have sort of an intermediate level of knowledge are often very much in agreement with me.<br /> "So I'm like, 'Gee, the people who know the most think I'm wrong, so maybe they know something I don't know."<br /> Or maybe they have not let go of those shibboleths.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[It's long seemed obvious that if we want to truly fix education, actually make it work for the 21st century, we need to kill a stockyard full of our sacred cows. And we had just the man for the job on The Bill Walton Show this week. Bryan Caplan, a professor of economics at George Mason University and author of "The Case Against Education: Why the Education System is Waste of Time and Money," described the findings in his book and provided some stark recommendations based on them. First, he said, we need to understand what we're doing in school. There is the romantic version, he said – you go, learn skills employers are interested in, then get jobs with those employers performing those skills. More likely is what he calls the "signaling school of education." You mostly go to school to get certification, "a bunch of seals of approval saying, 'Grade A worker' or 'Grade B worker.'" But, regardless of the grade, you need a seal. The certification, Caplan argues, has become so accessible it has lost its value. Decades ago, a high school diploma was enough for most jobs. Now, thanks to what he labels "credential inflation," a bachelor's degree is often not enough. That's why he devotes a chapter in the book to the premise that we need a lot less education. And, failing that, we need to spend a lot less money for what we're getting now. To the first point, he divides students into four categories – excellent, good, fair and poor. Parents, he said, need to honestly assess, or have others do so, which category their children fall into. If the answer is "poor," trying to get into college and major in math or science or management may not be wise, but pursuing skilled trades may be. Wherever you fall, the emphasis should be on maximizing the investment. To the second, he says the main feedback he gets from education leaders is that few say the system works well, but many say, "Give us more money and then we can do the job." Caplan says we need to turn that logic on its head and cut funding for public schools by 30 percent. Education officials will demand "an exact blueprint" for where to cut. "And I say, 'You know, there's a strange double standard here. When people say we need more money for schools, people don't usually say, 'No way until you give us an exact blueprint of how you plan to spend the money." But "when you say 'less money,' that's where people say, "I can't even consider your idea until you write an encyclopedia about where every dime of budget cuts are going to come from." And where would Caplan cut? For starters, he would limit or eliminate foreign language classes. "Almost no American adult uses a foreign language," Caplan said. "It's just a fact. Second, whether or not you agree with that, virtually no American adult even claims to have learned to speak a foreign language very well in school, despite the fact that it's standard to do two or three years. So, essentially, you're teaching people something that they almost never use and where almost no one even claims to have learned it, despite the fact that you're putting a lot of years and classroom material on it. To me, that's crazy." Go after the shibboleths as well, Caplan urges, and be thorough. Some kids are not as bright as others, and schools and parents need to rethink expecting the same things from those kids. To claims that there's nothing more important than education, he says, "How about food? Of course food is more important than our children's education." One thing does bother Caplan. Economists who don't specialize in this area hear his ideas and want to learn more. Those fresh out of the education experience find his message spot on. But education experts are another story. "It's sort of a weird case where the people who know the most disagree with me the most, and the people on the other hand who have sort of an intermediate level of knowledge are often very much in agreement with me. "So I'm like, 'Gee, the people who know the most think I'm wrong, so maybe they know something I don't know." Or maybe they have not let go of those shibboleths.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="68430248" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws32_2018_07_17_caplan.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/7/5/1/47514f6dfbf065c1/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It's long seemed obvious that if we want to truly fix education, actually make it work for the 21st century, we need to kill a stockyard full of our sacred cows. And we had just the man for the job on The Bill Walton Show this week. Bryan Caplan, a professor of economics at George Mason University and author of "The Case Against Education: Why the Education System is Waste of Time and Money," described the findings in his book and provided some stark recommendations based on them. First, he said, we need to understand what we're doing in school. There is the romantic version, he said – you go, learn skills employers are interested in, then get jobs with those employers performing those skills. More likely is what he calls the "signaling school of education." You mostly go to school to get certification, "a bunch of seals of approval saying, 'Grade A worker' or 'Grade B worker.'" But, regardless of the grade, you need a seal. The certification, Caplan argues, has become so accessible it has lost its value. Decades ago, a high school diploma was enough for most jobs. Now, thanks to what he labels "credential inflation," a bachelor's degree is often not enough. That's why he devotes a chapter in the book to the premise that we need a lot less education. And, failing that, we need to spend a lot less money for what we're getting now. To the first point, he divides students into four categories – excellent, good, fair and poor. Parents, he said, need to honestly assess, or have others do so, which category their children fall into. If the answer is "poor," trying to get into college and major in math or science or management may not be wise, but pursuing skilled trades may be. Wherever you fall, the emphasis should be on maximizing the investment. To the second, he says the main feedback he gets from education leaders is that few say the system works well, but many say, "Give us more money and then we can do the job." Caplan says we need to turn that logic on its head and cut funding for public schools by 30 percent. Education officials will demand "an exact blueprint" for where to cut. "And I say, 'You know, there's a strange double standard here. When people say we need more money for schools, people don't usually say, 'No way until you give us an exact blueprint of how you plan to spend the money." But "when you say 'less money,' that's where people say, "I can't even consider your idea until you write an encyclopedia about where every dime of budget cuts are going to come from." And where would Caplan cut? For starters, he would limit or eliminate foreign language classes. "Almost no American adult uses a foreign language," Caplan said. "It's just a fact. Second, whether or not you agree with that, virtually no American adult even claims to have learned to speak a foreign language very well in school, despite the fact that it's standard to do two or three years. So, essentially, you're teaching people something that they almost never use and where almost no one even claims to have learned it, despite the fact that you're putting a lot of years and classroom material on it. To me, that's crazy." Go after the shibboleths as well, Caplan urges, and be thorough. Some kids are not as bright as others, and schools and parents need to rethink expecting the same things from those kids. To claims that there's nothing more important than education, he says, "How about food? Of course food is more important than our children's education." One thing does bother Caplan. Economists who don't specialize in this area hear his ideas and want to learn more. Those fresh out of the education experience find his message spot on. But education experts are another story. "It's sort of a weird case where the people who know the most disagree with me the most, and the people on the other hand who have sort of an intermediate level of knowledge are often very much in agreement with me. "So I'm like, 'Gee, the people who know the most think I'm wrong, so maybe they know something I don't know." Or maybe they have not let go of those shibboleths.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It's long seemed obvious that if we want to truly fix education, actually make it work for the 21st century, we need to kill a stockyard full of our sacred cows. And we had just the man for the job on The Bill Walton Show this week. Bryan Caplan, a professor of economics at George Mason University and author of "The Case Against Education: Why the Education System is Waste of Time and Money," described the findings in his book and provided some stark recommendations based on them. First, he said, we need to understand what we're doing in school. There is the romantic version, he said – you go, learn skills employers are interested in, then get jobs with those employers performing those skills. More likely is what he calls the "signaling school of education." You mostly go to school to get certification, "a bunch of seals of approval saying, 'Grade A worker' or 'Grade B worker.'" But, regardless of the grade, you need a seal. The certification, Caplan argues, has become so accessible it has lost its value. Decades ago, a high school diploma was enough for most jobs. Now, thanks to what he labels "credential inflation," a bachelor's degree is often not enough. That's why he devotes a chapter in the book to the premise that we need a lot less education. And, failing that, we need to spend a lot less money for what we're getting now. To the first point, he divides students into four categories – excellent, good, fair and poor. Parents, he said, need to honestly assess, or have others do so, which category their children fall into. If the answer is "poor," trying to get into college and major in math or science or management may not be wise, but pursuing skilled trades may be. Wherever you fall, the emphasis should be on maximizing the investment. To the second, he says the main feedback he gets from education leaders is that few say the system works well, but many say, "Give us more money and then we can do the job." Caplan says we need to turn that logic on its head and cut funding for public schools by 30 percent. Education officials will demand "an exact blueprint" for where to cut. "And I say, 'You know, there's a strange double standard here. When people say we need more money for schools, people don't usually say, 'No way until you give us an exact blueprint of how you plan to spend the money." But "when you say 'less money,' that's where people say, "I can't even consider your idea until you write an encyclopedia about where every dime of budget cuts are going to come from." And where would Caplan cut? For starters, he would limit or eliminate foreign language classes. "Almost no American adult uses a foreign language," Caplan said. "It's just a fact. Second, whether or not you agree with that, virtually no American adult even claims to have learned to speak a foreign language very well in school, despite the fact that it's standard to do two or three years. So, essentially, you're teaching people something that they almost never use and where almost no one even claims to have learned it, despite the fact that you're putting a lot of years and classroom material on it. To me, that's crazy." Go after the shibboleths as well, Caplan urges, and be thorough. Some kids are not as bright as others, and schools and parents need to rethink expecting the same things from those kids. To claims that there's nothing more important than education, he says, "How about food? Of course food is more important than our children's education." One thing does bother Caplan. Economists who don't specialize in this area hear his ideas and want to learn more. Those fresh out of the education experience find his message spot on. But education experts are another story. "It's sort of a weird case where the people who know the most disagree with me the most, and the people on the other hand who have sort of an intermediate level of knowledge are often very much in agreement with me. "So I'm like, 'Gee, the people who know the most think I'm wrong, so maybe they know something I don't know." Or maybe they have not let go of those shibboleths.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 31: Chill. Trump Knows Putin is KGB. Expect Some Unconventional Success with Russia - with Herman Pirchner</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 31: Chill. Trump Knows Putin is KGB. Expect Some Unconventional Success with Russia - with Herman Pirchner</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jul 2018 05:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15296324]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15296324]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles. If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat. If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle." Sun Tzu, The Art of War<br /> So how does Donald Trump measure up to this ancient adage? His supporters, and count me among them, believe he knows that Putin is KGB and is simply taking his measure. Trump haters believe he's an idiot and that Putin is playing him for a fool.<br /> There's no doubt President Trump made a mess of his press conference in Finland, but let's not get distracted from other critical truths about the way the Trump Administration is dealing with Russia.<br /> The predictable partisan media clatter utterly ignores the fact that Trump is being tough on Russia. His unconventional approach to foreign policy is working, and engaging a bad guy like Putin can be a good thing for the U.S. if Trump negotiates from a position of real strength.<br /> To take a closer look at Trump and Putin, I asked Herman Pirchner, American Foreign Policy Council Founder and CEO, to join me on The Bill Walton Show. Herman has visited Russia 70 times in the last four decades and has a keen grasp of Russia's motives. He believes Trump's decisions to bomb Syria, arm Ukraine, and abandon the Iran nuclear deal prove Trump is anything but Putin's lapdog.<br /> "To people that were worried about Trump's statements, I think you have to balance themwith the actions that he's taken, which have been tough. You have to balance also with the people that he's appointed. John Bolton, the National Security Advisor, is known to be tough on Russia, as is Mike Pompeo, the Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense James Mattis," said Pirchner.<br /> Trump's critics haven't offered up many policy disagreements on Russia. Instead, the hand-wringing and hysteria among foreign policy elites seems to boil down to this: Trump is not doing foreign policy in the same way they've done it for decades. Can't you hear them saying, "It is simply not done that way. Trump just doesn't get that it's far better to fail the way we did, conventionally, than it is to succeed unconventionally."<br /> Of course Trump's unconventional approach carries risks, but it's also yielding unprecedented results.<br /> "Business as usual isn't going to cut it. We had a lot of Presidents that had business as usual with North Korea. Did they get Kim to the table? They did not. We don't know what the final outcome will be, but I note that we've seen a stoppage of nuclear testing in Korea. We've seen a stoppage of the missile launching," said Pirchner.<br /> But still, we're dealing with Vladimir Putin and every molecule of his being is KGB. He's a shred and ruthless figure. The joke, if you can call it that, is that his main criticism of the mass-murderer Joseph Stalin is that Stalin could have killed far fewer than 20 million of his people to maintain his reign of terror. "If you can kill a select hundred in gruesome fashion and publicize it, everybody else will be scared enough to get in line. And so far, that's worked for Putin," said Pirchner.<br /> But Putin's projection of power can be successfully countered. The Reagan era proved that American strength and American resolve are mighty bulwarks against Russian aggression. That's the approach Trump must take into future negotiations with Putin and in making sure any agreements are honored.<br /> "When you cut the deal, it's very important to understand that Russia, given past history, may break it. You should confront Putin by saying, 'We understand there may be a temptation for you to break it here or there. If you do, this is what's going to happen, and happen quickly.'<br /> "If he understands that we're serious about it and we follow through, then I think he has a much better chance of staying," said Pirchner.<br /> Trump's critics will tell you he is ceding the world stage to Putin and Russia is rising as the dominant player. That's rubbish. Our economy is ten times larger than Russia's. So is our military spending. Russia is, as always, beset by seemingly intractable economic, demographic and cultural problems. The oligarchs are stashing their money in other countries in case the system collapses. Putin's own number is believed to be $50 to $100 billion.<br /> "If you want to know what a country's elite, and not just Russia, but any country's elite, thinks about the future of their country, look what they do with their money, look what they do with their children. There's practically nobody around Putin today, that doesn't have multiple passports, foreign bank accounts, probably have a relative sitting on their money in foreign countries."<br /> "There's no rule of law that they feel comfortable will protect their assets or their physical well-being inside of Russia, and they're not completely sure what the future of Russia as a country is. So, they take their wealth and their family outside of Russia so they have a place to land if things really get bad," said Pirchner.<br /> Trump and his foreign policy team know all this and how to use it to negotiate with Putin. Don't be surprised if Trump disappoints his haters and we make some progress in our relationship with Russia.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles. If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat. If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle." Sun Tzu, The Art of War So how does Donald Trump measure up to this ancient adage? His supporters, and count me among them, believe he knows that Putin is KGB and is simply taking his measure. Trump haters believe he's an idiot and that Putin is playing him for a fool. There's no doubt President Trump made a mess of his press conference in Finland, but let's not get distracted from other critical truths about the way the Trump Administration is dealing with Russia. The predictable partisan media clatter utterly ignores the fact that Trump is being tough on Russia. His unconventional approach to foreign policy is working, and engaging a bad guy like Putin can be a good thing for the U.S. if Trump negotiates from a position of real strength. To take a closer look at Trump and Putin, I asked Herman Pirchner, American Foreign Policy Council Founder and CEO, to join me on The Bill Walton Show. Herman has visited Russia 70 times in the last four decades and has a keen grasp of Russia's motives. He believes Trump's decisions to bomb Syria, arm Ukraine, and abandon the Iran nuclear deal prove Trump is anything but Putin's lapdog. "To people that were worried about Trump's statements, I think you have to balance themwith the actions that he's taken, which have been tough. You have to balance also with the people that he's appointed. John Bolton, the National Security Advisor, is known to be tough on Russia, as is Mike Pompeo, the Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense James Mattis," said Pirchner. Trump's critics haven't offered up many policy disagreements on Russia. Instead, the hand-wringing and hysteria among foreign policy elites seems to boil down to this: Trump is not doing foreign policy in the same way they've done it for decades. Can't you hear them saying, "It is simply not done that way. Trump just doesn't get that it's far better to fail the way we did, conventionally, than it is to succeed unconventionally." Of course Trump's unconventional approach carries risks, but it's also yielding unprecedented results. "Business as usual isn't going to cut it. We had a lot of Presidents that had business as usual with North Korea. Did they get Kim to the table? They did not. We don't know what the final outcome will be, but I note that we've seen a stoppage of nuclear testing in Korea. We've seen a stoppage of the missile launching," said Pirchner. But still, we're dealing with Vladimir Putin and every molecule of his being is KGB. He's a shred and ruthless figure. The joke, if you can call it that, is that his main criticism of the mass-murderer Joseph Stalin is that Stalin could have killed far fewer than 20 million of his people to maintain his reign of terror. "If you can kill a select hundred in gruesome fashion and publicize it, everybody else will be scared enough to get in line. And so far, that's worked for Putin," said Pirchner. But Putin's projection of power can be successfully countered. The Reagan era proved that American strength and American resolve are mighty bulwarks against Russian aggression. That's the approach Trump must take into future negotiations with Putin and in making sure any agreements are honored. "When you cut the deal, it's very important to understand that Russia, given past history, may break it. You should confront Putin by saying, 'We understand there may be a temptation for you to break it here or there. If you do, this is what's going to happen, and happen quickly.' "If he understands that we're serious about it and we follow through, then I think he has a much better chance of staying," said Pirchner. Trump's critics will tell you he is ceding the world stage to Putin and Russia is rising as the dominant player. That's rubbish. Our economy is ten times larger than Russia's. So is our military spending. Russia is, as always, beset by seemingly intractable economic, demographic and cultural problems. The oligarchs are stashing their money in other countries in case the system collapses. Putin's own number is believed to be $50 to $100 billion. "If you want to know what a country's elite, and not just Russia, but any country's elite, thinks about the future of their country, look what they do with their money, look what they do with their children. There's practically nobody around Putin today, that doesn't have multiple passports, foreign bank accounts, probably have a relative sitting on their money in foreign countries." "There's no rule of law that they feel comfortable will protect their assets or their physical well-being inside of Russia, and they're not completely sure what the future of Russia as a country is. So, they take their wealth and their family outside of Russia so they have a place to land if things really get bad," said Pirchner. Trump and his foreign policy team know all this and how to use it to negotiate with Putin. Don't be surprised if Trump disappoints his haters and we make some progress in our relationship with Russia.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="62024056" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tbws31_2018_07_18_pirchner.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/d/a/9/8da9a1d84328e656/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles. If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat. If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle." Sun Tzu, The Art of War So how does Donald Trump measure up to this ancient adage? His supporters, and count me among them, believe he knows that Putin is KGB and is simply taking his measure. Trump haters believe he's an idiot and that Putin is playing him for a fool. There's no doubt President Trump made a mess of his press conference in Finland, but let's not get distracted from other critical truths about the way the Trump Administration is dealing with Russia. The predictable partisan media clatter utterly ignores the fact that Trump is being tough on Russia. His unconventional approach to foreign policy is working, and engaging a bad guy like Putin can be a good thing for the U.S. if Trump negotiates from a position of real strength. To take a closer look at Trump and Putin, I asked Herman Pirchner, American Foreign Policy Council Founder and CEO, to join me on The Bill Walton Show. Herman has visited Russia 70 times in the last four decades and has a keen grasp of Russia's motives. He believes Trump's decisions to bomb Syria, arm Ukraine, and abandon the Iran nuclear deal prove Trump is anything but Putin's lapdog. "To people that were worried about Trump's statements, I think you have to balance themwith the actions that he's taken, which have been tough. You have to balance also with the people that he's appointed. John Bolton, the National Security Advisor, is known to be tough on Russia, as is Mike Pompeo, the Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense James Mattis," said Pirchner. Trump's critics haven't offered up many policy disagreements on Russia. Instead, the hand-wringing and hysteria among foreign policy elites seems to boil down to this: Trump is not doing foreign policy in the same way they've done it for decades. Can't you hear them saying, "It is simply not done that way. Trump just doesn't get that it's far better to fail the way we did, conventionally, than it is to succeed unconventionally." Of course Trump's unconventional approach carries risks, but it's also yielding unprecedented results. "Business as usual isn't going to cut it. We had a lot of Presidents that had business as usual with North Korea. Did they get Kim to the table? They did not. We don't know what the final outcome will be, but I note that we've seen a stoppage of nuclear testing in Korea. We've seen a stoppage of the missile launching," said Pirchner. But still, we're dealing with Vladimir Putin and every molecule of his being is KGB. He's a shred and ruthless figure. The joke, if you can call it that, is that his main criticism of the mass-murderer Joseph Stalin is that Stalin could have killed far fewer than 20 million of his people to maintain his reign of terror. "If you can kill a select hundred in gruesome fashion and publicize it, everybody else will be scared enough to get in line. And so far, that's worked for Putin," said Pirchner. But Putin's projection of power can be successfully countered. The Reagan era proved that American strength and American resolve are mighty bulwarks against Russian aggression. That's the approach Trump must take into future negotiations with Putin and in making sure any agreements are honored. "When you cut the deal, it's very important to understand that Russia, given past history, may break it. You should confront Putin by saying, 'We understand there may be a temptation for you to break it here or there. If you do, this is what's going to happen, and happen quickly.' "If he understands that we're serious about it and we follow through, then I think he has a much better chance of staying," said Pirchner. Trump's critics will tell you he is ceding the world stage to Putin and Russia is rising as the dominant player. That's rubbish. Our economy is ten times larger than Russia's. So is our military spending. Russia is, as always, beset by seemingly intractable economic, demographic and cultural problems. The oligarchs are stashing their money in other countries in case the system collapses. Putin's own number is believed to be $50 to $100 billion. "If you want to know what a country's elite, and not just Russia, but any country's elite, thinks about the future of their country, look what they do with their money, look what they do with their children. There's practically nobody around Putin today, that doesn't have multiple passports, foreign bank accounts, probably have a relative sitting on their money in foreign countries." "There's no rule of law that they feel comfortable will protect their assets or their physical well-being inside of Russia, and they're not completely sure what the future of Russia as a country is. So, they take their wealth and their family outside of Russia so they have a place to land if things really get bad," said Pirchner. Trump and his foreign policy team know all this and how to use it to negotiate with Putin. Don't be surprised if Trump disappoints his haters and we make some progress in our relationship with Russia.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles. If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat. If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle." Sun Tzu, The Art of War So how does Donald Trump measure up to this ancient adage? His supporters, and count me among them, believe he knows that Putin is KGB and is simply taking his measure. Trump haters believe he's an idiot and that Putin is playing him for a fool. There's no doubt President Trump made a mess of his press conference in Finland, but let's not get distracted from other critical truths about the way the Trump Administration is dealing with Russia. The predictable partisan media clatter utterly ignores the fact that Trump is being tough on Russia. His unconventional approach to foreign policy is working, and engaging a bad guy like Putin can be a good thing for the U.S. if Trump negotiates from a position of real strength. To take a closer look at Trump and Putin, I asked Herman Pirchner, American Foreign Policy Council Founder and CEO, to join me on The Bill Walton Show. Herman has visited Russia 70 times in the last four decades and has a keen grasp of Russia's motives. He believes Trump's decisions to bomb Syria, arm Ukraine, and abandon the Iran nuclear deal prove Trump is anything but Putin's lapdog. "To people that were worried about Trump's statements, I think you have to balance themwith the actions that he's taken, which have been tough. You have to balance also with the people that he's appointed. John Bolton, the National Security Advisor, is known to be tough on Russia, as is Mike Pompeo, the Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense James Mattis," said Pirchner. Trump's critics haven't offered up many policy disagreements on Russia. Instead, the hand-wringing and hysteria among foreign policy elites seems to boil down to this: Trump is not doing foreign policy in the same way they've done it for decades. Can't you hear them saying, "It is simply not done that way. Trump just doesn't get that it's far better to fail the way we did, conventionally, than it is to succeed unconventionally." Of course Trump's unconventional approach carries risks, but it's also yielding unprecedented results. "Business as usual isn't going to cut it. We had a lot of Presidents that had business as usual with North Korea. Did they get Kim to the table? They did not. We don't know what the final outcome will be, but I note that we've seen a stoppage of nuclear testing in Korea. We've seen a stoppage of the missile launching," said Pirchner. But still, we're dealing with Vladimir Putin and every molecule of his being is KGB. He's a shred and ruthless figure. The joke, if you can call it that, is that his main criticism of the mass-murderer Joseph Stalin is that Stalin could have killed far fewer than 20 million of his people to maintain his reign of terror. "If you can kill a select hundred in gruesome fashion and publicize it, everybody else will be scared enough to get in line. And so far, that's worked for Putin," said Pirchner. But Putin's projection of power can be successfully countered. The Reagan era proved that American strength and American resolve are mighty bulwarks against Russian aggression. That's the approach Trump must take into future negotiations with Putin and in making sure any agreements are honored. "When you cut the deal, it's very important to understand that Russia, given past history, may break it. You should confront Putin by saying, 'We understand there may be a temptation for you to break it here or there. If you do, this is what's going to happen, and happen quickly.' "If he understands that we're serious about it and we follow through, then I think he has a much better chance of staying," said Pirchner. Trump's critics will tell you he is ceding the world stage to Putin and Russia is rising as the dominant player. That's rubbish. Our economy is ten times larger than Russia's. So is our military spending. Russia is, as always, beset by seemingly intractable economic, demographic and cultural problems. The oligarchs are stashing their money in other countries in case the system collapses. Putin's own number is believed to be $50 to $100 billion. "If you want to know what a country's elite, and not just Russia, but any country's elite, thinks about the future of their country, look what they do with their money, look what they do with their children. There's practically nobody around Putin today, that doesn't have multiple passports, foreign bank accounts, probably have a relative sitting on their money in foreign countries." "There's no rule of law that they feel comfortable will protect their assets or their physical well-being inside of Russia, and they're not completely sure what the future of Russia as a country is. So, they take their wealth and their family outside of Russia so they have a place to land if things really get bad," said Pirchner. Trump and his foreign policy team know all this and how to use it to negotiate with Putin. Don't be surprised if Trump disappoints his haters and we make some progress in our relationship with Russia.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 16: Football and Family with Jimmy Kemp and Lamaar Thomas</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 16: Football and Family with Jimmy Kemp and Lamaar Thomas</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jul 2018 19:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/12/07/football-and-family-with-jimmy-kemp-and-lamaar-thomas]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/12/07/football-and-family-with-jimmy-kemp-and-lamaar-thomas]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Football and Family with Jimmy Kemp and Lamaar Thomas]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Football and Family with Jimmy Kemp and Lamaar Thomas]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="38016057" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/football_and_family_with_jimmy_kemp_and_lamaar_thomas.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/c/5/b/cc5b4eae77e92df4/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Football and Family with Jimmy Kemp and Lamaar Thomas</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Football and Family with Jimmy Kemp and Lamaar Thomas</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Three Languages of Politics with Arnold Kling</title>
      <itunes:title>The Three Languages of Politics with Arnold Kling</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jul 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/01/16/the-three-languages-of-politics-with-arnold-kling]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/01/16/the-three-languages-of-politics-with-arnold-kling]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Three Languages of Politics with Arnold Kling]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Three Languages of Politics with Arnold Kling]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="33872410" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_three_languages_of_politics_with_arnold_kling.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/8/3/b/e83bc2215cd1787c/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Three Languages of Politics with Arnold Kling</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Three Languages of Politics with Arnold Kling</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 21: What Acting Teaches You About You with Leigh Wilson Smiley</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 21: What Acting Teaches You About You with Leigh Wilson Smiley</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jul 2018 18:40:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15150534]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15150534]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[It was the 21st episode of The Bill Walton Show, but there were a lot of firsts.<br /> <br /> For the first time, we warmed up for a show. It was not the cacophony of listening to an orchestra prepare to perform, although the difference between the sounds made during the warmup and the actual performance were almost as dramatic.<br /> <br /> Instead, there was deep breathing, sighs big enough to be felt in every bone in the body, and burbling. Yes, burbling.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[It was the 21st episode of The Bill Walton Show, but there were a lot of firsts. For the first time, we warmed up for a show. It was not the cacophony of listening to an orchestra prepare to perform, although the difference between the sounds made during the warmup and the actual performance were almost as dramatic. Instead, there was deep breathing, sighs big enough to be felt in every bone in the body, and burbling. Yes, burbling.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="60590357" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/cg21_2018_02_08_smiley.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>30:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/9/1/f/b91f6695ab1e83e0/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>It was the 21st episode of The Bill Walton Show, but there were a lot of firsts. For the first time, we warmed up for a show. It was not the cacophony of listening to an orchestra prepare to perform, although the difference between the sounds made during the warmup and the actual performance were almost as dramatic. Instead, there was deep breathing, sighs big enough to be felt in every bone in the body, and burbling. Yes, burbling.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>It was the 21st episode of The Bill Walton Show, but there were a lot of firsts. For the first time, we warmed up for a show. It was not the cacophony of listening to an orchestra prepare to perform, although the difference between the sounds made during the warmup and the actual performance were almost as dramatic. Instead, there was deep breathing, sighs big enough to be felt in every bone in the body, and burbling. Yes, burbling.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The End of Work with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>The End of Work with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jun 2018 13:29:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/01/22/the-end-of-work-with-john-tamny]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/01/22/the-end-of-work-with-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else?<br /> <br /> According to John Tamny, it's something else.<br /> <br /> John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work."<br /> <br /> "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job."<br /> <br /> There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging.<br /> <br /> In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy.<br /> <br /> Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being).<br /> <br /> "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence."<br /> <br /> John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines."<br /> <br /> Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions.<br /> <br /> Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else? According to John Tamny, it's something else. John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work." "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job." There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging. In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy. Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being). "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence." John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines." Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions. Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="34820341" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_end_of_work_with_john_tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/7/c/e/c7ce5a83d5990a95/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else? According to John Tamny, it's something else. John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work." "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job." There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging. In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy. Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being). "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence." John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines." Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions. Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Sunday evening comes around and you wish the weekend had just one more day. You are just not feeling it. Monday morning, whether you'll be sitting at a desk or outside on the construction site looks to be a drag. You wonder if you're lazy, or is it something else? According to John Tamny, it's something else. John, the editor of Real Clear Markets and the policy director at Freedom Works, spoke with me on The Bill Walton Show about his soon to be released book "The End of Work." "It's not laziness." John believes "it's that you're in the wrong job." There's a lot hand wringing by policy gurus that technology and automation will kill off millions of jobs. Instead, John observes that many more millions of jobs will be created by productivity enhancing technologies and economic growth. Yes, there will be fewer manufacturing and truck driving jobs, but the new jobs created will be far more interesting and engaging. In the movie The Graduate, the magic word was "plastics." Today it's "robots." If you're sick of your job, technology is your friend, not your enemy. Technology driven economic growth is driving an explosion of work choices that make employment seem less like work. Doubtful? Look at some of the careers that were non-existent in the less wealthy world of the past: video gamers, Instagram influencers, dog walkers and policy wonks (one of which John would admit to being). "The historical reality is that a rising tide really does lift all boats. As the U.S. and global economy continues to grow, more and more people will get the chance to pursue the kind of work that most matches their skills, excites their passions, and elevates their unique intelligence." John reminds us, "people pining away for the good old days forget that most people worked long, brutal hours in steel mills and mines." Robust economic growth frees us up from the burden of jobs that require little skill, are not satisfying and leave most people facing Monday as a day of dread. As robots replace humans in certain types of jobs, new, impossible-to-foresee jobs will be created, and less and less people will be going to work. Instead, they'll be pursing their passions. Please listen in on my conversation with John Tamny about the end of work. This is a man who understands the future of human flourishing.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 30: America's Crumbling Highways with Bob Poole</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 30: America's Crumbling Highways with Bob Poole</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jun 2018 14:07:51 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15091579]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15091579]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Famed economist Milton Friedman called America's highway system a "socialist enterprise" and he was right. America's roads are in desperate need of repair and the federal government is clearly incapable of maintaining them efficiently. Drivers pay tens of billions of dollars in gasoline taxes every year and our infrastructure problems only seem to get worse.<br /> <br /> Instead of taxpayers forking over trillions of dollars in new legislation to address the problem, why don't we trust in private sector solutions, both to ease congestion on our roads and to finance their ongoing maintenance through robust competition? Why not allow private companies to run and care for our roads in the model of utilities like power, water, and gas companies? There are some perils with this approach, as we'll see, but the concept is worthy of serious consideration.<br /> <br /> No one understands the fruitlessness of the status quo or thinks about practical solutions to these problems more than Bob Poole, founder and director of transportation policy at the Reason Foundation. He has advised nearly every president on transportation issues over the past 35 years and is also the author of "Rethinking America's Highways: A 21st Century Vision for Better Infrastructure."<br /> <br /> It's an issue that impacts all of us every day. Join us as explore solutions to end the political and literal gridlock.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Famed economist Milton Friedman called America's highway system a "socialist enterprise" and he was right. America's roads are in desperate need of repair and the federal government is clearly incapable of maintaining them efficiently. Drivers pay tens of billions of dollars in gasoline taxes every year and our infrastructure problems only seem to get worse. Instead of taxpayers forking over trillions of dollars in new legislation to address the problem, why don't we trust in private sector solutions, both to ease congestion on our roads and to finance their ongoing maintenance through robust competition? Why not allow private companies to run and care for our roads in the model of utilities like power, water, and gas companies? There are some perils with this approach, as we'll see, but the concept is worthy of serious consideration. No one understands the fruitlessness of the status quo or thinks about practical solutions to these problems more than Bob Poole, founder and director of transportation policy at the Reason Foundation. He has advised nearly every president on transportation issues over the past 35 years and is also the author of "Rethinking America's Highways: A 21st Century Vision for Better Infrastructure." It's an issue that impacts all of us every day. Join us as explore solutions to end the political and literal gridlock.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="46487565" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/poole_on_highways.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/9/2/a/a92a5514bb1bbc5d/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Famed economist Milton Friedman called America's highway system a "socialist enterprise" and he was right. America's roads are in desperate need of repair and the federal government is clearly incapable of maintaining them efficiently. Drivers pay tens of billions of dollars in gasoline taxes every year and our infrastructure problems only seem to get worse. Instead of taxpayers forking over trillions of dollars in new legislation to address the problem, why don't we trust in private sector solutions, both to ease congestion on our roads and to finance their ongoing maintenance through robust competition? Why not allow private companies to run and care for our roads in the model of utilities like power, water, and gas companies? There are some perils with this approach, as we'll see, but the concept is worthy of serious consideration. No one understands the fruitlessness of the status quo or thinks about practical solutions to these problems more than Bob Poole, founder and director of transportation policy at the Reason Foundation. He has advised nearly every president on transportation issues over the past 35 years and is also the author of "Rethinking America's Highways: A 21st Century Vision for Better Infrastructure." It's an issue that impacts all of us every day. Join us as explore solutions to end the political and literal gridlock.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Famed economist Milton Friedman called America's highway system a "socialist enterprise" and he was right. America's roads are in desperate need of repair and the federal government is clearly incapable of maintaining them efficiently. Drivers pay tens of billions of dollars in gasoline taxes every year and our infrastructure problems only seem to get worse. Instead of taxpayers forking over trillions of dollars in new legislation to address the problem, why don't we trust in private sector solutions, both to ease congestion on our roads and to finance their ongoing maintenance through robust competition? Why not allow private companies to run and care for our roads in the model of utilities like power, water, and gas companies? There are some perils with this approach, as we'll see, but the concept is worthy of serious consideration. No one understands the fruitlessness of the status quo or thinks about practical solutions to these problems more than Bob Poole, founder and director of transportation policy at the Reason Foundation. He has advised nearly every president on transportation issues over the past 35 years and is also the author of "Rethinking America's Highways: A 21st Century Vision for Better Infrastructure." It's an issue that impacts all of us every day. Join us as explore solutions to end the political and literal gridlock.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 23: China's Led by Engineers, the U.S. by Lawyers: What Could Possibly Go Wrong?</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 23: China's Led by Engineers, the U.S. by Lawyers: What Could Possibly Go Wrong?</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jun 2018 19:35:13 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15031544]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[https://api.spreaker.com/episode/15031544]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[How would you react if the government put facial recognition cameras everywhere and kept tabs on your every move - right down to to how many squares of toilet paper you are using? It's happening in China, as the communist government there clamps down on freedom and ramps up its economic and territorial ambitions in its quest to become the dominant player on the world stage.<br /> <br /> A big part of that ambition is predicated on forced technology transfers or rampant and outright theft of intellectual property - largely developed in the United States. It's the ransom required for American companies to do business in China. We don't have a coherent plan to stop them from stealing our technological superiority. And China's ambitions don't stop here. They're seeking to build a sort of Silk Road 2.0 called One Belt One Road and not just for commercial purposes but for their geopolitical ambitions. America's visceral free-trade philosophy leaves us extremely vulnerable to the Chinese global strategies.<br /> <br /> Listen in as Heritage Foundation scholar Riley Walters and American Foreign Policy Council Founder Herman Pirchner join me to examine these and other major threats and how the U.S. can deal with them effectively.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[How would you react if the government put facial recognition cameras everywhere and kept tabs on your every move - right down to to how many squares of toilet paper you are using? It's happening in China, as the communist government there clamps down on freedom and ramps up its economic and territorial ambitions in its quest to become the dominant player on the world stage. A big part of that ambition is predicated on forced technology transfers or rampant and outright theft of intellectual property - largely developed in the United States. It's the ransom required for American companies to do business in China. We don't have a coherent plan to stop them from stealing our technological superiority. And China's ambitions don't stop here. They're seeking to build a sort of Silk Road 2.0 called One Belt One Road and not just for commercial purposes but for their geopolitical ambitions. America's visceral free-trade philosophy leaves us extremely vulnerable to the Chinese global strategies. Listen in as Heritage Foundation scholar Riley Walters and American Foreign Policy Council Founder Herman Pirchner join me to examine these and other major threats and how the U.S. can deal with them effectively.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="73697035" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/6_12_18_pirchner_walters.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/9/8/6/a986e77f7c64559c/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>How would you react if the government put facial recognition cameras everywhere and kept tabs on your every move - right down to to how many squares of toilet paper you are using? It's happening in China, as the communist government there clamps down on freedom and ramps up its economic and territorial ambitions in its quest to become the dominant player on the world stage. A big part of that ambition is predicated on forced technology transfers or rampant and outright theft of intellectual property - largely developed in the United States. It's the ransom required for American companies to do business in China. We don't have a coherent plan to stop them from stealing our technological superiority. And China's ambitions don't stop here. They're seeking to build a sort of Silk Road 2.0 called One Belt One Road and not just for commercial purposes but for their geopolitical ambitions. America's visceral free-trade philosophy leaves us extremely vulnerable to the Chinese global strategies. Listen in as Heritage Foundation scholar Riley Walters and American Foreign Policy Council Founder Herman Pirchner join me to examine these and other major threats and how the U.S. can deal with them effectively.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>How would you react if the government put facial recognition cameras everywhere and kept tabs on your every move - right down to to how many squares of toilet paper you are using? It's happening in China, as the communist government there clamps down on freedom and ramps up its economic and territorial ambitions in its quest to become the dominant player on the world stage. A big part of that ambition is predicated on forced technology transfers or rampant and outright theft of intellectual property - largely developed in the United States. It's the ransom required for American companies to do business in China. We don't have a coherent plan to stop them from stealing our technological superiority. And China's ambitions don't stop here. They're seeking to build a sort of Silk Road 2.0 called One Belt One Road and not just for commercial purposes but for their geopolitical ambitions. America's visceral free-trade philosophy leaves us extremely vulnerable to the Chinese global strategies. Listen in as Heritage Foundation scholar Riley Walters and American Foreign Policy Council Founder Herman Pirchner join me to examine these and other major threats and how the U.S. can deal with them effectively.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Episode 29: America's Antiquated Air Traffic Control System with Bob Poole</title>
      <itunes:title>Episode 29: America's Antiquated Air Traffic Control System with Bob Poole</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 May 2018 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/30/americas-antiquated-air-traffic-control-system]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/30/americas-antiquated-air-traffic-control-system]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Did you know when you text someone that you've landed at the airport, you're using far more advanced technology than your plane's air traffic controller?  It's a shameful fact that some of the methods they rely on today have not changed since the 1930's. Over 60 countries – including all the developed nations - have modernized their systems but ours is stuck in the past thanks to politics and special interest turf wars.<br /> <br /> To find out why, I asked Bob Poole.  Bob is America's foremost expert on private sector solutions to transportation issues. He's advised virtually every presidential administration since Ronald Reagan's and is the founder of and director of transportation policy at Reason Foundation.<br /> <br /> A better, safer air traffic control system could be right at our fingertips and the controllers themselves want those changes to happen. But progress is in a holding pattern until we demand that Congress act. Enough is enough.<br /> <br /> Join us as we discuss common sense solutions to this long-neglected problem.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Did you know when you text someone that you've landed at the airport, you're using far more advanced technology than your plane's air traffic controller? It's a shameful fact that some of the methods they rely on today have not changed since the 1930's. Over 60 countries – including all the developed nations - have modernized their systems but ours is stuck in the past thanks to politics and special interest turf wars. To find out why, I asked Bob Poole. Bob is America's foremost expert on private sector solutions to transportation issues. He's advised virtually every presidential administration since Ronald Reagan's and is the founder of and director of transportation policy at Reason Foundation. A better, safer air traffic control system could be right at our fingertips and the controllers themselves want those changes to happen. But progress is in a holding pattern until we demand that Congress act. Enough is enough. Join us as we discuss common sense solutions to this long-neglected problem.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="21993174" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/americas_antiquated_air_traffic_control_system.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:55</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/6/4/5/7645e54aec9a23a2/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Did you know when you text someone that you've landed at the airport, you're using far more advanced technology than your plane's air traffic controller?  It's a shameful fact that some of the methods they rely on today have not changed since the 1930's. Over 60 countries – including all the developed nations - have modernized their systems but ours is stuck in the past thanks to politics and special interest turf wars. To find out why, I asked Bob Poole.  Bob is America's foremost expert on private sector solutions to transportation issues. He's advised virtually every presidential administration since Ronald Reagan's and is the founder of and director of transportation policy at Reason Foundation. A better, safer air traffic control system could be right at our fingertips and the controllers themselves want those changes to happen. But progress is in a holding pattern until we demand that Congress act. Enough is enough. Join us as we discuss common sense solutions to this long-neglected problem.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Did you know when you text someone that you've landed at the airport, you're using far more advanced technology than your plane's air traffic controller?  It's a shameful fact that some of the methods they rely on today have not changed since the 1930's. Over 60 countries – including all the developed nations - have modernized their systems but ours is stuck in the past thanks to politics and special interest turf wars. To find out why, I asked Bob Poole.  Bob is America's foremost expert on private sector solutions to transportation issues. He's advised virtually every presidential administration since Ronald Reagan's and is the founder of and director of transportation policy at Reason Foundation. A better, safer air traffic control system could be right at our fingertips and the controllers themselves want those changes to happen. But progress is in a holding pattern until we demand that Congress act. Enough is enough. Join us as we discuss common sense solutions to this long-neglected problem.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Schools We Need -with Jeanne Allen and Sarah Walton</title>
      <itunes:title>The Schools We Need -with Jeanne Allen and Sarah Walton</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 17:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/15/the-schools-we-need]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/15/the-schools-we-need]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[America's K-12 education system and institutions were designed in a different era for a different society, and we are at grave risk today from this obsolete system, which fails to prepare all children to succeed as adults. In fact, the system we have now was never designed or intended to reach all children.<br /> <br /> Look into a classroom and it looks pretty much the same way it looked in the 19th century.<br /> <br /> The results have been catastrophic.  According to the National Assessment of Educational Progress, two-thirds of all students fail to meet grade-level proficiency in any subject. Not math. Not civics. Not reading, history or geography.  The numbers are far worse for minority students, of whom only one in six are meeting grade-level proficiency.<br /> <br /> It's obviously long past time we did something about it, but why is it so hard to change things and what changes would actually work to prepare every single student for a career they can be passionate about?<br /> <br /> For answers, I turned to Center for Education Reform President Jeanne Allen and my wife, Sarah, who served as CEO of Language Odyssey, an education venture we created together to provide Spanish and French language programs at schools around the country.<br /> <br /> Join us as we explore ideas such as rewarding competency over numbers, inspiring young people's academic passions online and in the school curriculum, and doing our best to make sure the best possible teacher is in every classroom.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[America's K-12 education system and institutions were designed in a different era for a different society, and we are at grave risk today from this obsolete system, which fails to prepare all children to succeed as adults. In fact, the system we have now was never designed or intended to reach all children. Look into a classroom and it looks pretty much the same way it looked in the 19th century. The results have been catastrophic. According to the National Assessment of Educational Progress, two-thirds of all students fail to meet grade-level proficiency in any subject. Not math. Not civics. Not reading, history or geography. The numbers are far worse for minority students, of whom only one in six are meeting grade-level proficiency. It's obviously long past time we did something about it, but why is it so hard to change things and what changes would actually work to prepare every single student for a career they can be passionate about? For answers, I turned to Center for Education Reform President Jeanne Allen and my wife, Sarah, who served as CEO of Language Odyssey, an education venture we created together to provide Spanish and French language programs at schools around the country. Join us as we explore ideas such as rewarding competency over numbers, inspiring young people's academic passions online and in the school curriculum, and doing our best to make sure the best possible teacher is in every classroom.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="37146702" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_schools_we_need.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/f/3/5/4/f354605c08b7b1fd/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>America's K-12 education system and institutions were designed in a different era for a different society, and we are at grave risk today from this obsolete system, which fails to prepare all children to succeed as adults. In fact, the system we have now was never designed or intended to reach all children. Look into a classroom and it looks pretty much the same way it looked in the 19th century. The results have been catastrophic.  According to the National Assessment of Educational Progress, two-thirds of all students fail to meet grade-level proficiency in any subject. Not math. Not civics. Not reading, history or geography.  The numbers are far worse for minority students, of whom only one in six are meeting grade-level proficiency. It's obviously long past time we did something about it, but why is it so hard to change things and what changes would actually work to prepare every single student for a career they can be passionate about? For answers, I turned to Center for Education Reform President Jeanne Allen and my wife, Sarah, who served as CEO of Language Odyssey, an education venture we created together to provide Spanish and French language programs at schools around the country. Join us as we explore ideas such as rewarding competency over numbers, inspiring young people's academic passions online and in the school curriculum, and doing our best to make sure the best possible teacher is in every classroom.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>America's K-12 education system and institutions were designed in a different era for a different society, and we are at grave risk today from this obsolete system, which fails to prepare all children to succeed as adults. In fact, the system we have now was never designed or intended to reach all children. Look into a classroom and it looks pretty much the same way it looked in the 19th century. The results have been catastrophic.  According to the National Assessment of Educational Progress, two-thirds of all students fail to meet grade-level proficiency in any subject. Not math. Not civics. Not reading, history or geography.  The numbers are far worse for minority students, of whom only one in six are meeting grade-level proficiency. It's obviously long past time we did something about it, but why is it so hard to change things and what changes would actually work to prepare every single student for a career they can be passionate about? For answers, I turned to Center for Education Reform President Jeanne Allen and my wife, Sarah, who served as CEO of Language Odyssey, an education venture we created together to provide Spanish and French language programs at schools around the country. Join us as we explore ideas such as rewarding competency over numbers, inspiring young people's academic passions online and in the school curriculum, and doing our best to make sure the best possible teacher is in every classroom.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>It's Time to Get Serious About China with Stefan Halper and Pat Mulloy</title>
      <itunes:title>It's Time to Get Serious About China with Stefan Halper and Pat Mulloy</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 May 2018 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/08/its-time-to-get-serious-about-china]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/08/its-time-to-get-serious-about-china]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Just this year, the Chinese Communist Party held an election in the Great Hall of the People where Xi Jinping was voted "President for Life." The vote was 2,958 for and six against. With this vote they proclaimed that China is now realizing its dream of national rejuvenation, and it's grand strategy to restore its Empire.<br /> <br /> This move only adds fuel to mounting evidence of Chinese economic and military ambitions that we've been learning about from Cambridge University Professor Stefan Halper and Pat Mulloy, a longtime member of the bipartisan China Commission.<br /> <br /> Listen in as we discuss China's emerging empire, the economic and territorial ambitions that go with it, and President Xi's increased monitoring and repression of the Chinese people to stamp out any hint of dissent.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Just this year, the Chinese Communist Party held an election in the Great Hall of the People where Xi Jinping was voted "President for Life." The vote was 2,958 for and six against. With this vote they proclaimed that China is now realizing its dream of national rejuvenation, and it's grand strategy to restore its Empire. This move only adds fuel to mounting evidence of Chinese economic and military ambitions that we've been learning about from Cambridge University Professor Stefan Halper and Pat Mulloy, a longtime member of the bipartisan China Commission. Listen in as we discuss China's emerging empire, the economic and territorial ambitions that go with it, and President Xi's increased monitoring and repression of the Chinese people to stamp out any hint of dissent.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="43355033" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/its_time_to_get_serious_about_china.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/b/0/b/b/b0bb9de1dff8ccb8/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Just this year, the Chinese Communist Party held an election in the Great Hall of the People where Xi Jinping was voted "President for Life." The vote was 2,958 for and six against. With this vote they proclaimed that China is now realizing its dream of national rejuvenation, and it's grand strategy to restore its Empire. This move only adds fuel to mounting evidence of Chinese economic and military ambitions that we've been learning about from Cambridge University Professor Stefan Halper and Pat Mulloy, a longtime member of the bipartisan China Commission. Listen in as we discuss China's emerging empire, the economic and territorial ambitions that go with it, and President Xi's increased monitoring and repression of the Chinese people to stamp out any hint of dissent.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Just this year, the Chinese Communist Party held an election in the Great Hall of the People where Xi Jinping was voted "President for Life." The vote was 2,958 for and six against. With this vote they proclaimed that China is now realizing its dream of national rejuvenation, and it's grand strategy to restore its Empire. This move only adds fuel to mounting evidence of Chinese economic and military ambitions that we've been learning about from Cambridge University Professor Stefan Halper and Pat Mulloy, a longtime member of the bipartisan China Commission. Listen in as we discuss China's emerging empire, the economic and territorial ambitions that go with it, and President Xi's increased monitoring and repression of the Chinese people to stamp out any hint of dissent.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Politics of Nostalgia with Yuval Levin and Arnold Kling</title>
      <itunes:title>The Politics of Nostalgia with Yuval Levin and Arnold Kling</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/01/the-politics-of-nostalgia]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/05/01/the-politics-of-nostalgia]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Every day, we're confronted by headlines that reveal the ever-widening chasm between left and right in America. What's driving this hyper- polarization?  And are there any solutions?<br /> <br /> Thanks to a stimulating conversation with National Affairs Editor Yuval Levin of the Ethics and Public Policy Center and independent scholar and economist Arnold Kling, I'm learning that there are some pretty fundamental cultural trends that we need to understand if we want to get at the roots of our frustrations.  <br /> <br /> In part, they lie in what Yuval calls the "politics of nostalgia."  For Arnold, the author of The Three Languages of Politics, our speech is exacerbating America's political divide.<br /> <br /> Join me for this very important conversation about how our politics got to where they are today and how subsidiarity, a simple concept with a big name, is a major part of the solution.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Every day, we're confronted by headlines that reveal the ever-widening chasm between left and right in America. What's driving this hyper- polarization? And are there any solutions? Thanks to a stimulating conversation with National Affairs Editor Yuval Levin of the Ethics and Public Policy Center and independent scholar and economist Arnold Kling, I'm learning that there are some pretty fundamental cultural trends that we need to understand if we want to get at the roots of our frustrations. In part, they lie in what Yuval calls the "politics of nostalgia." For Arnold, the author of The Three Languages of Politics, our speech is exacerbating America's political divide. Join me for this very important conversation about how our politics got to where they are today and how subsidiarity, a simple concept with a big name, is a major part of the solution.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="39014527" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_politics_of_nostalgia.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>40:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/6/9/0/2/69022f975db912b0/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Every day, we're confronted by headlines that reveal the ever-widening chasm between left and right in America. What's driving this hyper- polarization?  And are there any solutions? Thanks to a stimulating conversation with National Affairs Editor Yuval Levin of the Ethics and Public Policy Center and independent scholar and economist Arnold Kling, I'm learning that there are some pretty fundamental cultural trends that we need to understand if we want to get at the roots of our frustrations.   In part, they lie in what Yuval calls the "politics of nostalgia."  For Arnold, the author of The Three Languages of Politics, our speech is exacerbating America's political divide. Join me for this very important conversation about how our politics got to where they are today and how subsidiarity, a simple concept with a big name, is a major part of the solution.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Every day, we're confronted by headlines that reveal the ever-widening chasm between left and right in America. What's driving this hyper- polarization?  And are there any solutions? Thanks to a stimulating conversation with National Affairs Editor Yuval Levin of the Ethics and Public Policy Center and independent scholar and economist Arnold Kling, I'm learning that there are some pretty fundamental cultural trends that we need to understand if we want to get at the roots of our frustrations.   In part, they lie in what Yuval calls the "politics of nostalgia."  For Arnold, the author of The Three Languages of Politics, our speech is exacerbating America's political divide. Join me for this very important conversation about how our politics got to where they are today and how subsidiarity, a simple concept with a big name, is a major part of the solution.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Markets, Terrorism, and Flourishing with Dr. Anne Rathbone Bradley</title>
      <itunes:title>Markets, Terrorism, and Flourishing with Dr. Anne Rathbone Bradley</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2018 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/04/24/markets-terrorism-and-flourishing]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/04/24/markets-terrorism-and-flourishing]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[My guest this week, Dr. Anne Rathbone Bradley, the free market economist and moral philosopher, wants to sit down with Bernie Sanders over a cup of coffee to talk about how to achieve the goals he proclaims. There's a right way and a wrong way, and he's not going to get there the way he's going.<br /> <br /> "We need to stop villainizing people based on ideology and I would say, 'Hey, I agree with you, I don't want the poor to be poor and I don't want the rich to be able to exploit' but the question is the how. And I don't think he knows how."<br /> <br /> "What is the way to make the poor rich and raise the incomes of everyone? This is a real concern that we all should have. He's right about that. But the how is very different. To me, what economics demonstrates, is that the past 250 years of human history have showed us is that markets empower ordinary people," said Anne.<br /> <br /> Anne is a professor at the Institute for World Politics and George Mason University. She is Vice President of Economic Initiatives at the Institute for Faith, Work, and Economics and is author of "Counting the Cost: Christian Perspectives on Capitalism."<br /> <br /> Listen here as Dr. Anne Bradley and I explain why markets lead to prosperity and a better life while government intrusion creates poverty and misery.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[My guest this week, Dr. Anne Rathbone Bradley, the free market economist and moral philosopher, wants to sit down with Bernie Sanders over a cup of coffee to talk about how to achieve the goals he proclaims. There's a right way and a wrong way, and he's not going to get there the way he's going. "We need to stop villainizing people based on ideology and I would say, 'Hey, I agree with you, I don't want the poor to be poor and I don't want the rich to be able to exploit' but the question is the how. And I don't think he knows how." "What is the way to make the poor rich and raise the incomes of everyone? This is a real concern that we all should have. He's right about that. But the how is very different. To me, what economics demonstrates, is that the past 250 years of human history have showed us is that markets empower ordinary people," said Anne. Anne is a professor at the Institute for World Politics and George Mason University. She is Vice President of Economic Initiatives at the Institute for Faith, Work, and Economics and is author of "Counting the Cost: Christian Perspectives on Capitalism." Listen here as Dr. Anne Bradley and I explain why markets lead to prosperity and a better life while government intrusion creates poverty and misery.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="38284805" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/markets_terrorism_and_flourishing.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:53</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/9/3/d/293da0c398d866f7/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>My guest this week, Dr. Anne Rathbone Bradley, the free market economist and moral philosopher, wants to sit down with Bernie Sanders over a cup of coffee to talk about how to achieve the goals he proclaims. There's a right way and a wrong way, and he's not going to get there the way he's going. "We need to stop villainizing people based on ideology and I would say, 'Hey, I agree with you, I don't want the poor to be poor and I don't want the rich to be able to exploit' but the question is the how. And I don't think he knows how." "What is the way to make the poor rich and raise the incomes of everyone? This is a real concern that we all should have. He's right about that. But the how is very different. To me, what economics demonstrates, is that the past 250 years of human history have showed us is that markets empower ordinary people," said Anne. Anne is a professor at the Institute for World Politics and George Mason University. She is Vice President of Economic Initiatives at the Institute for Faith, Work, and Economics and is author of "Counting the Cost: Christian Perspectives on Capitalism." Listen here as Dr. Anne Bradley and I explain why markets lead to prosperity and a better life while government intrusion creates poverty and misery.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>My guest this week, Dr. Anne Rathbone Bradley, the free market economist and moral philosopher, wants to sit down with Bernie Sanders over a cup of coffee to talk about how to achieve the goals he proclaims. There's a right way and a wrong way, and he's not going to get there the way he's going. "We need to stop villainizing people based on ideology and I would say, 'Hey, I agree with you, I don't want the poor to be poor and I don't want the rich to be able to exploit' but the question is the how. And I don't think he knows how." "What is the way to make the poor rich and raise the incomes of everyone? This is a real concern that we all should have. He's right about that. But the how is very different. To me, what economics demonstrates, is that the past 250 years of human history have showed us is that markets empower ordinary people," said Anne. Anne is a professor at the Institute for World Politics and George Mason University. She is Vice President of Economic Initiatives at the Institute for Faith, Work, and Economics and is author of "Counting the Cost: Christian Perspectives on Capitalism." Listen here as Dr. Anne Bradley and I explain why markets lead to prosperity and a better life while government intrusion creates poverty and misery.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>China Then and Now: From a Century of Humiliation to a $4 Trillion Trade Surplus with Pat Mulloy and Stefan Halper</title>
      <itunes:title>China Then and Now: From a Century of Humiliation to a $4 Trillion Trade Surplus with Pat Mulloy and Stefan Halper</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2018 14:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/04/17/china-then-and-now-from-a-century-of-humiliation-to-a-4-trillion-trade-surplus]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/04/17/china-then-and-now-from-a-century-of-humiliation-to-a-4-trillion-trade-surplus]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA["You're looking at a country which is the most radical actor on the global stage since the French Revolution."<br /> <br /> China is plowing forward with an agenda of economic aggression, empirical ambitions, and a complete disregard for international law and customs.  How did this happen?  It turns out to be a toxic combination of long national embarrassment, Confucian thought, and terrible missteps by the U.S. and others.<br /> <br /> To give us a much-needed Chinese history lesson, I brought in former Commerce Department official Pat Mulloy, who also served as a commissioner on the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, and Stefan Halper, a professor at Cambridge University who worked in the Nixon and Ford administrations.  <br /> <br /> Before we can chart an effective path forward, we have to understand where China has been, what it wants, and how it plans to get there.  Listen here for a great discussion on this vitally important topic.]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA["You're looking at a country which is the most radical actor on the global stage since the French Revolution." China is plowing forward with an agenda of economic aggression, empirical ambitions, and a complete disregard for international law and customs. How did this happen? It turns out to be a toxic combination of long national embarrassment, Confucian thought, and terrible missteps by the U.S. and others. To give us a much-needed Chinese history lesson, I brought in former Commerce Department official Pat Mulloy, who also served as a commissioner on the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, and Stefan Halper, a professor at Cambridge University who worked in the Nixon and Ford administrations. Before we can chart an effective path forward, we have to understand where China has been, what it wants, and how it plans to get there. Listen here for a great discussion on this vitally important topic.]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="42079038" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/china_then_and_now_from_a_century_of_humiliation_to_a_4_trillion_trade_surplus.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>43:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/3/1/f/1/31f1fe21a85c43b2/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>"You're looking at a country which is the most radical actor on the global stage since the French Revolution." China is plowing forward with an agenda of economic aggression, empirical ambitions, and a complete disregard for international law and customs.  How did this happen?  It turns out to be a toxic combination of long national embarrassment, Confucian thought, and terrible missteps by the U.S. and others. To give us a much-needed Chinese history lesson, I brought in former Commerce Department official Pat Mulloy, who also served as a commissioner on the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, and Stefan Halper, a professor at Cambridge University who worked in the Nixon and Ford administrations.   Before we can chart an effective path forward, we have to understand where China has been, what it wants, and how it plans to get there.  Listen here for a great discussion on this vitally important topic.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>"You're looking at a country which is the most radical actor on the global stage since the French Revolution." China is plowing forward with an agenda of economic aggression, empirical ambitions, and a complete disregard for international law and customs.  How did this happen?  It turns out to be a toxic combination of long national embarrassment, Confucian thought, and terrible missteps by the U.S. and others. To give us a much-needed Chinese history lesson, I brought in former Commerce Department official Pat Mulloy, who also served as a commissioner on the U.S.-China Economic and Security Review Commission, and Stefan Halper, a professor at Cambridge University who worked in the Nixon and Ford administrations.   Before we can chart an effective path forward, we have to understand where China has been, what it wants, and how it plans to get there.  Listen here for a great discussion on this vitally important topic.</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Steve Moore and Veronique de Rugy talk China and Trade with Bill</title>
      <itunes:title>Steve Moore and Veronique de Rugy talk China and Trade with Bill</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2018 18:55:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/03/12/steve-moore-and-veronique-de-rugy-talk-china-and-trade-with-bill]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/03/12/steve-moore-and-veronique-de-rugy-talk-china-and-trade-with-bill]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Steve Moore and Veronique de Rugy talk China and Trade with Bill]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Steve Moore and Veronique de Rugy talk China and Trade with Bill]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="24574072" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/steve_moore_and_veronique_de_rugy_talk_china_and_trade_with_bill.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/9/2/1/9/9219c425f5eccb5e/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Steve Moore and Veronique de Rugy talk China and Trade with Bill</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Steve Moore and Veronique de Rugy talk China and Trade with Bill</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Foreign Trade with Ambassador Terry Miller and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Foreign Trade with Ambassador Terry Miller and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Mar 2018 19:27:17 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/03/07/foreign-trade-with-ambassador-terry-miller-and-john-tamny]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2018/03/07/foreign-trade-with-ambassador-terry-miller-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Foreign Trade with Ambassador Terry Miller and John Tamny]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Foreign Trade with Ambassador Terry Miller and John Tamny]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="35529618" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/foreign_trade_with_ambassador_terry_miller_and_john_tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/1/8/d/a/18da9cfba1abc197/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Foreign Trade with Ambassador Terry Miller and John Tamny</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Foreign Trade with Ambassador Terry Miller and John Tamny</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Life After the NFL with Lamaar Thomas and Maureen O'Donnell</title>
      <itunes:title>Life After the NFL with Lamaar Thomas and Maureen O'Donnell</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2017 23:52:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/12/21/life-after-the-nfl-with-lamaar-thomas-and-maureen-odonnell]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/12/21/life-after-the-nfl-with-lamaar-thomas-and-maureen-odonnell]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Life After the NFL with Lamaar Thomas and Maureen O'Donnell]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Life After the NFL with Lamaar Thomas and Maureen O'Donnell]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="35624495" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/life_after_the_nfl_with_lamaar_thomas_and_maureen_odonnell.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>37:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/7/0/4/c7046dc6b9bf4a8c/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Life After the NFL with Lamaar Thomas and Maureen O'Donnell</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Life After the NFL with Lamaar Thomas and Maureen O'Donnell</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with Adam Michel and Rachel Greszler</title>
      <itunes:title>Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with Adam Michel and Rachel Greszler</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2017 20:46:47 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/11/09/tax-cuts-and-jobs-act-with-adam-michel-and-rachel-greszler]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/11/09/tax-cuts-and-jobs-act-with-adam-michel-and-rachel-greszler]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with Adam Michel and Rachel Greszler]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with Adam Michel and Rachel Greszler]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="40223718" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/tax_cuts_and_jobs_act_with_adam_michel_and_rachel_greszler.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>41:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/8/3/2/4/83241e15799d18ec/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with Adam Michel and Rachel Greszler</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with Adam Michel and Rachel Greszler</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Block Chain Technology, Tax Policy and the FCC's Local Media Rule-Making with George Gilder and Hance Haney</title>
      <itunes:title>Block Chain Technology, Tax Policy and the FCC's Local Media Rule-Making with George Gilder and Hance Haney</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2017 20:35:44 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/11/09/block-chain-technology-tax-policy-and-the-fccs-local-media-rule-making-with-george-gilder-and-hanc]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/11/09/block-chain-technology-tax-policy-and-the-fccs-local-media-rule-making-with-george-gilder-and-hanc]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Block Chain Technology, Tax Policy and the FCC's Local Media Rule-Making with George Gilder and Hance Haney]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Block Chain Technology, Tax Policy and the FCC's Local Media Rule-Making with George Gilder and Hance Haney]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="40544710" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/block_chain_technology_tax_policy_and_the_fccs_local_media_rule_making_with_george_gilder_and_hanc.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/a/3/b/2a3b53fd37631805/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Block Chain Technology, Tax Policy and the FCC's Local Media Rule-Making with George Gilder and Hance Haney</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Block Chain Technology, Tax Policy and the FCC's Local Media Rule-Making with George Gilder and Hance Haney</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Republic For Which We Stand with John B. Henry, Bill Nitze and Bruce Fein</title>
      <itunes:title>Republic For Which We Stand with John B. Henry, Bill Nitze and Bruce Fein</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 20:02:55 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/10/27/republic-for-which-we-stand-with-john-b-henry-bill-nitze-and-bruce-fein]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/10/27/republic-for-which-we-stand-with-john-b-henry-bill-nitze-and-bruce-fein]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Republic For Which We Stand with John B. Henry, Bill Nitze and Bruce Fein]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Republic For Which We Stand with John B. Henry, Bill Nitze and Bruce Fein]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="41098088" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/republic_for_which_we_stand_with_john_b_henry_bill_nitze_and_bruce_fein.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>42:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/7/a/4/e/7a4e13c202a487fd/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Republic For Which We Stand with John B. Henry, Bill Nitze and Bruce Fein</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Republic For Which We Stand with John B. Henry, Bill Nitze and Bruce Fein</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Education Debate with Jeanne Allen and Johnnie Taylor</title>
      <itunes:title>The Education Debate with Jeanne Allen and Johnnie Taylor</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2017 20:34:07 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/10/10/the-education-debate-with-jeanne-allen-and-johnnie-taylor]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/10/10/the-education-debate-with-jeanne-allen-and-johnnie-taylor]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Education Debate with Jeanne Allen and Johnnie Taylor]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Education Debate with Jeanne Allen and Johnnie Taylor]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="32624802" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_education_debate_with_jeanne_allen_and_johnnie_taylor.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/f/a/f/afaf42f1b9c1fdec/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Education Debate with Jeanne Allen and Johnnie Taylor</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Education Debate with Jeanne Allen and Johnnie Taylor</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Philanthropy and Civil Society with J.P. DeGance and Leah Hughey</title>
      <itunes:title>Philanthropy and Civil Society with J.P. DeGance and Leah Hughey</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 20:25:24 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/10/05/philanthropy-and-civil-society-with-jp-degance-and-leah-hughey]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/10/05/philanthropy-and-civil-society-with-jp-degance-and-leah-hughey]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Philanthropy and Civil Society with J.P. DeGance and Leah Hughey]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Philanthropy and Civil Society with J.P. DeGance and Leah Hughey]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="41771838" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/philanthropy_and_civil_society_with_jp_degance_and_leah_hughey.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>43:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/2/d/3/9/2d39cdd8f2b3c4e6/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Philanthropy and Civil Society with J.P. DeGance and Leah Hughey</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Philanthropy and Civil Society with J.P. DeGance and Leah Hughey</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Taxing and Spending with Romina Boccia and Adam Michel</title>
      <itunes:title>Taxing and Spending with Romina Boccia and Adam Michel</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2017 20:41:10 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/09/21/taxing-and-spending-with-romina-boccia-and-adam-michel]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/09/21/taxing-and-spending-with-romina-boccia-and-adam-michel]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Taxing and Spending with Romina Boccia and Adam Michel]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Taxing and Spending with Romina Boccia and Adam Michel]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="43209618" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/taxing_and_spending_with_romina_boccia_and_adam_michel.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:01</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/8/0/2/a802d076dccfbee2/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Taxing and Spending with Romina Boccia and Adam Michel</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Taxing and Spending with Romina Boccia and Adam Michel</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Republican Party with Al Regnery and Matt Schlapp</title>
      <itunes:title>The Republican Party with Al Regnery and Matt Schlapp</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2017 21:49:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/08/24/the-republican-party-with-al-regnery-and-matt-schlapp]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/08/24/the-republican-party-with-al-regnery-and-matt-schlapp]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Republican Party with Al Regnery and Matt Schlapp]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Republican Party with Al Regnery and Matt Schlapp]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="42422601" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_republican_party_with_al_regnery_and_matt_schlapp.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:12</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/c/b/e/7/cbe793d72dd159bb/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Republican Party with Al Regnery and Matt Schlapp</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Republican Party with Al Regnery and Matt Schlapp</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Bill Walton Story with John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>The Bill Walton Story with John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jul 2017 20:55:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/27/the-bill-walton-story]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/27/the-bill-walton-story]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Bill Walton Story]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Bill Walton Story]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="42986428" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_bill_walton_story.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/6/6/2/a662bfd7dfbe0225/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Bill Walton Story</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Bill Walton Story</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Father of Supply Side Economics with Arthur Laffer</title>
      <itunes:title>The Father of Supply Side Economics with Arthur Laffer</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2017 22:05:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/20/the-father-of-supply-side-economics-with-arthur-laffer]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/20/the-father-of-supply-side-economics-with-arthur-laffer]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Father of Supply Side Economics with Arthur Laffer]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Father of Supply Side Economics with Arthur Laffer]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="48301615" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_father_of_supply_side_economics_with_arthur_laffer.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/6/4/3/8/6438412a6a679413/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Father of Supply Side Economics with Arthur Laffer</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Father of Supply Side Economics with Arthur Laffer</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Pursuit of Happiness with Jimmy Kemp and Ralph Benko</title>
      <itunes:title>The Pursuit of Happiness with Jimmy Kemp and Ralph Benko</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jul 2017 21:44:17 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/13/the-pursuit-of-happiness-with-jimmy-kemp-and-ralph-benko]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/13/the-pursuit-of-happiness-with-jimmy-kemp-and-ralph-benko]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Pursuit of Happiness with Jimmy Kemp and Ralph Benko]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Pursuit of Happiness with Jimmy Kemp and Ralph Benko]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="49479006" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_pursuit_of_happiness_with_jimmy_kemp_and_ralph_benko.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>51:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/6/2/a/b/62ab04fca327d038/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Pursuit of Happiness with Jimmy Kemp and Ralph Benko</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Pursuit of Happiness with Jimmy Kemp and Ralph Benko</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Achieving 4% Economic Growth with Steve Moore and John Tamny</title>
      <itunes:title>Achieving 4% Economic Growth with Steve Moore and John Tamny</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2017 21:13:53 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/06/achieving-4-economic-growth-with-steve-moore-and-john-tamny]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/07/06/achieving-4-economic-growth-with-steve-moore-and-john-tamny]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Achieving 4% Economic Growth with Steve Moore and John Tamny]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Achieving 4% Economic Growth with Steve Moore and John Tamny]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="39191776" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/achieving_4_economic_growth_with_steve_moore_and_john_tamny.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>40:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/a/e/7/c/ae7c7cd10b9b151f/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Achieving 4% Economic Growth with Steve Moore and John Tamny</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Achieving 4% Economic Growth with Steve Moore and John Tamny</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Social Media with Mike Thompson and Beverly Halberg</title>
      <itunes:title>The Power of Social Media with Mike Thompson and Beverly Halberg</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2017 21:37:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/06/15/the-power-of-social-media-with-mike-thompson-and-beverly-halberg]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/06/15/the-power-of-social-media-with-mike-thompson-and-beverly-halberg]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[The Power of Social Media with Mike Thompson and Beverly Halberg]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[The Power of Social Media with Mike Thompson and Beverly Halberg]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="45186112" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/the_power_of_social_media_with_mike_thompson_and_beverly_halberg.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/e/c/f/f/ecffbdf0a3a471c5/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>The Power of Social Media with Mike Thompson and Beverly Halberg</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>The Power of Social Media with Mike Thompson and Beverly Halberg</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Heritage Scholars' Take on Today's Pressing Economic Issues with Jack Spencer and Norbert Michel</title>
      <itunes:title>Heritage Scholars' Take on Today's Pressing Economic Issues with Jack Spencer and Norbert Michel</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2017 21:28:47 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/06/08/heritage-scholars-take-on-todays-pressing-economic-issues-with-jack-spencer-and-norbert-michel]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/06/08/heritage-scholars-take-on-todays-pressing-economic-issues-with-jack-spencer-and-norbert-michel]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Heritage Scholars' Take on Today's Pressing Economic Issues with Jack Spencer and Norbert Michel]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Heritage Scholars' Take on Today's Pressing Economic Issues with Jack Spencer and Norbert Michel]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="45457820" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/heritage_scholars_take_on_todays_pressing_economic_issues_with_jack_spencer_and_norbert_michel.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>47:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/1/0/1/d/101dd31f63d2b357/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Heritage Scholars' Take on Today's Pressing Economic Issues with Jack Spencer and Norbert Michel</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Heritage Scholars' Take on Today's Pressing Economic Issues with Jack Spencer and Norbert Michel</itunes:summary></item>
    
    <item>
      <title>Fixing our Education System with Jeanne Allen</title>
      <itunes:title>Fixing our Education System with Jeanne Allen</itunes:title>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2017 21:57:51 +0000</pubDate>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/05/25/fixing-our-education-system-with-jeanne-allen]]></guid>
      <link><![CDATA[http://www.blogtalkradio.com/bill-walton-show/2017/05/25/fixing-our-education-system-with-jeanne-allen]]></link>
      <description><![CDATA[Fixing our Education System with Jeanne Allen]]></description>
      
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[Fixing our Education System with Jeanne Allen]]></content:encoded>
      
      
      <enclosure length="42925789" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://traffic.libsyn.com/secure/thebillwaltonshow/fixing_our_education_system_with_jeanne_allen.mp3?dest-id=2055794"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      
      <itunes:keywords/>
      
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      
      
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      
      
      <itunes:image href="https://static.libsyn.com/p/assets/4/2/0/b/420b3389c667f5f4/386af330607b3a6e4e113f1ceed91314.jpg"/>
      
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      
      <itunes:author>The Bill Walton Show</itunes:author>
      
      
      
    <author>producder@cgtv.us (Bill Walton)</author><itunes:subtitle>Fixing our Education System with Jeanne Allen</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary>Fixing our Education System with Jeanne Allen</itunes:summary></item>
    
  </channel>
</rss>